BI»f»BBMtt»tilWrttBT 
 
QJnrticll Uttincraitg Hibrarg 
 
 JItijaw, •New Unrfe 
 
 CHARLES WILLIAM WASON 
 
 COLLECTION 
 
 CHINA AND THE CHINESE 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 CHARLES WILLIAM WASON 
 CLASS OF 1876 
 \918 
 
Cornell University Library 
 GN 751. L63 
 
 Submerged Atlantis restored 
 
 I 
 
 Rin- 
 
 3 1924 023 251 345 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31 924023251 345 
 
/iruAAJy^ ^Ci^(^ oZ/amMu^ 
 
Submerged Atlantis 
 Restored 
 
 OR 
 
 RIN-GA'-SE NUD Sl-I-KEL'ZE 
 
 (LINKS AND CYCLES) 
 
 A short treatise on the Over Spirit as the Cycle Suipreme; the Over 
 Soul as the Epicycle Suopreme; Spirit, Soul and Matter as liinks Supreme, 
 and Time, Space and Life as Trinity Epicycles operating on the def- 
 erent of the Over Soul by Impulse from the Over Spirit in creative 
 process, through the activity of Animation, Extension, Expression and 
 Duration, as the source oi all individualized form manlfesitation 
 throughout the Universe, 
 
 Also an elaborate treatise on the Continent of Atlantis, including 
 its Mountain Ranges', Valleys, Seas, Lakes, 'Bays, Rivers, Sections or 
 States, Cities, Convulsions, Submergence, Geographic, Geologic, Ethno- 
 graphic and Ethnologic conditions. Languages, Alphabets, Figures, 
 Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, Punctuation Marks, Calendar, Money, the 
 six Flags of the Nation, Religion, Mummifying of Bodies, Enterprises, 
 Air-Ships, Government, Temples, Monuments, Architedts and Architec- 
 ture; Botanic, Zoologlc and Ornithologic conditions; Poets and Poetry, 
 Authors and Prose; Tone Poets and Musicians, Painters and Paintings, 
 Sculptors and Sculpture. 
 
 Various Illustrations accompanying the above-named subjects. 
 
 Other great features, such as the Pre-historio Convulsionis and the 
 periods of time when they occurred, that have established the present 
 contour of the Continents and Islands of the Earth, and that have es- 
 tablished the various bodies of water and deserts now in existence; the 
 re-esta)blis'hment and influence of the above-named subjects In Pre- 
 historio ages, subsequent to the submergence of Atlantis, by remnant 
 and migratory conditions; re-concelved and re-embodied ideas, through 
 natural, material and spiritual influences, their continuation and de- 
 velopment, or degeneration, as leading up to the Ancient, Modern-An- 
 cient, and Modern periods of time, thus establishing the Pre-historio 
 and Historic sections of the great Cycles of Life, from the period of At- 
 lantian greatness, to that of the Twentieth Century A. D. 
 
 BY 
 
 J. BEN LESLIE 
 
 ROCHESTER, N. Y. 
 AUSTIN PUBLISHING COMPANY 
 
 191 1 
 
Copyright, 1911, by J. Ben Leslie 
 
 Press of the Bales Printing Company, 46 Stone Street, Rochester, N. Y. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Page 
 Teltzie I — Rf-me'na (Beginning). The Over Spirit of Life. 
 The Over Soul. Substance of Matter. Natural Law 
 and Constructed Form 17 
 
 Teltzie 11 — The Greater Depths. The Supreme Cycle. Epi- 
 cycles and Links. Poems on the Over Spirit, Over 
 Soul, and Spirit, Soul and Matter 19 
 
 Teltzie III — Influence of the Over Spirit in Life Material. 
 The Spirit of Aniimation. Cognition by the Senses, in 
 Poetry 26 
 
 Teltzie IV— Influence of the Over Spirit in Space Measu- 
 rable. The Spirit of Extension 32 
 
 Teltzie V — ^Influence of the Over Spirit in Time Divisible. 
 The Spirit of Duration. A Poem on the Eclipse of 
 Life 38 
 
 Teltzie VI — The Planets 'and their Space Zone Conditions 43 
 
 Teltzie VII — Influence of the Oyer Spirit in Life Spiritiial. 
 
 The Greater Heights. Poem on the Greater Heights. . 50 
 
 Teltzie VIII — The Great Continent of Atlantis 64 
 
 Teltzie IX — Geologic and Geogrlaphic Links and Cycles. 
 
 The Rivers, Bays, and Inland Sea of Atlantis 71 
 
 Teltzie X — The Mountain Ranges, the Valleys, and the 
 Lakes of Atlantis. The Atlantian tradition of Gan- 
 dero. The Periodical Convulsions of Atlantis. The 
 Minerals of Atlantis 75 
 
 Teltzie XI — Atara, the Capitol City of Atl'antis. The great 
 Capitol Building of Atla.ntis at Atara. The Menglo- 
 tio Park, and the great Fountain at Atara 84 
 
 Teltzie XII — Botanic Links. The Flowers of Atlantis .... 90 
 
 Teltzie XIII — The Flower Vines and Shrub's of Atlantis. . 98 
 
 Teltzie XIV — The Flower Trees of Atlantis, with pre-his- 
 
 toric Links, Ancient 'and Modern Extensions 102 
 
 Teltzie XV — The Fruit Trees of Atlantis, with pre-historic 
 
 Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 105 
 
 Teltzie. XVI — The Nut and Forest Trees of Atlantis, with 
 
 pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions... no 
 
 • 
 
 / 3 
 
Page 
 Teltzie XVII — The Cereals of Atlantis, with pre-historic 
 
 Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 117 
 
 Teltzie XiVIII— The Vegetables of Atlantis, with pre-his- 
 toric Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 121 
 
 Teltzie XIX— The Zoologic Conditions of Atlantis, with 
 
 pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modem Extensions. . . 127 
 
 Teltzie XX — The Omithologic Conditions of Atlantis, with 
 
 pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions. . . 155 
 
 Teltzie XXI — The Atlantian Alphabet, Figures, Punctua- 
 tion Marks, Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, and Cal- 
 endar 173 
 
 Teltzie XKII— The Atl'antian Monuments 183 
 
 Teltzie XXIII— The Atlanti'an Primitive Temples. The Mum- 
 mification of Bodies 196 
 
 Teltzie XXIV— The Atllantian Air Ships 208 
 
 Teltzie XXV — ^The Atlantian, the Arabian, the Egyptian 
 and tbe Grecian Architects and Architecture, with pre- 
 historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 212 
 
 Teltzie XXVI — The Origin of Columns, Arches, Maenhers, 
 
 Trilithons, Alignment's, Dolmens, and Circles 225 
 
 Teltzie XXVII — Pre-historic Cities and Temples. Origin 
 of the Pyramids. Their pre-historic Builders. Place- 
 ment of the Capstone on Menkara's Pyramid. A Spirit 
 Message from Agatha Menkara. The great Shemozan 
 or Sphinx of Gizeh, Egypt. Origin of the Tumuli. . . . 243 
 
 Teltzie XXVIII — Arcbitectural Development, with pre-his- 
 toric Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 264 
 
 Teltzie XXIX( — Authors and Prose (first and second 
 periods). The loss and re-establishment of Literature 
 and Art. Pre-historic Arabian, Egyptian and Grecian 
 Prose, Literature and Art 294 
 
 Teltzie XXX — Atlantian Poets and Poetry, with pre-his- 
 toric Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 308 
 
 Teltzie XXXI — Atlantian Tone Poets and Musicians, with 
 pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions. 
 Atlantian Music representations, viz : Notes, Rests, 
 Music Symbols, Key Names, Scale Signatures, Cleflfs 
 and Time Signatures 327 
 
 Teltzie XXXII— The Atlantian letone, Urethea, and Ethe- 
 
 releum 338 
 
 4 
 
Page 
 
 Teltzie XXXIII— The great Atlantian Music Factory. The 
 Chamboret and Denondric (pre-historic musical instru- 
 ments of Egypt). Pre-historic Musical Instruments 
 and Singers of Arabia and Greece, with their extended 
 Links 347 
 
 Teltzie XXXIV — The Atlantian Painters and Paintings; 
 Pre-historic Painters and Paintings of Arabia, Egypt 
 (first and second periods), Assyria, Greece, Italy, 
 France, and Germany, with pre-historic Links, Ancient 
 and Modern Extensions, and further development of 
 the Art of Painting, by Ancient and Modern Influences 367 
 
 Teltzie. XXXV — The Mosaic Art and Artists, of Atlantis, 
 and pre-historic Egypt, Greece and Italy, with pre-his- 
 toric Links, and Ancient Extensions 414 
 
 Teltzie XXXVI— The Atlantian Sculptors and Sculpture. 
 The pre-historic Sculptors and Sculpture of Eg)^t (first 
 and second periods), and Assyria,' with pre-historic 
 Links, and Ancient Extensions 434 
 
 Teltzie XXXVII — ^The pre-historic Sculptors and Sculpture 
 of Greece (first and second periods), Asia Minor, Italy, 
 Germany, France and Spain, with pre-historic Links, 
 and Ancient Extensions 451 
 
 Teltzie XXXVIII— iThe Sculptors and Sculpture of the 
 
 the Middle Ages and Modem Times 480 
 
 Teltzie XXXIX— The Terra Gotta Art and Artists of At- 
 lantis. The pre-historic Terra Gotta Art and Artists 
 of Egypt, Arabia, Assyria, Greece and Italy, with pre- 
 historic Links, and Ancient Extensions 505 
 
 Teltzie XL — The Government of Atlantis. The Flags of 
 
 the Six Sections of Atlantis 519 
 
 Teltzie XLI— The Religion of Atlantis 526 
 
 Teltzie XLII — Ethnographic and Ethnologic Links and 
 Cycles , 541 
 
 Teltzie XLIII — Geographic, Geolc^c, Ethnographic and 
 
 Ethnologic Extensions 557 
 
 Teltzie XLIV — Africa. Its pre-historic Names. Geo- 
 graphic and Geologic conditions. Its two great periodi- 
 cal Convulsions. The northern and southern branches 
 of the great Gasbian Migration, and the descended peo- 
 ples thereof, with pre-historic Links, and Ancient and 
 Modern Extensions 559 
 
 ■5 
 
Page 
 Teltzie XLV— Egypt. Its pre-historic Names. Its then 
 Five Nations. Its Geographic, Geologic, Ethnologic 
 and Ethnographic conditions. Migrating peoples. Pre- 
 historic and Ancient Links and Extensions 581 
 
 Teltzie XLVI — Arabia. Its pre-historic Names. Ethno- 
 logic, Ethnographic, Geologic and Geographic condi- 
 tions. Its two great periodical convulsions. Pre-his- 
 toric Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions. Persia. 
 Its pfe-historic Names. Ethnologic, Ethnographic, 
 Geologic and Geographic conditions. Migrations. Pre- 
 historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 588 
 
 Teltzie XLVIT — Turkey. Migration of the pre-historic Es- 
 genens, and their descended peoples. Pre-historic Gon- 
 threole, his descendants (from whom the Biblic idea 
 of Adam and his descendants originated) and their 
 Migrations. Origin of the Biblic Flood Idea. Pre- 
 historic and Ancient Links. Afghanistan and Balu- 
 chistan. The pre-historic Lazerends, Kentersends, and 
 the Timmenons, their Migrations and descended peo- 
 ples. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic and Ancient 
 Links 605 
 
 Teltzie XLVIII — Hindustan and India.The pre-historic 
 Swansoans, I>elka Sadels, and their descendants and 
 migrations. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic and 
 Ancient Links. The Deserts. Their origin and estab- 
 lishment as such 624 
 
 Teltzie XLIX — 'The great Valleys of Azan and Gelvthric. 
 Farther India. The pre-historic Fesents, their migra- 
 tions and descendants. Geographic conditions. Pre- 
 historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions 645 
 
 Teltzie L — Europe. Its pre-historic Names. The seven 
 great periodical Convulsions of N. W. Europe. The 
 triple migration of the pre-historic Zrineths. The east- 
 ern migration of the pre-historic Kintilucians. The 
 migration of the pre-historic Sederones. Geographic 
 conditions. Ancient Links and Modern Extensions. 
 Cojel, or the now known great area of the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea, before its submergence. The great migra- 
 tion of the pre-historic Jeretheans, and their descended 
 peoples. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic Links 
 and Ancient Extensions ggo 
 
 Teltzie LI — Greece. Its pre-historic Names. The pre-his- 
 toric Cedreons, Cerethans, Icthieons, and their de- 
 
Page 
 
 scended peoples. <GeOgi-aphic conditions. Ancient and 
 Modern Links and Extensions. Asia Minor. The pre- 
 historic Dencies, Socotrums and their descended peo- 
 ples. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic, Ancient and 
 Modern Links and Extensions 696 
 
 Teltzie LII — China an:d Siberia. The pre-historic Kenter- 
 
 / sends and Shalemanzes, their migrations and descended 
 
 r peoples. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic Links 
 
 Ancient and Modern Extensions 709 
 
 Teltzie LIII — ^The great East Indian Archipelago. The five 
 great periodical Convulsions and Submergences that 
 establislied it as sucTi. The thirteen pre-historic peo- 
 ples who inhabited that region^ before its submergence. 
 Their descended remnants. Ethnologic, Ethnographic, 
 and Geographic conditions, prior and subsequent to the 
 submergences. Pre-historic Links, Ancient and Mod- 
 ern Extensions 724 
 
 Teltzie LIV — The great Valley of Gontaculo and the Sela- 
 sac, or Celebean Sea. The seven pre-historic peoples 
 who inhaibited those regions before the submergence, 
 and their descended remnants. Geographic and Geo- 
 logic conditions, before and after the submergence. Pre- 
 historic Links, Ancient and Modern Extensions. The 
 great Valley of Frontlegi and the Caniences, or Java 
 Sea. The two pre-historic peoples who inhabited that 
 region before the submergence, and thier remnant de- 
 scendants. Geographic conditions. Pre-historic Links, 
 Ancient and Modern Extensions 740 
 
 Teltzie LV — The great valley of Jellatse, and the Taenia, or 
 China Sea. The eight pre-historic peoples who inhab- 
 ited that region before the submergence, and their rem- 
 nant descendants, and their migrations. Geographic 
 conditions. Pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modern 
 Extensions. The great Valley of Tellecatoo and the 
 Yulyotem, or Yellow Sea. The five pre-historic peoples 
 who inhabited that region before the submergence, 
 their remnants and their descendants. Geographic con- 
 ditions. Pre-historic Links, Ancient and Modern Ex- 
 tensions 748 
 
 Teltzie LVI — The great Valley of Nantsrushan and the 
 Kanhanze, or Japan Sea. The two pre-historic peoples 
 who inhabited that region before the submergence, and 
 their remnant descendants. Pre-historic Links, Ancient 
 and Modern Extensions. The great Valley of Jeldeco 
 
 7 
 
Page 
 and the Okhotsk Sea. The three pre-historic Convul- 
 sions that established the Sea. The four pre-historic 
 peoples, that inhabited that area before its su'bmergence, 
 and their remnant descendants, Geographic conditions. 
 Pre-historic, Ancient and Modern Links. The origin 
 of Stigmatization, Tattooing, Face-painting and Feath- 
 er-wearing 756 
 
 Teltzie LVII — North America. The great pre-historic Con- 
 vulsions, Submergences and change of Lands. Three 
 Atlantian tribes and their migrations from Atlantis into 
 regions of the now known Western Continent. Three 
 of their principal descended Nations, and their migra- 
 tions into the now known sections of the West Indies 
 and the Caribbean Sea area, before its submergence. 
 The six descended, pre-historic Nations and their migra- 
 tions throughout North America and Alaska, whose 
 further descendants became the ancestors of the North 
 American and Alaskan Indians. Pre-historic, Ancient 
 and Modern Links 770 
 
 Teltzie LVIII — ^Central America and Mexico. The great 
 river of Nanzelietus. The nine great Convulsions that 
 established the West Indies, Islands, Cuba, Hayti, Gulf 
 of Mexico, and the Caribbean Sea. Five pre-historic 
 Nations, their descendants and their migrations prior to 
 the submergences, and their remnant descendants who 
 established the Indian races of Central America, North 
 America, and South America. Geographic conditions. 
 Pre-historic, Ancient and Modern Links. Pre-historic 
 peoples of South America, their locations and historic 
 descendants. E-un'du (Ending) 706 
 
INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 The Supreme Cycles, Epi-cycles and Links 19 
 
 Epi-cycle of Life Material 26 
 
 Epi-cycle of Space Measurable 32 
 
 Epi-cycle of Time Divisible 38 
 
 Epi-cycle of Life Spiritual 50 
 
 The Map of Atlantis 63 
 
 The Map of Atara ^ 83 
 
 The Stage of the Capitol of Atl'antis 88 
 
 The Atlantian- Alphabet 173 
 
 The Atlantian Punctuation Marks 175 
 
 The Atlantian Figures 177 
 
 The Atlantian Calendar 181 
 
 Inscriptions 183 to 186 
 
 The Government Monument of Atlantis 187 
 
 Inscriptions 192 to 203 
 
 The Cycle of Architects 212 
 
 The Portrait of Agatha Menkara 215 
 
 The Portrait of Shemoz'an 219 
 
 The Great Shemozan (Sphinx) at Gizeh, Egypt 221 
 
 The Atlantian Cemetteza 227 
 
 The Egyptian Itmas 227 
 
 The Egyptian Itmases 227 
 
 The Assyrian Kisax 227 
 
 The Grecian Qxunze 227 
 
 The Cycle of Prose Authors 294 
 
 The Cycle of Poetry Authors 308 
 
 The Cycle of Tone Poets and Musicians 327 
 
 Atlantian Music Representations 331 to 337 
 
 The letone (an Atlantian Musical Instrument) 341 
 
 The Urethea (an Atlantian Musical Instrument) 342 
 
 The Ethereleum (an Atl'antian Musical Instrument) 345 
 
 The Denondrick (a pre-historic Egyptian Musical Instru- 
 ment) 351 
 
 The Lezro (a pre-historic Grecian Musical Instrument) . . . 354 
 
 The Celceret (a pre-historic Grecian Musical Instrument) . . 355 
 
 The Cycle of Painters 367 
 
 The Cycle of Sculptors 434 
 
 The Atlantian Flags 524 
 
 Inscriptions 545 
 
 Inscriptions 547 
 
 Inscriptions 551 
 
 Inscriptions 555 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Our object in this treatise is to consider spiritual and mate- 
 rial facts, and their recognition by means of sensual forces, and 
 to characterize the disquisition with personifications, cycles, epi- 
 cycles, links and eclipses, in order to satisfy the general reader, 
 who demands some of the idealistic in connection with the real- 
 istic, to insure his further contemplation of the theme. Further- 
 more, to give communications that we have received and are still 
 receiving from spirits who in mortal dwelt as celebrities, in times 
 far remote, pre-historic, historic, antequated and modern, who 
 are turning the wheel, or cycle of records, to unfold and reveal, 
 the sequence of facts spiritual, material, physical and historical, 
 to the mortal dwellers on earth. 
 
 In presuming to offer this work to the Ifterary world at 
 large for consideration, the author does so with some degree of 
 apprehension regarding the total acceptance of the theme, par- 
 ticularly that portion characterized with spirit revelation. 
 
 Critics of merely a literary type, and those wedded to creed- 
 ism, unacquainted with the laws governing spirit manifestations 
 and unwilling to withdraw from long-accepted or established the- 
 ories, will no doubt discredit these points, and only recognize 
 them as incredible, or imaginary absurdities. 
 
 On the other hand, we feel that the theme will be accepted 
 by those whose careful investigation and study into the philosophy 
 and phenomena of spirit, have possessed them with a dififerent 
 understanding. 
 
 Those who do not recognize the fact that, at the so-called 
 d«ath, the active forces, the sensations and entire qualities of 
 being that animated the material body before the disembodiment 
 of the soul and spirit, remain an undissolved individuality, capable 
 of ffianifestation by, aind through, the laws governing the dis- 
 embodied state of existence, we would invite with us, to 
 feel, think and re-think, and penetrate deeper into Nature, thus 
 seeking better understanding, reaching rfiore perfect conclusions 
 and enjoying much more satisfaction from the truth, knowledge, 
 and wisdom therein obtained, that otherwise would be lost to 
 our consciousness. 
 
 Let us all seek broader knowledge in the Sciences, and 
 thereby the better realize how closely they blend in evidence of 
 universal truth. By such means might the great brotherhood of 
 man be united in religious vmderstanding and acceptance, and 
 creeds would then be conditions of the past. 
 
 II 
 
The spirit of Philosophy would then blend into that of Sci- 
 ence, and manifestations in the realm of Phenomena would the 
 better reach the senses and ultimate conception of mortals. 
 
 Having confidence, therefore, in the spirit sources from 
 which the inspirations, the impressions, the manifestations and 
 revelations, through clairvoyant and clairaudient aid, have come 
 to us, we send the work out in their behalf, and trust to their 
 force of inspirational influence to use it as an instrument for good 
 to all races of men. 
 
 If in this effort, we have led one mortal to unroll himself 
 from the material blanket that hitherto had folded him, mentally, 
 in the condition of non-development, and have caused him to 
 expose his sensual faculties to the influence of the Infinite Over 
 Spirit, as manifesting throughout the universe, thus aiding him 
 to connect the cycles of life material and spiritual into that of 
 the eternal, then shall our efforts be well rewarded. 
 
 In regard to the pre-historic and non-historic nomenclature 
 having place in this work, of which there are 3,000 or more 
 terms, we wish to state that about two-thirds of them were re- 
 ceived by Mrs. C. C. Van-Duzee, thus given her by Alem Prolex, 
 one of the four Atlantian spirits, in aid of this work, at our vari- 
 ous private seances during the period of time that we have 
 worked together in collecting data for this book. The remaining 
 one-third of the terms were received directly by the Author as 
 given to him by Ku-li-u'thiis, a Phoenician spirit who, when a 
 mortal, dwelt in the then known section of Phinea, now known 
 as along the shores and west of the Dead Sea, one of the helpers 
 of Alem Prolex in search of nomenclature for this book. 
 
 As the length of the work will not admit of a grammatical 
 treatise, or of a vacabulary giving the definition and proper pro- 
 nunciation of the pre-historic and non-historic terms, wc make 
 the facts cognizant by their use in the book sections, with the 
 peoples to whom they belong, the pronunciation being indicated 
 by the accented syllables, and the sounds of the vowels bv the 
 usual marks, as they would be in a dictionary, which, if the 
 reader is familiar with them, will be a great aid in reading the 
 same. 
 
 As will be seen, plurals are often indicated by the accent 
 mark being placed terminally. 
 
 The English conjunction "or" and the intransitive verb "is" 
 have no corresponding terms in the Atlantian language, as will 
 be observed in a few cases in this work. 
 
 It may seem at first sight that we have crowded the subject 
 with Atlantian terms, but considering the fact that Atlantis and 
 its people have been considered a myth, legendary, or fairy tale, 
 the Atlantian Spirits in charge of the production of this work 
 have thought best to use as much linguistic evidence as possible 
 
 12 
 
and not fatigue the reader, in order to prove their existence as 
 remote dwellers on the earth plane, though the entire work could 
 have been given in the Atlantian language, so far as the capabil- 
 ity of the spirit revealers was concerned, or the ability of the 
 Ca-cel-la-ze (spirit sensitives) to receive the same. As it now 
 is, the manuscripts have been cut doWn from what would have 
 made a book of 1,300 pages to the present dimensions of the 
 book, finance being the chief obstacle. 
 
 Despite all our care, a few errors will be found in the text, 
 which in the next edition will be corrected. 
 
 Much might be said in relation to the various subjects here- 
 in set forth, especially the pre-historic, that would give evidence 
 of the linkings of the past, present and future, but space for- 
 bids. Therefore, dear reader, we leave you to contemplate the 
 subjects herein contained. Think! think with an unbiased or 
 unprejudiced mind. Learn the forces that are hidden within the 
 resources of thine own soul and thereby link thyself to the great 
 Cycle of Thought; for knowledge is food to the spirit now, and 
 ever shall be a life-giving Cycle without end. 
 
 J Ben Leslie. 
 
A SHORT BIOGRAPHY OF 
 MRS. CARRIE C. VAN DUZEE. 
 
 Mrs. Carrie C. Van-Duzee, born in Gouveneur, N. Y., Nov. 
 25, 1828, began her Spiritual work as a healer in Erie, Pa., in the 
 spring o{ 1872. 
 
 In this phase of spirit work she operated as a Ca-cel'la or 
 spirit sensitive for several years, during which time her spirit 
 helpers, through her physical forces, co-operative with theirs, 
 performed some most wonderful cures, among which the crip- 
 pled were made to walk; the blind made to see, and various 
 unfortunate sufferers, who had been given up by material physi- 
 cians as hopeless cases, were freed from their diseases and thus 
 made to rejoice, and give credit to the source of their relief. 
 
 In 1876 she began lecture service, both that of parlor gather- 
 ings and on the rostrum, through the influence of trance, clairvoy- 
 ant and clairaudient qualifications, and also that of giving tests 
 and private readings, a mission she faithfully and conscientiously 
 carried out until in the year 1901 when, on account of physical 
 inability to endure the strain necessary upon her nervous system 
 to continue her public work, she retired from it, after having 
 labored in twenty-four states of the Union in the great cause of 
 Spiritualism, thus covering a period of twenty-five years unsel- 
 fishly devoted to the cause. Wherever she had engagements she 
 was sure of a full house of followers and earnest investigators, 
 some of whom would come from ten to thirty miles to attend her 
 lectures and readings, to receive tests and messages, from their 
 disembodied loved ones — services she oftentimes rendered with- 
 out monetary compensation, being in the pioneer days, not only 
 of the country, but of spiritual work. One of her special fea- 
 tures of service was that of establishing spiritual societies to 
 carry on the good work, after she had served the people for a 
 short period as a speaker or spirit Ca-cel'-la. When the exponent 
 known as "Light for Thinkers" was established in Atlanta, Ga., 
 she was chosen by Hon. A. C. Ladd, president of the company, 
 and W. C. Bowman, editor, to fill the position of message re- 
 ceiver for said paper, a mission which she filled with satisfaction. 
 
 In 1906, in accord with the wishes of the Ancient Spirits 
 (who some two years previously had inspired the author with 
 the idea and title of this book, and had already designed and 
 written parts of it), she consented to join issues with him, in 
 order to aid where clairaudient and clairvoyant forces were 
 necessary in giving the facts relative to a truthful revelation of 
 pre-historic events ; and he, under the guidance of spirit inspira- 
 
 14 
 
'^^wivo "p^- ol/jL- a'4f'^cL^» 
 
 J^CCM-foLC^ 
 
 '^041 ^^^JtC^- 
 
 .^. 
 
tion and other phases, as a spirit sensitive, to plan and carry out 
 the literary and art details of the work. Therefore, the author 
 feels himself under great obligation for the services so freely and 
 unselfishly given him by her during a period of four years and 
 more. 
 
 As to her characteristic qualities, the author would say that 
 she might be termed a child true to nature; simple in her man- 
 ner; not in sympathy with the rigid forms of fashionable eti- 
 quette or society ; ever uninfluenced or governed by flattery ; lov- 
 ing the society of young men and women whom she at all times 
 sought to lead into purer living ; free from ranting display ; never 
 sacrificing womanly delicacy, though dignified in manner ; hostile 
 to vice, crime and social impurity of every kind; pure in char- 
 acter to the extreme ; kind, charitable and sacrificing unto all with 
 whom she associated, or unto the worthy needy; manifesting 
 womanly qualities both in the privacy of her home and when in 
 public service, at all times seeking to influence all those with 
 whom she came in touch with the idea of bettering the condi- 
 tions that were to govern their lives. 
 
 All the foregoing biographic and eulogistic statements are 
 facts that can be gathered from out a vast number of testimon- 
 ials, eulogies, comments and reports, that appeared in both relig- 
 ious and secular exponents throughout her period of public work, 
 which the author has at hand. 
 
 Having, as before stated, labored for small remunerations, 
 the greatest reward she recognizes and which gives her the great- 
 est pleasure, is in the fact that hundreds date their awakening 
 unto the truth of Spiritualism to the various periods of her serv- 
 ices unto them; therefore, she, with all the true pioneers in the 
 cause, who in reality were martyrs on account thereof, should 
 have, in memoriam, laurels placed on their brows and carpets of 
 the choicest flowers upon which to walk, and brightest lights of 
 of the spirit world to shine upon them throughout the ceaseless 
 ages of Eternity, for no greater mission, be it imposed upon spirit 
 or mortal, is there than to bring the light of truth to mortal seek- 
 ers, especially that which concerns their spirit, soul and body 
 interests. 
 
 15 
 
IN RECOGNITION OF SPIRIT REVELATION. 
 
 Oh, Holy Angels! pure, sweet, beloved spirits divine, 
 Famed and revered in long ages agone as mortals; 
 From spirit land, to earth you come to aid mankind. 
 Teaching them through your opened spirit portals ; 
 How to gather up the links that cycled the eternal past. 
 From your home-lands long submerged by oceans and seas, 
 Where now the great rolling billows still hold them fast. 
 There in the sands of time waiting for this, their release. 
 To our faithful guides A-lem Pro-lex and Er-6-thr6-di-a, 
 Co-operative with Ze-re-cha, Yer-mah and An-sta-ci-a, 
 Who have led the band of pre-historic and ancient workers, 
 In revealing the truth of the past unto their modern brothers, 
 We give our earnest thanks and acknowledge profound adoration, 
 And hereby tender this work in behalf of every living nation, 
 Hoping to reach and impress some mortal with truth's influence, 
 And thereby free his imprisoned mental, or intelligence. 
 
 i6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 RE-ME'NA, OR BEGINNING. 
 
 TELTZIE I. 
 
 I, Re-me'na, always was, am now and ever shall be, 
 
 For Creation and Evolution are perpetual as Eternity. 
 
 Numberless Ages have come and passed by, 
 
 Manifesting truths that creeds sefek to d^ny ; 
 
 But Science will prove them by Ipgical ways, 
 
 And dispel such beliefs as in the Miraicle of Seven Days. 
 
 Nencie (time), LemSz (space) and Wots (life, three infi- 
 nitely related elements, co-operating, eternal, immaterial, with an 
 unknown beginning or E-^Un-du (ending), unchangeable in their 
 relative condition of co-operation or co-dependence, form the 
 Infinite Cycle of Existence, while the links of beginning and end- 
 ing blend to roll and unroll the sequences that have formed the 
 Cycles and Epi-cycles of the past, developing them in the present, 
 and shall extend them operatively for all time to come. 
 
 He who would enter into the analysis, or synthesis of those 
 Cycles-and Epi-cycles, must possess a mind tuned in harmony, with 
 the universal laws of Nature, and in addition to the influence 
 brought to bear upon his faculties of sensation, impression and 
 inspiration, must exercise his reasoning forces, thereby obtaining 
 direct and indirect acquisition, of knowledge arising from the re- 
 sult of the co-existence and co-operation of life and Sii-maze'let 
 (material) with time and space. 
 
 Many are the themes relative to the beginning and ending of 
 universal existence, causes and effects, etc., both ancient and mod- 
 ern, of which the reader, no doubt, has knowledge ; e. g., Anaxa- 
 goras of Clazomine, recognized one intelligence in opposition to 
 the Pagan belief, in his day, in plural gods, their power and func- 
 tions as controlling and governing material things, and all bodies 
 in motion in the Universe, therefore separating matter and Que- 
 el'ze (intelligence), making the latter the motive force of the 
 former. 
 
 Zeno taught that there were two original principles of all 
 things ; viz., that which acts and that which is acted upon. 
 
 17 
 
Subtnerjifed Atlantis Restored 
 
 Antonenus, in conformity with this idea, recognized one com- 
 mon Bar'der (substance) as being distributed among countless 
 bodies, which resulted in the phenomena of all substantial, or. 
 material things visible to the material eye. 
 
 Plato, in speaking of material things, said, "Nothing ever is 
 but is always becoming." 
 
 The Biblical narrative of Creation, together with the ideas set 
 forth in isms, creeds and writings of the ancient Sages, or com- 
 ments of the more modern Scientists, we leave non-quoted for 
 research by the reader. 
 
 First, let us recognize the Over Spirit, or Life, as the animat- 
 ing or operating force governing creational existence. 
 
 Second, the Over Soul as the medium through which the Over 
 Spirit operates. 
 
 Third, Substance or Matter as the foundation of form, or 
 structural existence. 
 
 Fourth, Natural Law as governing the process of extension 
 and growth. 
 
 Fifth, Constructed Form as the phenomenal result thereof, 
 and the visible proof of the action of the Over Spirit iorce 
 through the Over Soul, as having acted upon Matter through 
 absolute Space, in the eternal duration of Time, as Triune Cycle. 
 
 Hence, the Over Spirit, or Life, the efficient force and quality 
 of an existence in the womb of space unlimited, during time ever- 
 lasting, has by its inherent quality of extension, shaped Substance 
 or Matter into physical and organic structure, and ultimate indi- 
 viduality, an effort also from which we cognize cosmogonic and 
 cosmographic proofs. 
 
 This anirnate principle, co-existing with the inanimate as 
 eternities, neither could assume sire-ship, but the animate could 
 utilize, control the inanimate in the creation of universal form 
 existence, the act of which establishes the principle of universal 
 Nature, the evidence of which, as before stated, is to be recog- 
 nized by the phenomena of forms visible. 
 
 Therefore, in further pursuance of this great theme, let us 
 consider it with reason, such as shall be free from skepticism or 
 prejudice, being governed by natural laws as the Cycles of Cause 
 on whose deferent move the Epi-cycle of Effect. ' 
 
 i8 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH RED'ZE EL-NEPTHS'. 
 OR THE GREATER DEPTHS. 
 
 THE SUPREME CYCLES, EPI-CYCLES AND LINKS. 
 
 TELTZIE IL 
 
 The Over Spirit, Life's source of animation. 
 
 The original active Force, vital and immaterial, 
 
 The Electric Principle in universal Creation, 
 
 The Infinite Mind, manifest in Time, Space and Life Eternal. 
 
 19 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Over Soul, Life's source of habitation, 
 
 The immaterial Form covering the spiritual, 
 
 The Magnetic Principle in universal Creation, 
 
 The Infinite Body, manifest in Time, Space and Life Eternal. 
 
 Spirit, Soul and Matter, Life's source of individualization, 
 The original Links in every Cycle and Epi-cycle, 
 The Developing Principle in universal Creation, 
 The Infinite Triangle, manifesting in Time, Space and Life 
 Eternal. 
 
 The individual portion of Electricity or the Over Spirit thus 
 formed continues to move, operate and exist on the deferent of 
 the great Electric and Magnetic Cycles or those of the Over Spirit 
 and Over Soul embodied in the Epi-cycle of individulity, and fur- 
 ther encircled by the ultimate Material form, a coarser quality of 
 existence, which the force of the individualized Epi-cycle of 
 Soul or magnetic form, and thence to the outer or Material form 
 which it controls and operates from the period of the original 
 nucleus formation, through the form development, dis-em- 
 bodiment, and return of the Material to its original realm, and 
 Spirit and Soul into the greater heights of life and development, 
 during which periods of time it has moved, acted and existed 
 individually separated from, but dependent upon the Great Whole, 
 or Supreme Over Spirit and Over Soul Cycles. 
 
 Elemental Substances are material and spiritual portions of 
 the Over Soul and Over Spirit respectively, collective by nature 
 in the process of form construction, thus acted upon by the prin- 
 ciples of Animation, Extension and Duration, finding their place- 
 ment by the force of activity, throughout the realms of Time, 
 Space and Life. 
 
 Polar action and reaction, under the influence of Animation 
 and Extension, therefore, produces spirit and material forms, and 
 also establishes functionary life of substances, forms of matter, 
 etc., everywhere existent ; therefore Animation is responsible for 
 the vast differences in form and the phenomena of infinitude. 
 
 Nature operates in two laboratories, viz : what is usually 
 termed the "unseen," and that which is "visible," usually recog- 
 nized in a material or mortal sense. 
 
 There are attributes of nature visible only to the spirit sight, 
 e. g., Electricity, the active principle as acting upon elemental sub- 
 stances or the electric vibrations, and the magnetic principle 
 operating through its attractive and repulsive forces, by which act 
 the two principles or forces meet and blend to form the life prin- 
 
 20 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ciple in all created existence throughout space; the first process 
 of polar attraction, by which spirit and soul unites as the founda- 
 tion principle of cosmic establishment, which induces molecular 
 affinities; the fundamental active principles lying back of chem- 
 ical spectrum, or the chemical rays of a solar spectrum; the 
 constructive and destructive processes of metabolism relative to 
 the established degrees of activity, and ultimatum of protoplasmi 
 and still further, the activity which establishes complex organic 
 substances intervening nutritive material and protoplasm, and 
 ultimate material form which is inhabited by the spirit and soul 
 individualities, that have through the process visible to spirit, 
 developed in likeness and kind thereof, and in contradistinction 
 to the former, the active process inducing decomposition, which 
 scatters the complex substances into that of simple, and separates 
 them from the protoplasm and excreta that composed the complex 
 form, or activity that is the cause of disembodiment of the spirit 
 and soul individualities from the material form thus breaking up, 
 in which, therefore, they could no longer exist, hence pass from, 
 or as an embodied individuality to that of a disembodied, leaving 
 the former to return to its elementary laboratory and the latter 
 to pass on into a higher development of the same individuality 
 of spirit and soul. 
 
 By the co-united forces of that quality of the Over Spirit 
 known as spectrum, induced by the light and heat, and the mole- 
 cular change that takes place in the condition of darkness to mate- 
 rial vision, but visible to spirit sight, Extension links spirit visi- 
 bility of form existence to that visible to mortal sight, which is 
 also the link between the individuality of the soul and body, the 
 spirit and soul entities being visible to spirit, and the body or 
 grosser material to that of the mortal ; therefore, the Over Spirit 
 forces and process of action which establishes chemical spectrum, 
 is visible to spirit vision, whereby they cognize the Gala princi- 
 ple that induces materialization, and therefore material or mortal 
 visibility. 
 
 Chemical Spectrum being a quality of Electricity or the Over 
 Spirit, is in the same ratio a quality of individual spirit existence 
 and capable of development as such throughout an eternity, as it 
 passes from one spirit zone to another, thus entering greater light 
 at each advancement, which is a throwing off of all material influ- 
 ences such as it had to assist in its development in the material 
 or mortal sphercj^ and which it does in the case of the soul body 
 which accompanies it from zone to zone, the passing being made 
 possible by the development away from the material conditions 
 that passed with it from the material plane to the first zone of 
 
 21 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 spirit, etc., until it is a pure entity belonging to spirit, or com- 
 panion through which the spirit makes itself visible as an entity. 
 Therefore, throughout the zones of Absolute Space, Limitless 
 Time and Endless Life, exists the Over Spirit and Over Soul, 
 extended, developed and perpetuated by spiritual energies and 
 substances, that are embodied in the great Electric and Magnetic 
 principles as infinite as Ga la , being quality principles thereof, 
 operating as developing factors or formative princples in the 
 spiritual elements as are necessary to the development and con- 
 tinuity of all spirit existence where the union, blending and devel- 
 opment of Ga'la principles, such as the Electric and Magnetic, 
 and the natural laws by which it operates. 
 
 By the law of polar attraction the spirit mentally attracts 
 thoughts from the electric currents or radiations passing through 
 the magnetic system such as elevate or debase the intelligence by 
 bringing to it truth, knowledge and wisdom, or degradation, igno- 
 rance, superstition and falsehood, as does the plant attract from 
 the etheric atmosphere of space, the elements necessary for its 
 physical growth, and, in the condition seen only by spirit, there is 
 a finer system of polar attraction in the plant that brings to it the 
 spiritual qualities of intelligence under conditional physical limi- 
 tation according to its specific individuality. 
 
 So also is it with polar repulsion; the spirit has the mental 
 force to repel thoughts not intended for all good, or based upon 
 purity and truth, as the plant repels and refuses to assimilate ele- 
 ments and compounds not suited to its individual development, 
 and as was the case in its attraction of spiritual qualifications, so 
 likewise has it a spiritual force for repulsion, both qualifications 
 or principles, as is the case with the animal and human races, 
 exist after disembodiment, and belong to the sensibilities of spirit 
 existence, and therefore govern the development of both spirit 
 and soul. 
 
 The Over Soul or Magnetic entity, or material principle in 
 nature, co-operative with the Over Spirit or electric entity, or 
 electric principles such as activity and energy, that shapes all 
 forms of spirit, soul and material, and which promotes 
 growth or development of form, be it spirit, soul or 
 material, has not only the original process visible to 
 spirit, but a continuity of force which exists after dis- 
 embodiment, relative to the spirit and soul development, still 
 real Ga'la principle within, which pulsates in rhythmic vibration 
 throughout the molecular compound of the individualities soul 
 and body in material life and the soul which is the spiritual' body 
 after the grosser material disembodiment. 
 
 22 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Therefore, the Electric or individualized portion of the Over 
 Spirit which furnishes the energies that combine in the materially 
 invisible spectrum, be it chemical or otherwise, governing every 
 type of energy and form expression, be it simple or compound, 
 commonly accepted as the energies and forces of nature, is the 
 Ga'la principle that controls the universe (for what the mortal 
 mind grasps as the universe generally, is the earth, the sky-dome 
 and planets that traverse it, and the stars and constellations that 
 be-stud it ; but which in reality is but one universal system among 
 numberless similar organizations having place beyond this, 
 throughout portions of absolute space), and therefore is the prin- 
 ciple or spirit of Animation, whose mission it is to perpetuate 
 activity, energies, or forces co-operative with the spirit of Exten- 
 sion, by action and reaction upon molecular existence, which ulti- 
 mates as the formative principle or force in the realm of chang- 
 ing chemical spectrums, and is a part of electricity or the Over 
 Spirit, recognized as regards visibility only by the ocular sense of 
 spirit, and that only after certain degrees of development of the 
 individual spirit after its material disembodiment, and recognized 
 by them as the connecting link between spirit and material phe- 
 nomena of form, belonging to nature. 
 
 Me-el-z6'rick (Electricity) in its supreme existence is motion 
 without life. 
 
 Wel-ze-ret' (Magnetism) in its supreme existence is life with- 
 out motion. 
 
 Electricity is the comprehensive force governing the soul of 
 all existence or the Ga'la within, controlling the Gala without, 
 for both Electricity and Magnetism co-united with matter are 
 embraced in the compound principle of Ga-la principles. 
 
 Electricity, the father principle, Magnetism, the mother, and 
 Individuality the children thereof, which establishes the trinity 
 of principles embodying all life energy. 
 
 Life itself is a triangle principle embracing all existence, be it 
 in the material or spiritual condition, and Electricity, Magnetism 
 and Individuality the embodiment of universal co-operative 
 Energy. 
 
 Through the bounds of absolute Space, the calculations of 
 unlimited Time, and the realms of Life Eternal, radiates the Elec- 
 tric force or motion of the Over Spirit, setting the Magnetic 
 Over Soul into activity, scattering it into individualities which it 
 illuminates or qualifies with the light of life, and further qualifies 
 it with the qualities of Siil-ce-an'a (Animation) ; Fre-den'ce (Ex- 
 tension) ; Fre-ni et (Expression) ; and Ge-i-rish'e (Duration), 
 and possesses it with the ability to link itself with Matter, from 
 
 23 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 which it develops its material mask or visible form; hence, by 
 the Cycle of the Over Spirit, linked with that of the Over Soul, 
 their individual dispersement into Epi-cycles, through the trinity 
 principles of Time, Space and Life, which move on the deferent 
 of the Cycles of the Over Spirit and the Over Soul, we recognize 
 the great machine of Creation, which is automatic and perpetual 
 to an endless degree ; hence, the Ga-la or Universal Cycle. 
 
 In further consideration of the Greater Depths of Existence, 
 Alem Prolex informs us that the only beginning that can be 
 claimed for either individual spirit or material life is that period 
 when the nucleus of individual form is established, which is at the 
 time that the electric force comes in contact with the magnetic 
 principle, thereby inducing motion by attraction and repulsion, 
 and ultimate asemblage of the two principles. Electricity and 
 Magnetism, and their qualities. 
 
 Since the great Electric or Over Spirit force principle moves 
 radiantly throughout the great Magnetic or Over Soul principle 
 in absolute Space, it, therefore, operates originally in the invisible 
 laboratory of the latter, so far as the materia! eye can recognize 
 molecular processes, but visible to that of the spiritual ; hence, the 
 ability of our spirit advisers to acquaint us with these facts. 
 
 When a minute invisible electric current or radiation of the 
 Over Spirit strikes a minute portion of the great invisible Mag- 
 netic Over Soul body it sets the invisible molecules into vibratory 
 motion, according to the local conditions existing at the point of 
 the co-union of principles, which under the further influence of 
 Animation and Extension, establishes the nucleus that organizes 
 individuality and develops the ultimate individual form of both 
 material and spiritual existence in all the differentiations of life, 
 for at the period of the co-union of the two forces. Electricity 
 and Magnetism, individuality begins, the latter becomes charged 
 with the super-quality of the former and are each separated from 
 their parent cycle by the combustion that takes place at the time 
 of the meeting of the two principles ; hence the individuality. 
 
 Preparatory to further contemplation of the theme Links and 
 Cycles, let us enumerate some of the fundamental principles upon 
 which it is based. 
 
 The Cycle Supreme, or the Over Spirit, which is of boundless 
 domain, embracing the Trinity Cycles of Time, Space and Life. 
 
 The Epi-Cycle Supreme, or the Over Soul, which operates in 
 unison with the Cycle Supreme. 
 
 The Epi-Cycles of Individualized Spirit, Soul and Matter, 
 which move on the deferent of the Epi-Cycle Supreme. 
 
 Links symbolize endless development and are the functionary 
 
 24 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 principles belonging to Cycles and Epi-Cycles, and seal the eternal 
 condition of Cycles. 
 
 Cycles and Epi-Cycles symbolize Eternity and are in ceaseless 
 manifestation throughout the Universe, as conclusive evidence of 
 the force of the Over Spirit to create. 
 
 Link,s form Epi-Cycles, and Epi-Cycles move on the deferent 
 of the Epi-Cycle and Cycle Supreme. 
 
 Link within Link, and Cycle within Cycle, embodies the uni- 
 versal machine that creates, under the force of the Over Spirit, 
 which propels it. 
 
 Nothing is created in all the worlds but that is based on the 
 principle of Links and Cycles. 
 
 Nothing is created that does not in some way reproduce under 
 the same law ; hence the Universal Cycle. 
 
 Nothing is extended into Form without occupying Space ; 
 hence, the Epi-Cycle of Space Measurable. 
 
 Nothing is extended into Form without occupying time ; hence 
 the Epi-Cycle of Time Divisible. 
 
 Nothing is extended into Form without modes of Motion, Vi- 
 bration or Animation; hence, the Epi-Cycles of Life Individual. 
 
 Nothing can be formed without Substance, Matter and Spirit ; 
 hence, the Epi-Cycles Material and Spiritual. 
 
 Nothing can be formed without an operator ; hence, the Epi- 
 Cycles of Spirit Individual. 
 
 Nothing has come into existence without the ruling of specific 
 Natural Law; hence, the Principles of Vibration, or Animation 
 and Extension. 
 
 Nothing exists without visible evidence of its specific individ- 
 uality; hence, the Principle of Expression. 
 
 Nothing exists without an Infinite Counterpart; hence, the 
 Principle of Duration. 
 
 25 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ME-LEN'ZON SI USK VINZ LE-A'SA, ENT WOTZ 
 SUL-MAZE'LET. 
 
 OR INFLUENCE OF THE OVER SPIRIT IN LIFE 
 MATERIAL. 
 
 Ga-la's Infinite plan for individual existence, 
 Co-relative with that of all bodies and souls ; 
 Inhabiting space with forms and intelligence, 
 That develop in periods and ages as time unrolls. 
 
 USH. LE-A'SA SI SUL-CE-AN'NA, 
 OR THE SPIRIT OF ANIMATION. 
 
 TELTZIE III. 
 
 An Over Spirit Quality, the motive force in Nature, 
 Expressing through the epi-cycles of Life Material; 
 By modes of motion, a life-giving feature, 
 The vital and mental spark, the Spiritual. 
 
 Mortal Intelligence! I, the Spirit of Animation speak unto 
 thee from out the realms of Life Eternal. My language finds 
 utterance through the silent and invisible modes of motion and 
 ultimate materialization. I make declarations by manifestations, 
 thus forcing truth upon the quality of sensation which is greater 
 proof of the force of Life than are the materialized forms through 
 which the manifestations are made. 
 
 I control the elements of nature and compound forms of mat- 
 ter by activity or polarity, a process by which I form entities of 
 spirit, soul and body into individuality by the principles of elec- 
 tricity and magnetism. 
 
 26 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 I, therefore, establish individual life by the principles or influ- 
 ence of the Over Spirit through the electrodes of the Over Soul 
 and Body, which under further control of my co-operative prin- 
 ciple Extension, completes the individuality of the trio principles, 
 which may be cognized in the existence of all kinds or forms of 
 existence. 
 
 Life, when thus individualized, responds to the demand of 
 Extension, in obedience to the same law of attraction and repul- 
 sion, according to the polarity of its invisible magnetic or Over 
 Soul quality of being, whereby it collects elements reciprocal to 
 its extension, from the atmosphere, soil, heat, light, moisture, etc. 
 according to its individual or normal condition in the scale of 
 visible form and variety. 
 
 In all the Epi-cycles of Life, I am the connecting link between 
 Spirit and Matter, holding the two together as co-operative indi- 
 vidualities. My mission with the Spirit Epi-cycle is to assist it 
 in shaping and developing the material counterpart and c[ualify- 
 ing it with the principles of activity and individuality. So long 
 as I remain the connecting link, the spirit individual and its mate- 
 rial partner remain co-operative and, therefore, will manifest 
 together to the more perfect individuality of both, or vice-versa, 
 according to the conditional environments. 
 
 By my acts you may trace Life or Spirit as it manifests itself 
 through the vital functions co-operative with its material form. 
 Therefore, contemplate me, the principle of Animation, as influ- 
 encing the construction of animal, vegetable and mineral forms 
 by the act of, or processes governed by natural laws, calling to 
 your aid the sciences, of Embryology, Botany, Zoology, Ornithol- 
 ogy, Astronomy, Cosmography,, etc., and the principles of Elec- 
 tricity, Magnetism, Motivity, etc., etc., leaving your intellectual 
 forces to grasp the more profound consideration of the subject, 
 especially modes of motion and the act of vibration, etc. 
 
 Your senses will suffice to bring you as an individual Spirit 
 in touch with the universal whole ; thus, according to your devel- 
 opment, will you receive instruction, or experience pleasure, as 
 you behold the various manifestations. 
 
 Is it enough to say, that is a shrub, a tree, or a cereal grain ? 
 a man, a woman, or a child ? a cloud, a raindrop, or a snow- 
 flake, without knowing more about their whence and their 
 whither, the why and the wherefore? No! The Infinite cause 
 has endowed you as an individual spirit epi-cycle with the quality 
 of sensation, that you may therefore place yourself in communi- 
 cation with the Great Over Spirit of all. 
 
 Therefore, I, the spirit of Animation, one of the chief repre- 
 
 27 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sentatives of the Over Spirit, declare unto you that through your 
 functions of sensation, aided by spirit influence and inspiration, 
 and other forms of manifestation, you may clearly recognize the 
 truth and obtain perfect knowledge regarding the existence of 
 the Infinite Active Principle, Electricity, which is the Over Spirit 
 and the All Force in Nature and the Universe. 
 
 During all the cycles of past time, contemporaneous with 
 mortal life. Ideas of the Infinite Principle have been cognized and 
 contemplated, through natural impressions, inspirations, con- 
 ceived and re-conceived, embodied and re-embodied ideas, cog- 
 nized and further contemplated through natural impressions, sen- 
 sual perceptions and mental consciousness, and further developed 
 in accord with the conditions that influenced the mind of the 
 recipient. 
 
 Strong nerve systems, strung and tuned in harmony with keen 
 sensations, have been endowments of the past and present to man, 
 and perceptive ideas have been infused into his mind by not only 
 the means of phenomenal objective impressions, through the in- 
 strumentality of his physical senses, but by inspiration and other 
 spirit aids acting direct upon his spiritual being and its higher 
 sensations. 
 
 SAL-MA'SA LI USH LE-EN'CES 
 
 OR 
 COGNITION BY THE SENSES. 
 
 Both mortals and spirits by their ocular sense. 
 May cognize Ush Me-Ien's6n Si Ush Vinz Le-a ta. 
 Whether in the form, or after departing hence. 
 They see it through Ush Freni-te Su-ce-an'na. 
 In the marvelous cycles and epi-cycles of time, 
 And in the immensity of space, profound, sublime. 
 They see it in all nature in the process of growth. 
 In future extension after the propagation and birth. 
 In the glorious Sun in its great diurnal flight. 
 And in the moon, stars and constellations by nigjit. 
 They see it in the beautiful colors, shades and tints. 
 In the lights and shadows wherever nature re-prints. 
 In the valley, the plain and in the mountain range, 
 
 28 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 And in the erosions that have wrought them change, 
 They see it in the moving waters that cover the land, 
 In the waves that pebble the beach and pile the sand. 
 In the shrubs and trees that spring from the ground. 
 And in the grasses and the flowers that grow around. 
 They see it in material forms qualified with animation. 
 In every inanimate form existing throughout creation. 
 In the bright morning dawn and in the evening twilight. 
 And in the brightness of noon-day, or darkness of midnight. 
 They see it in the Spring verdure and golden glow of Summer, 
 In the tinted leaves of Autumn and the white robes of Winter. 
 In the dewdrops that freshen the leaves and wildwood flowers. 
 And in the mists that be-moisten the lawns and leafy bowers. 
 They see it in the tinted clouds of the gathering storm, 
 In the electric flash that illumines the mountain's form. 
 In the various kinds and colors of ancient fossils and shells, 
 And Indian arrow heads which to them antequated history 
 
 tells. 
 They see it in the prismatic colors that form the rain-bow. 
 In the refracted and reflected rays from the Sun's bright glow. 
 In every effulgent manifestation influenced by natural art, 
 And in the beautiful, the sublime, expressing from its heart. 
 They see it in every object as they exercise their perspectivity, 
 In which act they recognize Ush Le-asa in its ceaseless ac- 
 tivity. 
 
 USH RE-EL'CES LE-EN'CE, 
 
 OR 
 THE AURICULAR SENSE. 
 
 They hear it in the voice of animals and the song of the birds. 
 In their own vocal expressions, conveying their thoughts by 
 
 words. 
 In the rustle of gentle zephyrs, and whistle of the cool breeze. 
 And from aeolian harps played by the wind god on rocks and 
 
 trees. 
 They hear it in the wild current winds as they variably blow, 
 
 29 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 In their fiercer howl as they deeply pile the drifting snow. 
 
 In the gurgling brooklet, or murmuring stream on the moun- 
 tain, 
 
 And the roar of the cascade, water-fall, or wave of the ocean. 
 
 They hear it in the distant thunder after the electric flash, 
 
 In its dreadful rolling and pealings with the near-by crash. 
 
 In the first descending raindrops as they so gently come down, 
 
 And the dashing showers, or rushing torrents that wash the 
 ground. 
 
 They hear it in every sound or tone made audible by vibra- 
 tion. 
 
 In its emission they sense Ush Le-a ta giving vocal expression. 
 
 USH CON'CEST LE-EN'CE, 
 
 OR 
 THE OLFACTORY SENSE. 
 
 They smell it in the perfume of the wild-wood flowers. 
 In the spicy odors from the leaves in the verdant bowers. 
 In the air that surrounds the garden, field, or wild-wood home. 
 And in the glens, the canyons, and valleys, from the watery 
 
 foam. 
 They smell it in the earth as they bend low some trail to fol- 
 low. 
 
 In the mosses on the rocks that serve them for bed and for 
 pillow. 
 
 In the fields as they plow, harrow, and sow their various 
 
 grains, 
 And as they cultivate their vegetables after refreshing rains. 
 They smell it in all the fragrant odoraments diffused by nature! 
 In which they recognize Ush Le-a'sa as the Infinite Creator. ' 
 
 30 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH CLETE LE-EN'CE, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE GUSTATORY SENSE. 
 
 They taste it in the luscious flavor of the ripened fruits, 
 In the starch of the cereals and delicious oils of the nuts. 
 In the pure crystal waters as they rush from the mountains, 
 And mineral impregnations that qtjalify Nature's fountains. 
 They taste it in the hbney of the flowers, there formed and 
 
 concealed. 
 In the sugar and the gums of forest trees where they are con- 
 gealed. 
 In the juice from' the fruits grown on vines and on trees, 
 And the flavor they sense from vegetable roots and leaves. 
 They taste it in all they partake of for sustenance and food. 
 In which they recognize Ush Le-ata providing for their good. 
 
 USH RENTZ LE-EN'CE, 
 
 OR 
 THE TACTILE SENSE. 
 
 They feel it as they handle forms of material, wood, or stone. 
 In the jar or force of the water-falls and radiance of the Sun, 
 In the force of the winds when blowing, or in gentle afflations^ 
 And in the mists, the drizzling rain, or in its violent effusions. 
 They feel it in the soft, velvety blades of the grass and leaves. 
 In the waxy petals of the flower*s they gently stoop to seize. 
 In the soft touch of the snowflake, or stroke of the cutting 
 
 sleet. 
 And in the cold icy ground, or water that gives pain to their 
 
 feet. 
 They feel it in all the changes that come to qualify each 
 
 season. 
 In the knowledge thus gained through their faculty of reason. 
 In their affection and love, agitation of sensibility, or emotion. 
 And through natural susceptibility, and by mental impression. 
 They recognize Ush Le-a'sa by internal and external taction. 
 
 31 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ME-LEN'ZON SI USH VINZ LE-A'SA ENT LE'MAZ 
 
 LET-SAN'DE-US, 
 
 OR 
 
 INFLUENCE OF THE OVER SPIRIT IN SPACE 
 
 MEASURABLE. 
 
 Ga'la's Infinite Empire, resistless, immovable domain, 
 Bowndless and endless as the cycles of life and time ; 
 Thus absolute and limitless thou must forever remain 
 The relative kingdom of all cycles, marvelous, divine. 
 
 USH ,LE-A'SA SI FRE'DEN-CE, 
 
 OR 
 THE SPIRIT OF EXTENSION. 
 
 TELTZIE IV. 
 
 An Over Spirit Quality, a developing force in nature, 
 Expressing through the Epi-cycles of space measurable. 
 By modes of Materialization, the form giving feature, 
 The external form or body, the contour of the spiritual. 
 
 Out of the depths of absolute space speak I, the Spirit of 
 Extension, unto thee. 
 
 I, as an Infinite Quality, co-adjutant with that of Animation, 
 convey Bar'der Sul-ma'ce-a (substance or matter) into space 
 where I qualify it with length, breadth, thickness, or ultimate 
 form, in obedience to the will of the Over Spirit, by the process 
 under the influence of that specific natural law. 
 
 32 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Knowest thou that the grand old maple tree beneath which 
 thou art reclining for rest, is closely allied to thee by the ties of 
 nature — ^yea, even as a brother ? 
 
 Hath thy senses awakened thy intellectual faculty, and thy 
 mental forces in response thereto set into operation thy faculty 
 of reason, thus causing thee to recognize the fact that the same 
 generative forces hath brought both thee and the tree into mate- 
 rial existence, each possessed with a spirit counterpart, through 
 similar lines of development, thou from the uterus, the animal or 
 material generator, and the tree from the earth, the vegetable or 
 material generator, both representing a magnetic embodiment, or 
 Qetz (soul) occupied by an electric spirit counterpart, which lat- 
 ter is the generative force of the former, and which as an indi- 
 vidualized portion of the great Over Spirit has built the magnetic 
 and ultimate material form which it inhabits into an individuality 
 after its own individual electric form, vibratorially speaking, and 
 therefore, each a counterpart of the other, under conditional in- 
 fluences giving the ultimatum of each, or a created individuality 
 composed of spirit, soul and body, alike, according to the species 
 to which it belongs, so far as regards form, differing only in the 
 vibratory conditions natural to each as separate from the other, 
 the law that governs the individuality of either spirit, soul or body 
 as such, the former two continued after disembodiment from the 
 latter, and it, in its material existence as a specific individuality, 
 originally belonging to the two former. 
 
 Wouldst thou, dear mortal, know thyself better, thy whence 
 and thy whither? Wouldst thou also know that of thy kindred 
 tree? Then trace thy life line conditions, link by link, from the 
 Over Spirit or Electricity, its action upon the Over Soul or Mag- 
 netism, and the further influence of Animation, Extension, and 
 U-len'ze (Vibration), which conditionally operates upon proto- 
 plasm, and thus establishes nuclei, to the perfect man or tree. 
 
 Profound and marvelous is Me-el-zo'rTc (Electricity), or the 
 Over Spirit, which is the divine, everlasting motivity or cause of 
 all natural motion or vibration. The activity in the process of 
 creation, the cognition of which fact can be deduced by such 
 effects as produce the development of material form in Space 
 Measurable, Time Divisible, and Life Individual, or by the rota- 
 tion of worlds, as calculated from horizon to horizon by their 
 changing altitude, by change of the Solar and Lunar orbs as they 
 are revealed to mortal vision at morning or evening, links of Time 
 Divisible, and by the Constellations and fixed Stars appearing to 
 the earth dwellers during the various seasons. Or through the 
 activity or motion of the Over Soul and Body in response to the 
 
 33 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Over Spirit or the invisible motive force or impulse received dur- 
 ing their existence as Epi-cycles of Life Individual. 
 
 When through sensation, mental conception and ultimate rea- 
 son, thy consciousness hath concluded with truthful understand- 
 ing, in regard to the laws and science of material and spiritual 
 formation, physical construction, causation, effects and purposes 
 relative to the nature of things, both material and spiritual, then 
 canst thou embrace a tree, cherish its flowers and enjoy its fruits, 
 and therefore call it thy kindred as an Epi-cycle of Life Individ- 
 ual, existing in Space Measurable, under the ruling of Time Di- 
 visible, according to the laws that govern the kindred principle of 
 Duration, spiritually and materially. Then canst thou fondle the 
 flowers in all their beauty and purity, press them to thy heart and 
 call them thy soul mates; fondle and tenderly care for animals 
 and call them thy soul companions; listen to the sweet songs of 
 the birds and call them thy soul contemporaries in nature's choir, 
 operating in unison with thy own melodious soul, whose vibra- 
 tions reach into unlimited space — yea! until they blend and are 
 lost in the embodiment of the Over Spirit, or Cycle Supreme. 
 
 Then canst thou contemplate the mountain range, the valleys, 
 the plains, the oceans, the seas, the lakes and the rivers, and call 
 them thy benefactors and teachers of facts relative to the past, 
 present and future operations of the Over Spirit, in harmony 
 with the wisdom displayed in their wondrous organisms. Like- 
 wise, the Solar and Lunar bodies, in company with the Constella- 
 tions and countless (so termed) fixed Stars that inhabit all the 
 innumerable regions throughout absolute space, and consider them 
 thy influential counsellors, whose ceaseless operation should give 
 thee knowledge through thy faculty of reason. Therefore, record 
 the facts upon thy mental pages for further contemplation and 
 reflection, that thy intellectual or spiritual being may be illumined 
 with greater wisdom, as it develops and traverses the various 
 regions of eternal life, as a human epi-cycle or intellective con- 
 temporary, co-adjutant with all creation as such, under the influ- 
 ence of the Over Spirit, moving on the deferent of the Over Soul 
 as an individual Epi-cycle, co-operative with the great cycles of 
 Time, Space and Life. 
 
 . I, Extension, serve as a mediator between Spirit, Soul and 
 Matter. I and the Spirit of Animation are the silent, invisible, 
 evolutionary agents of the Divine Principle operating through the 
 sub-principles of Activity and Process. 
 
 We are the chemists in the great laboratory of substances, the 
 Gre-tic'ze (Architects) or builders of the Universe; the transmit- 
 ters of Energy through universal form, and the preservers of 
 
 34 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 individuality ; the establishers of Histology, and the executors of 
 its laws; the natural organizers of the science of Physiology, the 
 dispensors of Life and Motion through the functional systems; 
 the cause of all the Molecular processes, or phenomena of life, 
 relative to the form and action of living beings, and are the estab- 
 lishers of the science of Mineralogy, the natural attractive force 
 that induces cohesion and chemical affinity, which results in the 
 establishment of inorganic bodies. 
 
 Our influence is cognizable, not only in evolution, but in dis- 
 solution and integration as well. We operate energy both for 
 destructive and constructive purposes, to the establishment, re- 
 production and preservation of material individualities. 
 
 We are responsible for all the differentiations or modifications 
 that establish histology, and the transmission of afferent impulses 
 over the central nerve systems, causing molecular agitation or tur- 
 moil, to which the changes of consciousness respond, resulting in 
 motion of the motor muscular systems in unison with that of the 
 motor nerve system, thus establishing one of the principle laws in 
 governing the science of physiology and the phenomena of physi- 
 cal movement; therefore, through the combination of invisible 
 and visible motion we have brought Spirit, Soul and Matter into 
 co-union, developed and extended them into individual animal 
 and vegetable epi-cycles that move according to the force and 
 quality belonging to the individual. 
 
 As chemists, architects and builders, we not only design and 
 construct form, but by chemical process, qualify substances for 
 the sustenance of the same. Our process to this end is by con- 
 version through the principles of oxidation, the source of energy, 
 resulting in reverse transmutation, viz. : breaking down to decay 
 and raising again to living substance, which supplies the energy 
 for both the unseen molecular thrills and visible muscular motion. 
 "Each act of life is the offspring of an act of death." 
 
 Escaping energies bring the so-called "death and decay," 
 which is a closely related phenomenon to that of life, and its prin- 
 cipal eclipse, viz., disintegration, the servant for breaking down 
 complex substances, necessary to the result of dissolution or de- 
 cay, which in turn is the source of life and energy. 
 
 Simultaneous with the beginning of form construction, we 
 establish functional forces and agents for development, growth, 
 and sustenance. 
 
 Through the medium of Osmosis, our manifestations may also 
 be cognized by the force of imbibition, whereby we diffuse food 
 solutions into the cell systems. 
 
 Activity is the agent by which we unite the external and inter- 
 nal forces successively, establishing the specific absorbent capac- 
 
 35 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ity, and make the transmission of sustenance through the primor- 
 dal utricle and tissues. 
 
 We deposit starch and other plastic products into vegetation, 
 convert them into non-nitrogenous or nitrogenous reserves, which 
 aids Ifie in its process of maintaining the vegetable form through 
 its natural duration. 
 
 By metabolic force we reverse products, and by the difiference 
 in constructive and destructive activity, we establish excretions 
 and secretions. 
 
 Life hereby exercises energy for the present utility of the vari- 
 ous forms it controls, and for the future use of those it generates, 
 by the utility of non-nitrogenous and nitrogenous surplus or 
 storage, such as seeds, spor and cells, as depositories of reserve 
 materials to be utilized by the offspring during the early stage of 
 generation. 
 
 Therefore, I, Extension, co-operative with Animation, by the 
 force of activity and energy, move the machinery of metabolism 
 and disperse, deposit and retain products necessary to the per- 
 petuation of material life, for its natural time of duration, or as 
 a specific material form. 
 
 Hence, observe that we have developed all human, animal, bird 
 and vegetable forms, as well as those of mineral and other mate- 
 rials by molecular processes ; hence the principle of Extension, 
 which I personify, resulting in the co-operation of Wotz Lute- 
 san'de-us (Life individual), Nen'cie De'bus (time divisible) and 
 Le'maz Let-san'de-us (space measurable), as a trinity epi-cycle 
 dependent as an individuality upon the Over Soul and Over Spirit 
 Cycles. 
 
 The first material link in this development is Fo-ren'thiis (pro- 
 toplasm) and Over Soul quality, or the sensitive, mobile, semi- 
 substance or amoeba, an organism consisting of a network or 
 framework of protoplasm, filled up with other matter, thus ren- 
 dering it complex in character, and the life bearer to the primor- 
 dial utricle and cell in the vegetable, and the nerve and muscular 
 tissue in the animal, and is the throne or seat of the inner or in- 
 visible motion or activity which we utilize in the process of 
 growth, and is the prime unit of organization in the animal and 
 vegetable form structure. 
 
 This living matter is a soul link, centrally located within the 
 body link, which by process of development ultimates in an indi- 
 vidualized Over Soul Body, in co-union with that of an individ- 
 ualized Material Body, moving on the deferent of the Over Soul 
 Cycle, thereby receiving the vital spark of Life, which electrifies 
 and illuminates it in response to the impulse of the Over Spirit, 
 transmitted through the Over Soul, which completes it as an indi- 
 
 36 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 vidualized epi-cycle, a fac-simile of the Over Spirit, and Over Soul 
 Cycles from which it was generated and developed in degrees 
 of perfection made possible by the conditions attending the crea- 
 tion, and its endowments of quality, together with its force neces- 
 sary to reproduce under the same law, which is governed by a 
 natural unfoldment. First, in the animal or human epi-cycle, 
 from the links of protoplasm and eveloping nuclei, to Sel-meziit 
 (spermatoza), the fertilizing elements paternal, having active 
 motion and characteristic form, which governs the species, and 
 the quality to fecundify. 
 
 Second, from protoplasm and developing nuclei, to the pri- 
 mordial and mature U'liis (ovum), to the rudimentary polarizing 
 elements material, having the quality of fecundity. 
 
 Third, from the union of these elements, to Ge-len'te-ze (seg- 
 mentation) and I-lis'ce-iis (concrescence), through the marvelous 
 development of the E-no'e-es (embryo) to the perfect Re-lu'maz 
 (foetus), and ultimate man. 
 
 Fourth, in the vegetable epi-cycle, from the link of proto- 
 plasm and developing nuclei, to the O'lum (pollen) grain, the male 
 or fertilizing element, having the force to influence generation 
 and the quality to fecundify. 
 
 Fifth, from protoplasm and the developing nuclei, to the 
 U-lius (ovule) or ripened seed, the female or rudimentary gen- 
 erative element, having the quality of fecundity. 
 
 Sixth, from gamogenesis, the marriage of these elements, to 
 Te-ce-ete (cell), Yelz (duct), I-en'cy (fiber), and Un'dod 
 (wood) production, having place in the marvelous development 
 of vegetable forms, from an embryo to the perfect plant or tree. 
 
 The second link in the construction of form is the nucleus, the 
 seat or throne of individual process, or multiplication and repro- 
 duction, which we establish by the force of motion or activity, in 
 response to the impulse of the Over Spirit upon the first link. 
 
 The third link is the living cell, the foundation of the mate- 
 rial form through which, as before stated, the mediant Over 
 Soul form, co-adjutantly develops with that of the material, and 
 through which the Over Spirit makes manifest. 
 
 The fourth link is tissue, the throne or seat of life, and activ- 
 ity, from which all the phenomena of the body epi-cycle is per- 
 formed, and the agent through which it is fed, controlled and 
 supported as an individuality of Spirit, Soul and Body, as an 
 extended and animated form or epi-cycle. 
 
 37 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ME-LEN'ZON SI USH VINZ LE-A'SA, ENT NEN'CE 
 
 DE'BUS, 
 
 OR 
 
 INFLUENCE OF THE OVER SPIRIT IN TIME 
 
 DIVISIBLE. 
 
 Ga'la's absolute measure and Wotz's relative duration, 
 The Infinite Si-i'kel, linking the past, present and future ; 
 Endless apparent, by the ceaseless records of motion. 
 And the positive causes operating in phenomenal nature. 
 
 USH LE-A'SA SI GE-I-RISH'E, 
 
 OR 
 THE SPIRIT OF DURATION. 
 
 TELTZIE V. 
 
 An Over Spirit Quality, the force of continuity in nature, 
 Expressing through the Yet'ly Si-i'kel of time divisible. 
 By modes of cohesion and life's measuring feature. 
 The material form period, and absolute of the spiritual. 
 
 I, Ush Le-a'sa Si Ge-i-Rish'e (The Spirit of Duration), from 
 out the depths of the hidden past, speak unto thee. 
 
 I am Nature's Scribe, who holds eternal record of facts, hav- 
 ing existence through the operation of positive causes, specifi- 
 cally influenced by my contemporary Over Spirit qualities, viz: 
 Animation and Extension, who measure the divisions of time by 
 the principle of operative motion, which are to be occupied by all 
 
 38 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the individualized material forms having existence throughout my 
 domain and through all the cycles of time. 
 
 As the Spirit of Duration, I am termed Re-len'ti-e (Eternity) 
 and am recognized by an aggregate of past, present and future 
 time, the Ka-ner'et (Infinite) Cycle within which all time cycles 
 operate. 
 
 Positive causes, the innovate forces of the universe, co-existent 
 and co-operate with myself, have established and individualized 
 principle cycles the phenomena of which has further established 
 compendious cycles which mortals in their degrees of recognition 
 and further comprehension, have used to measure portions of my 
 existence, and as the basis of their Nen'cie Re-lan-se'us (Time 
 Calendars), in periods past and present. 
 
 By these forces worlds without number, at various periods of 
 time, have found existence and dispersement throughout space, 
 as individual material cycles, there to rotate in cycles of time, 
 relative to Infinite Duration, the cognition of which is deduced 
 by mathematical calculation. 
 
 By the movement of these worlds in their orbits the cycles of 
 Wil'get nud Yete (night and day) were established, which fur- 
 ther established compendious epi-cycles of time operating on the 
 deferent of the great Cycle of Duration, the compendate result 
 of which forms the operative time links, the extension of which 
 unfolds Bel'ze (seconds) into Re-net'ze (minutes) ; Lont'ze 
 (hours) ; Yete'ze (days) ; S6-et'ze( weeks) ; Ash-nor'ze (months) ; 
 Yelt'ze (years) ; Vrex'ze (periods) ; O-jet'ze (ages) ; Re- 
 len'tie (eternity) ; or Absolute Duration, which embodies the fore- 
 going Infinite system of time epi-cycles. 
 
 Every rising of the sun in the golden glow of the morning, 
 or its setting in the glorious tints of the evening ; every phase of 
 the moon as manifested by its waxing and its waning, thus chang- 
 ing the perfect fullness of its silvery disc; every unveilment of 
 the stars in the heavens to the eyes of the earth's dwellers, by the 
 cessation of the light of the Sun at night, or their hidden view 
 when it returns in the morning; every wave of the ocean that 
 lashes the time-worn sands of the beach, or the tides that cease- 
 lessly ebb and flow ; every rock that is formed by the co-herence 
 of material, and every metal that finds its bedding in the tnoun- 
 tains and valleys ; every animate or inaminate form of individu- 
 alized creation, and the life that perpetuates its kind nioves and 
 operates in its own individual time cycles, each a unit link in the 
 great Cycle of Duration. 
 
 Thus, by the motion of individual forms or natural phenom- 
 ena, induced by positive causes under the influence of my con- 
 temporary principles. Animation and Extension, the intelligence 
 
 39 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of man has been induced to conceive ideas of time divisible, which 
 latter he has, through mathematical calculation, aided by spirit 
 inspiration and influence, utilized for calendar purposes, and a 
 further knowledge of the Spirit of Duration. 
 
 But few peoples have ever inhabited the worlds of the uni- 
 verse, during all periods of the cycle of Duration, who have not 
 in some way recognized and utilized different time compends, or 
 sorts of compendium of the science. It is a part of the infinite 
 spirit that embodies In-tro-san'tra (creation), and its recognition 
 has been inevitable according to the sensual faculties, or that 
 quality belonging to life, or to human individuality, as well as an 
 operative force of response to the influence, by all animate and 
 inaminate individualities thus governed, according to their indi- 
 vidual needs regarding development and continuity of existence 
 and operation thereof. 
 
 Degrees of perfection have been reached in different worlds 
 according to the development existing therein, and the natural 
 influences brought to bear upon them. Therefore, knowledge 
 gained and advanced, or retrograded and lost, has been limited 
 by ideas in variance with records kept or lost by descended, or 
 extinct peoples. As in the present, so it has been in the past. 
 There have been records preserved and those that have been lost. 
 Those pre-historic, and those historic, while some of the long-lost 
 have been re-posessed by excavations, and others re-inspird by 
 spirit intelligences, into the minds of mortals of subsequent gen- 
 erations, who have conceived the ideas and brought them forth 
 again for future developments ; e. g., some that had been traced 
 on stone and other materials in ages long agone, are being un- 
 earthed in the present period of time, while the individuals con- 
 temporaneous with the time of those records have passed into the 
 zones of spirit life, and from thence are reaching out and inspir- 
 ing sensitive intelligences now in the mortal sphere, with facts 
 concerning these lost links and cycle records, a condition which 
 has existed in all ages of past time, though the mortal earth dwell- 
 ers are not generally willing to give credence to the facts in the 
 case, but rather recognize them as idealistic conceptions, used 
 principally for legendary or traditional purposes. 
 
 Earthquakes and volcanic eruptions have archived many past 
 records, some of which by recurring, or new conditions, will be 
 re-possessed by future generations, as in the case of excavations 
 at Pompeii, and many other places known to modern readers and 
 travelers, while many more will be made known and reproduced, 
 as this work is being given by spirit intelligences to mortal sen- 
 sitives ; for through this source has all the greatness ot the 20th 
 century been originated, developed and perfected. 
 
 40 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Cataclysms have submerged and obliterated records of great- 
 ness in times pre-historic and antequated, as well as in times mod- 
 ern, as was the case on the At'Ian-ti-an Continent long ages agone, 
 and tablets containing some of their records have already been 
 found along the borders or remnant portions of that illustrious 
 country, and will in time be recognized as such. Conditions will 
 yet come in future time which will enable moderns to possess 
 themselves with records and further evidences of the so termed 
 "lost arts" and scinces (not lost but archived by the works of 
 nature) , which now lie embedded beneath the sands of the Atlan- 
 tic Ocean and other waters, which characterized the material and 
 intellectual life cycles of that and other races of people. 
 
 No less changeable will be the conditions of the present and 
 future centuries regarding the records of the past. Although the 
 20th century mortals boast of their greatness in records produced 
 and preserved, yet printed as they are on flimsy paper, many will 
 be destroyed and lost in the future by conflagrations; e. g., as 
 were those of the great libraries of Alexandria, Egypt, by which 
 much was lost that otherwise would have linked past knowledge 
 of the sciences, arts and philosophies with that of the present, 
 and which former, future generations will earnestly endeavor to 
 possess themselves with. 
 
 That which is lost can only be obtained in two ways, viz: 
 First, from disembodied intelligences who are in possession of the 
 facts contemporaneous with their mortal lives, or have become 
 acquainted with them after their disembodiment, who reveal the 
 same unto embodied mortals yet on the earth plane. Secondly, by 
 monumental evidences or remains being discovered in the above 
 named natural archives by excavations and removed waters, 
 or submarine explorations, the result of which must of neces- 
 sity establish facts and not fiction, whether they be accepted as 
 such or not. 
 
 Finally, every epicycle of life, through the Over Soul and 
 Material Body or Form, represents an epi-cycle ot time divisi- 
 ble, moving on the deferent of the Over Soul, according to its 
 material and spiritual duration, both being infinite, never cease 
 operation and development, the former changing at the end of its 
 specific duration as an individual material epi-cycle, to form 
 some new individuality in the material region, and the latter 
 continuous in spirit zones, changing in quality or perfection 
 of being as an eternal individuality or disembodied individual 
 epi-cycle of life, the duration of which. is Eternity. 
 
 The individual material epi-cycle, therefore, being of shorter 
 duration than the spirtual as an individual, hence no longer a 
 contour of the original spirit, which latter, like thoughts, has de- 
 
 41 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 parted on the vibratory wings of life, (the mode of spirit trans- 
 port or travel, the rapidity being governed by will) or absolute 
 Duration. 
 
 Oo Ush Le-a'sa Si Ge-i-RTsh'e (I, the Spirit of Duration), 
 therefore, am the quality, serving the Over Spirit in the establish- 
 ment of all individualized existence, be it of Material or Spiritual 
 Life, from all molecules cognized only by the sense of spirit 
 vision to the smallest that can be recog^nized by mortal 
 sight; from the most minute insect or bug, to the most majestic 
 of the bird family; from the most tiny worm, to the greatest 
 reptile; from the smallest animalcule, to the largest mammoth; 
 from the most tiny vertebrate, to the largest whale; from the 
 infant embryo, to the giant of mankind; from the smallest atom 
 to the majestic rock and the stupendous mountain; from the 
 humid particle, to the mighty ocean's breadth and depth ; from the 
 smallest seed, to the largest vegetable or mammoth tree; from 
 the tiniest moss bloom to the largest flower ; from soul original to 
 that of individual being and from spirit Infinite, to that Eternal, 
 all of which move and operate in epi-cycles of time, on the 
 deferent of the great Cycle of Duration. 
 
 USH QUA'TE-OTS SI WOTZ, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ECLIPSES OF LIFE. 
 
 When the grass and corn blades have grown yellow and gray, 
 And the forest trees don tints of red, golden and brown ; 
 When the stubbled fields reaped of their cereals and hay. 
 And the weeds of the field are withered and breaking down ; 
 When the wild purple aster and golden-rod solemnly appeals. 
 And the decaying herbs mingle with the quiet falling leaves ; 
 When Nature thus pays a last tribute to verdureless fields, 
 And the caterpillar his last chrysalis cocoon covering weaves; 
 When the spider hides in the secret cell of his time-worn web. 
 And the crickets and grasshoppers have ceased their chirping ; 
 When the bugs and insects to their secret hidings have Hed, 
 And the nut-burrs have opened and their kernels are falling; 
 When thistles, flags, and milk-weeds on cotton pinion combines. 
 And other avolating seeds join in pursuit on the aerial plane ; 
 When the yellow pumpkins cling to their frost-bitten vines, ' 
 And the corn-shocks are drooping with unhusked ripe grain ; 
 
 42 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 When the moistened autumn leaves like tears of sadness fall, 
 In soft, rythmic accents to the low, sad sighing of the breeze ; 
 When as they have thus fallen they cover the earth like a pall, 
 And all nature lamentingly responds to the sad funeral call ; 
 When the distant dim hills in their marvelous, hazy outline, 
 And the veil-tinted valleys blend in their extent below; 
 When the sombre cloudlets join the mysterious, solemn combine. 
 And the be-shadowed waters mirror them as they gently flow ; 
 When butterflies feebly hover over the fading clover fields, 
 And the bees lazily gather honey from the last wild flowers ; 
 When the migratory birds fill their craws with cereal meals. 
 And rise from the stubble to take flight to fairer bowers ; 
 When the human body totters and the venerable form is bent, 
 And the face is wrinkled, the hair turning to gray and white ; 
 'Tis then the eclipse over spirit and soul, for disembodiment, 
 Creeps over their material forms like the sleep of the night ; 
 A connecting link between the mortal and spirit visibility. 
 To conceal the passing of the latter from the former entity ; 
 'Tis then Animation bids Life its material expression to cease. 
 And also Extension its developing force and control to release; 
 The spirit to pass on to zones of eternal light and Duration, 
 Gala's ultimate placement for individualized spirit creation. 
 
 USH NAT'THUS NUD NELT'THER ZIN'ETH ITH'NA, 
 
 OR 
 THE PLANETS AND THEIR ZONE CONDITIONS. 
 
 TELTZIE VI. 
 
 In contemplation of the planets and their Space Zones, time 
 and space will not permit of a general explanation thereof, as it 
 would take volumes in which to record all the Spirit helpers would 
 like to give us on the subject, but enough will be given however, 
 to lead up to more scientific and general considerations in the 
 future, which the author hopes to bring out, or perhaps may be by 
 other Spirit Sensitives, who in subsequent time may be fitted by 
 Spirit Inspirers and Helpers for the work. 
 
 The terms which we shall now use for the planets and the 
 zodiac, are such as are known and only used by spirits who have 
 passed beyond the Earth plane, for we are informed by A'lem 
 Pro'lex that the terms used by mortal Astronomers, cease usage 
 
 43 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by those in spirit, who instead, adopt the nomenclature insti- 
 tuted by spirit Astronomers, which are one and the same to all 
 nations of spirits having passed from any of the planets in the 
 zodiac of the Sun, and that each succeeding zodiac system be- 
 yond this, is governed by changed nomenclature suited to the 
 conditions apd developments naturally, spiritually and scientific- 
 %ally in those regions of space. 
 
 Klum is therefore the term used for the Sun, meaning elec- 
 tric fire, and not only refers to that marvelous body of electric 
 force which disperses light and heat throughout its zodiac, but 
 also to the zone of space in which it is posed. 
 
 In regard to its influencive condition, spirit astronomers 
 have further termed it Wenz, the term referring to it as the 
 radiant centre of spiritual development. 
 
 Con-cen'su, likewise for the planet and zone of Mercury, 
 meaning electric light. 
 
 Re-low', for that of Venus, meaning activity, or a dancing 
 motion which is natural to that planet. 
 
 Cret-low', for that of the Earth, meaning a circular motion, or 
 orbit. 
 
 Cel-e-met', for that of Mars, meaning density of the planet. 
 
 Lu-e-et', for that of Jupiter, meaning transparency. 
 
 Le-6-let', for that of Saturn, meaning to encircle. 
 
 Ke-ren'cy, for that of Uranus, meaning ultimate, referring to 
 the close of material education. 
 
 Me-lu'ne-a, for that of Nepture, meaning illumination, it being 
 the last planet m the Sun's zodiac, as recognized by the earth 
 dwellers, the term meaning effulgence. 
 
 The El-the er (Atmosphere) surrounding each planet is char- 
 acterized with chromatic conditions peculiar to the Ku-let' (orbit) 
 m Which It moves, being visible to spirit only, and that in its 
 grandest sense or intensity; e. g., that of Mercury which is a 
 beautiful blue; of Venus, a very deep blue; of the Earth, a rosy 
 hue, shading up to the crimson, such as oftentimes is reflected at 
 morning or evening on the horizon and in the waters, visible to 
 mortal vision; of Mars, a golden hue, which is caused principallv 
 from shades reflected into that orbit by Saturn; of Jupiter a 
 deep orange; of Saturn, a beautiful emerald or transparent green 
 which is caused by a great volume of water through which a 
 golden light radiates, thus causing the atmosphere to have the 
 transparent color; of Uranus, a white light, slightly tinged with 
 ye ow; of Neptune, that of a brilliant light commingled with the 
 yellow-tmted white light of the atmosphere of Uranus and that 
 of the effulgent light reflected from Re-ple si-a, the central planet 
 m the next higher zodiac. 
 
 44 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The colors above mentioned as qualifying the space zones of 
 the various planest, are visible to spirits at all times, day or night, 
 but were it possible for a mortal from the planet Earth to stand 
 on the various planets, they could only see the colors at daytime. 
 When thus viewed by material eyes, the changes in their intensity 
 are best recognized at the morning and evening hours, as often 
 seen on the horizon of the Earth, when at sunrise or sunset the 
 rosy and crimson hues of the atmospheric condition are such as 
 to afford it. 
 
 An Earth mortal, however, if on Mercury, could see the crys- 
 tal light of the planet and the blue tint of the atmosphere sur- 
 rounding it at daytime, but no change of tints at morning and 
 evening, as on that planet there is scarcely any twilight as com- 
 pared with that of the Earth, which brings quickly the sombre 
 shades of night. There is no night on Mercury, as compared with 
 that of the Earth, for the planet passes quickly into a condition 
 similar to that of the latter-named planet on a very dark day when 
 the Sun is obscured by the dense atmosphere, being a trifle darker, 
 however, which to mortal vision would deaden the sparkle of the 
 crystal molecules of which the planet is composed. 
 
 So it is to spirit or mortal vision on the planet Venus; how- 
 ever, being a generative planet, it has not the same brilliancy of 
 Mercury. When the change from night to day is coming on, or 
 vice-versa, the light retracts and returns, the radiations moving 
 spasmodically as it were, thus coming on like shooting advances 
 of light, and vice-versa, which is caused by the darker or denser 
 condition of the planet and its surrounding atmosphere, which 
 causes a change similar to that of the Earth as night comes on, 
 which causes the blue to be more or less intense, or shadowed. 
 There is therefore a little more twilight on Venus than on Mer- 
 cury, being similarly caused to that of the Earth light and shad- 
 ows according to the density or transparency of the atmosphere, 
 and the distance they occupy from the Sun, and also lights re- 
 flected upon them from other planets, strongest at morning, even- 
 ing, or night, when the angle, co-relative with the reflection from 
 the water creates the difference to the vision. 
 
 The shades reflected from Saturn pass through the blue ether 
 in connection with the rays of the Sun, giving the golden tint to 
 the zone of the Earth. 
 
 Tints and colors on the planets are often reflected by worlds 
 that are passing and re-passing (which latter will never be dis- 
 covered by mortal Astronomers) that thus reflect their lights or 
 shadows upon the other planets. It has been said that new 
 worlds have been discovered at various times. They are not new, 
 but are as old as the Earth itself, and some much older. 
 
 45 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Klum, the mighty orb and king that governs the existence of 
 all worlds and the individual life thereon, throughout its zodiac, 
 is stationarily enthroned, has no revolutionary motion either on 
 its axis or throughout an orbit, as is the case v^ith its subjects, 
 the planets, but has placement at a given point of equilibrium 
 within the centre of an El-the-er-ec'ly (atmospheric) zone. 
 
 All existence has its being as such through some form of the 
 conceptive principle, and Nature has made no exception to this 
 operative law in the process of cosmic creation. 
 
 The space zone of the Sun is the original formative womb of 
 the Electric principle materially, which produces orbs of the male 
 order only. All planets and worlds of the Sun's zodiac have 
 been, and will continue to be born into Absolute Space, within the 
 space zone of the Sun, which is the cradle in its zodiac where 
 they have been rocked into existence as such. 
 
 As they there gathered strength enough to establish them as 
 infant worlds, they moved out, yet extremely slow, thus radiat- 
 ing from the point of their birth into the zodiac of the Sun, rela- 
 tively aged, according to their distance from it, or the place of 
 their birth. The movement outward is so extremely slow that 
 earth astronomers have failed to cognize the fact. It has taken 
 numberless millions of years for the planets to assume their pres- 
 ent positions ; therefore, even Mercury is an old planet according 
 to the lapse of time ; hence, in the same ratio, Neptune arrived in 
 its present spaze zone during a period of time not easily compre- 
 hended by mortal minds. 
 
 There are now, though invisible on earth, spherical bodies 
 being formed in the space zone of the Sun, some of whkh in ages 
 to come, will occupy the zones now posessed by Mercury, Venus 
 and the Earth, and so on, as each of these planets move on out 
 to occupy the space zone of the next planet in order ; a law of pro- 
 gression governing their movements, which is on and on into the 
 succeeding zodiac of Quin-ten'ze (worlds), etc., for in every 
 argument relative to creation and the origin of all things, the law 
 of progression must render the account and also balance the scale 
 of facts. 
 
 Con-cen'su (Mercury) emits a very bright light (as has been 
 observed by telescopic aid), though only occasionally visible on 
 the earth plane because of its nearness to the Sun. The sides of 
 the sphere present themselves to the Sun, which angle establishes 
 its axis. The sphere is a little more eliptic than that of the other 
 planets. Its body is composed of material atoms of ^e crysta- 
 line order, known to spirit geologists as Je-le'ciis, or crystal atoms, 
 and also by the term Fe-le di-a, which refers to the male quality 
 or influence, and which they affirm is the electric or male prin- 
 
 46 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ciple in cosmogonic creation, or spirit entities in an embryotic 
 state, and of which Mercury is/ entirely composed, there being 
 scarcely any magnetic conditions in the planet or its space zone, 
 hence termed a male planet by spirit astronomers. 
 
 It being so much nearer the Sun than the other planets the 
 male crystal atoms or molecules are impregnated or highly elec- 
 trified therefrom, which condition endows them with the male 
 principle or force, as it were. 
 
 There are no mountains on Mercury, as has been supposed by 
 some earth astronomers. It being composed of the one elemen- 
 tary principle, viz., electric, there is no magnetic principle to 
 attract and repel; hence no convulsive conditions to establish 
 rocks and their upheavals; consequently no mountains. 
 
 What is supposed to be spots on this planet, such as discovered 
 by Schroter, are simply shadows from passing material orbs or 
 cosmic bodies, smaller than Mercury, not visible to earth astron- 
 omers. 
 
 The atmospheric zone through which Mercury passes is also 
 highly electric, for no planet, not even the Sun, exists without 
 an atmospheric condition surrounding it, and peculiarly adapted 
 to its existence as such. 
 
 There are no streams or bodies of water on Mercury, and 
 there being no magnetic or female principle in existence there, 
 materially speaking, there is therefore no developed individual 
 life creation, for in the absence of the latter-named principle, 
 material individualities can never be formed on Mercury in its 
 present location. 
 
 Re-low' (Venus) is known to spirit astronomers as Ne-i-en'te, 
 or the female planet in the Sun's zodiac, because it has taken on 
 the Magnetic force which spirit intelligences recognize as the 
 female principle in all cosmographic formations. 
 
 It is upon this planet that the original embryotic formative 
 principle is established in relation to all forms of creation, and 
 the principle of extension does its first work, but which only 
 reaches the embryotic molecular degree of development. 
 
 Venus, like Mercury, is possessed of water, which conditions 
 it as a body, and the atmosphere that surrounds it, necessary to 
 the existence and development of the embryotic or life molecules 
 developed on the planet, by the conjunction of the electric and 
 magnetic molecules or entities. 
 
 The electric radiations from the Sun penetrate the atmo- 
 spheric zones of Mercury and Venus, which furnishes them heat, 
 and in the case of the latter in connection with the principle of 
 moisture which further establishes the productive principle, and 
 under the influence of animation, the electric principle from the 
 
 47 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sun-rays, establishes motion in the magnetic body, the ultimatum 
 of which is warmth and health, according to the degrees of elec- 
 tric force. 
 
 That the reader may better comprehend the great creative 
 principle in operation, we will say that it is the space zone in 
 which a planet develops and further exists that gives it its degree 
 ■gf creative and developing force. When Venus had the position 
 that Mercury now occupies, it was then all electric and a male 
 orb ; but when it passed to its present position it gathered the 
 Magnetic Principle, which brought to it the female force for em- 
 bryotic development. So it w&j with the Earth as it occupied 
 the now positions of Mercury and Venus, and as it passed to its 
 present position it took on further developing forces to the ulti- 
 matum of the present condition of material life in the form, sub- 
 ject to changes, etc. So it will be with Mercury as it passes on 
 out into the positions now occupied by Venus and the Earth. 
 
 The electric condition of Venus, co-operative with those of 
 the Sun, meet and penetrate the fluidic atoms of the magnetic 
 principle belonging to Venus and the Space Zone in which it re- 
 volves, which established the conceptive principle of the planet 
 in regard to individual life entities or formative prnciples gen- 
 erally. 
 
 The electric light from the Sun, co-operative with the electric 
 and magnetic conception, establishes a circular or spiral motion 
 which generates the magnetic heat and establishes further devel- 
 opment, which is the life force of all existence. Therefore, 
 Venus, so to speak, is the womb of the whole system of planets, 
 and all life thereon, and throughout the atmospheric zones 
 through which they operate. 
 
 When the electric or positive force comes in contact with the 
 magnetic or negative condition, combustion takes place which 
 throws off balls of light ; hence the force which produces light, a 
 condition that is controlled by quantity, intensity and conductiv- 
 ity, or natural process, whereby light is diffused into organic for- 
 mative existence, or lost by opposing conductivity. Illustrative to 
 this fact, note the balls of fire and light that at times fly in radia- 
 tions from the trolley line at the point of jts connection with the 
 trolley pole, especially so when the wire is wet or icy, etc., when 
 the negative and positive conditions come together. The same 
 conditions may be observed with any electric machinery under 
 the same influences ; hence the force thus produces light. 
 
 Electric rays are set in motion by the rays of the Sun, no mat- 
 ter if the atmosphere is conditioned with clouds or density. These 
 rays meet the magnetic element just the same. There is always 
 the flash, whether the sun shines visibly or not. It is the excess 
 
 48 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 electric element and force over that of the magnetic, whether in 
 the atmosphere, or in the trolley, or electric machine, the excess 
 becoming fire. When the current of electricity overpowers the 
 magnetic element, the equilibrium, is disturbed and the excess 
 force terminates in balls of fire. 
 
 As the original electric molecules of Venus were attracted to 
 the liquid magnetic element of the Space Zone, or the latter to the 
 former, they retained their original form, for they are not dis- 
 solvable, but expand under the magnetic condition in the water, 
 whereby the embryotic life entity is esatblished, the crystal entity 
 being surrounded by an individualized portion of the magnetic 
 element, much as the yolk of an egg is enclosed within the albu- 
 men, etc. Thus it remains for a long time varying according to 
 the conditions surrounding the two united forces. Then anima- 
 tion proceeds with its work in the establishment of motion, as far 
 as to the last stage of development natural to the planet of Venus, 
 in which condition it fits the thus individualized con-junct forces 
 or molecules of life for further transmission through the space 
 zone of Venus, and further attraction into that of the Earth, and 
 ultimately to the latter-named planet. This spiral motion estab- 
 lished by the crystal or male spirit life germ, in the magnetic ele- 
 ment surrounding it, is the process which ultimates in an individ- 
 ualized spirit entity within a magnetic globule or soul entity, and 
 as such continues its motion and is caught up by the greater elec- 
 tric and magnetic forces or conveyed on the deferent of the Over 
 Spirit and Over Soul to the region of the Earth, where as above 
 stated they are further developed. 
 
 Neither the electric crystal or the magnetic element are in 
 themselves productive. A co-union of these two forces becomes 
 necessary with that of heat and moisture to establish the result. 
 The influence is triple, for animation begins with the Sun, which 
 has its effect upon Mercury, and the Sun and Mercury affect 
 Venus, when the real birth of individuality follows these com- 
 bined effects. 
 
 There would be no life entity established on Venus, originally 
 speaking, were it not for the heat, a quality of the Sun or electric 
 activity. Mercury exercises its force by dispersing its electric 
 particles, co-adjutant with the heat of the Sun, by radiant electric 
 force on to the planet of Venus. 
 
 49 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH RED'ZE MI-ZETS' 
 
 OR 
 
 THE GREATER HEIGHTS. 
 
 Cel-e-met', (Mars) is known to Spirit Astronomers as Mez'- 
 miis, the term referring to the trinity of developing forces, male, 
 female, and child production, thus embodied under a higher and 
 more spiritual order, or condition. 
 
 Mars is the only planet aside from the earth having on it 
 material or physical birth, be it human or vegetable. All life 
 on the following planets, there exists as spirit and soul individ- 
 ualized beings, under development as such. E. g., First, take a 
 mortal on the plane of the Earth, let his or her soul pass out 
 from the material Earth body, it is then ready for further de- 
 velopment such as will fit it to pass on to the planet Mars, or 
 into its space zone as a disembodied individuality ready for fur- 
 ther development as such, where it may possess knowledge rela- 
 tive to that planet. 
 
 Second, take an individualized being, born materially or phy- 
 sically on the planet Mars, and after the term of years alotted 
 the individual for remaining there in a material body natural to 
 that planet, let the spirit and soul pass out from that Mars body, 
 it also is ready for further development such as shall fit it to pass 
 on from Mars to the planet Jupiter, or into its space zone, as a dis- 
 embodied individual also, ready for further development as a 
 soul and spirit, which may possess it with knowledge relative to 
 that planet. 
 
 Therefore, as there is no material or physicial birth on any 
 planet beyond Mars, the soul and spirit leaving it, having had a 
 material on the planet Earth, and the soul and spirit having had 
 a material or physicial birth on the planet Mars, may each pass 
 individually to the plane of Jupiter as individualized spirits and 
 souls, which latter planet they inhabit as such during the period 
 
 50 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of time necessary for that development as individualities, such 
 as shall fit them to pass on to the other planets, as far as to 
 that of Uranus, the conditions of each planet affording developing 
 influences necessary to the animation, extension, and duration of 
 the individuality of all life on the various planets, and that of 
 the space zones that intervene them, a fact which must of itself 
 denounce the dogmas of individual re-incarnation. 
 
 The inhabitants on Mars consist of but one race of white peo- 
 ple; thus through the law of development, there are no colored 
 souls after leaving the earth body they vacated, only temporarily, 
 but when they wish to return to the earth plane to manifest as 
 spirits to surviving mortals, for identification, they have the abil- 
 ity to take on or assume their original color condition, as they 
 do garments and infirmities /that belonged to them on the earth 
 plane, that they may thereby be recognized by their friends, as 
 the Ca-cel'la (spirit sensitive) thus describes them. They are 
 kind, extremely spiritual and intelligent people, far superior to 
 the earth races. The material conditions of Mars are finer than 
 those on the Earth, consequently the people are less ponderous of 
 body. They are some smaller than the people of Earth, and gen- 
 erally speaking, they live to greater ages as well. Their system 
 of education is more like reformatoiy schools, when compared 
 with that of the Earth peoples. It embraces science, arts, liter- 
 ature, spiritual and mental growth, etc. Their chief enterprise 
 is simply that of agriculture, whereby they obtain sustenance for 
 their material bodies, prefering rathei to advance spiritually and 
 mentally, than commercially, hence, when passing from their ma- 
 terial bodies they are better prepared to advance rapidly as 
 spirits and souls, than are those who pass from the material 
 plane of the Earth. 'Tis thus they hold to one good principle as 
 a great brotherhood, which is based upon forces in nature, as set 
 forth in this book. No creeds or isms come in to divide them in 
 opinion, for being highly spiritual, inspirational, and sensitive 
 to various spirit influences, among whom are therefore many 
 Ca-cel-laze (spirit sensitives), they are taught chiefly by spirit 
 helpers, many truths they otherwise could not have become con- 
 scious of while in the body. 
 
 Mars, geographically, is not divided into district spherical 
 zones as is the case on the Earth maps, for the reason that 
 these materially differ in degrfees of temperature. In the first 
 place, the northern hemisphere is much milder than that of the 
 Earth. The seasons are extremely changeable from year to year, 
 which affects all parts of the globe differently as well as from 
 time to time, hence the inequality which otherwise might cause 
 the establishment of specified spherical zones. The seasons are 
 
 51 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 greatly affected by reflective conditions that reach the planet from 
 the other planets, as well as from the Sun. This fact has ren- 
 dered it very changeable as the planets also sustain periodical 
 changes, as is the case on the Earth, any one of the seasons is 
 liable to changes, more or less intense in regard to cold and heat, 
 according to the same influences, but more intense than on the 
 Earth, especially in regard to heat. It is so intense in some 
 parts of Mars at times that, the inhabitants wear very loose 
 garments, and, in many instances, none at all, a fact never looked 
 upon by the inhabitants as an immodest or improper act, they 
 being so spiritually minded. 
 
 The ruddy appearance on the planet is caused by the light 
 of the Sun and the manner in which it strikes the planet, similar 
 to the rose and crimson that is seen on the earth at sunrise 
 or sunset which is caused by reflected light. The greenish hue 
 also seen at times on the planet, is caused by the pure light of the 
 planet not under the condition of reflection from the rays of 
 the sun. 
 
 The veil that the earth astronomers have observed as com- 
 ing on at times over Mars in the winter, varying from hours to 
 days, and even months at a time, was caused by intervening 
 clouds. 
 
 Lu-e-et' (Jupiter) is known to spirit astronomers as We'ze- 
 liis, or the elementary body for soul and spirit development. 
 
 Here the spirit and soul aspires to greater heights in regard to 
 spiritual love for the grandeur and beauty in nature, such as has 
 thus far unfolded to their vision, and yet to be seen and under- 
 stood as having arisen from the operations of the Over Spirit and 
 the Over Soul in relation to unfoldment or development in the 
 realms of all life. Here they are wonderfully impressed with 
 the principles of harmony; natural art; music of the spheres; 
 beauty in nature; and especially that degree unto which the 
 spirits and souls of all humanity may attain through the refining 
 process natural to higher life; sexual and material advancement 
 through which the individual recognizes the sublimity, the mag- 
 nificence, the elegance displayed by natures unfoldments on that 
 planet, and the blending of their own spirits and souls into the 
 aura of that of the great Over Spirit and Over Soul, thus giving 
 greater impulse or desire for research after general knowledge 
 regarding the Gala (God) principles. 
 
 The great size of Jupiter, when compared with the other 
 planets, is due to its stronger electric and magnetic forces whereby 
 it draws a greater quantity of material molecules, under spirit- 
 ualized conditions, that have been thrown off from other planets, 
 
 52 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 as it sweeps through the sun's zodiac during its revolutions about 
 the latter. 
 
 This principle holds good in the case of all the planets, the 
 size being due to the electric and magnetic forces of the planet 
 body to attract to itself the refined molecules of its orbit, thrown 
 off from other planets during their revolutions, and that have 
 been attracted to the various space zones of the planets, some of 
 them being strongest in the magnetic and some in the electric, 
 hence the force necessary to the varied effects. However, these 
 forces in Jupiter are nearly equal. 
 
 In these cases, an equilibrium of forces must be established, 
 hence those planets having the greater magnetic, attract electric 
 to that end, and vice versa. 
 
 Since Jupiter was naturally possessed with an equilibrium in 
 this respect, it was, and is, therefore, able to draw a greater quan- 
 tity of the material atoms from the space zone with which to 
 build itself greater than those planets that were not naturally 
 equally qualified with the two forces, and, therefore, had no exer- 
 cise their stronger forces to replenish the weaker, hence, less able 
 to gather excess material for their further engrossment of body. 
 This principle or condition is the same in the nature of human 
 bodies as well, and exists also in the vegetable and animal, hence 
 difference in size and characteristices. In case of the human 
 organism, the unusual possession of the two forces renders the 
 individual incapable to act as a Spirit Sensitive, to any degree of 
 certainty, for Spirit Operators who would otherwise use them as 
 instruments through whose forces they would make manifesta- 
 tions, cannot do so without first supplying their beings with the 
 neressary force lacking, which if done, or attempted, weakens the 
 Spirit from whom the force must be given, which also disqualifies 
 the operator and the instrument for further development, hence 
 so many failures in case of desired development as Ca-cel-laze 
 (Spirit Sensitives). Those who come most readily into the ser- 
 vice, as a general thing, are those who possessed the equilibrium 
 even at birth. Some, however, may be brought to greater degrees 
 of manifesting ability through the equilibrium that arises from 
 the blending of the two forces natural to the two Cacellaze, one 
 being by nature the stronger electric, and the other magnetic, and 
 when together, are used by spirit forces that likewise are blended 
 to the same equilibrium established in the aura of the two Cacel- 
 laze (as is the case with instruments and operators who are bring- 
 ing to light the contents of this work), the Spirit operators are 
 therefore less hindered by opposing influences, and weakening of 
 their own forces by otherwise necessary supplies. 
 
 There are material planetary bodies preparing for birth, as it 
 
 S3 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 were, into regions of the zodiac of the Sun, thus unequally bal- 
 anced by the two forces, hence unable to draw to themselves the 
 material necessary for further structure development, and there- 
 fore become extinct, as is the case with meteors, falling stars, 
 etc., that seemingly fall to the Earth, which in reality the larger 
 specimens do, but some of the weaker and less developed, find 
 their repose on Mercury and Venus, and therefore do not become 
 planets, for which they embryotically were intended, or organized. 
 These embryotic bodies, therefore, are not parts of volcanic dis- 
 lodgement from the Earth, or discarded matter thrown off from 
 other planets, as generally supposed, but failures arising from the 
 above named causes. 
 
 Some of these orbs, less weak, and, therefore, having passed 
 beyond the planet Venus, have continued their existence as satel- 
 lites. It is the electric and magnetic forces embodied in the 
 various planets that have attracted to them the satellites which 
 originally were among the infant cosmic bodies that were seeking 
 a space zone for themselves, and which now hold them in co-op- 
 eration with themselves as satellite accompaniments, otherwise 
 they would have disintegrated, and have fallen in that condition 
 of particles to the planet nearest to them, as do the meteors and 
 falling stars on that of the Earth. 
 
 Therefore, what we term the Moon, and all the satellites now 
 known to Earth Astronomers, come under this principle of estab- 
 lishment and continued existence, by borrowed forces, etc. 
 
 Those planets having no visible satellites, are not strong 
 enough to attract and hold them as such. 
 
 All worlds become individual cycles only complete when they 
 have drawn to themselves all the material that their specific 
 forces are capable of. 
 
 As the axis of Jupiter is nearly perpendicular to its orbit, 
 there is but little change in the seasons, hence its great force to 
 continually attract material for development, and that more 
 evenly, since the change from cold to heat and vice versa does 
 not occur to such an extent as to consequently resist. 
 
 Some planets go out of existence as such, after having been 
 long matured, m the event of which they become accellerated in 
 motion, rotating faster and faster, by which means they throw ofF 
 their material composition, which goes out into (space, thus 
 reduced to atoms again, which are attracted again unto new 
 worlds in their process of formation, hence, like the human body 
 or that of all material forms, being changed to re-establish new 
 ones, as throughout all time, disintegration and integration oper- 
 ates for that purpose. 
 
 Jupiter is composed of both land and water. The colored 
 
 54 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 strips as seen by Earth Astronomers, are caused by reflected light 
 from the other planets, and the colorings are caused by different 
 rays through which the light passes, as the planet changes its 
 position. The Earth being between the Sun and Jupiter, produces 
 a different coloring to the Earth vision, than it would be if the 
 latter were between the Earth and the Sun. The copper color on 
 Jupiter is caused by reflected light from the Sun, as it is passing 
 through vapor. 
 
 Le-6-let'( Saturn), is known to Spirit Astronomers as Tl-rene', 
 or place for greater unfoldment of spirit intelligence regarding the 
 principle of love in its purest sense; elegance of spirit and soul, 
 such as comes to the individual through research after the grand- 
 eur and higher conditions and influences of life, as belonging to 
 the depths of the Over Spirit and Over Soul principles; natural 
 laws ; higher conditions in relation to harmony and order ; beauti- 
 fying, the Spirit and Soul through higher refinements ; intellectual 
 advancement by higher developrnent attained through the knowl- 
 edge of, and adherence to, natural sciences there attained, all of 
 which comes under the influence and inspiration rendered by 
 spirit intelligence, for there are no material individualties on 
 Saturn, excepting of the refined soul nature, the coarser having 
 ceased when leaving the Earth, and next grade of refined on 
 departure from Mars, and the body there inhabited. 
 
 While Saturn sustains and aids the revolutions of its satel- 
 lites, it also throws off equally a magnetic force from all sides of 
 its sphere, which meets the electric force in its space zone, and 
 causes the rings to be established about the planet. The electric 
 force being in excess to that of the magnetic, causes combustion 
 which is continually taking place, and by the aid of the polarized 
 light thus established, the rings become individualized and con- 
 tinuous. 
 
 A-lem Pro lox here informs us that, a fourth and outer ring 
 is being established at the present time, now visible to spirit 
 vision, and that in time, it will also be visible to earth astronomers. 
 
 Part of the illumination however, is caused by reflected light 
 from its satellites, which becomes brighter when they are near- 
 est it. 
 
 The rings thus established are illuminated the strongest on 
 the sides facing the satellites, as the penetrative force is not 
 strong enough to pass through the whole body of the rings, there- 
 fore, the inner sides of the rings are apparently shadowed, thus 
 darker, while the illuminated sides appear more opaque. 
 
 The rings are not directly back of each other, consequently 
 
 55 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the space between them gives the appearance of dark stripes, each 
 of which grows denser as it nears the planet, hence darker. 
 
 The inner ring is the largest, and brightest of the three, 
 which is occasioned by being more opaque than the dense space 
 or band back of it, which brings it out still brighter. 
 
 The inner shadows become brighter as they are located in 
 nearness to the planet, the outer ones being less intense, because 
 they are thinner, and, therefore, more penetratable by the light. 
 
 Ages agone, the planet was more eliptic in shape, but by force 
 of rotation, attraction and repulsion during long ages, it is less 
 intense in that respect, in a spheric sense, having thrown off more 
 material at the region of the poles, than at the equatorial points, 
 hence the present condition of the orb. 
 
 The apparent changes that have come on the surface of the 
 planet, is from the fact that there were and still are great liquid 
 upheavals. 
 
 There is a greater portion of water on the planet than of land, 
 which gives place to great tidal waves, which move with great 
 rapidity, thus causing the disturbance as observed by earth 
 astronomers. The water is thus thrown outward by subterene 
 convulsions in the form of waves, only it is a greater body of 
 water which rises at once, and then reacts. The movement of 
 the water is most wonderful to spirit vision, and known to them 
 as being the result of subterene disturbances. Similar ones take 
 place in the deep waters on the Earth plane, but are small indeed 
 when compared with those of Saturn. 
 
 Ke-ren'cy (Uranus), is known to spirit astronomers as 
 Ce-rel'zer, or planet where the material influences cease, and the 
 spirit turns away therefrom, and the reverse motion of the planet 
 to that of the preceding ones, is to them symbolic of the unfold- 
 ment of all spiritual matters through further mental effort which 
 the individual spirit must exercise before passing on to Neptune. 
 
 When an individual spirit has reached Uranus he or she must 
 have possessed themselves with a general knowledge of the laws 
 and sciences relative to the operative principle in nature, so far as 
 regards material formations, etc., such as the origin and extension 
 of form, and the co-operative forces of the Over Spirit and Over 
 Soul relative to their dispersment into individualized epi-cycles, 
 and further unfoldment as they move on the deferent of the 
 Supreme Cycles, in their development from Mercury to Mars 
 mclusive, which takes ages for the most refined and progressive 
 minds to accomplish. 
 
 After an individual spirit has attained to this degree of educa- 
 tion or knowledge, he or she must return from Uranus, to the 
 
 56 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 space zone of the Earth for the purpose of gaining further knowl- 
 edge regarding the laws and sciences that govern all spirit exist- 
 ence, which they do as they pass to and fro through the various 
 planets and their space zones, thus to attain to the greater heights 
 of all spirit principles and forces, and therefore the better to 
 understand the true relation that exists between the great Supreme 
 Cycles, Over Spirit and Over Soul and their developments, the 
 foundation upon which all creation stands, the principles that have 
 established all individual epi-cycles, and that hold in keeping the 
 charge of their eternal existence as unfolding entities of Spirit 
 and Soul. When this education is obtained, they are then ready 
 to pass on to Me-lune-a (Neptune), also known to Spirit Astron- 
 omers as A-re-an'ther, which refers to greater heights or attain- 
 ment in knowledge relative to the eternal laws that govern the 
 development and evolution of the spirit and soul of all things. 
 Thus by these two schools, the spirits have acqainted themselves 
 with the marvelous processes in nature such as involution and 
 evolution, causes, effects and ultimatums. 
 
 Having passed through the schools, the spirits thus developed 
 are ready to pass on into the second Lo-dii'cy (zodiac) oi worlds, 
 where they, generally speaking, inhabit the central planet, which is 
 known to Spirit Astronomers as Re-plesi-a, because of the efful- 
 gent condition that characterizes it, and the spirit life that inhab- 
 its it. 
 
 Replesia does not have the same provident mission m its 
 zodiac that the Sun does in its, viz: as a central solar light or 
 heat provider to the other worlds in its zodiac, for each planet or 
 world and its individualized life are endowed with their own 
 spirit light thus developed, which takes the place of light of a 
 solar orb in the zodiac. 
 
 Thus positioned upon Replesia, the spirit does not of necessity 
 have to pass on to the other planets in the zodiac of Replesia to 
 obtain knowledge thereof. That is optional with the individual 
 spirit, therefore, all are more or less inhabited. 
 
 The fact that, being spirits, they are capable of passing to and 
 fro from planet to planet as such, and therefore able to teach 
 facts relative to the planets they have visited, as they mingle with 
 the spirits of Replesia, it being the centre of the zodiac, highly 
 attractive by nature, powerful in electric and magnetic principles, 
 affords communication through the law of thought transference. 
 
 Each planet is a sun of itself, being electrified by the great 
 light of the Over Spirit, and therefore infinitely and eternally 
 illumined as a whole. No words are adequate to its description, 
 hence non-comprehensive to a mortal mind. 
 
 57 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Therefore, the Hght being electric, dispersive and reflective 
 from one planet to another, the whole system is thus wonderfully- 
 characterized. The condition in the zodiac, and within the plan- 
 ets and their space zones, as before stated is such as to afford 
 communication from world to world practical and certain, hence a 
 mode of obtaining knowledge of the various planets and their con- 
 ditions. The force governing this mode of communication, is 
 that of vibration, which latter is induced by the operative forces 
 of higher electric and magnetic principles, than those known to the 
 Sun's zodiac, as embodied in the great Over Spirit and Over Soul 
 Supreme Cycles, the planets and inhabitants thereon, being recip- 
 rocal as epi-cyclcs belonging to the Supreme Cycles, may receive 
 and impart knowledge through the modes of thought transmission 
 and inspiration, whereby they further develop and unfold mentally 
 as spirit epi-cycles on a higher plane or portion of the deferent of 
 the Supreme Cycles. 
 
 So it is throughout eternity, spirits co-adjutant with finer and 
 and finer souls, pass to the central planet in the Lo-dii-sy-ets' 
 (zodiacs) lying still beyond in space, and as limitless in number 
 as space itself, for the same order of spirit elevation in all these 
 is to pass generally to the central planet of each successive zodiac 
 throughout space, going at will to any of the planets in the zodiacs 
 as they may desire (as they understand the law of governing 
 electric currents, etc.), where as individual spirit and soul epi- 
 cycles, they move on the deferent of the great Over Spirit and 
 Over Soul or Supreme Cycles, which fact is positive proof against 
 the theories relative to material or physical re-incarnation. 
 
 Alem Prolex informs us that, when leaving Neptune, en route 
 to Replesia, the spirit passes through space zones of ether that 
 grow finer and finer as they near the planet. 
 
 When approaching and entering the planet, the marvellous 
 effulgence that pervades it and the space zone in which it revolves, 
 is almost overpowering to spirit vision. 
 
 There effulgent light is the Spirit and the God. Color is the 
 Soul and the Individual. Transparency a condition of the Color 
 which admits the Light and makes them inseperable. 
 
 It is as though there was no solidity, but all light and illumina- 
 tion. There can be seen that which appears to be the movement 
 of water, but it is light from the other planets moving across it 
 As this comes in contact with that of Replesia, it causes most 
 beautiful and wonderful changes in the colors, in and through 
 which myriads of spirit peoples are passing (who once inhabited 
 the Earth plane) so softly, so gracefully they move, that a spirit 
 even on the planet of Uranus would seem gross beside them. They 
 
 58 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 have no solidity of soul or form, but composed of light and color 
 under a perfect transparent condition. So with the elements, 
 they are extremely pure and refined. 
 
 Each progressive step upward brings more light, more per- 
 fectly refined etehr, more beautiful colors and transparent condi- 
 tions, grander, fuller and more perfect expressions of the Ga'la 
 principle, which is light in its greatest force of purity. The inhab- 
 itants, the trees, the shrubs, the grass, the animals, the birds, in 
 fact all life known to the Earth dwellers, and many more exists 
 on this planet, but as beautiful as the purest crystal, characterized 
 with transparent colors, so pure that the spirit sight can penetrate 
 through every form and look beyond it, as mortal can look 
 through a pane of glass. The cities are masses of transparent 
 colored architecture, through which the crystal light shines forth 
 in dazzling rays, thus to further illumine the scene. Truly, 
 these are "Mansions not made with hands, eternal in the heavens." 
 No expression in words can make comprehensive the real beauty 
 and grandeur of a spirit individual and the home on the planet 
 Replesia. 
 
 Cret-low' (the earth) is known to spirit astronomers as Len'- 
 ze-ly, which term refers to the planet as the real mother of indi- 
 vidualized life and form. As the Earth became established in its 
 new Space Zone, the Electric germs,, already clothed and devel- 
 oped into embryotic existence by aid of the magnetic fluidic prin- 
 ciple natural to its former condition, again entered into new Space 
 Zone conditions, which established the process of further develop- 
 ment of all life embryos on the Earth, where they were brooded 
 in the soils, rocks, waters, etc., where they further developed by 
 electric, magnetic, atmospheric, terrestrial and aquatic conditions, 
 which resulted in the origin of all created existence on the land, 
 in the waters and atmosphere of the Earth. Those attracted to 
 aquatic conditions, to inhabit the waters; those on terra-firina, 
 to inhabit the land; those to atmospheric regions, to inhabit both 
 land and air ; and those beneath the surface of the land, to inhabit 
 the soil and rocks; which was the origin of every form of indi- 
 vidual life known to the Earth plane, and every one of which came 
 forth in extremely minute form. As we are shown clairvoyantly, 
 even the largest specimens of animal, vegetable and human life, 
 originally on the Earth, did not exceed an inch in length or height, 
 with corresponding breadth and thickness. Many were the ages 
 that passed before the progressive development reached the nor- 
 mal size known to pre-historic, ancient and modern times. 
 
 At the stage of individual development, above mentioned, the 
 Earth had assumed greater size, as nature at this stage had com- 
 pleted the original part of creation; it had therefore brought 
 
 59 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 everything of the original existence in pairs, which fact estab- 
 lished the functions necessary to the condition of procreation and 
 its continuance as such, hence the continuity of all individuallife 
 originally established on the Earth plane, which has sustained 
 many conditional changes since the time of the establishment of 
 the law of procreation, as will be seen. 
 
 We wish to emphasize the statement that since the creative 
 forces in nature, viz : electric and magnetic, were male and female 
 principles, therefore the original life germs were possessed with 
 one or the other characteristic as such, and that when under orig- 
 inal process of individual formation on the Earth plane, the 
 product thus established came in pairs. Just here is the point 
 where the mortal mind is lost, or led astray, and therefore does 
 not understand that sex principles were original points in the di- 
 vine law of creation, belonging to the great Over Spirit and Over 
 Soul principles from which all existence has originated. 
 
 The principles that govern origin, procreation and continuity 
 of life, hold good in regard to planets or worlds, as well as in 
 that of the individual form creation that inhabits them. Merc- 
 cury and Venus, influenced by the forces of the Over Spirit and 
 Over Soul, were the original influences answering to gender, 
 which established the condition of procreation on the Earth, and 
 as the latter developed by animation and extension, individual life 
 advanced in strength and size, though the process to that effect 
 was very intricate, marvelous and slow, as shown us clairvoyantly 
 by spirit Epictetus, the Greek philosopher. 
 
 The picture is very difficult to explain; the materials thus 
 employed come from many different sources operated by electric 
 and magnetic forces, the minute particles slowly gather toward 
 a given center, and in the process appear so minute that they are 
 as imponderable as ether itself. As these particles took place- 
 ment together, they assumed that of the human form, perfect in 
 every detail but so extremely minute. The same process, gen- 
 erally speaking, occurs in all forms of creation in degrees of com- 
 plexity and quality according to the orders, genera, species, etc., 
 required at the original stage of existence. The movement of the 
 material particles when taking their place in the process of origin, 
 is that of a circular motion, one which is also conducive to all 
 growth in its normal state, or all progression after its origin, 
 which is in conformity with the motive forces, which latter also 
 come from all directions like electric radiations, which they are ; 
 while the magnetic element passes through and commingles with 
 the circular movements of the electric force. This circular form- 
 ative motion is the cause of so many things in nature taking on 
 the circular form, such as seeds or cereals, eggs, nuts, fruits and 
 
 60 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 worlds. The same circular influence forms the bodies and limbs 
 of trees, vegetables, animals and human beings, etc., and forms 
 within all the ova that are to continue procreation. 
 
 Condition being the next step to that result, i. e., placed in 
 darkness under the influence of fecundity, the circular motion 
 begins again, which induces progression, which is upward and 
 outward. Within the earth is the electric and magnetic condi- 
 tions, procreation will go on, and soon the result is made visible 
 placed in frozen ground, destruction would have ensued and life 
 unable to further the progression; but if placed in warm condi- 
 tions, procreation will go on, and soon the rssult is made visible 
 by extension. The conception was made in the earth by the elep- 
 tric and magnetic forces, which also brought it forth as individ- 
 ualized life — ^s these forces had originally done, or under similar 
 conditions. When the light is reached by the form extension, it 
 progresses onward, outward, and upward; thus the law of pro- 
 gression continues on the Earth plane. 
 
 When the Earth has moved out and up as far as to the space 
 zone that Mars now occupies, the condition of the former planet 
 and its inhabitants will be similar to that of the latter, having 
 higher birth and more refinement in every way, and so on out, as 
 it revolves in the space zones of the other planets, and they in 
 turn have passed on to the second zodiac. It is thus the finite 
 mind may better understand all indiviudal life questions. 
 
 Again, as Venus moves out to take the place of the Earth, arjd 
 Mercury that of Venus, they will be similarly endowed with orig- 
 inal forces such as belonged to the planet preceding them; and, 
 likewise, Mercury will be replaced by one of the strongest of the 
 planets now being formed, which ultimately will be endowed with 
 the same quality that it now has, and so on will the cradle of 
 worlds perpetuate the replacements, and, therefore, the progres- 
 sion ad infinitum. 
 
 6i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 U'^'H RED'ZE MI-ZETS'. 
 OR 
 
 THE GREATER HEIGHTS. 
 
 Ga la's infinite plan for all life continuity, 
 Progression of individualized spirits and souls, 
 Throughout the countless ages of all eternity, 
 As each epi-cycle on the Over Spirit Cycle rolls. 
 Oh, Gala! is it thus we reach the greater heights. 
 There to find that we have purer and wiser grown? 
 That our souls grew brighter on their upward flight, 
 As the light of the Over Spirit through them shone, 
 Doth Animation there operate as in the greater depths, 
 To energize all the life and individualized soul existence. 
 Freeing it from all the grosser magnetic elements. 
 Guiding it onward and upward by thy electric influence? 
 Doth Extension turn cycles and epi-cycles ever forward, 
 Never reversing thy infinite order of natural motivity, 
 Thus moving life individualities constantly onward. 
 
 On the deferent of the Over Spirit Cycle, by electricity? 
 Doth Duration forbid spirit and soul re-incarnation, 
 Lest it disorganize thy law of creating individuality ? 
 Or limit thy natural froces of animation and extension. 
 And create disorder in thy automatic modes of eternity? 
 Yea I the mode of spirit an dsoul is eternal progression, 
 As epi-cycle entities they must seek the greater heights ; 
 In obedience to the infinite law of eternal evolution. 
 Which conditions all life with the Over Soul lights. 
 Thy turn not back on the marvelous cycle of time, 
 For to them the material cycle hath ceased its polarity; 
 They dwell in etherial zones energized by Gala divine. 
 Thus represented by the chemical spectrum of electricity, 
 Clothed with chromatic garments that beautify such souls, 
 A'nd qualified with energy, motivity, sensation and mind, 
 Individually progressive as time into eternity rolls, 
 Epi-cycles of the Over Spirit and the Over Soul combined. 
 
 62 
 

 'e-t tee. (S'idt- ISm.-\Xs. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH NEL'DE LON-TFDRI SI AT'LAN-TIS, 
 
 OR 
 THE GREAT CONTINENT OF ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELT'ZIE VIII. 
 
 The following information relative to the Geographic, Geolo- 
 gic, Botanic, Zoologic and Ornithologic links and cycles have been 
 given us by Er'6-thr6-di-a Pro'lex, At'lan-ti-an Ev'li-am Le- 
 a'sa Mtil'te-cen (Atlantian literary spirit inspirer) of the Author, 
 who was the Kel-lan'tra (daughter) of En-ti'tha Pro'lex, her 
 Pe-it'sie (father), and A-ce-lI'na Pro'lex, her Med'sie (mother) 
 and the Sl-es'tie (sister of A'lem Pro'lex. 
 
 As shown on the foregoing Je'tice of Atlantis, the Lontidri 
 was divided into 6 Telt-zie (Sections or States) which, rela- 
 tively speaking, would correspond with the various state divi- 
 sions of the United States of America, and were then known 
 as Teltzie' Et, We, Set, Ket, Zret and Sot, or Sections i, 2, 3, 4, 
 5 and 6. 
 
 Following is a short description of the KTs'trez A-is'tie (Capi- 
 tol City) of the Lontidri, and those of the various Teltzie, and 
 also the chief A-is-tie'ze (cities) of the Lontidri. 
 
 Bei'treh, a great resort for invalids, was located in the wes- 
 tern central portion of Teltzie Et, east of the great Am'i-zone 
 Ri'ger (river). On the east side of the aistie was the beautiful 
 Lii'kret (lake) of O-zen'ti-6. The water was so clear and crystal 
 like that it was a perfect mirror, and thus reflected the beauti- 
 ful sunlight and image of every object near it. Its inlet was 
 subterranean, and had never been discovered on account of its 
 great depth. The water was strongly impregnated with sulphur 
 and other mineral solutions, was always warm, hence its name, 
 which meant light and heat. Its outlet was through the Pi-es'c6 
 Riger (the term meaning to come from unknown depths), which 
 flowed southward, and emptied into the Amizone. By the foot- 
 hills of the A-el-ked'ze (mountains) west of the Lukret, were 
 two thermal springs known as O-pen'ti-6 and Tel-mes'ze„ noted 
 for their healing qualities. A vein from a large A-el-ke'de 
 (mountain) near by, fed the larger Tel'mez (spring), the source 
 of which was from subterranean waters. In the Aelkede depths 
 
 64 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 were small basins, each containing a specific mineral substance 
 in solution, deposited therein from a system of veins through 
 which the minerals were collected and carried thence to the 
 basins, which in turn emptied into one great lateral basin where 
 all the mineral solutions became a compound, in which condi- 
 tion it flowed on into the exterior telmas proper. The water 
 of the smaller telmas was from another Aelkede source. It 
 flowed through crevices in the rocks in which were sulphur 
 deposits, which highly impregnated the water, before it reached 
 the outer basin of the telmas. The water from the large telmas 
 was made famous by being of a general medicinal character 
 of Aelkedze, was a resort for people who came there for a time to 
 visit the Telmesze for treatment. 
 
 Quirt'ze was an aistie located in the eastern central por- 
 tion of Teltzie Et, was of medium size and its inhabitants were 
 energetic in their pursuits, the chief manufacture being that of 
 furniture. 
 
 Ke-ren'te-ze, was a large aistie located on the north-central 
 border of Teltzie Et, on the eastern side of the Amizone Riger. 
 It was a great resort for the wealthy, many of whom had their 
 permanent residences there. It was most noted for its schools 
 and colleges, where students were educated in all the arts and 
 sciences. It was an aistie consisting of fine architectural struc- 
 tures, on account of the great wealth there assembled. Being on 
 the Amizone, it was a great commercial exchange, and possessed 
 one large, and several small artificial water courses through the 
 aistie (like those of modern Venice, Italy,) the inlet of which 
 was from the Amizone. They were used both for freight trans- 
 portation and pleasure boating. The people were very intellectual 
 and enterprising. 
 
 Jes-tesie, or Ush Aistie ze Fe'ste (The City of Light) was 
 located on the Amizone River, northeast of the aistie of Keren- 
 teze, in the northern portion of Teltzie Et. This aistie was noted 
 for a natural phenomenal condition in the form of a great light, 
 or illumined vaporous cloud that continually hovered over the 
 aistie. The phenomenon was caused by an electric condition in 
 that vicinity, from which the Atlantian scientists discovered the 
 dynamic force pi natural electricity and its motive power, which 
 they utilized as such in various enterprises, and also for heating 
 purposes. 
 
 Crey-.i6s't6 was an aistie located in the northern portion 
 of Teltzie Et, on the Kentry Riger. It was also a great edu- 
 cational centre. Pupils came there from all parts of the Lontidri 
 in pursuit of education in the arts and sciences. Its architectural 
 and artistic display was grand and beautiful. 
 
 6S 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Neitz, was the Kistrez aistie of Teltzie We, located in the 
 north eastern portion, east of the Quin'tro ter-ran'zi (range), 
 and north of the Skeit. It was a small aistie, having no special 
 commercial enterprise, the principal interest being that of gov- 
 ernmental affairs. The people who dwelt in the aistie however, 
 were generally wealthy and intellectual. 
 
 Gi-e'tro, was an aistie that was located in the northern por- 
 tion of Teltzie We, between the Amizone Riger and the Quintro 
 terranzi, though very near the Riger, from the aistie, to the 
 north, could be seen the highest summits of the terranzi, now 
 known as Iceland. The aistie was beautifully located, and built 
 upon the site of a hamlet where dwelt a crude straggling people 
 who had come there from the north east, and who knew nothing 
 of their ancestry. They were called San'de-ens by the Atlan- 
 tians, the term meaning aboriginal. They were indolent and 
 idolatrous, and as a people they became extinct by mixed race 
 conditions with the Atlantians, who also settled in that section. 
 After Yermah became . Deltsanz of that Teltzie, he established 
 schools and enterprises which wrought great changes with the 
 people in general, especially those who were not mixed with San- 
 deen blood. 
 
 De-sen'trow was a large aistie that was located in the southern- 
 central border of Teltzie We, on the Amizone Riger. The chief 
 enterprises were factories for converting metals into commer- 
 cial utilities, the chief of which were Kurg (iron) for mechani- 
 cal purposes; U'zie (gold) for ornamental use, etc. Another 
 enterprise was that of Ar-i-de'te (boat) construction, such as 
 were utilized on the Amizone Riger, and upon the various Yel'- 
 maz (canals), the latter having place as inlets to parts of the 
 aistie, thus affording connection with the Amizone for shipping 
 utility, and also throughout portions pf the Teltzie in the vicinity 
 of the Amizone, where rapids and waterfalls made it impossible 
 for the freighted Ar-i-de-te'ze (boats) to float in continuation 
 of the Amizone proper, hence the Yelmaz. They could leave the 
 Riger above the rapids and enter it again below them. The 
 aistie could not be said to be very beautiful in regard to fine archi- 
 tecture or artistic detail, though the structures generally, were 
 substantansially built. The inhabitants were more disposed to 
 amass wealth individually, than to lavish it on architecture and 
 art. However, there were several fine temples, as the people were 
 very religiously inclined, the finest of which was located on the 
 side of the foot-hills of the Tu'te-ron terranzi, on the west side 
 of the Amizone. The people were bright, busy, enterprising, etc., 
 but did not pay so much attention to general education as they did 
 to amassing wealth. 
 
 66 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Hu'litz, was the Kistrez aistie of Teltzie Set, and was located 
 on the western side of the Amizone Riger, in the south-western 
 portion of the Teltzie. It was a large aistie, beautifully laid out 
 with streets at right angles, possessed very fine buildings, es- 
 pecially the Pel-zo'ze (temples) and the government buildings 
 and dwellings of the wealthy inhabitants. There was no very 
 great manufactury in the aistie, it being the Kistrez, was a place 
 for wealthy residents. There were fine schools, and the people 
 were very refined, intelligent and wealthy. 
 
 En-id-ids'tro, was the principal aistie in Teltzie Set, and was 
 located north-east of Hulitz on the west side of the Amizone 
 Riger, in the southern portion of the Teltzie. The inhabitants 
 were among the most intelligent and civilized in the Teltzie. 
 They had fine Pelzoze, public buildings and residences. One of 
 the Pelzoze was built in a hexagonal form and in the style of 
 a great monument, which, in fact, it represented. Its roof was 
 peculiarly shaped, being in the form of waves. Centrally, on 
 its summit, stood an equestrian statue, with spear in hand, in 
 representation of a warrior. The structure was utilized as a 
 council chamber where preparations were made for war. The 
 people throughout the Teltzie being war-like in nature. 
 
 Al-mor-thea, was a commercial aistie that was located in 
 the northern-central portion of Teltzie Set, on the west side of 
 the Amizone Riger, and east of the slopes of the Tuteron terranzi, 
 and near the aistie of Desento. It was very beautiful, the in- 
 habitants were very bright and energetic, and always busy. It 
 was a great musical aistie, and the location of the great instru- 
 mental factory of Atlantis. Various other aistieze were located 
 along the Amizone Riger in this Teltzie, but the inhabitants were 
 much more crude and uncivilized. One of these aistieze was very 
 crude in construction, being that of clay structures. Its name 
 was Al-maza, and was located on the Amizone, in the northern 
 central portion of the Teltzie, on the western side of the Riger, 
 between it and the Tuteron Aelkedze. 
 
 Ha'drey was the Kistred aistie of Teltzie Ket, located in the 
 north western portion of the Teltzie, east of the large Lukret of 
 Gonzela. The aistie spread over a large area, as the inhabi- 
 tants had homes on the order of gardens, containing from three 
 to five acres, from which they obtained a livelihood, a fact that 
 made the place very beautiful. It was an aistie for educational 
 enterprises. There was one large school for general education, 
 and one for the sciences. The streets were broad and beautifully 
 kept. There were several fine parks, the best one being located 
 opposite the Kistrez buildings, which latter were very large, but 
 
 67 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 plain structures. All others throughout the aistie were plainly, 
 though substantially built. There were two large Pelzoze. The 
 people generally, were sun-worshippers, and so ornamented their 
 Pel-z6-ze (temples) with that symbol, which they reverenced as 
 representing the seat of all life. The people, though of the 
 middle class were intelligent and industrious. 
 
 Mie-zie-to'ry, was a beautiful aistie on the south eastern 
 boundary of Teltzie Ket, in size, comparatively speaking, with the 
 aistie of Atara, the Kistrez of the Lontidri, and of Teltzie Et. 
 Many people came to this aistie from Teltzie Zret, to transact 
 business of all kinds, it being the seat of commerce in that part 
 of the country, which caused ,a mixture of the populace ; but the 
 natives proper were highly civilized and very progressive. The 
 streets and the buildings were of the purest white, being con- 
 structed with a material then known as Kintlin, a stone taken from 
 the Aelkedze near the aistie, which was similar to lime-stone, 
 excepting that in its native state was of the purest white. It was 
 quarried in blocks for building purposes, and pulverized for ce- 
 ment in which the blocks were laid, and also for the surface con- 
 struction of the streets, which ultimately were kept in perfect 
 cleanliness. At the foot of the Aelkedze, bordering the aistie, 
 was an immense market or exchange, from which the Kintlin was 
 shipped, as well as great quantities of Ce-gel'let (mineral water) 
 to all parts of the Lontidri. The Cegeilet was taken from an 
 immense pool formed in the rocks on the side of the Aelkedze. 
 A beautiful plateau possessing all the charms of nature fronted 
 the pool, which was a favorite resort for the people who visited 
 it in great numbers to partake of the Cegeilet. 
 
 Ni'61-ty was a great manufacturing aistie, located in Teltzie 
 Ket, on the western side of the De'ze Riger. Its most noted 
 enterprise was the manufacture of all kinds of art in Zi'te 
 (mosaic) designs, such as statues, images, medallions and various 
 ornamental designs in fine colorings; e. g., a medallion subject 
 famous in the Teltzie, was that of a beautiful lady represented 
 as sitting in the foreground contemplating the rising sun and its 
 beautiful light as it burst forth from the orient horizon, and thus 
 shining upon a beautiful pelzo in the distance, between lier and 
 the horizon, which was to symbolize the light of truth shining out 
 upon the souls of men. The pelzo was to represent the souls of 
 men, and the lady that of Mother Wisdom as the teacher. 
 
 Teltzie Zret was a very beautiful portion of the Lontidri it 
 being more tropical in nature than the foregoing Teltzie, and pos- 
 sessed exquisite flora. Even the wild shrubs of the Aelkedze 
 were prolific in bloom and foliage. Grand Hel-tro-plox'ze (caves) 
 
 68 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 characterized the Aelkedzie, over the entrance of which were 
 creeping vines bearing flowers of violet and lavender hues. When 
 entering them it was that the individual walked on carpets of 
 moss, as it were, whose shadings were from a delicate green 
 beneath, to a golden tint on top. Such was the case with the 
 En'trie Kend'trI-6 of Atlantian fame, located in an Aelkede of the 
 same name, in the Helt'zy terranzi east of the then known Be- 
 run'di-a peak (now the Bermuda Island) in Teltzie Kret. 
 
 Wex'tra, the Kistrez aistie of Teltzie Zret, was located on the 
 eastern central portion of the Teltzie, southeast of the Te-ra-es'- 
 tin Lukret, in the great fertile Tynger (valley) of Al-e-16'6s, that 
 had place between the Meztrie and the Gen-le'ce-i terranzi. It 
 was a very large aistie, possessed very fine buildings of low, but 
 beautiful structure, with flat roofs, the principal ornamentations 
 being that of carved subjects from nature in relief, and many pil- 
 lared porticoes and interior supportings. The Kistrez building 
 was a very large structure, though not elaborately designed, ex- 
 cepting in the details of its pillared porticoes and diamond-shaped, 
 four-sided cupola that rose over the front centre above the great 
 main portals, which was sculptured with landscapes in relief, and 
 painted in accord with the scene representation, a different rep- 
 resentation having place on each plane of the diamond. Other 
 carvings on the exterior and interior, with pillar, or column accom. 
 paniments, made the structure an imposing one. On the summit 
 of the cupola floated the Geel (flag) of the Teltzie. The aistie 
 was a great winter resort for the people of the northern and east- 
 ern Teltzie, who sought the more tropical climate for that season. 
 There were many beautiful parks in the aistie, one of which sur- 
 rounded the Kistrez buildings, composed of tropical trees, shrubs 
 and flowers. There were several beautiful artificial Lukretze. 
 There were three principal Pelzoze, the principal worship being 
 the same as the form used in Atara. The inhabitants were intel- 
 ligent, energetic and highly civilized, though it was a tropical sec- 
 tion. This difference was due to the mixed assembly of Atlan- 
 tians of the north and east, with the natives, which latter caught 
 the influence of the former and therefore were improved. They 
 were all lovers of nature, hence did much to beautify their sur- 
 roundings. They had good schools, but no very great advance- 
 ment in manufacture. 
 
 Go-16n'z6 was a small aistie located in the southwestern por- 
 tion of Teltzie Zret, on the site where now the city of Vera Cruz, 
 Mexico, has place. In the Atlantian time, it was an ancient 
 aistie, and has been destroyed and rebuilt several times since its 
 existence as Golonzo, and the present city of Vera Cruz has sus- 
 
 69 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tained similar conditions by contentious peoples. We are here 
 informed that conditions of a convulsive nature that now exist 
 and are centered in the location of that city and its immediate 
 surrounding country, point to a great convulsion that is likely to 
 occur in time not far distant which will again destroy the city and 
 tear up the country generally. The inhabitants of Golonzo had 
 advanced only to a moderate degree in manufacture, education or 
 general livelihood. 
 
 An-tri'tha was a large aistie situated on the western side of 
 the Amizone near its outlet into the Southern Ocean, east of the 
 now known Cape of St. Roque, then the southeastern portion of 
 Teltzie Zret. The aistie was on the order of a large Mexican city 
 of modern times. It was considered by the Atlantians of the 
 third Efremetrum to be very antique. Having place by the Ami- 
 zone, and by the Southern Atlantic, was therefore a great manu- 
 facturing and commercial point. It was in this aistie that the 
 Tel'ta A' eta (air ships) were built and from thence dispatched to 
 all parts of the Lontidri, where they were to be owned and oper- 
 ated; when completed they were slowly elevated by their own 
 electric machinery to the altitude necessary for departure, when 
 they soared away rapidly to their destination. 
 
 Lis-tri'6 was a large aistie located on the Amizone near the 
 eastern central border of Teltzie Zret. The location was a 
 beautiful one, one that was highly cultivated, and a great fruit 
 district as well. The Can'tu-liis ( a fruit similar to the modern 
 grape) was one of the vintage growths, the juice of which was 
 manufactured into El-d!'s6 (a non-fermented drink), similar to 
 grape juice of modern time, which was transported to other parts 
 of the Lontidri. The inhabitants became well civilized and were, 
 in regard to their customs, manners and general livelihood, much 
 like the modern Germans. Many Ar-i-de'te (water craft, the 
 term meaning moving on the waters) were employed on the Ami- 
 zone at this point, heavily laden with Eldiso and various fruits 
 from the Teltzie. 
 
 Ge'trex, was the Kistrex aistie of Teltzie Sot, and was located 
 east of the Yel'pet terranzi, and north of the O-tes'sen, in the tri- 
 angular section of country formed by the junction of the two ter- 
 ranzi, the point of which is now marked by the St. Helena Island, 
 which latter was the junction peak of the two terran?i. In regard 
 to construction, the aistie was quite crude, for there were no 
 aistieze of great importance in Teltzie Sot, and the people were 
 of a crude and half civilized order, they being the most southerly 
 races of the Lontidri. There were no Kistrez buildings of any 
 account, and the government was simple in detail. There was 
 
 70 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 very little enterprise or learning, except such as chanced to be 
 established there by northern traders who bought and exported 
 products from the more southern fisheries. 
 
 I-e'dri was a crude settlement in the southeastern portion of 
 Teltzie Sot, so named from the fisheries there located, the term 
 meaning fishery. This was a great point for that enterprise, as 
 very fine fish of various kinds were to be obtained in the waters 
 of the South Atlantic at that period of time, which were caught, 
 prepared and sent into the aistie of Detrex for distribution 
 throughout the Teltzie. The fisherman and their families lived 
 in very crude habitations, constructed something in the manner 
 of the Adobes of modern times. The people in the northern por- 
 tion were more intelligent than American Indians. They built 
 their habitations out of limbs and sticks, woven or thrown to- 
 gether and filled in with mud to form the body of the structure. 
 They were allowed to remain when vacated, or when the inhabi- 
 tants went on their roving expeditions, and re-occupied again on 
 their return. 
 
 LIM'PIRE NUD A-THU'RO RIN'GA NUD SI-I'KEL. 
 
 OR 
 GEOGRAPHIC AND GEOLOGIC LINKS AND CYCLES. 
 
 TELTZIE IX. 
 
 There always have been, and always will be geographical 
 changes, such as are caused by the coming up and going down of 
 portions of the earth's surface, submergences and recedings of 
 its waters, conditions which have made it difficult for historian.? 
 to substantiate or preserve facts relative to the present geographic 
 aspect of the world. 
 
 Let the reader take his Atlas, scan the coast of the Eastern 
 Continent, contemplate its present aspect in connection with that 
 of Micronesia, Polynesia, Melanesia and Australasia, whose rem- 
 nants of land protrude from the mighty waters of the Pacific 
 Ocean, and there read from the present condition, the unwritten 
 history of Nature's remote, secret compilation. 
 
 Likewise, turn to the map of the Western Continent, North 
 and South America. Look across the great Atlantic to the coast 
 of the Eastern Continent, adjacent Europe and Africa, and 
 behold the remnants of land whose present condition, like all 
 
 71 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 others of the world, are due to the mighty convulsions and sub- 
 mergences of Nature, whose mysterious protrudings, ragged, zig- 
 zag, wave-washed coasts bespeak the mighty forces of Nature to 
 rend the lands, disperse the waters, and bring mighty changes 
 upon the earth. 
 
 Further contemplate the Bays, Sounds, Gulfs, Straits, Chan- 
 nels, Inland Lakes and Seas, the unrecorded history of which is 
 everlastingly being rehearsed by the roar of the mighty billows 
 during the hours of Nature's tempestuous conditions. 
 
 One of the great questions of the 20th century is, what are the 
 true links, past, present and future, that belong to the Great Cycle 
 of human life, material and spiritual, to which Ethnographic and 
 Ethnologic epi-cycles we must add those of the Geographic, the 
 Geologic, the Zoologic, the Botanic, the Ornithologic, etc., etc. 
 
 These links are innumerable and in the absence of correct his- 
 tory, are very mystifying, indeed; and, therefore, can only be con- 
 nected up by the aid of spirit intelligences who were contempo- 
 raneous with the times of their establishment and who are able 
 to communicate with mortal sensitives, giving them facts such as 
 shall render aid in the process of both material and spiritual 
 research. 
 
 Many men and women have written upon these and other sub- 
 jects in regard to the great universal laws and processes govern- 
 ing their establishment through causes and effects, thus record- 
 ing their views upon the pages of history through their various 
 works and forms of literature. Most of these, however, have 
 thus conceived and written under spirit aid. and influence without 
 the consciousness of the fact, and therefore have held their own 
 mentality in supremacy to that of the guiding influence to such 
 an extent as to weaken the power of the latter-named aid and 
 influence, which, on the contrary, would establish truth, correct 
 data, and prefix to the 20th century buried history of the so-called 
 pre-historic past, renovate, correct, and glorify that of antiquity, 
 bring out much that is non-historic, and ultimately establish the 
 complete and perfect epi-cycles belonging to the Great Universal 
 Cycle of Cause and Effect. 
 
 In connecting the Atlantian Lontidri with the now known 
 Eastern and Western Continents, establishing its boundary line, 
 and further to extend the Great Geographical Cycle of the globe 
 to its present extent and condition, giving the causes and effects 
 leading up to the latter, we do so by establishing Atlantis as the 
 center of the cycle. (See the Jetice or Map.) 
 
 The Am'i-zone Riger (meaning an immense river coming from 
 the zone) was a great salt water course, having its rise from the 
 
 72 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Arctic waters, that flowed through the Lontidri. It was the long- 
 est and broadest river ever known to the world. It flowed in 
 meanderings from the North to the South, and was very rapid 
 along some portions of its course. In its meanderings it passed 
 west of the now known Azores, and east of the Bermudas, to the 
 now known Amazon remnant of South America (the name having 
 descended to the latter from that of the Atlantian Amizone, with 
 only its orthographic change) when their confluent waters found 
 an outlet into the South Atlantic ocean. 
 
 The great Amizone Riger was the dividing line between the 
 Eastern and Western hemispheres of the Atlantian Lontidri. As 
 it plunged through the Aelkedze terranzi near the peaks now 
 known as the Azores Islands, it formed the then famous Des-wi'- 
 trie (meaning many falls in one). As the water gushed forth 
 from this great gate-way ( it plunged down a precipice of about 
 eighty feet, then through a canon of palisaded rocks for two miles, 
 through which it formed eddies, cascades, whirlpools and rapids, 
 when came a second fall of about i6o feet into a great semi-cir- 
 cular basin where the water boiled and rolled by the force of its 
 fall, casting a rainbow spray upon a great plateau on the west side 
 of the foothills, back of which great rocks jetted out from their 
 backward ascent, and over the trees, shrubs, flowers and mosses 
 that characterized the undulating ground below. 
 
 The De'ze Riger was a large fresh water course that had its 
 rise in the Aelkede regions of the now known country of Green- 
 land, which flowed southward through Teltzie Ket, having its 
 outlet in the great Amizone Riger, east of the aistie of Miezietori. 
 
 The Kentry Riger was a large fresh water course which had 
 its rise in the Skeit terranze region, in Teltzie We, or in the region 
 now know as north of the British Islands and west of Norway, 
 which in its meanderings southward, passed through the eastern 
 extremity of Teltzie Et, and emptied into the Alt-lack'er (South 
 Atlantic Ocean), east of the aistie of Almorthia. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Atlantis, there was a great Prish 
 (Bay) or inlet from the Tret-zel'za (Arctic Ocean), then known 
 as the Ex'a-tron, about three leagues in width, located northwest 
 on the now known sections of Norway and Sweden, from which 
 the Amizone received its waters. The latter was about three 
 leagues in width at its junction with the Exatron, and likewise 
 varied in width on its course to the Altlacker. 
 
 The Re-tex-e-ri'ton was a Co-li-e te Celet (Inland Sea) that 
 was located in the northeastern portion of the Lontidri, west of 
 the sections now known as Portugal and Morocco, fed principally 
 by subterranean sources, and the waters were of a thermal char- 
 
 73 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 acter, the temperature varying at times from medium to cooking 
 heat. 
 
 This condition led to much scientific investigation, when it 
 was discovered that, so far as soundings could be made, the sea 
 appeared to be bottomless at a certain section. There was always 
 a rumbling sound that came from beneath the waters in that sec- 
 tion, and scientists claimed that the heat and sound was caused 
 by the action of a subterranean sulphurous volcano, and that it 
 was but a question of time when the fire of the volcano would 
 cut its way through the bed of the sea, admit the waters through 
 the aperture, when the great heat would so rapidly generate steam 
 in such quantities and force that the sub-aqueous earth could not 
 resist it, and that then it would explode the earth shell and fol- 
 low the ramifications of the earth veins, until all that section of 
 the earth in that region in a manner influenced, would be de-. 
 stroyed by the almost universal explosion. This claim, alas! 
 proved true, which was the cause of the ultimate sinking and sub- 
 mergence of the great Lontidri of Atlantis, with which many 
 cities, towns, hamlets and settlements, together with millions of 
 people went down and were lost to the knowledge of subsequent 
 peoples on the remnant lands. 
 
 Simultaneous with the fires reaching the waters of the Coliete 
 Celet, the same condition and result occurred in the Exatron 
 Prish, which caused a great convulsion that extended from the 
 now known section of Norway and Sweden in Northern Europe, 
 then a part of Atlantis, to the Straits of Gibralter, and still further 
 south-westward. 
 
 Prior to the convulsion, a large stream of water in line with 
 the now known Baltic and White Seas, had its course through a 
 valley across the country of Europe, which practically rendered 
 Norway and Sweden an Island belonging to the then known Tret- 
 zel'za (Arctic Ocean), and but for the existence of the then 
 known Che-ra'da Aelkedze, or now Orhay range, that section, or 
 Island, would have gone down. At the time of the convulsion 'the 
 great valley between the Baltic and White Seas rose, and that 
 portion which before was an Island became permanently con- 
 nected to the European Continent. 
 
 This convulsion (followed by those elsewhere mentioned by 
 Alen Prolex), co-operative with the waters of the Retexeriton 
 the Tretzelza, and the Altlackeer that flowed into the great crater 
 of the sub-aqueous volcano, and other volcanoes, generated a mar- 
 velous steam and mighty force, such as the rock-bound soil of the 
 Lontidri, where now the North Atlantic Ocean rolls, could not 
 resist ; hence the sinking and submergence of the Atla'ntian Lon- 
 tidri. 
 
 74 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Er'6-thr6-di-a further informs us that the same condition now 
 exists under the westerly waters of the now known Gulf of Mex- 
 ico, and that it is only a question of time when the fires of that 
 volcano, in like manner, will cut their way through the bed of the 
 Gulf, when by an unspeakable explosion, the Continents of North 
 and South America will disappear from the material world, and 
 the waters of the Pacific will reach, together with the Atlantic, 
 to the western confines of Africa. Then will the remaining por- 
 tion of the At'lan-ti-an Lon-ti'dri have disappeared with all the 
 peoples and cities of the Twentieth Century Civilization. Thus 
 may we understand what is the meaning of the term "being 
 destroyed by fire." 
 
 USH A-EL-KE'DE TER-RAN-ZE' SI AT'LAN-TIS, 
 
 OR 
 THE MOUNTAIN RANGE OF ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELTZIE X. 
 
 The Jan'tl-ze was a terranzi that began with high peaks in 
 Teltzie Et, which now form the Azores Islands and in their exten- 
 sion, embraced peaks now known as the Madeira and Canary 
 Islands, and, further continuation, the remnant Atlas mountains 
 in Morocco and Algeria of northwestern Africa ; and but for the 
 submergence that established the Mediterranean Sea, would have 
 been a part of the^great system in Europe and Asia, the link being 
 broken at Sicily and lower Italy, by the waters of the Mediter- 
 ranean. 
 
 Furthermore, tracing the ranges around the globe, through 
 Asia, crossing the North Pacific via the Aleutian Islands into 
 North America, through the great system of Rockies of the 
 United States and Mexico, reaching the summits of the Aelkedze 
 which formed the Bermudas, which link can only be connected 
 through revelations of unwritten history, as gathered from the 
 records of memory of spirits contemporaneous with the ages of 
 the past, who give the facts through mortal sensitives, as at the 
 present time. 
 
 The Gu-il'I-to extended from the western portion of Teltzie 
 Et, in a zig-zag easterly course, to that of the Jan'ti-ze terranzi. 
 
 The Yel'pet extended from the peaks now known as the Cape 
 
 75 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Verde Islands, in a meandering course, embracing the peaks that 
 now form the Ascension, St. Helena and Tristan d'Acunha 
 Islands, the latter name being the result of a submergence that 
 was of ancient date inAtlantis. 
 
 The O-tes'sen then extended from the now known Cameroon 
 Mountains in Africa, into the Lontidri, then embracing the now 
 known Islands in the Gulf of Guinea, and also the peaks that now 
 form the St. Helena Islands, whose further continuation had also 
 been submerged in the ancient days of Atlantis. 
 
 The Ben'te-ze meandered from the peaks that now form the 
 Bermuda Islands, extending to and embracing New-Foundland, 
 which was the highest portion of the range at the northern ex- 
 tremity. 
 
 The Lu'ti-ze extended from the now known Bermudas to the 
 State of Virginia, U. S. A., and further into the section now 
 known as the Chesapeake Bay and its remnant Islands. 
 
 The Miezie-to-ry extended from the Bermuda peaks to the 
 north-central border of Teltzie Ket. 
 
 The Helt'zy extended from the Bermuda peaks south-west to 
 the now known coast of Florida, and northeast to the southwest 
 portion of Teltzie Ket. 
 
 The Gen-le'ce-I extended from the sections now known as 
 Guiana, South America, to within a few miles of the then known 
 Berundia Peak, the latter extension of the terranzi, to the Berun- 
 dia Peak terminating with low spurs or foothills. 
 
 The U-zazac extended from the Bermudas to North Carolina, 
 to the point now known as Cape Hatteras. 
 
 The Mez'trie extended from the Sierra Madra branch to the 
 great Rocky Cordillera, through Yucatan, embracing Hayti, Porto 
 Rico, and that portion of the West Indies now known as the 
 Caribee Islands. 
 
 The Mu'tl-ze extended from the section of Hayti to Honduras 
 and Nicaragua in Central America, thus embracing Jamaica. 
 
 The Quin'tro extended in a crescent from Ireland to Iceland 
 which latter was a high portion of the terranzi. ' 
 
 The Skeit extended from Scotland, north to the group of 
 Islands west of Norway, when a large valley had place between 
 them and Iceland. 
 
 The Tu'te-ron extended from the eastern-central portion of 
 Teltzie Set, through the central portion of Teltzie We, to western 
 Iceland. 
 
 The Tis-ciin'da from the north-central to the west-central por- 
 tion of Teltzie Set, thus extending from the Tuteron terranzif 
 
 The Re-e'ta from the southwestern portion of Greenland, in 
 
 7^ 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 a meandering course into the northwestern portion of Teltzie Ket. 
 The Trix'uh-lee extended southeast from the central point of 
 the Re-eta terranzi in Teltzie Ket. 
 
 The Ep'za was a branch that extended from the central por- 
 tion of the Zentulu into the southewestern portion of Teltzie Et. 
 
 The Zen'te-lu extended from northwest to southeast through 
 Teltzie Zret. Between its northwestern portion and the Ber- 
 muda peaks, was a great valley then known as Ce-de-le'she. 
 
 Before the submergence of Atlantis, the terranzi in the south- 
 western portion, from which the West Indies are remnants, were 
 a part of the Rockies of North America. These and their ad- 
 jacent land, connected Atlantis with these two Continents. The 
 West Indies therefore, are simply mountain peaks of these 
 ranges, located in the submerged portion of South Atlantis. 
 The lower portion, or Caribee Islands, are remnants of the Gasib- 
 bee range known to the Atlantians. It had connection with South 
 America and that portion of the West Indies known as the Cari- 
 bee Islands, 
 
 The Za-may'ca Heights, now known as Jamaica, was the 
 highest portion of the Mutize terranzi, and received its name 
 from the system of springs located in that portion of the terranzi, 
 of the same name. After the submergence, the Aborigines 
 changed the name to that of Jamaica (Isle of springs), which in 
 turn sustained several changes by modern possessors, and finally 
 was re-possessed with its aboriginal name of Jamaica. 
 
 It will be observed that the name Xamayca is used in modern 
 writings, and sometimes used in reference to the Island of Ja- 
 maica, which is but a re-inspired term. It was given to, and con- 
 ceived by the mortal who re-established its use, by an Atlantian 
 spirit who, in mortal life, dwelt in that portion of the Lontidri, 
 and being desirous that the original name should be perpetuated, 
 communicated it to the individual for that purpose, in the same 
 manner that all the Atlantian terms, and those of prehistoric 
 nomenclature have been given, such as appear in this work. 
 
 The two Gayman Islands were peaks of the Mutize terranzi, 
 and their separation from each other and from Jamaica was 
 cused by the water rushing through the lower portions between 
 peaks, which tore away the earth, and left the peaks as Islands. 
 
 The Swan Islands belonged to the Andes range, which but 
 for the Xamayca tynger, would have joined the Great Gayman, 
 which latter terminated the Mutizse terranzi. 
 
 The great slope of the Mutize terranzi to the north, and that 
 of the Meztrie to the south, divided the heights of Jamaica from 
 
 77 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 those of Cuba, and formed the great Tynger of Yamayca, which 
 extended in a hook shape around the two Gayman Islands and 
 Cuba, between the Swan and the Great Gayman, the southwest- 
 ern portion extending into a broad, rich area of the Tynger. At 
 the time of the submergence, the Tynger went down, which ac- 
 counts for the great depth of water now existing there. 
 
 The Dln'gis, now known as Cuba, which latter name was 
 given it by the aborigines, was the main portion of the Meztrie 
 terranzi. Its shape, as is the case with most remnants of land 
 forming Islands, is in conformity with the principal mountains, 
 adjacent foothills and lowlands. 
 
 That portion of the West Indies now known as the Bahama 
 Islands, was a part of the Meztrie terranz,i leading down to the 
 large, rich and beautiful Tynger of Za-6'ne-a, and various smaller 
 ones, having place between the Meztrie and the Zentelu on the 
 northeast, and the Heltzy on the northwest. The Zentelu bor- 
 dered the great Tynger of Atara on the southwestern portion, and 
 the Miezietory on the western. 
 
 The Berundia peak or Bermuda Island, was the highest point 
 of the four terranzi west of the great Tynger of Atara. They 
 radiated from it, where it stood, as it were, like a great Sentinel 
 guarding the Tynger. 
 
 The Zentelu terranzi was noted for its Cle'tie (silver) depo- 
 sits, which was used for vases, urns dishes and ornamental mount- 
 ings. 
 
 The Miezietory terranzi was noted for its beds of Kint'lin 
 (white stone) which was extensively used in constructing the city 
 of Miezietory, some being shipped to other parts of the Lontidry 
 for the same purposes. In the extension of the great Kintlin 
 veins towards Berundia Peak, it changed in character to that of 
 white Sig-ni'ti (white marble), then began a series of variegations, 
 first white and ashen, or gray, the latter growing darker until a 
 purple was lost in black, and the former to dark shades of yellow. 
 These varieties were used extensively for Zl'te (mosaic) work. 
 
 Many of the Aelkedze in Teltzie Et were natural depositories 
 of mineral and chemical substances, crystalizations and other vol- 
 canic products of many varieties, which made wealth and enter- 
 prise for the people of the Lontidri. 
 
 The Quintro and the Skeit terranzi were noted for their ex- 
 tensive beds of Bezer (salt), the Reeta and the Miezietory for 
 Ze'lete (zinc). 
 
 From a compound of E'trez (copper) and Zelete, the Atlan- 
 tians produced a substance then known as Ate'ley, which in color 
 was similar to gold, which was extensively used for various oma- 
 
 78 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 mentation. The Etrez was also mixed with U'ze (gold), which 
 made it comparatively lighter in color, and less valuable. 
 
 The Jantize terranzi produced Uzie, Cletie and I-re'iz (sulphate 
 of zinc) each extensively used for interior and exterior orna- 
 mentation. 
 
 The Lutize terranzi produced Ye-e'tra (brass) and O-e'tra 
 (lead), which was used for mechanical purposes. 
 
 In the northern portion of the Jantize, great quantities of 
 Neu'ziiu (agate) was obtained. The colors were various, blue, 
 green, orange and purple predominating. Nuzuu was much used 
 for jewelry, and wealthy Atlantians used it largely for mantles, 
 panels and other interior home decorations, as well as for vases, 
 urns, etc. There was one Pelu (mine) owned by the Govern- 
 ment, from which the black crystalline Nuzuu was taken, and 
 was utilized for Getrex (money). There was but one Pelu 
 of this product in the Lontidri, therefore limited in quantity 
 and quality, hence its utility for Getrex purposes. Atlantian sci- 
 entists claimed that its color was due to the degree of heat that 
 characterized the lava as it flowed into the position where it 
 became transformed into Nuzuu, a different condition or process 
 from that which formed the other varieties of Nuzuu, in other 
 Hel-tro-plox'ze (caves), viz: by chemical liquid droppings. The 
 Atlantians did not use Cletie and Uzie for Getrex. 
 
 The terranzi in Teltzie Sot were never prospected, so far as 
 is known by the spirit advisors. 
 
 Between the Heltzy and the Lutize, was the large Tynger of 
 Shel'te-ze. Between the Lutize and the Bentize, was the large 
 rich Tynger of De-ru'fres. 
 
 North of the Reeta Terranzi was the very large Tynger of 
 Reeta, which was characterized similar to valleys in the north- 
 lands of modern times, and south of the same range was the 
 large Tynger of Ze-e'tra. West of the Quintro terranzi was the 
 large Tynger of Tre-ze'kre. Between the Quintro and the Skeit, 
 was the large Tynger of E'ken ; and extending from the southern 
 portion of the Quintro, westward to the Deze Riger, was the 
 large Tynger of Quin'tro. 
 
 There were many beautiful Lii-krets (lakes) dispersed over 
 the Lontidri, a few of the principal ones were as follows. 
 
 The Op'site was located north of Atara; the Sked'ze, west; 
 and the Zi'de, south of the same aistie in Teltzie Et. 
 
 The Wilt'ze was located in the north-western portion, and the 
 Seeth in the south-central portion of Teltzie We. 
 
 The Cret'ze was located in the northwestern; and the Mi-i't! 
 in the eastern portion of Teltzie Set. 
 
 79 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Gon-ze'Ia, the largest Lukret in the Lontidri, was located 
 in the north-western portion; and the La-man'sa, another large 
 Lukret, in the south-central portion of Teltzie Ket. 
 
 The Te-ra-es'tin was located in the central portion of Teltzie 
 Zret. 
 
 The Gil'da was located in the north-eastern portion; and the 
 Or'zer in the north-western portion of Teltzie Sot. 
 
 About 22000 years ago, according to the traditions that were 
 handed down to the Atlantian people of the third Efremetrum, a 
 Teltzie of the pre-historic period of Atlantis, south of their his- 
 toric Teltzie Sot, and of the southeastern extremity of Teltzie 
 Zret, had been submerged by the waters of the then great 
 Xa-ma'thray (original name of the South Atlantic Ocean, mean- 
 ing great body of water), which was caused by convulsions in 
 that section. The name of the submerged Teltzie was Gan- 
 de'ro, or the Lost Lontidri, as it was said to have been a large 
 portion of country. 
 
 The Atlantians believed that their Yelpet terranzi, which 
 came to a sharp break off in the southern portion of Teltzie Sot, 
 must have formerly extended into the great Xamathray beyond, 
 and that it embraced the now known Tristan d'Acunha Islands, 
 the larger one of which was known to the Atlantians as the Ken- 
 drew, and the smaller one as the lU'te-ze. At that time there 
 were other Islands between these and the now known coast of 
 Africa, which were said to have been submerged, two of which 
 were inhabited at the time of their submergence, all being lost. 
 
 About 18875 years ago, or 3125 years subsequent to the tra- 
 ditional convulsion above referred to, there began a system of 
 ten mighty periodical convulsions, accompanied by smaller ones 
 at times, and locations, which therefore changed the contour of 
 the country, the lakes ; the inland sea ; the channels between bor- 
 dering islands and the main land near the Xamathray, or, later, 
 Altlackeer ; the Tretzelza, and a few straits ; bays, sounds ; gulfs 
 and the zig-zag coast lines along them ; but the main portion of 
 the Lontidri remained non-submerged until the time of the tenth 
 convulsion, when all went down. 
 
 The first of the ten convulsions above referred to occurred in 
 Teltzie Zret, at the junction of the Heltzy, Uzazac, Benteze and 
 Lutize terranzi ; or southwest of the then famous Berundia Peak 
 (then a great volcano; the name sustained several changes until 
 it is now Bermuda). The force, however, was confined princi- 
 pally to the Uzazac and the Heltzy terranzi, and in its disastrous 
 extension, brought geographic changes toward the section now 
 
 80 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 known as North America, and also to the south, where it sub- 
 sided in the region of the West Indies Islands. 
 
 The second convulsion occurred about 800 years subsequent 
 to the first, and had place northeast of the Berundia Peak, in 
 Teltzie Zret, which wrought changes in that region. 
 
 The third occurred about 500 years after the second, and had 
 place at the junction of the southeast section of the Yelpet, and 
 the southwestern section of the Otessen terranzi, in Teltzie 
 Sot, or north of what is now known as the St. Helena Island. 
 The force extended northeast along the Otessen terranzi, 
 toward the section now known as the Gulf of Guinae, and south 
 of the junction, along the Yelpet terranzi, which caused a portion 
 of Teltzie Sot to become submerged by the waters of the Xama- 
 thray. 
 
 The fourth occurred about 50 years after the third, and had 
 place in the northwestern portion of Teltzie Sot, which seriously 
 changed the geographical condition of the northwestern rem- 
 nant, left by the latter convulsion. 
 
 The fifth occurred about 400 years subsequent to the fourth, 
 and had place at the junction of the Tuteron and the Tiscuda 
 terranzi, in the north-central portion of Teltzie Set, which 
 brought changes to the north and northeastern regions of the 
 Teltzie. The eaiStern, southern and southwestern regions did not 
 sustain much change until the time of the convulsion that had 
 place in the adjacent Teltzie. 
 
 The six occurred about 100 years after the fifth, and had place 
 near the junction of the Quintro and the Skeit terranzi, near 
 where the Amizone Riger burst through those Aelkede barricades 
 in Teltzie We, which brought geographical changes in the west- 
 ern regions of the Teltzie. 
 
 The seventh occurred about twenty-five years after the sixth, 
 and had place in the northwestern portion of the Skeit terranzi, 
 west of the now known section of Norway, which brought 
 changes in the northern and northeastern regions of the Teltzie. 
 
 The eighth occurred about 200 years after the seventh, and 
 had place at the northwestern extremity of the Gelutic, and the 
 southeastern extremity of the Trixuhlee terranzi, in Teltzie Ket, 
 which affected the geographic aspect of the central and southern 
 regions of the Teltzie. 
 
 The ninth occurred about 100 years after the eighth, and had 
 place near the junction of the Trixuhlee and the Reeta terranzi, 
 which brought geographic changes to the northern ana western 
 regions of Teltzie Ket. 
 
 The tenth occurred about 100 years after the ninth, and had 
 
 81 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 place in the Jantize terranzi near Atara (and was simultaneous 
 with the great convulsions in the Coliete Celet and the Eratron 
 Prish. This, in connection with the two above named, 
 was the most mighty and overwhelming of the ten. It 
 extended along the Jantize, north and south, and northwest along 
 the Gurilito, to the aistie of Beitreh, at the point of the angle 
 where the terranzi further extended southward, along which it 
 also traversed that part of the terranzi, until it came to a very 
 high and massive portion, when the force was spent, and the high 
 section above mentioned was left standing as an Island, which 
 also, after the lapse of another lOO years, sank into the ocean, 
 not by cause of convulsions, but by the washing out of the sands, 
 thus removing its foundation. When thus undermined, it slowly 
 sank into the ocean with the other parts of the Lontidri subse- 
 quently submerged. 
 
 It will be observed that the time intervening the traditional 
 submergence of Gandero, or the Lost Lontidri, said to have oc- 
 curred 22000 years ago and, 18875 years ago, when the above- 
 named system of convulsions began, that ultimately destroyed 
 Atlantis, formed a period of 3125 years, and that the total num- 
 ber of convulsions covered a period of 2375 years, which would 
 make a total of 5500 years, the period of time intervening the 
 traditional Lost Lontidri and the last submergence of Atlantis; 
 which if subtracted from the supposed time of the former, e. g., 
 22000 — 5500 — 16500 years, the remote period of time when the 
 Lontidti of Atlantis as a whole became submerged. 
 
 82 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 I-E'TICE SI ATARA. 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH KIS'TREZ 'A-IS'TIE SI AT'LAN-TIS, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE CAPITOL CITY OF ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELTZIE XL 
 
 Many of the principal aistieze (cities) of commerce were 
 situated along or near the great Amizone Riger, while the Kis- 
 trezie (capitol cities) were more interior, or centrally located. 
 
 A'ta-ra the Kistrez aistie of both the entire Lontidri and Telt- 
 zie Et, was located in Teltzie Et, west of the Jantize aelkedze, 
 and between the Lukretze Atara, Ozentio and Seeth, and received 
 its name at the beginning of the first Efremetrum. 
 
 During the first Efremetrum the population became much 
 increased by immigrants from other parts of the Lontidri. This 
 condition, the natural increase by nativity and race mixture — the 
 latter being in the early history of the Efremetrum — ^made great 
 changes in the inhabitants of Atara, regarding population and 
 race conditions. 
 
 During the second Efremetrum, these conditions continued, 
 which ultimately established a still more beautiful, intellectual 
 and civilized race of people, whose activity was made manifest in 
 the aistie and throughout the Tyngerze of the Teltzie. 
 
 During the third Efremetrum, conditions were such that 
 every form of civilization changed for the better. At the close 
 of this age, Atara was the abode of over one million of people; 
 i. e., allowing the area of the aistie to extend from the Ceitux 
 Heltroplox in the Jantize terranzi, to the Opsite Kelete, thus 
 embracing the suburban portion. Furthermore, settlements were 
 established all through the great Tynger of Atara. These people 
 with those of the aistie, formed a large proportion in that por- 
 tion of the Teltzie. 
 
 The main Xon'tis (street) of Atara was 150 coi'tex (feet) 
 in width, and extended 15 Xe-triix'ze (miles) from north to 
 south. Parallel with it, throughout the aistie, were others at 
 equal distances apart, though varying in length according to their 
 location in the aistie. Crossing these from east to west, were 
 others laid out in similar form at proportionate distances apart 
 (the longest of which extended a distance of 10 Xetruxze) so as 
 to divide the aistie into parallelogramic I-x-rol'ta (squares). The 
 
 84 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 main Xontis was the location for the principal large business 
 houses and other public buildings. On its west side, in the cen- 
 ter of the aistie, stood the great De-akeal (capitol of the Lon- 
 tidri). It and its subordinate buildings were all built of white 
 Signiti or Altyna (Signiti means marble, and Altyna, white mar- 
 ble), the latter occupying the western portion of the Ixrolat, 
 which was beautifully adorned with trees, shrubs and flowers. 
 The Deakeal as a colossal structure, circular in form and 600 coi- 
 tex in diameter, and from its base to the apex of its dome, repre- 
 sented a height architecturally proportioned with its diameter. 
 Its majestic form symbolized a reaching up and out for strength 
 and power. The roof and dome were very similar to a modern 
 Mosque. The dome was adorned with a combination of Uzie 
 symbols, viz., a central standard crowned with an As'tri-an, a 
 fish noted for its swiftness. (It was known to the Ancients as 
 the Dolphin.) It not only served as a weather vane, but as a 
 symbol of the invisible force and motion of the atmosphere. 
 Beneath this was a large globe, which symbolized the Sun, and all 
 the spherical bodies of the heavens, from which geometrical and 
 astronomical science originated, and applied mathematically in 
 all spherical calculations. Still lower on the standard were three 
 horizontal rods, on each end of which were triangles placed in a 
 perpendicular position, which symbolized the super-realms as a 
 source from whence knowledge was obtained and the science of 
 geometry applicable in all angular calculations. 
 
 The exterior was very highly polished. The blocks of altyna 
 were so perfectly joined and blended that the joints were not 
 easily discerned. The doors and windows were arched and 
 adorned with beautiful carvings. A portico covered the main 
 entrance, leading up to which was a flight of altyna steps. On 
 each side in the portico were two half pillars in high relief 
 against the wall, and two in the round at the front comers to 
 support the roof. On each side of the portico were alt)ma seats 
 for public use by those awaiting entrance to the Deakeal on their 
 business missions. On the facade, over the entrance, was the 
 following inscription which, translated, read: "Here Justice is 
 Given." 
 
 The walls beneath the roof, the door and window frames were 
 sculptured or carved in designs of trees, shrubs, vines, flowers 
 and fruits, exquisitely wrought in alternations so as to form a 
 beautiful scene. 
 
 85 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The interior was very plain, but rich in detail. Two-thirds 
 of it, in conformity with the form of the structure, was devoted 
 to pubHc seats. The remaining third was occupied by an enor- 
 mous stage, with the seats arranged as shown in the diagram on 
 page 88. On each side of the auditorium, front of the stage, 
 was a door for entrance and a system of altyna steps leading up 
 to it. On the entire interior rose massive columns of altyna, as 
 supports for the roof and dome, in addition to that of the massive 
 walls. These were ornamented with massive capitals similar to 
 those of the Grecian heads of fruit and flowers. The columns 
 were similar to those of the Tuscan order, but massive and highly 
 polished. The dome was decorated in sky blue, upon which the 
 constellations were represented, which symbolized time, and the 
 mathematical principles by which it was made divisible. On the 
 wall at the rear of the Re-est'me (stage) the recumbent form of 
 a man was sculptured. He was represented as lying on his side 
 knees drawn up, head resting on his right hand, and the left 
 across his body. An altyna canopy covered the figure. This 
 was wrought with fine carvings and decorated in harmony with 
 the great dome. Beneath the figure was a platform correspond- 
 ing in depth with that of the canopy. It was supported by altyna 
 brackets and ornamented only by designs from nature. The re- 
 cumbent figure symbolized a listening ear and a watchful care, 
 such as should be exercised by those who are entrusted with 
 public afifairs. Entrance was made to the Reestme by two ways, 
 viz., from the exterior by the side doors and also by the stair- 
 way, was a masive column, and one on each side of the canopy, 
 similar to those in the auditorium. The arrangement of the 
 seats on the Reestme was very commodious, as can be seen by 
 the diagram. It was thus : At the rear center, in front of the 
 recumbent statue, were three altyna seats, topaz in color, per- 
 fectly plain and highly polished, as was the case with all the other 
 seats on the Reestme. On each side, one set of three. Center 
 one set of three. Center, three sets of three, thus forming paral- 
 lel and angular aisles leading down to the Reestme front. The 
 floor of the Reestme was a mosaic, beautifully designed and 
 wrought from the choicest varieties of altyna that the Lontidri 
 afiforded. On the front center of the Reestme stood a massive 
 Ket (table), also one on the right and one on the left. The 
 Supreme Efremetrum sat at the center Ket, facing the audience, 
 in company with the Sub-Efremetruzem (Teltzie Teachers or 
 Governors). During the session, questions from the various 
 Teltzie were taken up in order, beginning with the first Suh- 
 Efremetrum on the left, who placed his questions, in writing, 
 
 86 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 before the Supreme Efremetrum for disposal, and so on round 
 the Ket, until all the Sub-Ef remetruzem had done likewise. The 
 questions of each Teltzie were entirely settled and disposed of 
 before passing to the next one in order. 
 
 The side Ketze' (tables) were each occupied by three individ- 
 uals, six in all, who had been chosen, one from each Teltzie, by 
 the Sub-Efremetrum of the Teltzie. These six men acted as 
 C6n-se-mez' (secretaries). Each Con-se-mez (secretary) acted 
 for the Efremetrum of his Teltzie, as well as to note the general 
 discussions and decisions before the assembly. The Consemez 
 were also allowed to offer supplementary questions for considera- 
 tion by the Supreme Efremetrum and general Council. 
 
 The numerous Su'theiis (seats) on the Reestme were for the 
 utility of those who sat in council with the high officials who 
 occupied the Sutheus at the Ketze. 
 
 Each Sub-Efremetrum chose from five to seven leading per- 
 sons of his Teltzie to officiate on ordinary occasions but, in crim- 
 inal cases more were chosen, according to the severity of the 
 crime and the complicated conditions that attended it, so that per- 
 fect justice might be given the individual being tried for the 
 offense against the laws of the Lontidri. 
 
 The arrangement of the Sutheus in sets of three each was 
 instituted from the idea of the triangle, which symbolized the 
 principles of Justice, Mercy and Love, which were three lawful 
 Atlantian terms ; hence, everything pertaining to official business 
 was carried out according to them. There were always three 
 principal representatives for each case, who acted as spokesmen. 
 These occupied the central Sutheus, and the remainder of the 
 Council those at the sides. 
 
 Furthermore, this arrangement of the Sutheus was to facili- 
 tate the entrance and exit during a session. The aisles extended 
 in right angles, thus to symbolize a meeting of the principles of 
 right and wrong at a point of law thus to establish a new con- 
 dition. 
 
 As the councilor descended the perpendicular, so to speak, he 
 opened the door of his soul for the influence of love to enter. As 
 he turned the angle, for that of justice, and as he traversed the 
 horizontal, for that of Mercy, knowing them to be attributes of 
 then Gala Principle. 
 
 An arched Le-i'se (vine) was carved on the back of each 
 Suthe, beneath which the number of the Suthe was placed. The 
 front of the Reestme was ornamented with the Le-i-seus (vines) 
 in harmony with those on the Sutheus. 
 
 The front of the Men'la (Auditorium) was adorned with a 
 
 87 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 massive window in an arched frame, with ornamental carvings 
 on top and down the sides. On each side of the Reestme and the 
 Menla were windows ornamented in harmony with that of the 
 front. 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 ""\ 
 
 Jhi""uu 
 
 Sr—ii 
 
 ttI \ 
 
 X 
 
 ^^H 
 
 *" jfe* ^Io^>«J*^^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 X 
 
 USH DE-AKE'AL RE-EST'ME. 
 
 N. B. — How the arrangement of seats carries out the idea of 
 a triange and squares ; also the facility for entrance and exit. 
 
 On the east side of the main Xontis, opposite the Ixrolta on 
 which stood the great Deakeal was located a small Kergu (park) 
 in which the Ki'to (a shrine or place for prayer to which the 
 people went before entering the Deakeal for business) stood. 
 
 Beginning the next Ixrolta north, on the east side of the Xon- 
 tis, stood Ush Triine A-gal'te Si Qii-e'sa (The New Temple of 
 Peace). 
 
 On all the angular Xontisze were beautiful palaces and homes 
 that varied in size, height and general architecture, in accord 
 with the wealth of the possessors, which were built of different 
 materials, such as blue, orange, and variegated, quarried from the 
 Aelkedze near Atara. The blue and orange colors were so 
 placed as to alternate in diamond figures diagonally across the 
 buildings in meanderings and trellis-like work, with ornamental 
 carving in designs of flowers, fruits, vine in scroll work wrought 
 by a graceful arrangement of leaves and vines with headings of 
 fruits, grains, and flowers. Care was taken to carry out the 
 order of the alternation of colors, so as to maintain perfect 
 symmetry. 
 
 The base, corners and summits of the walls were constructed 
 from variegated material which much resembled the Scotch gran- 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ite. The door and window caps were usually wrought in three 
 pointed outlines. The ornamental work on these, aside from the 
 scrolls of leaves and vines, were wrought in diamopd and trian- 
 gular-shaped figures, in the center of which balls were carved 
 in representation of the Sun. 
 
 At the northeastern limit of the aistie, near the bank of the 
 Belteer, a small river that had its rise in the Cutux terranzi, 
 which flowed along the eastern boundary of Atara, was the 
 Agalte Si Neceletus Melez Codize (Temple of Illustrate Dead 
 Bodies) . 
 
 In the T3mger of Atara, northwest of the aistie, stood the 
 great Mar-e'tiix (Triangular Monument of the Government). 
 North of this was the beautiful Opsite Kelete which was about 
 three Xetruze in width and five in length. Many summer homes 
 adorned the Kelete region. Beyond this, the Gret'el-ty (country) 
 was undulated and adorned with natural trees. 
 
 On the Ceitux Aelkedze, east of the aistie, and near the Cei- 
 tux Heltroplox, stood the Nez Agalte Si Qii-e sa (Old Temple of 
 Peace). 
 
 The Aelkedze near Atara were very high. There were many 
 crevasses, caverns and caves. Jutting rocks, some of which were 
 rough and rugged, while others were S3niimetrically laid, as if by 
 the hand of man. A profusion of shrubs and flowers blended 
 with the verdure of the trees. The general view over the Tyn- 
 ger was extremely beautiful, revealing verdant grasss and foliage. 
 Beautiful planes and undulating sections. Gardens of vege- 
 tables and flowers, especially Indraze (roses) of many varieties, 
 fragrant and beautiful as they twined over the Weit'zee (trel- 
 lises). Small aistieze; sections of fruits and grains; rigerze; 
 keletze and adjacent aelkedze, such as characterized the home- 
 land of Atara. 
 
 At the northern extremity of the aistie, two Zed'ze (roads) 
 diverged from the continuation of the main Xontis, each forming 
 a triangle with it, as the three were lost to view in their extent 
 into the Tynger. 
 
 At the southern limit, the main Xontis was connected with the 
 Gret'el-ty Zed'ze (country roads) by bridges over the Riger. 
 
 At the southwestern limit of the aistie was the beautiful Men- 
 glo-ti'6 Cer'gu (Menglotio Park). This large Cergu was 
 adorned with choice flower trees and shrubs, drives and walks, 
 monuments and statuary, vases and urns. Flowers of the choic- 
 est varieties that Atlantis could afford. Kes-trey'ze (fountains; 
 the term "kestrey" signified purification) and artificial Keleteze, 
 where aquatic birds and varieties of fishes played in the spark- 
 
 89 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ling sunlit waters, or rested in the shadows along the verdant 
 bordering banks. 
 
 In the center of the Cergu the famous Atlantian Kestrey was 
 located. It was lOO coitex in diameter. The water was thrown 
 up through metal pipes that varied from lo to 50 coitex in height. 
 These were arranged as follows : Centrally, the highest was one 
 pipe. Next a shorter set of three. Next a shorter set 
 of twelve, thus making three circular rows of pipes about 
 the center one, which bore out the trinity idea and conical 
 form. The water was entirely converted into spray, which was 
 thrown upward from the top of the pipes, and downward from 
 six arched pipes that were placed near the top of the perpendicu- 
 lar one. This resulted in a symmetrical combination of fountain 
 sprays, that mingled to form one massive fountain of sprays. 
 The great basin into which the sparkling spray fell was inhabited 
 by a variety of fish, whose quiet and graceful movements symbo- 
 lized contentment. It was constructed of White Signitie and 
 adorned with a border of green mosses and small flowers similar 
 to the modern forget-me-not. The mosses symbolized humility 
 of spirit in the presence of Gala, and the flowers, the graces that 
 he would bestow upon it through this condition. Twelve walks 
 radiated from the Kestrey, to the outer of three that encircled 
 the Kestrey, thus symbolizing the radiant light of the Sun, whose 
 image, power and source of radiation was symbolized in the 
 momentum of the waters and their glistening surface in the cir- 
 cular basin. The triangular divisions of earth between the radia- 
 tions of Signitie were massive floral beds. By their beauty and 
 fragrance they symbolized the virtues that surround a life of 
 purity, which latter virtue was symbolized by the great Kestrey. 
 
 AT-SI-AN'AS RIN'GA, 
 
 OR 
 
 BOTANIC LINKS. 
 
 TELTIZIE XII. 
 
 In establishing and connecting up the Botanic Links, such as 
 were broken on the deferent of the great Cycle of Botanic Life 
 
 90 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 in the regions of Atlantis, Erothrodia informs us that they had 
 great varieties, some of which closely resembled the classes, 
 orders, genera, species and varieties of modern times. 
 
 Passing by the mosses dispersed by Nature in aquatic depths, 
 and forest regions, we begin with the Cletish (flowers) which 
 were numerous and very beautiful on the Lontidri. 
 
 The Am'wa was a semi-aquatic family of plants that ranged 
 over various district of the Lontidri, and compared closely with 
 the now known genus Liliacea, or Lily families. Originally, the 
 Amwa was distributed over the central, southwestern, southern 
 and southeastern portions of the Lontidri, but some species were 
 cultivated in the northern as well. In regard to species and 
 varieties in each family, they varied in their forms and colorings, 
 from the gross to the tiny, and from the richly robed to the more 
 modest. 
 
 The Jelt was a species of the Amwa that was particularly 
 attractive, and differed from any of the modern lily varieties. 
 Its flower was trumpet-shaped, thus formed by five bright pink 
 petals; a white pistle that terminated with a yellow, three-lobed 
 stigma; five white stamens surmounted with bright golden an- 
 thers, etc. The leaves of the plant were of a linear lanceolate 
 form, though larger, as was also the case with the bloom, than 
 those of the modern lilies. 
 
 The Gist was another species of the Amwa family that was 
 also very attractive. It bore a flower with five obovate petals 
 with a bright, velvety, but medium purple color, the central base 
 being white, which shaded up until it was lost in an exquisite 
 blending with the purple. The pistil was white but the stigma 
 as a delicate purple which, as it were, shaded down in dewy 
 drippings over the upper portion of the pistle. The stamens were 
 white, and were surmounted with light purple anthers, with simi- 
 lar shadings to those over the pistil and stigma. The plant leaves 
 were peculiar. They were linear lanceolate, but the mid-rib 
 extended through the leaf to the apex, much closer to the upper 
 margin than the lower, which rendered the latter portion broader 
 and gave it a thicker appearance than the upper. 
 
 The E-que'tre was another species of the Amwa family, of 
 many varieties, though the white and the orange were in the 
 majority. The flower was solitary, thus nodding on a tall 
 peduncle. The white variety consisted of six linear crenate and 
 re-curved petals that formed the corolla in which stood a white 
 style and pistil, thus terminated with a yellow, three-lobed stigma 
 and five white stamens surmounted with yellow anthers. The 
 plant leaves were eliptical lanceolate like such varieties of the 
 modern lily. 
 
 91 
 
Submerged ' Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Equetre, especially the white variety was very popular 
 with the Atlantian people, which was held sacred as a symbol of 
 the motive influence of Gala ; i. e., the intensity of the recurving 
 of the petals were governed or influenced by the force of the sun- 
 light, as the hours of the day advanced, which at midday was the. 
 most intense, and as the night approached the movement of the 
 petals had reversed to nearly the form of a closed bud; hence, 
 by that peculiar phenomenon s)mibolized the Gala principle oper- 
 ating upon that flower to the Atlantians who looked deeply into 
 the nature of things for the Gala principle or motive quality in 
 all beings. 
 
 Nearly every family of the genus now known as Liliaceae, 
 or land lilies, were origanalyy semi-aquatic, having their origin 
 in the shallow, still waters or marshes of the Atlantian Lontidri, 
 and thus extended to pre-historic regions; but have acquired 
 their changed characteristics in that respect from continuous 
 transplanting and cultivating apart from the more natural or orig- 
 inal aquatic conditions; yet, the Lily still turns back to the old 
 habits of its ancestors, and thrives best when given plenty of 
 fluidic nourisment. All the spotted-petals varieties of the lily 
 tribe have been thus established through amalgamate conditions, 
 attending the descending species, the origin having had place in 
 the latter part of the Adamic Period. 
 
 Thus, from the original Amwa family, at the time of the sub- 
 mergence of Atlantis through the remnant plants left on the 
 border lands of the different hemispheres, and those already indi- 
 genous and contemporaneous with those of the Atlantian Lonti- 
 dri, have descended upon the Eastern and Western continents 
 such varieties of the land-lilies as are represented by the various 
 species known to modern botanists. See account in modern 
 works, of the latter. 
 
 The Rou'ce was an aquatic flower plant that inhabited the 
 shallow waters of all the principal Keletze of the Lontidri. There 
 were many varieties, some elegant and some more common but 
 we will only describe four of the most noted. Like most of the 
 genera Nympha, or Water-lilies, the Rouce was a floating plant. 
 The flowers, generally speaking, were of great beauty, were ex- 
 tremely fragrant, which latter condition was a charming accom- 
 paniment to their marvelous beauty, as they graced the blue, clear 
 waters of the Keletze, where they were much sought after by the 
 people. The first of the four bore a flower that measured from 
 four to five inches in diameter. The center bore a flat golden- 
 colored stigma, that was surrounded by a numerous throw of 
 white stamens, with golden anthers (though in some varieties the 
 
 92 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 stamens were golden and the anthers were a light yellow) and 
 further surrounded with numerous and very large, bright red, or 
 rose-colored petals, all of which were gracefully supported by a 
 throw of dark green sepals. Thus materialized, it was a flower of 
 rich appearance, as the sunlight reflected from its perfectly color- 
 blended form. The leaves of the plant were circular or shield- 
 like, were much larger than those of the water lily, and were a 
 bright red on the upper side, over which flashed a glistening re- 
 flection of a bright pink hue. 
 
 The second of the four species was formed similar to the first, 
 only the leaves were some larger. Its pistil was white and was 
 surmounted with a pale yellow stigma, over which was a reflec- 
 tion of pink. Its stamens were white and surmounted with pink 
 anthers. Its petals were pure white and its sepals were a pale 
 or sea green. Like the above variety, it was so perfect in its 
 blending of colors as to be most charming in appearance, as the 
 sunlight fell upon it on the blue waters of the Keleteze. The 
 leaves of the plant were sagittata or arrow-shaped at thp base, 
 but slightly trilobate or three-lobed at the apex. They were of 
 a glossy green color on the upper side, over which gleamed a yel- 
 low reflection, but the under side had a fuzzy coating. 
 
 The third of the four species was similar to the second. Its 
 pistil was of a creamy white, and surmounted with a pale yellow 
 stigma. Its stamens were also a creamy white and its anthers 
 were a pale yellow. Its petals were of a pale, but very bright blue, 
 and its sepals were of a lustrous pea-green, the bloom being very 
 large. The plant leaves were about 2 feet long and i in breadth, 
 and were formed like the now known leaf of the Lily of the 
 Valley, differing only in their number on each plant, and great- 
 ness in size. The ribs were very marked which gave them a 
 raised appearance. They were of a delicate green. 
 
 The fourth species was quite different from those already 
 described. The leaves of the plant, two in number, of large 
 eliptic form, surmounted a stalk from three to four feet in 
 height, and was of a dark green, the surface being rough or 
 velvety quality. From between the two leaves likewise rose from 
 6 to 10 flower stalks to a height of about 5 feet, each surmounted 
 with a single bloom. There were however, several species. The 
 flowers of all were formed similar to these of the now known 
 Iris or Flower-de-luce. The outer surface of the petals folded 
 upward, and were variegated in stripes that rose from the base 
 of the petal to about its centre where they were lost in blendings 
 with the color of the apex of the petal. The central strip was 
 a velvety black, and on either side of it, and in conformity with 
 
 93 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 it rose a velvety brown stripe. The inner side of the same petals 
 were a light pea-green from the base to their centre, but shaded 
 out to a very delicate sea-green around the margin and over the 
 apex of the petal. The 3 outer reflex segments wore a golden 
 sheen at the central base, that further shaded out over the petal 
 thus terminating in a blended margin and apex of dark golden or 
 orange hue. 
 
 Another variety had blended stripes on the upper petals of 
 purple or dark lilac, from the centre stripe, and crimson or rose 
 colored stripes on either side. The inner side of the same petals 
 were of a rose color at the central base that shaded up into a 
 bright lilac at the margin and apex of the petals. The 3 outer 
 reflex segments were striped, but so perfectly blended that they 
 appeared more like shadings, than distinct stripes. The cen- 
 tral base was of a rose color that blended out to a bright lilac. 
 The margins of all the petals of this variety were curled or reflex. 
 
 From this fourth species, have descended the now known Iris 
 family of plants, of which there are many varieties. The origi- 
 nal Rouce species was a bulbous plant, the bulb however being 
 oblong instead of circular, and from this condition, the rhizo- 
 matous plants were established, by further elongation, or branch- 
 ing of the root-stocks through the ages of their evolution. The 
 rhizomatous condition is a result established long alter the Atlan- 
 tian period of time, as well as the changes that have been es- 
 tablished- from the oblong bulbs to those of the more circular, 
 a condition also arising from similar causes, but operating in 
 diverse development ; hence, the fourth species of the Rouce and 
 their descendants, prehistorically known as the Gren'ta on the 
 Eastern, and the Yel-to'ze on the Western Continents, became the 
 prehistoric ancestors of the now known Iris, or Fleur-de-lis, the 
 image of which has long had place as an emblem of heraldic de- 
 vice among the celebrities of the Eastern Continent, as .evi- 
 denced by its placement on sculptured head-dresses of the Egyp- 
 tion Sphinxes; as ornaments on the sceptres, seals and robes of 
 not only the Merovingian, but Greek, Roman, German, Spanish 
 and English Kings ; a symbol employed by the nobility in various 
 parts of Europe; the Coat of Arms of the city of Florence, 
 Italy; and since the 12th century has been employed as a symbol 
 of royalty in France. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Atlantis, the Rouce was in- 
 digenous in certain districts of the now known Eastern and 
 Western Hemispheres, and at the time of the submergence rem- 
 nant plants were also left in the waters of the borderlands, from 
 which two conditions, the Rouce takes its part as an ancestoral 
 
 94 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 link of the descended Water-Lily species, pre-historically known 
 as the We-el'zer on the Eastern Continent, which name it bore 
 until about the Adomic period, when it was changed to that of 
 Lily by the peoples in the Nile region, the name having been car- 
 ried from there into the south-western part of Asia, thence into 
 Greece, and further handed down to the present time by migrat- 
 ing peoples. It was known on the Western Continent, pre-his- 
 torically, as the Ges'lTs, the name having been changed to that of 
 Lily, by the early immigrants from the Eastern Continent, and 
 its descendants, as well as those of the Weelzer, became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the now known Nymphaea, now inhabi- 
 tants of all quarters of the globe. (See various works for the 
 many descended modern links of the Lilium species.) 
 
 The Ne'me was a plant belonging to the Amwa genus, and 
 originally grew near the Kelteze of the Atlantian Lontidri. It 
 closely resembled the now known species Convalearia Majalis, 
 or more commonly known Lily of the Valley, only it was very 
 much larger in the Atlantian time. Its present dimuinutive con- 
 dition is a result from having been transplanted from semi- 
 aquatic districts to those of drier soil. Originally, their large 
 gamopetalous blooms of bell-shaped corolla, were divided, as now, 
 at the top with 6 segments and were of pink, white, and purple 
 varieties, and in their aggregation, distributed along the flower 
 stem, which latter seldom rose above the plant leaves which also 
 rose from the rizone, 2 in number, that were about i foot in 
 length, 6 inches broad and veined as is now the case in the Lily 
 of the Valley. 
 
 The extreme beauty, sweet perfume and great abundance of 
 the Nimne, caused it to be much sought after, and utilized in 
 decorative art, as in floral beds, about the homes, fountains and 
 in public parks. The white variety was especially sacred to the 
 people, and therefore used by them at all religious or spiritual 
 gatherings, and particularly so on the occasion of weddings, it 
 being symbolic of good and pure influences, as recognized in re- 
 ligious or spiritual services ; but, in case of marriage ceremonies, 
 it reminded the individuals that future rising generations should 
 be brought forth as pure, if not more so, than the preceeding 
 ancestors; hence, at the time of the marriage ceremony, one 
 spray of the white Niniine was handed to both the bride and 
 groom by the Deltsanz who performed the marriage ceremony, 
 at the close of the same, which flower they wore until it had 
 faded materially, when they were taught to hold to and cherish 
 the fact that the' spirit of the withered flower had not faded, but 
 had entered the spirit realm there in its continuity to lend an in- 
 
 95 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 fluence upon their minds for good, thus prompting their acts 
 in further material life, especially so, those that would in any 
 way effect the lives and existence of their future generations, 
 and ultimately to symbolize the link that should bind their souls 
 together in the eternal bonds of spiritual love, as it had done in 
 that of the conjugal during the material existence. 
 
 At the time of the submergence, the Nimne had extended into 
 the border lands of the now Eastern and Western Continents, 
 where it was left as remnants, the descendants of which were 
 pre-historically known as the Sno'ke, on the Eastern, and as 
 the Qu-ze'te, on the Western Continents, whose ultimate de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the species, Con- 
 valearia Majolis, or Lily of the Valley, as is now supposed to be 
 an original plant of the mountains of Europe, and in its wild 
 state, on the high AUeghanies of Virginia and Carolina, with 
 further distribution through domestic influences. Many of the 
 modern plants that bear similar flowers and leaves to the now 
 known Lily of the Valley, enlarged or diminished in size, are 
 descendants from the several species of the Atlantian Nimne. 
 
 The Pe-le'sen was an aquatic plant that inhabited the stiller 
 portions of the inlet waters along the Rigerze and Mu-zet'ze 
 (marshes) of the southern and southeastern portions of the 
 Lontidri, and closely resembled the species Nymphaea Alotus, 
 or Water Lily of the Nile, Egypt, only that in every way it was 
 much larger. There were several varieties, among which were 
 three principal ones. The first of the three bore a flower with 
 white stamens, yellow anthers and pink petals. Another of the 
 three bore flowers with orange colored, flat stigma, or capsule, 
 which was surrounded with white stamens, yellow anthers and 
 golden-colored petals. The blooms, like those of the Rouce, were 
 extremely fragrant. It was not only a native of Atlantis at the 
 time of the submergence, but indigenous in parts of Egypt and 
 southern Africa at that time, as well as in South America, from 
 which, in connection with the remnants from Atlantis, estab- 
 lished the species of their kind, pre-historically known as the 
 Cre'sheck, on the Eastern continent, and the Zel'lus in South 
 America, from which further descended the family Nymphaea 
 Alotus of Egypt; the Nelumbium Speciosum, formerly a native of 
 the Nile ; the Lotus of India and China ; the gigantic Victoria 
 regina of South America, etc. So let the reader look up the great 
 varieties of the Lily race, belonging to modern times, then medi- 
 tate upon the source and antequated period from whence they 
 have descended, viz., from the Atlantian Amwa, at that period of 
 time. 
 
 96 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Crez'es, was a flower plant that inhabited all parts of the 
 Lontidri, both wild and cultivated. It resembled the now known 
 genus Viola, only larger than the present violet family, and far 
 more fragant. The smallest were even larger than the modern 
 Pansy, which latter is a returning from the degenerate conditions 
 of descendants toward the original. There was one species of 
 the Crezes that in its original wild state was extremely tiny; so 
 much so that a magnifying glass was necessary to aid in its analy- 
 sis, and thus viewed, was wonderfully perfect and beautifully 
 constructed. It grew among the mosses and, generally speaking, 
 bore a white flower, tinted with pale yellow reflections, and in 
 some cases there were pale yellow blooms, with a white reflection. 
 From this tiny species, by cultivation and development, through 
 the ages, all the white and yellow varieties of the Crezes of At- 
 lantis were established, and finally developed to their grossest 
 size. 
 
 Generally speaking, the Crezes was of all colors and varieties, 
 belonging to the more modem times, yet they were much richer 
 in color and markings, they being deeper and more reflective, 
 sweeter in perfume, etc., than the latter. It had place with the 
 Neme in decorative art about the homes, public grounds, vase 
 ornamentation with cut flowers, and in its spontaneous distribu- 
 tion, beautified and made fragrant the wooded districts, charmed 
 the aspect of dales and valleys, while its fragrance blended with 
 the melodious songs of the birds, as beautiful qualities of the Gala 
 in Nature. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Atlantis, the Crezes had 
 spread out into various districts of the temperate regions of the 
 northern hemisphere, of both the Eastern and Western Conti- 
 nents, and some of the southern varieties of Atlantis had even 
 found way into South America, all of which in continuation with 
 the Atlantian links of extension, established through their de- 
 scendants, the plant and flower, pre-historically known as the 
 Ce-bal-a-tea on the Eastern and as the Cath-a-man'ges on the 
 Western Continent, whose further descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the now known extensive genus Viola, of 
 which there are at least looo varieties. See various works for 
 the modern links. 
 
 The Ar'i-et was a flowering plant that ranged over the greater 
 portion of the Lontidri, and was both wild and cultivated. It 
 closely resembled the now known genus Tulipa, though much 
 larger than the modern plants. There were many varieties of 
 colors, among which was one that bore a bloom with a white 
 style, crowned with a three-Iobed stigma, numerous yellow stam- 
 
 97 
 
Submerj^ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 ens, surrounded with golden-colored anthers, broad obovate, 
 crimson petals with crenate margins, slightly curved at the apex. 
 The leaves of the plant were thick, linear-lanceolate, and rose in 
 a cluster from the ground, amid which, from their center, rose an 
 elevated peduncle that supported the beautiful flower. Like the 
 Equetre, it was a symbolic plant. The circle or crimson petals 
 symbolized the disc of the autumnal Sun. The yellow stamens, 
 the tinted condition of the atmosphere that accompanied the ris- 
 ing and setting Sun. The golden-colored anthers, the illuminated 
 cloudlets that floated in the Sun region, and the three-lobed 
 stigma and white style, the source of natural light which produced 
 these phenomena. Likewise of Gala and the sublime conditions 
 that exist in that region. The spirits that draw from its inex- 
 haustible supply of intellectual and spiritual light, through the 
 source of life. The bulbs of the plant were used as an edible 
 product, by some of the southern and eastern inhabitants of the 
 Lontidri. It was also indigenous in North Africa and in certain 
 parts of the British Islands prior to the submergence, and was 
 further distributed in the now submerged regions of the Medi- 
 terranean Sea, Armenia, Caucasus, Persia, Central Asia and 
 Afghanistan by the migrating peoples who used it for food, and 
 thus established the wild species of those regions. Therefore, 
 from the Ariet, has descended a large family of blooming plants, 
 pre-historically known as the Nim'ne on the Eastern Continent, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus 
 Tulipa, of almost endless variety. See various works for the 
 modern links. 
 
 USH CLU ZE-LEN'TRES NUD A-E-EN'SES, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE FLOWER VINES AND SHRUBS. 
 
 TELTZIE XIII. 
 
 The Treck was an Atlantian vine, or leguminous plant that 
 had place in the southern, southeastern, southwestern and cen- 
 tral portions of the Lontidri. It closely resembled the now 
 known species Wistaria, only its blossoms were pink and white, 
 instead of purple and white. The blossom was a pendant clus- 
 ter like the Wistaria, but the leaves were larger. At the time of 
 
 98 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the submergence, remnant seedlings and planits remained on the 
 borderlands of Africa, South and Central J^nerica, and the south- 
 ern United States, the descended species of which were pre-his'- 
 torically known as the Ou-is'ka, on the Eastern, and the Ce4ii'- 
 ce-a on the Western Continent, which became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the species Wistaria, Sweet Pea and Wild Pea. 
 
 The Zu'it was a twining shrub that had place in all portions 
 of the Lontidri, excepting the extreme boreal districts, it 
 closely resembled the genera Tecoma, or that species of it com- 
 monly known as the Trumpet Flower. There were several varie- 
 ties, the principal one of which had at that period of time, linear 
 serulate leaves, which condition was lost daring the ages of its 
 descendancy. The flowers were of distinct whirls, having a trum^- 
 pet-shaped corolla; were of a deep purple, and the outer edges 
 of the perianth leaves were striped with white. The flower was 
 very attractive and sent forth a very sweet perfume. At the 
 time of the submergence, remnant vines were left in the tropicsd 
 and sraiid'-tropical border regions of Atlantis, from which de- 
 scended species pre-historically known as the H6-lu'ce, on the 
 Western Hemisphere, and as the Ken-zgn'ce, on the Eastern, 
 whose descended species became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 4&ose now known as Tecoma or Trumpet-Flower; the Lonicera 
 sempervereus or Trumpet Honeysuckle and the Caprifolitua 
 Peridymenum or Woodbine. 
 
 The In'dra was a flowering shrub that had place throughout 
 the Lontidri ; it closely resembled the genera Rosa or Rose Shrub. 
 There were many species of the Indra. One of the most beautiful 
 varieties bore a bloom of pure white outer, and flesh-colored inner 
 petals, it being very double and fragrant. The leaves of the 
 various species were odd-pinnate, consisting of from three to 
 seven(odd numbers) leaflets that were eliptic and serrate. Another 
 variety much admired by the Atlantians was much larger thad 
 the modem American Beauty rose. It was a climber, and thus 
 adorned the Kaleza (trellis) and walls of many Atlantian homes. 
 It was a semi-double bloom with central yellow stamens, pure 
 white inner petals, but the outer were white and variegated with 
 a delicate pink. It was very beautiful and extremely fragrant, 
 therefore much admired for all purposes. At the time of the 
 submergence, remnants were left on both the Eastern and West- 
 ern Hemispheres, from which descended the same genera, pre- 
 historically known as the Kis'ly, on the Eastern, and the Cru'let, 
 on the Western, from which further descended the Wild Rose of 
 the swamps and prairies, or Sweet briar of the fields, which in 
 reality are degenerate diminutive descendants of the Atlantian 
 
 99 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Indra. In pre-historic times, there began a cultivation of the 
 wild varieties, continued through the Adomic and Historic 
 periods, which has resulted in the re-production of varieties more 
 like those of the Atlantian period, a return from degeneration 
 toward the original. 
 
 The I-en'dra was one of the choicest of the Atlantian flower- 
 ing shrubs. It originally inhabited the central and southern por- 
 tions of the Lontidri and was especially cultivated in the cerguze 
 of the aistie of Atara. Originally it grew wild along the rigerze 
 and keletze, its habits being much like those of the modem wil- 
 low, relative to aquatic influences. It grew from ten to twelve 
 coitex in height. Many stalks rose from its root region and the 
 leaves of the shrub were of trifoliate, eliptic or magnolia-like 
 form, and were closely arranged together on the stem. The 
 flower was proliferous and composed of a calyx of bright scarlet 
 reflect sepals and a corolla of short, alternating erect, bright 
 golden-colored petals. In place of a style, rose a proles, or small 
 flower, that took the place of a stigma, and that was composed of 
 a cruciform calyx of white abcordate sepals. Its center was a 
 capitulum of golden color. It was a deciduous bloom, thus giving 
 place to a large red berry similar to the modern acorn in appear- 
 ance and, notwithstanding its being slightly bitter, it was consid- 
 ered edible. At the time of the submergence it had become spon- 
 taneous in the region of South America, thus influenced by its 
 growth in the southern portion of the Lontidri, and also became 
 spontaneous in the tropical and sub-tropical regions of both the 
 Eastern and Western Hemispheres, through borderland exten- 
 sions from the Lontidri. The remnants in the South American 
 region established a species pre-historically known as the Qu-e- 
 rish on that Continent, and those on the Eastern, then known as 
 the Qu-e'ver. Strange as it may seem, the descended species of 
 the Quever and the Querish became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Passion Flowers of South America and the tropical and sub- 
 tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere. This, indeed, is one 
 of the transformations among the many that have taken place in 
 the botanic development of species, from remote pre-historic 
 periods, to the ultimatum of the same conditions in the present 
 time, and will therefore serve the purpose of informing the reader 
 in regard to that branch of evolution, such as has, to a greater or 
 lesser degree, changed the physical existence of the vegetable 
 kingdom, during the succession of ages that were contemporane- 
 ous with their existence as periodical varieties. In this case we 
 find the shrub greatly changed; e. g., the Tacsonias of the Andes, 
 changed from a shrub to that of a climbing plant with wooded 
 
 100 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 stalks, herbaceous or wooded branches and tendrils necessary to 
 their habit of climbing. The leaves of the plant have drawn 
 themselves closer together, thus evolving from their original tri- 
 foliate form, to that of a palmately-lobed and further possessed 
 themselves with various stipules at the base of their stalks. Their 
 inflorescence has changed from a reflex calyx, short erect corolla, 
 proles bloom, etc., to that of a cymose character, the terminal 
 branch being represented by the tendril, the side-branches by 
 flower stalks or the inflorescence may be reduced to a single 
 stalk. (See Encyclopaedias for modern links.) 
 
 The O-gene was an Atlantian deciduous flower shrub, and 
 was one of the most beautiful, that inhabited the Lontidri gen- 
 erally. The flowers and leaves of the shrub resembled the genus 
 Springa or Lilac species; however, the leaves in texture, were 
 more like those of the Orange or Lemon. The form was eliptic- 
 crenate, therefore the modern leaves are a degenerate result. In 
 size, the shrub was about that of the Lilac. The flowers were 
 of thyroid terminal pennicled form and were of dark purple, 
 light purple, canary yellow and white ; were much larger than the 
 modern blooms, and fragrance much sweeter. The perfect har- 
 mony of the leaves and flowers made the Ogene a shrub of great 
 beauty, and that harmony rendered it symbolic of the harmonious 
 blending of soul and spirit with that of Gala, the Supreme or 
 Infinite Principle of Life, whereby the individual might become 
 more beautiful. Prior to the submergence, the Ogene had be- 
 come spontaneous throughout the district now submerged by the 
 Mediterranean Sea, from whence, to a certain extent, it had ex- 
 tended still further east. It was carried by migrators into the 
 Mediterranean district originally, who settled along the then 
 known Hammo Riger, that flowed through the Mediterranean 
 district. Further descendancy of the shrub established the plant 
 in Persia, Hungary and along the borders of Moldavia, and by 
 European Colonists it was brought to North America. 
 
 lOl 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH CLU E-EL-DES'SE 
 
 OR 
 THE FLOWER TREES. 
 
 TELTZIE XIV. 
 
 The Gu-il'lo was an Atlantian leguminous flower and pod-pro- 
 ducing tree, that inhabited the central, easternj^^western and 
 northern (excepting the extreme boreal districts) portions of the 
 Lontidri, and closely resembled the L. Ceratonia Siliqua or Carab 
 tree, especially the species now known as the Locust tree. It 
 was larger however, its longevity far greater, and its epidermis 
 or bark smoother. Its flowers were about the same in form, 
 excepting that they were larger, the pendants larger and longer. 
 One variety bore rose colored blooms; one pure white; one of 
 white and pink variegation over which were strewn stops of 
 brown. Their fragrance was so strong that it could be sensed 
 at a great distance from the tree as it was carried away by the 
 etherial currents. It was both spontaneous and cultivated. Its 
 inflorescence made it ornamental, and its legumen were used as 
 a choice edible by both man and beast, a utility that followed its 
 descendants through all ages, the legume being the husks referred 
 to in the story of the "Prodigal Son." It was the material with 
 which Moses sweetened the bitter waters of Marah, Exod. XV. 25. 
 It was the meat referred to in Matt, in, 4, that sustained John 
 the Baptist. It is still used in its dried state, as a relish by the 
 Hebrews and even other peoples, and in Sicily, a spirit and syrup 
 are made from them. Prior to the submergence, the Guillo had 
 become spontaneous in Europe and Africa. This condition, to- 
 gether with the remnants on the border-lands, established a spe- 
 cies of trees, pre-historically known as the Skel-de-le'6n, whose 
 further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 Carab or Locust-trees. It reached America by Colonists, who 
 scattered the seeds when migrating. (See various works for 
 modern links.) 
 
 The A-cu-lu'tive was a genera of trees and shrubs that in- 
 habitated the central and southern portions of the Lontidri, with 
 eastward and westward extensions, of which there were many 
 varieties, that closely resembled the order Magnoliaceae. It was 
 both spontaneous and cultivated. The principal variety grew to 
 about 25 or 30 feet in height. The branches were more spreading 
 than the modern varieties. Its leaves were Ce-le-ga'ce-ous (fatty 
 and glossy). Its flowers very large and white and were very 
 
 102 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 fragrant. The principal one of the A-e en (shrub) order of the 
 Aculutive, grew from ten to twelve coitex in height. The leaves 
 and blossoms were about one-third smaller than the above-named 
 E-el'de (tree). The flowers were a violet color, very fragrant,, 
 and hung in pendant form from the branches. At the time of 
 the submergence, remnants of the Aculutive were left on the 
 Eastern and Western Hemispheres, that with the indigenous 
 growth on the southern portion adjacent to Atlantis, descended 
 into a genera of trees and shrubs pre-historically known as the 
 Mar'roth on the Eastern, and as the Fra-efriim on the Western, 
 whose further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the now known fifteen or more species of the magnolia trees and 
 shrubs. (See various works for the modern links.) 
 
 The Ce-la-den'ce was a genera including many species and 
 varieties of coautchine bearing trees, shrubs and Z6-eng-6'nes 
 (plants,) that inhabited the tropic and semi-tropic districts of 
 the Lontidri, and links into the various cycles of the natural or- 
 der of caoutchine trees, shrubs, and plants, whose remnants now 
 extend into South America, Africa and Asia, from which rubber 
 is produced. Its value was well known by the Atlantians, for 
 they extracted the Del'zoc (caoutchine) from their eeldesse, and 
 when partly dried, they shipped it in balls for use as ball-bearings, 
 or when conveying one piece of metal over the surface of an- 
 other to roll between them. It was also made in sheets of vari- 
 ous thicknesses for use in musical instruments, or anywhere that 
 modems use felting. 
 
 The L6-e'tie was a small species of the Celadence genera, 
 that resembled the species Manhot Glazeovii or Rubber-tree of 
 South America. It was very beautiful. The leaves were odd- 
 lobed, palmate in form, and of a silvery green color. The in- 
 florescence was a one-sided raceme of nodding lilaceous blos- 
 soms of pink and white variegation. At the time of the sub- 
 mergence, remnants were left in the region of South America 
 whose descendants established a genus of trees and shrubs, pre- 
 historically known as the Man-ze-u'les, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the species Manhot Glazeovii 
 or Ceara Rubber Tree of Rio Janeiro, etc. To the Atlantians 
 the Loetie was a s3rmbol of virtue, that quality of being which 
 protects the spiritual and physical man when in conquest with 
 vice, thus rendering him beautiful in character and a force among 
 men, when influencing their acts in the interest of right against 
 wrong, whereby they may deal justly in opposition to injustice. 
 
 The Et'la was also a species of the Celadence, and was of sev- 
 eral varieties, the principal one of which was a large Tam-i-do- 
 
 103 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 resent (Ornamental tree that resembled the species Hevea bra- 
 sileansis, one of the caoutchine trees of South America, from 
 which the Para rubber is obtained. Its leaves were trifoliate, its 
 inflorescence panicle, being a compound raceme of five white 
 sepals, or stella-shaped blossom. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence, remnants were left on the southern hemisphere, from which 
 descended a species of trees pre-historically known in South 
 America as the Ge-ren'ze-mos, whose further descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the species Hevea brasileansia of 
 several varieties in South America, from which Para rubber is 
 obtained, etc. Its stately form, bedecked with white stellablooms, 
 intermingling with large, glossy, verdant trifoliate leaves, and 
 productive capacity, were qualities that made it symbolic of hu- 
 man character, such as distinguishes the life of the individual 
 and makes him both useful and pure and an attractive influence 
 mong men. 
 
 The Qu-i'let was a species of the genera Caladence that 
 closely resembled the species Castilloa elastica of Central Amer- 
 ica. At the time of the submergence, remnants were left in 
 regions of Central America, the West Indies Islands and South 
 America, from which descended a species of trees pre-historically 
 known as the A'shan, whose further descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the species Castilloa elastica; particularly 
 those of the dense forests in the basin of the Rio San Juan, and 
 also in Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Cuba, Hayti, 
 Panama, western coast of South America, etc., from which is 
 obtained the Nicaragua rubber. 
 
 The Yen-dil'ze was a species of the Caladence that inhabited 
 the southeastern portion of the Lontidri, and resembled the Voa- 
 here of Voa-canja and Voa-hine trees of Africa. At the time 
 of the submergence, remnants were left on the Continent of 
 Africa, whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the African species of caoutchine trees and plants. 
 
 The Kar-den'ze, another species of the Caladence genera, 
 closely resembled the species Ficus elastica of India. At the time 
 of the submergence, remnants were left on the Eastern Hemi- 
 sphere, whose descendants were pre-historically known as the 
 Wil-de'ze, whose further descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the species Ficus elastica of British India, and rocky 
 valleys of the Himalayas, etc., from which Asam rubber is ob- 
 tained. (For the many other distributions as modern links, see 
 Encyclopaedias on the subject.) 
 
 104 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH K-RUTE' E-EL-DES'SE, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE FRUIT TREES. 
 
 TELTZIE XV. 
 
 There was an abundance of fruits on the Atlantian Lontidri, 
 nearly all of which were more oval in form than the modern. 
 In color, they were similar. All were grown in orchards and 
 gardens. The trees and vines were carefully and artistically 
 planted so as to form various geometrical figures, for in all geo- 
 ponics, as well as architectural pursuits, the science of Geometry 
 was called into use in form establishment, -that the extended 
 forms might serve the purpose of symbols representing spiritual, 
 principles. Thus recognized, they taught the people as they 
 passed to and from their daily avocations. 
 
 The Gu-eltz' was an Atlantian perennial fruit-bearing plant 
 that inhabited the greater portion of the Lontidri. The fruit and 
 leaves resembled the genus Fragaria or Strawberry, though 
 larger. At that time it was a low shrub instead of a creeping 
 vine, the latter condition being a degenerate result through de- 
 scendancy. Its fruit was extremely delicious and ' fragrant. 
 There was but one variety, the color being a dark red. At the 
 time of the submergence, remnant plant were left on both hemi- 
 spheres, from which descended a genus of plants pre-historically 
 known as the Kel'tish on the Western, and as the Dent'ry on the 
 Eastern Continent, whose further descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the genus Fragaria or Strawberry plants. 
 (See various works for modern links.) 
 
 The On'the was an Atlantian fruit-bearing plant that inhab- 
 ited the southern or tropical portion of the Lontidri, that re- 
 semlbed the species Ananassa sativa or Pineapple. It was very 
 plentiful, and was a great favorite with the Atlantians on account 
 of its sweet juice, it being unlike the modern Pineapple in that 
 respect, the latter being aciduous. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence, remnant plants and seeds were left in the South American, 
 Central American and Mexican regions, from which descended 
 a plant pre-historically known as the Gor'phy on the Western 
 Continent, whose further descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the Pineapple. 
 
 The Cii'rid was an Atlantian vine that inhabited the central 
 and southern portions of the Lontidri, with some distribution 
 
 los 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 eastward and westward. It resembled the Lycopersicum escu- 
 lentum or Tomato-plant. Both the plant and its fruit was larger 
 than the modern species. It was very plentiful ,and grew both 
 spontaneously and under cultivation. The principal colors were 
 red and yellow. At the time of the submergence, seedlings and 
 remnant plants were left in South America, from which de- 
 scended a plant pre-historically known as the Or-no'tho, on the 
 South American Continent, whose further descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Tomato or Love-apple plant. 
 
 The Can'ti-liis was an Atlantian fruit-bearing vine that inhab- 
 ited the southern, central and western central portions of the 
 Lontidri, with some extension in the northern border. It resem- 
 bled the genus Vitis, or Grapevines. It was larger in regard to 
 both vine and fruit, which latter was finer and sweeter than the 
 modern varieties of grapes. It was eliptic formed, and grew in 
 massive clusters. The colors were similar to the modern, only 
 one of the varieties was a milky-white and extremely delicious on 
 account of its mild flavor. The vines were self-supporting and 
 grew to a considerable height, being more on the shrub order, 
 and drooped when laden with fruit. The leaves were similar, 
 but larger than the modern grape. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence, remnants of the Cantilus were left on the Eastern and West- 
 ern Continents, from which descended vines pre-historically 
 known as the Gil'sey, on the Eastern, and the Gon'shy, on the 
 Western Continent, whose further descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the genus Vitis, or species of Vitis Vinifera. 
 The remnants on the Western Continent developed into a wild 
 species pre-historically, though in the latter part of that period it 
 was cultivated some by the inhabitants of Central America and 
 Mexico, and ultimately found its distribution into California by 
 the Franciscan fathers. Later, French, German and Spanish 
 varieties were introduced, which extended into the United States. 
 The remnants on the Eastern Continent were dispersed by migrat- 
 ing peoples who pre-historically passed eastward (see our migra- 
 tions) ; hence the great antiquity of viticulture over the Eastern 
 Continent, which now figures in Portugal, Spain, France, Aus- 
 tria, Hungary, Germany, Italy, Southern Russia and Greece, 
 Armenia, Eastern Pontus, and other parts of Asia, whose wine 
 product was utilized in the lands of the Levant from the earliest 
 memory of civilization, and was even more remotely used by the 
 Egyptians in honor of their god Osiris ; by the Greeks, in honor 
 of their god Dionysus ; by the Hebrews, to the Patriarch Noah, 
 and was an accompaniment to the repast of corn and oil, as re- 
 corded in the Old Testament, all of which have their remote con- 
 
 io6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 nection with pre-historic utility, through the Cantilus of Atlantis. 
 The Cetre was an Atlantian fruit tree, that inhabited the 
 greater portion of the Lontidri, and resembled the species Pyrus 
 Malus or Apple tree. There were several varieties, the differ- 
 ence being principally in flavor and color, the general form being 
 that of an egg shape. By the time of the submergence, it had 
 become spontaneous on both the Eastern and Western hemi- 
 spheres, the descendants of which established a degenerate spe- 
 cies pre-historically known as the El-zan'ic, on the Eastern, and 
 as the Cu-re'z6, on the Western, whose further descendants be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the wild species commonly 
 known as the Crab apples, degenerate and diminutive as it be- 
 came, by cultivation of the less degenerative in the latter part of 
 the pre-historic period, through the historic to the present time, it 
 has reversed its condition of the species back toward the Atlan- 
 tian Cetre, on both hemispheres, as now manifested in Europe, 
 Canada, the United States of America, Northern India, China, 
 Australia, New Zealand, etc., thus distributed by migrating 
 peoples. 
 
 The Su'tor (pronounced Tsutor) was an Atlantian fruit tree 
 that inhabited the central and southern portions of the Lontidri, 
 and resembled the Punica Granatum or Pomegranate, only a 
 larger fruit. It was considered peculiar on account of its habits. 
 It grew from ten to twelve coitex in height. Its branches in 
 their extension of growth, turned toward the midday sun, which 
 fact made it symbolic of all material life reaching out toward the 
 solar light; a necessary influence to the development of material 
 form ; especially man, in his effort to reach out unto Gala for 
 that spirit light whereby he might gain knowledge and under- 
 standing, and the development of his soul forces, unfoldment of 
 his spiritual being, in the present and future time. 
 
 The Vru'eze was an Atlantian fruit-bearing tree that inhab- 
 ited the productive valleys in the central, northeastern, northern 
 and northwestern portions of the Lontidri, and resembeld the 
 genus Cerasus or Cherry tree. It averaged in size with the mod- 
 ern trees. The fruit was more elongated in form, or similar to 
 the modern Plum. There were three varieties, viz., pure white, 
 red, and black, the former being the most delicate in flavor. At 
 the time of the submergence it had become spontaneous on the 
 borderlands of both hemispheres, thus influenced from the Atlan- 
 tian growth. This, with the remnants, established trees pre-his- 
 torically known as the Ca-ii^r€'a, on the Eastern, and as the 
 Jan-a-6tt'th§s, on the Western Continent, whose further descend- 
 
 107 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Cerasus or Cherry 
 trees. (See Encyclopaedias for modern links.) 
 
 The Gu'm was an Atlantian fruit tree that inhabited the cen- 
 tral, eastern and western-central portion of the Lontidri, and 
 resembled the species Prunus persica, or Peach tree. It was con- 
 siderably larger than the modern Peach, more oblong in form, 
 stronger in flavor, the skin was a purplish-red, and the meat more 
 like the modern ',Blood-red Peach," which latter is the return 
 influence of the original Gulu. At the time of the submergence, 
 remnants were left on the Eastern Continent, whose descendants 
 established a species of trees and fruit, pre-historically known as 
 the Mer-sen'za, the further descendants of which became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Peach tree, pre-historically established 
 by migrating peoples as they journeyed eastward into China, Per- 
 sia, Asia-Minor, Afghanistan, India, etc. Hence, its distribution 
 originally was eastward and not westward, as has been supposed. 
 The Nectarine or smooth-rind peach is an amalgamate condi- 
 tion caused by a mixture between the Atlantian Brest and Gulu, 
 thus descended. 
 
 The Brest was an Atlantian fruit tree, then considered a spe- 
 cies of the Gulu family, and inhabited the central and southern 
 portions of the Lontidri. It resembled the species Prunus armen- 
 ica, or Prunus Vulgaria, the Apricot tree. The fruit was much 
 larger, however, and was of a deep orange color, very sweet and 
 palatable. At the time of the submergence, remnants were left 
 on the Eastern Continent, from which descended trees and fruit, 
 pre-historically known as the No'de, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Apricot tree, pre-histori- 
 cally distributed in Egypt, Armenia, Asia, etc., by migrating 
 peoples. 
 
 The Clu'ms was an Atlantian fruit tree of several varieties, 
 that inhabited the central, western and eastern portion of the 
 Lontidri, and resembled the genus Prunus, or Plum tree. It was 
 larger than the modern Plum, and was of purple, red, green, and 
 white varieties. At the time of the submergence, remnants were 
 left on the Eastern Continent, from which descended trees and 
 fruit, pre-historically known as the Cle'me, whose further de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Plum trees, 
 as distributed into Antola, Caucasus, Southern Europe, Armenia 
 and along the Casian regions, by pre-historic migrating peoples. 
 
 The Kret'zie was an Atlantian fruit tree that inhabited the 
 southern, central and tropical portions of the Lontidri, and re- 
 sembled the genus Citrus Aurantium or Sweet Orange, and was 
 about three times as large a fruit as the modern Orange. At the 
 
 io8 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 time of the submergence, remnants were left on the Eastern Con- 
 tinent and the Islands of the Atlantic, and the West Indies 
 Archipelago, from which descended trees and fruits pre-histori- 
 cally known as the Cel'de-nix, whose further descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Orange trees, as distributed into 
 China, India, Western Asia, and eventually into Europe by pre- 
 historic migrating peoples. The true Chinese variety, from the 
 Azores, came through Spain and thence into China and Japan, and 
 into the Indian Archipelago at the time of the submergence. It is 
 the idea of nearly all writers upon the subject of distribution to 
 reverse the order of migration from the east, westward, when it 
 should be from west, eastward. This refers to pre-historic dis- 
 tributions. 
 
 The Quint'sul was a fruit tree that inhabited the southern cen- 
 tral and tropical portions of the Lontidri, and resembled the Bit- 
 ter Orange, or so-called "Pummelo, or Grape Fruit." Originally 
 it was about the size of the largest modem growth, and simi- 
 larly characterized. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 were left upon the Eastern Continent, the Islands of the Atlan- 
 tic and the West Indian Archipelago, from which descended trees 
 and fruit, pre-historically known as the Tres'dyi whose further 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Bitter 
 Orange, which was variously distributed by pre-historic migrating 
 peoples. 
 
 Subsequently, by amalgamation between the Quintsul and 
 Kretie fruits, the Citrus Lemonum or Lemon and Lime trees 
 were established, the latter being a diminutive variety of the 
 Lemon proper ; hence, the Lemon and Lime fruits are not straight 
 descendants from Atlantian species, but by amalgamation. These 
 found their distribution also by migrating peoples, pre-historically 
 who were passing eastward from the Azores, Portugal, Spain, 
 Arabia, and subsequently throughout the Mediterranean regions, 
 ultimately into California and Florida and sub-tropical countries 
 by similar sources. 
 
 109 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH SU NUD KAL-LES'TE E-EL-DES'SE, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE NUT AND FOREST TREES. 
 
 TELTZIE XVI. 
 
 The Ex'ton was a nut-bearing genus of trees, represented by 
 three principal species, viz: the Bon'zel, a native of the Eastern 
 portion of the Lontidri; the Ex'ton and the Cu-ri'tS, that were 
 contemporaneous natives of the western portions. The Bonzel 
 closely resembled the genus Juglans or Walnut; the Exton that 
 of the Juglans cinerea or White Walnut, commonly known as the 
 Butternut ; the Celuth that of the genus Carya, or Hickory nut. 
 The Exton bore a nut much larger than the modern White Wal- 
 nut and was more oval in shape, with a blunter end ; the Bonzel 
 was also larger and shaped more like the English Walnut; the 
 Celuth was about the same as the modern Hickory nut, only 
 larger, and the bark of the tree was smooth on all species. Prior 
 to the submergence, the Exton had become indigenous on both 
 the Eastern and Western Continents, as it was a native of both 
 the eastern and western portions of the Lontidri. Its remnants 
 and the indigenous growth, established similar species, pre-his- 
 torically known as the Yelt'te on the Eastern, and as the Y6n-z6'e 
 on the Western Continent, that became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the Juglas nigra of North America, etc. The Bonzel became 
 indigenous on the Western Continent, as it inhabited the western 
 portion of the Lontidri, though some species were in the eastern, 
 and thus reached the European districts. The remnants and in- 
 digenous species of the Bonzel, subsequent to the submergence, 
 established a species of trees and nuts, then known as the I-6'ne- 
 zon, on the Western Continent, and as the Bal'sac, on the East- 
 ern, whose further descendants on the Western became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of Gray Walnut, or Butternut, commonly called 
 the Oil nut and White Walnut of North America. The Celuth 
 became indigenous on the Western Cnntinent principally, as it 
 originally belonged to the western portion of the Lontidri, with 
 some distribution on the eastern, which to a small degree left 
 links on the Eastern Continent. The Atlantian remnants with 
 the indigenous growth, established a species pre-historically 
 known as the Wer-e sa on the Western Continent, and as the An- 
 to-so'en on the Eastern, that became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Hickory nut trees of North America. 
 
 no 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Cu-rel'ta was a nut-bearing tree that, in the time of At- 
 lantis, closely resembled die Exton species, and inhabited the 
 northern, northeast and northwest portions of the Lontidri. 
 Prior to the submergence it was indigenous on both the Eastern 
 and Western Hemispheres. After the submergence the remnants 
 and indigenous descendants established a species of trees, pre- 
 historically known as the •G6n-s6-le'em, on the Eastern, and as 
 the Gl6'ti-« on the Western Continent, whose further descend- 
 ants became the ipre-historic ancestors of the genus Captanea, or 
 Chestnut trees. The Atlantian Curelta, unlike the modem Chest- 
 nut, bore a nut that was covered with a non-echinsilate shuck, 
 therefore entirely free from the prkkles that characterize the 
 modern Chestnut burrs. 
 
 The Kal-lis-te'no or Wer-ee'le {forests) and the E-le^zacs, or 
 Relt'ze (fields) of Atlantis, aggregated in a natural assembly of 
 shade trees, that represented many genera, species and varieties, 
 too numerous to give complete account of in this work ; there- 
 fore, we will only give some of the principal ones, that the arbo- 
 rary links in tlie cycle of that branch of vegetation now existing 
 may be linked back to its pre-historic severing, prior to the Atlan- 
 tian submergence that rendered it broken. 
 
 The Atlantian Fan-I-do-res'ent (Ornamental) arboriculture 
 was a scientific study Vfifh the people, who practised it in the 
 culture of Jws-te-zae'ze (Orchards) and Cal-te-li'ze (Vineyards). 
 
 The Zel'zum was a beautiful forest tree, as well as an occu- 
 pant of the principal parks, and along the streets in the principal 
 cities of the Lontidri ; but originally, in its wild state, it inhabited 
 the central and nortliern portions. It resembled the now known 
 genus Acer or Maple tree. There were several varieties. It 
 was not then used for its saccharine product. The principal dif- 
 ference between the Atlantian Zelzum and the modern Maple 
 tree was in their samara or seed formation, those of the Atlantian 
 being but one-winged. Prior to the submergence, the Zelzum 
 was also indigenous on both the Eastern and Western Hemi- 
 spheres, which, in conneotion with the remnant links, established 
 a genus of trees pre-historically known as the De-mel'tre on the 
 Western Continent, which became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the now known Mapk. trees, ranging in Europe, North America, 
 North Asia and Japan. 
 
 The Al'te-zone was a fine forest tree, very tall, graceful, large 
 dimension, bore graceful leaves and was of several varieties. It 
 inhabited the northern, northeastern and northwestern districts 
 of the Lontidri, and so upon the northern portions of both the 
 Eastern and Western Hemispheres, and this condition, with that 
 
 HI 
 
Subniers:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 of the Atlantian remnants, pre-historically established a species 
 then known as the An-as-te'tmm, on the Eastern, and the Bon-i- 
 gel'et, on the Western Continent, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus Traxinus or Ash 
 trees. The Altezone, unlike the Ash trees, had a smooth bark. 
 The Altezone, through the Bonigelet, therefore, by the modem 
 link of the Ash trees, has extended the Cycle into Europe, Asia, 
 Greece, Turkey, Asia Minor, the West Indies, America, etc. 
 
 The Sln'a-bore was a natural ornament of the forests. It was 
 of the coniferous order of trees, and of several species, the term 
 meaning evergreen. The principal species originally inhabited 
 the lower portions of the Keletze and along the Rigerze, instead 
 of the high altitudes as is the habit of its modem descendants. 
 It closely resembled the genus Pinus or Pine trees. The princi- 
 pal species grew very tall, the trunks were limbless for many 
 feet above the roots, and were crowned with a spreading cedal, 
 glauceous foliage, which in contrast with its red brown bark made 
 it very attractive. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 were left upon both the Eastern and Western Continents, that 
 linked into the indigenous growth of the adjacent regions, from 
 which descended a species of trees pre-historically known as the 
 Yet-la'ca. on the Eastern, and the Den'zic on the Western, whose 
 further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Pine 
 trees. (For the vast number of modem species, see Encyclopae- 
 dia Britannica.) 
 
 Remnants of one of the species of Sinabore, on the Eastern 
 and Western Hemispheres, established a variety of trees pre-his- 
 torically known as the Dom-tom'zes, on the Western, and the 
 Jen-ze-lii'cy, on the Eastern, whose further descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Fir or Spruce trees. (See En- 
 cyclopedia for the many varieties.) 
 
 The Ke'de was a genus of the Sinabore order, represented by 
 three principal species, and ornamented the forests, mountains, 
 and valleys throughout the Lontidri. The first species closely 
 resembled the Larix Americana, or Tamarac of the Western 
 Hemisphere, and the Larix Europaea of the Eastern. This spe- 
 cies had a straight, erect trunk, from 25 to 30 feet in height. The 
 branches grew horizontally, spreading at irregular intervals from 
 the stem, growing gradually shorter as they approched the sutn- 
 mit. The points of all the branches drooped gracefully, so as to 
 give them a pendant appearance in sections. The thick, studded 
 whirl of narrow linear leaves, of bright light green, especially the 
 young ones in the springtime, gave to the tree a fluffy, beautiful 
 appearance. The cones were similarly arranged on the branches 
 
 112 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 to those of modern trees, but were much larger. The second 
 species closely resembled the genus Thuja and Biota or Arbor- 
 Vitae, only the trees were much larger, the leaves darker green 
 and in more massive inibricated clusters, and did not grow as 
 bushy in its wild state as the modern trees. It was very beauti- 
 ful and therefore much cultivated in the parks and about the 
 homes in Atlantis. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 of this species were left on the Eastern and Western Hemi- 
 spheres, from which, in connection with the indigenous growth, 
 descended a species of trees pre-historically known as the Cly'dox, 
 on the Eastern, and as the Men'dre o nthe Western, whose fur- 
 ther descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus 
 Thuja or Thuya accidentalis, the Arbor- Vitae of Western Amer- 
 ica. For the marvelous modern varieties and evergreen links 
 arising from the foregoing pre-historic extensions, see the Ency- 
 clopasdia Brittanica and other works. The third species closely 
 resembled the genus Cypressus, or Cypress trees, and ranged in 
 the central, northern, and southwestern portions of the Lontidri. 
 About the same difference existed between the second and third 
 species of the Sinabore, as now exists between the Cypress and 
 the Arbor- Vitae, etc. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 of the third species were left upon the Eastern and Western Con- 
 tinents, which with the already indigenous growth, established a 
 species of trees pre-historically known as the Ab-boy'ya, on the 
 Eastern, and as the Zit'ya, on the Western, whose further de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Cypress trees 
 of Levant and Persia ; North India ; the East Indies ; California ; 
 Mexico; North China, etc. 
 
 The Sinabore was a symbolic tree to the Atlantians, and thus 
 represented natural artistic beauty and adornment, or the graces 
 that fascinate the mind and charm the inner being or spirit of 
 mankind. In its evergreen quality they recognized a symbol of 
 the continuity of Spirit-life beyond the material existence. In 
 the contrast between its glauceous foliage, red-brown bark and 
 altitude, the symbol of Soul-beauty and adornment, such as comes 
 to the aged individual by virtue of mental, moral, soul and spirit 
 unfoldment, and therefore greater elevation of being. 
 
 The Cor-dii-lu'sac was a genera of amentaceous trees of sev- 
 eral species that originally inhabited the north temperate zone of 
 the Lontidri, and closely resembled genera Populus, or poplar 
 trees. The 0-lip'sie was one of its most attractive species on 
 account of its restless, varied-colored leaves. It was very simi- 
 lar to the Aspen Poplar and, like it, its leaves danced and glis- 
 tened in the sunlight to the rhythm of the breeze. There were 
 three varieties of the Olipsie, the difference being in the leaves, 
 
 "3 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 catkins and bark. One variety possessed dark green, slightly tri- 
 lobate, glossy leaves ; dark green catkins, the scales of which were 
 tinged with a light green ; dark drab bark, generally smooth, but 
 occasionally marked with seal brown knots or spots. Another 
 variety had paltate or shield-shaped leaves, the upper side being 
 of a mossy light green color and the under side white; the cat- 
 kins were of a light green body, the scales tinged with a whitish 
 glow ; the bark was a very light tan-brown of bright lustre. 
 Another variety had ovate leaves with a glossy olive green shade 
 on the upper surface, and a very pale yellow below. The catkins 
 were a medium green-colored body, the tips of the scales being 
 lighted up with a darker shade of yellow than that on the under 
 side of the leaves. The bark was white and marked with the 
 dark spots, a variety now entirely extinct. These three varieties, 
 with the Zelzy and the Zenzea, adorned the parks and city 
 squares. They were symbolic of impulse, or external influences, 
 operating momentarily upon the mind, causing the individual at 
 times to be uncertain in character, and also brought into contrast 
 the condition of restless impulse, with that of soul meditation 
 and the calm, peaceful enjoyment occasioned by virtue of the 
 recognition of all that is beautiful, and appreciation of the influ- 
 ence it had upon the soul and spirit, for its permanent unfold- 
 ment, and ultimate happiness. The Zel'zy was another very 
 beautiful species of the Cordulusac. It was of medium height. 
 Its body was alternated with circumferential stripes around them. 
 The bark was of two colors, light black and dark drab or stone 
 color. The black stripes were about four inches wide and the 
 drab were twelve at the base of the trunk, each alternation grow- 
 ing narrower until they reached the apex ; the limbs and branches 
 similarly marked, and the whole form dotted promiscuously with 
 black spots that made their appearance at the base of the trunk 
 first, thus ascending, the trunk as a new set appeared in ad- 
 dition anually, until the age of the tree had endowed the entire 
 trunk with the markings. The leaves were very small, of lan- 
 ceolate, cerulate form, the upper surface being of a glossy green 
 color, and the under side a light green. The catkins were a dark 
 green, the tips of the scales being a light green. They also 
 adorned the parks, city squares, home grounds and along the 
 water-ways. 
 
 The Zen-zea was a small tree that belonged to the Cordulusac 
 genera, and was extremely beautiful. Its bark was smooth and 
 a pea-green color. Its leaves were small, reniform or kidney- 
 shaped, and of trifoliolate placement. They were a glossy, red- 
 dish bronze tinge on the upper side, and bright glossy red on the 
 
 114 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 under. In place of the regularly organized catkins the inflor 
 rescence was solitary, took on the form of a flower that sprang 
 out from the branches at the base of the leaf-stem, and were 
 supported by a long stem. There were three varieties of the flow- 
 ers. One bore white petals, white stamens and yellow anthers. 
 One with pink ground petals striped with white, much as a 
 modern "Morning Glory" is marked,, white stamens and yellow 
 anthers. One with purple ground petals, striped with white, 
 white stamens and anthers, the latter slightly tinged with pale 
 lilac. The stamens were short, capitate or inflorescence head> 
 shaped, which gave the centre of the flower a fluffy appearance. 
 It grew spontaneously by creeks, lakes, and was cultivated in 
 parks and public places and about Dar-esh-enzy'siim (reservoirs.) 
 The adjacent grounds to the Dareshenzy (Reservoir) on the Ael- 
 kedze near Atara, were beautifully ornamented. A row of the 
 dark green leafed Olipsie, interspersed with other ornamental 
 trees marked the outskirts of the Dareshenzy district. About lOO 
 coitex within was a second row of green and white-leafed Olipr 
 sie, with other intetspersements- Still further*, in about loo coitex, 
 bordering the outline of the Dareshenzy bank, was a third row 
 of the light green and yellow leafed Olipsie that was interspersed 
 with alternations of the Zenzea and the Zelzy trees. The area 
 between the outlines or rows of ornamental trees were beatttifully 
 laid off with designs of flower shrubs, climbing flower-vines and 
 plants, with accompanying stone and marble walks. The entire 
 sloping bank of the Dareshenzy was devoted to the culture of 
 trailing vines, so trained as to ascend the bank in their extension 
 toward the water's edge, all bearing different colored flowers, 
 harmoniously blended by arrangement. At the top of the bank, 
 outlining the water's edge, was a broad walk for the people who 
 visited the beautiful spot, and where they stood in contem- 
 plation of the scientific ornamentation. At the time of the sub- 
 mergence, remnants of the Zenzea were left on the Eastern and 
 Western Continents, which with the spontaneous growth in the 
 adjacent districts, established a genus of trees pre-historically 
 known as the Ba-bo-katch e-wa on the Western, and the Del- 
 ka-i'no on the Eastern, whose further descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Poplar trees that range in the north 
 temperate zone, such as the White Poplar of Abele ; the Gray 
 Poplar of central and southern Europe; the common Aspen of 
 Europe, Northern Britain, Southerland, Lapland and from Si- 
 beria to the Arctic Circle, Norway; the large-leafed Aspen of 
 America ; and many others too numerous here to mention. 
 
 The Lu-en-se-o'les was a genera of both large and small decid- 
 es 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 uous trees and shrubs, that originally inhabited the central and 
 northern portions of the Lontidri, extending east and west, with 
 some distribution in the southern^ and closely resembled the genus 
 Salix or Willow trees. The leaves were deciduous, alternate, 
 longer than broad, and varied in size and length according to the 
 species. The flowers of the female were borne in catkins, and 
 consisted of a bracket from whose axil rose a short stalk, sur- 
 mounted by two carpels. That of the male was borne in amenta, 
 and consisted of a small scale or bracket in the axil, of which 
 rose two or more stamens according to the variety. In color they 
 were brighter and deeper tinged than modern varieties. In 
 nearly all species the branches were more inclined to be of a pen- 
 dant or drooping character, than those of the modem trees, ex- 
 cepting the species Salix Babylonica, which has retained more of 
 the character of the Atlantian trees in that respect. 
 
 The Cret'chie was the most beautiful of the Luenseoles gen- 
 era, that grew spontaneously and also under cultivation. It 
 resembled the now known species Salix Babylonica, or Weeping 
 Willow, though the leaves were longer and broader. Spontane- 
 ously, it grew along the rivers and lowlands of the central and 
 northern portions of the Lontidri, but was cultivated in parks 
 and public places. It was not only an ornamental tree, but used 
 for medicinal purposes, in which case the juice was extracted 
 from the bark, prepared and taken as a tonic, the quality being 
 similar to that of sulphur. It was also a symbolic tree, being 
 that of humility, such as beautifies and adorns the soul, enobles 
 and dignifies the individual spirit, making it attractive among 
 men, and as a spirit, loved and honored by the heavenly hosts. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left upon the 
 Eastern and Western Continents. These with the spontaneous 
 growth, established a species of trees pre-historcally known as 
 the Ba-bo ro, on the Eastern, and as the Gar-den-co'les, on the 
 Western, whose further descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cesors of the genus Salix of many varieties. (See Encyclo- 
 paedias and other works for the modem links.) 
 
 ii6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH LE-E'TRES, 
 OR 
 
 THE CEREALS. 
 
 TELTZIE XVII. 
 
 All Leetres were sown and cultivated in fields of various 
 sizes, according to the needs of the Kel-leta (tiller), and like the 
 fields of He-le-6n'z6s (vegetables), were formed into geometri- 
 cal figures, symbolizing some life principle. 
 
 The E'tre was a cotyledonous, gramineous plant, or Le-6n'tre 
 (grain or cereal) that was grown in the central, northern, and 
 northeastern portions of the Lontidri, and resembled the species 
 Triticum sativum or Wheat, particularly the variety speltaas, cul- 
 tivated by the aboriginal Egyptians, Romans, and Swiss Lake- 
 dwellers, from which has evolved the dicoccum, tenax, and other 
 varieties contemporaneous with pre-historic time, and on the 
 cycle of cereal evolution, modernly. The principal difference 
 between the Etre and the modern grain is that the grain rachis 
 of the Etre were much longer and more pendulous than those of 
 the modem growth, which latter condition was caused by the 
 weight of the cereal, for it was a very productive plant. At the 
 time of the submergence, remnants were left upon the Eastern 
 Continent, from which descended a species of grain, pre-histori- 
 cally known as the I-ish am, in that region of country, from 
 which decended the grain of the Egyptians. 
 
 The Quint, cereal plant or species of graminsea, that was 
 grown in the southern and southeastern portions of the Lontidri, 
 resembled the species Zea Hays, or Indian Corn, and was of two 
 varieties, viz : the yellow and the pnrple, the latter being the At- 
 lantian Sweet Corn. The leaves were broader, thicker, and more 
 prolific on the stalk than modern varieties, which latter bore from 
 two to three ears each. At the time of the submergence, rem- 
 nants and spontaneous plants were left on the Southern and East- 
 ern Hemispheres, from which descended a grain, pre-historically 
 known as the Bra-se-en'ses, on the Eastern, and as the Se-kel'sas, 
 on the Southern. 
 
 The Krii'ze was a variety of the Quint species, and was con- 
 temporaneous with it in growth ; differed from it and the modern 
 Sweet Corn by having much narrower leaves, thicker ears of 
 
 117 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 lobe-shape at the ends ; each stalk bore from three to five ears of 
 white kernels. The modern Sweet Corn is a descendant from 
 an amalgamation between the purple Quint and the Kruze rem- 
 nants ; hence, both white and purple Sweet Corn of modern time. 
 The yellow variety descended from the yellow Quint, through 
 the pre-historic Braseences and Sekelsas, and the white variety, 
 likewise from the Kruze, straight, which was of but one variety, 
 viz., the white. The purple variety of modern corn descended 
 from the purple variety of Atlantian Quint, and the modern 
 striped variety by amalgamation from the yellow and purple va- 
 rieties of the Quint species, having diverged from the parent 
 varieties through the descendancy of the pre-historic Braseences 
 and Sekelsas. Therefore, from the Atlantian Quint and Kruze, 
 have descended four great classes or Flint varieties east of Lake 
 Erie, and north of Maryland ; the Dent varieties, west and south 
 of these points; the Horsetooth varieties of the South; and the 
 Sweet varieties of various distribution. The species known to 
 the Eastern Hemisphere were introduced through Africa by the 
 then migrating peoples who carried it into the Asiatic and Euro- 
 pean countries, and likewise to the East Indies. Its introduction 
 onto the American Continent was also by migrating peoples from 
 the West Indies, into Central America, South America and the 
 Southern United States, and the present varieties have thus been 
 established through mixed species, local cultivation, under modi- 
 fications, having arisen from acclimatization, soil, and local in. 
 fluences. 
 
 The B6-r6'be was a gramenaceous cereal that inhabited the 
 borderlands, lakes, rivers and marshes in the central, southern, 
 and southeastern portions of the Lontidri. It resembled the spe- 
 cies Oryza sativa or Rice plant. It grew wild principally, and 
 was very abundant, therefore obtained without cultivation. 
 There were no high land varieties in Atlantis; that is a subse- 
 quent condition, caused by change of location, soil and culture, 
 such as have changed from the original aquatic habit. Orig- 
 inally, it grew about three coitex in height ; the leaves were longer 
 and broader than on the modern varieties; the kernel or fruit 
 was twice as large as the modern rice, more ovate in form, and 
 also more prolific. At the time of the submergence, remnant 
 seedlings and spontaneous plants were left in the now known 
 region of Africa, form which descended plants pre-historically 
 known as the Ras-se'tes, whose further descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Rice plants. Their pre-historic in- 
 troduction in to China and Japan was by the Lazerends and the 
 Kentersends, when migrating across Africa, Arabi, Persia, etc. 
 
 ii8 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and into India by the Timmenons and further into Java and Aus- 
 tralia by their descendants (see migration of these peoples). 
 Therefore all the Rice plants are descendants from the Atlantian 
 Borobe, through their descendant plants, the Rassetes, etc. 
 
 The Kelt'zi-e was a graminacious cereal plant that grew in 
 the central and eastern portion of the Lontidri, and slightly re- 
 sembled the genus Avenea or Oats. Through descendant condi- 
 tions it has sustained greater changes than any of the cereal 
 plants having their origin in Atlantis and existing modernly. 
 Originally, it was a shorter plant and had broader leaves than 
 the modern varieties. In place of the seed growth in panicle 
 form on a single stalk like the modem Common Oats, there were 
 from three to four stalks that rose from each plant, each of which 
 terminated with a gram rachis; the spikelets were closely at- 
 tached to the rachis, and contained more numerous glumes encas- 
 ing the seeds or grams, which extended into a long stiff awn, 
 twisted at the base. These changes are due to long descension 
 under the influence of climate, soil, cultivation, etc., etc At the 
 time of the submergence, remnants were left in the region of 
 North Africa, and the British Islands, whose descendants estab- 
 lished a species of plants pre-historically known as the Ce'cru, on 
 the Eastern Continent, whose further descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the now known Oats plant. The dis- 
 tribution into northeastern America and South America was by 
 modern migrators, from which has arisen many species. (See 
 Encyclopaedias, etc., for modern links.) 
 
 The cereals now known as Barley and Rye were not known 
 in the Atlantian periods of time. Barley has its origin in North- 
 em Egypt, it being an offspring from the pre-historic Itisham. 
 Prior to the occurrence of the Biblical flood, in which Noah was 
 the chief figure, it had become very plentiful in Egypt, and was 
 then known as the Cas'to-rix (see our account of the flood), 
 and subsequent to that cataclysm, it was changed to Dii- 
 fret, and so remained until the time of the mythical, or so-called 
 Biblical writings, when it was changed to Barley-Cora. At the 
 time of the above referred to cataclysm, which extended from 
 the regions of the now known Black and Caspian Seas, south- 
 westward through Turkey and Syria, into Egypt, seeds of the 
 Dufret were transported and scattered by means of the fluviatic 
 conditions, during the rising and subsidence of the waters, which 
 established the plants termed Barley-Corn, which became the 
 ancestor of the genus Hordium or Barley. (See Encyclopaedias 
 and other works for the modern links.) 
 
 The Rye plant, supposed by modern writers to have origi- 
 
 "9 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 nated in the region between the Black and the Caspian Seas, had 
 its origin in the regions of Denmark and Southern-Sweden, prior 
 to the convulsions that shattered the region of Denmark and sub- 
 merged portions of the then unbroken land of those districts, 
 when an amalgamate condition took place between some of the 
 pre-historic Itisham and Gecru of that region, which established 
 a plant pre-historically known as the Ce'tox. Subsequently, it 
 became distributed by migrating peoples, into various parts of 
 Northern Europe, who began its cultivation, a condition that 
 established a principal variety to which it has closely held in those 
 regions, and is now the principal cereal of the peoples who oc- 
 cupy the regions of North Europe, especially Scandinavia, Rus- 
 sia and North Germany. 
 
 120 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 •USH HE-LE-ON'ZUS, 
 
 OR 
 THE VEGETABLES. 
 
 TELTZIE XVIII. 
 
 The Atlantians subsisted principally upon vegetables, cereals 
 and fruits, their spiritual development therefore being more 
 rapid and perfect. They ate their fruit uncooked. Sometimes 
 they cooked their cereals, and at others they were served in a 
 natural state. In case of the former, they prepared them by 
 taking them before they were ripe, so as to retain the milk, rolled 
 and dried them. The process was a quick one, to prevent the los^ 
 of the milky substance, and was done by machinery. When 
 dried, the substance was converted into a Ka'let (flour) which 
 was baked or cooked in various ways. The vegetables were 
 usually cooked, though some were served as moderns do onions, 
 celery, lettuce, radishes, etc. 
 
 The vegetables were cultivated in fields and gardens, geo- 
 metrically arranged by the Kelleta, who sought thus to symbolize 
 certain life principles. 
 
 The Pas'ket was a vegetable that resembled the species So- 
 lanum tuberosum, or Potato, and was grown in the central and 
 northern portions of the Lontidri. It bore an esculent tuber. 
 The plant grew from four to six coitex in height, and resembled 
 those of the species Helianthus Tuberosus, or Jerusalem Arti- 
 choke, though the leaves and flowers were larger, more like those 
 of the now known Sunflower. (All the species of the Helian- 
 thus have descended from the Atlantian varieties of the Pasket.) 
 At the time of the submergence, tubers were swept by the sub- 
 merging waters onto the coasts of South and Central America, 
 from whence in its wild state it was subsequently carried into the 
 regions of the Andes mountains by miners, from whence it was 
 taken into Chili, Peru and Argentine Republic by migrating peo- 
 ples, where it was pre-historically known as the B6-n6-be-za's6 ; 
 and by similar means, from northwestern South America, into 
 Costa Rica and the mountain regions of Mexico and southwest- 
 ern United States of America, where it was pre-historically 
 known as the Fi-ze-al'liis. Therefore, the Pasket, through the 
 Bonobezaso and the Fizeallus, became the pfe-historic ancestor 
 
 121 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of the Potato plants. It was a symbolic vegetable. The under- 
 ground development of the tubers on radiating roots represented 
 a propagating epi-cycle, independent of seeds, which had their 
 development on the branches in the aerial element; was symbolic 
 of both mortal and spiritual life, body and soul development, the 
 former earthly and the latter heavenly, and the dark or negative 
 condition represented the material or lower plane of life, and the 
 light, or positive condition, that of the spiritual or the higher. 
 
 The Pas'ket Te'set (Sweet Potato) was a plant that had an 
 esculent tuberous root, that grew in the southern porion of the 
 Lontidri, and resembled the species Batatas edulis or Sweet Po- 
 tato. The vine, however, grew from ten to twelve Cel'ax (inches) 
 in height. The leaves were odd-pinnate, eliptical, and serrate. It 
 bore a small purple blossom. The roots grew long and branch- 
 ing and the tubers were attached singly in alternate form along 
 them, instead of in clusters. At the time of the submergence, 
 remnants were left on the West Indies, Central America and 
 Mexico, where it had already began a spontaneous growth, espe- 
 cially so in the section of the West Indies, the descendants of 
 which established plants pre-historically known as the Ba-bo- 
 ka'ya, whose further descendants became the pre-liistoric ances- 
 tors of the species Convalyulus batatas or Sweet Potato plants. 
 In its subsequent culture, it has gradually changed from a self- 
 supporting stalk to that of a creeping vine, and the arrangement 
 of its tubers more in clusters. 
 
 The El'te-gen was an edible plant that grew in great abun- 
 dance in the northern and central portions of the Lontidri, and 
 resembled the species Brassica or Cabbage. At the time of the 
 submergence, remnants plants were left along the coasts of Eng- 
 land and central Europe, thus deposited by the Atlantic and 
 Mediterranean waters, where in its wild state it degenerated 
 into what is now known as the species Brassico oleracea or Wild 
 Sea Cabbage, pre-historically known as the Ge-il-de'ze, from which 
 by cultivation it has evolved into many varieties of culinary 
 vegetables. It, therefore, is the pre-historic ancestor of the Wild 
 Cabbage, of England and Central Europe; such species of Bras- 
 sica as the Drum-head-Cabbage ; the Red-Cabbage; the Portu- 
 gal-Cabbage, etc., and diminutions such as Scotch Kail ; German- 
 Greens; Jersey or Branching-Cabbage; Brussel-Sprouts, which 
 latter is an amalgamation between the Cauliflower and the Cab- 
 bage; the Kohl-rabi, an amalgamate form that was established 
 through the grafting process, or thus uniting the white turnip 
 and cabbage plant.s, a practice that began in the latter part of the 
 pre-historic period, the seedlings from which union, established 
 
 122 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the now Kohl-rabi or Top-turnip. The spherical mass of the 
 Eltegen symboHzed the natural result of concentration, by virtue 
 of central activity, its force to collect, condense and mature for 
 the utility of man, and Gala, the concentricity of all nature, and 
 also was symbolic of the spirits action within the soul, or spirit 
 body, or material form, the mortal body, whereby all grades of 
 development, spiritually and materially have their ultimatum. 
 
 The Ex'not, was a plant that bore a sweet esculent root, 
 that was grown principally in the middle and eastern portion of 
 the Lontidri, and resembled the species Beta Maritima or Sea 
 Beet. It was very nutritious and of three varieties, viz: red, 
 yellow and white. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 were left on the Eastern Continent, where it degenerated into a 
 wild state, the descendants of which established a race of plants, 
 pre-historically known as the Ses'e-lTx, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Wild Beet, from which, 
 through cultivation, climate, soil and local influence, has de- 
 scended the species of Beta, such as the Mangel-wurzel, or man- 
 gold field and garden Beets, cultivated from very remote times, 
 etc. 
 
 The Di'zie, was a vegetable that grew in the central portion 
 of the Lontidri, and resembled the species AUum cepa or Com- 
 mon Onion only it grew in a flatter and larger form. It was 
 tised more in a medicinal way than as an edible. There were va- 
 rieties that bore seeds, top bulbs, and lateral bulbs. There were 
 white, reddish-purple and yellow varieties. At the time of the 
 submergence, remnants were left in the British Island regions, 
 whose further descendants established a bulbus genus of plants, 
 pre-historically known as the Hel'te-zo, whose further descen- 
 dants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Onion-plants, etc. 
 
 The Cul-lii'ra was a leguminous plant that grew principally 
 in the south-eastern portion of the Lontidri in its original state, 
 but by cultivation, was distributed through parts of the central 
 and eastern portions. It resembled the species Pisum sativum or 
 Vegetable Pea, only the vines grew much taller, the flowers 
 much larger and brighter in color. The legumes were broader 
 and longer, and contained two rows of seeds or globular fruit. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnant plants and seedlings 
 were left on the now known coast of North Africa, from whence 
 by means of migrating peoples, it was carried into Arabia, and 
 Persia, where its descended plants were pre-historically known 
 as the Gi-u'la. Thence by the same means, it was carried into 
 Southern Europe, and south-western Asia, and thus handed 
 down to the Aryans and the Semites. Therefore, the Culura, 
 
 123 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 through the Giula, became the pre-historic ancestor of the Vege- 
 table Peas. 
 
 The Ge-ilter was a vegetable that bore an edible root, that 
 grew in the northern and central portions of the Lontidri, and 
 resembled the species Raphanus sativus or Radish. It was of 
 white, red, and light purple varieties, being round, spindle-shaped, 
 and eliptic forms. At the time of the submergence, remnants 
 were left on the Eastern Continent, from which descenaed a 
 species of plants, pre-historically known as the Le-en'ze-6ck, 
 whose further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Wild Radish of the Mediterranean coast, from which, by cul- 
 tivation, has descended the Spindle and the Turnip-rooted va- 
 rieties of the Radish. Further cultivation, climatic and soil in- 
 fluences, have established many varieties of these species on the 
 Eastern and Western Continents. 
 
 The Caz-e-ka ge-wa was an herbacious vegetable that bore an 
 esculent root, that grew in the northen and central portion of the 
 Lontidri, and was of white and orange varieties, and resembled 
 the species Dacus carota, or Carrot, and the genus Pastinaca, or 
 Parsnip. At the time of the submergence, remnants were left 
 on the Eastern Continent, whose descendants established a plant 
 pre-historically known as the Jen'sey, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Wild Carrot, which hy 
 cultivation, climate, soil and local influences, has developed into 
 the now known tribe of Carrots, that range in Southern Europe, 
 Asiatic Russia and North America. 
 
 The species Brassica Rapa or Turnip, was not known to the 
 Atlantian peoples. Subsequent to the submergence, an amal- 
 gamation took place between the white and purple varieties of 
 the Geilter, which established what is now known as the white 
 and purple mixed, or small bulbiformed Turnips, that were 
 known to the aborigines only as a wild edible root, which after 
 many generations was cultivated and brought back to its present 
 state of existence. Another pre-historic amalgamation took 
 place between some of the Geilter and the Kazekagewa plants, 
 which established the Yellow Finland species, or Rootabegas. 
 
 The Glen'son was a culinary vegetable, that was classed with 
 the Eltegen, that grew in the northern portion of the Lontidri, 
 and resembled the Cauliflower. At the time of the submergence, 
 remnant plants and seedlings were left on the Eastern and West- 
 ern Continents, which established a plant, pre-historically known 
 as the Kel'ta-soc, on the Eastern, and as the Mel-te-zu'iis on the 
 Western, whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Cauliflower, and its ally, the Brocoli, and Brocoli-Sprouts, or 
 offsprings of the Cabbage and Cauliflower amalgamation. 
 
 124 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Il'dix was an herbaceous plant bearing a milky, narcotic 
 juice, that was grown in the northern and central portion of th^ 
 Lontidri, and resembled the genus Lactuca or species Lactuca 
 sativa, or Lettuce plant, and in the Atlantian time was classed 
 with the Eltegen and Glenson. -At the time of the submergence, 
 remnant plants and seedlings were left upon the Eastern Con- 
 tinent, whose descendants established a plant pre-historically 
 known as the 0-6s'ic in that region, whose descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the species Lactuca sativa or Lettuce 
 plants. 
 
 The Cel-e-roux was a leguminous plant of several species 
 that grew in the greater portion of the Lontidri, and resembled 
 the genus Faba, or Bean tribe. At the time of the submergence, 
 remnants and seedlings were left on the Eastern and Western 
 Continents, that established a genera of plants pre-historically 
 known as the Wren'te-say, on the Eastern, and as the U'num on 
 the Western (only in a wild state at that time), that became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Bean plants. (See Encyclopaedias 
 for the modern links.) 
 
 The Bar-be-du'a was a scandent plant that grew in the northern 
 portion of the Lontidri, and resembled the genus Cucumis, or Cu- 
 cumber, then classed with the Celeroux on account of its scand- 
 ent habits. It grew from two to two and a half coitex in height. 
 The stalks were thicker and heavier than those of the modern 
 growth. The leaves were about the same, only very smooth. 
 The shape of the fruit was similar, only smooth and glossy. At 
 the time of the submergence, remnants were left on the Eastern 
 and Western Continents, whose descendants established a species 
 of plants pre-historically known as the San-ma-lti'cie on the East- 
 ern, and the Ge-in'ce-16c on the Western, whose further descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the common Cucumber, 
 of exceedingly numerous varieties and were much esteemed by the 
 Ancients, both as an edible and as a product of drink. 
 
 The Cal-ta-zook' was a scandent plant that grew in the central 
 portion of the Lontidri, and somewhat resembled the species Cu- 
 cumis citrullus, or Watermelon. Its vine grew about two and a 
 half to three coitex in height, was of a climbing habit, and, like 
 the Barbedua, had to be supported with a trestle. The stalks 
 were heavier and thicker than those of the modern species. The 
 leaves and vines differed by being smooth. The fruit was about 
 the size of the modern Citron, was green on the exterior, and a 
 bright salmon inside, had cinnamon-colored seeds, was of an oval 
 shape and very palatable. At the time of the submergence, rem- 
 nants were left on the Eastern Continent, whose descendants es- 
 
 ■ 125 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tablished a plant pre-historically known to the Egyptians as the 
 F6r-les'a-cu, whose further descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the Watermelon. 
 
 The species Cucumis Malo, or Muskmelons and Canaloupes, 
 were not known in the Atlantian times. They are descendants 
 from the Caltazook remannts, in the Egyptian and Arabian coun- 
 tries, where some of its fruit, grown near a fruit-bearing plant 
 pre-histofically known to the Egyptians and Arabians as the 
 Tree-lock (now extinct), mixed pollen from their blossoms, 
 which established a plant pre-historically known as the U-ren'sic 
 (an Egyptian and Arabian term), whose further descendants be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the Muskmelons and Canta- 
 loupes of the scarlet, the white and the green varieties. 
 
 The Treelock above referred to was a plant about three coi- 
 tex in height ; bore leaves similar to the modern melon ; the fruit 
 was about the size of the Bitter Orange or Pumelo, and about 
 the same shape. It was a brilliant yellow color on the exterior 
 surface and of a light orange or salmon inside; was extremely 
 fragrant or sweet-scented, and very palatable. The seeds were 
 ovate, long and circumferential in form. 
 
 The En-rl-j6-neus was a scandent plant that grew in the 
 northern and central portions of the Lontidri, and resembled the 
 species Cucurbita Melo or Pumpkin. There were two varieties, 
 the green and the yellow. It being of a climbing habit, had to 
 be supported on trestles. The stalks were thick and heavy and 
 grew from four to five coitex in height. The fruit was about 
 the same form as the modern, but smaller. The vine and leaves, 
 however, were perfectly smooth. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence, remnants were left on the Eastern and Western Continents 
 which established a plant pre-historically known as the Shel'- 
 te-6s on the Eastern, and as the Ne-ta-sa on the Western, whose 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Pumpkin 
 plants. 
 
 The Squash (known to the Indians of North America as the 
 Askutasquash, prior to the settlement of the English on the 
 Western Continent) was not known in Atlantis, it being an 
 hybrid descendant from the Enrijoneus and the Caltazook, some 
 of the descendants of which established a species from which 
 descended the Squash. 
 
 126 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH IN-TOX-E-A'CI-A RINGA, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ZOOLOGIC LINKS. 
 
 TELTZIE XIX. 
 
 In gathering up the links that are to establish the Zoologic 
 Cycle, disclose its pre-historic conditions and account for its pres' 
 ent variety of orders, sub-orders, families and species, so far as 
 we are able to do within the limited space of this treatise, it will 
 be necessary to note a few facts regarding the conditions that 
 co-operate with facts established by and through the laws that 
 goyern descendant generations. 
 
 The general condition made manifest through the descended 
 generations of the past, not only in the human races, but in those 
 of the animal, bird, and even vegetable as well, has been that of 
 a tendency to physical diminution or decrease in stature natu- 
 rally; especially so when the descendants have passed through 
 epi-cycles of the same genus, or order, free from any hybrid 
 influences. 
 
 Hybrid conditions, in many cases, have retarded the rapidity 
 of the diminution in size of all the foregoing-named epi-cycles of 
 descending races, in co-operation with specific or local conditions 
 such as climate and locality, having their influence upon the 
 descendants of several generations, and in some instances, when 
 the hybrid condition has taken place between the larger speci- 
 mens of the two races, the development in the offspring genera- 
 tions turns back, or up toward the product of a grosser genera- 
 tion physically and in stature, for an indefinite time, when again 
 the diminution physically will begin in the following generation. 
 
 Cold or hot climates have their effect upon the condition of 
 diminution or extension. Cold produces flesh and fat, and heat 
 the opposite, each being nature's provision to the physical being 
 as protective agencies in accord with the respective natural con- 
 ditions of climate. 
 
 A singular condition in the workings of the laws of nature is 
 in the return of the physical characteristics such as belonged to 
 generations of the past, after having apparently disappeared from 
 the organisms of the intermediate generations of the descending 
 epi-cycles, when again the ancestry blood seems to return in the 
 epi-cycles of descendancies, when it manifests the characteristics, 
 
 . 127 
 
Submerjfed Atlantis Restored 
 
 for three or four generations, thus making a complete change 
 again in the species, the result of which may be either from the 
 smaller to the greater, or vice versa, which is the case with phy- 
 sical diversities, even in the same family and the same genera- 
 tion of all races of existence. 
 
 The same principle holds good, not only in the physical organ- 
 ization generally, but in the mental and the spiritual development 
 of the human race, in accord as those faculties become weaker 
 or stronger through the conditions of descendancies. 
 
 At the present time the amalgamation between the Euro- 
 pean and American races is establishing a grade upward in regard 
 to the physicl conditions of the descending generation, such as 
 will, for a time, continue until the new race mixture becomes 
 established as a unit, when ultimately a diminution will begin 
 again. 
 
 There is another physical law that not only governs gender in 
 all reproductive conditions, but that also, to a certain extent, 
 throughout all time, governs the degrees of physical, mental, 
 moral and spiritual development, viz., if at the time of conception, 
 the male be stronger in any one or all of the above qualities 
 of being, than is the female, the offspring will not only be of the 
 male gender, but will take on similar nature and qualities. If 
 on the other hand, the female be stronger than the male, her 
 characteristics and gender will be developed in the offspring; 
 hence, the proportionate division in the male and female existence, 
 and the degree of distribution of their natural qualities such as 
 belong to the races. 
 
 If the exercise or habit of reaching upward were practised 
 from childhood, short statures could be elongated during the 
 process of growth, hence making the individual taller at maturity 
 than otherwise would be the case, and therefore further affect the 
 stature of subsequent offspring, and so on through the genera- 
 tions. 
 
 This law was known and practised by the better classes of 
 Atlantians, as one of their principal points in physical culture, 
 and even after having reached maturity in regard to natural 
 growth, the stature was further developed by the practise of 
 reaching upward, etc. 
 
 In evidence of the fact that descending generations, through 
 hybrid conditions, have a tendency to diminution in size and stat- 
 ure through subsequent descending species, we might state, 
 that to take the male Tiger and the female Fox, or Lynx, let them 
 enter into a hybrid condition, the diminution in size, for a 
 time, will be retarded in the offspring species that follow; but 
 
 128 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 reverse the order — take the male Fox, or Lynx, and the female 
 Tiger, and the diminution will at once tend toward that of the 
 smaller offspring, whose descendants will continue the condition 
 of diminution. Hence, the greater variety of forms, from the 
 mammoth down to the mouse; from the eagle down to the hum- 
 ming bird; from the giant down to the dwarf; from the mighty 
 trees of the Yosemite valley to the mosses that exist on their 
 barks, and that adorn the rocks that lie at their roots, have their 
 respective physical dimensions through these and other co-oper- 
 ating influences, in connection with other natural laws, governing 
 extension and diminution, that have wrought many changes in 
 the living genus, orders, sub-orders, families and species, such as 
 inhabit the earth to-day, too vast in variety to follow out and give 
 in this short treatise, the hybrid and other links that have led 
 down to the modern physical and other conditions of existing 
 life on the terrestrial sphere. 
 
 Despite the conditions of degeneration and diminution, aris- 
 ing through specific causes, originalities are not always lost in 
 what modern are wont to term "new race conditions ;" e. g., take 
 the black race, let them mix races with the white, and the off- 
 spring will have changed color through gradation to the unit of 
 the mulatto, but as original beings they have not changed. On 
 the other hand, it often occurs that the offspring is of a higher 
 grade intellectually, capable of improvement when placed under 
 proper conditions. So it is with the animal and the vegetable 
 kingdoms. Much depends upon the influences brought to bear 
 upon the spirit being, and its own forces, as operating in and 
 through man, animal and vegetable beings in regard to the ultima- 
 tum, which is to manifest through man and animal physically, 
 mentally and spiritually — ^yea, we will add the vegetable beings 
 as well, for at the present time wonderful results in obtaining 
 new races of fruits and vegetables, by and through the same law 
 of mixing races, have been accomplished, but there remains a co- 
 union to the original ancestors, though nectarized, yet divisible 
 through the gustatory and olfactory senses. Thus man may 
 grow finer in specimen physically, more beautiful, exercise 
 greater intelligence; vegetation put forth more beauitful foliage, 
 larger, sweeter edibles; and richer perfumes from the flowers, 
 under the process of natural law and the co-operative force of 
 intelligence, physical, mental and spiritual, each capable of fur- 
 ther development through individual desire and effort, in accord 
 with the conditions under which the developments are subject. 
 
 Another law of generative effect is in the influence brought to 
 bear upon both the female and her offspring, through the mani- 
 
 129 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 fested pride and dominant will, exercised at all times by the male 
 of various races not even excluding that of the human, which not 
 only affects the size of the offspring of the male gender, but has 
 such an effect upon the female as to cause her to influence the 
 offspring of the female gender to a certain extent, thus affecting 
 the generations that follow, for a time, according to the condi- 
 tions co-operative with that of the above named. In evidence of 
 some of the foregoing statements, take for example the line of 
 hybrid conditions of the races leading up to the establishment of 
 the now known Giraffe. The paternal ancestor in each case, 
 through the hybrid generations, was the stronger from the orig- 
 inal predecessors that mated with the female of a different race 
 of animals, and therefore carried certain characteristics into the 
 next generation, such as had belonged to each of the co-united 
 races formerly, or from the primitive Hittraina and Zeneletrix 
 down to the now known Giraffe ; e. g., the lofty elevation of the 
 head of the Giraffe, as it now exists, has descended through three 
 influences, first, the paternal ancestors of the Giraffe race, viz., 
 the Dezne, Celplete, Cuisto and the Ketrox, all of which possessed 
 the long neck characteristic, in various degrees, such as now 
 characterizes the Giraffe, the Cuisto having been the one that 
 possessed the greater force of elongating its neck at will, which 
 fact had its effect in further developing that characteristic in each 
 of the following hybrid generations, and ultimate Giraffe race, 
 who thereby possessed its extremely long neck. 
 
 Secondly, the male Giraffe, as well as that of the preceding 
 ancestors, was in each instance larger than the female, and was 
 in every case dominant over her, exercising great pride in his 
 supremacy, etc., which caused them to acquire the habit of head 
 and shoulder elevation while guarding over his mate. This not 
 only caused his further development physically, but influenced 
 the same characteristic in the female to a certain extent through 
 association with her proud companion, thus giving rise to a dual 
 condition such as had further effect upon her offspring, and was 
 the characteristic handed down in an intensified degree to the 
 next generation, to the present time, there being no further hybrid 
 conditions to break or change the developmnt. 
 
 Thirdly, the Giraffe, by constanlty reaching upward in his pur- 
 suit of food by browsing from elevated limbs, further elongated 
 its neck and tongue (the latter characteristic being one that be- 
 longed to the Celplete, and that reappeared in the Giraffe), 
 developed its shoulders, or intensified their stature (a natural 
 development to both male and female through the same cause), 
 and as each generation followed, the characteristic grew more 
 
 130 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 marked in intensity, on account of the physical use to which the 
 shoulders, neck and tongue were put in its daily pursuit for food, 
 and made diminution impossible. 
 
 The elevation of the head and extension of the neck through 
 the pride influence, such as is exercised by the male over the 
 female, is observable in the Peacock, the Ostrich, the Goose, the 
 common Cock, and in many other birds and animals, the human 
 race not excepted. 
 
 In many instances the pride nature of the male and his dis- 
 position to dominate, not only over his opposite sex, but in the 
 pursuits of life, will at times influence an increase in size physi- 
 cally which fact in turn has its influence on his descendants. 
 This condition, however, is modified by co-operating influences 
 of other characters, etc. 
 
 The Tex'ronz was an Atlantian ruminant mammal that inhab- 
 ited the central and eastern portions of the Lontidri, on account 
 of its utility for servitude, though it was a native of the 
 southern climate. It closely resembled the species Camelus 
 dromedarius, or Arabian Camel. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence of the eastern portion of Atlantis, remnants were left on the 
 African continent, from whence they migrated into Asia, and 
 their straight descendants have remained a distinct genus, unal- 
 tered to any extent. Originally, it was a more speedy animal 
 than the present species of Camels. They had larger bodies, but 
 no taller; were darker in color, especially those of the central 
 and eastern portions, but their hair was not shaggy like modern 
 species; their feet differed somewhat on account of general use, 
 the sandy portions of the country being more solid than where 
 the Camel now exists, and their transportation to non-sandy soil 
 of the central and eastern sections of the Lontidri; hence, they 
 developed more of a hoof or claw-like formation on the point of 
 the foot which served the purpose of grappling with the earth or 
 hard substances over which they traveled. The cushion-like foot 
 that now characterizes the Camel, and the loss of the claw of 
 the Atlantian species, were conditions co-operative with develop- 
 ment to them after they became inhabitants of the desert regions. 
 They, like the Elephants, were used as beasts of burden, and the 
 more fleety ones were used to draw the Atlantian Rou'tex (car- 
 riage) in which the people traveled, when not by means of the 
 air-ships. The Routex was a two-wheeled vehicle, with shafts, 
 and covered body, and was beautifully decorated in golden de- 
 signs, as was the harness worn by the Texronz ; and it was 
 the knowledge of this custom that caused the pre-historic and 
 historic Oriental peoples to adopt the plan of similar ornamenta- 
 
 131 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tions. The Texronz and its descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the species Camelus dromedarius, or Arabian Came!. 
 
 The Zu'te was a ruminant mammal that inhabited the southern 
 and southeastern portions of the Lontidri, and closely resembled 
 the now known Bactrian mammals, only its limbs were shorter; 
 body larger and of a light brown color ; had a very pretty shaped 
 head ; slender neck, and feet not so broad as the Camelus bactri- 
 anus species. Its straight descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the Bactrian or South African Camel. 
 
 The Tez'e-ret was a ruminant mammal that inhabited the mid- 
 dle and southern portions of the Lontidri, was similar to the 
 Camel races, only it was about six feet in height; had a larger 
 frame ; broader back ; larger limbs, but about the same in length ; 
 large head ; bushy mane ; long, bushy tail ; of a cinnamon color, 
 but some were spotted and some mixed with gray. They were of 
 a semi-aquatic nature, hence stood in the water a great deal ; were 
 gregarious, very playful, happy and fleety when traveling. They 
 were hornless; had a soft, melodious, joyous lowing, etc. They 
 became extinct at the time of the submergence of Atlantis. 
 
 The A-la'ma was a plantigrade, omnivorous mammal that 
 inhabited the western and northwestern sections of the Lontidri, 
 and was a degenerate, diminutive hybrid offspring from the 
 An'zos (bear) and A-ex'ta (bison) species. Its limbs were sim- 
 ilar to the now known dog and fox species ; tail like the dog ; 
 head, feet and claws like the bear ; large body and three feet in 
 height ; had a large, fleshy roll around its neck ; colors dark brown 
 and gray. Its remnant descendants inhabited the mountain dis- 
 tricts of the western portion of North America, but became pre- 
 historically extinct. 
 
 About the Adomic period, some of the Nyl'gaw or Texronz 
 species, mixed breeds, the hybrid offspring of which were pre- 
 historically known as the Qu'dix, whose further descendants be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the Guanaco Deer. Some of 
 the male Guanaco Deer and the female Algazel mixed species, 
 whose offspring were pre-historically known as the Zel'dix, on 
 the Western Continent, and Ka hel on the Eastern, and their de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Ibex or Capra 
 genus. Some of the male Tezeret and the female Texronz 
 mixed species, whose offspring were pre-historically known as the 
 Ce-I'dish, on the Eastern Continent, and Gon'thale on the West- 
 ern, and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the species Alpaca paco. Some of the male Zeldix and the fe- 
 male Ceidish mixed species, whose offspring were pre-histori- 
 cally known as the Quinset, and their descendants became the 
 
 132 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 pre-historic ancestors of the genus Auchenia or Llama species. 
 Some of the female Chamois and the male wild Deer mixed spe- 
 cies, whose offspring were pre-historically known as the Wel'- 
 din-ix, on the Eastern Continent, and Gip on the Western, and 
 their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the species 
 Capra aegagrus or Wild Goat, from which the domestic Goat has 
 descended. Some of the male Weldinix and the female Quinset 
 mixed species whose offspring were pre-historically known as 
 the I-zen'tis, on the Eastern Continent, and the E-i'lii, on the 
 Western, and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the species Ovis or Wild Sheep, and ultimate domestic species. 
 The Ze-un'stry was a large animal that in some respects 
 would compare with the Walrus and the Elephant species. It had 
 a larger body, heavy horns, that extended downward from the 
 head like the tusks from the mouth of the Walrus ; feet and legs 
 about half the size of those of the Elephant, and body about 
 two-thirds its size; was quite fleety; had short, black hair on 
 body, but long bushy hair on the neck and down the back to the 
 tail, that parted on top and hung down on both sides of the body, 
 and was quite bushy two-thirds down the tail. Their remnants 
 ultimately became extinct, but some of the species had mixed 
 with that of the Lion, whose further offspring were pre-histori- 
 cally known as the A-ex'ta. This descendant had more of the 
 long hair than the Zeunstry, but not under the belly. Its color 
 changed to a dark, heavy brown, generally, some being very black. 
 Its size was diminished. Its ultimate degenerate descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Bison, or Buffalo. The 
 light brown color of the Lion, through the hybrid conditions of 
 the ancestry, developed into the brown hue in the Bison. The 
 fur-like condition became finer as they descended. The Aexta 
 first inhabited the midland climate, in the mountain regions, and 
 were quite harmless unless a rage was produced among them, 
 when they, like the Bison, would engage in their stampedes. The 
 Buffalo Bison, about looo years ago, was much larger and more 
 ferocious than at the present time, they having greatly changed 
 in modern time. 
 
 The northern, or American Bison, came over from the land 
 south of the now known country of Greenland, now submerged 
 by the North Atlantic or Greenland Sea, before the time of the 
 convulsions that submerged that section or district of land. As 
 they changed climate, the fur grew around the whole body and 
 they shed it annually, as is the case with the Lion and the Bison 
 of the present period. If you were to observe the female Bison 
 and also the female Lion, when enraged, you could easily detect 
 
 133 
 
Submerg-ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 the clever resemblance in the two species, even at the present 
 period of time. The resemblance is more marked in the females 
 of the two species than in the males. Nature, in all its pro- 
 ducitve or creative forces, is capable of hybridity; therefore, 
 union of races should not create entire depletion or destruction. 
 
 The N61-6-ka-the rum was an amphibious reptile of large size 
 that closely resembled the Crocodilia of the Eastern Continent 
 and the Alligator of the Western. It inhabited the southern 
 half of the Amezone Riger and other waters in the south, south- 
 eastern and southwestern portions of the Lontidri. At that 
 time it was more of a saline water reptile. Prior to the sub- 
 mergence of the southern portion of the Lontidri, many of them 
 had migrated into the regions now known as South America, by 
 way of the now known Amazon and Orinoco rivers (which at 
 that time extended into the Lontidri, and emptied into the Ame- 
 zone), when they became fresh-water reptiles. At the time of 
 the submergence of the southwestern portion of Atlantis, rem- 
 nants were forced to migrate into the now known Central Ameri- 
 can region, whose descendants subsequently migrated through 
 the waters of Central America, Mexico, and Southern United 
 States. Prior to the establishment of the Great Sahara Desert 
 of Africa, the Syrian and Sandy of Arabia, some migrated east- 
 ward out of Atlantis, across Africa, via the borders of the Ka- 
 runtic Reende (Inland Sea), through the marshes which gave 
 place to the Great Sahara Desert, into Egypt and Northeastern 
 Africa. Subsequently, some of their descendants migrated still 
 further eastward through Arabia, via the borders of the then 
 known Kultezen and Amthaic inland seas that established the 
 U-ish-tec6s (deserts) now known as the Syrian and the Sandy, 
 respectively, and thence into India, and ultimtely as far east as 
 Australia, 'etc., whence they became fresh-water reptiles. There- 
 fore, the Nolokatherum became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 families Gavials, Crocodiles and Alligators. (See Encyclopas- 
 dias, etc., for the modern links.) 
 
 The Ske-el'te-ze was an hybrid, whose paternal ancestor was 
 the Bison, and its maternal, the White Bear. The original hy- 
 brid condition took place in the polar regions, and the animal is 
 now known to the inhabitants north of the 70th degree N. Lat., 
 in the mountains of British America, by that name. It is about 
 the size of a new-born calf, has curly, grayish brown hair that 
 turns forward in its growth, and rather more closely resembles 
 its maternal ancestor. 
 
 The Ex-ca-tl'na was a direct race of animals that resembled 
 the modern Elephant, which former was its primitive ancestor, 
 
 134 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 through the Extrefon. It inhabited both the northern and south- 
 ern portions of Atlantis, those of the northern being the larger. 
 It was used by the Atlantians for various forms of servitude, 
 but more especially vifhen conveying freightage, or produce from 
 one city to another. They were, in their wild state, quite fero- 
 cious, but after being tamed became quite domestic. It never 
 mixed races with any other animal, hence remained, compara- 
 tively speaking, a distinct race, having changed only through 
 its own evolutions. Those of the southern portion had short, 
 thin, light bronze-colored hair; the males only had tusks, which 
 were short and grew downward ; those of the north had quite 
 dark, nearly black hair, thicker and longer than characterized those 
 of the south; the males had extremely large tusks, that projected 
 forward in their growth, and it was not uncommon for the aged 
 females to develop small tusks. In time of danger, the male 
 would give a call, understood by the female as a warning, when 
 she would step behind him for protection, for the male was 
 very loyal to the female. 
 
 The Ex-tre fon was the continuation of the Excatrina after 
 the submergence, and was the animal whose remains have been 
 unearthed in modern times known as those of the Mastodon, now 
 extinct. 
 
 The Wo'ex was a ruminant, ungulate mammal that in physical 
 appearance resembled the family Bovidae, or Cow, especially the 
 genus Bos grunniens, or Yak, of Asia, in the Altai and Hima- 
 laya mountain regions. It, however, was not as large as the 
 modern Cow, was between it and the Goat and, like the latter, 
 had but two teats from which to extract milk. It had a beauti- 
 fully shaped head, much like that of the Yak; short, stubby, 
 drooping horns; expressive face, similar to the sheep; expres- 
 sive eyes, almost human-like; long hair all over the body; long, 
 bushy tail; limbs longer than the Yak; ungulate feet with hoofs 
 broad and well separated in front; color gray and brown; car- 
 ried its ears erect like the horse; was harmless and a great do- 
 mestic animal. 
 
 The Te-i'tex was a land mammal, domestic by culture, for 
 the utility of its milk. It resembled the modern Ram, especially 
 the head, though the nose was more pointed ; but in body it was 
 more like the dog, though it had short, stocky legs. Its horns 
 curled backwards like the Ram; had long, bushy tail; dark, 
 brownish gray, curly hair; and slightly cloven-footed. It was 
 centrally located in the Lontidri, with some distributions in the 
 north and south sections. 
 
 The U-tiis'ka was a semi-marine mammal that closely re- 
 
 135 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sembled the Sea Lion, and was originally in the northern waters 
 of the Lontidri. It was continued in the Arctic Sea after the 
 submergence of Atlantis. It had close, dark brown hair; flat 
 head ; blunt nose ; small, roundish ears, more like the human ; no 
 tusks; no legs, but fin-like claws and tail, like the Sea Lion, 
 which latter was its descendant. 
 
 The Swa'dish was a marine mammal that closely resembled 
 the modern Whale, and pre-historically inhabited the Arctic Sea 
 regions, whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the order Cetacea or whale family. A small species of the Swa- 
 dish, pre-historically inhabited the Arctic Sea (now extinrt, 
 except in a few unexplored portions), and the Utuska, tQ^a cer- 
 tain extent mixed species, and the hybrid offspring became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Sea Elephant. The Utuska being 
 both a land and water animal, frequented the shores in the sec- 
 tions inhabited by the Woex, where some of the females of the 
 former, mated with the males of the latter, the offspring of 
 which became the pre-historic ancestors of the Phocidae, or Wal- 
 rus family. The horn condition possessed by the paternal ances- 
 tor, and its influence upon the maternal, was developed in the 
 tusk of the Walrus. The sub-branch of the Phocidae, now known 
 as the Seal, had its origin from the hybrid offspring, resulting 
 from a mixed condition between the Sea Lion and the Sea Ele- 
 phant. 
 
 The Gen'ze was a land mammal that closely resembled the 
 modern Cow. It was a hybrid offspring from the male Tar-te- 
 mus (Walrus) and the female Teitex. Being born to a maternal 
 land parent, in her native abode, it remained a land mammal by 
 assumed nature, and therefore adopted the habits of the Teitex. 
 It was smaller than the modern Cow, and was a very pretty ani- 
 mal. The male had short horns that curved back like those of the 
 modern Ram ; short hair on their bodies, white, black, gray red 
 and spotted; longhair on top of their necks and under their 
 fellies; long tails, bushy on the end. They ranged in the re- 
 gions of the now known British Islands, where they became the 
 pre-histonc ancestors of the Bovine Genus of animals; hence the 
 ancient Kine and the modern Cow. Under the hybrid conditions 
 the tusk influence of the Tortemus reverted backward in con- 
 junction with that of the horn of the Teitex, which naturally was 
 but a growth of scarce protrusion which caused the loss of the 
 tusk and further developed the horn condition, such as now char- 
 acterizes the Bovine genus. 
 
 A migration of the Genze mammals was established when they 
 passed south-eastward from the British Island region into the 
 
 136 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 lofty plateau of Asia, between the Altai mountains and the Hima- 
 layas, where never having further mixed races, as a whole, with 
 any other mammals, they become straight descendants, during 
 following generations, from the Genze family, with only such 
 physical changes as would naturally occur during its long line 
 of descendancy. Ultimately, their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Yak, that originally dwelt in the above- 
 named regions. Another migration of these mammals, from the 
 northwestern regions, was instituted southward into the coun- 
 try of Arabia, where they mixed races with the pre-historic 
 Arabian Camels, the former the maternal and the latter the pa- 
 ternal ancestors, whose offspring became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the Zebus, or "humped Indian Cattle," which further 
 migrated into India, east into Japan, and west into Egypt as far 
 as the African Niger. 
 
 The Hit'tra-i-na was a pachydermatous mammal that, in phy- 
 sical appearance, would resemble the genus Equus, or horse, in 
 some respects, and in others that of the Tapir, and even the Rhi- 
 noceros. Its head was large, thick at the top, and it carried it in 
 an extended manner, like the Rhinoceros, or Camel. Its neck 
 was short and thick like that of the Tapir. It was not so hand- 
 some an animal as is the modern horse. The body was shaped 
 more like that of an Elephant or Camel. Its legs were long, like 
 the Camel ; it was very speedy, and could endure much hardship ; 
 it was used for the same purposes as is the modern horse ; it in- 
 habited all parts of the Lontidri of Atlantis by nativity and fur- 
 ther transportation. Some were black, some gray, and the hair 
 was short, some curly and some straight. 
 
 The Ja trix was a mammiferous quadruped that inhabited the 
 southern portions of Atlantis. It was of medium size; long, 
 round body; short, thick legs; tapering head, but bluntish nose; 
 very small ears and eyes ; short, thick neck ; small claw-like feet ; 
 short tail; shiny drab and old-gold colored hair that grew short 
 on the back and sides, but longer on the belly and down the legs ; 
 was a very fleety animal in its movements. 
 
 The Cas'tus was also a mammiferous quadruped that inhab- 
 ited southern Atlantis. It was larger than the Jatrix; had a 
 large, long, round body ; peculiar legs, they being broad and mas- 
 sive from the knee up to the body, smaller at the knee, but long 
 and very slender from the knee down; flat, broad and claw-like 
 feet, but shorter than those of the Ja-trix ; the two in front had 
 short, sharp-curved claws, with which they caught and held their 
 food ; a dog-like head only a little more flat on top and rounding 
 at the back ; a longer tail than that of the Ja-trix ; black and cin- 
 namon-colored hair, that grew about three inches long on the 
 
 137 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 back, but longer on the sides, belly and down the legs. At the 
 time of the submergence of Atlantis, remnants of both the Ja- 
 trix and the Castus, that had migrated to those regions, were left 
 on the Eastern and Western Continents, and some even reached 
 southern Asia. Ultimately the two remnant races mixed breeds, 
 the offspring of which were pre-historically known as the Ven- 
 te'liis, and were very prolific. At one time they were very nu- 
 merous in South and North America, in which latter-named re- 
 gion they increased to a great size. Their descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of a large variety of mammals through 
 hybrid conditions, to the grosser species by development, and to 
 the lesser by degeneration. The former were the ancestors of 
 the extinct Magatheridse family, such as the edentata mammals 
 Megatherium; the Mylodon, etc., and the latter in the develop- 
 ment of the Sloth; the Ant Lion; the Glyptodon and other Arma- 
 dillo mammals. 
 
 The Ad u-ac was a ruminant mammal that resembled the An- 
 telope family and originally inhabited Teltzie Et of Atlantis. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left on the now 
 known Continent of Africa. In size, it was larger than the 
 Antelope Gnu species, or was about the size of an ox, only in 
 that the body was slimmer. Its legs were more like the modem 
 stag; feet more like the horse; dark brown hair; slightly aqui- 
 line nose, or more on the order of the horse ; mane from the head 
 down over the crest of the neck, that stood erect about five inches 
 long; a Fretize extended down from the chin over the breast 
 and upper part of the legs, the hair being about eight inches in 
 length ; two antlers in their extension circled to the right and left, 
 up over, and, turning on the curve, met and sometimes lapped 
 over the crown of the head; the tail was about one and a half 
 feet in length, the hair being heavy on top, like that of the horse, 
 but none on the other side. 
 
 The U'trix was a ruminant mammal similar to the Ox or Bos- 
 taurus group of the Bos genus, that inhabited Teltzie Sot of 
 Atlantis, originally, but later became dispersed to other parts of 
 the Lontidri. At the time of the submergence, remnants were 
 left on both the Eastern and Western Continents. Their de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus Bos- 
 taurus. Ultimately, some of the female Aduac and male Utrix 
 mixed breeds, and their descendants were pre-historically known 
 as the U-i'ger. Their descendants ultimately migrated eastward 
 into the regions of Southern India and the Bay of Bengal dis- 
 trict, before its submergence. Ultimately, the small herds of 
 Uiger were lost in mixed conditions with the group of Zen-e-le'- 
 trex (Rhinoceros) whose descendants became the pre-historic 
 
 138 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ancestors of the Javan Rhinoceros. Some of the Zeneletrex that 
 remained in Africa, mixed breeds with the female Kel'-tro-ze 
 (Mammoths), whose descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the common Rhinoceros of the wooded and watered dis- 
 tricts of Africa. The two horns, prehensile upper lip, the non- 
 plicate condition of the skin, etc., came through the influence of 
 the maternal ancestor, Keltroze. Another mixed breed condition 
 between the male of one of the smallest of the species of the 
 Keltroze and the female Zeneletrex, whose descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros, 
 now inhabit the valleys and open districts in Africa south of the 
 Zambesi. 
 
 The Zeneletrex was an ungulate mammal of Atlantis that re- 
 sembled the species Rhinoceros unicornus of India, dwelt in 
 the Shii-shac'ze (jungles) and valleys along the mountains of 
 Teltzie Sot, but in every way larger than the modern species. 
 Prior to the submergence some had migrated into the African 
 country, descendants of which continued to migrate eastward 
 until they arrived in the country of Hindustan (the Arabian Sea 
 and the Bay of Bengal not then having been established, through 
 which districts of country they passed), where its descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Rhinoceros unicornus, 
 that in its wild state now inhabits the terai region of Nepals, N. 
 E. Hindustan and Bhutan, India; and in the valley of Brahma- 
 putra, or the Province of Assam, British India; Southern India, 
 Bay of Bengal district (not then submerged), Malay Peninsula, 
 Sumatra, etc. Ultimately, some of the Zeneletrex migrated south 
 from Hindustan, as far southeast as to Java, and remained un- 
 mixed as a race, where at the time of the submergence of that 
 region of country, they were left as a remnant on the Island of 
 Java, and became the pre-historic ancestors of the Javanese Rhi- 
 noceros. A small herd of the common Rhinoceros migrated 
 across Africa, through the district now submerged by the Arabian 
 Sea, and Bay of Bengal, where they mixed breeds with the Zen- 
 eletrex and Uiger in the Sumatran district, when at the time of 
 the submergence of those sections they were left in Sumatra, and 
 bcame the pre-historic ancestors of the Sumatran Rhinoceros. 
 
 The Keltroze was an Atlantian mammal of three species, such 
 as the Proboscidae order, and inhabited the northeastern, northern, 
 and northwestern portions of the Lontidri. The first species was 
 possessed of long black hair; small, medium-lengthed tail which 
 was bushy at the end; tusks leaving the head, were directed 
 downwards and outwards, then upwards and finally inwards at 
 the tips, and a tendency to a spiral form, of great length. 
 
 The second species would compare, in size of body, with the 
 
 139 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 modern elephant of medium size. It was characterized with 
 short, thick, dark mouse-colored hair, but had very little on the 
 tail, which latter was shorter than the above-named species ; feet 
 similar to the elephant, only cut straight across on the rear, simi- 
 lar to that of the modern horse, presenting three toes, or rather 
 hoof-like nails; long, slender neck; broad head at the top, but 
 tapered downward to and continued into a prehensile proboscis, 
 that generally was about three feet in length and used by the 
 animal for the purpose of collecting its food, and on account of 
 its long neck did not require so long a proboscis as the modern 
 Elephant. Its mouth, like the modern Elephant, when closed, 
 being close back under the proboscis, was not easily observable, 
 excepting when feeding. Its eyes were small ; ears large, round 
 and flabby. Both the male and the female possessed two tusks, 
 that of the former being much the longer, which were, on an aver- 
 age, about two feet in length. In leaving the head, they were 
 directed at first downwards and outwards, then slightly upwards 
 again. In addition to the two tusks, the animal was character- 
 ized by a peculiar horn that left the head at the upper portion, 
 and was first directed perpendicularly, then curved back over the 
 top of the head, and then slightly forward again, and was of a 
 broad form, and smooth quality ; its length was not over one and 
 a half feet, some being considerably shorter. 
 
 The third species, in size of body, would about compare with 
 a large Ox, or between that a medium-sized Elephant. Its body 
 was bunchy, like hat of an Elephant ; was of a fierce temper, 
 restless and wandering by nature and habit ; had short, dark hair 
 on the body generally, but where the limbs joined the body and 
 under the belly and from the breast up to the neck, it was longer ; 
 its tail was long, and tipped with hair; its eyes large, its feet 
 round, flat, with four toes, or hoof nails ; long, flattish head ; nose 
 that was of an aquiline form, projecting below the tusks, and 
 which terminated in square, truncated lips; very peculiar tusks, 
 not long, but when leaving the mouth they were first directed 
 upward in a vertical growth so as to cross and form an X-shape 
 above the head, but were not of great length. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the northeastern, northern, 
 and northwestern portions of Atlantis, remnants of the various 
 species of the Keltroze were left upon the Eastern and Western 
 Continents to which, prior to the submergence, they had begun 
 to migrate. Their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the extinct species of the Mammoth, or Elephas primigenius ; 
 the Mastodon and other Proboscidea of pre-historic ages, and 
 ultimate species of modern Elephants. 
 
 The Dez'no was a ruminant mammal that inhabited portions 
 
 140 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of Teltzie Sot, and was an hybrid from the male Hittraina and 
 female Zeneletrex, which after a long and varied line of mixed 
 descended species, became the remote ancestors of the now known 
 Giraffe. It was slimmer and smaller than the horse, and devel- 
 oped larger during descending generations. It possessed a small, 
 slim, well proportioned body like the horse ; less neck, and more 
 body than the Giraffe, the neck being longer and slimmer than 
 that of the horse; head more like that of the camel; ears more 
 like the deer or Giraffe; large full eyes; legs small below the 
 knees, but heavier from the knees up to the body ; tail about one 
 foot in length, with long hair at the extremity ; short uniformed 
 hair over the body, some being black, some dark brown and some 
 was a uniform mixture of black and white over the greater por- 
 tion of the body; one spot up over each hip and over the spine 
 just above the tail of while, and also nearly white under the 
 belly ; feet with slightly parted hoof, at the point of the two toes, 
 the upper part being more in shape like that of the horse. The 
 nasal condition of the maternal Zeneletrex was entirely lost in 
 the hybrid Dezno offspring, hence not visible, and that influence 
 upon the following hybrid, the Cel-ple'te, in that regard, was 
 directed upward to the establishment of the slight horn condition, 
 in connection with that of the Si'ciish, that characterized the 
 Celplete. 
 
 The Celplete was the second hybrid descendant from the Hit- 
 traina and Zeneletrex through the Dezno, leading down to the 
 Giraffe. It was an Atlantian ruminant mammal that inhabited 
 the mountain regions of Teltzie Sot, and was a descended hybrid 
 from the male Dezno and the female Sicush, the latter also being 
 a ruminant mammal of the highlands of Teltzie Sot. The Cel- 
 plete in size was about the same as that of the Dezno. It had a 
 slim body, long slim neck, extremely long tongue which it used 
 for the purpose of examination and pre-hension of its food, 
 which latter it obtained by browsing the leaves and tendrils of 
 trees; long, slim tail, with considerable hair at its extremity; 
 head similar to that of a yearling heifer, only thicker through the 
 upper portion, on which was a very slight protrusion of a hornish 
 substance, that showed a degeneration from the horned condition 
 of its maternal ancestor, the Sicush, though the latter was but 
 slightly horned ; feet of the ungulate order, yet the hoofs parted 
 in the form of three toes, the center one being the longest; the 
 skin was pachydermatous, but characterized with short, cinna- 
 mon-colored hair; legs somewhat heavy at the body, but slimmer 
 below the knees. 
 
 The Gu-is'to was the third hybrid descendant from the orig- 
 inal Hittraina and Zeneletrex, through the Dezno and the Cel- 
 
 . 141 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 plete, leading down to the Giraffe. It was a ruminant mammal 
 that inhabited the mountainous region of southern Teltzie Sot, 
 and was a descended offspring from the male Celplete and the 
 female Go-ge-an'les, the latter being a ruminant mammal of the 
 southern and eastern portions of Teltzie Sot. It was about the 
 size of the Celplete, only it had a shorter, more chunky body; 
 shoulders considerably elevated above the hips, and broader 
 on top; neck longer, broader and thicker at the shoulders, and 
 gradually tapered down to the head, than was the case with the 
 Celplete. The skin on the neck being in folds of a coiled spiral 
 form, enabled it to elongate its neck at will, when reaching for 
 food, which was about two feet in length. Its legs were longer 
 than those of the Celplete, a descended influence from its mater- 
 nal ancestor the Gogeanles. It had two toes or short hoofs ; gray 
 hair, generally, characterized with black and old-gold spots on its 
 sides, back and neck ; but the limbs and belly were black, an in- 
 fluence descended from its maternal ancestor, the Gogeanles. It 
 had a shambling walk, and moved the hind and fore feet on the 
 same side at the same time, an influence from its maternal an- 
 cestor also. 
 
 The Ke'trox was the fourth hybrid descendant from the orig- 
 inal Hittraina and Zeneletrex, through the Dezno, the Celplete, 
 and the Cuisto. It was a ruminant mammal that inhabited the 
 highlands of northern Teltzie Sot. It was an offspring from the 
 male Cuisto and the female Ex-ca-e'ra, the latter also being a 
 ruminant mammal in Teltzie Sot. It was about as large as a 
 medium-sized modern Elk; light, brisk, or agile in its move- 
 ments ; slim body in front of the hips, but heavier through the 
 shoulders ; tall on its feet ; small limbs ; long neck, that was thick 
 and broad at the shoulders, but tapered down considerably to 
 the head ; head, nose and ears very much like that of the modem 
 deer, which former it carried extended forward in harmony with 
 its out-stretched neck ; long tail with a luxuriant hairy terminal ; 
 hair generally very short on the body, and of a glossy character, 
 much like that of the modern seal, that differed in color, the 
 male being brown and the female a grayish brown, some being 
 mottled with white spots, while others were characterized with 
 larger white spots on their necks, faces and other ports of the 
 body, similar to the modern Arabian ponies, a characteristic that 
 belonged to their maternal ancestors, the Ex-ca-e'ra, from whom 
 it had descended to them. Their feet were of the ungulate order, 
 parted hoofs with two short toes, some of their feet being pos- 
 sessed of tufts of fur, or fine hair about them, a characteristic 
 that had descended to them from their maternal ancestors, the 
 Excaera. Their skin was of a pachydermatous order, like that 
 
 142 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the Dezno, the Celplete and the Cuisto, thus influenced by their 
 remote maternal ancestor, the Zeneletrex. It was of a grega- 
 rious habit, being compelled to secure itself from the intrusion 
 and danger of other animals that often sought its life, and like 
 the modern Giraffe, would station its sentinels to give warning 
 of approaching danger. It was of keen sight and scent. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Atlantis, some of the straight 
 descendants of the Dezno had migrated into Africa, and ulti- 
 mately into northwestern India, thence south-wesward into the 
 region of southwestern France, where they remained a distinct 
 race, whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 now extinct genus, Hallodotherium, whose remains have been 
 found in the deposits of the Miocene period. 
 
 The Yon'ax was a mixed species from three ancestor influ- 
 ences, viz., the Celplete, Cuisto and Ketrox. It was about the 
 size of the modern Ox. At the time of the submergence of the 
 southern portion of the Lontidri, remnants were left in both 
 Africa and South America, whose straight descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Giraffe, and at that time ranged 
 in Africa, Asia, South America, Central America and Mexico, 
 all now extinct except those in Africa. 
 
 The Ja'trix was a pachydermatous ruminant mammal that 
 pre-historically inhabited the Eastern and Western Continents, 
 and was a hybrid from the male of one of the species of the Ex- 
 trifon and the female Yonax, a singular coincidence that took 
 place on both Continents about the same period of time. Its 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the family of 
 ungulata known as Palaeotheridse, or the Palaplotherium, whose 
 remains have been found in the middle Eocene and the Anchi- 
 therium in the Miocene period deposits, in Europe and North 
 America, and ultimately became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 various species of the Tapir families, of both the Eastern and 
 Western Continents. 
 
 The Ri'ez'leth was a mammal that closely resembled the 
 genus Hippopotamus amphibius, but much larger and stronger. It 
 ranged along the Amezone, its tributaries and the Inland Sea, 
 small herds had migrated eastward along the watercourses, into 
 northwestern Africa and Spain, and at the time of the estab- 
 lishment of the Sea, some descended herds were left as remnants 
 on both the African and European sections, and those left on the 
 western side of the Sea, in Atlantis, became very numerous- Had 
 it not been for the migrations into Africa and Europe, prior to 
 the submergence of Atlantis, the race would have been entirely 
 lost with the Lontidri. The descendants of the Riezleth, there- 
 
 - 143 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 fore, became the pre-historic ancestors of the Hippopotamus 
 amphibius. 
 
 The He-za-l6-te'to was a mammal of the Proboscidae Ungu- 
 lata order, that inhabited various portions of Teltzie' We and 
 Set, and being near the frozen portions of the globe, had long 
 black suits of hair ; large, broad feet ; long toes, four in number, 
 with heavy, sharp claws to aid them in climbing the elevated por- 
 tions of the country. Remnants were left in British America, 
 and in time their descendants migrated into the Rocky Mountain 
 regions, where they became very abundant. At the time of the 
 convulsions which established the present conditions of the 
 ranges in that region, they were principally lost, and the remains 
 of many were buried in various depths of the earth by the de- 
 pressions and upheavals of the earth's surface, where in modern 
 time their fossilized forms have been unearthed, restored, and 
 are now known as the remains of the genus Mastodon, the prin- 
 cipal species of which are classified as the M. ohioticus, ameri- 
 canus, obscurus and productus. It was a great migrator, very 
 prolific, the offspring usually being twins, and quite frequently 
 triplets. They were semi-gregarious by nature, therefore went 
 in immediate families and did not mix breeds; hence, descended 
 through their own relationship, which was the cause of diverg- 
 ances in species. Prior to the submergence of Teltzie Set, some 
 of the families had migrated southward into the region of the 
 northern portion of South America, whose descended species are 
 now termed Mastodon, andium and humboldtii. 
 
 At the time of the convulsions that caused the submergence 
 of the eastern portions of Teltzie We and Set, remnants were 
 left in the British Island regions whose descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the species now termed Trilophodont 
 series, viz.: M. angustidens, borsoni, pentelici, pyrenaicus, tapi- 
 roides, virgatidens; and the Tetralophodont series; viz., M. arv- 
 ernensis M. dissimilis and longirostris, of Europe. 
 
 The migrations southward into India and further southeast, 
 established families whose descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the species now termed M. falconeri and pandion- 
 sis, etc. 
 
 The Zen'tha was a carnivorous mammal that closely resembled 
 the genus Felis, especially the Lion. Originally, it inhabited the 
 northern, northeastern and northwestern portions of the Lonti- 
 dri. As the convulsions came in that region, they were driven 
 centrally and eastward, and when the final submergence came, 
 remnants were left in Europe and Africa, from whence they fur- 
 ther migrated into Asia, where they entered the wilds of those 
 regions; their descendants migrated further southward into the 
 
 144 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 jungles of the hot climates. They were much larger than the 
 modern Lion ; more powerful and ferocious ; limbs longer ; head 
 and body larger. (The colossal idea of the great Sphinx at 
 Gizeh, Egypt, was conceived by Shemozan, through his knowl- 
 edge of the physical grossness of the pre-historic Zentha.) It 
 was of various colors. Some males were black and some old 
 gold, and all males possessed the vi-e'cha (mane). Some of the 
 females were old gold, and some of both sexes were mixed with 
 black and old gold ground, spotted with black. The all-black 
 species were more ferocious than the other species. The straight 
 descendants of the Zentha became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the various species of Felis leo genus and the variations of the 
 species are due to climatic and local conditions and not hybridity. 
 On account of its great strength, pre-historic nations used its 
 image to symbolize strength, fierceness, energy and persistence, 
 in opposition to other forces. Like the Hippopotamus, the Lion, 
 on account of straight, non-hybrid conditions, is fast becoming 
 extinct. Much of its ferociousness was induced by hunger, which 
 former condition had a serious effect upon its offspring, and 
 hence, generations that followed. 
 
 The Kal-lii'tiis was an animal of the feline order, tnat orig- 
 inally inhabited the northern portion of Teltzie Sot. At that 
 time it was very closely allied to the Zentha, only it was more 
 ferocious ; larger, longer, and slimmer in body ; longer legs ; more 
 fleet, agile and graceful. In color, the ground was of a bright, 
 yellowish orange; face, throat and under the belly were white; 
 the whole body elegantly striped with a series of transverse 
 black and gray bands, and bars; had no mane. At the time of 
 the submergence of Teltzie Sot, a small remnant was left in the 
 western-central portion of Africa, from whence they migrated 
 eastward, through that continent into Asia, where some of the 
 males mixed breeds with the females of the Zentha family that 
 had migrated to that region from North Africa; their offsprings 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus Tigris regalis. 
 
 The An'zos was a plantigrade of omnivorous and frugivorous 
 habits that closely resembled the order Ursidas. Originally it 
 inhabited the northern and southern portions of the Lontidri, 
 from whence it spread to the eastern and western portions. 
 There were several species. Generally, they had stout, heavy, 
 thick, bunchy bodies, larger than the modern species. There 
 were black, brown or seal, and white-colored species. At the 
 time of the submergence of the Lontidri, remnants were left on 
 both the Eastern and Western continents. Some of each color 
 were left in the British Island region; some of each color except- 
 ing white, in North America; some of the white in the Arctic 
 
 145 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 regions of both Continents; and some of the black were left in 
 the region of Morocco, Africa. In subsequent time, the white 
 Anzos became the pre-historic ancestors of the Sea Bears, of 
 which the Polar or White Bear is the sole representative; and 
 never having entered into hybrid conditions, remains a fair speci- 
 men of the Atlantian White Anzos. The brown or seal-colored 
 Anzos on the Eastern Continent migrated to the temperate and 
 north-temperate regions of the Eastern Hemisphere, from Spain 
 to Japan, and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the species Ursus arctos or common Brown Bear. The brown 
 and black Anzos remnants that were left on the North American 
 Continent, migrated through the wooded parts of the Continent, 
 and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 species Ursus americanus, or the American Black and Brown 
 Bears. The Gray Anzos of Atlantis (a mixed breed between the 
 white and black Anzos) were left as remnants on the North Amer- 
 ican Continent, and mixed breeds with the brown remnants, whose 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 species Ursus ferox, or Grizzly Bears. The fossil remains, such 
 as have been found in the deposits of the Pliocene age, viz., those 
 of the Great Cave Bear, Ursus sj>el3eus of Central Europe and 
 Asia, and its allied species, Ursus priscus of Britain, were among 
 the pre-historic descendants of the Anzos remnants of those re- 
 gions, which bear evidence of the superior size of the original 
 Anzos, in comparison with the modern order of Ursidae. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the several varieties of 
 the remnant Anzos in the British Island regions, there was a 
 mixed condition of breeds between the species, the descendants 
 of which established a variety pre-historically known as the Yak'- 
 a-let, which migrated into the regions of Norway and Sweden, 
 the colors being black, white, cinnamon and black and white spot- 
 ted. Ultimately, some of the males of the We-I'ze-lex (tiger) 
 family, mixed breeds with some of the females of the Yakalet 
 family, whose descendants, subsequently known as the Gargus, 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Pard, Panther, or Leop- 
 ard, whose pre-historic range, during the early part of the 
 Pleistocene period, was throughout the British Islands; the Nor- 
 way, the Sweden, and the latter part of the same period, through- 
 out the Spain, France, Germany, and England districts, which 
 fact can be deduced from the fossil remains of those districts. 
 Then began a migration of the animals that had grown numer- 
 ous, when some went southwest, some south, and thence south- 
 east, to the hotter climates, until they now range over the greater 
 part of Africa, from Algeria to the Cape Colony; throughout 
 southern Asia, from Palestine to China, including India, south 
 
 146 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the Himalayas, and the Islands of Ceylon, Java, Sumatra, 
 Borneo, etc. From the hybrid conditions that characterized their 
 ancestors, they sustained changes of color, marking of the head, 
 back, limbs and under parts with irregular black spots, and their 
 sides with distinct numerous rosettes, or clusters of small spots, 
 disposed in circular form, which have thus remained for genera- 
 tions, by no more liybrid conditions attending the descendance. 
 Some diminutive, degenerate descended conditions, however, gave 
 rise to the species now known as the Cheetah, the Panther, the 
 Cat, etc., of the Eastern Continent. The pre-historic common 
 Cat of the Eastern Continent, through the Cheetah species, tamed 
 by the natives for the Antelope chase, established the pre-historic 
 domestic Cat on the Eastern Continent ; and later descendants, the 
 domestic species. 
 
 The Jel-wager was a carnivorous mammal that inhabited the 
 southern and western portions of Teltzie Ket and Zret, and 
 closely resembled a large breed of the modern Dog. Its colors 
 were black, brown, and black ground spotted with gray. At the 
 time of the submergence, remnants of the Jelwager and the 
 Zentha were left on the eastern coast of British America, where 
 some of the male Jelwager and the female Zentha remnants 
 mixed, whose descendants were pre-historically known as the 
 Gaz-6-qu'quek. Its descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the Jaguar or Felis onca of North and South America, 
 through Mexico, Central America, and down into South America, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Ja- 
 guar, Puma, or Felis concolar species, or Panther, Wild Cat, etc. 
 The pre-historic common Cat of the Western Continent had its 
 origin through domestic influences exercised upon the Wild Cats 
 that were captured and retained by the Indian races. Straight 
 descendants of the Jelwager, under degenerate diminutive condi- 
 tions, were pre-historically known as the Sken'dish on the East-' 
 ern Continent, and the Shu'shran on the Western, whose further 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the digitigrade 
 mammal, or genus Canis lupus, or Wolf of Europe, Asia and 
 North America, from Greenland to Mexico and North America, 
 of various species. The name Skendish was given to the true 
 Wolf by the pre-historic peoples of Adamawa, Central Africa. 
 The animal and its name were carried into the nortnein portion 
 of the Continent, and thence it migrated into Europe and Asia, 
 where later it was called the Wolf. As the true Jelwager, or 
 Wolf, disappeared in the tropical regions, the Wolf-allied dogs 
 became non-prevailing, through degeneration and diminution, 
 which established small breeds such as the Jackals, the Foxes, 
 and the Pariah Dogs of India and Egypt, between which no per- 
 
 ' 147 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ceptible difference is manifest, except in their domestic habits. 
 Jackals, like the Wolf, though to a greater degree, associated 
 with dogs, and their offspring are not sterile. The wild species 
 of dogs in tropical America, where the Wolves and Jackals have 
 become extinct, are descendants from the Jelwager, Jez'mi-let 
 (pre-historic Dog) and Jef'ry (pre-historic Fox) ancestors, from 
 which ultimate wild canine and the present domestic breeds have 
 descended. At the present time, the Arawal Indians cross their 
 dogs with the aboriginal wild species, in order to improve their 
 domestic breeds, thus proving the close alliance and certain de- 
 scendancy of the wild canine breeds from the Jelwager, or ulti- 
 mate Canis lupus; Jezmilet, or Canis latrans, and the Jefry, or 
 Canis aureus, and the present great variety of domestic breeds, 
 having their origin through the influences brought to bear upon 
 the captives from the wild breeds, by pre-historic means, and 
 ultimatum reached by the modern, represented by 189 distinct 
 varieties, according to Professor Fitzinger. (See Encyclopae- 
 dias for modern links.) 
 
 In subsequent time, the true Shushran and Gazoququek mixed 
 breeds and their descendants, pre-historically known as the Jez'- 
 mi-let, became the pre-historic ancestors of the species Canis 
 latrans, the Coyote or Prairie Wolf of North America. Another 
 species of the Jezmilet, pre-historically known as the Jefry on 
 the Western Continent, and the Gon'thale on the Eastern, by 
 degenerative, diminutive conditions, became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the species Vulpes, or Fox families. Another species 
 of the Jezmilet, pre-historically known as the Glan'so, on the 
 Western Continent, and the Dav'e-nah on the Eastern, became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the species Canis aureus or Jackals. 
 
 The Le'tru was an ungulate ruminant and deciduous mammal 
 of the Carvidse order, that originally inhabited the northern, 
 northeastern and northwestern portions of the Lontidri, and 
 closely resembled the genus Cerous, especially the two species, 
 Alces malchis, Elk or Moose Deer, and Farandus rangifer, 
 or Reindeer, though much larger. It had longer, stronger limbs 
 than the Elk ; a very flat, bushy tail that was feather-like in form, 
 as it parted down the top, as the quill of a feather, the hair grow- 
 ing at right angles to it ; both the male and female had horns that 
 were extremely large, palmated and branching in form ; hair gen- 
 erally of a fawn color, that grew heaviest around the neck, thus 
 forming a muffler, called by the Atlantians a Fre'tl-ze, that gen- 
 erally was of a light brown color. Some of the animals were of 
 a light brown ground, and had a dark brown Fretize- They had 
 ungulated feet; short, thick necks; large heads; and had a proud, 
 stately bearing of body when posed or silent, and when traveling 
 
 148 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 as well. At the time of the submergence of those portions of 
 the Lontidri, remnants were left in the region of Europe on the 
 east, and British America on the west. They were contempo- 
 raneous on both Continents with the Keltroze and the Zeneletrix. 
 The remnants left on the European side, migrated across the 
 British Island region, to the southern portion of Norway and 
 Sweden, and their descendants into all parts of Northern Europe 
 and Asia, and into Prussia, the Caucasus, into the region 
 of Germany and France, and later transported into China. The 
 remnant left on the American side migrated over the regions of 
 North America, from the New England States westward to 
 British Columbia. The straight descendants of the Letru, be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the species Alces malchis, pre- 
 historically known as the De-a-len'za, and modernly as the Elk 
 or Moose Deer. The fossil remains of the Deer species found 
 in the lake deposits of Ireland ; on the Isle of Man ; in Scotland 
 and England, such as the Cerous megacerous or gigantic "Irish 
 Elk," are of the last descended species of the Letru remnant 
 proper. 
 
 The Ge-li'te was an ungulate ruminant and deciduous mammal 
 of the Carvidae order, contemporaneous with the Letru, and very 
 closely allied to it. It had very large, branching horns, but not 
 palmated. In color, some were of a glossy dark, and some of a 
 glossy light brown ; very short, but bushy tails, and ungulate feet. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left in Europe 
 and British America, and their straight line of descendants mi- 
 grated into the same regions as did the Letru. Their descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the general order of 
 Carvidae, the variance in species being due to hybrid, diminutive 
 and degenerative conditions. Some of the male Letru and the 
 female Gelite mixed breeds, both on the Eastern and Western 
 Continents, whose descendants, pre-historically known as the 
 Be-a-len'za, became the pre-historic ancestors of the Reindeer. 
 Those on the Western Continent descended into two species, and 
 are further represented by the Barren Ground Caribu and Wood- 
 land Caribu, or American Reindeer of the boreal regions of the 
 western hemisphere, from Greenland and Spitsbergen in the 
 north, to New Brunswick in the south. Those existing on the 
 Eastern Continent, or Europe and Asia, descended into all the 
 varieties known to the boreal regions of those sections. 
 
 The Ze-lyn'tha was an ungulate ruminant and deciduous mam- 
 mal of the Carvidae order, that originally inhabited the north- 
 western portion of the Lontidri. They were easily domesticated, 
 when they never left the home unless taken away. They were 
 often placed in the parks, and being harmless, were fondled by 
 
 149 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the children in safety. Their horns were flat, or palmated, 
 branching, but short, and in their extension grew horizontally to 
 the right and left from the head. Hybrid conditions in most 
 cases cause the horns to change in form, some from round to 
 flat, from straight to curved, spiral, and other divergent forms, 
 as was the case with the Zelyntha. It was a hybrid offspring 
 from the Letru and the Gelite, the condition having taken place 
 in Atlantis before the time of the submergence, and in that coun- 
 try compared with the Reindeer of the Eastern and Western Con- 
 tinents. No remnants of the Zelyntha worth mention were left 
 at the time of the submergence. 
 
 The An-zI'da was another of the same order of mammals that 
 inhabited the southern and eastern portions of Teltzie Sot. Its 
 color was spotted, very much like the modern fawn. The ground 
 was brown and spotted with gray, and the under part of the body 
 was gray. A ruffle or tuft of long dark brown hair extended 
 down from about six inches above on the legs, down to the hoofs, 
 in beautiful contrast to the glossy gray on the remainder of the 
 legs. The antlers were two in number, short, erect, and back 
 curved, similar to the modern species Antelope corinna. Its tail 
 was of medium length, with hair similar to Delthurz, only brown 
 on the top, and gray underneath. 
 
 The Del'thiirz was another animal similar to the Anzida, that 
 inhabited the eastern and southeastern portions of Teltzie Et. 
 The males were much larger than the females. In color both 
 were the same, the ground being of a dark seal brown, striped 
 with gray. A heavy half Fretize, or breast mane, of dark brown 
 hair extended from the throat and under jaw, down to the breast, 
 and further hung down in pendant form over the upper portion 
 of the legs, similar to the modern Antelope gnu. Its tail was 
 medium large, with hair like that in front. The antlers were 
 similar to those of the Antelope Koodoo, only a little shorter. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left on the now 
 known western coasts of Africa. Ultimately, some of the female 
 Anzida and the male Delthurz mixed breeds, which gave rise to 
 a species pre-historically known as the Tro-o'dige, which was 
 almost an exact type of the Koodoo Antelope, and the female, 
 that of the Harnessed Antelope. Their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Koodoo Antelopes of south and west 
 Africa, and later, that of the Harnessed Antelopes of Senegal. 
 
 The Ce te u was a mammal closely allied to the Hittraina, and 
 resembled the modern genus Equus that inhabited the southern 
 and southeastern portions of the Lontidri, originally, but had 
 spread out to the northeastern. It was about the size of the 
 modem horse, only more clumsy and coarse in form. It had a 
 
 150 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 shorter, but similar head ; a thicker neck, of medium length ; ears 
 not so pointed; body more round, with hips less prominent; tail 
 shorter, and the hair grew in a lapped form ; limbs very similar ; 
 feet hoofed the same; color a reddish brown, and gray, glossy 
 and sleek; mane similar, only shorter, and grew erect over the 
 cfest of the neck, about six inches in length. At the time of the 
 submergence of that portion of the Lontidri, a remnant was left 
 on the western coast of Africa. Ultimately, some of the male 
 Ceteu and the female Delthurz mixed breeds, which established 
 a new species that later, in the pre-historic periods, was known 
 as the X-a'la, whose descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the genus Equus Zebra, or Mountain Zebra of Africa. 
 Some of the male Troodige and the female Xala mixed breeds, 
 which established a new species whose descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of Burclell's Zebra of Africa. Subse- 
 quently, some of the male Kan'trick and female Ceteu mixed 
 breeds, the descendants of which became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the Quagga, or Cowagga of Africa. Subsequent to the 
 establishment of the Delthurz and the Re-en'suc on the African 
 Continent, some males of the former mixed breeds with the fe- 
 males of the latter, whose descendants were pre-historically 
 known as the Kantrick. It and its descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Equus caballus, or Horse. A strange 
 change took place in the Kantrick, through the hybrid influences 
 of the Delthurz upon that of the Reensiic, which was that^f 
 inverting the Fretize of the Delthurz from the under side of the 
 neck, to the crest or upper part of that of the Kantrick, where it 
 appeared as a standing viecha or mane, similar to that of the Ze- 
 bra species of Equidae. The straight line of descended Ceteu 
 became the ancestors of a later pre-historic species, then known 
 as the Reensuc, and its descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the species Asinus Vulgarus, more particularly the 
 species Ateinus Taeniopus or Wild Ass of Assyria. 
 
 The barren condition of the female mule's organism is due to 
 the re-amalgamation of the blood of the Ass race, with its hy- 
 bridized half sister of the horse race, thus establishing a second 
 hybrid condition, or dual generative force in the mule offspring 
 that is chaotic to the reproductive unity of an offspring. 
 
 The same condition circumstantially, to certain extents, vari- 
 able perhaps, would occur with the same lines of descension of 
 any other two races thus conditionally related, and to a certain 
 extent would occur likewise in that of the human race, if con- 
 fined, or restricted to the same specific line of descension, and 
 would also lead, in some cases, to degeneration, diminution and 
 
 IS! 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 deformity of organism in the specific cases where barrenness had 
 not been the result, an exception, of course. 
 
 The excessive degree in hybridized conditions that existed in 
 the far remote ages of the past, in comparison with those of 
 modern times, may be cognized through the existence of two 
 facts, each contemporaneous with its own period of time, viz.: 
 First, at the time of the great convulsions that established the 
 submergence of the Atlantian Lontidri, most remnants of the 
 various species of animals were comparatively few in number,' 
 which fact, under migratory conditions, brought them, as dif- 
 ferent races, more into immediate association; v/hen their natu- 
 ral instinct, and under unrestrained generative influences, as 
 wild, co-dispersed and co-mingling species, by natural forces, 
 entered into the practise of hybridity, which caused the species 
 subsequently to continue, either in a straight line of descension, 
 or under further hybridity, to the establishment of new species, 
 so long as they did not conflict in such a way as to bring barren- 
 ness- But in case of the latter, there being no continuance of the 
 forced hybrid influences, that species, by virtue of its barrenness, 
 became extinct. 
 
 Second, in the more modern periods of time, when the vari- 
 ous genuses, orders, families and species, generally speaking, had 
 become great in number, more widely spread, and collectively 
 under a unit of generative conditions, wholly within their own 
 species, non-hybridity was the natural result, when the specific 
 lateral races continued in their line of descension, under their 
 various conditions and influences, that either rendered degenerate, 
 diminutive, retarded, fluctuating (such as for a time, elevated the 
 development), as evidenced by the present great variation of 
 existing animals, and the fossil remains, deposited during the 
 past ages. 
 
 The Dez'e-let was an amphibious, rodent animal, of one prin- 
 cipal and one sub-order, that originally inhabited Teltzie' Et and 
 Set. The larger or principal genus closely resembled the genus 
 Castor, though larger; nose and head more tapering, and 
 ears more pointed. There were black and very dark reddish 
 varieties, and in old age many turned a 'dingy gray. At the time 
 of the submergence, remnants escaped from Teltzie Set, into 
 North America. It and its straight descendants in the European 
 region became the pre-historic ancestors of the genus Castor, or 
 European Beaver of the British Islands and other parts' of 
 Europe. The remnants left on the American Continent, and their 
 straight descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 species Castor canadensis, from whence they spread over the 
 
 152 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Continent between the Arctic Circle and the tropic of Cancer. 
 The fossil remains found in the Tertiary beds of the Continents, 
 larger than the modern species, were descendants of the original 
 Dezelet genera. The sub-order above referred to were not am- 
 phibious rodents, but dwelt in earth habitations apart from aque- 
 ous districts. In size they were about the same as the modern 
 Beaver, similar in appearance to the genus Arctomys Monax of 
 the Harmot genera, though larger. There were black, reddish 
 brown, gray and pure white varieties. These became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Arctomys Monax and their degenerate 
 descendants, the Ground Hog, or Woodchuck; the Cynomys, or 
 Prairie Dogs, etc., etc. 
 
 The Guit was a rodent animal of arborial habits, that inhab- 
 ited all parts of the Lontidri, and closely resembled the genera 
 Sciurinse, or Squirrel family. Its tail was longer, more bushy, 
 and its head and nose were a little more tapering. There were 
 several varieties, especially in color, each having its original 
 abode — ^the black, orange and yellow, the eastern portions; the 
 white the southern and southwestern, etc. At the time of the 
 submergence, remnants were left in the regions of Europe, from 
 whence they spread out over the whole Palaearctic region from 
 Ireland to Japan, and from Lapland to northern Italy, where the 
 specific colors, excepting white, have descended in straight lines, 
 etc. The white species mixed families with the black, and thus, 
 as a distinct colored species, were lost in the new species of gray, 
 of the deep blackish order, such as are known to inhabit the 
 mountain regions of southern Europe; and those of Siberia that 
 are more of the clear, pale gray color, in accord with the degree 
 of black blood in the mixture of the families; and the mixed 
 families of yellow and orange varieties established the bright red 
 species that inhabit the region of northern and western Europe. 
 Through the condition of variety mixing, local influences, in re- 
 gard to size and color, the brilliant markings and ornamentation 
 with longitudinal stripes, were established in the species that in- 
 habit the Malayan and Indian regions, etc. The same conditions, 
 viz., mixture of colored species, occurred with the remnants and 
 their descendants upon the western hemisphere, and are similarly 
 represented in North and South America; hence, the black, the 
 gray and the red species of those regions. There was no h^rid 
 condition established with other orders of animals, the mixture 
 being confined to that of the varieties of their own race; hence, 
 the Gu'it and its descendants became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the genera Sciurinae, or the true Squirrel of the Eastern and 
 Western Hemispheres. 
 
 153 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 In Atlantis, among the people where the white Gii'it was a 
 native, it was chosen sometimes as a symbol of purity and inno- 
 cence, and thus retained as a domestic, living image of those prin- 
 ciples. 
 
 The Cu'ret was the principal one of several ungulate rumi- 
 nant mammals that originally inhabitated the central portion of 
 the Lontidri. It closely resembled the Antelope family, but was 
 larger in every respect. Its hair was glossy, chestnut color, and 
 laid close to the body like that of the modern seal. It had three 
 horns, the two outer being triple-curved, with annulations like 
 the Antelope carvicapa of the east. The central horn was small, 
 and stood erect like that of the Antelope chickara of India. After 
 the establishment of the Aduack and the Aexta in Africa, some 
 males of the former and females of the latter mixed breeds. 
 Their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Cato- 
 blepas Gnu, and further degeneration and mingling of races es- 
 tablished the Catoblepas Gorgon of Africa. 
 
 The Wah was a plantegrade mammal of frugivorous herba- 
 tious and partially carnivorous habits, that originally inhabited 
 Teltzie We, with later migrations to the western and southwest- 
 ern portions of the Lontidri. It closely resembled the species 
 Melus Taxus, or European Badger, only considerably larger in 
 every way. In color some were black and some gray. It was 
 nocturnal and solitary in its habits; slept by day and by night 
 sought its food, which consisted of roots, berries, nuts, birds' 
 eggs, frogs and insects. Its legs were short, body heavy but 
 elongated; tail short, and bore short bristles, and the body was 
 covered with very coarse bristles. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence, remnants were left in northern and northeastern Europe, 
 North and South America, and Africa. Subsequently some of 
 the male Yakalet mixed breeds with the Wah, the descendants 
 of which were pre-historically known as the Kres'na on the West- 
 ern Continent, and the La-bato on the Eastern, whose descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Suidse, or true Pig 
 family. (See Encyclopaedias for the modern links.) Straight 
 descendants of the Wah established the genus Melus, of Europe 
 and North America. A mixed breed from the male Anzos and 
 female Kelzutus genus, established a species pre-historically 
 known as the Ic-theus, which under further degenerate condi- 
 tions, became the pre-historic ancestor of the family Procyinlotor 
 of Storr, and Ursos lotor of Linnaeus, commonly known as the 
 Raccoon of North America, with migrations to Central and South 
 America. 
 
 154 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH ZO'LI-ATH RIN'GA, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ORNITHOLOGIC LINKS. 
 
 TELTZIE XX. 
 
 Many beautiful species of birds inhabited the Atlantian Lon- 
 tidri. In fact, Erothrodia informs us that they had all the orig- 
 inal ones from which ancient and modern-ancient orders have 
 descended, such as still exist on the Eastern and Western Con- 
 tinents, though considerably changed in physical appearance from 
 the original Atlantian ancestors, and also that there were many 
 Atlantian species that never survived the submergence of the 
 Lontidri. On the other hand, there are varieties of birds in 
 modem time, not known to the remote ancient peoples, estab- 
 lished by hybrid, degenerate and diminutive conditions, through 
 descension, for the epi-cycles of evolution are continuous, and 
 capable of establishing divergences to general lines; hence, the 
 varieties and the changes that come to all physical life. 
 
 The Del'is was a diurnal bird of prey, represented by four 
 principal genera, viz., the Delis proper, the Es'te Ba'no (Wild 
 Bano) ; the Cre'te Bano (Tame Bano) ; and the El-ce-ena. It 
 closely resembled the Falconidae, or Eagle, as to size, manner and 
 general habits, but its plumage was far more beautiful and it was 
 considered one of the strongest and finest birds of the Lontidri. 
 Originally it inhabited the central portion, but migrated into vari- 
 ous parts of the Lontidri, which caused changes in some of the 
 species. It was the national bird of Atlantis, and its image was 
 used as a representative emblem of perfection, in Art, and the 
 Nation's greatness, displayed in Governmental and Educational 
 buildings, and was always a figure-head in decorative art on pub- 
 lic occasions, and was also worn as a badge of brotherhood. 
 The principal species of the family possessed golden-colored plu- 
 mage on the upper portion of the body,- and also on the upper 
 part of the neck and head; the wing and tail coverts were also 
 of a golden hue, shading out into a pure white that characterized 
 the quill feathers ; the under part of the body was of a pale, 
 ashen gray; the under part of the throat and the sides of the neck, 
 extending back under the wings, were of a pale lilac hue ; the 
 breast was a pure violet that shaded down into the ashen gray, of 
 
 155 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the under part of the body; the leg feathers were also of a violet 
 hue; the plumage, instead of being flat, was characterized with 
 a curly or puffed appearance on the edges of the feathers. Its 
 eyes were sharp and piercing, being of a golden color with black 
 iris. Its beak and legs were of an ashen gray color and its feet 
 were black. 
 
 The Jen'set was the next most important species that orig- 
 inally inhabited the northwestern, northern and northeastern por- 
 tions of the Lontidri, It was the largest and most common of 
 the genera. It was a very dark brown or dingy black, except 
 under the body and wings, which was a light brown. Its feet 
 and beak were black. At the time of the submergence of Atlan- 
 tis, remnants were left on the northern portion of both the East- 
 ern and Western Continents, whose descendants were pre-his- 
 torically known as the Queg, on the Eastern, and the Te'ze-le-6n 
 on the Western, which became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 species Aguila chrysstus, the Golden or Mountain Eagles of the 
 inland districts of Britain, the Palsearctic regions generally, and 
 portions of the Nearctic, of both the Eastern and Western Con- 
 tinents. These have also sustained characteristic changes through 
 descending influences. 
 
 The El-ce-ena was the next in rank, and originally inhabited 
 Teltzie' Et, Zret and Sot. Its body was a glossy dark blue, on 
 the upper portion; breast mottled with red and violet, and the 
 same condition on the under side of the body, only of a lighter 
 hue. The wing and tail coverts, in their extent from the body, 
 were blue ; and the long quill feathers of the tail and wings were 
 blue at the body, but shaded out into lighter hues, and were 
 tipped with a rich blending of red into an ultimate violet, the 
 blendings of which gave them the appearance of being in bands 
 or stripes. A crest of blended red and violet feathers adorned 
 the forehead and hung down over a portion of the beak, which 
 latter was curved and notched. Its feet were black, but its legs 
 were a dark yellow, shaded down into the black of the feet; its 
 irides were crimson. Those that inhabited the higher altitudes 
 were more swift of wing than those of the lower. At the time 
 of the submergence, remnants were left on both the Eastern and 
 Western Continents, whose descendants were pre-historically 
 known as the A-dam'wa, on the Western, and the Tre-mon'dale 
 on the Eastern, whose further descendants became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of the Falcons proper, the Desert Falcons, Marl- 
 ings, Hobies and Kestrels. The original beauty of the Elceena 
 plumage has been lost to that of the above-named species, and 
 otherwise changed in markings, by descending influences and 
 
 IS6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 local conditions. (See Encyclopaedia for changes in modern 
 species.) 
 
 The Este Bano originally inhabited the isolated places in the 
 Aelkedze of Teltzie' Set and Ket, but some migrated to the east- 
 ern and western portions of the Lontidri, and were practically 
 untamable. It was a light stone color. Its short wings and long 
 tail were tipped with black and a ruff of fluffy feathers orna- 
 mented the base of the beak, which was black ; the upper mandi- 
 ble sinuated, but not notched. Its feet were black and it was a 
 very swift bird in flight. At the time of the submergence, rem- 
 nants were left on the boreal portions of both Continents. Their 
 descendants were pre-historically known as the Ga-fre'tra, on the 
 Eastern (so named on account of the term meaning "Victory," 
 the bird being in the habit of building its nest in holes and crev- 
 ices in high and inaccessible rocks or mountain ledges, where 
 man or beast could not destroy them, or rob them of their eggs), 
 and Gar'del, on the Western. Their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the sub-family, Buteoninse, or Buzzards of 
 the British Islands in northern Europe, and the degenerate sub- 
 family known as the Harriers and the Kite species. Ultimately 
 some of the Tremondak and the Gefretra descendants on the 
 Eastern Continent, and the Adamwa and Gardel descendants on 
 the Western, mixed families by inter-breeding, which established 
 the now known species Astur palumbarius, or Gos-Hawks of 
 Britain and its immediate allies; and the Astur articapellus of 
 North America, and further degenerate, diminutive descendants, 
 such as the species A. nisus, the common Sparrow Hawk that 
 ranges from Iceland to Japan, northern India, Egypt, and Al- 
 geria; the A. brevipes adjacent to Asia-Minor and Persia; the 
 Sharp Shining Hawk of Canada and the United States; the A. 
 tinus of South America; the A. boduis of India, and others in 
 Southeastern Asia; Indo-Malay Archipelago; Australia, etc. 
 
 The Cete Bano originally inhabited the northern portions of 
 Teltzie We, and migrated to the eastern and western portions of 
 the Lontidri. It inhabited districts well peopled, was very tame, 
 and in many cases was kept by domestics as a pet. Its body was 
 clothed with plumage of a dark green color, of the bright sheeny 
 order on the upper portion, but shaded down to a light green on 
 the under side and down the upper portions of the legs; the 
 wings and tail were of a sheeny black, the feathers being long 
 and very broad, especially those of the tail, as the barbs on the 
 scapus, forming the shafts, or vexillium, were of equal length, 
 while those of the wings, the barbs on the scapus forming the 
 after shaft, or second vexillium, were much shorter than those 
 
 157 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 forming the chief vexillium. Its beak was a dark green and its 
 legs a light green, in harmony with the colorings of the under 
 part of the body; but singular to say, its feet were black, shad- 
 ing up lighter until it met the green in a blend. 
 
 At the time of the submergence that established the West 
 Indies, remnants of the Cete Bano were left in Central and 
 South America, where to some extent they mixed breeds with the 
 remnant Elceena of that region, and their descendants were pre- 
 historically known as the G6n-s6-lan's6, which became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the sub-family, Cracine, the now known 
 Curassow. (See Encyclopaedias for the various species.) The 
 now known species, however, are greatly changed physically, 
 especially in colorings and markings, occasioned by descending 
 influences, such as hybrid and mixed breed conditions, etc. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Atlantis, remnants of the 
 Delis family were left in the British Island regions, and also in 
 the boreal regions of North America. Their descendants were 
 pre-historically known as the Wa no, and became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the family of Sea or White-tailed Eagles, who like- 
 wise have sustained changes by descending influences. The 
 species of Delis that escaped to the Western Continent and their 
 descendants, were pre-historically known as the Wa-zes's6, whose 
 further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 Bald Eagles of the United States of America. 
 
 The Ax-'ze-le was a bird similar to the genus Pavo or Pea- 
 cock, only larger, that originally inhabited Teltzie Sot and the 
 southern and eastern portions of Teltzie Et and Zret. No bird 
 of Atlantis was so proud and beautiful as the Axzele. Its body 
 was more bunchy than that of the modern Peacock ; its legs were 
 longer; feet larger. It had three toes and a spur, the three toes 
 being slightly webbed ; the first two of the same length, the third 
 shorter, and all containing sharp claws. The neck was long 
 and broader at the shoulders, and tapered down to the head, 
 which latter was longer and adorned with a long, heavy crest of 
 feathers that fell gracefully forward from the crown and nearly 
 covered the eyes, and down back from the head on the upper 
 part of the neck, and in color were mixed blendings of purple 
 and light green. Down the neck the feathers were very short 
 and closely fitted, and were of a shiny blue ; the base of the neck 
 was adorned with a heavy ruflf of feathers that in color were 
 blended tints of cardinal and green. The body was adorned with 
 a suit of feathers, the color of which was black and green tints 
 beautifully blended; the tail was very long, and when spread 
 measured from ten to twelve feet across, but instead of being 
 
 158 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 round, as that of the modern bird, was more of a fan shape, or 
 more elongated ; the feathers were shaded out from a dark green 
 at the base, to light green tips, and the tail coverts were shaded 
 from base to tip in corresponding harmony of colors ; the ocellated 
 parts of the plumage were also more elongated than those of the 
 modern Peacock; the little eyes, therefore, or elongated spots, 
 were formed by colors within colors, viz: light green centrally, 
 bordered with an orange band ; next a white, then a pink, then a 
 bright green, then a light purple ; and the radiating parts of the 
 feathers, in their extension, shaded out from the purple to a 
 glossy black, and some were of a glossy green. The wing feath- 
 ers at their extremity were marked similar to the tail coverts; 
 i. e., with the ocellations, only the spots were smaller. The ends 
 of the wings were carried up loosely from the body so as to show 
 the markings of the tail coverts, and when the bird spread its 
 tail the wings were also raised, so as to form a part of the erec- 
 tion of the tail. There were a few pied and mottled varieties 
 that inhabited the northeastern portion of Teltzie Et. The body 
 of the hen was black, and the upper coverts of the wings were a 
 pale green, shaded down to the long quill feathers into a dark 
 green, the rear part of the coverts was purple, and shaded out 
 into a black at the ends of the quill feathers. The tail at the 
 base was a light green, shaded out to a central purple, and ter- 
 minated in black at the points of the quill feathers. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the southern and south- 
 eastern portions of the Lontidri, remnants were left on the Con- 
 tinent of Africa, and being of a migrating nature, passed east- 
 ward before the establishment of the Arabian Sea, into the sec- 
 tion of Hindustan, and ultimately into the Indian Peninsula and 
 Island of Ceylon, and even farther into those regions. But 
 eventually, limited in space by the submergence of that section, 
 and the remnants few in number who were left in the African 
 region, after the eastern migration of the main portion they be- 
 came extinct as a species, through naturar causes; hence the now 
 supposed nativity of the Peacock is in India and Ceylon, where 
 they are so abundant. 
 
 Therefore, the Axzele and their descendants, pre-historically 
 known as the Pa-sen-esa, on the Eastern Continent, became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the genus Pave, or Peacocks, embrac- 
 ing several species. (See Encyclopaedias for the same.) 
 
 The Ne'tre was a domestic bird that originally inhabited the 
 central, northeastern and southern portions of the Lontidri. It 
 closely resembled the Anitidse family or Swan, only larger in 
 every way. It had webbed feet, as it was a swimming bird, and 
 
 159 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 beautiful plumage. The principal species was pure white, had 
 a red bill that was surmounted with a black berry or knob ; large, 
 dark gray legs and black feet. Some had white bodies, light 
 golden wings and tail, pink bill, light drab feet and legs. Some 
 had dark orange bodies with white wings and tail ; dark drab bill 
 and legs, with black feet, and a white crest on the head. Some 
 had the entire body clothed with dark gray plumage. Some with 
 a light gray, both the latter having yellow legs, beaks and feet. 
 Both the eggs and flesh of the Netre were utilized for food by 
 certain classes of the Atlantian people. At the time of the sub- 
 mergence remnants were left in the region of the British Islands, 
 Africa, South America and North America. Those on the East- 
 ern Continent were pre-historically known as the Te-u-leon; 
 those in North America as the Ko-ke-an'o, and those in South 
 America as the I-is'lem. From natural descending influences, 
 their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Cygnus 
 order, the large Mute or Tame Swan; the C. musicus, the 
 Whooper or Whistling Swan (the musical tones it utters have 
 been celebrated from the time of Homer) ; the C. bewicki or 
 Bewick's Swan; the C. buccinator or Trumpet Swan of North 
 America; the C. melanocorypha or Black-necked Swan of South 
 America, etc. 
 
 The Skol'wash was a swimming bird, so named- on account of 
 its hiding in the marshes, and diving out of sight, at the approach 
 of the natives, who hunted it for food. The term means 
 "water-bird." It inhabited the entire portion of Teltzie Sot. Its 
 plumage was usually a glossy black on the upper portion of the 
 body, and of a sooty black underneath. Its wings, legs, feet and 
 beak were black. At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Sot, 
 remnants were left on the now known Continent of South Amer- 
 ica. In subsequent times some of the Skolwash and the Netre 
 species mixed breeds, whose descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the species C. melanocoryha or Black-necked Swan 
 of South America, pre-historically known as the Quin-zola. It 
 was much sought by the natives of that region, and therefore 
 soon exterminated on that Continent. But a portion of the species 
 migrated westward, throughout the Great Eastern Archipelago, 
 until at last they reached the region of Australia, where they re- 
 mained in a wild state. 
 
 The Un'diike was a scansorial bird, consisting of five species, 
 that originally inhabitated the extreme southern portions of the 
 Lontidri, but migrated westward and eastward from that section, 
 and was carried by the inhabitants into the central portions as a 
 domestic pet. It closely resembled the Psittacidae family or Par- 
 
 i6o 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 rot bird, particularly the genus Ara or Macaw species, only it 
 was larger and more beautiful. When in captivity it learned to 
 sing sentences of the Atlantian language, and much more dis- 
 tinctly than the modern Parrots talk, It sang the sentences more 
 frequently than it talked them, and therefore learned many of 
 the Atlantian melodies. For that reason their images were placed 
 upon public buildings and in decorative Art, especially where 
 music was the commercial enterprise; and on articles of com- 
 merce, such as musical instruments, etc. 
 
 The Am'wa was the principal one of the five species. The 
 upper portion of its body was mottled with four colors, black, 
 olive green, dark green and blue; the under portion the same, 
 only lighter shades. The wing and tail coverts were based with 
 a beautiful deep orange color that extended out into the bright 
 green, then into a beautiful shade of pink, the terminal of the 
 contour feathers being tipped with red. All the above-named 
 colors extended in the form of blended bands across the coverts, 
 from their base outward, respectively. The quill feathers of the 
 wings and tail were black. A crest of feathers surmounted the 
 head, the base of which was a light green, shaded up into a deep 
 orange, and tipped with black. The tail feathers were consider- 
 ably spread. At the time of the submergence, remnants were 
 left on the South American Continent, where in time they mixed 
 breeds with remnants of the second of the five species. This 
 and continued inter-breedings established a family of birds whose 
 descendants were pre-historically known as the San-gu'la. 'these 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Macaw Parrot of some 
 fifteen or more species. (See Encyclopaedias for description of 
 modern links.) All of these had their ancestry in the Amwa and 
 Unduke of Atlantis, and their present characteristics by the in- 
 fluence of long periods of mixed species and inter-breedings, in 
 the regions of South America, Central America and Mexico. 
 
 The second of the five principal species were about as large 
 as the Amwa. Nearly the entire portion of contour feathers, 
 on the body, were of a bright red color; the feathers of the tail 
 and wings were of medium length and were tipped with a beauti- 
 ful shade of green ; the upper part of the breast and under the 
 throat were characterized with bright golden-colored feathers, so 
 laid as to form a triangle; a black stripe, about two inches in 
 length, extended downwards from the base of the head, termi- 
 nating in a point on the back of the neck ; a crest of purple feath- 
 ers adorned the head; a massive beak of pale pink marked the 
 contrast. 
 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left on the 
 
 i6i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 African Continent and in northern South America. Those in 
 the former region migrated eastward into the Indian Archipel- 
 ago region, and those in the latter, into Central America and 
 Mexico. This species and their straight descendants, became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Lory, or Parrote, of the order Psit- 
 taci, that ranges over the Moluccas and New Guinea. A diver- 
 gent, degenerative branch from this species established the now 
 known sub-famfly Loriinae, etc. (See Encyclopaedias for mod- 
 ern links, etc.) 
 
 The third of the five principal species were garmented with a 
 contour of white feathers. Their wings and tails were tipped 
 with black. Under the head and throat was also black, and their 
 beaks were massive and of a dnrk brown. Some of the third 
 and fourth species mixed breeds, and their descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the species Colyptorhynchus fune- 
 reus — the "Funeral," or Black Cockatoos, of Australia. 
 
 The fourth of the five principal species possessed a contour 
 of steel gray feathers over the entire body, but of a lighter shade 
 underneath. The coverts of the wings and tail were shaded, in 
 bars that extended crosswise, beginning at the forward end with 
 a bright orange band which shaded back into a bright reddish 
 pink, and lastly into white. Those across the tail were the same 
 as those of the wings. The massive beak was a very light yellow. 
 Their straight descendants, under degenerate, diminutive influ- 
 ences that arose from long infer-breedings, established the spe- 
 cies Psittacus erithacus, or Gray Parrots. 
 
 Some of the second, third and fourth species mixed breeds, 
 the descendants of which became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 species Cacatua Leadbbeatere, or Leadbbetier's Cockatoo, of 
 South Australia. 
 
 The Kish'ham was a scansorial bird that originally inhabited 
 Teltzie Et, and was closely allied to the Unduke. It was as 
 large a bird as either of the five species of the latter. It was 
 clothed with a contour of pure white feathers, had a high crest of 
 golden-colored feathers, long tail of the same color, and a mas- 
 sive drab beak. It was a sacred bird with the Atlantians, on 
 account of the color of its plumage. The yellow represented con- 
 jugal love, and also the light and knowledge that comes from 
 spiritual sources. The white represented the purity of that love, 
 and the truth that may be gained through the contemplation of 
 spiritual teachings. At the honie it thus governed as a domestic 
 symbol. At the time of the submergence, remnants of the wild 
 Kishham were left in sections of Central Africa, whence they 
 subsequently migrated into the regions of the Indian Archipel- 
 
 162 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ago, New Guinea and Australia. Its descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the species Cacatua Galerita, or the true 
 Cockatts. 
 
 The On'te was a scansorial bird, closely allied to the Unduke, 
 but smaller. It was one of the most sacred birds of the Atlan- 
 tians, on account of its vocal qualities. When taught it was far 
 superior to any of the Unduke species in its more perfect utter- 
 ance of words and sentences. Its language sounded more like 
 the human voice speaking. The plumage on the upper portion 
 of its body was a glossy, silvety white. That on the neck and 
 shoulders shaded down into a light pink, under the body into a 
 violet. The head feathers were white on top; but those on the 
 sides of the neck and head were a light but bright purple. Its 
 crest was composed of very fine feathers about one and a half 
 inches in height, which fell back on the neck, and were of several 
 colors, beautifully blended. The wing and tail bore a change- 
 able lustre of green, the tips of the feathers being a pinkish red. 
 The beak and legs were a light purple, but the feet were black. 
 From the main stock of the Onte family, under degenerate, di- 
 minutive influences, has descended all the species of Parakeets: 
 
 The Ske-me'drum was a bird of gigantic physique, the largest 
 of all the Atlantian birds. It resembled the genus Struthio, or 
 Ostrich, yet was considerably larger. It originally inhabited the 
 greater portion of Teltzie Sot, and southeastern Teltzie Zret. 
 Some were black and some white and a few were dark brown. 
 Some had black bodies, white tails and wings, and others just the 
 reverse. In the Atlantian period they were extremely wild, and 
 never had been domesticated. At the time of the submergence 
 of the southern and southeastern portions of Atlantis, remnants 
 were left on the African continent. Their descendants were pre- 
 historically known as the Ka-ho'ga (so named by the pre-his- 
 toric natives on account of their song, or vocal utterance, which 
 sounded like the term). Their descendants became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of the Ostrich. Some of the white, brown, and 
 a larger number of the black species, migrated westward from 
 Teltzie Sot, and southward from southeastern Teltzie Zret, into 
 the section of Brazil and South America. Their descendants 
 established a genus of birds, pre-historically known as the A-de- 
 non'zo, whose further descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the family Rheidse, or American Ostrich of South Amer- 
 ica; the R. americana that ranges from Paraguay and southern 
 Brazil into Patagonia ; the R. darwini of Patagonia ; the R. amer- 
 icana that associates with herds of deer, etc. Migrations of the 
 Kahoga eastward, north-eastward and south-eastward, from their 
 
 * 163 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 original home, established some extinct, and yet existing species, 
 under changed conditions. Among them were the extinct Moas 
 of the genus Dinornithidae of New Zealand ; the yet existing Cas- 
 sowaries and Emeus of the genus Casuariidae of the Island of 
 Ceram, and more greatly removed from the original species, 
 through diminutive and degenerative conditions, the Kiwis of the 
 genus Apterygidse, of New Zealand. The Ostriches of the genus 
 Struthionidse of Africa, the largest of modern birds, which seek 
 the society of Zebras and Antelopes, are straight descendants 
 from the Atlantian Skemedrum, as well as those of Arbia. The 
 finest of these are natives of the neighborhood of Shomer and 
 the uplands of Toeyka, or traversing acros the sands in files of 
 from twenty to thirty. 
 
 The He li-tox was a very large, diurnal, accipitrine bird, that 
 inhabited the entire Lontidri excepting Teltzie Zret. It closely 
 resembled the family Vulturidse, though larger; was of obscene 
 habits, such as feeding on dead and decaying carcasses, dead fish, 
 etc. It was about the size of the modern Condor. It was black 
 and white mottled or pied, barred and striped. Some had all 
 white wings and black bodies, others were mottled with black 
 and white. Their beaks were longer than the modern Vulture's. 
 Their heads generally were void of feathers, and the skin of some 
 species was white, of others red, with nasal caruncles of the same 
 color. Each species had a ruff of feathers around the neck, some 
 being black with a white central stripe. In some it was white and 
 black mottled or pied, and in others it was entirely a light gray. 
 It was a bird of wonderful endurance in flight, which it made at 
 various altitudes, from 25000 feet down to the level of the earth's 
 surface. At the time of the submergence of the Lontidri, rem- 
 nants were left on both Continents. Their descendants, pre-his- 
 torically known as the Gon'so-lete on the Western, and as the 
 Spu-gu'lum on the Eastern, became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the genus Vulture, including the Buzzards and the Condors. 
 The descendants on the Western Continent became the pre-hi.s- 
 toric ancestors of the species Sarcorhamphus, or gigantic Condor; 
 the Gypagus or King Vulture; the Catharisrista, embracing the 
 so-called Turkey Buzzard and its allies or degenerate descend- 
 ants ; Pseudogry phus or great California Vulture, of the west- 
 ern slopes of North America, etc. Those of the Eastern, or Old 
 World, represented the true Vulture of five genera, embracing 
 the N. percnopterus or Egyptian Vulture, of India, Africa, the 
 shores of the Mediterranean, England and Norway. (For the 
 degenerate descended sub-families of Vulturine, etc., as modern 
 links, see Encyclopaedias.) 
 
 164 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The X-y'es resembled the family Corvidaeor Pigeon. It 
 originally inhabited the northern, northeastern and northwestern 
 portions of the Lontidri. Its contour feathers were black ; wings, 
 legs and beak white. Its head was adorned with a feather crest. 
 It was a beautiful songster whose tones were soft and melodious. 
 At the time of the submergence, remnants were left on both Con- 
 tinents. Those on the Eastern inhabited the British Island re- 
 gions, and those on the Western, North America. Hybrid con- 
 ditions between the Xyes, the lista or the Due, already begun in 
 Atlantis, more fully developed after the submergence in the rem- 
 nants, which established the family Columbidse or Pigeons and 
 Doves. Those on the Western Continent were pre-historically 
 known as the Ke-le'te, and those on the Eastern as the Sa'ga, 
 which are mongrels of the three above-named Atlantian birds, 
 the bright colorings being a descended influence from the lista. 
 All that is left of the beautiful song of the Xyes is heard in the 
 cooing of the Dove; and the black and white contrasts of its 
 plimiage is now lost in the shadings and mixed Mendings on the 
 plumage of the Columbidse family. 
 
 The Due was closely allied to the Xyes, and inhabited the cen^- 
 tral and southern portions of the Lontidri. It resembled the 
 branch of the Columbidae family, now known as the Dove. Its 
 song was flute-like, plumage pure white ; its crest was of white 
 feathers, tipped with bright red, which extended across the head 
 from right to left, just above the eyes. It has sustained but little 
 change physically since the Atlantian time, excepting to its vocal 
 qualities, due to inter-breedings, etc. At the time of the sub- 
 mergence, remnants were left on the Eastern Continent in the 
 African regions, where it pre-historically was known as the Ce- 
 ru'te (the term meaning purity), from whence it migrated north- 
 eastward and eastward into Egypt, Europe and Asia. There it 
 mixed breeds with the Xyes and the lista remnants, whose de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Ring Dove, or 
 Wood Pigeon of Britain and Europe; the small Stock Dove, the 
 common Turtle Dove, the Barbary Dove, the Rock Dove, the 
 Wild Races of Egyptand Asia, etc., all having had their distinc- 
 tions through mixed breed influences. (See Encyclopaedias for 
 the many other modern links.) 
 
 A mixed breed condition between the Gafretra and the Tre- 
 mondale families on the Eastern Continent, and the Gardel and 
 the Adamwa on the Western, established a sub-family, having 
 place as a dual or co-incident descendancy, on the two Conti- 
 nents, pre-historically known as the Pe-le'z6n, on the Eastern, 
 and the Kup'per on the Western, whose descendants became the 
 
 165 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 pre-historic ancestors of all the Astur, or Hawk families, and 
 further descended species on the two continents, to which must 
 be added the Harriers and the Kites, as degenerate and diminu- 
 tive. 
 
 The Le'te was a domestic fowl that inhabited all portions of 
 the Lontidri, excepting Teltzie Sot. It resembled the order Gal- 
 linse, especially the family Phasianidae, or common Cock and Hen, 
 or Jungle Fowl, though a larger and finer bird than the modern 
 species. There were black, white, yellowish brown, reddish 
 brown, mottled and striped varieties ; some were black and white, 
 some were gray and brown, and some were yellow and brown. 
 The Cocks were considered songsters, in which they would raise 
 the tones of the voice five steps, from a low to a high pitch, trill- 
 ing the highest tone, which made the utterance more song-like 
 than the crow of the common modern Cock. The image of the 
 Lete was placed on medallions as a figure in the "coat of arms" 
 of families, and on buildings, for the same purpose. At the 
 time of the submergence, remnants were left on both the Eastern 
 and Western Continents, whose descendants were pre-historically 
 known as the Am-a-lu'tiis on the Eastern, and the Gas'tro on the 
 Western. Their further descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the Jungle Fowls and Pheasants. Through the in- 
 fluence of inter and cross-breedings of wild families and species, 
 through their long descendancy, have arisen all the species and 
 varieties of Pheasants known to moderns. (See Encyclopaedias 
 for the modern links.) 
 
 The De-e'te was a small domestic bird, a sub-family of the 
 Leete, kept solely for its egg product. It inhabited the entire 
 Lontidri excepting Teltzie Sot. Some had black wings and tails, 
 but the contour feathers were a blending of black and dark green. 
 Some had red and yellow blendings through the contour feathers, 
 red tails and wings and single red combs and wattles; some had 
 yellow and some drab legs, and black feet. At the time of the 
 submergence remnants were left on the Eastern and Western 
 Continents, where, by inter-breeding, they were lost in the Lete 
 family. Degenerate, diminutive conditions born to the descend- 
 ants of some of the inter and cross-bred species of the pre-his- 
 toric Lete, or Amalutus and Gastro species, intermixed with 
 those of the Deete, have established several species in the order 
 Gallinae, the Gray Partridge of Britain ; the red-legged Partridge 
 of Europe; the Barbary Partridge of Africa; the Black Partridge 
 of Europe and India ; the Snow Partridge of Asia, etc. Further 
 degenerate, diminutive conditions produced the Grouse of the 
 Eastern and Western Continents, of numerous species ; still fur- 
 
 i66 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ther degeneration and diminution established by inter and cross- 
 breed influences, etc., the Quail species. (See Encyclopaedias 
 for the numerous modern links.) 
 
 The Le-te-me'qua was a large wild bird that originally inhab- 
 ited the central and southern portions of the Lontidri, but had 
 migrated eastward and westward to the border-lands. In the 
 Atlantian time it was a bird of flight, was very beautiful and had 
 a peculiar song, similar in some respects to that of the modern 
 Guinea-hen, but louder and much shriller. When frightened its 
 cry was very much more like that of the modern Panther than 
 of a bird. Its body was large, but chunky ; legs and neck short; 
 its contour feathers were mottled; some black and white, some 
 red and black, and some golden and black. It had small head 
 and eyes ; short single comb, some being all red and some a pink- 
 ish red. At the time of the submergence remnants were left on 
 both Continents, especially in Central Africa, and in the Cape 
 Verde Islands when they were severed from Africa ; in the West 
 Indies, or section of the Greater Antilles, and the Ascension 
 Islands, where in their wild state they further degenerated. They 
 were pre-historically known as the G6n-s6-le'um, on the African 
 Continent and as the Te-u'ka in the West Indies- Their fur- 
 ther descendants became the pre-histric ancestors of the Ancient 
 Avis or Gallina Numidica, and ultimately the Guinea-hen, a 
 straight descendant from the Letemequa, with no connection with 
 the Turkey, as has been supposed. 
 
 The ChTl'le was a tenuirostral bird that originally inhabited 
 the central and southern portions of the Lontidri and closely re- 
 sembled the Trochilidse, or Humming-birds; only at that time 
 they had not become so tiny as the modern Humming-bird. There 
 were three principal species, the first and most beautiful of which 
 was characterized with changeable colors, in accordance with its 
 movements about, in the light; the upper portion of the contour 
 feathers was of a greenish brown; those on the breast were 
 changeable shades of blue and dark purple; the wings and tail 
 were shadings of black and orange; the head was of a dark sal- 
 mon ; the beak was of a light drab and the legs were the same. 
 
 The second principal species possessed entire contour feath- 
 ers of changeable red and blue shadings ; the head was of a deep 
 blue; the wings and tail were black and blue mixed; a cap-like 
 crest of pinkish red feathers adorned the head ; the beak was a 
 pale green and drab, blended, and the legs were the same. 
 
 The third principal species had contour feathers on the upper 
 part of the body, that were a mixed deep orange shaded with a 
 light pink ; and those on the under part of the body the same, but 
 
 167 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 in lighter shades ; the neck was blue and black, shaded up over the 
 head ; a straight, erect crest of dark orange tipped with black ; 
 the wings and tail were black, tipped with orange, with a blending 
 of light pink that separated the black and orange. 
 
 At the time of the submergence remnants were left on the 
 Western Continent, whose descendants, under various changes 
 physicially, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now more 
 than 400 species of the smallest, most wonderfully and brilliantly 
 plumaged of all birds. (See Encyclopaedias for these modern 
 links.) 
 
 The Te-le'quem was a very large, wild, and also domestic 
 bird, that originally inhabited the eastern, central and western 
 portions of the Lontidri. It closely resembled the genus Melea- 
 gris, or Turkey, though much larger. Its plumage was varied, 
 black, white and brown; mottled or pied, the latter being black 
 and white, black and dark green, etc. Their caruncles were 
 much larger than those of the Turkey, and those on the white 
 varieties were a light red; those on the black, a purple, though 
 changeable to red when excited ; and those on the brown, a light 
 drab, changeable to a bright pink under the same conditions. At 
 the time of the submergence remnants were left on both Conti- 
 nents, whose descendants were pre-historically known as the 
 Jib-e-o'tes on the Western. Their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the genus M. Mexicana of Mexico ; the M. 
 gallo-pavo of North America; and the Melegrense of Northern 
 Central Anierica, etc. The remnants left on the Eastern Conti- 
 nent, pre-historically known as the Quad'ru, being fond of flying 
 over aquatic regions, migrated further eastward from time to 
 time, until they reached Australia and the Great Eastern Archi- 
 pelago. Their further descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of a great number of Eastern varieties. 
 
 The Qu-te-z6'lem was a nocturnal bird of prey, that closely 
 resembled the family Strigidse, or Owls. It inhabited all parts 
 of the Lontidri and was of several species. It was much larger 
 than the modern bird ; some were black, some white, some tawny 
 some mottled with black and white, etc. Its feet were larger and 
 claws more hooked. Its eyes were very large and the male's were 
 a dark green; the eyes were encircled with a large rosette of 
 hght-colored feathers. Its tail and wings were longer than the 
 modern Owls. At the time of the submergence remnants were 
 eft on both Contments, whose descendants were pre-historically 
 known as the Len-ze-6'le on the Eastern, and the Cli'ger on the 
 Western. (See Encyclopaedias for the great varieties of modern 
 Imks.) 
 
 168 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The I-Ts'ta was a conirostral bird that inhabited the southern 
 portions of the Lontidri, with some migrations north and east 
 It reesembled the family Oriolidae, especially the Golden Oriole^ 
 though larger in every respect. There were several species. The 
 principal one, the Shel'te, had bright golden feathers on its head 
 and breast, which blended into the bright red on its neck ; the tail 
 and wings were a glossy black. The O'kosh, another variety, had 
 bright yellow and black plumage, the breast and under parts of 
 the body being yellow and the wings, tail and top of the head 
 black. The Rel'ze, another variety, had bright red plumage on 
 the breast and under parts of the body; the wings and tail were 
 black ; the upper part of the body gray, with a semi-circular ruff 
 of red feathers on the back of the neck at the base of the head. 
 At the time of the submergence remannts from the northern and 
 eastern portions of the Lontidri were left in the regions of Great 
 Britain and Asia. Those in the southern portion arrived in the 
 regions of South America, and those in the eastern, in Africa. 
 Their descendants were pre-historically known as the Zrel'tox on 
 the Eastern Continent, and as the Ke-sel-'sa, on the Western. 
 Their further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Oriolidae family. The Finches, Canary birds. Robins, Star- 
 lings, Buntings, Larks, Chaffinches, Yellow Hammers, Nightin- 
 gales, Tanagers, Weaver-birds, etc., etc., are all descendants from 
 the several species of the Atlantian lista, established through 
 inter and cross-breedings, diminutive, degenerative and climatic 
 influences during the long lines of descendancy. (See Encyclo- 
 paedias for these vast modern links.) 
 
 The Skar'dent was a bird that originally inhabited the central 
 portion of the Lontidri, with migrations into the northern, north- 
 eastern and northwestern. It resembled the passerine birds of 
 the Corvus genus, especially the Raven, but larger. Its plumage 
 ■was a shiny black, over which was a purple reflection, changeable 
 in the different rays of sunlight. In the Atlantian period it was 
 a bird of fine song, as it piped its call tones in the evening and 
 on moonlight nights. It was not a bold and sagacious bird, but 
 rather loved to frequent the home grounds at eventide. When- 
 ever it did not so appear, it was taken to be the omen of an 
 approaching storm, hence was never molested by the people. The 
 characteristics of the modern bird, however, have reversed, for 
 it is now persecuted, on account of its change of morals, from 
 that of domestic companionship to sagacious and bold plunder. 
 At the time of the submergence remnants were left on both Con- 
 tinents, the descendants of which were pre-historically known as 
 the Con'zo on the Eastern, and the Skemot on the Western, whose 
 
 - 169 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 further descendants- became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 Raven species. Further degenerative, diminutive descendants 
 were the sub-famHy Corvinse or Crows ; still further degenerative, 
 diminutive conditions established the species Turdus Merula, or 
 Blackbirds, etc. 
 
 The croaking call-tones of the Crow, so degenerative or 
 changed, from the sweet song of the Atlantan Skardent. seem to 
 revert back in the Blackbird, as in nature's attempt to reproduce 
 some of the qualities of voice possessed by the Skardent in the 
 vocal powers of the Blackbird. This is evidenced by the song 
 of the Cock, who displays a peculiar liquid tone, though discon- 
 tinuous, that makes it much admired. In many cases, in its wild 
 state, it has been rightfully termed a "Mocking Bird," it having 
 been known to imitate the song of the Nightingale, the crowing 
 of a Cock, and even the cackling of a Hen. In confinement, it 
 has been taught to whistle a variety of tunes, and even to imitate 
 the human voice. Thus do we see that through descending gen- 
 erations, mixing of breeds and species, there is a disposition upon 
 the part of Nature not only to degenerate, diminish and silence 
 the vocal powers in some of the subsequent offspring, but to augr 
 ment, unfold, expand; and to reach back, and connect up again, 
 the severed links; to re-establish the supposed lost qualities of 
 being, such as characterized remote ancestors ; to reinstate all de- 
 velopments and unf oldments, productive of new forms of life, with 
 new characteristics and life qualities, through which reflect those 
 of the past. Hence, "natural unfoldment," in which the qualities 
 of being are endowed with reflected re-incarnations by the light 
 of spiritual influence, but not spirit being, or individuality, which 
 is the true and only re-incarnation that can exist in any descended 
 individual, or can possibly return from the spirit state of exist- 
 ence to that of the material from which it has passed. There- 
 fore, "re-incarnation" is only past influence, reflected upon 
 future being, both mentally and spiritually, and in the human 
 race it is largely mental. As, for instance, in writing this book, 
 the data and pre-historic facts contained therein are reflected 
 from spirit intelligences contemporaneous with the period of their 
 existence as such, and are therefore re-incarnations in the mind 
 of the writer ; who further re-incarnates them in the mind of the 
 reader. So it may be, not only with facts of data, but qualities 
 of being. A spirit, long since separated from the mortal body, 
 may cause his qualities of being to be reflected upon a descended 
 mortal, through the power of influence of one spirit upon another, 
 though one be in the body and the other dis-embodied. Hence 
 
 170 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the true "re-incarnation" is conditional influence, operating 
 through the qualities of being, and not spirit individuality, having 
 taken on a new forni of flesh. 
 
 The E-ii-te'a was a bird of sweet song and great beauty, that 
 inhabited the mountains and valleys bordering the northern and 
 eastern portions of the Lontidri. It closely resembled the family 
 Pica caudata, or Magpie. There were two principal species. The 
 first of these was larger than the modern Magpie. Its contour 
 feathers were black, over which gleamed purple reflections. Its 
 wing coverts and quills were scarlet, marked with a gold and 
 white combination patch on the quill feathers. The scapulars 
 and inner web of the flight feathers were golden and white, in 
 place of the white alone that characterizes the modern Magpie. 
 Its legs were a bright yellow. Its head bore a bright, narrow 
 yellow stripe on top and a spot of yellow skin had place under its 
 eyes ; a bright conirostral and orange beak ; yellow wattles formed 
 a lappet back of its eyes, that resembled the Grackula, of the 
 Sturnidae family of India. 
 
 The second species bore soft, loose, bluish feathers underneath 
 the body, and a ruffed crest of the same colored feathers crowned 
 its head. Its upper contour feathers wing and tail coverts, were 
 a dark bright blue, and the quill feathers of the tail and wings 
 were the same color at the base, but were tipped with a light gray. 
 Its legs and beak were also gray, but its feet were black. 
 
 At the time of the submergence remnants of both these spe- 
 cies were left in the Great Britain regions. Their descendants 
 were pre-historically known as the Giirfe, some of which further 
 migrated into Europe and Asia. Other remnants were left in 
 northwestern Africa, whose descendants were pre-historically 
 known as the Gal-se-let'. Another remnant was left in North 
 America, whose descendants were pre-historically known as the 
 C6n-ni-p6n'e-us, whose descendants migrated into the western 
 portions of the United States. Therefore, from these species of 
 the Eutea, through the Gulfe, the Galselet and the Conniponeus, 
 have descended all the species of the Magpie family in the above- 
 named regions and their further migrations, including the Grack- 
 els of the Sturnidae family, and their degenerate, diminutive spe- 
 cies, the Rice Birds, or Bobolinks, the Greater Butcher Birds, 
 Shrikes, the Jay Birds, etc. 
 
 The Pen-cip'e-us was a Wild Bird that inhabited the greater 
 portion of the Lontidri, and resembled the family Anatidse or 
 sub-family Anserenae, the Geese, though much larger. There 
 were three species- One had all black plumage with black feet, 
 
 171 
 
Submerjced Atlantis Restored 
 
 legs and beak. Another had all white plumage ; yellow feet, legs 
 and beak. The third had all gray plumage and gray legs, but 
 pink feet and beak; the latter being a mixed breed condition be- 
 tween the former two species. These birds, were never domesti- 
 cated in the Atlantian time, except as they frequented the waters 
 of the Parks. 
 
 At the time of the submergence remnants of the various spe- 
 cies were left on both the Eastern and the Western Continents, 
 whose descendants were pre-historically known as the Al-sa-se- 
 a'te on the Western, and the Squa-ne'driim on the Eastern, whose 
 further descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the sub- 
 family Anserenae, or Geese. ( See Encyclopaedias for the various 
 species in the modern links.) 
 
 After the establishment of the Netre (Swan) and the Penci- 
 peus, on the Eastern and Western Continents, some of the female 
 Netre, or their descendants, the Teuleon, and the male Pencipeus, 
 or their descendants, the Squanedrum, on the Eastern Continent, 
 mixed species and cross-bred, which established a sub-family, or 
 allied species, pre-historically known as the Sand'clef. Likewise, 
 upon the Western Continent, some of the female Netre, or their 
 pre-historic descendants, the Kokeano, and some of the male Pen- 
 cipeus, or their descendants, the Alsaseate, mixed species, and 
 further inter and cross-bred, which established a sub-family or 
 allied species, pre-historically known as the Rep'ta. The Sand- 
 clef and the Repta, therefore, became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the sub- families of the Anatidae, such as the Anatinae or Fresh- 
 Water Ducks, Sea Ducks, Spiny-tailed Ducks, and common Wild 
 Ducks, from which all domestic breeds have descended. 
 
 172 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH AT'LAN-TI-AN EX-AN'TA NUD SEL- 
 
 DON'ZE REX'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ATLANTIAN ALPHABET AND PUNCTUATION 
 
 MARKS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXI. 
 
 The following pre-historic information has been given us by 
 Ze-recha Yer'mah, our Col'ter-miise Le-a'sa Gil' tor (co-operative 
 spirit director), a Sue (son) of Zo'lax Yermah, his father; and 
 A-lu'gha Yermah, his mother; and the Es-san'dra (husband) of 
 Erothrodia Prolex, hence the Su-e-lete' (brother-in-law) of Alem 
 Prolex. 
 
 The following diagram represents the Atlantian Exanta, as 
 it was employed by the people of Teltzie Et. Some differences, 
 as was the case with the language existing in the other Teltzie, 
 will be shown further on. The capital letters were distinguished 
 from the others by simply being made larger. The "T," when 
 being pronounced, was strongly aspirated. The terms for "G" 
 and "]" were spelled the same, and also that of "A" and "T," 
 the distinction being in the sound of the vowel, as marked in the 
 diagram : 
 
 ^, 
 
 ■r. 
 
 y. 
 
 L. 
 
 K 
 
 t. 
 
 % 
 
 P 
 
 ftk. 
 
 Bu»i 
 
 SwJ 
 
 JDn^ 
 
 (^e.^ 
 
 ISiJ 
 
 ySwJ 
 
 EZk 
 
 k 
 
 IS. 
 
 Jd, 
 
 JD. 
 
 E, 
 
 F.- 
 
 Jf. 
 
 H. 
 
 e. 
 
 ^< 
 
 7^ 
 
 0/ 
 
 ccc. 
 
 11. 
 
 rc^j 
 
 cf. 
 
 Tf 
 
 (1)4 J 
 
 j6w*j 
 
 fiw 
 
 ^Tn>^ 
 
 Q^^j 
 
 Fo, 
 
 Fa.. 
 
 s. 
 
 f. 
 
 /6. 
 
 /i\j. 
 
 111. 
 
 71. 
 
 (D. 
 
 (P. 
 
 j^^ 
 
 "L. 
 
 ?. 
 
 /\/^ 
 
 4^^ 
 
 ;/. 
 
 /. 
 
 Sci. 
 
 Let- 
 
 1 Elf* J 
 
 Qo*. 
 
 '%dj 
 
 ' fetfl 
 
 Mi^ 
 
 /fj^ 
 
 Q- 
 
 /e. 
 
 S. 
 
 T. 
 
 Ob. 
 
 (1/. 
 
 Qjir. 
 
 X 
 
 y<J. 
 
 f. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'K/sj 
 
 cTai. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 z.. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 173 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The differences that existed in the Ex-an-ta'ze (alphabets) of 
 the various Teltzie, as above referred to, were as follows: That 
 of Teltzie We corresponded to that of Teltzie Et, excepting the 
 b, c, h, i, k, o, s, t, V, and y which were : 
 
 o./zrczce,-?,^^. 
 
 That of Teltzie Set corresponded with that of Teltzie Ket, 
 excepting the a, b, g, i, m, p, t, v, w, x and z, which differed in 
 form respectively as follows : 
 
 ZRJ;c,(rf,^X:^%)^,f^ 
 
 That of Teltzie Ket corresponded with that of Teltzie Et, 
 excepting the d, g, m, n, o, r, u, w and y, which differed in form 
 respectively, as follows: 
 
 That of Teltzie Zret corresponded with that of Teltzie Et, 
 excepting the c, h, j, q, s, u, v and y, which differed in form re- 
 spectively, as follows: 
 
 It must be remembered that these were the differences in the 
 Exantaze in the latter part of the third Efremetrum. Other dif- 
 ferences existed in the early part of the first Efremetrum, and 
 even earlier, extending through the second, and into the first part 
 of the third, as will be seen in the inscriptions on the Maretux 
 of Atara. 
 
 The following diagram, as will be seen, represents the Atlan- 
 tian Sel-don'ze Rex'ze (punctuation marks), and terms, with the 
 English translation : 
 
 174 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Signs 
 
 Atlantian Terms 
 
 English Terms 
 
 d 
 
 Vrex. 
 
 Period. 
 
 A* 
 
 Dox. 
 
 Comma. 
 
 P 
 
 Zan. 
 
 Colon. 
 
 <f 
 
 Getz. 
 
 Semi-colon. 
 
 /} 
 
 Wrex. 
 
 Interrogation mark. 
 
 n 
 
 Dex. 
 
 Exclamation point. 
 
 6 
 
 Venex. 
 
 Quotation mark. 
 
 J 
 
 Ni'et, 
 
 Apostrophe. 
 
 /\ 
 
 Gwet. 
 
 Parenthesis. 
 
 ^\ 
 
 Feze. 
 
 Etc. or &c. 
 
 iK- 
 
 Ax'te. Note. 
 
 The Atlantian alphabet has descended in fragments that 
 have found re-establishment, in various others, pre-historic 
 ancient and modern, in a similar way to other character- 
 istics and utilities of that people. As, for instance, the 
 Atlantian Ut, or A, which appears in a similar char- 
 acter in the Chalcidian inscriptions; Bu, or B, in the 
 Greek alphabet, Phoenician, old Athenian, old Corinthian, old 
 Chaldean, old Latin, etc., with slight changes nearing the form 
 of modern X ; Du, or D, in the old Hebrew rock-cut inscriptions, 
 old Athenian, Greek, Chalcidian inscriptions, old Latin; le, or E, 
 hieratic Egyptian; Tu, or F, in the old Athenian, and reversed 
 in the Chalcidian and old Latin ; Gu, or G, in the old Hebrew rock 
 inscriptions ; Elt, or H, in the old Greek, old Corinthian, slightly 
 changed, and inverted in the Chalcidian and old Latin ; Ti, or I, 
 in the old Corinthian, Chalcidian inscriptions, old Latin and mod- 
 ern Alphabets ; Gu, or J, in the Phoenician ; Et, or L, in the hier- 
 atic Egyptian, Ancient Phoenician, and Moabitic ; Fa, or P, in the 
 old Corinthian, Latin, and modern, slightly changed; Let, or R, 
 in the Greek with left oblique stroke added; Ut, or T, in the 
 hieratic Egyptian, and Hieroglyphic numbers; Ud, or U, in the 
 Ancient Phoenician, old Athenian, and old Corinthian, slightly 
 changed, and also reversed ; Az, or X, in the Phoenician ; We, or 
 Y, in the Syriac numbers ; Sa, or Z, in the Greek letters, slightly 
 changed. 
 
 . 175 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Atlantian notes, or musical characters, have reappeared 
 in such cases as the ancient Phoenician, Moabitic and hieratic 
 Egyptian alphabets; slightly changed in the Grecian inscriptions 
 and old Hebrew rock-cut inscriptions, etc. And other cases of 
 the above can be traced, if the reader cares to make the research. 
 
 These re-embodiments came principally through fragmentary 
 inscriptions wrought by descendants of the remnant Atlantians, 
 and subsequently discovered by pre-historic peoples, who utilized 
 them, in part, in their subsequent inscriptions, such as preceded 
 the remote ancient writings; whereby the few links have ex- 
 tended into the ancient inscriptions, and ultimately into modem 
 usage. The time will come when some of the pre-historic, and 
 even Atlantian inscriptions, shall be unearthed. Yea, some have 
 already been discovered (though they have been attributed to 
 Egyptian antiquities), that will give evidence of these facts! 
 
 176 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH AT'LAN-TI-AN LE-E'GRU U-RE'TA NUD 
 RE-RE'TA RE-ELT'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 
 ATLANTIAN FIGURES FOR THE CARDINAL AND 
 ORDINAL NUMBERS. 
 
 The following diagram and vocabulary will be sufficient to 
 give the reader a very good idea of the Atlantian Cardinal and 
 Ordinal Niimbers, as used in the time of the third Ef remetrum : 
 
 ^. 2.. S. ^. S-: 
 
 A. cP/. z'. ^^A^. 
 
 ^0. 3d. 4o. so. bo. 
 70. S'o. 90. /oo. /doo. 
 
 177 
 
Atl'n. 
 
 Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Eng. 
 
 Atl'n. 
 
 Eng. 
 
 Et 
 
 One 
 
 Etz 
 
 First 
 
 We 
 
 Two 
 
 Wez 
 
 Second 
 
 Set 
 
 Three 
 
 Setz 
 
 Third 
 
 Ket 
 
 Four 
 
 Ketz 
 
 Fourth 
 
 Zret 
 
 Five 
 
 Zretz 
 
 Fifth 
 
 Sot 
 
 Six 
 
 Sotz 
 
 Sixth 
 
 Zum 
 
 Seven 
 
 Ziimz 
 
 Seventh 
 
 Est 
 
 Eight 
 
 Estz 
 
 Eighth 
 
 Ont 
 
 Nine 
 
 Ontz 
 
 Ninth 
 
 Trum 
 
 Ten 
 
 Trumz 
 
 Tenth 
 
 Note. — ^The ordinal numbers, from the first to the tenth, in- 
 clusive, are formed by adding "Ze" to the cardinal : 
 
 Et'ze 
 
 Eleven 
 
 Et-ze' 
 
 Eleventh 
 
 Weze 
 
 Twdve 
 
 We-ze 
 
 Twelfth 
 
 Set'ze 
 
 Thirteen 
 
 Set-ze' 
 
 Thirteenth 
 
 Ket'ze 
 
 Fourteen 
 
 Ket-ze'^ 
 
 Fourteenth 
 
 Zret'ze 
 
 Fifteen 
 
 Zret-ze' 
 
 Fifteenth 
 
 Sot'ze 
 
 Sixteen 
 
 S6t-ze' 
 
 Sixteenth 
 
 Ziim'ze 
 
 Seventeen 
 
 Ziim-ze 
 
 Seventeenth 
 
 Est'ze 
 
 Eighteen 
 
 Est-ze' 
 
 Eighteenth 
 
 Ont'ze 
 
 Nineteen 
 
 Ont-ze' 
 
 Nineteenth 
 
 Note. — The only distinction between the cardinal and the 
 ordinal numbers, from eleven to nineteen, inclusive, is in the 
 accent of the syllables ; the cardinal having the accent on the first, 
 and the ordinal on the last. 
 
 E'tete 
 E-tete-ze' 
 Et'niid e-tete 
 Etz'nud e-tete-ze' 
 Thrist 
 Thrist-ze' 
 Et'nud thrist 
 Etz' niid thrist-ze' 
 Fru'ith 
 Fru-ith-ze 
 Et'nud fru-ith 
 Etz'niid frii-ith-ze' 
 Fe'tete 
 Fe-tete-ze' 
 Et'nud fe-tete 
 
 Twenty 
 
 Twentieth 
 
 One and twenty 
 
 First and twentieth 
 
 Thirty 
 
 Thirtieth 
 
 One and thirty 
 
 First and thirtieth 
 
 Forty 
 
 Fortieth 
 
 One and forty 
 
 First and fortieth 
 
 Fifty 
 
 Fiftieth 
 
 One and fifty 
 
 178 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Etz'niid fe-tete-ze' First and fiftieth 
 
 Ce'rete Sixty 
 
 Ce-rete-ze Sixtieth 
 
 Et'niid ce-rete One and sixty 
 
 Etz'niid ce-rete-ze First and Sixtieth 
 
 Sen'te Seventy 
 
 Sen-te-ze Seventieth 
 
 Et'niid sen-te One and seventy 
 
 Etz'nud sen-te-ze First and seventieth 
 
 E'the Eighty 
 
 E-the-ze' Eightieth 
 
 Et'nud e-the One and eighty 
 
 Etz'niid e-the-ze First and eightieth 
 
 Ne'the Ninety 
 
 Ne-the-ze' Ninetieth 
 
 Et'niid ne-the One and ninety 
 
 Etz'nud ne-the-ze First and ninetieth 
 
 On'thre One hundred 
 
 On-thre-ze' One hundredth 
 
 Et'niid on-thre-ze One hundred and one 
 
 Et'niid 6n-thre First and one hundredtt 
 
 Tel'tie One thousand 
 
 Te-tie-ze' One thousandth 
 
 Et'nud tel-tie One and one thousand 
 
 Etz'nud tel-tig-ze' One and one thousandth 
 Note. — The above table can be made complete by prefixing a 
 cardinal or ordinal number, from one to ten, and from first to 
 tenth, to each denomination, e. g., We nud e-tete, two and twenty; 
 
 Wez nud e-tete-ze, second and twentieth; Set nud, e-tete, three 
 
 and twenty ; Setz nud e-tete-ze, third and twentieth, etc- 
 
 The Atlantian figures, like the alphabet, have found re-em- 
 bodiment in subsequent alphabets and numebrs ; e. g., Et, or I, is 
 found in the Phoenician and old Hebrew alphabets, and the mod- 
 ern eighth rest sign in music ; We, or 2, in the old Hebrew alpha- 
 bet, slightly changed obliquely; in the Phoenician and Moabitic, 
 slightly changed, and in the modern sixteenth rest; Set,, or 3, in 
 the Ancient Phoenician, Moabitic and old Hebrew alphabets, and 
 modern thirty-second rest; Zret, or 5, in the ancient Phoenician 
 and early Greek and Latin alphabets ; Sot, or 6, in the hieratic 
 Egyptian numbers and in Greek letters, slightly changed ; Est, or 
 
 8, same as Sot, or 6, though with a little more change; Ont, or 
 
 9, in the hieratic figures ; the Cipher, in the Egyptian, Phoenician, 
 Moabitic, old Hebrew, Greek, Latin and English alphabets, etc. 
 
 179 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH AT'LAN-TI-AN RE-LAN'SE, 
 
 OR 
 THE ATLANTIAN CALENDAR. 
 
 The Atlantian Yelt (year) was established by civil, and not 
 astronomical calculations. It was divided into 12 Ash-nor'ze 
 (months) viz: (i) Qiiin (March); (2) Dm (April); (3) Liall 
 (May) ; (4) Re-set', (June) ; (5) Lute (July) ; (6) Ge-ist' (Au- 
 gust) ; (7) Sin-lete' (September); (8) Ar'but (October); (9) 
 Ka-miite' (November); (10) Em-bleze' (December); (11) Yer 
 (January); and (12) Alt (February). 
 
 Invariably there were 28 Yete'ze (days) in each Ashnor. The 
 Yete (day) record began at 3 A. M., and the Wiljet (night) at 
 9 P. M. The Yelt began with Quin, which therefore was the 
 first Ashnor in the Atlantian Yelt, instead of Yer, as is the case 
 with the modern Almanac, and it closed with Altz, instead of 
 Embleze. 
 
 The Relanse divisions of time into 12 Ashnorze for the Yelt, 
 and the Pan-ti-nu'sa, or ephemeris divisions, into 28 Yeteze for 
 the Ashnor, established an Almanac of only 336 Yeteze to the 
 Yelt. According to the modern Calendar there would yet re- 
 main 29 Yeteze, at the close of the 12 regular Ashnorze, and 30 
 at the expiration of every fourth year, before the solar period for 
 the beginning of another Yelt. 
 
 This period of 29 Yeteze between the Ashnorze Alt and Din, 
 was termed Ez-re-mance' which meant intervening time, and in 
 place of an intercalation record of one Yete in every four Yeltze, 
 caused by the additional 5 Lout'ze (hours), 48 Re-net'ze (min- 
 utes), and 46 Bel'ze (seconds), of the solar time, which occurs 
 annually, as accounted for in the Julius Caesar period, or as in 
 the present Calendar systems, and recorded at the end of every 
 four years as that of the "leap-year" condition, the Atlantians 
 made an intervening Ezremance of 30 Yeteze every fourth Yelt, 
 which rendered a corresponding result. Therefore, at the close 
 of the Ashnor of Alt, 29 Yeteze were passed over, or omitted 
 from the Relanse for three successive Yeltzie, and 30 Yeteze for 
 the fourth Yelt, when the civil Yelt began again on the first of 
 Quin, March. 
 
 Just here Yermah informs us that "the now known Julian 
 
 180 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 iLitLnK. 
 
 LCJ/, 
 
 ? KW?. 
 
 LMk 
 
 7%t<itmr, 
 
 Ikh 
 
 7hM.^/-Le7.iPll 
 
 Kifn?. ))^ii?fi ^«f/i 
 
 hM'hi-tix.^Mss 
 
 ^nm "f^i^^f' <<^^ 
 
 s: 
 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 5: 
 
 TT 
 
 J/ 
 
 2i: 
 
 Su 
 
 ± 
 
 F^ 
 =^"^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 Td 
 
 11 
 
 31. 
 
 M: 
 
 ~\s/ 
 
 K 
 
 3A. 
 
 =1^ 
 
 S2: 
 
 33_ 
 
 TT 
 
 1/1 
 
 OH 
 
 1141. 
 
 a:^- 
 
 30. 
 
 31. 
 
 a^ 
 
 Hz: 
 
 nn. 
 
 m. 
 
 n^ 
 
 liL 
 
 aiz. 
 
 =i/p 
 
 ff-zn. 
 
 tccc-nn^ 
 
 iJMd. 
 
 ■^er- 
 
 hu 
 
 ^r/7f))i^?f. <^?/f^. 
 
 ^ 
 
 •If'-er- 
 
 7,n^J^. 
 
 IJi/Qltl^Mf.. 
 
 «<•; 
 
 IL 
 
 5l. 
 
 J/ 
 
 _^ 
 
 Id 
 
 11 
 
 Hi 
 
 1^ 
 
 tT" 
 
 K 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 iq 
 
 iTr 
 3i: 
 
 2i. 
 
 3!L 
 
 3a_ 
 
 a_ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 IS/ 
 
 liT 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 S 
 
 04^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 :i^ 
 
 az: 
 
 
 51 
 
 C/i/?r°' 
 
 ^£^ 
 
 ^r«<^- 
 
 llnuSi 
 
 J^Ltr 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^2g 
 
 i^H 
 
 ^ 
 
 I& 
 
 ^e 
 
 ^j^ 
 
 2bl 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ))vf;/y i^ 
 
 i 
 
 5 
 
 zs 
 
 £ 
 
 iS 
 
 /f 
 
 ia 
 
 33. 
 
 & 
 
 £1 
 
 ID 
 
 3S 
 
 la. 
 
 ^ 
 
 "Li. 
 
 zm: 
 
 nzz: 
 
 HA. 
 
 HA. 
 
 liZ 
 
 3A. 
 
 ^0. 
 
 :g. 
 
 TS 
 
 =\^ 
 
 ca: 
 
 EXECBjz 
 
 ffTT 
 
 n^ 
 
 33. 
 
 35_ 
 
 an 
 
 Qz: 
 
 IS/ 
 
 idi 
 
 y^eTi. 
 
 ^b'^P. 
 
 w/f^ 
 
 ^4t 
 
 itt 
 
 \t1ifj 
 
 M^s. 
 
 'i^nn- 
 
 h 
 
 imh 
 
 ^/.i^.' 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^gi 
 
 fe^te. 
 
 //f?.- 
 
 Isiij- 
 
 £<Lylt MWf. ^<f^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 £: 
 
 3: 
 
 33: 
 
 32 
 
 £ 
 
 3^ 
 
 2L\. 
 
 33. 
 
 IZ 
 
 aiL 
 
 IB. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 32 
 
 ^ 
 
 in 
 
 34^ 
 
 331 
 
 3 
 
 % 
 
 ^ 
 
 33. 
 
 sj_ 
 
 33_ 
 
 ^ 
 
 33 
 
 aa= 
 
 31. 
 
 3X 
 
 SZ! 
 
 aj/. 
 
 iR^ 
 
 3i7. 
 
 3iC. 
 
 h.i'r-Qtt'\.vvrj 
 
 ^jjM 
 
 Vl< 7tLt J 
 
 ^7hLt ? . 
 
 r//>^^ 
 
 ^■c/zifj 
 
 yn-^cipj /u-v//-f>x^j 
 
 ni: 
 
 T^r 
 
 -T^ 
 
 
 zb: 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 if- 
 
 ^ 
 
 =1 D 
 
 3: 
 
 /T" 
 
 181 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Calendar or division of time, is a re-'embodied idea of the Atlan- 
 tians, conceived and re-established through both spirit and his- 
 toric influences;" viz., before the time of the Ptolemies, an At- 
 lantian spirit, who as a mortal was known by the name of Ar-e- 
 te-p6'His, revealed the idea of the Atlantian Relanse, or Calen- 
 dar, unto an Egyptian by the name of A-man'ze-ras, who dwelt 
 in the Nile region, between the Third and Fourth Cataracts, near 
 the now known town of Merawi, who made a plan and record 
 of it- 
 Through this revelation, as recorded by Amanzeras, as was 
 the case with other remnant and inspired revelations that had 
 been recorded from time to time, it found its way into the great 
 Alexandrian Library, where it was archived as valuable evidence 
 of Atlantian existence. 
 
 In subsequent time. Spirit Aretepolus influenced the minds 
 of Sosigenes and Julius Caesar, and revealed unto them, princi- 
 pally through the Cacellaship of Sosigenes, the idea of the Atlan- 
 tian Relense, at the opportune time when the Roman Calendar, 
 as established by Numa, was in such an indefinite condition. And 
 he further informed them of the existence of the record of the 
 Amanzeras, in the Alexandrian Library. Therefore Julius 
 Caesar sought evidence verifying the fact. He possessed himself 
 of the knowledge that they there existed, by a copy of the same, 
 after which he, Caesar, by the advice and assistance of Sosigenes, 
 abolished the intercalations, as per the Roman year Calendar, by 
 Numa, and robbed the pontifices of their power to change the 
 same to the convenience of themselves and their friends, and 
 established the divisions of time now known as the "Julian Year." 
 He further informs us that the records as made by Amanze- 
 ras, which had been revealed to him by Aretepolus, and collected 
 by the Ptolemies along with the other Atlantian records above 
 referred to, were subsequently lost, during the time intervening 
 between Caesar, Caracella and Diaclatias, and the disgraceful, pil- 
 lage of the Library in 389, A. D., under the rule of the Christian 
 Bishop, Theophilus. 
 
 182 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH AT'LAN-TI-AN MA-RE-TUX'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ATLANTIAN MONUMENTS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXII. 
 
 Yer'mah further informs us that, in the great Tyn'ger (val- 
 ley) of Atara, suburban to the aistie of Atara, stood the great 
 Ma-re'tiix (the term signifying "to learn"), or national Monu- 
 ment. This Maretux was triangular in form (see cut), so con- 
 structed as to symbolize the three principles, Wisdom, Love and 
 Truth. It was composed of three parts, viz., pedestal, column 
 and cap-stone, so placed as to further symbolize the trinity, Nen- 
 cie, Lemaz and Wotz, or Time, Space and Life. The cap-stone 
 was drawn to an apex, in harmony with the triangular form of 
 the base and shaft of the Maretux. The height from the base 
 to the apex was about lOO coitex or feet. The diameter of each 
 of the three parts was of proportionate dimension. The material 
 from which it was constructed was of a lava formation, having 
 a sheen similar to that of the Obsidian formations, as now found 
 in Ethiopia, and the Yellowstone Park of the United States of 
 America. It was quarried from the Aelkedze near Atara, and 
 afterwards transported to the place of its erection. This was 
 done by animal force, as electricity had not come into use as a 
 motive force at that period of time. This material was used 
 principally for the construction of Maretuxze, or monuments. 
 
 The erection or construction of this great Maretux was begun 
 by Gal-tha'za, the first Efremetrum of the Lontidri, at the time 
 he established the Atlantian Republic. He gave the structure the 
 name of "Maretux," as being suitable for the Nencie of Del-ze- 
 mar-ic'ses, or "time of Governmental records." 
 
 At the time of its completion, Galthaza's effigy was sculptured 
 on one side of it (the side not visible in our cut), together with 
 three inscriptions, selected from his Delzemaricses principles, as 
 follows : 
 
 First inscription: 
 
 The translation is. May my reign be in justice. 
 
 183 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Second inscription: 
 
 The translation — Ka'la give me wisdom. 
 Third inscription: 
 
 The translation — Kala help the people to be more like unto 
 thyself. 
 
 According to the plan laid down by Galthaza, it became the 
 custom at the beginning of the term of office, for each succeed- 
 ing Efremetrum to place on the Maretux three inscriptions, giv- 
 ing expression to his chief thoughts, for the spiritual education of 
 the people, who read them, and contemplated them together with 
 his effigy. 
 
 As was the case with all inscriptions placed in public places 
 during the first Efremetrumze, and early part of the third, those 
 on the Maretux were subjected to the condition of abbreviation, 
 so far as the characters were concerned, some individual ones 
 being understood by the peoples of those periods as "word signs," 
 and some as "syllable signs," while in some cases the entire word 
 was written out by characters belonging to the period of time 
 and locality, when recorded. It must be remembered that the 
 alphabet differed in the various Teltzie, even in the same periods 
 of time ; and furthermore it sustained changes under the manage- 
 ment of the different Efremetrumze, developing into a better and 
 more complete system of writing during each succeeding Efre- 
 metrum, until in the last half of the third, the language was writ- 
 ten out in entirety, as is the custom in modern times. There- 
 fore a parallel case with the developments from the pre-historic 
 to the ancient; an ultimate result of the modern methods of in- 
 scription and chirography ; which latter is but a re-embodied idea, 
 or link from the Atlantian linguis,tic and chirographic epi-cycle, 
 through which that connection must be made, the nearest repre- 
 sentative being in the Egyptian method, of ancient periods, which 
 latter is an offspring from the Atlantian. 
 
 Furthermore, differences in relation to the parts of speech 
 are to be encountered, when translating from the Atlantian to the 
 English, and other languages, which make the characters seem 
 inadequate to syllabification, or word formations, in the early 
 Atlantian writing or inscriptions, e. g., the words "or" and "is" 
 
 184 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the English, which have no representative terms in the Atlan- 
 tian, etc. 
 
 We have divided the words and characters in the inscriptions 
 and translations of the ancient Atlantian, with commas, so that 
 the reader may see how many characters are required for the 
 translation of the words. 
 
 In the first Efremetrum and even prior to that time, the term 
 Ka'la was used in the sense of "God.". In the second, the term 
 was changed to Ga-ha'la, which continued into the early part of 
 the third,- when, under, the teaching of Alem Prolex, it was 
 changed to Ga'la. 
 
 When Goet'lez, who was chosen from Teltzie Zret, came into 
 oflSce as the second Efremetrum, he brought the influence of the 
 language, and character representation of the same, irom his 
 Teltzie, and according to the cutsom above referred to, his efKgy 
 and spiritual inscriptions were placed upon the second side of the 
 Maretux, and were as follows: 
 
 First inscription, 
 
 The translation — Out, of, the, darkness, cometh, the, light. 
 Second inscription, 
 
 The translation — Have, you, found, the, truth, within, your, 
 own, souls? 
 
 Third inscription, 
 
 The translation, Gahala, dwells, within, let, him, show, him- 
 self. 
 
 When Alem Prolex, who was chosen from Teltzie Et, came 
 into office, as the third and last Efrmetrum of the Lontidri, his 
 effigy and spiritual thoughts were sculptured similarly to those of 
 his predecessors, upon the third side of the Maretux. 
 
 . i8s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 First inscription. 
 
 The tranlation, Gahala, within; Gahala, in all; Seek, in, thy, 
 soul, the, greater, Gahala, you, will, find. 
 
 Second inscription, 
 
 The translation — The soul, in, nature, may, be, revealed, A, 
 law, A, divine, truth. 
 
 Third inscription. 
 
 The translation — ^As, the, sun, gives, light, reaching, every- 
 where, so, let, the, truth, of Gahala, search, your, souls. 
 
 During the latter part of the second Efremetrum, an inscrip- 
 tion was placed upon each side of the cap-stone of the Maretux, 
 as follows : 
 
 
 i86 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 
 «i,ffl 
 
 
 USH IN-THA-O'ZA MA-RE'TUX SI AT'LAN-TIS. 
 
 187 
 
Submerg;ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 Following is a chirographic illustration of the foregoing in- 
 scriptions on the Maretux, as they appeared in the Atlantian lan- 
 guage, written in Teltzie Et, in the third or last Efremetrum: 
 
 [Zi-Ay^-jf^i^nA/zr rczfjopray//. 
 yirz(jHi^z?cz-J^ft?i^//-y\/r-zc'?rr- 
 
 li/\yvx_r-'Ii^1-ryyr'frKZA/'im€ecciLi'//ui^/nv- 
 
 Following are the Atlantian and English translations of the 
 nine inscriptions of the Efremetrumze, that had place on the 
 Maretux, as written in the latter part of the third Efremetrum, 
 which shows the development in the chirographic art, and the 
 
 i88 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 linguistic differences among the three Efremetrumze, in that 
 respect : 
 
 1. Gel celt en' net le ent kut'ce 
 May my reign be in justice. 
 
 2. Ka'la quet let men'den. 
 God give me wisdom. 
 
 3. Ka'la lep ush gre'ate et le frel lese les'et trist. 
 God help the people to be more like unto thyself. 
 
 4. Ors si ush dez'ry ze-re'ath ush sii-tly. 
 Out of the darkness cometh the light. 
 
 5. Hal uz grest ush hist cor'i-ten iiz'e tes'ze? 
 Have you found the truth within your souls ? 
 
 6. Ga-ha'la les'tis cor'i-ten iit si'ter er'on si-ter-6n'tes lut'ent. 
 God dwells within, let him show himself without. 
 
 7. Ga-ha'la cor'i-ten Ga-ha'la ent nii kret ent tri tes ush 
 
 quel'ter Ga-ha'la iiz elt cled. 
 God within, God in all, seek in thy soul, the greater God 
 you will find. 
 
 • - * 
 
 8. Ush tes ent za'ten get le led-mede ent onts f^ clat '-^ 
 
 tel'ta-ec hist- i.y \J 
 
 The soul in nature may be revealed in self, a law, a divine 
 truth. 
 
 9. Tes iish tet que'tre sutry mil-lent' ven'ti-le es ket ush hist 
 si Ga-ha'la pal'zy iiz'e tes'ze 
 
 As the sun gives light reaching everywhere, so let the 
 truth of God search your souls. 
 
 The reader will note that the term Kala in the second and 
 third inscriptions of the first Efremetrum, is represented by three 
 characters, a partial syllabication, a linguistic influence having 
 arisen from the teachings of Galthaza, who had been chosen as 
 Efremetrum from Teltzie Zret, and wrote and spoke the language 
 of that Teltzie ; also that the term Gahala, in the third inscription 
 of the second Efremetrum, is represented with but two charac- 
 ters, entirely different from those of the first, a condition due to 
 a change of language and characters by Goetlez, who had been 
 chosen as Efremetrum from Teltzie Set; angther example of 
 partial syllabication, thus influenced by the language as spoken 
 by Goetlez, who was more familiar with that used in Teltzie Set ; 
 
 189 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 that the term Gahala, in the first and third inscriptions of the 
 third Efremetrum, is represented by only one character, unlike 
 any one of the above, due to abbreviated changes that had taken 
 place during the latter part of the second Efremetrum, an exam- 
 ple of single word signs; that the term Gahala, beneath the tri- 
 angle in the cap-stone of the Maretux, is represented by three 
 characters, unlike any of those above mentioned; so influenced 
 by character changes that had arisen from linguistic develop- 
 ments natural to the period of time in which they were placed on 
 the Maretux ; an example of pure syllabication, viz., divided into 
 three syllables, the first character representing "Ga,' the second 
 "ha," and the third, "la." 
 
 Another idea entertained by Goetlez, when separating the in- 
 scription for Gahala into three characters, was to carry out the 
 symbolic idea of the triangle, which latter was represented above 
 the inscription. This was also the case on the Temple of the 
 Illustrate Dead Bodies, the only diiiference being in the charac- 
 ter writing that took place during the lapse of time intervening 
 between the placements of the two, viz: those on the Maretux, 
 during the latter part of the second Efremetrum, those on the 
 Temple, during the early part of the third- 
 
 The disc above the triangle was intended as a representation 
 of Ush Ken (the sun), and symbolized Gahala, of that period, 
 and Gala, of the latter part of the third Efremetrum. The disc 
 was formed by Zin'de'lete Zi-te'ze (crystal mosaics), and the radi- 
 ations of U'zie (gold), placed to reflect the light of the sun so it 
 could be seen for miles up the Tynger. The triangle, as repre- 
 sented beneath the image of Ken, symbolizd All Things ; and the 
 entire inscription, beneath the triangle, was descriptive of the 
 entire thought as embodied in the two symbols above, viz : Ga- 
 hala, all things, and later. Gala, all things, or God in all existence. 
 
 In the northern portion of the Tynger, between the Maretux 
 and the Kelete, were numerous Maretuxze which had been 
 erected from time to time for the purpose, as it were, of drama- 
 tizing religious, natural and scientific principles, in connection 
 with various facts in Atlantian history. 
 
 One of these Maretuxze was known as the Ke'dest E-6n'try, 
 the term meaning " a wayside shrine," and was a perfectly plain 
 structure. It had only one main entrance, with an opening to 
 admit the light. In the interior, against the rear wall, was a very 
 large stone tank, which was constantly filled with water, and rep- 
 resented the Great Spring of Life. The continuous flow of wa- 
 ter represented the everlasting Purity of Gahala, a principle 
 which all mankind should seek to possess. Above the tank was 
 
 190 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 an inscription read by the frequenters of the shrine, as follows: 
 Zrl'ald et Ga-hala (Sacred to God)- Beneath the inscription 
 was the image of the Ken, represented with a disc and golden 
 radiations. 
 
 This Kedest Eontry was for the utility of the people from the 
 country, who, when passing to and from the aistie, would halt 
 for the time, that they might rest, cleanse themselves, and wor- 
 ship Gahala. Before drinking of the water, each individual 
 would, on bended knee, offer the following impressive prayer 
 unto Gahala : "Tes vy ves'te ent lish W-tie' ves'ley ex'6 Ga-ha- 
 la lep et lut-te'ny tes niid bait ;" which, translated into English, 
 is as follows : "As we bathe in the pure waters, so God help us 
 to purify soul and body. 
 
 Another of the Maretuxze was known as the Ex'tre-phon, the 
 term meaning an "up-reaching for greater purity." It was a 
 lofty and impressive structure, about lOO coitex square, tapering 
 at the top, and was built of enormous blocks of stone, the latter 
 being so perfectly matched and highly polished as to give the 
 structure the appearance of a giant monolith There were no 
 inscriptions on it, but by its colossal form, it was understood to 
 symbolize the greatness and wisdom of Gahala, and the force of 
 that principle throughout creation ; and thus played its part in the 
 silent drama being enacted by the Maretuxze, for the benefit of 
 the people who passed and re-passed, enroute through the great 
 Tynger of Atara 
 
 Near the Kelete was another Maretux, known as the A-se- 
 noret, the term meaning "a place of pleasure." It was a large 
 and beautiful structure surmounted by the figure of an Ant'li-er 
 (an Atlantian animal of the wilds), sculptured in recumbent 
 position, with his feet projecting in front, and his head turned 
 as if looking back toward the aistie. It was thus erected and 
 held sacred as a memorial of "soul knowledge" and "educational 
 attainments" that were possessed through its development; con- 
 ditions that lead the individual from the crude, uncivilized state 
 into which they have fallen to the condition of betterment, of 
 both soul and body. Amid the adornments which Nature had 
 placed about, and in the vicinity of the Maretux, seats were inter- 
 spersed for the utility of those who sought the place for rest and 
 quiet. 
 
 In the aistie of Listrio was another colossal Maretux, known 
 as the An'ti-le-6n, the term meaning "Place of Worship-" It 
 was constructed under the direction of Yermah the Deltsanz of 
 the Teltzie, and was a very beautiful structure, composed of gray 
 Signitie (Marble), and ornamented with Kintlin (White Stone). 
 
 . 191 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Its foundation was lOO coitex square. The foundation, or ped- 
 estal, was an elevation of three combined bases, each relatively 
 smaller than the one on which it rested ; i. e-, each super-base was 
 about 3 coitex less in dimension than its sub-base, and each of 
 the three bases was about 6 coitex in height, thus making the 
 combined base about i8 coitex in height. From the compound 
 base rose a colossal shaft to the height of about 80 coitex. Each 
 corner of the shaft was crowned with a block of Kintlin, and 
 from these, of the same material, rose four smaller shafts, one 
 from each block, that supported a large Kintlin basin, in which 
 pure water from the rain-fall was gathered. On the front of the 
 base of this great Maretux were three large steps of Kintlin 
 which led up to a grotto-like opening in the first section of the 
 base, through which one might enter. Within this section a 
 flight of Kintlin steps ascended to the third, or upper section of 
 the base, which was divided into four chambers. (Dn one side of 
 each chamber a large tank was located. Square Kintlin tubes or 
 pipes connected these with the basin on the summit, through 
 which the water passed from it into the tanks. These were also 
 utilized as conductors of air from the lower chambers to the 
 outer atmosphere at the summit. In connection with the basin 
 there was an apparatus by which the flow of water was con- 
 trolled. The walls and floors of the four chambers were of 
 solid Kintlin. There was an exterior opening from each cham- 
 ber, through which to admit light and air. These chambers were 
 dedicated to the four seasons of the year, at which times, on 
 stated days, or four times a year, the people from the aistie and 
 surrounding country gathered there for religions services. Each 
 individual brought a large vessel, in which to carry away some 
 of the sacred water from the tanks for a bath at home- As each 
 person entered to get his supply of sacred water, he first placed 
 his vessel on the white tank, then knelt down on one knee, raised 
 both hands, palms together, above his head, and uttered a prayer. 
 This was in such words as the soul prompted. Then rising, he 
 filled the vessel and departed in peace. Above each tank was 
 the following inscription: 
 
 (/^7-/i-GttAir-lr7/^A1l-0f'l-l^ifh 7 
 
 J/AL-yT/PLCflr-^ 
 
 192 
 
k 
 
 Links and Cycles 
 
 The following is a translation of the foregoing inscription, 
 according to the language and characters, as utilized in Teltzie 
 Zret, in the third Efremetrum: 
 
 Tes^^^muse ent ush ler el-zes'es Gala lep let ler-rez' 
 cletz nud c6-di'ze. 
 
 As I bathe in the pure waters, so God help me purify soul and 
 body. 
 
 The tanks were at all times kept sacredly clean and pure. The 
 only inscription on the exterior of the Maretux was as follows : 
 
 En'thlis les-et' Gala. 
 
 Sacred unto God. 
 
 Small Maretuxze of this kind were erected all over the Lon- 
 tidri, but were built in accord with the taste of the people in the 
 Teltzie where they were located. 
 
 In a beautiful Cergu, in the center of the great white aistie 
 of Miezietory, was a magnificent Maretux known as the E-16n- 
 ket're. It was constructed as a symbol of certain principles, and 
 also as an artistic ornament, suitable to adorn the beautiful ais- 
 tie. Its solitary base and approaches covered an area about 200 
 coitex square. The base was 10 coitex in width and the same in 
 height. It was characterized with an opening in front, to which 
 an approach was made by a flight of steps. The top was 
 adorned with a square projection on the center of each side, the 
 base conforming to their shape- In each projection, excepting 
 the front one, was a large opening. Above the solitary base rose 
 the main shaft, to the height of 50 coitex. Above this a shaft 
 of lesser dimension rose to about 15 coitex. This was crowned 
 with a beautiful dome, upon which were represented geometri- 
 cal and astronomical characters ; and finally, from the dome, rose 
 a central standard of Cletie (silver), in the form of a cross, the 
 three points of which outlined the triangle- From the three 
 points were radiations of Uzie (gold), thus outlining three small 
 triangles^ which gave the efifect of a triangle of triangles. 
 
 The exterior of the base and shafts was solid; but the dome 
 was one great hall with arched openings on each side for obser- 
 vatory purposes, and furnished seats for public use. A rotunda 
 extended from dome to base, around which was a spiral stairway, 
 by which to reach the dome hall. The dome was supported by 
 four walls, which thus divided the base and shaft into four 
 
 193 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 rooms that extended in height from base to dome. Arched 
 openings in each wall afforded entrance and exit from room to 
 room, as well as to the rotunda. The exterior was adorned with 
 equestrian statues, which were placed on either sjde the opening 
 leading to the rotunda. The one on the right was that of a fe- 
 male figure, seated upon an Hittraina. She was in stately pose 
 with garments gracefully floating backwards, as if in rapid flight. 
 Her head was adorned simply with a wreath of leaves. She 
 held out a partially unrolled manuscript, on which the following 
 inscription was wrought in golden characters, for the people to 
 read: 
 
 (A.lh 
 
 A, ii-rn % ^h^ zc- ?rA.ii- ni o 7-A,ii-m-?cf- 
 
 Following is the translation of the foregoing inscription, ac- 
 cording to the language and character writing in Teltzie Ket, in 
 the third Efremetrum: 
 
 Tun lu neh lash ce'luth si nu men'den tin gelt em si thiin nalt 
 tin gel tiz niid ke-me'let nu nalt Ga'la gelt lav iin le. 
 
 Thou who art the representative of all wisdom, we would ask 
 of thee that we may know and understand all that God would 
 have us be. 
 
 Note.— The term "un" was used for both pronouns, "we" and 
 "us," the context governing the same- 
 
 On the left was a male figure, seated in a stately position 
 upon a Zen'thra (Atlantian animal), his only garment being a 
 plain, loose robe, that extended down to his feet. Nothing 
 adorned his head excepting a flowing suit of hair. He held a 
 sceptre, crowned with a golden anchor, in his hand. This statue 
 was intended to represent or symbolize Trust, or the anchorage 
 of the soul in Gala ; and that Gala had given to man the force to 
 overcome all things, if he so willed it. 
 
 The general symbolic idea of the entire structure was in it- 
 self a drama to the people. In its height and beauty they saw 
 that which portrayed the force of Gala to construct the "all beau- 
 
 194 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tiful," which through contemplation brought to them the light of 
 truth; in its whiteness, the purity of the light of truth, such as 
 came to them from above; in the sheen of the Uzie and the 
 Cletie, the beautiful light that adorns the spirit after it has left 
 the material form, as it gathers wisdom, and blends into condi- 
 tions of knowledge and truth. In the Zenthra, they recognized 
 strength and endurance. So should man, when going forth on 
 his. missions in life, do so with great determination, and by being 
 forcible and strong in every effort, conquer all things. In the 
 Hittraina, they recognized the quality of fleetness, which should 
 attend their efforts in life. In the female who was represented 
 as riding it, the affection and love that quietly and mildly con- 
 quer where all .else fails ; and a virtue that should at all times 
 accompany the conquests in life, in whatever avenue they may 
 be. 
 
 195 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 At'LAN-TI-AN MEL'LA-CES NUD EL-TA-ME'DES 
 A-GAL-TE'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 ATLANTIAN PRIMITIVE AND ERECTED TEMPLES. 
 
 TELTZIE XXIII. 
 
 The primitive Mel-la-ces A-gal-teze of Atlantis, Yermah in- 
 forms us, were built without hands, and adorned without the 
 aid of the wealth of mortals, for they were of Nature's forma- 
 tion. 
 
 All the Aelkedze of the Lontidri were characterized with 
 Heltroploxze (caves), which the people held sacred because of 
 their natural formation, and were therefore used as Mellaces 
 Agalteze, in which the IDeltsanza taught the people of the earlier 
 periods, regardng the Gahala principle in Nature- 
 
 To an Atlantian, the Heltroploxze represented a coming 
 nearer to the Gahala in all Nature, and were therefore used by 
 them as Nature's Temples. 
 
 In the famous Ceitux Aelkede, of the Ceitux terranzi, adja- 
 cent to the aistie of Atara, was located a Heltroplox Kito (Cave 
 Temple) for educational purposes. At certain times during the 
 day, people could be seen going in and out, others standing at the 
 entrance awaitng the hour for the beginning of special instruc- 
 tion. The Deltsanza entered the Heltroplox clad in their rai- 
 ment of office, and ofttimes, just inside the entrance, could be 
 seen some poor unfortunate mortals, posed in a crouched posi- 
 tion, thus hoping to attract the attention of the Deltsanza as they 
 passed to the interior of the Heltroplox- Being conscious of 
 their unworthiness to approach the Deltsanza, or the sacred Kito 
 where they taught the people, the unfortunate would halt just 
 inside, hoping to speak to them as they passed by, that thus 
 they might receive instruction such as would lead them into bet- 
 ter conditions. 
 
 On a platform of Nature's own creation, far in the interior, 
 in one of the chambers of the Heltroplox, the Deltsanza, in their 
 procession, with the Efremetrum, or Supreme Deltsanz of the 
 Lontidri, at the head, took their respective positions for the pur- 
 pose of imparting knowledge to the people there assembled. 
 
 196 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 It was a beautiful sight to see the people in the act of as- 
 semblage, enroute to take their places before the Deltsanza, 
 which latter were reverenced by the people as Deltsanza torze 
 Gahala (Teachers from God). 
 
 The method of instructing adopted by the Deltsanz was to 
 place large placards on various jutting rocks, as natural easels, 
 before the people, on which were written certain principles and 
 rules, which they proceeded to explain and comment upon, as 
 the occasion afforded, and the needs of the people demanded. 
 They taught that Gahala was the "enduring spirit of life," and 
 that which was life should be light, in the sense of knowledge 
 and understanding ; that there must be a purity of principle, and 
 that in order to rule, there must be child-like simplicity, espe- 
 cially in matters pertaining to the existence on the material side 
 of life, or on the material plane. 
 
 This grade of instruction being completed, the people were 
 taken into another chamber of the Heltroplox, which by its 
 grandeur, symbolized the passing of the spirit and its soul-body 
 from that of the mortal body. 
 
 The grandeur of this chamber was very impressive. It was 
 brilliant with rare gems, crystals, stalactites and stalagmites, 
 upon which a mysterious light was thrown, such as filled each 
 soul with awe and reverence. In this chamber the people were 
 taught that only those who were developed for it could enter the 
 glorious condition of immaterial life; and that this condition 
 did not exist on the earth plane; but development, like that of 
 passing from one chamber to another, would ultimately bring 
 them into grander conditions, as they would pass through the 
 realms beyond the material. 
 
 By the great extent of this chamber, when contrasted with 
 the preceding one, a comparison was made between the mortal 
 and the spiritual existence; and it was also a symbol of the vast- 
 ness of eternal Nencie (Time), Lemaz (Space), and Wotz 
 (Life). 
 
 The people were taught that as the stalactites and the stalag- 
 mites met, in their process of formation, and varied in size and 
 length, the principle was analogous to man and his conditions, 
 and represented his development spiritually; that the downward 
 probing of the stalactites, to reach the point of the stalagmites, 
 symbolized forces as coming from the celestial realm to the ter- 
 restrial, where a union of forces from the two took place, for the 
 ultimate uplifting of all souls to a higher condition; and that 
 there was also symbolized the source of the guidance as coming 
 from the higher realm, to influence growth and development 
 
 197 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 spiritually and morally. It also represented knowledge of the 
 past as coming from the same source. 
 
 The stalactites and the stalagmites having already met, sjrm- 
 bolized the forces as having already begun their work. Those 
 not having met, symbolized the natural aim of the forces to bring 
 about that result. Those with no visible opposite formation, like 
 positive forces without the negative, in co-operation, symbolized 
 lives without reciprocal balance, and of no definite aim. 
 
 The people were also taught that the same forces, such as had 
 blended in the ages past for the development of knowledge and 
 wisdom, such as sustain the spiritual part of man, were in like 
 manner operating in their time of life, and would so continue for 
 all time to come ; that by and through these forces, man could rise 
 sufficiently high spiritually, to enter a condition wherein he might 
 receive the light from the temple of wisdom and knowledge, 
 which would enable him to see that he was a part of the Gahala, 
 and Gahala a part of him ; and that his purity of growth was the 
 result of the blending of light and knowledge. 
 
 All the dark chambers symbolized conditions of mortal souls, 
 before the spiritual development began. 
 
 The deep, unexplored chambers symbolized conditions into 
 which a soul might be plunged during its material existence, by 
 the influence of undeveloped spirits and mortal conditions, that 
 might overthrow their material plans in life; a result neither 
 easily gotten out of, nor away from. The submergence of parts 
 of the Lontidri, and the depths to which the people had sunk, 
 were often taken as a symbolic lesson, or as examples of the 
 latter. This had a great influence over the people who dwelt in 
 the remaining portions of the Lontidri, for the Atlantians, in 
 their study of natural cause and effect, found an accompanying 
 symbol of comparative principles. The former was demon- 
 strated by restorations from obsession, made through treatment 
 of the Atlantian healing Ca-cel-la'za (healing spirit sensitives), 
 by spirit influence, in the Agalteze or Pelzoze (Temples) on occa- 
 sions special for that purpose. In fact, all diseases were treated 
 by "spirit influence," through the organisms of the Atlantian Ca- 
 cellaza, who were developed for that purpose. ' 
 
 The Heltroploxze were used both as Primitive Temples and 
 as repositories for the mummified bodies of the people generally, 
 until the time of the erection of Pelzoze and Agalteze, for that 
 purpose; after which they were used only for the bodies of the 
 common people, and the Pelzoze and Agalteze, erected exclu- 
 sively for that purpose, such as "The Temple of the Illustrate 
 
 198 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Dead Bodies" at Atara, became repositories for the bodies of 
 celebrities. 
 
 The Heltroploxze became sacred as Pelzoze and Agalteze of 
 worship, from the fact that it was supposed by the Atlantian 
 people that Gatlins, an Atlantian Geologist, when exploring them, 
 conceived his idea of the Gahala Principle, which he established 
 and taught to the people during his latter days as a mortal. From 
 these the Gala, or God Principle, of the third Efremetrum was 
 taken and re-established as such. The term "Gatlins" signified 
 "revealer." 
 
 From the teachings of Gatlins there descended to the minds 
 of the people the idea that Gahala had prepared the Heltroploxze 
 for their utility, as places of worship, and repositories for mortal 
 bodies; after the disembodiment of the spirit, which latter had 
 departed unto the zone where Gahala dwelt; consequently they 
 wer« used as such. 
 
 The erection of Pelzoze and Agalteze began in the second 
 Efremetrum, and were crude in comparison with those of the 
 third ; but they were the links between the Heltroploxze, or prim- 
 itive places of worship, and those of the grand edifices of the 
 third Efremetrum. 
 
 The principal Pelzo (temple), of the second Efremetrum, was 
 known as Ush Nez Pel'zo Si Qu-e'sa (The Old Temple of 
 Peace), by the people outside of Teltzie Et; by those of Teltzie 
 Et, as Ush Nez A-gal'te Si Qu-e'sa, especially so in the time of 
 the third Efremterum, when the term "Pelzo" was changed to 
 "Agalte," in Teltzie Et only. 
 
 This old Pelzo was built upon the foothills of the Ceitux 
 Aelkedze, overlooking the great aistie of Atara- From this loca- 
 tion views could be had far up and down the great Tynger of 
 Atara, in which the aistie lay, and up and down the Belteer Riger, 
 which in its meandering course flowed southward between the 
 Aelkedze and the east side of the aistie, and far away to the west, 
 from south of the aistie, through the extent of the great Tynger, 
 toward the great Amizone Riger, thus disclosing to view Nature 
 in its marvelous beauty; giving to the individual who viewed it 
 that divine inspiration that emanates from Gala, the God Princi- 
 ple in Nature, which lifts man higher, intellectually and spirit- 
 ually. Over the Pelzo was an image of the Ken. The people, 
 when entering the Pelzo, would uncover their heads, remain 
 standing in silence for a moment before the image, believing it 
 to be a representation of Gahala's light in the act of descending 
 upon them, through which he saw and recognized them; and it 
 therefore became the symbol of the act, a fact that made the 
 
 199 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 symbol very sacred to them. For this reason the Ken, or Sun, 
 was adopted as the principal symbol of Gala, during subsequent 
 periods. As it was placed on this old Pelzo in the second Efre- 
 metrum, so it was placed on those of the third; as for example, 
 on Ush Trune A-gal'te Si Qu-e'sa (The New Temple of Peace) ; 
 Ush A-gal'te Si Ush Ne-cele-tiis Mel'ze (The Temple Of the Il- 
 lustrate Dead) ; and also added to the great Maretux during the 
 third Efremetrum. 
 
 The New Temple of Peace, in the aistie of Atara, was a struc- 
 ture of rare beauty, and was constructed out of Kintlin, or White 
 Stone, from the Miezietory Aelkedze. In form, it might be said 
 to have been hexagonal, though it had additional juttings on the 
 walls of each side, similar to the bay-windows of modern struc- 
 tures. On the exterior of each were arched windows, and the 
 interior conformed to the same arched shape. Each exterior 
 arch was adorned with a human statue, whose right hand was 
 posed with the index finger pointing upward. On the arches of 
 the windows, beneath the statues, were exquisite carvings in the 
 stone, of various fruits and flowers, which gave to the exterior 
 walls a charming appearance. The roof was somewhat on the 
 order of the modern Mansard. Around the top were Kintlin 
 balustrades, three coitex apart. These were most artistically 
 carvd in designs of animal and human forms, with accompanying 
 landscapes, which constituted an elaborate ornamentation. Each 
 corner of the roof was adorned with additional spires of silver- 
 colored metal, terminating with gold-colored points. Each balus- 
 trade was crowned with a quadrangular piece of Kintlin, adorned 
 with carvings similar to those on the balusters, with the addition 
 of miniature spires, of silver color, with golden-colored points, 
 to harmonize with the corner spires- On the facade was a por- 
 tico, with entrance, and a flight of Kintlin steps leading up to it. 
 Massive pillars supported the top. Archways extended from 
 pillar to pillar, on the front and sides, making three in number. 
 The top of the portico extended up in form corresponding with 
 the main roof, only that it terminated in the form of a spire of 
 the silver-colored metal, pointed with the golden color. Upon 
 the front of the portico roof, in the center, was a representation 
 of the sun, about two-thirds arisen, with the rays extending up- 
 ward and outward at the sides, over a clear horizon, thus to rep- 
 resent Morning. Just below this scene, on one side, was a male 
 figure, and on the other, that of a female, each kneeling upon one 
 knee, looking up to the sun, with hands clasped, palms togther, 
 as if in the act of offering an invocation to Gala. This orna- 
 mentation was in bas-relief, and most beautifully wrought on the 
 Kintlin. 
 
 200 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 All the carvings on this Agalte were wrought by some of the 
 most talented Celporze (sculptors) of Atlantis, whose works are 
 not surpassed by those of any historic sculptor. 
 
 The interior dimensions were about loo by 150 coitex. The 
 roof was supported by four massive Kis-a-reze (columns) with 
 a small one on each side of it. The bases of the Kisareze were 
 beautifully sculptured in representation of vines; and the flat 
 stone Ken-de-maz'ez (capitals) were in three sections, each 
 smaller in succession and highly ornamented, in diamond-shaped 
 lattice-like carvings, with a star inside each diamond. The Ken- 
 demazez were of Kistlin material. The four outer Kisareze 
 were connected by a Gothic frame-work, which extended within 
 10 coitex of the top; thus forming four facades, as it were, fac- 
 ing the four points of the compass. Inside of these were angu- 
 lar stairs that led up to the openings in the Gothic frames, where 
 the Deltsanza stood, as they taught the people. From the plat- 
 form, the Deltsanza could pass through interior openings to any 
 one of the other facades, and thus could speak from any 
 side, during the service, . as the occasion might demand- At 
 times this was necessary, especially on occasions of large assem- 
 blies, when of necessity the people were seated in circular rows, 
 and thus congregated on all sides. On occasions when the as- 
 semblies were small, the people were seated in semi-circular 
 form. The Gothics were entirely constructed put of sculptured 
 Kintlin. All the seats in the Agalte were of the same material, 
 beautifully sculptured, in designs of various fruits and flowers. 
 Beautiful Jests (urns) were placed at the entrance of the Agalte, 
 which were always filled with flowers, or plants of perpetual 
 bloom. 
 
 By the symbols on the Pelzoze, or Agalteze, and the Mare- 
 tuxze, we can readily see that the Atlantians were a spiritual 
 people, and that all their inner worship was of a spiritual char- 
 acter. 
 
 The most famous Agalte of the Lontidri was that of the Tem- 
 ple of the Illustrate Dead Bodies, as before stated, built in one 
 of the suburban districts to the aistie of Atara (see map of 
 Atara), as a repository for Somalez Codize (mummified bodies) 
 of departed celebrities of Atlantis, to which it was dedicated. 
 The basilica of- this Agalte was 200 coitex wide and 600 long. 
 The facade was surmounted with three magnificent towers of the 
 Gothic order. 
 
 The massive towers were further adorned with towerets, or 
 turrets, of the Gothic order, whose summits formed a triangle 
 with the main tower. The entire summit of the basilica walls 
 
 201 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 was adorned with statues, each an effigy of some departed celeb- 
 rity, so posed as to carry out the idea of the Gothic triangles. 
 at the top with Gothic caps, and additional turrets at the sides. 
 Three portals gave entrance to the Agalte. These were adorned 
 thus to bear out the idea of triangular form. Glass was placed 
 in three divisions, to conform with the triangle on the cap. The 
 upper division of glass was blue in color, and formed the upper 
 triangular point of the triangle, and the two lower sections which 
 divided the lower half of the triangle perpendicularly, were 
 orange- The closings or screens to the portals were constructed 
 of Ur'me (a shrub much like the modern willow), woven in 
 meandering lattice form and highly ornamented with floral paint- 
 ings. High upon the central facade of the tower stood an im- 
 mense statue, or effigy, of Aquelon, a follower of Gatlins, the 
 establisher of the Gahala Principles, and the most celebrated of 
 the "Illustrate Deltsanza of religious principles" that had place 
 on the Agalte. 
 
 It might be well to state here that the "brotherhood of Delt- 
 sanza" was under the direction of a leader, similar to the modern 
 diocese; having a bishop in authority, over the clergy of his 
 jurisdiction ; and therefore the same as a diocesan, or bishop, as 
 he stands related to his clergy or flock. It was from this fact 
 that, later in the religious periods of Atlantis, the Efremetrum 
 carried out the same plan of leading the Deltsanza in the Pelzoze, 
 or Agalteze, in continuation of the order established by Gatlins, 
 and continued by Aquelon in the Heltroploxze Pelzoze, of the 
 famous Ceitux Aelkede, near Atara. 
 
 Gatlins belonged to the second Efremetrum, and Aquelon was 
 contemporaneous with him during the latter part of the same 
 period, and extended into the first part of the third Efremetrum, 
 whose influence was further carried out by Alem Prolex of the 
 third Efremetrum, in the Eltamedes Agalteze of, and in, the 
 vicinity of Atara. 
 
 On the facade, above the central portal, was a Gothic win- 
 dow The upper portion of the triangle contained white glass, 
 but the two portions of the triangle, divided perpendicularly, and 
 the main body of the window, instead of being glass, were beau- 
 tifully carved panels of wood, to carry out the form of the win- 
 dow. Very little sunlight was admitted into the Agalte, for the 
 better preservation of the Codize, as well as to carry out'the idea 
 of light characteristic of the Heltroplox tombs. 
 
 Between this window and the top of the central portal was 
 the • following symbol, wrought in mosaics of gold and crystals: 
 
 202 
 
Links nnd Cycles 
 
 0.([ C> D-O 
 
 The image of the Ken symbolized Gahala, or Gala, and also 
 Life. The crescent Oul or Moon (the Ou was pronounced like 
 oo, or like o in move), in connection with the full discs, repre- 
 sented its waxing and waning, through the monthly periods, and 
 therefore symbolized Time. The Seize, or Stars, by their re- 
 spective distances, symbolized Space. These symbols, collect- 
 ively were arranged so as to represent triangles, which could be 
 formed by imaginary lines, and symbolized Spirit, Soul and 
 Body; and the mental exercise of tracing out the non-outlined 
 triangles, symbolized the force of man to search into the processes 
 of Nature, regarding the existence and co-operative principles of 
 this Trinity of Life-epicycles. 
 
 Under the statue of Aquelon, above the central window, were 
 the following characters, or abbreviated inscription, which the 
 people readily understood as such, and recognized it not only in 
 its literal translation, but as conveying the idea of the trinity, 
 "Nencie, Lemaz and Wotz," or Time, Space and Life, as repre- 
 sented by the three characters. The inscription and its transla- 
 tion were: 
 
 Gahala Divine Spirit 
 
 On the cornice beneath the statue were carvings and sculp- 
 tures in various designs, both spirit and mortal representations 
 and scenes belonging to the same, as well as from the depository 
 services, held on such occasions in the Agalte. 
 
 The entire exterior of the basilica was covered with tiers of 
 statues representing the So-malez C6-di'ze (mummified bodies) 
 that had been deposited in the Agalte, which added a striking 
 appearance to the edifice. The statues were in high-relief, thus 
 sculptured on the blocks of stone that formed the walls. 
 
 The interior was in three divisions, thus formed by the aisles 
 that extended from the portals to the rear of the auditorium. The 
 three divisions were filled with So-maze (mummies) of the 
 Celebrities there deposited, which were placed in an erect position 
 
 203 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 as thick as they could conveniently stand. Over the head of each 
 Soma (mummy) an inscription was placed in memory of the 
 individual. 
 
 The services held in the Agalte, at the time the Somalez 
 Codize were deposited, were as follows : The Co'di (body) was 
 brought into the Agalte and placed on a Kel-ti'ze (an altar about 
 six feet long and three wide) that stood in the center of the 
 Agalte, and covered with an exquisitely embroidered Clyst (altar 
 cloth or pall). The embroidery was wrought with gold and sil- 
 ver threads, in raised designs of fruits and flowers, which had 
 place on the four corners and around the edges of the Clyst. 
 When the Codi was ready for consignment to the Agalte, 
 it was brought in upon a Zi'el (bier) which, with the Codi, was 
 placed on the Keltize. The Codi was then covered with a long 
 Clyst, excepting the face. This upper Clyst was also beautifully 
 embroidered, the design being a large vase of flowers and ferns, 
 wrought upon the center of the Clyst. It was narrow enough 
 not to cover the embroidery on the lower Clyst. At the head of 
 the Codi, on the Keltize, was placed a silver Jest, filled with nat- 
 ural flowers. This latter completed the preparation of the So- 
 males Codi for the service. 
 
 All Codize deposited in this Agalte being those of Celebrities, 
 were entitled to a service at which their brotherhood should offi- 
 ciate ; therefore, the services began by the entrance of the officiat- 
 ing Deltsanz, who led the solemn procession, taking his sta- 
 tion at the head of the Codi. Then followed the broth- 
 erhood, who took their station on the left of the Codi. 
 Then came the relatives of the departed, who took 
 their position on the right of the Codi. Then the mu- 
 sicians opened the service with a prelude on the Ethere- 
 leum, and the singers chanted a requiem (an idea re-embodied in 
 the Catholic service, viz : that of singing a mass for the repose of 
 the souls of the departed, as "Requiem seternam dona isC, Dim- 
 ine," Give eternal rest to them, Lx)rd), in memory of the de- 
 parted spirit, during which the relatives and brotherhood stood 
 with bowed heads, and the Deltsanz, with elevated hands and 
 face upturned to the image of Ush Ken, offered a very impres- 
 sive prayer, suitable to the occasion. Then followed a chant in 
 the minor key, rendered by the chosen singers. This was made 
 more spiritual and impressive by the singers' being positioned 
 out of sight, which was effected by means of massive curtains, 
 arranged for that purpose. Then the Deltsanz gave a short 
 eulogy on the departed brother ; the singers led the repository 
 procession, singing as they proceeded; the Deltsanz and the 
 
 204 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 brotherhood followed. Then the Ziel and Codj with the top Cloyt 
 remaining over them, were lifted from the Kelteze and borne 
 down the aisle by a portion of the brotherhood. The relatives, 
 friends and people in attendance, followed in the procession. The 
 singers, having separated into two lines, continued chanting until 
 all the procession had passed between them, and gathered at the 
 place of depository. Then the members of the brotherhood who 
 had borne the Codi thence, on the Ziel, stepped aside, and other 
 members placed the Codi in an erect position, where it was 
 hencefortli to remain. Then the Deltsanz spoke in the following 
 words : "The soul has passed on to a higher and more beautiful 
 realm. This, the house in which the soul lived, we have pre- 
 served, that at times we might behold the face. The soul is left 
 in the care of Gala. The body, the friends have prepared for 
 its last resting place." Then the singers chanted until all pres- 
 ent had left the Agalte- 
 
 In regard to the process of mummifying bodies, as practised 
 by the Egyptians and pre-historic Americans, Yermah informs 
 us that it was not, as is supposed, original with them ; for the 
 origin dates back into the ages of Atlantian history. The Atlan- 
 tian people preserved the Codi, as stated in the foregoing, in 
 order that they might occasionally "look at the face," in memory 
 of the past friendship and esteem held for the relative, friend or 
 celebrity, and not in a superstitious way, as was the case with the 
 ancient Egyptians and Americans, the erroneous idea of whose 
 age was that the spirit often came back to the body which it had 
 left ; and that it could the more readily reach its surviving mor- 
 tal friends, to communicate with them, by standing by the side 
 of its own mummified body. It is the "surviving mortal friends," 
 seeking communication, or having need of spirit protection or 
 aid, and the obligation or pleasure of the spirit to perform some 
 mission on the earth plane, that attracts the spirit thence, and 
 not the mummified or otherwise disposed-of body, so long thrown 
 off. True, the sooner the body becomes decomposed, the sooner 
 the spirit is entirely free from all the environments that mate- 
 rially held it to the body; and no process, to this end, is better 
 than cremation; fire being the quickest and best method for the 
 dissolution, or separation, of the material body into its constitu- 
 ent elements, thus to set free the particles to find placement in 
 new creative processes of material individuality. 
 
 The Atlantians preserved every Codi so perfectly that it re- 
 tained its life-like appearance. They also preserved the garments 
 worn at the time the Codi was thus preservd, with the Codi, by 
 the same process. This art, as established by the Atlantians, 
 
 205 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and principally lost at the time of the submergence of the Lon- 
 tidri, has never been re-established in its then perfect state, by 
 any people who have practised it now known as having existed 
 in Egypt, etc.; nor can it ever be, by future generations, on ac- 
 count of the non-existence now of some of the substances in any 
 place accessible to mortals, for they lie embedded beneath the 
 waters of the Atlantic Ocean, with the Atlantian Codize, once 
 preserved by their marvelous qualities. 
 
 The Atlantian process of mummifying bodies was as follows : 
 As soon as the spirit was known to have left the body, they filled 
 the stomach, bowels and other intestines, with a liquid or solution 
 of Ce'te-lie, a volcanic substance which the Atlantians found in 
 the Ceitux Aelkedze, a day's journey from the aistie of Atara- 
 It was obtained by excavations made near an extinct volcano, 
 known to them as the Cetelie, and the only one of its kind on the 
 Lontidri. The substance therefore received its name from the 
 volcano that had produced it. In a few hours, the above-named 
 fluid would penetrate the entire Codi, and cause it to expand and 
 round out to a natural form, hence disguising the condition of 
 emaciation. When this condition of expansion had reached a 
 satisfactory degree, the exterior of the Codi was washed with a 
 powerful, poisonous preservative, which was distilled from a 
 shrub then known as the Zi'ti-lie (which yet exists in small quan- 
 tities in Egypt and Arabia). This arrested the dilatation of 
 the Codi. The garments were then dipped in the latter solution 
 and placed on the Codi, and the latter deposited in a dark room 
 where it remained for a period of two months. 
 
 By penetration, inner and outer, the applied substances, or 
 solutions, met and blended forces through the Codi, thus solidi- 
 fying the flesh, which resulted in a sort of petrification, lasting 
 as time itself. 
 
 The preservative force of the Cetelie was accidentally dis- 
 covered, by finding bodies of animals that had fallen into pools 
 or basins of water that were highly impregnated with the sub- 
 stance, which evidently had lain there a long time. Removing 
 the bodies from the pools, it was discovered that, though they 
 had been preserved for a long time, they eventually needed some 
 additional compound to perfect the durability of the preserva- 
 tion, which finally resulted in the utility of the oil of Zitilie. 
 
 The preservative quality of the Zitilie was also accidentally 
 discovered. An individual having a diseased arm, from which 
 the skin and flesh were sloughing oflf, accidentally got some of 
 the oil, or juice of the plant, oh the afflicted limb, and it arrested 
 
 206 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the decay. This fact caused investigation of the plant, and espe- 
 cially of the preservative quality of its oil, which ultimated in 
 its utility in connection with the solution of the Cetelie, to com- 
 plete the process of Codi Somaelus. 
 
 The manufacture of Zitilie became a gteat enterprise in the 
 aistie of Quirtz, whence it was transported to other districts of 
 the Lontidri. The process of its manufacture was a very par- 
 ticular one, under the directorship or guidance of experts and 
 by the utility of fine machinery, all of which made the product 
 an expensive one. 
 
 As before stated, the supply of Cetelie was cut off at the time 
 of the submergence of Atlantis, hence the art of Somaleus Codi 
 was lost for a time, and for all time, in its more perfect state, on 
 account of the lost substance of Cetelie. 
 
 The remnant Atlantians, though having some knowledge of 
 the processes of Codi Somaleus, found themselves robbed of the 
 one principal substance with which to carry on the art. They 
 therefore resorted to other ingredients and processes, which 
 though having long preservative forces, never equalled the orig- 
 inal Atlantian art, and especially so in preserving the life-like 
 appearance of the Codi. So it was with their eastern and west- 
 ern descendants, as evidenced by ancient remains examined in 
 modern times; e. g-, the mummies of Egypt, and those of the 
 pre-historic and ancient American races, by their crumbling 
 forms, and poorly-preserved features, certify to the use of an 
 imperfect preservative. 
 
 As has been the case with the restoration of all the arts be- 
 longing to ancient periods of time, that of mummification was 
 largely due to the influence of Atlantian Leasaza (Atlantian 
 spirits), who in their mortal life had understood the original art 
 as practised by the Atlantians. These spirits made it their first 
 mission, from the spirit side of life, to aid and influence their 
 surviving mortal brethren, after the submergence ; then, later on, 
 to influence the Egyptians and pre-historic and American races; 
 but as before stated, the loss of the Cetelie substance brought 
 a condition that weakened the influence, making it impossible to 
 reach the perfection in the re-establishment that had existed in 
 the Atlantian art. 
 
 Note. — Most volcanoes possess some specific substance nat- 
 ural to themselves, and so it was with the Cetelie. 
 
 207 
 
Submerged Atiantis Restored 
 
 USH AT'LAN-TI-AN TEL'TA A-E'TA, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE ATLANTIAN AIR-SHIPS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXIV. 
 
 In regard to the Atlantian means of travel, Yermah informs 
 us that animals such as the Hittraina (Horse) and Telzic (Ox) 
 were principally used as "beasts of burden," and to draw vehicles 
 in which the people made local visits; that equestrianism was 
 a favorite practice by both sexes; that the Atlantians generally 
 preferred aerial navigation to that of water, and but few water 
 craft were used for the accommodation of passengers on the local 
 waters; that the Ar-i-dete (name of a water vessel, which means 
 "moving on the waters") was used for freight transportation on 
 the Rigerze (rivers) and Keletze (lakes) ; and that the Kein (a 
 large water craft, the term meaning "swiftness") was used for 
 coast trips on the Alt-lack'e-er (South Atlantic Ocean) ; Ex'a- 
 tron (Arctic Bay of Atlantis) ; the Re-tex-e-ri'tron (Inland Sea 
 of Atlantis), and some of the largest Keletze of the Lontidri, all 
 of which craft were propelled by electric force. 
 
 The Tel'ta A-e'ta in the time of Atlantis (and from which 
 re-embodied ideas have been extended through spirit influence 
 and impression, from time to time, during the development of 
 modern balloons and the ultimate aviators),* was employed to 
 effect rapid transit to distant parts of the globe, not on the sur- 
 face, but on air strata. Such a conveyance would accommodate 
 from fifty to one hundred people, and the entire circumference 
 of the earth's sphere could be traversed in a short space of time. 
 It was not necessary to depend upon the direction of air cur- 
 rents in order to reach desired points. The force of electricity, 
 by which the Telta Aeta was propelled, was sufficient to over- 
 come the most violent gale, and propel the flying ship through 
 storms, with as much facility as steam now propels vessels 
 through placid waters. 
 
 The Telta Aeta was constructed from a model in representa- 
 
 *The principal part of thia Information, relative to the Tel-t» 
 A-e-ta, was given us by Ter-mah in 1893, and the balance in 1904, when 
 we revised the article. It will thus be seen that we have In no way 
 been Influenced by the later development of Aviators, etc. 
 
 208 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion of the Delis, or large Atlantian Eagle, and in exact mathe- 
 matical proportions, though many times larger, in accord with 
 the utility to which it was to be placed. The exact form and 
 symmetry of the Delis were maintained. The legs and feet were 
 used for rests when not in motion. The wings, when in motion, 
 were operated by machinery, with a motive force of electricity, 
 of which there was a constant supply ,as it was drawn direct 
 from the atmosphere. This not only kept the Telta Acta afloat 
 on the air, but was also the means by which it was heated and 
 lighted. The wings not only propelled the Telta Aeta through 
 space, but were also the means by which it was guided. In its 
 body, near the top, were compartments and saloons for passen- 
 gers. Underneath and centrally, on the bottom, was a portion 
 of the electric machinery, while the finer and more intricate 
 parts had place in the wings, the former and the latter having 
 respective electric connection. At the sides were storerooms for 
 baggage or light freight. 
 
 The material of construction was a light metal, similar in ap- 
 pearance to modern aluminium, strong, impenetrable, and posses- 
 ing great magnetic force, which virtues were exalted by low, and 
 diminished by high temperature ; hence, a material capable, in it- 
 self, of any temperature. This material was obtained by the 
 action of sodium on the sesquichloride of chronium, as prepared 
 by the Atlantians. It could not be oxidized by air ,and was of 
 such specific gravity that it was not much heavier. 
 
 The Telt'za A-et'za (air-ships) in their flight, attained great 
 speed, and at times great altitude, the average speed for ordi- 
 nary commerce being from seventy-five to one hundred miles an 
 hour, while a speed of from one hundred to one hundred and 
 fifty miles an hour was frequently attained by the more venture- 
 some. 
 
 Passengers were entirely protected, being excluded from the 
 outside air, except what was admitted by air conduits, a system 
 accompanied by ventilators through which the foul air escaped. 
 
 The machinery was worked by a cog system that was under 
 perfect control at all times. That part utilized for the attrac- 
 tion and collection of the electricity, from the atmosphere, was 
 the most complicated. It was materially aided, in its collecting 
 process, by the magnetic forces of the. material from which the 
 Telta Aetza were constructed. 
 
 Externally, on the central top of each Telta Aeta, was a metal 
 frame, from which, at each end, rose a standard ten or twelve 
 coitex (feet) in height, composed of a coil of seven wires, the 
 central one being the greatest in diameter. This trminated at 
 
 209 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the top with a powerful magnetic point, of a golden-colored mate- 
 rial especially prepared as a magnet, in accord with the amount 
 of force required; so was the force of the magnet established. 
 The remaining six wires of the coil were qualified in like manner, 
 and stood in a ramified position, out and up, grading downward 
 in altitude from that of the central point. 
 
 Below the exterior plate, and on the interior of the Telta 
 Aeta, the seven wires left each coil in radiations, those of one 
 standard crossing through those of the other, thus forming a 
 "V-shaped" network of fourteen wires. Each of these, in turn, 
 connected with the outer wire in the "V," thus transmitting the 
 entire force to the point of the "V," whence it was conducted by 
 a continuous line to the machinery in the wings. 
 
 Beneath the "V" network of wires was a second metal frame, 
 from which rose the metal standards, as supports to the conduct- 
 ing lines receiving the force from the "V." These lines con- 
 nected the force to three large balls (of the same material as that 
 of the frames), located in each wing, which received the electric 
 force that set them into stationary rotation. Thus, by their con- 
 nection with the intricate machinery in the wings, was main- 
 tained the mechanical force that propelled the Telta Aeta. 
 
 Ush Ye' do (the controller) of the machinery had his position 
 central, where, by mechanical appliances, he could change the 
 position of the wings, as is used the rudder, on modern water 
 craft, by the pilot. This guided the course of the Telta Aeta in 
 any direction desired, or in its ascent and descent. One wing 
 at. a time could be operated, when so desired, or both, at will, 
 according to the course desired. 
 
 Yermah informs us that he, when in the mortal, on several 
 occasions, made a complete circuit of the earth in a Telta Aeta. 
 He also informs us that the Atlantians, or some of them at least, 
 had reached nearly all parts of the earth during their aerial 
 travels, and that the fables mentioned in Grecian and other lit- 
 eratures of antiquity, were founded on knowledge then pos- 
 sessed, relative to the Atlantian Telta Aetza; and that in the 
 Alexandrian Library there were models and descriptions of these 
 Atlantian Telta Aetza, but they were included in the loss by con- 
 flagration when the Library burned. 
 
 Upon questioning Yermah in regard to the correctness of the 
 supposition that the Atlantians could go farther west, in a day, 
 in their Telta Aetza, than it would be possible to go in an east- 
 erly direction, taking advantage of the rotation of the earth, he 
 mforms us that we are partly correct in the surmise, and would 
 be entirely so, were the earth a square or a cube, moving in a 
 
 210 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 westerly direction. But as the earth is spheroid, and has a diur- 
 nal revolution toward the sun, which from modern local stand- 
 points is an "easterly direction," at an angle of forty-five degrees 
 from the polar star, it would seem more reasonable that an aerial 
 vessel should travel, with greater facility, in the same direction 
 the earth travels through space — that is, in an easterly direction. 
 Yet as the Telta Aetza were constructed on the pricniple of a 
 bird of flight, they could soar, if necessary, the perimetal air 
 strata, and thus avoid the influence of the terrestrial revolution. 
 Upon this hypothesis, the direction of flight would not be mate- 
 rial. 
 
 In regard to the production and utility of electricity in con- 
 trast with that of modern times, he further informs us that the 
 method employed, as before stated, to develop electricity, was to 
 extract from the atmosphere, and naturally its dynamic force 
 was as unlimited as the thunder bolts which shot across the sum- 
 mer skies. It was genuine, not artificial, electricity; hence, its 
 energy was practically both unlimited and inexhaustible. 
 
 The reason that the dynamic force of modern electricity is so 
 limited, in energy, is that moderns confine themselves to the 
 products of the earth kingdom, in their development of electric- 
 ity, viz., Cloride of Sodium, Clorides of Magnesium and Potas- 
 sium Bromides of Magnesium, Sulphate of Magnesia, Sulphate 
 and Carbonate of Lime, etc. Inequalities in lesser and greater 
 degrees, through present or remote influences, enter into the 
 composition of modern electricity. Of course the product is 
 artificial, and depends for its dynamic force upon the durability 
 and. strength of the ingredients of which it is composed. 
 
 Meelzoric (electricity), among the Atlantians, was an obedi- 
 ent agent, made to conform to every use where light, heat, or 
 dynamic force was required; hence it was a motive force for 
 every mechanical apparatus. 
 
 211 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 GRE-TICZE NUD GRE-TIC'TOR, 
 
 OR 
 
 ARCHITECTS AND ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 TELTZIE XXV. 
 
 The Kid ze Gretictor (Art of Sculpture) did not become 
 manifest in a forcible manner until the latter part of the second 
 Efremetrum, when it came forth rapidly, under both spirit and 
 mortal influences. That such rapidity was possible to the At- 
 lantians, can be realized by comparing that of modern nations 
 with ancient times, especially the progress made in such things 
 during the last sixty years of the nineteenth century and the be- 
 ginning of the twentieth, which clearly demonstrates the fact. 
 
 So it is, and has been, in regard to the progression of civili- 
 zation in all the ages past; i. e., the change from the original 
 crudeness of long-standing periods, suddenly came into wonder- 
 fully rapid progress, when the minds of the people were in a 
 proper and sufficiently prepared condition to receive the impres- 
 sions, inspirations, and new ideas, thrown upon their recept- 
 ive powers, from the intelligences that dwell upon the spirit 
 side of the Art Cycle. 
 
 Wren'not was the most noted GretTc (Architect) at the close 
 of the second Efremetrum, and his work, which was principally 
 
 212 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 that of plain exterior ornamental designs, extended far into the 
 third. His most noted Gretictor was that on the famous Pel'zo 
 Ze Ush Jel-te-res' Mel'ze (Temple of the Greater Dead, or be- 
 fore-mentioned Temple of the Illustrate Dead Bodies), and the 
 Jel'te De-ak'e-al (Great Capitol Building) in the aistie of Atara, 
 where much of his work in Gretictor was done, on account of 
 that aistie being his home. 
 
 Some of his finest work was that on both the exterior and 
 interior of the mansion home of Liu'sron, the Jelte Calluth 
 (Great Painter), of Atara, and others as well, made manifest on 
 porches, pillars, facades, etc., in which he wrought delicate de- 
 signs in leaves, trailing vines, flowers, fruits, etc., such as were 
 marvelously beautiful. 
 
 On the facade of the mansion home of Liusron he designed 
 the word Cel'ce-miish (Welcome), which he wrought with flow- 
 ers. This was visible from quite a distance, to those who were 
 approaching it. The flowers were re-tinted with gold by Liu- 
 sron. Generally speaking, the Greticze (Architects) of Atlan- 
 tis designed and also wrought the ornamentations on structures 
 except in large contracts, where more workmen were necessary 
 to complete the work within a given time. In such a case the 
 principal Gretic did the finest portion of the work, and the bal- 
 ance was done under his immediate supervision. 
 
 U-sin'di-a was the most noted Gretic of the northern portion 
 of the Lontidri. He was located at Gletic (later known as 
 Nietz), the Kistrez aistie of Teltzie We. He was famous for 
 his beautiful ornamental designs, for both exteriors and mteriors. 
 His works and influence dated from the first quarter of the third 
 Efremetrum. The most renowned of his designs were those he 
 wrought on the Pelzo Ze We'se (Temple of Light) in the aistie 
 of Neitz. This Pelzo being a religious one, he made the orna- 
 mentation in harmony with the teachings therein given. 
 
 One of the principal of these designs portrayed the progress 
 of the human soul. This had place on the facade of the Pel'zo, 
 wrought within the space of an immense panel so as to give the 
 sjonbol complete. In the center of the panel stood the figures 
 of a male and female, in the attitude of contemplation. On each 
 side of them were animals, represented as having been turned 
 away, or in the act of leaving them — which was to symbolize the 
 grosser material conditions as leaving the mortal individual, when 
 his or her soul reached out for more light and knowledge. A 
 bright light was represented as descending upon the two individ- 
 uals, while the animals were departing into the shadows of a for- 
 est, thus symbolizing the two individuals as being endowed with 
 
 * 213 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the principle of purity, which would bring them into the ascend- 
 ency of life, as spiritual beings, more perfectly governing the 
 development of their souls and mortal bodies. 
 
 L6'u-en-6, a pupil of Usindia, was a noted Gretic, who con- 
 tinued to influence the Ze-u-leus (Art) thus established, to the 
 close of the Efremetrum, which came to an untimely end by the 
 great submergence. 
 
 Ka-let'za was a Gretic, contemporary with Usindia, and a res- 
 ident of Neitz. His work was not so much in ornamental de- 
 signing as a finisher of designs laid out by Usindia; hence, his 
 fame was always associated with that of Usindia. 
 
 Du'ze-let was the most noted Gretic of the southern portion 
 of the Lontidri. He was a native of the aistie of Golonzo, in 
 Teltzie Zret, now submerged by the Gulf of Mexico. His prin- 
 cipal work was that of interior designing, both for ornament and 
 utility conveniences, for both private and public structures. 
 
 No noted Gretic had place in Teltzie Sot. The early work 
 there was very crude, indeed, especially the ornamental. It con- 
 sisted simply in the placement of sticks in various forms to carry 
 out some idea of ornamentation. Later, however, the people 
 progresed some in the Zeuleus of structure, and in ornamenta- 
 tion, through the influence brought to bear upon the minds of 
 those who wandered into Teltzie Zret, where they saw the more 
 developed arts, and gathered ideas, and when they returned, tried 
 to model after the styles that existed in Teltzie Zret. 
 
 Generally speaking, the Gretictor was grand as well as most 
 beautiful, in many parts of the Lontidri. All Greticze were 
 obHged to be well versed in the science of structure; one must 
 in fact be a Kidstry, or Zeule (artist), by profession, as was the 
 case with all the other Zeuleusze Nud Zeuleze (Arts and Ar- 
 tists), to ensure him employment in his profession. This was a 
 fact that had great influence on the rise of all Zeuleusze, that led 
 up to greatness, in that respect, that characterized the works of 
 the Atlantian people, having place in the Lontidri at the time of 
 the submergence. 
 
 A SPIRIT MESSAGE FROM AGATHA MENKARA. 
 
 Dear Mortals.— I am the daughter of Menkara, the great 
 priest of the Nilus, who existed before the Pharaohs, and who 
 gave to the world the wealth and knowledge of times that were 
 before history was written; who gave to the world laws and sci- 
 ences, and whose mortal remains yet lie in the sarcophagus, in 
 
 214 
 
AGATHA MENKARA 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the interior of the eastern pyramid of Egypt, near the ancient 
 city of Cairo. The labyrinthian passages leading from the ex- 
 terior to my father's tomb, cannot be fathomed by mortals of 
 modem times; nor can the entrance on the exterior surface of 
 the pyramid be discovered, so accurately are the joints blended. 
 But there, hundreds of feet in the interior, and hundreds of feet 
 beneath the surface, through polished granite passages, there are 
 the remains of my father, Menkara, with hundreds of millions 
 of wealth, in precious stones, surrounding his mummified form; 
 wealth sufficient to redeem Egypt from the hands of the oppres- 
 sor, could mortal Egyptians, of this day and age, but obtain pos- 
 session of it. 
 
 I am Agatha, the daughter of that Menkara of whom I have 
 written and of whose memory all Egypt is proud. I am Agatha, 
 whose spirit-picture you have seen, and I have come to this 
 genial race of mortal beings to testify to the greatness of the 
 people of Egypt. I am Agatha who, when a mortal, was idolized 
 by the brave and hardy sons of Egypt; who wore the royal pur- 
 ple of power, and sailed the Nilus, attended by many people. I 
 am Agatha, the spirit now, who comes to earth-life scenes in the 
 interest of humanity; to aid in establishing the truths of immor- 
 tal life, and the facts of spirit presence, near every mortal; to 
 establish the fact that guardian angels hover near the poor and 
 weary to aid and comfort, and to lighten the pathway from one 
 life to the other. 
 
 This is my mission, — I am *^f> teach of the life so pure, so 
 bright, so celestially sweet, in the balmy regions of ether, per- 
 fumed with the spirit of flowers, such as the earth can never 
 know; of that life where the warm sunshine of love never grows 
 cold; where hearts never break; where hopes are never disap- 
 pointed ; but where all is the fruition of every joy. 
 
 I am Agatha, who will visit you in those darkening hours of 
 trial and care, and will brighten with silver lining, those clouds 
 which press upon the soul. 
 
 In regard to your query, relative to the Great Sphinx at 
 Gizeh, I will say that the Colossal Shemozan, or now known ' 
 "Sphinx," at the base of the great Pyramid at Gizeh, Egypt, of 
 which so little is known by mortals, was, in one sense, of Atlan- 
 tian construction and sculpture, it having been designed and 
 constructed by Atlantis Shemozan, the first Shacha (ruler), and 
 his son, Atlantis Saban, the second, and subsequent Shachaza 
 (rulers), descendants of the Cuzetens, which latter-named peo- 
 ple were descendants from remnant Atlantians, who survived the 
 
 • 215 
 
Submerj^ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 great submergence of the Atlantian Continent, and had settled 
 in the region now occupied by the Great Sphinx. 
 
 On account of the surnames, it may seem strange that Atlan- 
 tis Saban should have been the son of Atlantis Shemozan. Yer- 
 mah informs us that Saban was the surname of Atlantis Saban's 
 mother, whose maiden name was Jen-cel'la Saban, and who was 
 the eldest daughter of Pel-zona Saban, a wealthy Cuzeten. It 
 was a custom with the Cuzetens, when there was no male off- 
 spring, to perpetuate the surname and inherit the wealth of the 
 grandsire, which was made lawful by a son of the oldest daugh- 
 ter taking his mother's maiden surname, when he became heir 
 of his grandsire's estate, and this was the case with Atlantis 
 Saban, who retained the given name of "Atlantis," in order to 
 become heir to both his father's and grandfather's estates. 
 
 With the Cuzetens, the term "Atlantis" was sacred to the 
 memory of their departed Atlantian ancestors, and their original 
 home of Atlantis. From the fact that the term Atlantis was 
 thus rendered sacred, it was the custom of some of the early 
 Cuzetens to name their first male offspring "Atlantis," and both 
 Atlantis Shemozan and Atlantis Seban had thus received their 
 names. 
 
 Subsequently, the term "Atlantis" descended, with but little 
 change, to the body of water now covering the original Continent 
 of Atlantis ; viz., Atlantic. 
 
 The term "Atlantic" had its origin and adoption, in contra- 
 distinction to that of "Atlantis," from the fact that in the At- 
 lantian language, the terminal syllable "tis," referred to land; 
 and with the Cuzetens, the terminal syllable "tic," to water; and 
 from the fact that Atlantis as a Continent was covered with 
 "tis," or water, the term "Atlantic" was adopted to convey the 
 meaning. 
 
 The term "Pacific," as applied to that body of water, though 
 it has nearly the same terminal as Atlantic, was not derived from 
 the Atlantian nomenclature, but had its origin proper through 
 the Spanish term, "Pacifico," so given by the Spanish invaders 
 who had entered Mexico, and in recognition of the peaceful and 
 mild condition of the waters, in comparison with those of the 
 Atlantic, as known to them in their Spain-land, etc., and the term 
 was further extended into the eastern countries by translation 
 into the Latin, Italian, French, English, etc. 
 
 Atlantis Shemozan and Atlantis Saban were the first two 
 Shachaza of the Cuzetens, in that region, who were esteemed 
 great, as mortal spirits, for having designed and established the 
 constructing of the colossal Shemozan ; and after their disembod- 
 
 2l6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 iment as such, and after they had passed into the spirit existence, 
 were recognized as "gods," under the title of "Atlantis." The 
 surname of "Shemozan" was retained, to identify the now known 
 Sphinx, on account of the illustrious disembodied man having 
 teen the first "Shacha," and the designer of the Sphinx, in the 
 first period of its establishment. 
 
 Shemozanza, the plural of Shemozan, was the term used, in 
 that sense, for many generations by the Cuzetens, after which 
 both terms were changed to "Sphinx" and "Sphinxes." 
 
 The term "Sphinx" was adopted for that class of sculpture 
 from the fact that it (like the Atlantian term Sponza, from 
 which it was derived through the Greek and Latin) represented 
 sculptures, the forms of which were those of the human and the 
 animal combined, such as Andro and Giro- Sphinxes. 
 
 The terms Shemozan and Shemozanza, in reference to 
 Sphinxes, was local, and used only by the Guzetens, specific to 
 their adoption and utility, and ceased, as such, in the pre-historic 
 period, when they were superseded by other material changes. 
 But, as above stated, the term Spon'za, and its plural Sp6n-za 
 (the distinction between the singular and plural being in the syl- 
 lable accent only), was handed down, and retamed, by other 
 Atlantian remnant peoples than the Cuzetens of this section, 
 after the submergence, and changed to that of Sphinx and 
 Sphinxes, through Egyptian, Greek and Latm dialects and 
 usages. And thus were established the now historical terms. 
 
 On an avenue leading from Luxor to Karnak, in my earth 
 days, were "Andro-Sphinxes," much as trees now line a modern 
 boulevard. They each and every one represented, in likeness, a 
 leader of the Guzetens, whether male or female; and sphinxes 
 or statues, of my father, Menkara, and myself, were among the 
 rest. 
 
 From the extremity of this avenue branched another avenue, 
 leading to the temple of "Karnak," which term is a corruption of 
 "Menkara," the name of my father, in whose honor this temple 
 was built. In fact, what the modems term "Karnak" was but 
 the temple, with its dependent buildings for priests and retain- 
 ers, and was occupied by my father and myselt, and our retain- 
 ers. The avenue last named was lined by Ciro-Sphinxes, of 
 which fragments yet remain. These represented priests and 
 priestesses of the remnant Atlantians, or Guzetens, or what mod- 
 emly would be termed media. 
 
 The five pylones, and four courts , of the temple, were my 
 suggestions ; and in those courts I entertained people who sought 
 the consolation of the precincts of the temple. 
 
 - 217 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 In the southern chamber are the sculptures which compose 
 the "Menkara tablets" — not of Thothmes, Dynasty IV, as mod- 
 erns claim ; those were destroyed by the vandals about five hun- 
 dred years after the Christian era, and the tablets of Thothmes, 
 in the "Hall of Ancestors," were found in recent years and re- 
 moved to France. 
 
 Ancient history, written by modern authors, is so conflicting, 
 that a spirit who, in mortal life, was contemporaneous with times 
 of antiquity, is averse about speaking upon the subject, for 
 fear of displacing pleasant delusions, and attractmg from "ac- 
 cepted history" much that has given historians reputation for 
 science and learning. 
 
 I would that it were different; but unfortunately for man- 
 kind, the modern mind is rather more pleased with fiction than 
 a truth which contradicts long-accepted theories. 
 
 Agatha Menkara, 
 
 Nilus, Egyptus. 
 
 \ The picture shown is from a spirit-drawn crayon portrait of 
 Atlantis Shemozan, whom we have described as the establisher 
 of the great Shemozan, or now known Sphinx of Gizeh, the 
 first great Ruler and Architect of the Atlantian remnant people 
 who settled in the region of Gas'bi-a, or now known district of 
 Cairo and El-Gizeh. The reader will note that the head, the 
 general pose of the head, the visage and the style of the hair* are 
 all very similar to the same characteristics m the Sphinx of 
 Gizeh. The crescent moon and single star, represented in the 
 sky above the portrait, were to represent the celestial region, and 
 home of departed ancestors. The object below, and to the right, 
 represented an A-6'so, or royal covering, for the head of the 
 supreme ruler of the nation, and was in the style of the one 
 worn by Atlantis Shemozan, the great architect and ruler, and 
 ultimate god of the Cuzetens of Gasbia. 
 
 The two ensigns, at the right of the portrait, were indicative 
 of the rank of office held by the individual who wore them. The 
 upper one was always worn on the left breast, and represented 
 the individual as being the high representative of spiritual mat- 
 ters and conditions, that would raise him to the rank of a god 
 when he should pass to spirit life. The lower one was worn 
 on the waist girt, in front, and represented the wearer as a 
 
 •The hair did not reprint well in the half-tone reproduction. It 
 should flow back and down toward the shoulders; trace it by the dark 
 outline in the cut. 
 
 2l8 
 

 
 
 '«w 
 ^ 
 
 i-;--^* 
 
 ■%:- 
 
 
 i..i^:<iii»)ir-'s#».,-* 
 
 
 ■#:£ 
 
 
 ^# 
 
 
 V 
 
 - -""ti - ^i^ ^ X, 
 
 
 
 ■• '«i^-ftlW5»»Jik;>-*— -O" -*««>-W^^4'^ 
 
 
 ' ■'■^-'^^'-^wSSSSVf^Kgi^ --v 
 
 "■^iji^ 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 \ '' 
 
 
 "^\^ 
 
 ■^■v 
 
 N-* 
 
 i(-f* 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 high ruler of material matters, or National conditions, and there- 
 fore raised the individual to the rank of "Supreme Ruler of 
 State and Nation." The inscription at the bottom is written in 
 the language, and alphabetical characters, used by the Cuzetens 
 at the period of time when the Shemozan or Sphinx was con- 
 structed. The language and characters have thus changed and 
 developed, from those of the Atlantian proper, from the knowl- 
 edge the several generations had retained of the Atlantian char- 
 acters and language, through their great migrations and changing 
 conditions in life. The characters and language, when trans- 
 lated into English, make the name written above it, viz., At-lan- 
 tis Sa'ban. 
 
 The plus sign, on the forehead of the portrait, to have been 
 correctly represented, should have been placed, by the spirit 
 artist, on the upper left portion of the forehead near the hair, 
 in place of centrally, as it appears in the portrait. 
 
 The sign was placed on the forehead of its wearer by means 
 of an indelible stain, of royal purple; and was thus worn by 
 Shemozan (and by subsequent rulers) in recognition of mental 
 and physical greatness, so ordered by his people, in recognition 
 of their estimation of him in that respect. However, he gave to 
 it a greater significance, i. e., caused it to represent the power of 
 the brain to act, and control matters both material and spiritual; 
 and he so taught it; and further, established the four points of 
 the sign as symbolic of the spiritual knowledge that must be 
 given out to all the peoples who dwelt in the regions extent with- 
 in the four points of the compass, and that the same was to be 
 handed down, from generation to generation, by the subsequent 
 rulers. Such was his method for acquainting the peoples with 
 the greatness of mentality, and especially that of spirit intelli- 
 gence, such as would return, to inspire and direct the rulers, and 
 their associate priests and priestesses, in guiding the people gen- 
 erally. Therefore, the sign was worn by each of the succeeding 
 rulers, from the time of Atlantis Shemozan and his son, Atlan- 
 tis Saban, and on down, nearly to the time of the first Dynasty 
 of Egypt. 
 
 Originally, the same sign had place on the Shemozan or 
 Sphinx, but is now obliterated, erased by the force of the ele- 
 ments. 
 
 The Cuzetens who settled in Gasbia, or especially those who 
 settled in the region of the Pyramids, were originally governed 
 by a Sha'cha (god or supreme ruler), who rose to that rank by 
 being the one of the nation who could originate or create the 
 
 219 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 greatest architectural designs, by and through the aid of "spirit 
 guidance," which capabiHty entitled him to the degree of a 
 "Shacha" during his mortal rule, and of a god in the spiritual, 
 and so reverenced by the people subsequently. The honor, there- 
 fore, of being made ruler while in the mortal, at that period of 
 time, was not obtained by conquest and bloodshed, but by indi- 
 vidual mental greatness, both in creative and constructive devel- 
 opment, and spirit sensitiveness. 
 
 The second greatest Shacha was Atlantis Shemozan, who was 
 a descendant from the Cuzetens, who dwelt in the then known 
 ancient city of Jelt'mis, east of the now known Sphinx, and 
 where Jeltmis, the first great architect, had built the "Temple of 
 Jeltmis," a thousand years before. 
 
 Atlantis Shemozan won his title of Shacha, or ruler, by draw- 
 ing the plan of the great Shemozan, or Sphinx, now having place 
 at Gizeh, Egypt ; a plan which he executed by means of an indel- 
 ible vegetable juice, and which when complete, was in the form 
 of long tablets, then called Shaz ; i. e., long strips of dried skins 
 were used as the body or form, to which strips of prepared bark 
 from a tree of the mountains, then known as the Qii-i'lish, were 
 attached perpendicularly, in rows, and fastened to the body by 
 strips of skin, until it was filled, and was then hung suspended 
 to a frame. It was this Shaz method of preserving architectural 
 drawings, that gave the idea of all the descended or subsequent 
 tablet and monumental inscriptions and writing, stone being sub- 
 stituted for the bark, and strips for the Shaz. 
 
 Not only the diagrams of the various sections of the struc- 
 ture were delineated upon the Shaz, but full directions for the 
 construction and sculptural development as well, so that ni case 
 of the disembodiment of Shemozan before the completion of the 
 great image, his successors would be able to carry the plan to a 
 finish. 
 
 When Shemozan was raised to the degree of supreme ruler, 
 he immediately began work on the construction of the Colossal 
 Image, which subsequently was named "Shemozan," after him, 
 as having been the designer and ruler. This name the image 
 bore, until about the time of the first Dynasty of Egypt, when it 
 lost its great prestige as a sacred monument, or god image, that 
 it had previously held, in memory of Shemozan, the "first ruler," 
 and later, the "god," of the Cuzetens of that region. 
 
 The great Shemozan image was commenced about 13,000 
 years ago, and was 1,000 years under construction. At the dis- 
 embodiment of Atlantis Shemozan, his son, Atlantis Saban, be- 
 came ruler, and continued the work on the image, according to 
 the plans delineated by his father, except that he made a change 
 
 220 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 in the head and visage, from the original design of an animal, to 
 the likeness of his father. This was to satisfy the wishes of the 
 people. Atlantis Shemozan, when originating the image, chose 
 the face of a Lion, since it then, as it had been with the Atlan- 
 tian ancestors, was a symbol of great strength; a characteristic 
 of the animal well known to the peoples of that region, and espe- 
 cially the ancestral portion, who had migrated through Sfury 
 (Africa), to the region of Siloton (Egypt). Therefore, the idea 
 was copulative with that of the choice of a ruler, or god, who 
 was able to create and construct the greatest works thus planned. 
 
 All of the body-construction and sculpture of the Shemozan 
 image, and that of the sub-structure, as yet unexplored, were 
 wrought under the supervision of the various Shacha, subsequent 
 to, and beginning with, Atlantis Shemozan, during the period of 
 looo years. 
 
 The great shaft opening at the rear center of the Sphinx, 
 which perforates the whole body, leads to a labyrinthian passage, 
 and ultimately to a tomb-chamber of considerable depth, which 
 will be discovered in the future, by excavations. The tomb- 
 chamber is made accessible by a great flight of polished steps and 
 several landings, according to the labyrinthian order. This laby- 
 rinthian chamber was the place of the entombment of the re- 
 mains of all the mortal rulers, or gods, from the time of Atlantis 
 Shemozan and Atlantis Saban, and other rulers who superin- 
 tended the building of this image, to its completion (down even 
 to the time of the erection of the early pyramids). 
 
 After Atlantis Shemozan passed to the spirit world, he, as the 
 god of the people, or as a spirit, returned to the subsequent rul- 
 ers, thus to inspire, direct and influence them, to carry out his 
 original plan, to the finish, which completed his principal mission 
 on the earth plane. For in that period of time, "spirit return" 
 and "communion," as they were in Atlantis, were far in advance 
 of modern times. 
 
 The image, therefore, of Atlantis Shemozan, was worshipped 
 as one of the principal gods of that period of time. They had 
 many, including the celebrated spirits of their original Atlantian 
 ancestors, of whom, through spirit return and communication, 
 they had learned ; as also those of the looo years, who had passed 
 to spirit life during the construction of the Shemozan image. 
 
 Many tombs of small dimensions, built for the priests and 
 priestesses, in this section, as well as that of the Sphinx, are now 
 buried beneath the drifting sands and changeable soil, of the 
 desert, some of which will yet be discovered, in evidence of our 
 present revelation. 
 
 Therefore, the Shemozan, or Sphinx of Gizeh, is the oldest 
 
 V 
 221 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 visible remnant left of the monumental products of the pre-his- 
 toric Cuzetens of the Gasbian region, and having been established 
 by them, the descendants of the remnant Atlantians, it serves as 
 a proper link in the great "cycle of Architecture," with which to 
 connect that of a remote, pre-historic antiquity, to our modern- 
 ancient, where it stands, in evidence of veneration by peoples of 
 the long ages past; similarly revered by the modern-ancient 
 Egyptians and their descendants, as sacred to the memory of 
 their ancestral greatness; admired and protected by the Greek 
 and Roman invaders; contemplated by the Mohammedans as an 
 establishment in representation of some principle held sacred by a 
 pre-historic people. But alas! under the influence of the Mam- 
 elukes, who judged it to be an Afreet, or evil spirit, it was used 
 as a target for their matchlock and cannon shot, a fact which 
 •established the beginning of its most serious decay. 
 
 We are also informed, by the spirit of Al'che-let, that the 
 El-te-ze' Cl-cen-tii'es Ma Ci-cen-tu-e're (Architects and Archi- 
 tecture of Arabia) differed from those of other countries, in that 
 the Cicentues were not a class of Mel-sa-est'es (Artists) distinct 
 from the CTs-ta-re-er'es (Sculptors), from the fact that the ex- 
 terior form of the buildings, at that period, varied but slightly; 
 hence, each individual constructed according to one plan, in the 
 majority of cases, and as the interior designs were so closely 
 allied to those of the Cin'stry (Sculpture), being wrought out by 
 plastic process, and therefore superintended by the Cistareeres 
 proper. Therefore, the Cistareeres were also the Cicentues, 
 hence the Melsa ses Cicentuere (Art of Architecture) pre-his- 
 torically, was under one head, viz : that of Cinstry, and therefore 
 superintended by the Cistareeres. 
 
 The Cicentuere differed somewhat, according to the region 
 in which the structures had place. Those in the mountainous 
 regions were built of stone, but those in desert places were built 
 of blocks manufactured from the sand of the desert, under a 
 cement process. The finest work of the plastic order was done 
 on the interior of the structures. 
 
 The most noted Cicentues, during a period about 6000 years 
 B. C, were pupils of Conetry, the famous Cistareer (Sculptor) 
 of that period; but subsequently, the Melsa of Cicentuere was 
 under the influence of the descended Melsaests of that order. 
 
 Passing into Siloton (Egypt), with the migratory influence 
 direct from the Atlantian remnants, and not from Elteze or Zan- 
 zureta, as the other Art influences had come, co-operative with 
 that of spirit-inspiration, we find the Le-el'va mes Te-ll-u-sa'tic 
 (Art of Architecture) in an original and crude state, but ready 
 for development. 
 
 222 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Hil-l6'the-an was the most noted Te-liu (Architect) whose 
 work and influence began about 6000 years B. C. He was a 
 Silotonian by birth, and lived in a small Cel'zic (town or city) 
 by the name of Fa-garo, then located west of the Nile River, 
 between the First Cataract and the town of Edfoo. He lived 
 and worked through the century, and ultimately won renown as 
 a Teliu, especially in wood structures. He established many 
 styles of wooden ornamental work, particularly in archways and 
 pillars on the facades of buildings. By nature he was very fan- 
 ciful, which characteristic made him quite susceptible to that kind 
 of spirit influence, or inspiration, which led him to conceive many 
 ideas, and aided him in their development. He superintended a 
 great many workmen, among whom a goodly number of Te-li- 
 ii'-sa (Architects) developed the Leelva to a certain degree, and 
 from Fagaro travelled into various parts of the country, where 
 they aided in the further extension and growth of Teliusatic, in 
 the districts of Siloton. 
 
 Cal-lu-en'den was a most noted Teliu, whose influence and 
 works began about 5925 years B. C. He was an apprentice, un- 
 der direction of Hillothean during his (Hillothean's) latter years, 
 at which time he resided in Fagaro, but subsequently moved to 
 the section northwest of the Fourth Cataract of the Nile, or be- 
 tween it and the northern course of the river, where he resided 
 in a small Celzic by the name of Cis-ma shal-ly. He lived and 
 worked into the fourth quarter of the next century. He fur- 
 ther developed the ideas and styles of Hillothean, and also estab- 
 lished styles, which he first wrought out of soft stone material, 
 and later produced the same, in a developed form, from gran 
 ite, marble and other hard stone material. He also employed 
 many men as helpers, among whom some developed as Teliusa, 
 and branched out into other districts oi Siloton, thus aiding the 
 influence of HillotheaUj and his descended workmen, in further 
 development of the Leelva of Teliusatic, by uniting the influence 
 of Calluenden and his descended workmen to the ultimate estab- 
 lishment of the Leelva mes Teliusatic of that period. 
 
 Passing into Zan-zu-re'ta (Greece), we find the influence of 
 Silotonian Teliusa (Egyptian Architecture), by migratory con- 
 ditions, awakening ideas of the same kind in Zanzureta. 
 
 C6n-a-plu'us was the first noted Met'tha (Architect) there, 
 whose works and influence began about S750 years B. C. Being 
 an apprentice to Calluenden, in Siloton, his early years were spent 
 in the Celzic of Fagaro, Siloton, but subsequently he migrated to 
 Zanzureta, where he located in a Se-ma'sa (pre-historic Grecian 
 term for "town") by the name of Tel-ci-cii'ses, then located in 
 
 223 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the district now submerged by the ^Egean Sea, between what is 
 now known as the Skyros Islands and the northeastern coast of 
 Euboea. He lived in the mortal form until the first quarter of 
 the next century. He worked in both wood and stone, and orig- 
 inated the styles of that period. He was a well-developed spirit 
 sensitive, a fact which he was conscious of, and depended more 
 upon the inspiration he received thereby than upon his own indi- 
 vidual genius, for the ideas which he conceived and developed. 
 He superintended many workmen, among whom some fine Met- 
 theon (Architects) developed, who, by dispersement through- 
 out the country, lent their influence to the further development 
 and completion of various forms of Met-the-on'ses (Architec- 
 ture), in the district of Zanzureta. 
 
 N6n-ta-su'an was the most noted Mettha, whose works and 
 influence began about 5590 years B. C. He was a Zanzuretan by 
 birth, and being an apprentice under the direction of Conapluus, 
 spent his first thirty years in the Semasa of Telcicuses. He 
 moved to a Semasa by the name of De-les-treon, then located on 
 the east side of the now known river of Aspru, about thirty-nine 
 degrees North Latitude. He lived in the form about one hun- 
 dred and fifty years, during which time he did a great work as 
 a Master -Mettha, and therefore superintended many workmen, 
 among whom some developed into good Mettheon, who migrated 
 into various parts of Zanzureta, and adjacent countries, such as 
 Italy, etc., and lent their influence in favor of the development 
 of Mettheonses in those regions. His mission on the earth plane 
 was that of general progression in the former styles of Cona- 
 pluus; and being naturally a very talented individual, along the 
 line of Mettheonses, he originated and developed ideas of his 
 own. He was not as strong a spirit sensitive as Conapluus, but 
 having worked so long under the direction of the latter, under- 
 stood the laws of impression and inspiration, and therefore was 
 able to gain considerable help from that source. 
 
 224 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 CE'MOZ SI USH KIS'A-RE NUD CE-MET'TE-ZA, 
 
 OR 
 ORIGIN OF THE COLUMN AND ARCH. 
 
 TELTZIE XXVI. 
 
 Returning to Atlantis, Yermah informs us that the Atlantian 
 Gretictor had arrived at a point of perfection which embraced 
 the grandest specimens of the orders, Til'ze (similar to the 
 Ionic), the I-the'ze (similar to the Caryatic), both being preva- 
 lent in Teltzie Et, though the former was really the national style 
 of that Teltzie; the Nii-zeleth (similar to the Doric), the na- 
 tional style of Teltzie Set, though there was a dispersement of 
 the Itheze style in parts of the Teltzie; and the Ad'mus (similar 
 to the Corinthian), the national style of Teltzie Zret. A more 
 composite, or mixed, order had become established in Teltzie 
 We, thus influenced by Yermah, the principal Deltsanz (Teacher 
 or Governor, of the Teltzie; i. e., he being a native of Teltzie 
 Zret, and brother-in-law to Alem Prolex, the Supreme Efre- 
 metrum of the Lontidri, who dwelt in Atara, therefore became 
 conversant with the national styles of both Teltzie Et and Zret. 
 Furthermore, he encouraged emigration of Greticze from both 
 Teltzie', to further develop the Gretictor of Teltzie We, hence 
 the compound style that arose from mingled ideas of the three 
 national styles, viz., Tilze, Itheze and Admus, which was termed 
 the "I-6'the-iis." Some influence was carried, in a similar way, 
 from Teltzie Et, into Teltzie' Set, Ket, and Zret, which made 
 variations of styles, in those Teltzie', but not enough to change 
 the national forms. 
 
 The Atlantian KTs'a-re (Column) was extensively used in its 
 various styles, which were, by elaboration, made grand and beau- 
 tiful in every detail, and of various uses. They had place as sin- 
 gle shafts, or monuments, in the open areas, such as surrounded 
 fountains or reservoirs, to mark the corners of the square, or 
 rectangular plats of grass-covered ground or junctions of the 
 walks. Those occupying such districts were usually of marble 
 material, surmounted with golden capitals. Some were charac- 
 terized by inscriptions, and such elaborate ornamentation as was 
 characteristic of the order and style to which the column be- 
 longed. They were also extensively used on the interior and 
 exterior of public buildings, and of some palatial homes. 
 
 225 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Atlantian Ce-met'te-za (Arch) was also extensively used 
 throughout the Lontidri, and varied, in detail, from simple forms 
 to those of elaborate grandeur, and had place at the entrances, 
 drives, or gateways, to private grounds and homes, as well as to 
 those of public places. The ends were highly ornamented with 
 sculptures of various forms, and also bore inscriptions, usually 
 wrought in golden-colored letters, giving the name of the public 
 grounds or home, the latter being more in use at that time, 
 than the designation of dwellers by their individual names and 
 numbers, as is common in modern times ; and streets were always 
 known by name instead of by number. Occasionally, the inscrip- 
 tions were wrought with silver-colored letters, but as they tar- 
 nished much sooner than those of the golden color, the latter was 
 more commonly used. 
 
 The Atlantian Cemetteza, instead of being circular at the 
 top, as is the case with the modern forms, extended so as to form 
 a triangular apex or gable covering, to the side Kis-a-re'ze (Col- 
 umns). (See No. 5, Plate I.) 
 
 This is in representation of the one that had place at the 
 entrance to the grounds of the great Deakeal, or Capitol, of the 
 Lontidri of Atlantis, in the aistie of Atara. The Kisareze (Col- 
 umns) and the horizontal Kisare, that extended from one per- 
 pendicular Kisare to the other, thus forming a cap-stone to them, 
 and a sub-base of the pyramidal portion of the structure, were 
 of equal dimensions, being five feet wide, six feet thick, and 
 twelve in length, each composed of one solid block of white Sig- 
 nitie (marble). The top, or pyramidal portion of the structure, 
 was formed by an assembly of Wilse Signitie (white marble). 
 On the face of the horizontal Kisare, the following motto was 
 engraved, in Atlantian characters, and embossed with Uzie 
 (gold) : "De'it Niid Crest Lu Ush In-thao;" the translation of 
 which is: Law and Order for the Nation. 
 
 On the face of the left Kisare were sculptured images of 
 two men, one representing the Supreme Efremetrum of the Lon- 
 tidri, and the other, a Deltsanz of State, so posed as to represent 
 the Efremetrum as coming from the Deakeal, and the Deltsanz 
 as going to it. Having met on the way, the two individuals had 
 paused to talk with each other, and thus standing, the Efremet- 
 rum was facing front, with a parchment, or roll document, in his 
 left hand, the hand and arm posed at the point of repose at his 
 side, and the Deltsanz was facing him, in a profile attitude to the 
 observer. On the visage of the Efremetrum was the expression 
 of one in deep thought, while the Deltsanz expressed earnestness 
 in his conversational pose. The Efremetrum, thus represented' 
 
 226 
 
7Zo.b. 
 
 PLATE I. 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 was somewhat slender, being about six feet four inches in height, 
 while the Deltsanz was of stouter build, and about six feet in 
 height. Both individuals were represented clothed with outer 
 garments similar to the now known Prince Albert coat, only the 
 skirts extended down to their feet, like the modern Priest's Vest- 
 ure. Each wore the Et'la (cap) significant of his rank or office, 
 but the entire apparel of the Efremetrum was more elaborate 
 than that of the other. 
 
 On the right Kisare, in like manner, two individuals were 
 represented as coming from the Deakeal, one a Deltsanz of State 
 and the other a private Citizen, the two in close conversation. 
 The Deltsanz carried a book in his left hand, which latter rested 
 on his right breast. In stature, he represented an individual of 
 about seven feet, and of stout build. His visage manifested an 
 expression of meditation. The Citizen represented an individual 
 who was about six feet six inches in height, but of a more slen- 
 der build than the Deltsanz. He was posed in the attitude of 
 earnest conversation and gesticulation. Their garments, as rep- 
 resented, were of the same style as those of the other group, but 
 those worn by the Citizen were the plainest of them all. 
 
 The Cel-por-tices (Sculptural) work was of the highest Art, 
 and was wrought by Adolphus, the greatest Celpor (Sculptor) of 
 that period. The Uzie embossing on the letters of the Motto, 
 was the work of Liusron, the greatest Calluth (Painter) of that 
 period. 
 
 The Deakeal was not represented, in the sculptural assem- 
 blage of characters, on the Kisareze. 
 
 This entire Cemetteza was perfectly plain (though most of 
 the Cemetteza' that gave entrance to other public and private 
 grounds were elaborately ornamented with sculptures, represent- 
 ing the human, the animal, and vegetable life), excepting the 
 above-described work of Adolphus and Liusron, which gave to 
 it a noble and stately appearance, and being composed entirely of 
 Wilse Signitie, symbolized "purity of action in the adjustment 
 of all civil matters," and the whole assemblage of the Cemetteza, 
 the "utility of the great Deakeal." 
 
 After the submergence of Atlantis, and therefore after the 
 destruction of all the Gretictor, and memorials of it, except such 
 as existed in the minds of the remnant people on the various 
 borderlands, the Art of Architecture had to be re-established in 
 the remnant world, by the descendants of the remnant peoples, 
 aided by spirit influence. 
 
 The early generations who had passed to spirit life, and who 
 alone had definite knowledge of the Atlantian Gretictor, had left 
 
 227 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 to their descendants but a vague conception of the Art, such as 
 tradition affords. This in turn was idealistically handed down 
 through several subsequent generations, the narrations causing 
 differences of opinion and ideas to be entertained by the peoples 
 who migrated into different sections of the country. 
 
 Ultimately, individuals were born to the various tribes, who 
 by nature possessed certain degrees of artistic genius. These 
 were sought out by spirit- Gretictor, who inspired, influenced and 
 guided them, according to their mental and local material condi- 
 tions, to establish again the primitive work of Architecture. 
 
 Passing into the pre-historic region of Siloton (Egypt), we 
 find manifest evidence of the first links which we must utilize in 
 order to connect up and re-establish the continuity of the Great 
 Cycle of Architecture. In the first place we must take the pre- 
 historic Silotonian It'ma (Pillar or Column) or It'mas (an Arch 
 formed by combined pillars with a cap Itma. These were the 
 inspired ideas of architectural structure in Siloton. (See Ex. 
 No. 7, Plate I.) 
 
 There were three forms of the Itmas, viz., the first, consist- 
 ing of two flat perpendicular Itmases, six feet wide and two feet 
 thick, and twelve feet in height, and one horizontal Itma or top 
 stone, the same width as those of the sides, but only about one 
 and a half feet thick, thus to strengthen and hold the two per- 
 pendicular Itmases in place, which thus formed sort of a mono- 
 lithic pylon. (See Ex. No. 7, Plate I.) 
 
 The second form or idea was similar to the Atlantian Cemet- 
 teza. (See Ex. No. 5, Plate I). The two, or side perpendicular 
 Itmases, were five feet square, and twelve feet in height. Those 
 that formed the pointed arch were three feet thick and five feet 
 wide, and erected from the center of the perpendicular Itmases 
 and meeting at an apex above, thus forming a triangle, with the 
 base-angle omitted, which had its support at the apex and top of 
 the two Itmases. (See Ex. No. i, Plate I.) 
 
 The third was composed of two perpendicular cylindrical 
 Itmases, that formed the sides of the structure, four feet in diam- 
 eter, and one of a circular arched form that extended from one 
 Itma to the other, thus forming a circular archway, twelve feet 
 in height, computing from the top of the arch. (See Ex. No. 8, 
 Plate I.) 
 
 The original use to which the Itmas was put, was to mark 
 the entrance to cities, as gateways, minus extended walls, such 
 as were constructed in other countries in subsequent times. The 
 style first adopted was that of placing three Itmases in 
 a line, which, if they had been surmounted with a cap Itma, 
 
 228 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 would have formed a double portaled pylon. But they simply 
 consisted of three erect Itmases, from six to eight feet in height, 
 five feet wide and three feet thick. (See Ex. No. 2, Plate I.) 
 
 Another use to which the simple, erect Itmases were put, was 
 to mark "cross roads," in the country, and served the same pur- 
 pose as the modern guide-board at cross-roads. In this case 
 there were four sets of Itmases, two in each, thus marking the 
 square area formed by the junction of the two roads. These were 
 from six to eight feet in height, five feet wide, and three feet 
 thick. On the side of the Itmases, facing the approaching trav- 
 eler, inscriptions were placed, that gave intelligence to the indi- 
 vidual, in relation to directions and distances to adjacent sections 
 of country, and the cities located therein. (See Ex. No. 9, 
 Plate I.) 
 
 The development continued during several generations, until 
 the above-named forms, or styles of Itmas, were the result, 
 adopted and used for the same purposes, or utility, to a certain 
 degree, in the construction of such buildings as tombs, temples, 
 pylones, etc., all of which is evidenced by now known pre-historic 
 remains. 
 
 The idea of the Egyptian Itmas, as represented by Ex. No. 
 8, Plate I, was re-embodied in the Kis-ax'es (Arched Gateways, 
 see Ex. No. 3, Plate I), of the pre-historic cities of Su'ras (Nin- 
 eveh), Quin-zi-6n't6 (Korasbad), Ke-ne-6'sh6n (Nirnroud), and 
 Ne-en-t6-c6'sy (Babylon), thus erected by the Se-no'des, Men- 
 zo'acks, C6r-en-ten-gan't6es, and Sil'krons, respectively, who 
 were descendants of the Esgenens, etc., thus establishing that 
 style of Architecture in the region of Assyria, the only differ- 
 ence being that the Kisax had an additional plain, round base, and 
 the capital. The general height of the Kisax was about fifteen 
 feet. 
 
 The ideas of the Egyptian Itmases, such as we have repre- 
 sented by Examples Nos. i and 3, Plate I, were embodied in the 
 Quinzeex (Gateways), as represented in Examples Nos. 4 and 
 6, of the pre-historic cities of Zanzureta (Greece), by the vari- 
 ous descendants of the Icthieons; the principal difference being 
 that the former column was characterized with a square base, 
 and the latter rose, in the assemblage of two square blocks, from 
 a square base, each extension less in thickness than the for- 
 mer, and the latter terminating in a plain, Doric capital. The 
 pointed Arch was formed by a succession of four blocks- of stone, 
 jointed and cemented, one within the other, thus to support the 
 pointed arched form that terminated in one slightly pointed stone, 
 which formed the apex. The entire structure, from base to 
 apex, was about twelve feet in height. 
 
 229 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Thus, we see that the Atlantian Kisare (Column) led up to 
 the Egyptian Itma, the Assyrian Kisax, and the Grecian Quinze; 
 and we might add, was the influence from which the ideas of the 
 Maenhirs, and their extension into Ce-clu'she-es (Alignments), 
 etc., were re-conceived, through spirit influences, as will be shown 
 later in this work. Also that the greatness of the remote Atlan- 
 tian Gretictor, lost sight of by mortals, through the occurrence 
 of the greatest cataclysm of conjunct cataclysms the world has 
 ever known, is re-embodied in the Architecture of the 20th cen- 
 tury of modern achievements, having been thus reborn by the 
 erection of the pre-historic Itma and Itmas, as a new architec- 
 tural embryo, developed and characterized through the Modern- 
 Ancient, the Mediaeval and the Modern periods of time, by the 
 varied ideas, conceptions, and mental and physical energies, of 
 the Architects, co-operative with the spirit influences, according 
 to the spiritual development of the age in which they have lived 
 and labored, and their individual ability to receive the same. 
 Hence, by advanced spirit forces, and the mental development 
 of architects, have arisen such wonderful architectural monu- 
 ments as now exist, wherein the columns and arches are at once 
 the chief characteristics, and the links that connect Atlantis to 
 the Eastern and Western Continents, in the great Cycle of Archi- 
 tectural events. 
 
 In evidence of the columnar influence, in modern-ancient 
 periods of time, such as links down from the pre-historic Itma, 
 one has but to contemplate such structures as the Temple of 
 Amenhotep, at Luxor, with its wonderful array of grey "lotus 
 columns," or pillars, of 1500 years B. C, or that of Rameses III, 
 with its huge but coarse and ugly columns, as in the Hypostyle 
 Hall ; or the Temple of Karnak, at Thebes, which Agatha informs 
 us was a temple of "added National Temples," the additions being 
 the works of, and used by, succeeding sovereigns. Of these the 
 inferior sculpture and architecture are, alike, said to date from 
 the period of Rameses II, along to the Ptolemies. The more 
 beautiful carvings and workmanship characterizing the Twelfth 
 Dynasty, and the more elegant work of Seti's time, 1300 years 
 B C, and of Thothmes, or Queen Hatasu, 1600 years B. C, and 
 the older work, which was of better architecture and more re- 
 fined taste, all date back to the time of Menkara and his daugli- 
 ter, Agatha. Examples are, the wonderful Temple of Hathor, 
 at Denderah, with its grand columnal facade and pronacs; the 
 interior Hypostyle Court, originally of very great antiquity and 
 restored by the Ptolemaic builders, situated on the site of a pre" 
 historic temple by the name of Tel'ze-maz, which was erected by 
 a priest of the name, two hundred years before the reign of 
 
 330 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Khufu, who, in his time built another temple on the site of Tel- 
 zemas and this, in turn, gave place to the Temple of Hather ; the 
 ruined Temple of Thothmes III, 1500 years B. C, at Kom Ombo, 
 with its facade of columns which brought out the idea of the 
 Itmas ; the great Temple of Edf ou, with its platformed roof sup- 
 ported by massive columns, a work of the Ptolemies in reproduc- 
 tion of a more ancient edifice; the ancient Ptolemaic Temple of 
 Esnah, with its vast Hypostyle Hall nearly buried below ground, 
 the columns of which crowned with palm and papyrus-style Cap- 
 itals, and covered with inscriptions and cartouches, are mostly 
 those of the Ptolemies; the great Temple of Medinet Habu, 
 south of the Colossi, erected by Rameses III, 1200 years B. C, 
 with its Ptolemaic Gate, with two massive columns as guides to 
 the entrance, which latter bear evidence of the advanced idea of 
 the pre-historic Itmas of Siloton, as well as do the entrance to 
 the pavilion and the massive columns that support the inner court 
 of the Temple; the Temple of Queen Hathepsu at Dair^al-Ba- 
 hari, with its fluted columns, origin of the first development of 
 the Doric style, the colonnade of fluted pillars of which, pure in 
 Doric style, are cut from the living rock, or built so as to veil the 
 flat walls ; the Temple of Isis, on the Island of Philse, 380 years 
 B. C, with its Hypostyle Hall of paneled columns, and double 
 colonnade; Pharoah's Bed, which displays the advanced idea of 
 the Itmas by its columns and portals, covered by a wall ; the Tem- 
 ple of Hathor, the Egyptian Venus, and the colonnade of Necta- 
 nebo's Temple bearing out the same idea ; the great Rock Tombs 
 of Beni Hasan of the Dynasties XII and XIII, the columns of 
 which support the facade and internal chambers, the earliest 
 known form of architecture, the idea of which led up to the 
 Greek Doric of 1000 years later. 
 
 Passing from the influence of the great achievements of the 
 Atlantian Gretictor, to the subsequent pre-historic period, previ- 
 ous to and contemporaneous with, the now known primitive 
 Aborigines, through which time, spirits of the Atlantian Greticze 
 were influencing the minds of the people, we note them begin- 
 ning their work of re-establishment of the Art of Architecture,, 
 the development of which, during that period, was only to the 
 extent of their then greatest need. 
 
 It has been supposed that the Architectural influence first 
 reached man through natural, objective, or visible creation, such 
 as the nests of birds, the lairs of beasts, etc., when they were led 
 to construct rude abodes, such as arbors, out of trees and their 
 twigs ; caves and huts of mud ; tents, of poles" covered with skins, 
 especially by the migrating, hunting, fishing, and remnant local 
 tribes, who led pastoral and nomadic lives. By modern thinkers 
 
 231 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and writers, this condition is generally placed at such times as 
 immediately preceded and were contemporaneous with the 
 Adomic Period ; but as above shown, there was a rise, a develop- 
 ment and a decadence of the art, the last condition, however, 
 being by force of the submergence. Hence, it came into exist- 
 ence in remote, pre-historic ages, and not contemporaneously 
 with what moderns term the "early period of Man's existence," 
 as the term is generally accepted; for the Atlantians, nearly 
 17000 years ago, could refer to the antiquated origin of Gretic- 
 tor and Greticze. There came a time, long after the submerg- 
 ence, when the re-establishment of the art became absolutely 
 necessary, which seems to be the time that modern writers place 
 as its origin; but it rightly belongs to, and even precedes, the 
 Atlantian period of which we write. Therefore, when the rem- 
 nant peoples of Atlantis were migrating to the various sections 
 of Europe, Asia, Africa, North and South America, we note the 
 spirit influence of those disembodied Greticze at work from the 
 spirit side of life, endeavoring to inspire their mortal brethren 
 with architectural ideas, such as they saw would achieve the 
 greatness of the art as now extant over the Globe, if developed. 
 Hence, the evolution from the crude state of architecture, as ren- 
 dered by the original descendants of the remnant Atlantian peo- 
 ples, to the greatness of the constructed art as displayed by sub- 
 sequent peoples, wherein the Architects have harmoniously 
 blended their imaginative and technical powers to the develop- 
 ment of imity, power, grandeur, beauty, and harmony; all of 
 which we recognize as individual and influential embodiments, 
 manifesting through their structures, according to the age and 
 locality in which they lived, through the inspirations given to 
 them by their co-operative "spirit intelligences." So, while pass- 
 ings along on this review of architectural development, we pause 
 at that period of pre-historic time, when the structures were 
 raised, whose monumental evidences yet remain, though in ruins, 
 .or partly so, to connect the links that are to re-establish the great 
 Architectural Cycle, or that part of its circumference that ex- 
 tends from the Atlantian period to that of the twentieth century. 
 Leaving Siloton, and the original influence of the Itma and 
 Itmas ideas, we pass on to the Eastern Continent, to contemplate 
 some of the monumental evidence of what is now termed, and 
 understood, as the "works of primeval man," though far from 
 being so. 
 
 First, let us consider the Monoliths, as single Maenhirs, Tril- 
 ithons, and Alignments, or crude ideas of architecture, conceived 
 and impressionally wrought out by descended tribes who mi- 
 
 232 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 grated, into various sections of country, now containing monu- 
 mental evidences that are similar to the idea of Itmas, e. g. ; take 
 the best known of the Maenhirs and Trilithons, as at Carnac, 
 Brittany, or about nine miles southwest from Auray, in the de- 
 partment of Morbiham, France, the former being a huge stone, 
 sixty-three feet in height and fourteen feet in diameter, rudely 
 shaped to a circular form, its weight estimated at two hundred 
 and sixty tons. This marvelous stone, and the Trilithon stand- 
 ing near it, are the work of a descended tribe of the Conseanzes, 
 who originally settled in the region along the now known Loire 
 river, near its junction with the Vienne and the Indre rivers, 
 and migrated westward from the original settlement, referred 
 to above, to the mouth of the Loire, from which section they 
 spread out into the district now submerged by the Bay of Bis- 
 cay, lying west and northwest of the department of Vendee, 
 Loire Inferieure, Morbihan and Finistere, and northwest into 
 Morbiham, which submerged district and all the above-named 
 departments, they termed E-she-melus, and called themselves 
 the "E-she-me les." 
 
 The great Maenhir, above referred to, originally stood nearly 
 in the center of the then known district of Eshemelus. At that 
 time, the El-jaha (god or supreme being) or Maenhir, repre- 
 senting the god, stood in the center of a great circle that was 
 formed by erect, single Maenhirs, large enough to encompass 
 several thousand people, for as many as that would assemble 
 there on special occasions. Originally, the El j aha was sur- 
 mounted by a crude figure of a male human form, which repre- 
 sented the supreme principle, in adoration of which the people 
 there met, and therefore was their idol, or "god representative," 
 which they termed Eljaha. The image faced the rising sun, and 
 the people entered facing the same way. The hour for worship 
 was at sunrise, when the people would enter the Ke-rel'the (cir- 
 cle) through the Riz'math (gateway, or now known Trilithon), 
 and as they entered, they would bow low to the rising sun, and 
 then to the Eljaha, in which attitude they would remain in si- 
 lence for some moments, then pass circularly around the image 
 with their heads bowed in meditation, then pass out of the Riz- 
 math, and away to their abodes. But when the people entered 
 on special occasions, they paused for a moment at the inner side 
 of the Rizmath, then gathered in a multitude about the Eljaha, 
 and thus, in silence, awaited the impressions such as were in- 
 tended by the "spirit guides" for their uplifting and unfoldment, 
 generally. From this practice has descended the idea of all 
 "silent worship," and it would be well if, in modern times, all 
 religious orders and private individuals would go into secret 
 
 233 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 silence when they wish to receive inspiration for all good. And 
 invocations thus offered in silence would better open the door 
 for such conditions, than in public sanctuaries, where much 
 speaking and gaudy show divert the mind from the true source 
 of inspiration. Therefore, it is better to "enter thy closet in 
 secret." So with the Eshemeles, and as each individual felt the 
 inspiration sought, he rose and passed silently out of the Kerel- 
 the, and further by the Ce-clu'she-es (alignment avenues), to 
 his abode. 
 
 The Ceclushees in that and adjacent districts, of which frag- 
 mentary sections still exist, were roadways leading in from the 
 surrounding country. These originally radiated from the El- 
 jaha, or rather the Kerelthe, and led toward the four points of 
 the compass, and intercepting avenues that led in from cross 
 sections ; thus they were traveling guides to the people who 
 sought the place for worship. 
 
 Originally, the Ceclushees extended a long distance into the 
 country, some of them being no less than lOO miles in length, 
 though in case of extreme length, the stones forming them were 
 placed farther and farther apart, as the distance lengthened. It 
 was from the Ceclushe arrangement that the subsequent idea of 
 "mile-stones" was conceived; and from the Kerelthe arrange- 
 ment descended the idea of amphitheatres, circular stone inclo- 
 sures, etc. 
 
 The fifty or more alignments still in France, all within 
 a radius of a few miles, and centrally located in a district con- 
 taining the most remarkable megalithic remains in the world, 
 are but a small portion of the vast number of structures such 
 as Kerelthees and Ceclushees, that had place throughout the 
 western peninsula of France, and the northern portion of the 
 submerged district of the Bay of Biscay. 
 
 Many of the single Maenhirs, or stones, that had place in the 
 original construction of Kerelthees and Ceclushees throughout 
 that region of country, have during subsequent time, been car- 
 ried away by the peoples, for their subsequent construction. 
 Hence the diminution, numerically and collectively, which has 
 left the structures in smaller sections where they originally were 
 compound, or in greater series, of Kerelthees and Ceclushees. 
 
 These megalithic remains are all constructions made by the 
 descendants of the Eshemeles of Eshemelus, and varied in struc- 
 ture according to the developed ideas of the various generations, 
 hence the condition of 13, 11, 10, 4, or single rows or lines of 
 alignments which mark the work of succeeding generations, in 
 periods ranging from seventy-five to one hundred years apart, 
 and their establishment in the various districts, under the lead- 
 
 234 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ership of a chief of the people, as there were, at that time, no 
 governmental conditions to control the people, aside from that 
 of a leader. 
 
 Therefore, in evidence of the "tribal constructions" of that 
 region, and the varieties characterizing each, beginning with 
 that at Menec, which was planned and constructed by 0-ma- 
 cel'la, a non-historic leader of the people in that district, we find 
 the Maenhirs that form those Ceclushees that are arranged in 
 eleven rows, thus descending in length, grading along the liiie 
 from ten to thirteen feet above the ground at first, and termi- 
 nating at heights of about three to four feet, where they end 
 with a Kerelthe whose longest diameter is three hundred feet. 
 The structure at Kermario, planned and constructed by Wan- 
 zal'ze, the non-historic leader of the people of that district, is 
 one in which we find the group starting in about 350 yards from 
 the former, and formed by ten lines or Ceclushees, the Maen- 
 hirs being of a more uniform length throughout the line, of 
 about ten to twelve feet in height, now containing nine hundred 
 and ninety-four stones, many of which are of great size, being 
 eighteen feet in length, and extending four thousand feet. After 
 a greater interval, at the village of Kerlescent, the structures 
 were planned and constructed by E-ce-lic'sic, the non-historic 
 leader of the poeple in that district, where we find the Ceclu- 
 shees extending in thirteen rows, now composed of two hundred 
 and sixty-six stones, which terminate with a Kerelthe, all to- 
 gether extending a distance of one thousand feet or more. At 
 Erdevan there is a structure planned and constructed by Ra- 
 cheloes, the non-historic leader of the people of that district, in 
 which, originally, the Ceclushees were composed of about fif- 
 teen hundred Maenhirs, two hundred and ninety of which are 
 still standing, seven hundred and forty having fallen, while the 
 balance have disappeared by removal, or decay. At Peumarch, 
 the structure was planned and constructed by Re-zig'ma, a non- 
 historic leader of the people in that district, in which we find the 
 Ceclushees in four rows, now containing over two hundred 
 Maenhirs, though originally there were more ; others are formed 
 by only one row of the Ceclushe, as at Loure, Camaret and Ker- 
 dowadec, the latter having a Ceclushe of about four hundred 
 meters in length, which terminates with a kind of a croix gam- 
 mee, and was planned and carried out by Re-jed'is, the non- 
 historic leader of the people of that -district. Between Camaret 
 and the point of Toulinguet, the structure, situated on an ele- 
 vated portion of land, was planned and constructed by Wel-ta- 
 zo'am, the pre-historic leader of the people of that district, and 
 here the line of Ceclushees, though originally much longer, is 
 
 235 
 
Submers^ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 six hundred yards long now, and contains about forty stones, 
 many others having been removed, probably for subsequent con- 
 structions. Close to this are a Dolmen and a prostrate Maen- 
 hir. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Ciid'lings-tons, in 
 their section of G6n-s6-e ses, or now known section of Haute 
 Garonne, France, where the Ancestors settled in the vicinity of 
 the now known city of Toulouse, some of their descendants mi- 
 grated south-westward into the Pyrenees region, which section 
 they termed Cha-ha'zel A-e-kel'ley, meaning "the people of Cha- 
 hazel." In this region there are Ceclushees of single file, mostly 
 of straight setting, though some are of reptiliform. All these 
 remnants are of the constructions established by the various 
 tribes of the Chahazel people, under local leadership. The one 
 at the ancient city of Peyrelade (Billiere) was planned and 
 constructed by Zar-zan'ze-bar, the leader of the Chahazel peo- 
 ple who migrated to that section, and the Ceclushees that ex- 
 tended in a straight line from north to south, now apparently 
 for three hundred yards, originally extended about double that 
 distance; and while it now contains ninety-three stones, some 
 of which are of great size, it originally contained about one 
 hundred and fifty, placed at varying distances, farther apart in 
 the section now extinct. 
 
 The one at St. Colomb, in Cornwall, England, called "Nine 
 Maidens," now composed of eight quartz stones, or Ceclushees, 
 that extend in a perfectly straight line for two hundred and 
 sixty-two feet, originally extended about three hundred and 
 fifty feet, and contained fifteen Ceclushees of the same material 
 as those now standing. This structure was planned and estab- 
 lished by Ce-len'ce-iis, the leader of a tribe of Eshemeles who 
 had migrated from their ancestral home of Eshemelus, or coun- 
 try of France. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the English, Bristol and 
 St. George's channels, the Eshemeles, who were very numerous, 
 had spread throughout the districts now submerged by the 
 above-named waters, and also that part of England now known 
 as the Shires of Cornwall, Dover, Dorset and Somerset, and up 
 into the now known section of Ireland, which they termed 
 E-man-me'tru-ze, and called themselves the Kes-la-en'jiis. Sub- 
 sequent to their establishment in Emanmetruze (Cornwall), a 
 tribe of their descendants migrated to the northeast and settled 
 in the district now known as Wiltshire, and there established 
 themselves as a nation. Their principal settlement was in the 
 vicinity of what is now Avebury, which section they termed 
 De-len'ze-6n, and called themselves the Ku-H'ze-6ns. They were ' 
 
 236 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ruled by a leader whose name was Krui-zote, who planned and 
 established the great Megalithic structures of Avebury, which 
 are the most remarkable in England. These and the foregoing, 
 named Ceclushees, or Alignments, are therefore fitting original 
 links with which to aid us in the re-establishment of the great 
 Architectural Cycle. 
 
 Another influence, leading up to the re-establishment of 
 Architectural greatness, is that of the Cromlechs or Dolmens, 
 such as the circular, the oval, the irregular, and the rectangular 
 enclosures, formed by rude Monoliths; e. g., the Dolmen cele- 
 brated as "Kit's Cotty House," in England, formed of three 
 large Monolithic supports, and a Megalith or top-stone, ii x i8 
 feet, which was erected by Wil-z6-r6'mas, a non-historic ruler 
 of a colony of Kulizeons who had migrated into the section of 
 Mid-Kent, which section they termed E"kin-cii-be're- This ruler 
 built the Du'ze (Dolmen) as a covering for his tomb, beneath 
 which, ultimately, his body was placed in an underground tomb. 
 This was the original form of tombs, and led up to all other 
 ground forms, and all other Dolmens served the same purposes. 
 He got his ideas from Du'ze-es (Dolmens) that had been con- 
 structed by Se'cre-del, the first ruler of the Eshemeles, in the 
 region of the now known Channel Islands, where Dolmens are 
 found, and where every species of Megalthic monument occurs, 
 all of which are the works of Secredel, his nation and their de- 
 scended rulers and peoples. The adjacent districts, now sub- 
 merged, were rich with Megalithic structures, but were lost to 
 modern knowledge. 
 
 The Megalithic structures in France, numbering about three 
 thousand four hundred and ten, located in Brittany, Aveyron, 
 etc., are the works of the Eshemeles and the Falkaleits, the for- 
 mer having carried the influence into the Brittany section, after 
 whom the latter people patterned, and ultimately carried the 
 influence into Germany and Holland, by migratory conditions. 
 Migrating Eshemeles from Cushemaza, or the Channel Island 
 districts, carried the influence into the British Island districts. 
 It found its way into Crimea and Circassia, by migrating Kinti- 
 lucians, who got the idea from the pre-historic peoples in the 
 section of Germany. (See migration of the Kintilucians.) Fur- 
 ther influence, from the Megalithic structures, was carried into 
 Central Asia and India, where Megalithic structures are widely 
 diffused in the region east of the Jordan River.. However, the 
 influence in the latter region was more particularly due to the 
 Sin-e'thons (original ancestors of the Jews, the term "Jews" 
 meaning "sect," and not "people"), who migrated into that region 
 from their Tin-din'ze-6n (Germany). Therefore the influence 
 
 237 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 was of a dualistic nature, viz: from the northeast, through the 
 Kintilucians ; and from the northwest through the Sinethons. 
 The Megalithic structures found in Germany, the Danish-lands 
 of Scandinavia, South Sweden, etc., were established by the in- 
 fluence of Falkaleits, who migrated into those regions. The 
 structures seen, from the Pyrenees region, along the coast of 
 Spain, through Portugal and Andalusia, where they are numer- 
 ous, as also in Morocco, Algeria and Tunis, were estab- 
 lished by migrating Chahazel Aekelley (people) who migrated 
 into those sections from Chahazel, the now known Pyrenees 
 region, and also some of the Eshemeles, of the subsequent sub- 
 merged section of Eshemelus, northwest of France. Those in 
 Arabia and Persia were established by the Sinethons, who mi- 
 grated into those regions from the Jordan region. All the nude 
 Dolmens were instituted as monuments that super-covered origi- 
 nal underground tombs. Those covered with mounds, or so- 
 called "burial mounds," were of later date or origin. Therefore, 
 the Duzees, or Megalithic structures, now termed Dolmens, we 
 have chosen as having constituted one of the principal links, with 
 which to continue the re-establishment of the great Architectural 
 Cycle, in the above-named geographical regions. 
 
 The original Kerelthees, or original circular enclosures, ar- 
 ranged by the placement of alignment stones into Cromlech and 
 Dolmen forms, led up to an advanced idea of Kerelthe structures 
 in pre-historic periods, e. g., such as the famous structure of 
 Avebury, previously referred to, established by Kruizote and his 
 nation for war purposes. It was fifty years under construction, 
 and Kruizote ruled during the fifty years subsequent to its com- 
 pletion, and the completion of those adjacent to it, hence he was 
 an aged ruler. The outer circle of one hundred set stones, 
 varying from fifteen to seventeen feet in height, and forty feet in 
 circumference, enclosing an area one thousand feet in diam- 
 eter, answered the purposes of a fort, where Kruizote and his 
 warriors gathered, before an engagement in battle. The great 
 ditch and lofty rampart around the Kerelthe, were for protection 
 against invaders from other nations, who sometimes sought to 
 overpower them, during unguarded hours, and carry off the treas- 
 ures and war implements there deposited. The Rez'les (Stone 
 Pillar or Maenhir), twenty feet in height, that stands centrally 
 in one of the two inner Kerelthees, consisting of a double row of 
 stones, was the outlook for approaching enemies, and a place 
 from which the danger signal was given by the Skin'der (trum- 
 peter) on watch on top of the Rezles, by blowing a call with 
 his Skin ( trumpet), which would bring Kruizote and his war- 
 riors into the great Kerelthe. The long Ceclushe (avenue or 
 
 238 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 alignment) of approach to the southwest, one thousand four 
 hundred and thirty yards in length, now termed the "Kennet 
 Avenue," consisting of a double row of Ceclushees, was con- 
 structed as a protection for the warriors, as they entered the 
 great Kerelthe, when summoned by the Skinder for service. 
 The Mez'les (Cromlech or Dolmen) in the other interior Kerel- 
 the, was a receptacle for all war implements in time of peace, 
 thus stored for quick access. The two other monuments on 
 Hakpen Hill, or Haca's pen, and the artificial mound termed 
 "Silbury Hill," originally belonged to the same group. The dou- 
 ble oval of Hakpen Hill, 133 x 155 feet, was the original tomb 
 of the chief warrior of the Kulizeons, and the artificial mound, 
 or Silbury Hill, was the tomb of the private warriors of the 
 nation, who had given their lives in its service. The great Ce- 
 clushees, or avenue, forty-five feet wide, now extending in the 
 direction of Silbury Hill, originally connected the latter with 
 Hakpen Hill, and marked the enclosed line of march taken by 
 warriors at the burial of their dead. Therefore, these structures 
 do not commemorate the last of the twelve Arthurian battles, 
 520 A. D., as supposed by Mr. Ferguson, nor are they the works 
 of the Druids, as has been theorized, but date tback to the con- 
 quests of the pre-historic Kulizeons of Delinzeon, about 1500 
 years B. C. 
 
 During the latter fifty years of Kruizote's rule, tribes of his 
 nation migrated northwest into the section of Berkshire, Eng- 
 land, though they remained under his leadership principally. At 
 that time they were engaged in wars and contentions with the 
 Zrineths of Cucula, or section now known as northern England. 
 It was under the direction of Kruizote that the now known 
 Alignments or Ceclushees, that have place in the "Vale of the 
 White Horse," were established, wihch were intended to serve 
 the same purposes as the great Kerelthe at Avebury, though the 
 latter structure was never fully completed. 
 
 The famous Kerelthe, or Stone Circle of Stonehenge, situ- 
 ated in the Salisibury Plain, Wiltshire, England, was principally 
 constructed by Ce-ret', ruler of the Kulizeons of Delinzeon, who 
 succeeded Kruizote. It was a Temple then known as the Ke- 
 ten-jet'e-lus. Ceret was more religiously inclined in his rulings 
 than his predecessor (who constructed for war purposes and 
 tombs), and therefore constructed after symbolic ideas, for re- 
 ligious purposes; hence, all parts of the structure symbolized 
 some principle in creative nature, or conditions arising therefrom, 
 each of which had its specific place, or utility, in forms of wor- 
 ship. The center circle, composed of upright stones, with others 
 of smaller size placed horizontally on their tops, symbolized the 
 
 239 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 gathering together and utility of unseen forces, such as per- 
 vaded the vast, encircling universe, especially so, those which 
 passed from the east to the west, as the electric currents, move- 
 ments of the planetary system, etc. The "inner circle" symbo- 
 lized the assembly of the people into the influence of those 
 forces, for the purpose of gathering knowledge from them. The 
 "outer oval" symbolized the source of all provident utility, and 
 was the place in which the speaker or teacher stood, when ex- 
 pounding the governing laws and principles. The "inner oval" 
 symbolized the advancement, development and growth, in all 
 creative operations and processes, and especially symbolized the 
 spirit of all things, after disembodiment, or separation of soul 
 and body ; hence, was used as a fitting place to hold funeral serv- 
 ices. The central stone, fifteen feet in length, was used for a 
 double purpose ; first, the east end of it was a rest or altar, upon 
 which to place the body during the funeral services, and second, 
 the west end was a place on which the priest stood, facing the 
 morning sun, while he delivered the funeral oration, and con- 
 ducted the services. The funerals were always held in the 
 morning. The large central stone symbolized the "supreme 
 force," which they recognized as coming from all points of the 
 compass. The trilithons symbolized the "condition of opening 
 the way to the minds and hearts of the people, that the light of 
 knowledge arising from the supreme influences might enter their 
 lives for that purpose, thus to benefit them mentally and spiritu- 
 ally." The Valum and Ditch that surrounded the entire Kerel- 
 the, symbolized the necessity of individual effort, to ward off, or 
 guard against besetting influences, such as might weaken or les- 
 sen their degree of morality. The avenue from the northeast, 
 marked by a bank and ditch on each side, ultimately dividing 
 into two branches, one going eastward up the hill between two 
 group of barrows, and the other northward to the cursus, was 
 the entrance and exit to the Retenjetelus, individually or proces- 
 sionally, according to the occasion. The eastward branch, up 
 the hill, also led to the barrows on either side which were tombs. 
 Those on the south side of the Ceclushe were tombs of the ce- 
 lebrities, and those on the north, of the common people, or peo- 
 ple in general. The north branch led only to the Retenjetelus 
 to and from the country. The now termed "cursus" did not 
 exist at that time. It was constructed subsequently by the 
 Druids, as a pleasure ground, where they held games and races 
 of various kinds. The Cromlech, or "bowing stone," in the ave- 
 nue, termed "Friar's Heel," originally was for two purposes, 
 viz. : a place where sacrificial and circumcising instruments and 
 paraphernalia were kept, and also a place for performing the 
 
 240 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 operation. The large prostrate stone, within the area of the 
 work and in line with the Cromlech, originally was used as the 
 sacrificial stone. 
 
 One of the most sacred of the religious laws, laid down by 
 Ceret, was that of circumcision of the males, and a similar oper- 
 ation on females, performed at the age of fifteen. To ignore 
 this law was a crime, punishable with the individual's life ; there- 
 fore, the above-named stone was the place upon which the vic- 
 tims were immolated, paying the penalty by being beheaded on 
 the stone. When their blood flowed over the stone, it was not 
 only considered the atonement for disregardment of the law, but 
 as a warning to others to attend to the rite. The barrows that 
 lie around, on all sides, are tombs, where the bodies of the im- 
 molated victims were placed, after the execution. Ceret was 
 the first of the rulers in the region of Britain to establish the 
 practice of circumcision. He had learned of it through Egyp- 
 tians, who had migrated from Siloton into the region of his 
 Ancestors, the Eshemeles of Eshemelus; and it was from the 
 practice, instituted by Ceret and further handed down, that it 
 became known to the more modern Jews, who, to this day, prac- 
 tice it as the initiatory rite of the Jewish Covenant. The same 
 practice that anciently existed, and still exists, in Arabia and 
 Persia, likewise came through the migratory influences from 
 Eg3T)t into those regions. 
 
 The Kerelthees at Stanton Drew, in Somersetshire, England, 
 were constructed by Del-ha'ti, leader of the Kulizeons who mi- 
 grated there from Delenzeon, or the section of Wiltshire, Eng- 
 land. 
 
 The one known as the "Stenis and Broger" circle, in the 
 Orkney Islands, Scotland, was constructed by Pa-ta-maii leader 
 of the Eshemeles who had migrated to that section. 
 
 The five groups in the Shetland Islands, Scotland, three of 
 which are in Unst, and two in the Fetler, were all established 
 by Nan-zu'tiis, leader of the Eshemeles who migrated to that 
 section, but were completed by subsequent leaders of the same 
 people. 
 
 The structure at Callemish, in the Lewis section of the Heb- 
 rides Islands, Scotland, commonly called "the stones of Caller- 
 nish," were erected by A-ka-lI'jiis, leader of the Eshemeles, who 
 migrated to that section. 
 
 Nearly all the Ceclushees and Kerelthees, as all megalithic 
 structures that existed pre-historically, were originally utilized 
 for war purposes. 
 
 241 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 All the foregoing structures we deem as suitable links, in 
 their regions, with which to aid in the re-establishment of the 
 great Architectural Cycle, and as having led up to the greater 
 achievements of subsequent times. 
 
 242 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 PRE-HISTORIC CITIES, TEMPLES, AND 
 THE ORIGIN OF THE PYRAMIDS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXVII. 
 
 Egypt was in the golden glow of its glory and greatness, 
 between 10,000 and 12,000 B. C. Then came the dark 
 clouds of degeneration, from which that country has never 
 arisen; but the time is yet coming when evidences will reveal 
 the fact of its past greatness, such as will again glorify all 
 Egypt; for revealments, such as have resulted from excavations 
 and researcheSj during recent historical events, are but the be- 
 ginning of greater and more numerous facts, such as shall not 
 only be obtained by excavations, upheavals, and natural material 
 agencies, but by and through spirit revelation, as this book is now 
 being compiled. 
 
 During the above-named period, the Cuzetens were the prin- 
 cipal nation in Gasbia, or Lower Egypt. They had spread out 
 along the 'Nile through the region now known as the Pyramidal 
 Necropolis. Hence, they built many cities and towns through- 
 out that section, and ultimately became very numerous there. 
 It is the mortal remains of these people who are the disembodied 
 populace of all the region now known as the Pyramidal Necrop- 
 olis ; theirs the intelligences that have survived the mortal knowl- 
 edge of the cities in which they dwelt. Some of these we shall 
 give further on, whose once surging population gave their mor- 
 tal bodies, by millions, to the several entombments, or sepulchre?, 
 of Gasbia or Siloton, ultimately Lower Egypt. 
 
 Beginning with the period, 12,000 years B. C., and extendng 
 up to that of 10,000 years B. C., while Egypt was in its great- 
 ness, the oldest, largest city of that region, then known as Ma- 
 wilt'za, had place north of the now known Abu-Roash Pyramid. 
 
 The principal city, then known as Sha-mis'rex, had place on 
 the western shore of the Ham'mo, or Nile river, opposite the 
 now known city of Cairo. Their Necropolis extended south- 
 westward toward the great Pyramid of Abu-Roash, which was 
 the greatest Pyramidal work of the Cuzetens of Shamisrex, and 
 was erected during the period between 9700 and 9000, B. C. 
 
 It was begun by an architect and ruler by the name 9^ Ka- 
 del'se-ec, and completed by another, by the name of Zoon'zac, it 
 having been under the direction of various architects and rulers 
 
 - 243 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 during the period between the first and last-named rulers and 
 architects above named, and became the entombment of all the 
 rulers having in charge its construction. 
 
 During the period preceding 12000 and 9700 B. C, the 
 entombment of bodies was mostly in the sepultures of the tem- 
 ples, which were of rectangular form and contained numbers of 
 chambers, and in many cases, single tombs of the same shape 
 as the temples were erected for individual entombments; and 
 during the latter part of the above-named period, many small 
 ones were built near Shamisrex, the Abu-Roash being the 
 greatest. 
 
 About 9000 years B. C, the Cuzetens had become populous 
 in the region now known as the "Sakkarah Necropic" section, 
 whose principal city, then known as Je-lu'ce-an, had place just 
 south of the Sakkarah Ca-zu'das (Pyramids). 
 
 During the next 3000 years a great many small Cazudas were 
 erected by the succeeding rulers, and used principally as their 
 tombs. These were modeled after the Abu-Roash. 
 
 Nearly all the pre-historic Sakkarah sepultures have been 
 lost to mortal observation, being now beneath the earth's surface ; 
 as tombs thus entombed, themselves, by the changing of the soil, 
 depressions, convulsions and natural decay. 
 
 The principal rulers, preceding those contemporaneous with 
 the building of the large Cazudas of Sakkarah, were entombed 
 in the small ones at first, but removed to the larger ones in sub- 
 sequent time, by succeeding rulers, who wanted their ancestors' 
 place in greater tombs, which fact was really the cause of the 
 establishment of the "greater Pyramids" of Sakkarah. 
 
 About 6000 years B. C, the Great Step Cazuda was begun 
 by A-el-ze-i'dus, an architect and ruler of the Cuzetens of that 
 section, who had disembodied before the completion of the orig- 
 inal portion of the structure. 
 
 Ca-sl'thrick, ruler and architect who succeeded Aelzeidus, 
 completed the original structure according to the plans made by 
 Aelzeidus, and the Cazuda ultimately became the tomb of both 
 Aelzeidus and Casithrick, the former having been placed in a 
 small temporary tomb, where his body remained until the disem- 
 bodiment of Casithrick, when their remains were placed in the 
 Cazuda together. Super-coverings, to the extent of its present 
 dimensions, were added to it by subsequent rulers. 
 
 The other Cazudas in that Necropolis, now in ruins, were 
 erected from time to time, down to Dynasty VI, or about 3530 
 B. C, as history has it; and like the former, were burial tombs 
 for the rulers. 
 
 About 4500 B. C, the Cuzetens had become numerous in the 
 
 244 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 section of the now known Abusir Pyramids, and their principal 
 city, then known as A-bii's'ir, had place east of the Abusir Cazu- 
 das, on the west shore of the Hammo, or Nile river, the name 
 having descended, unchanged, to the present. These are the 
 Cazudas, or Pyramids, that mark the Necropolis of that city. 
 
 It was from the Cuzetens of Abusir, that Menes or "Mena," 
 the first King of Dynasty I, descended, and not from Thinjs, 
 upper Egypt, as claimed in history; and the city of Abusir was a 
 part of the city subsequently termed Memphis, and occupied the 
 same site in part, co-existing as a then ancient part of the por- 
 tion added by Menes during his reign, and was lost, to mortal 
 knowledge, by being covered with the sediment from the Nile's 
 inundations and the shifting sands. 
 
 In the fourth generation of Memphis, after the rule of 
 Menes, a small but beautiful Cazuda was erected, by the ruler of 
 that period, in the center of the city. To this the remains of 
 Menes were removed from his original tomb. It is therefore 
 lost to mortal view, coverd beneath the earth's surface, with the 
 remainder of the city. 
 
 The smaller of the two great Cazudas of Abusir was begun 
 about 4500 B. C, by a ruler and architect by the name of Li-€- 
 use-mus, whose long reign afforded him time to carry out the 
 greater portion of the construction, which was ultimately com- 
 pleted by his nephew, a son of his youngest brother, who had 
 studied the art of architecture under his uncle's instruction and 
 guidance, from the time of his childhood. He was yet a youth 
 when he began his office as ruler, and the completion of his 
 uncle's Cazuda, the construction of which occupied nearly two 
 hundred years from its beginning to its finish. 
 
 The "Great Cazuda of Abusir" was begun by Lieusemus 
 II, in order to carry out the idea of greater work, which ability, 
 vastness in concept, established the "choice of rulers" from the 
 time of the construction of the Great Shemozan, of Sphinx at 
 Gizeh, to that of the last Pyramid builders. 
 
 This Great Cazuda was four hundred years or more in proc- 
 ess of construction, during which time there were several rulers 
 who carried on the work after the plans laid down by Lieuse- 
 mus I. It was ultimately completed by a ruler whose name was 
 O'cre-dosh, and when completed was the tomb of all the_ rulers 
 who had had charge of its construction, their remains being re- 
 moved thither after the completion. 
 
 About 12000 years B. C, descendants of the Cuzetens who 
 were a mixture of Kaz-a-man'zes and Kal-luthi-ans, began the 
 erection of a great "Historic Temple," which was known to them 
 as the Jelt'mus, or Sun God Temple, thus named for the archi- 
 
 - 245 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tect and builder, or first Shacha, oi the Cuzetens. It had place 
 about six miles to the east of the great Shemozan, or Sphinx, 
 which latter was commenced about one thousand years later. 
 The Jeltmus was constructed out of rocks taken from the strata 
 that extend southward from the Shemozan or Sphinx, which fact 
 established the original pre-historic excavations that separated 
 the Sphinx from the now known strata that appear a short dis- 
 tance southward from it, and at nearly the same elevation. The 
 first rock, taken from the strata, was used for the construction 
 of the Great Jeltmus Temple ; the remainder was taken out dur- 
 ing subsequent periods, for the construction of the Tombs and 
 Temples. At the time of the disembodiment of Jeltmus, his 
 body was placed in a small tomb, built for him and his family. 
 
 The temple was about thirty feet in height, and terminated in 
 a dome shape, formed by drawing in the four corners of the 
 main structure. This was of pyramidal form at the base, which 
 was about seventy-five feet wide on each side. The dome thus 
 drawn in, curved outward again, and then extended to a still 
 greater height in the form of an obelisk. The inward-drawn 
 dome gave rise to the idea of, or origin of, the rounded domes 
 that now have place on the tombs of the Caliphs, the Mosques of 
 the Sultans, etc., with the change of form, from that of the in- 
 drawn pyramid sides, to the perfectly round diametrical form, 
 with the apex extension above the dome . It likewise gave the 
 original idea which later developed into the Obelisks; and the 
 base of the Temple, that of the Pyramids. 
 
 The Jeltmus Temple contained three chambers above ground, 
 and two in what might be considered the "basement." On the 
 inside chambers above ground, and on the exterior of the struc- 
 ture, were historical records, such as pertained to general Na- 
 tional matters, religious and political affairs, or general history, 
 wrought in their language, with their alphabetic characters. 
 
 After the disembodiment of his family, the remains of Jelt- 
 mus, together with theirs, were removed to the Temple of Jelt- 
 mus, and placed in one of the lower chambers. It was from 
 this procedure that the idea of entombment of the bodies of 
 celebrities originated, and was more completely carried out, in 
 the structure of the Great Shemozan, and later, in the Cazudas; 
 the fact that forms the links to which we must connect the At- 
 lantian practice of placing their mummified bodies in the Great 
 Temple of the Illustrate Dead Boaies; though the original idea 
 of entombing bodies is more properly to be traced back to the 
 Hel'tro-plox-ze An-ze-ret'ze (Cave Tombs) of Atlantis. 
 
 About 4500 years B. C, the Cuzetens had become numerous 
 in the district of the Dehshur Cazudas, and their principal city, 
 
 246 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 then known as J-e-hi'zer, had place southeast of these Cazudas. 
 In that vicinty, originally, there were quite a number of small 
 Cazudas and Tombs, erected long before the large ones that now 
 remain. The smaller of the Stone Cazudas that yet have place 
 in that Necropolis, was begun about 4500 B. C, and the larger 
 one about fifty years later, and were therefore both under con- 
 struction at the same time, the smaller one being completed first. 
 The time consumed from the beginning of the smaller Cazuda, 
 to the completon of the larger, was about twelve hundred years. 
 Both structures were begun by the same architect and ruler, by 
 name Heel'she-us, whose mortal remains were placed in the 
 smaller of the two Cazudas. 
 
 The occasion of the larger one was to satisfy the desire of 
 the people who wanted a greater monument built in their Ne- 
 cropolis. Hence, to gratify them, and hold his position of great- 
 ness, the ruler planned and began, the larger Cazuda. Ulti- 
 mately, it was completed by an architect and. ruler by the name 
 of E-lix'miis, whose mortal remains, with those of some of the 
 intervening rulers, who had carried on the construction from the 
 time of Heelsheus to that of Elixmus, were interred in this Ca- 
 zuda. Some of these were removed from private and tempo- 
 rary tombs, some placed in during the construction ; and the last, 
 Elixmus, after the completion, and at the time of his disembodi- 
 ment. However, the bodies of some of the earlier rulers, above 
 referred to, were placed in small Cazudas, adjacent to the small 
 Stone Cazuda; and these, excepting Heelsheus, were not re- 
 moved to the large Cazuda. 
 
 The north Brick Cazuda was of much later date, it having 
 been constructed by Usertesen HI, and begun about 2650 years 
 B. C. 
 
 The principal Cazuda of Lisht was begun by Usertesen, who, 
 being an architect, drew the plans for the Cazuda and furnished 
 the means with which to carry on its construction, but did not, 
 as a ruler, superintend the work. He placed that in the hands 
 of architectural servants, who wrought according to his plans. 
 His remains were placed in the Cazuda before it was completed, 
 for it was not finished until in the next generaton, and under 
 the ruling of Usertesen II, of the Dynasty XII. There was no 
 large town in the vicinity of the Lisht Cazuda, but the district 
 had settlements at the time of its construction. 
 
 About 4500 B. C, the Cuzetens became numerous in the dis- 
 trict of Aillahum, and their principal large city, then known as 
 Ne-i-cii'liis, had place on all sides of, or in other words, sur- 
 rounded, the Necropolis of the city; hence the Cazuda of Ailla- 
 hum was the central figure of the city. 
 
 247 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Cazuda was begun about 4500 years B. C, by an archi- 
 tect and ruler whose name was Re-u'zi-ting, a descended Cuze- 
 ten of that ctiy. 
 
 The Cazuda was about seventy-five years under construction. 
 Reuziting I, howeveri did not live to complete the Cazuda, but 
 his mortal remains were entombed there before its completion, 
 which was carried out by his son, according to his father's plans. 
 And the son, having succeeded his father as ruler, was also 
 placed in the Cazuda at the time of his death. 
 
 This Cazuda was used for some of the succeeding celebrities, 
 down to the time of Usertesen II of the Dynasty XII, 660 B. C, 
 the last ruler therein entombed. 
 
 About 7000 B. C. the Cuzetens had become numerous in the 
 district of Medum, and their principal city, first known as Ri-a- 
 crii'ser, named after their ruler, but afterwards changed to that 
 of Ka-ren'tiim, in honor of the subsequent ruler, of that name, 
 had place east of the now known Great Pyramid of Medum. 
 
 The little village now existing to the right of the Cazuda, 
 stands nearly central on the site of the pre-historic city of Ka- 
 rentum, but the latter was much larger, spreading out in all di- 
 rections and limited only by the river's course, in that direction. 
 
 Some of the stones used in the construction of the now 
 known village above referred to, were of excavations from some 
 of the ruins of the city of Karentum, which latter is now an 
 almost invisible ruin. 
 
 The great and marvelous Cazuda, as it stands enthroned 
 upon its great rock platform, about two hundred and fifty feet 
 above the river, surrounded by a great white mound, was begun 
 by an architect and ruler of Cuzeten birth, by the name of Ri-a- 
 cru'ser, whose name as above stated had been given to the city 
 under his reign. He lived to be over 200 years of age, and as 
 the Cazuda was only about one hundred years under construc- 
 tion, he of course lived to complete it. Therefore the Cazuda 
 was not, as is supposed by Dr. Petrie, built by Snef eru ; but the 
 latter-named king did build the Temple, in its vicinity, during 
 bis reign, 3990 B. C, hence, his name appeared on the internal 
 passages of the Temple, as discovered by Dr. Petrie. 
 
 The Cazuda was used as a tomb for some of the celebrities, 
 subsequent to the period of Riacruser. 
 
 The idea of "greatness," in architectural structure, such as 
 gave to the rulers their positions, and supremacy of power, in 
 the age of the Great Shemozan, or Sphinx, also became strongly 
 impressive in the minds of the Kings of the Fouth Dynasty; 
 hence the Great Cazudas of Gizeh. The idea relaxed at certain 
 
 248 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 periods, and intensified at others, during the time that intervened 
 between the construction of the Shemozan and the latter-named 
 Cazudas, which was the principal cause of the variety, in size, 
 of all the now known Cazudas. 
 
 As we have shown, by the foregoing data, the Great Cazu- 
 das, as supposed by historic writers, are of much more recent 
 date than the others. 
 
 We have given the reason for their stupendous suprem- 
 acy, in size, over that of the others, viz.: architectural ideas 
 under guidance of spirit intelligences, according to the ability of 
 the mortal brain, at the period of time, to conceive and carry out 
 the same, and not as the original greater conception, or begin- 
 ning of Pyramidal construction, which would have nothing lead- 
 ing up to the thought of such greatness, as some writers have 
 supposed. 
 
 The first Great Cazuda of Gizeh, termed "The Splendid," 
 was planned by Khufu, or Cheops, while he was yet only an 
 architect. His original name was Sel'trix, and he had been en- 
 titled "Khufu" when he ascended the throne, as first King of 
 Dynasty IV. 
 
 It was his great conception of the Cazuda, which he became 
 possessed of through spirit aid, that elevated him in the minds 
 of the people, who therefore made him their King. 
 
 He began the construction of the Cazuda immediately after 
 he came in power, which was 4000 years B. C. 
 
 The construction of this great Cazuda, from beginning to 
 finish, lasted through a period of one hundred years, though 
 Khufu did not live in the mortal form to complete it, he having 
 passed to spirit life about 3920 B. C, at which time his remains 
 were entombed in the incomplete Cazuda. 
 
 During the next 20 years, the people under the direction of 
 architectural supervisors, who were employed on the work at the 
 time of the disembodiment of King Khufu, completed the great 
 Cazuda, according to the original plan of Khufu. 
 
 Yermah informs us that Herodotus was vastly incorrect in his 
 statement "that there were 100,000 men employed three months 
 in the year for twenty years, on the construction of the Cazuda," 
 for at no one time were there to exceed over seven hundred men 
 employed on the entire detail of construction. But the sugges- 
 tion made by Dr. Petrie, that "they were employed thus at the 
 time of high Nile, when no labor could be done in the fields," is 
 correct; only instead of its being a period of twenty years, such 
 was the custom throughout the entire period of construction, 
 both by order of the ruling King, and later by that of the super- 
 visors who completed the construction. Thus, in its great di- 
 
 249 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mensions of seven hundred and seventy-five feet on each side, 
 and its original height of four hundred and eighty feet, stands 
 this Pyrmid, evidence of one of the greatest conceptions of an 
 Egyptian mind, through spirit guidance, leading up to that of 
 Modern- Ancient, Mediaeval, and Modern Architecture; all de- 
 velopments of which are but re-embodied ideas, under control of 
 the same influence. 
 
 By the time of the completion of the first great Cazuda of 
 Gizeh, another architect, whose name was Nan-do'sliim, origi- 
 nated the plan of the second great Cazuda of Gizeh, which fact 
 caused him to be chosen as the next King; and he was therefore 
 not a descendant, or relative, of the former King. 
 
 At the time of his enthronement, Nan-do'slum's name was 
 changed, and he received the title of "Khafra." 
 
 Khafra began the construction ox the second great Cazuda, 
 termed "The Great," as soon as he came in possession of the 
 throne, which was immediately after the close of the year 3900 
 B. C. 
 
 This Cazuda was about seventy-five years under construction, 
 and therefore complete about twenty-five years before the death 
 of Khafra, who, at the time of his disembodiment, was one hun- 
 dred and thirty years of age, he having become King at the age 
 of thirty. His remains were placed in the Cazuda, in a tomb 
 chamber prepared for that purpose, during its construction. 
 
 After the disembodiment of Khafra, A-gl6n't6, who was the 
 greatest priest of all the Nile region, then fifty years of age, was 
 chosen King to succeed Khafra ; this was on account of his great 
 scientific learning; and he was raised to the degree of a King 
 under the title of "Menkara," beginning with the period 3800 
 years B .C, and remained King for a period of one hundred and 
 ten years. 
 
 As had been the custom of rulers and kings who preceded 
 him, Menkara began his great Cazuda or ornamental tomb, soon 
 after he ascended the throne, and was nearly one hundred years 
 planning and constructing the Cazuda. 
 
 At his disembodiment the throne descended to Princess 
 Agatha, his only child, and the first female who ever ruled over 
 Egypt. 
 
 She began her reign at the age of seventy-five, having been 
 born when her father was eighty-five years old. 
 
 Ge-i'na, her mother, was a second consort to Menkara, and 
 was forty years of age at the birth of her daughter, Agatha. 
 
 Agatha passed to spirit life at the age of one hundred years, 
 having reigned only twenty-five years as "Princess of the Nilus." 
 
 It was from this fact, of a female ruler, that other women, 
 
 250 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 in subsequent time, were allowed to ascend to royal power in 
 Egypt, and later in other countries. 
 
 It has been supposed that Howard Vyse found the wooden 
 mummy-case of Menkara, in the above-named Cazuda; also a 
 few fragments, such as the ribs, vertebrae, the bones of the legs 
 and feet, and some woolen wrappings of the King, which is not 
 correct. They were the remains of Mel'te-sha, Menkara's chief 
 architect, and general superintendent of construction, under the 
 royal direction of Menkara. He being a favorite of Menkara's, 
 on account of his fine workmanship, and ability as a supervisor 
 of construction, ordered that at the time of his disembodiment, 
 his mortal remains should be placed in the Cazuda. 
 
 At the time of the writing of this section of the book, some 
 sixteen years later than the writing of the message from Agatha 
 (see page 214), she further informs us that the above supposi- 
 tion regarding the finding of Menkara's remains is incorrect, and 
 further states that the entrance to her father's tomb is on the 
 side facing the Second Great Cazuda, a little to the left of the 
 center of that side, and that the labyrinthian passage leading to 
 the tomb, in its wonderful intricate windings, descended by vari- 
 ous flights of steps and landings, to a great depth, where there 
 are several elaborate chambers of large dimensions. The first 
 one of these is of triangular form, and is centrally located in the 
 Cazuda. There are three doors, one at each angle of the trian- 
 gle. One of the three makes the entrance to the chamber from 
 the last landing. The other two open into another chamber. 
 Upon entering the triangular chamber, the individual would be 
 facing the south. The door on the left angle leads into the tomb 
 chamber of Menkara, and is the tomb referred to, by Agatha, 
 in her former message. 
 
 In the Menkara chamber, against the wall on the right side 
 as one would enter, begins a series of stone receptacles; the 
 first, and largest one, is square in form; the second one, long 
 and narrow; the third one is of rectangular form. 
 
 The mummified body of Menkara lies in a stone case on the 
 opposite side of the two receptacles first named, and the third- 
 named receptacle is against the wall at the feet of the mummy 
 case, which latter is also against the wall, receptacles and 
 mummy case alike, having been sculptured from the solid rock 
 which constitutes the walls. 
 
 In. the three receptacles will be found the great wealth, re- 
 ferred to by Agatha, in her first message (see page 214), and 
 the several chambers to which the door on the right, in the tri- 
 angular chamber, leads, were never occupied. 
 
 Agatha further informs us that she was the only child of 
 
 251 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Menkara, and that the three small Cazudas on the east side of 
 the Menkara Cazuda are not, as has been supposed, those of the 
 three daughters of Menkara, but of much later date; and fur- 
 thermore, that her Cazuda was built upon the western side of the 
 Menkara Cazuda, and is now completely covered with the shift- 
 ing sands, similarly to the covering, from time to time, of por- 
 tions of the great Sphinx. 
 
 At the time of the building of the three great Cazudas, the 
 region about them was thickly populated by the Cuzetens. The 
 principal large city, then known as Kleet'sam, had place south- 
 west of the three Cazudas. Another large town by the name of 
 Quin'do, had place tb the northwest of the first Cazuda, and one 
 by the name of O-cii'to, was located to the southwest of the third 
 Cazuda. 
 
 PLACEMENT OF THE CAP-STONE 
 
 ON 
 
 MENKARA'S PYRAMID. 
 
 In the month of March, 1893, my venerable friend, Mr. 
 Edward Shippen, placed the following question, with blank 
 paper, in an envelope which he sealed, and addressed to the 
 spirit of Menkara, for the purpose of obtaining an answer direct 
 from said spirit, through the medial instrumentality of Mr. 
 George Cole, now deceased, whose phase of mediumship was 
 that of obtaining messages, and answers to questions from spirits 
 thus questioned, under said conditions. The question and answer 
 were : 
 
 Q. — "Will you gratify the world by giving us the method you 
 employed when placing the cap-stone on your great Pyramid?" 
 
 A. — "I, Menkara, the Osirian, aforetime Pharaoh of the land 
 of Kehm, will gratify my son of the Western Continent, and 
 explain the method employed in raising the cap-stone upon the 
 Pyramid named. 
 
 "For this purpose, I shall be obliged to employ your own 
 language and phrases. 
 
 "The principle employed, my son, was that which you term 
 the 'lever.' Masonry, to the height of one hundred feet, was 
 constructed to be used as a fulcrum. 
 
 "A lever was prepared by splicing and joining trunks of trees, 
 that their grains diverted ; thus was a lever formed to the length 
 of six hundred feet and to the thickness of fifteen feet, braced 
 laterally with straps or bands, and elongated strips, to reduce 
 
 252 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 bending. This lever was afBxed to the top of the fulcrum, as on 
 a pivot; made fast and secure. At the distance of fifty feet 
 from where the cap-stone lay, was the fulcrum constructed. At 
 the point of power, or six hundred feet distant from the cap- 
 stone on the end of the lever, were galleries built, to the height 
 of the fulcrum. To the top of these galleries were lifted large 
 blocks of stone which were attached one by one to the point of 
 power of the lever, and lifted one by one to the top of the gal- 
 leries, to be used as weights to raise the cap-stone at the other 
 end of the lever, thus accomplished by many men pulling down 
 the end of the lever near the cap-stone, by means of ropes. 
 
 "After all this had been accomplished, metal straps were 
 placed around the cap-stone, and made fast to the point near the 
 fulcrum, which elevated the point of power of the lever high 
 above the galleries, where lay the blocks to be used as weights; 
 but many long metal straps were attached to that end of the 
 lever, and each strap was placed around a block of stone, which 
 was then swung from the galleries, one after another, until the 
 tenth block of stone caused the cap-stone to rise to a bal- 
 ance. Each of those blocks of stone weighed five tons net, of 
 your weight; therefore, fifty tons' weight lifted the cap-stone, 
 and as the distance between the weight and the fulcrum was to 
 the distance between power and fulcrum, so was the power to 
 the weight. 
 
 "Therefore, 600 — 50 "= 550 X 50 = 27500 "^ 50 "= 550 tons, 
 the weight of the cap-stone; or twice 550,000 lbs., or 1,100,000 
 lbs. 
 
 "When the weight reached the ground, it was found that the 
 cap-stone had not reached a sufficient elevation to crown the 
 Pyramid. Men were then set to work to excavate under the 
 weights to a depth that would allow the lever to raise the cap- 
 stone to its proper elevation. 
 
 "After this had been done, elephants were strapped to ropes, 
 which had been attached to the cap-stone and carried over the 
 Pyramid so that they reached to the ground on the other side 
 of the Pyramid, where the elephants were harnessed to them. 
 These easily pulled the cap-stone over the place it was to rest, 
 and upon one of the blocks of stone being detached in the exca- 
 vation, the cap-stone, being guided, slowly settled in the place 
 where it yet rests, a wonder to Moderns. 
 
 "I omitted to state that the mound was elongated, in form, 
 and of a height equal to the Pyramid ,except superstructural ful- 
 crum and galleries in the rear; and that the metal bands, to 
 which the cap-stone was attached, were of sufficient length to 
 slide upon the lever ; hence, when the elephants on the other side 
 
 253 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of the Pyramid drew the suspended cap-stone over the top of 
 the Pyramid, the metal bands permitted the cap-stone to rest 
 above its bed ; also, that the height of the fulcrum and galleries, 
 located upon the mound, was equal to the height of the Pyramid. 
 "Now, my son, I trust I have used terms so plain and simple 
 that they cannot be misunderstood; and if the revealing of 
 ancient methods is a revelation to modern science, I am 
 satisfied. 
 
 "Menkara, of the Land of Khem." 
 
 Passing from the Dolmens of underground tombs, we find 
 their influence manifesting in various tumuli; e. g., the O-lin'de- 
 zac-es, or Burial Mounds, such as are found in Ireland, of which 
 the New-Grange, near Droghead, is a good specimen, established 
 by Zel'zic, a leader of the Eshemeles of that district. 
 
 Other instances are, the Y-6n'sy-es, or Beehive Huts, that 
 were established by Fru-dish'er, a leader of the Eshemeles of 
 Cornwall, England; and subsequent leaders of the same people 
 continued the construction, throughout Wales, Scotland, and the 
 Lewis Islands, as they migrated to those districts. Originally 
 they were built of mud, and utilized for dwellings; later, of 
 stone, some being used as tumuli. 
 
 The Swish-hel'dic-es, or Pict's Houses of the Orkney 
 Islands, Scotland, afiford a further example. Some of these are 
 chambered tumuli, and others underground dwelling that were 
 established by Bel'te-zoc, a leader of the Eshemeles, descended 
 from the main stock, and migrating to that section. 
 
 The Ge'mons, or Nur'hags, found so numerously in the Sar- 
 dinia Islands, which have been a puzzle to modern Archaeol- 
 ogists, were tumuli; and were established by Ja-gil'de-miis, one 
 of the early leaders of the Ka-sin'kas, who settled in that dis- 
 trict. (See migration of the Jeretheans.) Jagildemus was a 
 spirit sensitive, and thus received his idea of the Gemons as a 
 place in which to preserve the bodies of the departed spirits. 
 Originally, and subsequently, the Gemons were erected on the 
 sides of the mountains, when there would be a large Gemon, sur- 
 mounted by the figure of a man, to represent the watchful care 
 of the great ruling or protecting spirit, and other spirits who 
 came to watch over the people. About the large Gemon were 
 numerous small ones, tombs for the people generally, the large 
 one being a tomb for the leaders or rulers of the people. The 
 semi-circular stone structure on the side of the hill, that inter- 
 cepted the Gemon in the center, from the two sides, was a flight 
 of steps that led to the openings in the Gemon ; and these further 
 led to the tomb in which the bodies of the leaders were placed. 
 
 254 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Ce'locks or Lake Dwellings, such as have been sub- 
 merged in the lakes of Switzerland, Sweden, Italy and Ireland, 
 were ideas of later descendants of the peoples whom we have 
 shown elsewhere as having migrated to those regions, and were 
 homes of the fishermen of that period. 
 
 Passing over to the Western Continent, into the Great Plains 
 of North America, we find many specimens of pre-historic bar- 
 rows of enormous magnitude, that in some respects resemble 
 the "long barrows" of Great Britain. These were burial places 
 for the bodies under conditions of both cremation and inhuma- 
 tion. Both customs were accompanied by the co-deposit of 
 implements, weapons, food, ornaments, stone, bone, and pottery, 
 the latter being, in many cases, elaborately ornamented — evi- 
 dence of the high grade of development relative to taste and skill 
 in workmanship, of the race that erected these hitherto myste- 
 rious constructions. 
 
 Some of these tumuli, and ramparts of earth that enclose 
 areas of great extent, had much regularity of form, such as are 
 found in the valleys of the Mississippi, and its mighty tributa- 
 ries, the Ohio and the Missouri rivers. These were erected by 
 the Shazas and their leaders, who migrated from their original 
 section, of Anteshaza, in the now known district of Louisiana, 
 and were descendants of th^ Congoes, from Shaltecongo, in the 
 district now submerged by the waters of the Gulf of Mexico. 
 (See migration of the Congoes.) 
 
 The first of the greatest of these mounds was established in 
 the now State of Tennessee, southeast of Memphis, by O-sa-len' 
 ge-6, a leader of a tribe of Shazas who migrated to that district. 
 The second greatest (now in ruins) was established on the south- 
 east 'side of the Ohio river, near its junction with the Missis- 
 sippi, by Cil-za-wa'sha, a leader of a tribe of Shazas who settled 
 in that district. 
 
 The method employed by the Shazas, when constructing these 
 mounds, and designing the utility of the same, was a peculiar 
 one. After the establishment of a tribe, or settlement, in any 
 of the districts where the mounds were built, and where mounds 
 now exist, the body of the first member of the tribe, were he a 
 private or a leader, who passed to spirit life, was placed, with his 
 belongings, on the ground, and there covered over with a small 
 mound of earth. This "burial" took place at sunset, and the 
 exercises were closed with a circular dance about the mound. 
 
 On the occasion of the second disembodiment, the body and 
 belongings of that individual were placed on the summit of the 
 mound erected over the first body, and then covered as before, 
 
 255 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 thus enlarging the mound in all its dimensions. After this the 
 usual closing ceremony of dancing took place. 
 
 Then came a change in the order of burial. As the different 
 individuals of the tribe passed to spirit life, their bodies were 
 deposited at the base of the already made mound, in circular 
 form, the heads of the latter to the feet of the former; then a 
 circular base, in the form of a terrace, was thrown up so as to 
 cover the bodies, one after the other, until the circle was com- 
 plete. Then began another row of bodies on the top of the ter- 
 race, in the same form, until the circle was complete, and a sec- 
 ond terrace had been formed, and so on, until the various sub- 
 sequent terrace had formed a perfect circular mound again. 
 Then the same order was begun again at the base of the mound, 
 and so on, during the abode of the tribe in that district, or util- 
 ity of the mound as a tomb, the same order of ceremonies being 
 carried out at each burial, to the completion of the tomb. 
 
 Therefore, the now existing remains, known as the myste- 
 rious barrows, or "burial mounds" of North America, are the 
 works of the Shazas, whose ancestors were the Congoes, from 
 whom they had learned their art of ornamentation, such as was 
 displayed on their pottery; as with the descended Congoes who 
 settled in Central America, and established the marvelous sculp- 
 tural, and other works of art, on the pre-historic structures 
 throughout Central America, which have remained equally as 
 mysterious to modern archaeologists. 
 
 The Shazas, therefore, are the original "Mound Builders" of 
 North America, and the ancestors of the aboriginal descendants, 
 who by descended and migratory conditions, lost definite knowl- 
 edge of the illustrious race from whom they had descended, but 
 left the mounds as the only records, silent though as they are, 
 of their past mortal achievements. 
 
 One of their mounds, in Mississippi, covers a base of nearly 
 SIX acres. The ramparts, in that section, vary in thickness, and 
 are from six to thirty feet in height, and usually enclose areas 
 varying from one hundred to two hundred acres, while some 
 contain four hundred. 
 
 One, on the Missouri river, has an area of six hundred acres. 
 The enclosures are generally exact squares or circles, and some- 
 times a union of the two. Some are formed in parallelograms, 
 or follow the sinuosities of a hill. 
 
 In Wisconsin, they assume the fanciful shape of men, quad- 
 rupeds, birds or serpents, delineated on undulating plains or 
 wide savannahs. 
 
 In the State of Ohio, there are now no less than ten thou- 
 
 256 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 sands of these barrows or mounds, and rampart remains, while 
 those representing animals are far fewer than in Wisconsin. 
 
 There is one, in representation of a gigantic man, with two 
 heads corresponding, in size, with that of the body which' is fifty 
 feet long and twenty-five feet across the breast. 
 
 This image was built by the descended Shazas to represent, 
 or symbolize, the "great spirit," or "creative force of all things." 
 The two heads were to represent the male and female forces, 
 that are combined in all instances of material creation. They 
 were in communion with spirits, and received much of their 
 knowledge from that source; and therefore got the idea of a 
 higher and more powerful spirit existence than the individual 
 spirits, that ruled in all matters of creation. 
 
 On a slope near Brush Creek, there is a representation of a 
 huge snake. It is well designed, with an oval ball in its mouth. 
 The undulating folds of its body, and spiral of its tail, extend 
 to the length of seven hundred feet. That image was established 
 by the Shazas descendants, thus instituted from the fear they 
 entertained of reptiles of that class, and as a danger signal, or 
 reminder, to the people, of the reptile and its bite. The ball was 
 placed in its mouth to represent the fact that everywhere, 
 throughout the country, they were in danger of coming upon it, 
 and to be inflicted with its bite ; hence all should be on the watch 
 as they traveled about, to avoid the danger. The great length 
 of the image, and the coiling of its body, also represented the 
 great extent of country wherein it might be found, in secret 
 hiding. There was, however, a deeper meaning to the symbol, 
 viz: to guard well all the undercurrents of evil of every kind, 
 such as might beset them in their life existence, in unguarded 
 hours ; and this was taught to the youth of the people. 
 
 After the Shazas were well established, in these regions, and 
 prior to the Adomic period, wjien they had become an illustrious 
 people, they had established towns and hamlets throughout the 
 great section. 
 
 Prior to the time of the great flood, or Biblical narrative, in 
 which Noah figured, a great flood passed through the central 
 portion of the now known United States of America, that had 
 place through central British America and passed out into the 
 southern waters of the globe, through the region now drained 
 by the great rivers and their tributaries, of the central States. 
 This great cataclysm carried with it so much earth and sand that 
 it changed the surface greatly in many places. 
 
 As the sands whirled in about the buildings, through the 
 streets and alleys, it lodged and filled in until it had completely 
 
 . 257 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 covered many hamlets, on its course, leaving great piles, or 
 mounds of earth, that covered acres of ground. This occurrence, 
 therefore, was the origin of some of the great mounds that 
 still exist, and many others that have passed from the knowl- 
 edge of moderns, through subsequent natural causes. 
 
 Were complete excavations to be made, in some of the now 
 known mound areas, evidences would be found to substantiate 
 the facts, such as the yet remaining streets, leading to the struc- 
 tures or habitations, etc., etc. 
 
 Subsequently, the descendants of the Shazas, who survived 
 the flood conditions above referred to, erected all the now known 
 barrows, or circular mounds; those also of square or rectangu- 
 lar form, or the combined forms of the two latter; and also the 
 representations of birds, animals, reptiles, and human forms, 
 which they did, as sacred symbols, in memory of their ancestors 
 and their hamlets, that were lost in the great cataclysm. 
 
 The modern Indians have no traditions of having once be- 
 longed to the race who constructed the mounds of North 
 America. This is due to the fact that the mounds were built by 
 the original Shazas proper, who subsequently became extinct by 
 the hand of invading tribes, that subsequently moved into other 
 regions of country, and the Shaza descendants from these original 
 mound builders, who had migrated into other regions and mixed 
 with other races, through their thus descendent condition, lost all 
 knowledge of the origin of their original part-blood ancestors, 
 the Shazas, and of their works. That this could be a logical fact, 
 the reader will only have to consider, for a moment, that even at 
 the present time, were members of a family to move to other 
 parts of the country and intermarry with other peoples, it would 
 not be farther than the second or third generation until all knowl- 
 edge of the preceding, original ancestors, would be unknown to 
 the descendants, except by a carefully preserved genealogy — 
 something that is seldom kept, even by the present generation, 
 much less by the part-blood descendants of. the "mound builders." 
 
 The variation in size, of these barrows or mounds, was usu- 
 ally occasioned by the size of the tribe, and the length of time 
 they dwelt in a vicinity. Thus, constructed of earth and stone, 
 the mounds varied from a few feet, in circumference and eleva- 
 tion, to structures with a base circumference of from one to 
 two hundred feet, and an altitude of from sixty to ninety feet. 
 
 The pre-historic architecture and sculpture, examples of 
 which still exist in Mexico and Central America, were the work 
 of the Gurenzes, and their descendants, the Aztees, and their fur- 
 ther descendants. (See migration of the Gurenzes to the dis- 
 
 258 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tricts of Hayti, Yucatan and Honduras.) It was this pure stock 
 of Gurenzes (remnants from the Atlantians of Teltzie Zret), 
 who retained the knowledge of the great cave structures, or teni- 
 ples of Atlantis, and who handed it down to their descendants 
 and utiUzed it themselves, in connection with spirit revelations 
 and inspirations, from which resulted the construction of most 
 of the great pre-historic structures, the remains of which now 
 exist, and will yet be discovered, throughout Central America 
 and Mexico (and even many more that lie in ruins buried be- 
 neath the earth's surface or hidden in the fastness of the for- 
 ests). Such, for instance, as the gorgeous buildings found on 
 the table-lands of Anahuac, or Mexico; or in the humid valleys 
 of Central America, and along the peninsula of Yucatan and the 
 shores of Honduras; the great Mexican Pyramid; the wonder- 
 ful remains, at Palenque and Papantla, or the many towns 
 through Central America, Chiapas and Yucatan, discovered dur- 
 ing the last century in the almost impenetrable forests of those 
 regions, some of which were characterized with extensive and 
 highly decorated structures, whose walls were of hewn stone, 
 finely put together with mortar, and bearing hieroglyphical 
 inscriptions, exactly resembing the Aztec Manuscripts (such as 
 are now shown in the museums of Europe, and in the publica- 
 tions of Humboldt), or the well-executed roofs and obelisks 
 there, covered with mythical figures, and pictorial or hieroglyph- 
 ical inscriptions, all so densely concealed by the luxuriant vege- 
 tation of the region, that they remained totally unknown for 
 ages, even by people living in close proximity to them. 
 
 The most conspicuous of the above-named ruins are the tem- 
 ples and the palaces, of "pyramidal form" in its various stages, 
 widely intervening. The ascents to these are by grand flights 
 of steps; the long chambers had no windows, but received light 
 through the open doors, similar to buildings in Barbary, and 
 other eastern countries, at the present time. But the latter have 
 been influenced by the Atlantian remnant peoples, migrating 
 eastward through Northern Sfury (see migration of that region), 
 who retained ideas of the Atlantian cave temples. 
 
 The apartments of the Mexican pre-historic structure are in 
 two parallel rows ; a narrow corridor, or series of chambers runs 
 along the front, thus bearing out the idea of, cave chambers; the 
 interior apartments are richly adorned with sculptures, orna- 
 mented with stuccos, and gaily-painted red, yellow, white and 
 black, ideas that arose from a knowledge the Gurenzes had of 
 the wonderful natural figures, and material colorings, that had 
 place in the Atlantian cave temples. 
 
 259 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Among the very magnificent ruins found at Uxmal and other 
 places in Yucatan, similar to those above mentioned, are sculp- 
 tured obelisks, the face of each being characterized with a human 
 figure, on which is portrayed a benignant countenance, hands to 
 the breast. 
 
 This figure was established by the Gurenzes, as a represen- 
 tation of their god, Er-ish'fal, the term implying "a great spirit," 
 or "all-creative force," or "provident source of all good," and 
 it was thus worshipped. The benignant countenance was given 
 to the image as a symbol of good, benevolent, kind and gracious 
 feeling for all humanity. The position of the hands represented 
 the god as declaring that these good qualities were embodied 
 within his being; and this was taught to the people. 
 
 The other sides of the obelisks are covered with hieroglyphi- 
 cal tablets, designed by the Gurenzes of that region, as the plains 
 of Honduras and table-lands of Anahuac were both inhabited by 
 descended Gurenzes. 
 
 The principal building at Uxmal, originally known as the 
 Ba-bo'me-az, so named after the original architect (who, by the 
 way, did not live to complete the structure, but after his death 
 it was continued by his son, under the original plan ; and as the 
 son did not long survive his father, the work was completed 
 under the direction of the original architect's grandson), was 
 first intended for a temple, and utilized as such by the Gurenzes. 
 But later it was used as a fortress, against hostile invaders. It 
 was in a magnificent pyramidal form, of three terraces, faced 
 with hewn stone, and neatly rounded at the angles. The first 
 terrace is five hundred and seventy-five feet long, fifteen feet 
 broad, and three feet high, serving as a sort of plinth to the 
 whole. The second terrace is five hundred and forty-five feet 
 long, two hundred and fifty feet wide, and twenty feet high. 
 The third terrace is three hundred and sixty feet long, by thirty 
 feet wide, and nineteen feet in height. The upper part is gained 
 by a vast flight of steps, one hundred and thirty feet wide, from 
 the center of the second terrace. This structure leads to the 
 temple, the facade of which is about three hundred and twenty- 
 two feet long, with an elevation of about twenty-five feet. Its 
 grandeur is enhanced by the rich sculpture that covers the upper 
 part, above a fillet, or cornice, that surrounds the whole build- 
 ing at about half its elevation. The interior consists of two 
 parallel ranges of chambers, eleven in each row. The front 
 apartments are entered by doorways, enriched with sculpture, 
 which gives sufficient light to the rooms. The roofs are stone 
 
 260 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and cement, supported on bearers of very hard wood, the latter 
 being also covered with hieroglyphics, etc. 
 
 The ruins at Chichen, Yucatan, that extend over an area of 
 two miles, were originally the homes of families, belonging to a 
 large settlement of Gurenzes of that district. 
 
 One of the best preserved of these buildings was the work 
 of an architect by the name of Jel-caz'de-mos, and was the Pal- 
 ace or abode of Yez-de'ze, the original priest and ruler, and also 
 of those who superseded him in subsequent time. 
 
 The "Palace," with an ambit of six hundred and thirty-eight 
 feet, was constructed in three terraces, the combined altitude 
 being sixty-five feet. The buildings on the second terrace have 
 highly sculptured facades, both above and below the horizontal 
 fillet; and the doorways are highly adorned with mouldings, and 
 truss-like ornaments, supporting a dip-stone. The staircase is 
 fifty-six feet wide. The front apartments are forty-seven feet 
 long and nine feet wide. The roofs are stone arches, and orig- 
 inally were painted in various colors. 
 
 The curious structure adjacent to the Palace, consisting of 
 two parallel stone walls, two hundred and seventy-four feet long, 
 thirty feet thick, and thirty feet apart, belonged to a more com- 
 plete structure, then termed Wil'com-sTt, which means "play- 
 house," and answered the purposes of a modern theatre and a 
 games enclosure. 
 
 The now termed "casas caradas," meaning "shut-up house," 
 i. e., supposed that the doorways had been walled up when the 
 building was constructed, was originally termed In-dru-zett' sig- 
 nifying a "tomb." It was erected for the purpose of preserving 
 the bodies of the priests and rulers, who dwelt in the Palace ; and 
 each doorway was closed after the chamber to which it led was 
 filled with the "illustrate bodies," and not at the time of the con- 
 struction, as has been supposed by modern writers. Were tho 
 tomb to be opened now, bodies and relics would be found, in 
 evidence of our revelation. 
 
 The vast extent of the ruins at Copan, Honduras, join in 
 evidence of the greatness of the Gurenzes, who were the build- 
 ers in that district. 
 
 One of their Pyramidal structures, planned by an architect by 
 the name of Sha-ra-zelaz, has an elevation of one hundred and 
 fifty feet, measuring along its slope. This is occupied by small 
 structures within an enclosure, similar to the temples of Egypt. 
 
 This structure, originally termed I-kin'do-zet, was the temple 
 of the Gurenzes of that district, and the abode of O-kin'try-mos, 
 the original priest and ruler of that people. 
 
 261 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The chief ornamental characteristics on the Ikindozet, are 
 skulls of quadrumanous animals, in light relief, etc. Sculptured 
 obelisks also occur, from eleven to thirteen feet in height, and 
 from three to four feet wide. These are also highly ornamented 
 with sculptures in bold relief. 
 
 The Gurenzes, of this district, were somewhat more crude in 
 their religious ideas, than were those of some sections. 
 
 The worship might be called idolatrous. Ker-rel'te-mas was 
 the name of their god principle, which latter was the embodi- 
 ment of the principles of animation, intelligence and strength, 
 such as characterize nature, especially such as was manifested 
 through animal forms. The animals were to them the most 
 sacred of symbols, as they considered them the prime inhabitants 
 and therefore owners of the land, it being their natural home. 
 Trees were also symbols, representing the greater strength that 
 characterized vegetable forms, and also expressing the intelligent 
 characteristic, through their manifest growth. Hence trees and 
 skulls of animals were among the principal ornamental designs 
 on their structures. 
 
 The idea of obelisks and pyramidal forms of structure, and 
 their ornamentation by sculpture and inscriptions, extended into 
 both Egypt and Central America, through descendants of the 
 Cuzetens in the former region, and that of the Gurenzes in the 
 Atlantian influence, such as came through the knowledge the 
 remnants of those two regions had, of the Atlantian monuments 
 and temples that bore out similar forms, and were similarly orna- 
 mented and inscribed. 
 
 Furthermore, these remaining ideas under spirit guidance, 
 revelation and inspiration, established the re-em'bodiment of the 
 similar ideas in the minds of the architects of those two regions, 
 in subsequent time. And thus having been wrought out by the 
 people above named, in the structures of the two regions, the 
 splendid ruins stand, a wonder to modern minds as to their 
 origin and use. 
 
 In connection with the Palace there was originally a temple, 
 then termed Rum'net. At the rear of the inner chamber of the 
 Rumnet was a large sculpture of a man, called "Kin'dis," mean- 
 ing the "creating spirit of all things," and thus taught, by the 
 priests, as representing a great spirit who created all things. 
 
 This established a sort of idolatrous worship. Therefore, 
 had the Gurenzes survived as a nation, to continue their original 
 beliefs and works, this Continent would have developed the same 
 degree of supposed idolatry as existed in Egypt. 
 
 When the people entered the Rumnet, for worship, they 
 
 262 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 passed around in front of the Kindis, knelt before it, and offered 
 a silent invocation in reverence to the "great creative spirit," and 
 then arose and passed ont and away from the Rumnet. 
 
 The Priests taught the people in the Rumnet, but this was 
 the custom only on special, or stated days, during the months of 
 the year. 
 
 So sacred was the Rumnet to the people, that when they 
 passed it, they would turn to it, bow, or sometimes kneel to it, 
 and silently repeat their invocation. 
 
 The influence of the Dii-ze'es structures, especially upon the 
 subsequent barrow, or mound tumuli, was very extensive, and 
 was handed down by the descendants of the Du'ze constructions ; 
 i. e., they appear in Great Britain, Scandinavia, Denmark, Swe- 
 den, Sythia, Siberia, and on both sides of the Mediterranean ; in 
 north Africa, Asia Minor, and across the plains of Mesopotamia ; 
 in the valley of Cabul and throughout India; a group of the 
 largest barrows, or Cairins in Ireland, the burial place of the 
 Kings of Tara, situated on the banks of the Boyne, above Drog- 
 head; the huge mound at New-Grange, of the same region, built 
 of stone and earth, three hundred feet in diameter at the base, 
 and two hundred and seventy feet in height with its base, are 
 the remains of a Ke-rel'the of large standing stones. Of this, 
 the chamber twenty feet high in the center, is reached by a cov- 
 ered ce-clu'she, seven feet in height. 
 
 The influence, as it has spread over the various countries, has 
 through advanced ideas and spirit influence, established such 
 structures as the vast tumuli of Alyattes, near Sardis of Lydia, 
 in Asia Minor, together with those of Europe, and of Asia, as 
 evidenced by the tombs in Mesopotamia, and the great mounds 
 and ramparts at Babylon and Nineveh. While in Greece, it fur- 
 ther led to the idea of the noted "Hippodrome" and "Amphi- 
 theatre" of the Greeks and Romans. 
 
 ^3 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ARCHITECTURAL DEVELOPMENT 
 AND EXTENSION. 
 
 TELTZIE XXVIII. 
 
 The structures of Siloton (Egypt) are the oldest now known 
 on the globe, and therefore are the proper ones to which we must 
 link the Atlantian influence, since they had their origin in that 
 section through the influence of remnant descendants of Atlan- 
 tians who settled in the Siloton districts. Thus, Siloton was the 
 place of the true origin of Egyptian architecture, and not India, 
 as has been supposed by modern writers. 
 
 As the spirit influence, co-operative with that of the Te-ll- 
 ii'sa, became stronger and more comprehensive, to the latter, they 
 accordingly conceived ideas of greater magnitude, which they 
 developed according to the conditions and utilities of the various 
 districts, and periods of time, during pre-historic and subsequent 
 ages. 
 
 Before proceeding with the extension of the cycle, however, 
 it might be well to state that during the time of Hil-16'the-an, 
 and Cal-lu-en'den, and the period of our re-establishment of the 
 cycle, the Teliusa had erected many structures throughout Silo- 
 ton, that went to decay prior, to the historic period, or were shat- 
 tered, scattered, and entombed beneath the earth's surface, by 
 the force of earthquakes in that region subsequent to their 
 erection. 
 
 Passing from the influence of Hillothean and Calluenden, and 
 that of the Teliusa who succeeded them in the generations con- 
 temporaneous with the various periods just preceding the his- 
 toric, a period of about 2730 years, we find the links to which 
 we must connect those of the more remote pre-historic and also 
 those of the historic, in order to re-establish the extension of the 
 -Great Architectural Cycle. The development of this was one of 
 -the principal events in the pre-historic age of Egypt; a period 
 the duration of which was from the time the Kas-a-man'zes 
 •entered Gasbia (Lower Egypt), or the Kal-lu'the-ans entered 
 Kalluthea (Upper Egypt), to the time of the First Dynasty, un- 
 der King Menes, a period of about 9000 years, and contrary to 
 the proposed duration of 4000 years, as per M. Chabas. 
 
 Therefore we pass the crudities that existed, from the time 
 the above-named people settled in those regions of Siloton, to 
 
 264 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the works of Hillothean, Calluenden, and subsequent pre-historic 
 Teliusa, as given above, which we utilize as the proper links with 
 which to make the connection of pre-historic events in the Cycle 
 of Architecture, which must be done principally in the regions 
 of Egypt where the pre-historic and historic Necropolis sections 
 are marked with such remnant monumental evidences as are em- 
 bodied in the great Mastabas, Pyramids, Temples, Obelisks, the 
 great Sphinx at Gizeh, etc. For instance, leading up to the "Art 
 of Construction," we note the great Embankments of the Nile, 
 done under the influential reign of Menes, the first King of 
 Dynasty I, who established, the Temple of Ptah, at Memphis; 
 also the great Mastabas of Sakkarah, the greater of which, a 
 very archaic structure among pyramids, was established by Uene- 
 phus, fourth Trinite King, or of Dynasty I ; the great Pyramids 
 of Gizeh; those of Aboo-Seer; those of Dahshoor; the great 
 Mastaba or Pyramid of Medum, or Meydoum, etc. 
 
 Passing on with the influence that the Siloton Teliusa had 
 established by their Teliusatic, such as the Mastabas, Pyramids, 
 and other tumuli, to the effect it had upon a further development 
 of the Art, we find it manifested in various forms of Temples, 
 with their accompanying Obelisks, in which the grandest ideas 
 of the descended Te-ll-u'sa were embodied; marking an epoch 
 that extended from the time of the establishment of Thebes, as a 
 capitol city, about 2000 years B. C. down to the time of the 
 Caesars; an epoch embracing the so-called "Sanctuary Temples," 
 those with single chambers ; the "Peripteral Temples," those sur- 
 rounded with columns in front; and those with a portico and 
 many columns in front, as Esne, Dendera, etc., and many inner 
 chambers ; also those with large courts, and with Pyramidal tow- 
 ers, or propylons in front ; the Great Temple at Kamak, that oc- 
 cupies an area of about four hundred and twenty thousand 
 square feet, a propylon three hundred and seventy feet long, a 
 hypostyle hall, a parallelogram of about three hundred and forty- 
 two feet in length, and one hundred and seventy wide, acknowl- 
 edged to be one of the most wonderful apartments in the world. 
 It has fourteen rows of columns, nine in each row, forty-three 
 feet high; two rows, six in each, of the enormous height of six- 
 ty-two feet, and eleven and a half feet in diameter, the capitals 
 of which measure twenty-two feet across. 
 
 Another example is the Great Temple of ApollinopoHs 
 Magna, at Edfoo, upper Egypt on the banks of the Nile between 
 Thebes and the First Cataract. Its doorway is fifty feet high; 
 facade two hundred and fifty feet ; propylon covered with many 
 figures of colossal proportions, some of which are forty feet in 
 
 265 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 height; court one hundred and sixty by one hundred and forty 
 feet, and surrounded on three sides by columns thirty-two feet 
 high; a covered portico one hundred and ten by forty- four feet, 
 consists of three rows of six columns, each thirty-four feet high, 
 etc. Other examples are, the ruined Temple of Amen-ra, at 
 Thebes; the beautiful Temple of Athor, the Egyptian Venus, 
 that stands on the mounds of Tentyra, one and a half miles from 
 the Nile ; the Temple of El-Uksur on the Nile, southwest of the 
 Temple of El-Karnak, of which it is an appendage ; the Setheum, 
 a Temple of Setee I, and the Rameseum; the great Temple of 
 Rameses II, of El-Kurneh; the group of Temples known as the 
 Medemnet-Haboo, southwest of the former ; between the two the 
 ruins of Amenophium with its gigantic s'cated Colossi; the Great 
 Temple of Isis, on the Island of Philas ; the Great Temple of 
 Amen, near the town of Kharigeh, the ancient Hibe ; the Temple 
 of Esneh, of Dair-al-Bahari, and others. 
 
 Passing into Arabia, we find that the Arabs of modern times, 
 though considered somewhat skillful as artificers, have no record 
 as developed masons or architects, a fact evidenced by their 
 clumsy, unstable constructions of coarse and ill-fashioned details. 
 
 In regard to utility and beauty, there are no structures in all 
 Arabia, either public or private, of any architectural merit, that 
 have place by Arabic construction proper; a proof conclusive of 
 the decadence of the genius of the pre-historic Cicentues, and the 
 degenerate condition into which their descendants have fallen, 
 in regard to architectural inspirations, ideas, conceptions and 
 developments. 
 
 About 5500 B. C., the various divisions of the people of El- 
 te'za (Arabia) became hostile to each other, when wars broke 
 out among themselves, which caused destruction of their struc- 
 tures, and the people to scatter, migrate, and mix with other peo- 
 ples, a condition that never was overcome by the remaining native 
 peoples of Elteza, hence the present low condition of native 
 architecture. 
 
 Passing into Persia, we note the influences that developed 
 through architectural ideas, which manifest through such struc- 
 tures as the Tomb of Cyrus, at Murgab, east of the Persian Gulf. 
 
 The tomb stands on seven bold steps of white marble, the low- 
 est being forty-three by thirty-seven feet. The tomb proper is 
 twenty-one by sixteen feet five inches outside, with bold mould- 
 ings to the door ; it has a sloping roof of marble, with a pediment 
 at either end, enriched with mouldings. The chamber itself is 
 only seven feet by ten, the walls being built up with thick blocks 
 
 266 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of marble. Originally there was a colonnade of twenty-four 
 columns, Grecian style, around the tomb. 
 
 This tomb was the work of a Persian architect by the name 
 of Kazo, who being a spirit sensitive, got his idea of the struc- 
 ture from a Greek spirit, who was his general adviser ; and there- 
 fore the tomb was not, as is supposed by modern writers, the 
 work of a foreigner, or architect from a Greek colony in Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 In the grand ruins of Persepolis and Susa, above the former, 
 are chiseled the Tomb-chambers, in the steep rocks, of Persian 
 kings. The platform on which the structures were built 
 measured one thousand four hundred and twenty-five feet on the 
 west side, and nine hundred and twenty-six feet on the north, 
 and was raised to about forty feet above the adjoining country. 
 The platform was approached by a flight of steps, the grandest 
 known in the world, each being twenty-two feet long. 
 
 While modern writers place the development of Persian Art 
 as contemporaneous with the Grecian, contemplating the fact 
 that utterly different results exist in the development of the two, 
 they cannot tell by what steps the Persian Architects arrived 
 at the singular work at Persepolis and Susa. 
 
 But Yermah informs us that the Persian architects thor- 
 oughly understood the law of spirit communication, and there- 
 fore had their spirit counselors, who were the spirits of Grecian 
 architects. These, after passing to spirit life, sought to bring 
 out different, and if possible, even greater structures, in the Per- 
 sian region, than they had been able to in Greece ; hence, it was 
 through that order of spirit counsel that the ideas and concep- 
 tions of the structures at Persepolis and Susa were obtained, and 
 carried out by the Persian architects. 
 
 The great Tomb-chambers above referred to, originally were 
 termed A-me-deum, meaning Tombs of the Illustrious Dead, 
 and the entire structure was planned by Iz-re-el-ne'ad, a spirit 
 sensitive and architect; but ultimately completed by succeeding 
 architects, who carried out the original plan of Izreelnead, a Per- 
 sian by birth. 
 
 This great structure we have chosen, as one of the principal 
 links with which to connect Ancient and Modern structures, thus 
 to establish the extension of the great Cycle of Architecture into 
 the latter period of time. 
 
 The famous walls of the ancient capital, Ecbatana, North 
 Media, originally were about seventy-five feet broad, and one 
 hundred and five feet high, the stones of which were nine feet 
 by four feet and six inches, and its gateways one hundred feet 
 
 267 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 high and sixty feet wide. The structure, originally, was termed 
 La-p6oz, and consisted of six complete walls, with an inner row 
 of fifteen monoliths, and a centrally located one. Each wall was 
 built, successively, by subsequent rulers, at various periods of 
 time, marking their reigns, which varied from seventy-five to one 
 hundred years, and in some cases more. At the time of the com- 
 pletion of the Lapooz, the people of that district were a powerful 
 nation, a fact which the great Lapooz symbolized in general. The 
 several walls were built, one over the other, on the side of the 
 conical hill, and were colored from the outer to the inner one, 
 respectively, white, black, scarlet, blue, orange, and silver, and 
 the inner row of monoliths were gilded. The colors on the vari- 
 ous walls were national, belonging to the people and their rulers, 
 at the period of time during which each wall was constructed. 
 The fifteen gold-colored monoliths, then termed Cal'ma-zus (the 
 "finale"), and the centrally located one, which latter served the 
 purpose of an outlook, collectively, represented the "light and 
 force of the sun," and also referred to gold as the most precious 
 of metals, andl thus symbolized the "greatness of the nation." 
 The Lapooz, originally, was built for protection in time of war, 
 and at that time there was an underground tunnel that led from 
 the city to the inner walls of the Lapooz, through which the peo- 
 ple could pass in safety in times of danger. 
 
 The great Ish'in-fal, or Propyljeum (the term at that period 
 of time signified the "fine between the earth and the spirit life"), 
 was subsequently planned and erected by Xerxes, who intended 
 it to be a tomb for himself and his family. 
 
 Originally, it was in the form of, or similar to, a terraced 
 pyramid, excepting the facade, which was flat above the first ter- 
 race, the whole structure being drawn in at the top in an oval 
 shape. 
 
 On the facade, above the first terrace, was sculptured a very 
 large image of Xerxes, executed in bas-relief, beneath which was 
 the entrance to the Ishinfal. On each side the entrance hall 
 were two large rooms, one back of the other, making four in all, 
 intended as tomb-chambers for the family. 
 
 At the rear of the hall was a large alcove chamber with an 
 arched roof, in the center of which was a pedestal supporting a 
 sarcophagus, which contained the body of Xerxes, preserved by 
 a process that left the body more natural than is the case with 
 the mummifying process. This was placed in an erect position 
 on the pedestal, facing the entrance, the body at all times being 
 visible to those who entered the tomb. 
 
 268 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Ishinfal structure was roofed with an arch of stone, as 
 above mentioned, having been drawn in to an oval form. 
 
 A circular wall encompassed the Ishinfal, or Propylseum, of 
 which there yet remain two grand tar-des'try, or gateways (the 
 singular of the term being tar'des, meaning gate), twenty- four 
 feet apart, with columns twenty-four feet high, and openings of 
 thirteen feet, with fragmentary portions of the wall between. 
 
 Large images in the form of bulls, with human heads, 
 crowned with coronets of leaves, adorned the piers. 
 
 The bodies of the bulls symbolized strength or force; the 
 human heads, the nation in general; the leaf coronets, conquests 
 won by the nation generally. 
 
 Beyond the Ishinfal was the grand O-ga-ren'ze, or Palace of 
 Xerxes, and subsequent Kings of Persia, and is now termed the 
 "Chehil Minar," "hall of forty columns" (an Eastern mode of 
 expressing a great many). Originally there were seventy-seven, 
 that being a mystic number with the early Persian people. 
 
 It was approached by a magnificent staircase, each step of 
 which served as a pedestal to a figure, one foot nine inches high, 
 in bas-relief, that symbolized united force of the people of the 
 nation, and represented the various costumes of the period, gen- 
 erally speaking. The partitions on the interior of the structure 
 were of stone, but the finishings were of wood of the Lebanon 
 cedar. 
 
 The Ogerenze, as a whole, would be difficult to describe in 
 our limited space and time, from the fact that it was a Palace 
 of Palaces, so to speak. For each subsequent King added a part 
 to the structure, which was marked by four series of columns, or 
 divisions, the greater of which outlined the entrance to the Pal- 
 ace of Xerxes, and was the centrally arranged division, origi- 
 nally of thirtjr^seven columns. There were three more divi- 
 sions, two of which had fourteen columns in two rows of seven 
 each, and one of twelve columns in two rows of six each. These, 
 as above statedj^ marked the entrances to the "additions" of the 
 subsequent Kings, aggregating a total of seventy-seven columns. 
 
 Of all these, only ten are now standing, but the bases of most 
 remain, and the whole ground is covered with the ruins of the 
 columns that have fallen, the highest of which varied from sixty 
 to sixty-seven feet four inches, including the capital and base. 
 
 Some of the gigantic columns bore capitals seven feet high, 
 twelve feet two inches wide, while the shafts, fifty-four feet ten 
 inches in height, are composed of only four marble blocks. The 
 columnar divisions to the various additions to the Palace, an- 
 
 269 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 swered the same purpose to that structure, that the pytons did 
 to the ancient structures of Egypt. 
 
 The large enclosed building, now termed the "Hall of One 
 Hundred Columns," of which gigantic fragments remain, was 
 then known as the She-6'ma. It was a large Government Hall, 
 covering an area about two hundred and twenty-five feet square. 
 
 The great Palace of the ruins of Susa, built by Artaxerxes 
 Mnemon, son of Xerxes, was originally known as the Me-se-en'- 
 dry. The columns of this, to a certain extent, exceeded in size 
 those of the Ogerenze of Xerxes, for they varied from sixty-iive 
 to seventy feet in height, and were in four divisions, in lines of 
 seven columns, as was the case with the Ogerenze. Therefore, 
 the seemingly original Persian style of architecture arose 
 through spirit guidance, which influenced the mind.s of the pre- 
 historic Greticze, whose thus conceived ideas, co-operative with 
 further Grecian, Egyptian, and Assyrian migratory influences, 
 developed the peculiarities that characterized the pre-historic 
 Gretictor, and the historic architecture. Hence, the columnar 
 styles of the ancient ruins; the human heads seen on the bull 
 statues ; the plain architraves of the doors and windows of struc- 
 tures, with large roll, covetto, and fillet at the top, etc. 
 
 Passing from Persia into India, we note the Lats, or "Pillars 
 of Aso-ka', a grandson of Chandragupta, the earliest extant of 
 architecture remaining in that region. These were erected in the 
 locality where Asoka abjured Brahmanism, and caused Buddhism 
 to become the religion of the state. The Lats bore the record of 
 this edict. 
 
 The Buddhist Topes, such as at Sanchi, were originally es- 
 tablished as burial chambers for the Buddhas, whose bodies were 
 placed in the chambers. The remains are now found in those 
 chambers, then called "dagobas." 
 
 The rock-cut Caves (Chaityas) or original temples, of which 
 there are no less than one thousand in India, were for general 
 use, such as that of Karli, near Bombay, with circular apse, di- 
 vided into three aisles, by two rows of columns. Some, how- 
 ever, are square structures, with circular, or oval chamber at the 
 end, and are entered by a small door. 
 
 The monasteries (Viharas) originally were the abode of the 
 monks, and are more numerous than the Cave Temples. Origi- 
 nally these were square caves, supported by pillars of the natural 
 rock, left in the original place, and surrounded by a number of 
 small chambers, which were originally the sleeping apartments of 
 the monks, and the students who sought to adopt the same life. 
 There was also an apartment used as instruction room, and the 
 
 270 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 whole edifice was a place of seclusion. There are found, at 
 EUora near Aurangabad, a series of hypogea or caves, sunk in 
 the solid rock, extending a distance of three or four miles. 
 
 The now termed "Parasova Roma" and "Diajannata," halls 
 supported by massive pillars, were not only entrance places, but 
 apartments where the monks and students kept their parapher- 
 nalia, robed or disrobed when passing or repassing, in or out to 
 the various adjacent rooms, on various occasions. 
 
 The caves termed "Indra," having a court open to the sky, 
 containing sniall shrines, were where the monks taught the stu- 
 dents, and held their religious ceremonies, which latter were 
 numerous. 
 
 The Kylas or Kailasa, such as those of Ellora, that occupy a 
 space sunk in the rock, two hundred and seventy feet deep and 
 one hundred and fifty feet wide, with grand detailed appendages, 
 have the appearance of forniing a grand temple, which in fact 
 they do. v 
 
 The Jains temples, such as the famous temple at Somnauth, 
 and that built by Vimala-Sah, on Mount Abu, and the temple at 
 Sadre, the latter possessing twenty domes, varying from thirty- 
 six feet to twenty- four feet in diameter, and supported by four 
 hundred and twenty columns. 
 
 The "towers," a mark of victory, such as the Jaya Stamba, 
 erected by Khumbo Rana, to commemorate the defeat of Mo- 
 hammed of Malwa, in 1439, which is nine stories in height, and 
 richly ornamented from bottom to top. 
 
 The great Hindu Temples, such as the one at Tiravalur, near 
 Tanjore, the dimensions of which are nine hundred and forty- 
 five by seven hundred feet, built by the Tamul races, considered 
 to be the greatest temple builders in the world. 
 
 The great Pagodas or temples, such as at Tanjore, the great- 
 est in India, resting on a base eighty-three feet square, that rises 
 to a height of nearly two hundred feet, possessing a grand inte- 
 rior; also the Black Pagoda at Kannaruc, and the Shoemadoo 
 Pagoda at Pegu. 
 
 The Ghats, or landing places, that line the rivers of North 
 India, such as the Ghoosla Ghat, at Benares, etc., et<,. 
 
 The idea of grandeur, as displayed in the construction of 
 these and other similar edifices, was a work sacredly wrought, 
 in the cause of spiritual interest. An example of constructors, 
 entering into that work and giving the artistic effects in favor 
 of spiritual advancement, which they embodied in these spiritual 
 edifices, a characteristic that has followed the races of India, 
 through ages past, and even down to the most modern. 
 
 271 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 This spiritual idea was prompted by their teachings generally, 
 especially that Heaven was very beautiful, a knowledge they 
 gained from beholding spirits who manifested to the teach- 
 ers, in conditions of light and beauty. These also taught them 
 that they, as developed spirits, dwelt in corresponding conditions, 
 in contradistinction with the state of undeveloped spirits, and the 
 conditions in which they must necessarily dwell. 
 
 Passing from Siloton (Egypt) into Zan-zu-reta (Greece), we 
 wish to note that as had been the case with the former, so it was 
 with the latter — the architectural influence came through spirit 
 inspirers and teachers, to the Zanzuretan Meltheon, until they 
 had conceived the ideas of the Doric, Ionic, Corinthian and Cary- 
 atic orders of Meltheonses, and the peculiar mouldings connected 
 with them, such as characterize the Greek temples, which latter 
 were improved ideas, of similar structures that had been origi- 
 nated in the minds of the pre-historic Silotonian Teliusa, and 
 partially carried out by them. 
 
 Therefore, the architectural ideas embodied in the Greek 
 architecture, by spirit influence, were original with themselves, 
 and not borrowed from Egypt, and though in subsequent time, 
 knowledge of the various orders, by and through migratory aid, 
 was known to both the Egyptians and the Greeks, as it was 
 in both countries, yet each had originated ideas of the orders, 
 to the extent of which they existed in the two countries, re- 
 respectively. 
 
 In the first place, let us notice the oldest supposed existing 
 structure in Greece; i. e., the one at Mycenae. This was con- 
 structed by Atrius, who was a descended ruler of the Kel'to-plas, 
 in which his remains, as those of his son, Agamemnon, werq 
 placed at the time of disembodiment. Thus, the structure was 
 not, as has been supposed by modern writers, the treasury of 
 Atrius. 
 
 In the same district we note the great "Cyclopean Walls," so 
 termed by moderns for want of a better name. 
 
 These gigantic structures were erected by descendants of the 
 Keltoplas and the A-zen-trii'si-ans, both of them descendants of 
 the Ic-thi-eons, who by diverse migration, had settled in that 
 portion of Zanzureta now known as Argolis. 
 
 Originally these walls were termed Tru-c6n-cy-le'6n (pro- 
 tection against invaders), and primitively built about portions of 
 the city such as were occupied by the rulers and the wealthy citi- 
 zens, who thus protected themselves and their property from in- 
 vasion; while the poorer classes were left unprotected in their 
 homes without the walls. 
 
 272 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 About 4000 B. C., some descendants of the Keltoplas had 
 settled on the fertile plains of Argive, where they built their prin- 
 cipal town. They termed it Jel-cy-li-a'nias, and it had place on 
 the site now occupied by the ancient city of Mycenae. 
 
 Contemporaneous with that settlement by the Keltoplas, in 
 the above-named district, descendants of the Azentrusians had 
 settled on portions of the marshy plain of ArgoUs, where they 
 built a town which they termed Skit-chan'ze. (It must be borne 
 in mind that at that period of time that plain, or district of land, 
 was not in its present marshy condition, which arose after the 
 eruptions in that region, that shattered Greece.) This was on 
 the site where subsequently the ancient city of Tiryns had place. 
 
 During periods of time subsequent to the above-named origin 
 of the "Truconcylecon walls," the Keltoples and the Azentrusians, 
 though of the same stock, had co-united and joined issues as a 
 nation, under the name of Ce-rethans (see migrating peoples of 
 Greece) , who continued the work of Truconcylecon structure and 
 city building, on the two above-named sites, until the present 
 known conditions of the two cities Mycenea and Tiryns, were 
 fully established, and assumed even greater than the present 
 known proportions, relative to structures, such as walls, palaces, 
 other buildings, and constructions in general. 
 
 Subsequent to the arrival of the Azentrusians in their sec- 
 tion of A-zen-tru'si-a (district of Achai of Morea), some of 
 their descendants, prior to the formation of the now known Gulf 
 of Corinth, migrated northeast into the territory of Phocis, 
 where they settled in the vicinity of the now known ancient city 
 of Delphi. 
 
 In due time they built a town which they termed Ke-liin'dry, 
 on the site on which subsequently the ancient city of Delphi had 
 place; and it was this branch of the Azentrusians that erected 
 the Truconcylecon (or now known Cyclopean) walls in that 
 vicinity, which are similar to those at Mycenae and Tiryns. 
 
 As the influence spread and developed during subsequent 
 periods, we find it manifesting through the Grecian styles of 
 Temples, e. g.. Temples of the Doric order, the Theseum, the 
 Parthenon and the Propylseum, at Athens ; of Jupiter at ^gina ; 
 of Jupiter at Olympia; of Apollo at Bassas (ruins), all Greek 
 proper. Other characteristic types are to be found, as of the 
 Doric order in Sicily, such as Jupiter, at Selinus; Minerva, at 
 Segesta; Minerva, at Syracuse; Juno, Concord, and Jupiter, at 
 Agrigentum; of the Doric order in Asia Minor, as the Mauso- 
 leum at Halicarnassus ; and of the Ionic order, as Diana, of 
 Ephesus ; while further instances in the Ionic order are, Apollo, 
 
 273 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 at Branchidse, Ionia ; the Temple on . the Ilissus, Athens ; the 
 Erectheum, and other examples of the Athenian Acropolis. 
 Traces of the Corinthian are, the Temple of Apollo Didy- 
 mseus, at Miletus, Ionia ; the Monument of Lysicrates, at Athens, 
 etc., and of the Caryatic order, or the third portion, or portico, 
 of the Temple in the Athenian Acropolis, etc. 
 
 While these temples are said to date from 600 to 335 B. C, 
 yet some of them were built upon sites, and in the vicinities, of 
 pre-historic temples that date from one hundred years after the 
 beginning of the Adomic period, to the oldest of the now known 
 temples above referred to. 
 
 Prior to the convulsions that severed Greece from Asia 
 Minor, on the east, and Italy and Sicily, on the west, the exten- 
 sions of the Continent embraced southern Europe and Turkey, 
 and subsequent to the establishment of the Ic-thl-eons, in their 
 section of Ic'ke-truse (see later), tribes of their descendants 
 migrated eastward into the district now submerged by the JEgean 
 Sea. At the time of the submergence, portions of that race, of 
 the same stock as the descended Greeks, were left in the district 
 of what is now known as Asia Minor, whose descendants were 
 the peoples modern writers suppose to have been the Greek col- 
 onists of Mysia. These populated the valley of Caicus or Cyzi- 
 cus, on the shores of the Propontis; in fact, the whole of the 
 sea coast thence round to the Gulf of Adramyttium, where so 
 many supposed Greek towns were built; thus extending along 
 the south shore of the Propontis, Hellespont, and Troad, where 
 Parium, Lampsacus, and Abydos had their supposed origins, 
 through descendants of the above-named remnant people in those 
 regions, subsequent to the time of the convulsions and submerg- 
 ence above referred to; and likewise the original nucleus of the 
 now known Greek colonies, that anciently occupied the sea coast 
 from the Gulf of Adramyttium, to the mouth of the Caicus, and 
 thence to the Elaitic Gulf. 
 
 The greater centers of the subsequent growth of architec- 
 ture, resulted in the towns of Assos, Adramyttium, on the Gulf 
 of Adramyttium, and Elsea, Myrina and Cyme, on the Elaitic 
 Gulf. 
 
 Therefore, the supposed influence on the architecture in 
 those regions, by Greek colonists, is not correct, but was that of 
 inspiration, and guidance, by Grecian spirits who manifested to 
 their brethren in their several localities, thus extending styles of 
 the Grecian architecture, to a certain degree, in those regions of 
 Asia Minor. 
 
 The appearance of the Greek influence, in the architectural 
 
 274 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 style of temples above referred to, in Sicily, like that in Asia 
 Minor, was due to the influence of Greek spirits over the sensi- 
 tive architects of Sicily, which latter had descended from the 
 same original stock, as had the ultimate Greeks, i. e., from the 
 Je-re-theans. 
 
 For our Grecian links, by which to connect up the pre-his- 
 toric and the historic Architectural Cycle, we have chosen, first, 
 the great Parthenon of Athens, of the Doric Temples. Ihis, 
 the queen of the Doric Temples, was planned by Ictineus, under 
 Pericles, and completed 438 B. C., and occupies the site of a 
 ruined temple, that was pre-historically known as the Temple of 
 Ge-mel'te-zon, which was planned and established by an Icthie- 
 onian architect by the name of Ce-lir'e-us. 
 
 The Gemeltezon was the largest of the Temples in that sec- 
 tion at the time it was constructed, which was about 3000 B. C, 
 the term Gemelte meaning "great," and the term Gemeltezon, 
 "greater," or "greatest;" hence the Temple received its name. 
 In style, it was a combination of the Doric and the Ionic, the 
 former being the greater. In form, it was rectangular, and a 
 medium large structure. At that period of time, style was all 
 more or less mixed up, in the orders, all four, viz : the Doric, the 
 Ionic, the Corinthian and the Caryatic, being known, but under 
 somewhat different utilities, etc. 
 
 In the second place, we have chosen the Erectheum of 
 Athens, as one of the links with which to aid in the pre-historic 
 and the historic connections of the Architectural Cycle. 
 
 This temple of the Ionic order was erected in the vicinity of 
 a pre-historic temple then known as the Be-l6-6n'z6, planned and 
 erected by an Icthieonian architect by the name of Fre-le-6n'- 
 te-et, about 3500 B. C. 
 
 The ruins of the Temple of Beloonzo were utilized in the 
 construction of the ancient Erectheum, hence not now known 
 to have existed. In style, it was square, with round corners, 
 and embellished with a mixture of Ionic and Corinthian details, 
 the former being in the majority. It was used as a funeral tem- 
 ple, on which occasions the services were always pantomimed, 
 in complete silence. The term "Belo" signified "silence," which 
 referred to the silent funeral services, and the compound term 
 "Beloonzo," referred to the greater silence of the body after the 
 spirit had departed; hence, the Temple received the name of 
 Beloonzo. 
 
 In the third place, we have chosen the triple Temple in the 
 Athenian Acropolis and the Choragic Monument of Lysicrates, as 
 
 • 27s 
 
Submerg:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 the links with which to make the pre-historic and historic con- 
 nections in the Architectural Cycle in that region. 
 
 The last-named Temple was rebuilt, upon the site of a 
 ruined temple that was pre-historically known as that of Jel'te- 
 cloise (Temple of the Gods), that was planned and constructed 
 by an architect by the name of O-ra-ze-ne'tiis, an Icthieonian by 
 birth, 4000 B. C. 
 
 The Jel'te-cloise was a square structure, of two stories, the 
 whole presenting the outline of a truncated pyramid. The lower 
 story was of Corinthian style excepting the two columns at the 
 entrance, which were the Caryatic; and over the entrance Were 
 foliate designs, carved in low relief. The upper story, front and 
 two sides, were of the Caryatic style. On the front there were 
 three columns of the human form, the center one being that of 
 a female, and the others male. The same arrangement had place 
 on the sides of this story. These Caryatic columns were accom- 
 panied with various foliate designs over portions of the wall, etc. 
 The rear of the story was characterized with three trees, that 
 were sculptured in bas-relief, in place of the Caryatic columns, 
 the largest one being in the center, and the wall was also orna- 
 mented with foliate designs. 
 
 In evidence of the greater antiquity of architecture in Zan- 
 zu-re'ta (Greece) that is now known in history, we might give 
 many other examples, but the three above named pre-historic 
 Temples and their builders will suffice. 
 
 Celireus, Freleonteet, Orazenetus, and other Icthieonian 
 architects, were all spirit sensitives, and therefore received their 
 ideas through the inspiration and guidance of spirit influences 
 who had long before entered the disembodied life; hence the 
 early architectural influence in Zanzureta. 
 
 Passing from the architectural influence of Greece to that of 
 Rome, we note that spirit influence caused the Roman architects 
 to further develop the Grecian Arch, that had formerly been 
 developed from the placement of the Quinzeex (columns) so as 
 to form arches, etc.; a fact which led up to the construction of 
 the famous Cloaca Maxima, or public sewers, by Tarquin the 
 Great, and finished by Tarquin the Proud, 556 B. C. 
 
 From the idea of the Zanzuretan Quinzeex, such as marked 
 the approach of rivers and streams, for the guidance of the trav- 
 eler, the Roman architects developed the idea, until they had car- 
 ried secure and permanent roads across the wide and rapid 
 rivers. 
 
 Passing from the Zanzuretan or Grecian development of the 
 Quinze (column) idea, to the Roman, we find the architects of 
 
 276 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 that period conceiving ideas of inspiration, which caused them 
 to deviate from the earlier works of the Doric, Corinthian and 
 Ionic orders, and to develop the foliated Corinthian, which be- 
 came their ultimate national style. (This influence came to the 
 Romans through the inspiration of Icthieonian spirits, who had 
 used it in the pre-historic Athenian Acropolis, etc.) In this 
 way it was used with wonderfully varied distinctness from the 
 Grecian, and even the Roman, as evidenced by the difference 
 existing between the Choragic Monument of Lysicrates at 
 Athens, the Temple of Vesta at Tivola, and the Temple of Jupi- 
 tur in Rome, the three most beautiful examples of the Corinthian 
 order in existence. 
 
 Therefore the foliate style, as first influenced at Athens, 
 through the Icthieonian spirits, is to that extent natural in Greece ; 
 but the inspiration and guidance was more fully conceived and 
 carried out by the Roman architects, who developed it as' their 
 National style or order. Then came the reflex influence of the 
 Roman ideas, as developed by the architects of that period, who 
 carried back the Corinthian styles into Iberia, Gaul, Istria, 
 Greece, Syria, Egypt, etc. 
 
 It might be well to note here that the idea of th'eJ Caryatic 
 order, originally, came from the use of human figures on the 
 architectural structures of Atlantis, and thus influenced by At- 
 lantian spirits, those who gave it forth to the sensitives of these 
 periods. Even so that of the foliate Corinthian order, for the 
 Atlantian structures were extensively characterized with that 
 kind of ornamentation; likewise the Sphinxes, as the Atlantians 
 used animal forms so much in connection with their monuments. 
 All these ideas were given back to the world again by Atlantian 
 spirits, to the pre-historic and historic builders. 
 
 The same might be said of the Columns and the Arches. For 
 1000 years before the Adomic period, the idea of the Arch was 
 conceived and established, as before mentioned, by being placed 
 in very crude form at points where travelers would cross streams 
 of water, as a signal to them as they approached. Sometimes 
 pillars were used for the same purpose, which also were in the 
 original idea of Columns, used for other purposes in subsequent 
 time, as at the entrances to grounds of private homes of the 
 Wealthy classes, and ultimately to temples, and further in a va- 
 riety of ways. 
 
 One interesting link is that of the "flaming sword," as nar- 
 rated in the biblical account of Adam, which though purely leg- 
 endary, was based upon some facts. 
 
 At the beginning of the Adomic period, the idea of columnar 
 
 " 277 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 erection for marking entrances to private possessions, by means 
 of pillars, in the form of gabled arches (see later), was conceived 
 by G6n'the-61e (the biblical Adam), who placed at the entrance 
 of the Valley of Ce-li'te (the biblical garden of Eden), two 
 large pillars, supporting a gabled covering of stone monoliths, to 
 which he caused to be suspended a golden sword, which flashed 
 in the sunlight, thus giving it the appearance of fire, and all peo- 
 ple passing in and out of the Valley, passed beneath the pillars 
 and beneath the sword. 
 
 The sword was an emblem, intended by Gontheole to warn 
 the people who entered the Valley that a sufficient force existed 
 within to resist invaders; and to represent peace as reigning 
 within the Valley; and furthermore, it was an ensign to that 
 effect, and could be seen from a great distance by those who 
 were approaching. 
 
 There was no shutting out of the Valley, excepting of invad- 
 ers, and there was no "garden of Eden," excepting the fertile 
 Valley of Celite in which Gontheole and his people dwelt (see 
 later). 
 
 The above structure will serve the purpose of one of the links 
 with which to connect the pre-historic Pillar, or Column struc- 
 tures, with those of the Modern-Ancient. 
 
 As the Roman influence developed under both spirit and 
 mortal guidance, we find it made manifest in such architectural 
 structures as the Temple of Fortuna Virilis, at Rome; the 
 Pantheon; the Temples of Peace and Venus; the Temple of 
 Rome ; the Temple of Minerva Medica, etc. ; the Colosseum ; the 
 Mausoleum of Adrian; the Tunnel Sewer; the ancient Bridges 
 on the Tiber; the Imperial or Triumphal Arches; the Cenotaph 
 Columns of Trajan, and of Antonine; the Palace of the Caesars; 
 the Baths of Titus, of Caracalla, and of Diocletian ; the Villa of 
 Adrian and that of Maecenas, at Tivoli; the Palaces of the Ro- 
 man Emperors, and Patricians at Baiae, and in other parts of 
 Italy; the structures of Flerculaneum and Pompeii, etc., all of 
 which stand as links to which we link the pre-historic and his- 
 toric influences, in the Architectural Cycle, of those regions. 
 
 The Roman influence relative to the Corinthian order, ex- 
 tended in to Bena and in Gaul ; in Islria and in Greece ; and to 
 the present time, Nismes, Pola, Athens, Palmyra, and to the 
 banks of the Nile. 
 
 In further consideration of the Roman influence, we note its 
 manifestation through such works as the Theatres, e. g., those 
 of Pompeii, and Herculaneum, Rome, Verona, Pola, Tao'rmina, 
 Aries, Orange, and others in France, and in Sicily. ' We note it 
 
 278 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 in the Amphitheatres, such as were erected by Julius Caesar, 
 CaHgula and Nero; Vespasian, Titus, etc., as at Rome, Nismes, 
 etc. ; in the Forum, as at Pompeii, Rome, etc. ; in the Aqueducts, 
 such as stretch along the Campagna, span the Valley at Tarra- 
 gona, the Pont du Card, at Nismes, and others; in the Trium- 
 phal Arches, such as those of Titus, Severus, Janus and Constan- 
 tine, at Rome, and that of Trajan, at Ancona; in the grand dwell- 
 ings, such as the Villa of Hadrian, near Tivoli, and other Roman 
 palaces and mansions of Italy, from that of Sallust on the Ben- 
 acus or Lago di Garda, to those of the Roman nobles on the 
 shores of the Bay of Baiae; in/that of Diocletian, at Spalatro, 
 and in the grand remains of Baalbec and Palmyra; again in the 
 Basilicas, such as that of Trajan of Maxentius, and the remains 
 as found at Pompeii, Herculaneum, Treves, etc. ; in the further 
 development by means of "Pointed Architectul-e," found in 
 every part of Europe, such as at Paris, Cologne, the Fountains 
 Abbey, England ; structures in Spain ; in the Cathedral of Trond- 
 jem, Norway, etc. 
 
 The Byzantine influence extended from Constantinople to 
 Venice, the Pisan buildings, and those in the south of Italy, and 
 of Spain ; the early churches of Europe, as the San Clemente and 
 San Lorenzo, at Rome ; the San Miniato, at Florence ; the Cathe- 
 drals of Torcello, San Zenone, Verona, and San Michele, Pavia; 
 through which the old styles were being thrown off, and the new 
 developed; ,old, pre-historic forms being re-embodied as new 
 in a succession of circular buildings, e. g., re-embodied in the 
 Pantheon and other circular temples at Rome ; thence to the old 
 Cathedral of Brescia and the magnificent church of San Vitale, 
 Ravenna; the Cathedral at Achen, and further to that form of 
 edifice throughout the world. 
 
 The influence of the grand Gothic style in architecture is as 
 wonderful, and as far-reaching — from the Archway in the old 
 Britford church, Wilts, to the framework on the steeple of Earl's 
 Barton, Northauts, and in many other structures that existed in 
 England before the Norman conquest; in the style developments 
 that have been specified as Norman or Romanesque, along from 
 1066, the reign of William I, to the time of Henry VIII, 1546; 
 transitional, from Norman to Pointed and Early English, the 
 First Pointed or Lancet; transitional again from Early Pointed 
 to Complete or Geometrical Pointed, Flowing or Curvilinear 
 styles; transitional from Flowing lines of Decorated or Middle 
 Pointed, to the stiff and hard lines of the succeeding styles — 
 Third Pointed, Rectilinear (shape) or Perpendicular; from the 
 rude work of the Norman styles, such as is displayed on the 
 
 279 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 transept of Winchester Cathedral, to that of grandeur, as dis- 
 played on the Cathedrals of Peterborough, Durham, Norwich, 
 Ely, etc., the best in England. 
 
 The Pointed style, best illustrated in the magnificent and 
 beautiful edifice of Canterbury, began in 1175, by the architect, 
 William of Sens. 
 
 The First Pointed style is manifest in the transepts of the 
 York, Lincoln, and Salisbury cathedrals, and more especially 
 Westminster Abbey, London; the most beautiful steeples of 
 Gloucester cathedral and of St. Mary's, Taunton ; the open roofs, 
 such as at St. Peter, Mancroft; the beautiful transepts of Hex- 
 ham Abbey Church, Pluscardine and Melrose Abbeys ; the fa- 
 mous Chapel at Rosslyn; the Glasgow, St. Andrews, Kirkwall, 
 Dunblane, and Elgin cathedrals, and the Abbeys of Pluscardine, 
 Sweetheart, Kelso, Dryburg, Jedburgh, Holyrood, Dundrennan 
 and Melrose of Scotland; Kilkenny Cathedral, Christ Church, 
 and St. Patrick's of Dublin, Ireland, etc. 
 
 Passing into Asia Minor, the Architectural influence was 
 manifest in such structures as the Rock Cut Tombs (the grand- 
 est being in Caria and Lycia), viz: those at Tantalais near 
 Smyrna; those of Alyattes, King of Lydia, on the banks of the 
 Hermus, near Sardis ; the enormous Sarcophagi, such as those 
 at Olinda, ranging on each side of the street leading to the city; 
 those in Lycia, chiefly on the banks of the Xanthus; and those 
 cut in the steep rocks which invariably overhang the city; the 
 Obelisk Tombs, great high blocks of stone or marble on a square 
 base, surmounted by a sarcophagus of great size, of later date 
 than the rock-cut tombs; the Harpy Tomb, after 547 A. D., and 
 near it- the Chimaera Tomb, with a Gothic-headed sarcophagus 
 .and sculpture crest; and near this, another, called the "Winged 
 Horse Tomb; those at Telmessus, Myra and Lycia; the Lyon 
 Tomb at Cnidus, Caria ; theTrophy Tomb at Xanthus ; the Mau- 
 solus at Halicarnassus, Caria, one of the seven wonders of the 
 world, and the grandest of all Greek tombs. All of these are 
 architectural links by which we must connect the pre-historic to 
 the historic works of those regions. 
 
 Passing into Assyria, we note the Architectural influence as 
 having manifested through structures, now known as the "ruins" 
 of the great Palace Temples of the ancient cities of Khorsabad, 
 Nimroud, and Nineveh; the numerous tombs, such as those that 
 have existence in Nimroud, Kouyurjik, Khorsabad, etc. ; the 
 enormous ruined Temples of Chaldea, such as the Birs Nimroud, 
 near Babylon, and the one at Mugeyer. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Es'ge-nens, in their 
 
 280 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 home of Es-ge-nen-ex (see later), south of the Taurus Moun- 
 tains, a large tribe of their descendants migrated into the sec- 
 tion of country now known as Mosul, Mesopotamia, east of the 
 upper Tigris river, which section they termed Cac-wa-co'tiim, 
 and called themselves the Se-nodes. 
 
 Subsequently, the Senodes erected their principal city on the 
 site now occupied by the ruins of Nineveh, which they termed 
 Suras, which was the original Nineveh, or Kowyunjik. 
 
 Slan'dro, a descendant of the Senodes, was the principal 
 architect who originated plans of structures or the halls and tem- 
 ples of Su'ras, the remains of which are now known to exist at 
 Nineveh. He was himself co-operative in the work with Shu- 
 lax, a Senodes sculptor who assisted him in that part of the con- 
 struction. 
 
 At that period of time, it was the custom with architects and 
 builders to erect the cities and palace buildings on elevated por- 
 tions of ground, or natural hills. Hence the appearance of the 
 buildings as placed on artificial mounds, which modern writers 
 suppose to have been parts, or sub-structures, of ruined edifices 
 and buried cities. 
 
 The fortresses, of which remains yet exist, were originally 
 intended as protective agencies to the cities and their inhabitants, 
 against invading peoples. Some of the cities were originally 
 entirely encompassed by the walls, while others were only par- 
 tially so. 
 
 The general Architectural form of the structures, was rec- 
 tangular, but strikingly narrow in proportion to length. 
 
 Most of the structures, of which their ruined forms are now 
 termed "halls, "were simply homes of the people. The custom at 
 that time, with these people, was for many families to occupy one 
 building, similar to the modern plan of apartment houses; hence 
 they built no private homes, excepting the Palaces occupied by 
 celebrities, which in detail were similar to the apartment homes. 
 Some of tht structures were those erected for Templerj, which, 
 as to form, were similar to the home buildings. In these what 
 now appears to be only a long, narrow hall, is the outline of the 
 main structure, or first story, though the buildings varied from 
 one to three. 
 
 The massive walls were thus constructed for two purposes, 
 viz., great strength in support of the various stories and roofing 
 of the structures; and as a protection against the then termed 
 Ku'ro-winds, that came in through the valleys, twice a year, in 
 the months of March and September. 
 
 What now appears to have been simply halls, generally speak- 
 
 - 281 
 
Submerg:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 ing, were, originally, divided ofif into three or more apartments 
 by cross-sectioned structure. A central wall extended length- 
 wise through the hall, which divided the basilica into rectangular 
 apartments. 
 
 The two apartments in front of the building were entered by 
 means of an arched or square portal, that led into a sort of ves- 
 tibule, and thence into the apartments on either side by portals 
 similar to that on the facade. 
 
 All the other apartments, in the rear of the front ones, were 
 entered from the sides of the bviildings, through an exterior por- 
 tal; and further by interior portals on each side, right and left 
 of the vestibule, as was the case with those in front. 
 
 The vestibule terminated in a flight of steps that led up to 
 the second story, the landings of which had place on a platform 
 that was built on top of the central wall. From the same plat- 
 form, a second flight of steps, at opposite angles with the first 
 flight, led on up to the third story, where entrances were made 
 to the apartments of that story. 
 
 Every apartment had one large window, in front of a vaulted 
 opening in the wall, through which the light was admitted into 
 the apartment. 
 
 The two apartments, in the front of all the structures, were 
 for the common use of all tenants, for general purposes, and 
 therefore not private. 
 
 The roofs of the buildings were all flat, and were covered 
 with wooden troughs, placed on in the manner of a modern til- 
 ing, and of the same use. 
 
 Over the front roof, in many cases, a sort of oval, and some- 
 times square, dome rose to a moderate height. 
 
 The structures were not, as has been supposed by some writ- 
 ers, columnarly supported, being of solid walls, excepting the 
 vaulted openings through which light was admitted. What col- 
 umnar characteristics the buildings possessed were simply those 
 of ornamentation, of a sculptural order, and in bas-relief. 
 
 The Temples were similar to the tenement structures, so 
 far as the division of rooms was concerned. They were of rec- 
 tangular form, the larger of which was generally the entire front 
 of the structure, and used as the general assembly room ; but the 
 rear third of the building was divided off into rectangular apart- 
 ments, with hall in the center, rooms utilized by the priests for 
 both living and sleeping rooms, with one apartment for the de- 
 posit of their paraphernalia. 
 
 It has been wondered at, by some writers, that no traces of 
 "dwelling houses" now exist in the vicinity of the hall ruins. 
 
 282 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 This is easily accounted for by the fact that the inhabitants 
 were collective dwellers, in tenement buildings, and therefore 
 built no private dwellings, generally speaking. In case of the 
 more wealthy individuals, some had structures to themselves; 
 but these were, in detail, fashioned after those occupied by the 
 collective dwellers; hence, remains of private dwellings would 
 not now be recognized as such. 
 
 The ruined hall now known to exist at Kouyunjik, described 
 as being two hundred and eighteen feet long, and twenty-five 
 feet wide, was a Temple, originally known as Ca-sel-do'a, the 
 term meaning "a place for spirit communion," or "manifesta- 
 tion." (The term was derived from the Atlantian term, Ca- 
 cel'la, which meant a spirit sensitive. The latter, however, re- 
 ferred to media, while the former referred to the place where 
 the communication was held between the spirit and the mortal 
 sensitive.) 
 
 About the time that the Senodes settled in their section of 
 Cac-wa-cotum (Kouyunjik) a tribe of Esgenens, from their 
 section of Esgenenex, settled near the Cacwacotum settlement, 
 suburban as it was, termed that district Thii-ri-cleon (Koras- 
 bad), and called themselves the Men-zoacks. Subsequently they 
 there built a village which they termed Quin-zi-6n't6. 
 
 The now known ruins of Korasbad were originally structures 
 erected by descendants of the Menzoacks, under the direction of 
 an architect by the name of Se-ciin'ze, and a sculptor by the 
 name of Cren-luen, both being descendants from the Men- 
 zoacks. 
 
 About the same time that the above-named settlements were 
 made, another tribe of Esgenens from Esgenenex, settled in the 
 vicinity of the now known ruins of Nimroud, which district they 
 termed O-zen'to, and called themselves the C6r-en-ten-gan't6es, 
 where subsequently, on the present site of the above named 
 ruins, they built a large town which they termed Ke-ne-6'sh6n. 
 This^ was under the supervision of an architect by the name of 
 Men'the-clus, and a sculptor by the name of Gel'siim, both of 
 whom were Corentengantoes by birth. 
 
 About the time that the above-named tribes of Esgenens 
 migrated to the several above-named portions of the now known 
 eastern portions of Mesopotamia, another tribe of the same peo- 
 ple, from the same region, migrated into the western portion of 
 Mesopotamia. They settled near what is now known as the 
 "Ruins of Babylon," which section they termed Pa-tha'des, and 
 called themselves the Sil'krons; and there, in subsequent time, 
 they built a large town which they termed Ne-en-ti-c6'sy. 
 
 283 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The now known ruined Temple of Birs Nimroud, of that 
 district, was built by descendants of the Silkrons, planned and 
 superintended by a wealthy leader and architect, by the name of 
 Bro-den'zie, a Silkron, in co-operation with a sculptor by the 
 name of Su-re-ron'sy, a descendant of the same people. 
 
 The rectangular form of the Assyrian buildings — the grace- 
 ful curves, minarets, domes, octagons, circles, tower-like stories, 
 raised from square bases, have been both re-embodied and devel- 
 oped from ideas, received and inspired by spirit aids, within the 
 minds of the various tribe-descendants of the Es-ge-nen race, 
 who had migrated into various parts of Assyria. But the influ- 
 ence came principally from Atlantian spirit architects and sculp- 
 tors. 
 
 The Assyrian Architectural Art, generally speaking, has lit- 
 tle analogy with the Egyptian. In contradistinction, there are 
 no quantities of columns; no grand pylons; no enormous clois- 
 tered courts ; nothing to equal the gigantic Pyramids, or Tombs 
 of Egypt ; the Sphinxes are superseded by winged bulls ; and the 
 slight-cut Intaglio, by magnificent sculptured slabs. 
 
 The idea of the winged bulls was to represent the principles 
 of strength, power, and vehemence. The head of the human was 
 con-junct with the body of the bull, in representation of various 
 leaders of the peoples of that day, similar to those of the Egyp- 
 tian sphinxes. The wings represented rapid activity, such as 
 characterized their leaders in dispatch of service, as though bv 
 flight. 
 
 The slabs were for two purposes, viz., ornamentation, when a 
 variety of subjects were chosen and outlined to fit the occasion, 
 as vegetation, animal and human forms, and portrayals of his- 
 toric events or conquests of a civic nature. 
 
 Therefore, the early Assyrian structures that give evidence 
 of a high stage of artistic perfection, such as led up to the myth- 
 ological display, as found in Greece, along the Tigris and Eu- 
 phrates, etc., were re-embodied ideas, given to the architects and 
 sculptors of the Senodes and the Menzoacks, the Corentengan- 
 toes, Silkrons, and other descendants of the Esgenens, by Atlan- 
 tian spirits of that order. The architects and sculptors then 
 planned and constructed their edifices, in accord with their con- 
 ceptive forces and understanding of the same, as spirit sensi- 
 tives. , 
 
 Passing into China, we note that in pre-historic periods the 
 structures were very crude indeed, being simply an assembly of 
 poles or small trees, cut and formed into shape, and daubed over 
 with mud or plaster; especially was this so with the structures 
 
 284 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the Laz'er-ends, of the northern portion, those of the southern 
 being more open. 
 
 The development, therefore, was of a general. order ; individ- 
 ual ideas, rather than those of special architects being adopted, 
 co-operated in whatever development had place. 
 
 The Ken'ter-sends and Laz'er-ends (see later account of these 
 peoples), up to within about two centuries of the time of Con- 
 fucius, had no conscious knowledge of spirit communication or 
 manifestation, in the sense of guidance; though they were uncon- 
 sciously influenced through the force of impression, so far as the 
 spirit forces were able to reach them mentally, under the then 
 existing conditions, especially the Kentersends. The Lazerends 
 were less progressive at that time than their southern brethren, 
 in spiritual progress. But during the two centuries preceding the 
 coming of Confucius, as the Christ of the Chinese nation, some 
 knowledge had been gained, by sensitives, of spirit existence, 
 and but for the interference of Confucius, through his teachings, 
 this would have developed to a greater extent. 
 
 Passing from the pre-historic general influence, to the de- 
 velopment, as now known, which, as was the case with the for- 
 mer, has reached its ultimatum through general ideas rather 
 than through the influence of special architects, and has, with 
 certain portions of impressional influence, resulted in such struc- 
 tures as the Great Wall of China; the Temple of Confucius, at 
 Shanghai; the Temples of Heaven, and the Temples of Agricul- 
 ture, at Pekin; the Toov Tang, or Halls of the Ancestors, in all 
 towns of China; the Pai Loo, or Pai Fung, Memorial Monu- 
 ments ; the Tombs, etc., all links that figure in the great Cycle of 
 Architecture, the influence of which began with the crude works 
 of the Lazerends in their section of Zin-tl-zan'tiim, or north of 
 the Great Walls of China, and those of the Kentersends, in their 
 section of Zan-ciis'te-zum, south of the above-named walls. (See 
 migration and descendants of these peoples later on.) 
 
 While the Esgenens, form Esgenenex, enroute to their dis- 
 trict of Pa-tha'des (near Babylon), where they became the Silk- 
 rons, they halted for some time in the district now known as the 
 town of Antioch, Syria. When the main colony proceeded on 
 its migration, to the above-named section, a portion of the peo- 
 ple remained in the district of Antioch and took to themselves the 
 name of Tii'cans. Subsequently they built a small town on the 
 site now occupied by Antioch, which they termed Nin-za-tu'can. 
 Therefore the original inhabitants of the region, or districts, 
 along the Orontes, were descendants from the Esgenens, through 
 the migrating Tucans, their descendants; especially those who 
 
 285 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 inhabited the original districts where subsequently the towns of 
 lopolis or lone, Meroe, Bottia and Antioch had place, on which 
 sites the Tucans had built their hamlets and towns, with others, 
 along the banks of the Orontes, in pre-historic times. Most of 
 these were destroyed by a series of great earthquakes that had 
 occurred throughout that region about 450 B. C. ; and many of 
 the remains, after that calamity, were further destroyed by the 
 series of nine great earthquakes that had place at various inter- 
 vals from 148 B. C. to 588 A. D. Thus was the architecture of 
 the Tucans rendered unknown modernly. 
 
 In subsequent time, a large tribe of Tucans migrated south- 
 east, from Ninzatucan, into the district now known as Palmyra, 
 which section they termed E-the-l6'ma, and called themselves 
 the Sen'the-ons. There they built a hamlet on the site now oc- 
 cupied by the ruins of Palmyra, which they termed Sentheon, 
 after their tribe name. In the early part of the Adomic period, 
 the Sentheons were under the rule of a leader, by name Jen-ze- 
 no'sos, who established the structures now known as the ruins 
 of Palmyra; and a Sentheon architect, Zen'ze-lot, under appoint- 
 ment by Jenzenosos, planned some of these structures, especially 
 the one now termed the "Temple of Sun." The pre-historic 
 Sentheons, the Senodes, the Menzoacks, the Corentengantoe.s, 
 the Silkons, the Tucans, and other descendants, became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the ancient Hebrews or Jews; and it was 
 from the Sentheons that Zenobia, the Palmyrene Queen, de- 
 scended, though Prince Odasnathus, her husband, was of Roman 
 descent. , 
 
 In recognition of the Jewish influence, through the Art of 
 Architecture, we note the great Temple of Solomon as described 
 in the biblical narrative, I Kings, VI, VII ; the Tombs of the 
 Kings of Judea, hewn out from the solid rock ; the Tomb of 
 Absalom, and that of Zachariah, and the rock-cut building in the 
 Valley of Jehoshaphat, near Jerusalem, etc. 
 
 These, especially in the concept and construction of the great 
 Temple of Solomon, were established through spirit inspiration 
 and direction. Thus guided, Solomon and his chief workers, 
 who were spirit sensitives, carried out their spirit impressions 
 and directions, to the ultimate erection of the temple, and estab- 
 lishment of its uses. 
 
 The St. Front at Periqueux (imitation of St. Mark's, at Ven- 
 ice), and the great Abbey Church of Cluny, and that of Veze- 
 lay, in Burgundy; the Old Domaine Royale (a perfection of the 
 art) ; Notre Dame, Paris (a marvelous monument of art) ; the 
 Cathedral of Chartres (the zenith of development), all of which 
 
 286 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 are representative monuments of the edifices of France, through 
 which superb features of the Gothic style are made manifest, 
 were thus established by the co-united influence and developing 
 forces of spirit and material energy, in the region of France. 
 
 In the Architecture of Germany, the Romanesque influence 
 appears, as embodied in such structures as those of Treves, as 
 the Convent of Lorsch). The influence extending from the Lom- 
 bard churches of North Italy, found embodiment in the churches 
 of the Rhine region; e. g., St. Gereon and St. Cunibert, of Co- 
 logne; the cathedrals of Naumburg, Limburg, Gelnhausen, etc. 
 
 In the Architecture of Spain, the Roman influence is mani- 
 fest in Santa Maria de Narance, near Oviedo; the French in- 
 fluence, as developed in the churches of St. Serrnin and Tou- 
 louse; and the Cathedral of Santiago; the remarkable edifices, 
 San Isidero, Leon; San Vicente, Avila; those of Segovia, and 
 the old Cathedral at Lerida; the local influence manifests in St. 
 Millan, Segovia; the "central tower and lantern dome influence" 
 is manifest in the old cathedrals at Salamanca; the Church at 
 Toro; and the cathedral of Zamor; the transitional influence to 
 Early Pointed works is manifested in the three great Spanish 
 churches of that period, viz., the cathedrals of Toledo, Leon and 
 Burgos. For great capacity, one may note the influence of 
 Jayme Fabre, of Majorca, whose greatest works are in Cata- 
 lonia; of these the cathedral of Gerona is the most remarkable, 
 and thus there is a leading up to the real Spanish style of structure. 
 
 In the Architecture of Italy, passing from the influence of 
 the Roman, the Romanesque, and the Byzantine influences when 
 basilicas of the time of Constantine, such as those of Pompeii, 
 that of Trajan, of St. Agnese and St. Lorenzo; San Clemente; 
 St. Peter's and St. Paul's ; Santa Maria ; Opus ; Alexandrenum, 
 of Rome ; the two remarkable basilicas of St. Apollenare in 
 Classe, and St. Apollenare Nuovo, of Ravenna; those of Tor- 
 cello ; Toscanella ; and Aquileia, etc., we note the influence mani- 
 festing through the round arched, be-domed, pointed arched and 
 gothic Architectural transitions. 
 
 The transformation began its more marked influence in such 
 edifices as St. Ambrogio, at Milan; St. Mark's, at Venice; the 
 churches of San Zenone, Verona; San Michele, Pavia; and the 
 cathedrals of Pisa. 
 
 The transformation from round arches to that of pointed work, 
 though limited in Italy, is seen in such buildings as were first 
 influenced by the architect, Nicola Pisano. As that influence 
 spread, we see it manifested in such structures as the Ferrara 
 cathedral and those at Genoa ; the beautiful cloisters and porches 
 of unsurpassed elegance, as at Verona; the Campaniles, such as 
 
 287 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mark the glory of Florence, of Giotto, and of art manifested in 
 the tower of the cathedral at Florence ; the cathedral of Milan ; 
 in Gothic interiors, such as the Pisan baptistery; the Frari, at 
 Venice, and Santa Anastasia, at Verona; the palaces and man- 
 sions of Florence, Bologna, Vicenza, Udine, Genoa, and espe- 
 cially those of Venice; the Town Halls of Perugia, Piacenza 
 and Siena, Cometo, Amalfi, Asti, Orvieto, and Lucca; the foun- 
 tains of Peruga and Viterbo; the monuments of Bologna, Ve- 
 rona, Arezzo, etc. 
 
 In our assemblage of Architectural data, the events and in- 
 fluences of which, during the pre-historic and historic epochs of 
 time, have been re-embodied in those of the Modern-Ancient and 
 the Modern — and in making a connection between these epochs 
 in the great Art zodiac, through which the Architectural Cycle 
 has passed, we have chosen Callimanchus, Vitruvius, Palladio, 
 and Street, as principal links with which to establish the re-em- 
 bodiment, who, co-operative with a vast number of Architects 
 who worked and influenced as epicycle links, on the deferent of 
 the great Architectural Cycle that has extended into all quarters 
 of the globe, have brought to the twentieth century its present 
 condition of Architectural Art. 
 
 Callimanchus, of whom so Httle is known historically, was, 
 as our spirit advisers inform us, a descendant of the Ic-thi-eons 
 who settled in the region now known as Argolis, Greece, and was 
 born about 400 years, B. C, in the city now known as Corinth 
 (see migration of the Icthieons) ; hence, would be considered 
 Grecian by birth. 
 
 He was very talented both as architect and sculptor, and be- 
 ing a spirit sensitive, was taught and influenced, in his art work, 
 by Atlantian spirit architects and sculptors, whereby he obtained 
 his education in those arts, rather than by material influences. 
 It was from spirit sources, exclusively, that he got his idea of 
 the Corinthian Columns, and not, as has been supposed, "from 
 having observed an Acanthus plant, surrounding a tile-covered 
 basket which had been placed over a tomb." 
 
 As an architect and sculptor, he came into prominence be- 
 tween his twentieth and twenty-fifth years, and lived to work 
 and influence for many years, for he arrived at the age of one 
 hundred before he became mortally disembodied. 
 
 He was the first architect, of Greece, to plan ornamentation 
 on the plain capitals that surmounted the fluted Doric order, as 
 well as the originator of the Corinthian. 
 
 He being only four years the senior of the sculptor, Scopas, 
 was therefore contemporaneous with him (though the latter 
 
 288 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 did not come into prominence as early in life as did Calliman- 
 chus. 
 
 One of the principal results of the co-united work of these 
 two celebrities was manifested in the temple of Athena Alea, at 
 Tegea. 
 
 Strange as it may seem, Scopas, the sculptor, planned the 
 architectural design of the building, but Callimanchus designed 
 the columnar part. 
 
 These two celebrities further co-operated in the plans and 
 construction of other edifices, in various parts of Greece, and as 
 both were spirit sensitives, advised by Atlantian spirits, often 
 consulted each other relative to plans, designs and styles, in the 
 establishment of their proposed art works. 
 
 Marcus Vitruvious PoUio, architect, engineer, and author, 
 was a Roman by birth, but moved to Athens, Greece, with his 
 parents, when a child of eight years. There he remained per- 
 manently for forty-two years, during which time he traveled 
 throughout various portions of Greece. 
 
 From these travels he gained much knowledge regarding 
 '(• Greek architecture. 
 
 During his youth, he had become acquainted with Caius Octa- 
 vius (Augustus, the Roman Emperor), while the latter was a 
 student in Athens. This resulted in a profound friendship be- 
 tween Vitruvius and Caius Octavius, that lasted to the close of 
 the reign of Augustus. 
 
 Vitruvius returned to Rome, the place of his birth, at the age 
 of fifty years, where he established his permanent home, about 
 five years before the death of Augustus. He had been called 
 there by the latter, to accept a position as superintendent of the 
 balistae and other military engines; and there he completed his 
 great literary work, "De Architectura," of ten books, which he 
 dedicated to his friend Augustus, on account of their long, pro- 
 found friendship. 
 
 This great work was his chief influence in an Architectural 
 sense, long after he became disembodied mortally. The greatest 
 of this might be said to date from the Renaissance period and 
 to extend down to the present time ; especially so throughout the 
 period of the classical revival, when all architects recognized it 
 in the sense of authority, and zealously accepted its precepts as 
 final. 
 
 Bramante, Michael Angelo, Palladio, Vignola, etc., whose 
 
 influence had great weight, architecturally, throughout nearly all 
 
 the European countries, were close students of the principles 
 
 laid down in "De Architectura" of Vitruvius. Hence, a re-em- 
 s',! . 
 
 '^ 289 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 bodiment of pre-historic ideas, known and practised in the Atlan- 
 tian period, which were alive in the mind of Vitruvius, who rep- 
 resents an epicycle of his period, moved on the deferent of the 
 great Architectural Cycle in the Augustan age, and in its influ- 
 ential orbit, rendered visible through so many centuries, em- 
 braced not only that period of time, but the present century as 
 well. 
 
 Co-operative influences with these, through various periods 
 of time, might be mentioned, such as that of the architects who 
 designed the churches in the era of Christian Rome, beginning 
 with the time of Constantine and extending to the twelfth cen- 
 tury; or the works of the Cosmati family and their pupils, who 
 influenced in the thirteenth century (not only as architects, but 
 sculptors and mosaicists), the manifestations being through 
 churches and palaces, and campaniles as well ; the further influ- 
 ence of such individuals as Baccio Pintelli Giuliano da Majano, 
 Francesco di Borgo, San Sepolcro, Bramante, one of the greatest 
 architects the world has ever known; San Micheli, one of the 
 best architects of the early part of the sixteenth century, as 
 proved by his works at Verona, Venice, etc., which embraced 
 churches, palaces, tombs, fortifications, and other military de- 
 signs, besides which his great written work on classical architec- 
 ture, "Li Cinque Ordini dell' Architectura," added to his influ- 
 ence. Then Peruzzi, of Siena, architect and painter, influenced 
 through such works as the villa of Farnesina, on the banks of 
 the Tiber in Rome ; work, as architect, on St. Peter's at Rome, 
 Palaces at Rome, and in southern Italy, etc. 
 
 Palladio Andrea was a native of Vicenza, North Italy, and 
 was one of the chief architects of that city who studied the 
 buildings of ancient Rome for an early practical knowledge of 
 architectural drawing. He influenced through such designs as 
 the Barbarano, Porti and Chieregati Palaces of Vicenza, and 
 others, for the nobles of that and adjacent districts. His finest 
 work was the Palazzo della Rogione, at Vicenza, which was of 
 the Tuscan and Ionic orders. 
 
 Being famous throughout Italy, Pope Paul III ordered him 
 to come to Rome, to report on the state of St. Peter's. 
 
 In Venice, he influenced through such creations as churches 
 and palaces, among which the manifestations can be recognized, 
 to the best advantage, in S. Giorgio Maggiore, the Capuchin 
 church, and some of the large palaces on the Grand Canal. 
 
 He further influenced through country Villas, for which he 
 established plans throughout Northern Italy. Among these the 
 finest is the villa of Capra. 
 
 290 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 His last great work (completed by his pupil Scamozzi) was 
 the Teatro Olimpico, at Vicenza, which he designed after a clas- 
 sical model. 
 
 Like Vitruvius, Palladio also greatly influenced through his 
 literary works, especially by that of his greatest, under the title 
 of "/ quatro libri dell' Architettura." This extended into almost 
 numberless editions, having been translated into every European 
 language, hence, wielded an enormous Architectural influence 
 throughout Europe. All of this.established the "Palladian style," 
 a revival of classicalism, such 'as belonged to the epicycle that 
 moved on the deferent of the great Architectural Cycle of the 
 sixteenth-century orbit, co-operative with such contemporaries 
 as Vigiiola, Scamozzi and Serlio. 
 
 As contemporaneous, in architectural influence, in Rome and 
 other districts of Italy, might be mentioned Barocchio, of Vig- 
 nola, who succeeded Michael Angelo as architect on St. Peter's, 
 and the author of the "Five Orders of Architecture ;" Maderna 
 of Rome ; Bernini, of Naples, who designed the great colonnade 
 of St. Peter's, Rome and the Palace of Pope Urban ; Boromini, of 
 Bissone, whose principal influence was manifest through the 
 churches of St. Agnes, in Piazza Navona, the Colegio di Propa- 
 ganda, and the restoration of San Giovanni in Laterano; the 
 works of Carlo Fontana, and further extensions into the latter 
 part of the Modern period. 
 
 George Edmund Street, one of tHe ablest architects of the 
 nineteenth century, we have chosen to represent the latter links 
 in the great Gothic Epicycle, that moved on the deferent of the 
 Great Architectural Cycle during the nineteenth century, and 
 Gothic influence originated by Adolphus of Atlantis, who planned 
 his own palace in Atara, Atlantis, the sole structure, of that 
 style, on the Lontidri at the time of the submergence, that is, of 
 any note, re-embodied in the Pointed Architecture in the minds 
 of the Roman architects ; modifled by the Romanesque, the Lom- 
 bard, and the Byzantine of Europe; having thus arisen in the 
 fourth century, and been subverted, in the twelfth, by the Pointed 
 Arch, through various nations. The prime idea of it, however, 
 was first re-conceived in the minds of the Egyptians, who re- 
 embodied it in the Itmas, thus inspired by the spirits of the At- 
 lantian Cemetteza constructors. 
 
 The development of the Pointed Arch, local and national, has 
 manifested to a great extent through, the structures of Italy, 
 England, France, Germany and Spain ; with variations according 
 to political geography, or physical conditions. But it is too vast 
 an undertaking to treat individually, in this treatise, the transi- 
 
 » 
 
 291 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tions and development the style has sustained, through the vari- 
 ous countries and periods of time. 
 
 The sketches of George Edmund Street are acknowledged to 
 be masterpieces of spirit and brilliant touch ; and his great taste 
 and technical skill manifest monumentally through such edifices 
 as the convent of East Grinstead, the Theological College at 
 Cuddesden, and many churches, such as the St. Philipi and St. 
 James at Oxford ; St. John's at Torguay ; All Saints at Clifton ; 
 St. Saviour's at Eastboum ; St. Margaret's at Liverpool, and the 
 St. Mary Magdalene at Paddington. 
 
 His largest works are in evidence in the nave of Bristol 
 cathedral; the choir of the cathedral of Christ Church, in Dub- 
 lin; and above all, the New Courts of Justice, in London, the 
 latter second only in architectural importance (during the cen- 
 tury) to the House of Parliament. 
 
 Finally, in consideration of the Architectural influences, viz., 
 those of disembodied spirits, co-operative with the yet embodied, 
 or mortal spirits, through the establishment of the original and 
 developed styles of Architecture, that have arisen and developed 
 from the Atlantian Cemetteza or Arch, and the Kisare or Col- 
 umn, which led up to their exquisite Gretictor or Architecture, 
 which in that period of time embraced the Tilze or Ionic, the 
 Nuzeleth or Doric, the Admus or Corinthian, the Itheze or Cary- 
 atic, the lothees or Composite, re-embodied in the original Itma 
 or Column, and Itmas or Arches of Egypt, the Duzees or Dol- 
 mens, the Kerelthees or Circles, the Cazudas or Pyramids, the 
 Heltees or Tumuli, etc., that in process of development led up to 
 the magnificent structures of the twentieth century, through the 
 above-named styles or orders of the Greeks and Romans, and 
 the dwellings of all nations, especially the palaces or mansions 
 of the emperors, kings, potentates and other nobility ; the monas- 
 tic edifices, churches and cathedrals, edifices of governments, 
 states and municipalities; corporate structures, including col- 
 leges, academies, schools, libraries, art galleries, museums, socie- 
 ties, railway stations, etc., among which, as representative epi- 
 cycles of the whole Architectural Cycle, or links with which to 
 connect the modern extension to that of the remote Ancient or 
 Atlantian, the pre-historic, and the Modern-Ancient, m evidence 
 of the ultimatum of the great originating and developing forces, 
 and influences of the seen and unseen, or Spirit and Mortal work- 
 ers, we have chosen such structures as the Mosques of Tooloon 
 and Kaid Bay at Cairo, Egypt; the Temples of Confucius, 
 Shanghai, of Heaven and of Agriculture at Pekin, China; the 
 Kylas of Ellora, and the Temples at Tiravalur, and Tanjore, 
 
 292 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 India; the Royal Palace (Pentelic Marble) at Athens, Greece; 
 the Parliament building, St. Paul's and Westminster Abbey, 
 London, England; the Cathedrals of Winchester, York, Lincoln, 
 Salisbury, Gloucester, Taunton, etc., England; the Cathedrals of 
 Glasgow, St. Andrews, Kirkwall, Dublane, and Elgin, and the 
 Abbeys of Pluscardine, Sweetheart, Kelso, Dryburgh, Jedburgh, 
 Holyrood, Dundrennan and Melrose, Scotland, and including the 
 Parliament buildings of that district of Great Britain ; the Cathe- 
 dral of Kilkenny and those of Dublin, and the Parliament build- 
 ings of Ireland; the Royal Palace, Government buildings, the 
 Old Domaine Royal, the Cathedrals of Chartres, of Notre Dame, 
 Paris, Bruges, Lemans, Rouen, etc., of France; the Royal Pal- 
 aces, Governmental buildings, and Cathedrals of Cologne, Hil- 
 desheim, Magdeburg, Lubeck, Bamberg, Naumburg, Nuremberg, 
 Vienna, Munster, Munich, etc., of Germany ; the Royal and Gov- 
 ernmental buildings, the Cathedrals of Toledo, Leon, Burgos, 
 Siguenza, Lerida, Tarragona. Seville, Segovia, Salamanca, etc., 
 Spain; the Royal Palaces and Governmental buildings, St. Pet- 
 er's, and other Cathedrals of Rome, Ravenna, Torcello, Tos- 
 canella, Aquileia, Milan, Genoa, Pisa, Venice, Verona, and Flor- 
 ence, Italy; the Capitol at Washington, and its style-related 
 State capitols, municipal buildings, cathedrals, churches, acade- 
 mies, colleges, schools, libraries, palaces and mansions, of the 
 Western Continent, etc. 
 
 293 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 EX-IN-TON'ZE NUD U-RE'TA, 
 
 OR 
 
 AUTHORS AND PROSE. 
 
 TELTZIE XXIX. 
 
 The following information relative to Art and Literature has 
 been given to us by An'sta-ci-a Prolex, our Atlantian Le-a'sa 
 De-celt' (spirit adviser), a daughter of Liii'sron Del'ze-o (her 
 father) and E-me'lu'ce-iis He'me-lon (her mother), the wife of 
 Alem Prolex, and the Si-es-tielete (sister-in-law) of Erothrodia. 
 
 During the latter part of the first Efremetrum, U-reta 
 (prose) was very crude and simple, and was written on the 
 crude Del'zec (paper) of that period. Compared with prose of 
 the third Efremetrum, it would be as the crude writings of the 
 Aborigines compared with those of authors of the twentieth 
 century. 
 
 Clid'ze was the first noted of the Ureta Osk-ley'ze (authors 
 or writers),* or Ex-in-ton'ze (authors or writers),** of the Lon- 
 tidri. His works began with the second Efremetrum, when he 
 was at the age of twenty years. His first work was a sort of 
 history of the first Efremetrum from as far back as he was able 
 to gather data. Later in the same Efremetrum, his works be- 
 
 Note — *Term in the language of Teltzie Bt. ••Language of Teltzle 
 We. 
 
 294 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 came more extensive, and at the age of one hundred he was a 
 great historian. He lived in Neitz, the Kistrez aistie (Capitol 
 city) of Teltzie We. 
 
 Sin'ex was a noted Exintonze, whose work began with the 
 last twenty years of the second Efremetrum and extended about 
 thirty years into the third. She wrote also some Chris'tie 
 (Poetry),* yet not the strictly poetical, but in a similar style, 
 which she interspersed throughout her Christie and Ureta, which 
 established a style peculiarly her own. She was considered a 
 very fine Exinton, who dwelt in the aistie of Desento, in the 
 southwestern portions of Teltzie We. 
 
 Ge-is'tric (a fine fancy paper) was used principally for 
 Metze coverings. It was made from the gluten of the Acetum 
 and finely pulverized Teze. To give the covering body and 
 durability, it was put over pieces of Zitley, or the coarse variety 
 of Acetum. The Metze coverings were fastened by means of a 
 silver wire, which was used to lace or stitch the leaves together, 
 in the form of a Metz. The color of the Ceistric material was 
 principally purple, but old gold or bronze, light blue, and some 
 black were used, as varieties. The Metze were of various sizes, 
 some being very large. 
 
 I-en'ze was the originator of Sigris. He was born in Teltzie 
 Zret, but during the middle portion of the second Efremetrum, 
 at the age of about forty years, he moved to Atara. He brought 
 all of his MSS. there with him. He was a Cacella (spirit sen- 
 sitive), who wrote on themes portraying the simplicity of life, 
 nature and spirituality, all of which he wove and blended to- 
 gether harmoniously. 
 
 Con-ze'la was the most noted Sigris Oskley of the fourth 
 quarter of the second Efremetrum. He brought out a more per- 
 fect style of Sigris, and originated the use of Metze in a crude 
 style. His themes assumed more of the philosophic, scientific, 
 and historic character. As a Cacella, along these lines of 
 thought, he was very gifted. 
 
 Cu'rant came into great notoriety as an Oskley of Sigris, be- 
 ginning in the first period of the third Efremetrum. He was a 
 Cacella, whose themes were of a scientific nature, generally, but 
 he dwelt especially on the spiritual. His thoughts were gen- 
 erated by his soul's deepest research, and sent forth by its forca 
 of reflection, thus to be recorded on the pages of his Metze. 
 
 Ver-tre za was a noted Sigris Oskley, and a contemporary of 
 Curant's who wrote more on the sciences of Astrology and As- 
 tronomy. He was a talented and intellectual person, and con- 
 
 ^ •Term in the language of Teltzie We, given to her peculiar style 
 01 writing. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sidered more of a spirit than a mortal. And he was a Cacella 
 of the highest order. He co-labored with Curant in perfecting 
 the enterprise of Metz-making, which condition lasted through- 
 out the third Efremetrum. Through their influence the enter- 
 prise grew to great usage, and the styles and qualities were vari- 
 ous. They established the then noted Cu' re-teen (the term 
 meant "to build and scatter"), Acetum and Metz manufactural 
 building, near the Opsite Kelete at Atara, that supplied the en- 
 tire Lontidri with these products. 
 
 Vertreza and Curant continued the work of Os-kley'ze during 
 the time they were superintendents of the Cureteen workmen. 
 They were assisted by sub-officers who officiated as heads of the 
 different departments. 
 
 The styles of Sigris were very different from those of mod- 
 ern times. The ideas or thoughts, on the subject, were briefly 
 stated in individual paragraphs, and sometimes followed by a sort 
 of descriptive paragraph, very brief and concise. The subjects 
 usually were historic, descriptive, imaginary, scientific and phil- 
 osophic. 
 
 Religion was never discussed in Metze, as that was placed on 
 Maretuxze (Monuments), where everybody could read as they 
 passed by. The Atlantians knew nothing of the term "religion," 
 in its modern signification; but the term Cit-reze (spirituality) 
 was used instead. 
 
 There were no romances, or sensational Oskleyze. Many 
 wrote from inspiration. 
 
 History was one of the greatest of subjects during the third 
 Efremetrum. There were contemporaries, in all parts of the 
 Lontidri, who wrote historic facts of their localities, which were 
 sent to the Acetum for compilation. 
 
 Libraries, both private and public, were established through- 
 out the Lontidri. They were thus dispersed from the great 
 Cureteen of Atara. 
 
 Vin'te-zen was a noted female Ureta Exinton, or Oskley, 
 whose work began with the third Efremetrum. Her produc- 
 tions were narratives in Ge'het (book) form. She wrote many 
 ■Ge-het'ze on various themes, embracing those of fact, fiction, 
 imaginary, spiritual, the secular, etc. She was considered a 
 fine Exinton. She continued her work through the third Efre- 
 metrum, to the time of the final submergence of the Lontidri. 
 
 Wer-en'tage was the most noted Ureta Exinton, or Oskley, 
 of the third Efremetrum. His work began with the very last 
 of the second Efremetrum, and continued through the third un- 
 til the final submergence of the Lontidri. His works were of an 
 
 296 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 extremely fine and artistic character. They were on sacred and 
 spiritual subjects. He also wrote biographic sketches, espe- 
 cially of the various Ca-cel-laze (spiritual advisers) of the Lon- 
 tidri, during its historic periods. He was also a Deltsanz 
 (teacher) of the art of Ureta. One of his strong points, when 
 writing, was the power of his descriptive genius, which jle made 
 manifest in a beautiful, diffusive way, no matter what the sub- 
 ject, or the theme. Thus gifted, he established a style in de- 
 scriptive and narrative writing. He dwelt in Ke-ren'te-ze, an 
 aistie on the northeastern border of Teltzie Et, but he held his 
 school, where he taught the "Art of Ureta writing," in Atara, 
 the Kistrez aistie of the Lontidri. 
 
 These Exintonze had many contemporaries in the period of 
 their greatness, and owing to the progress of the art of Si'gris 
 (prose), all styles were made manifest during the latter part of 
 the third Efremetrum. 
 
 As the style of prose writing advanced, the term for prose 
 was changed from Ureta to that of Sigris, a distinction between 
 the ancient and modern styles; and the authors of the Sigris 
 style became the greatest influence in the art, in the latter epoch 
 of Atlantian greatness; hence our division of Exintonze nud 
 Ureta, and Oskleyze nud Sigris, preceding and following this 
 paragraph, as into first and second periods. 
 
 In the "second period" we note that Sigris became perma- 
 nently established during the latter part of the third Efremetrum. 
 With the knowledge of Sigris writing, came also the establish- 
 ment of Met'ze (books), for they were never used to record 
 Pret'lex (poetry) prior to that time. The establishment of 
 Metze, therefore, had place during the latter part of the second 
 Efremetrum, when Sigris was established and developed with it, 
 during the third, in regard to style, etc. This differed greatly 
 from books of modern times, both in material, construction, and 
 the printed contents. 
 
 The material for printing on was known as A-ce tiim, and 
 was of two qualities. One known as Ke'list, very fine, was used 
 for Metze only, and the other, a coarse, spongy one, called Zit'- 
 ley, was used for drawings, paintings, and illustrations, and also 
 as a part of the material for covering the Metze. The Kelist 
 was made from the gluten of Acetum stalks, compounded with 
 powdered E-trex (a mineral). The Zitley was made from the 
 gluten of the Acetum and pulverized Te'ze, a product of the 
 Acetum. The Teze was a vegetable cotton, such as the modern 
 Gossypium, or more commonly known "cotton plant," produces ~ 
 The pods grew pear shape, instead of a perfect oblong, as is the 
 
 297 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 case with the Gossypium, and the shells of these dropped off 
 when ripe, leaving the Teze on the shrub, something like the 
 modern cotton plant, only the latter simply bursts open, thus 
 exposing the cotton. The blossoms were similar to those of the 
 modern Jimson weed. Acetum was cultivated in fields similarly 
 to the modern cotton plant, and was not fibrous, but succulent. 
 The gluten was pressed from the young plants and spread on 
 metal sheets, and prepared for the different kinds of paper by 
 further sprinkling on the other ingredients, after which they 
 were pressed together with powerful machinery. The gluten 
 gave to the paper a beautiful, glossy appearance. Fine machin- 
 ery was necessary for the preparation of the Teze for use. 
 
 The first records and historic writings, of Atlantis, were 
 placed on tablets and monuments of stone. In the first Efre- 
 metrum, however, writing was done on pieces of bark, especially 
 prepared for that purpose from the Sed'wick, a tree that grew 
 abundantly in the Aelkedze of the Lontidri. These writings 
 were made in sizes that could be easily transferred at pleasure, 
 and to suit the occasion. 
 
 In the second Efremetrum, the people began to make crude 
 paper from the Sedwick bark, which was pressed into sheets and 
 dried. This somewhat resembled modern veneering, especially 
 in the quality of stiffness and thickness. When used, it was cut 
 into tablets varying in length form six to eight Unx-ze (inches), 
 and from four to six in width. Being stiff and hard they could 
 not be folded. 
 
 At the beginning of the third Efremetrum, the art of paper- 
 making had advanced considerably. The quality was similar to 
 the vellum leaves used by the ancient Grecians and Romans, and 
 still used in the leaflet form. Later in the Efremetrum, a fine 
 quality was being made, and converted into booklets similar to 
 those of the later Greeks and Romans. 
 
 The art of printing was discovered a few years before the 
 last of the great convulsions that caused the total submergence 
 of Atlantis. The type was made of metals, and formed in the 
 same style as the characters used in chirographic work. There- 
 fore the written and printed pages were the same in appearance. 
 The printing was done by machinery, the motive force of which 
 was electricity. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Atlantis, nearly all the 
 knowledge, and achievements, of Literature and Art, were 
 archived beneath the waters of the Atlantic Ocean, with the peo- 
 ples. All that remained was in the memory of a few educated 
 individuals who survived the submergence, and dwelt on the rem- 
 
 298 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 nant islands or border-lands of the Continents. Many of the 
 islands went down from time to time, in the immediate future, 
 subsequent to the submergence of Atlantis, which caused a ter- 
 minal loss of the products and records of the artists, in all 
 branches. 
 
 During the long ages that intervened between the submerg- 
 ence of Atlantis and the Modern-Ancient historic period, litera- 
 ture and literary styles were re-established in Arabia, Egypt, 
 Greece, etc., as will be seen by our data, given under the various 
 sections. 
 
 As the pre-historic ancients, who dwelt on the yet remaining 
 islands in the Atlantic Ocean, and the border-lands of Atlantis; 
 now the Eastern and Western Continents, who had some knowl- 
 edge of the great achievements of the Atlantian Zeuleze, passed 
 from the material life, their descendants, through various changes 
 during a period of four thousand years, became ignorant of the 
 Zeuleus, so highly developed by their Atlantian ancestors. 
 Hence, the total loss of all manuscripts, records and even knowl- 
 edge of the Arts and Literature, and the remote Zeuleze, who 
 had established the same in their remote and so-called "lost his- 
 toric periods" (not lost, but being restored again by those illus- 
 trate spirits). 
 
 Just here we are informed by the spirit of Al'che-let an Ab- 
 dula of El-te'ze (a portion of which is now known as Arabia), 
 that soon after the expiration of the four thousand years, above 
 referred to, through the influence of Atlantian spirits, his then 
 mortal people received inspiration and instruction relative to the 
 hidden arts and literature, such as enabled them to re-establish 
 and develop similar products, and producers, in accord with the 
 conditions of the country and peoples of that period; hence, the 
 re-establishment of Art and Literature such as had place in 
 Elteze, or Arabia, 12,000 or 10,000 B. C. All of which makes 
 Arabia the "mother country" of the descended arts and litera- 
 ture of modern times. 
 
 In subsequent pre-historic time, the people of Elteze became 
 great and numerous; and among these were many Mel-sai-ests 
 (Artists) of all kinds, who had arrived at the zenith of their 
 greatness in relation to literature and art, but had not so far 
 developed as their remote ancestors, the Atlantians. 
 
 Ultimately there began a decadence in the El-te-ze'an Mel- 
 saes and Ce'le-mash (Eltezean arts and literature). As the 
 people became numerous, portions of them wandered into sec- 
 tions of adjacent country where they established settlements, 
 
 299 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 grew into new nations and took to themselves new names, which 
 severed them from the influence of their mother country. 
 
 At first there were but few people who formed the settle- 
 ments that afterwards progressed into nations ; and of necessity, 
 from want of utilities to carry on their then knowledge of life's 
 habits, in a measure, they lost their civilization, attained in the 
 influence of the greatness of Elteze. Besides, the majority of 
 emigration was among the less intellectual and cultured people 
 who formed the colonies, and these, by virtue of their limited 
 numbers, were compelled to turn their attention to the means of 
 subsistence. Thus no time could be devoted to entertainment, 
 or to mental development, for the time being, and ages again in- 
 tervened between this decadence and the rise of new literatures 
 and arts in the nations which came, in subsequent time, through 
 the same sources, viz: spirit influence and manifestation; and 
 furthermore, to the present period, on some islands and conti- 
 nents there are peoples who have never risen from the crude 
 conditions into which they fell, by that separation from the 
 mother country. 
 
 During the time of dispersement of the people from Elteze, 
 who formed other nations, their "beginning" of progress, or 
 state of uncivilization, as the case was, there came great changes 
 also to Elteze, the mother country, by convulsions of the earth. 
 The going down and coming up again of portions, which estab- 
 Hshed deserts; destroyed the people, and their achievements; 
 and made decadence inevitable. Therefore Elteze, or pre-his- 
 toric Arabia, dates its fall, in national greatness, back to the time 
 of the formation of the Great Sahara Desert, which took place 
 twelve thousand years ago, during the reign of Al'che-let, the 
 Abdula of that period. 
 
 From that time, for a period of six thousand years, there was 
 a decline in everything, including all the arts. There was little 
 or no progress during that period. 
 
 There were great changes in bodies of both land and water, 
 portions went down and others came up. 
 
 At that time nearly all Europe was water. Later came con- 
 vulsions and upheavals, which threw up land at different points. 
 This, by immigration, was afterward re-inhabited, and in due 
 time, through spirit influence, each section took up progression, 
 which condition developed more rapidly than it had formerly 
 done. 
 
 The origin of Cecacen, or prose writing, in Elteze, dates back 
 to about 6500 B. C, when descendants of the Re-zen'deths (see 
 migration of the people) erected their great As-ka'i-let. This 
 
 300 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 was a monument, of vast dimensions, which they erected for 
 three purposes : 
 
 First, as a place of protection to travelers who, when pass- 
 ing, could enter the rooms of its interior. 
 
 Second, as an observatory or outlook, from which to look 
 over the surrounding country, for the purpose of prospecting, or 
 discovering travelers in want, as well as for a guide to all trav- 
 elers passing through that region. 
 
 Third, as a place on the walls of which to record the history 
 of ancient Rezendeths, or rather their religious ideas, which were 
 few in number. Their god, or up-builder, they termed E'te-loy. 
 
 Thus was the idea of Cecacen or "prose writing" instituted, 
 and it was continued, as a custom, by their subsequent pre-his- 
 toric descendants, by further display on their monuments, 
 wrought in their alphabetic characters. (See description of the 
 mounment later.) 
 
 Gui'ton was the most noted Cecacen Kelt (prose writer) who 
 lived and wrote about the period of 6950 B. C. He remained in 
 the mortal form to quite an advanced age. He further devel- 
 oped the Cecacen style of writing, and continued to place it on 
 the monuments constructed for that purpose, in his time; thus 
 taking as model the custom of his ancestors, the Rezendeths, 
 who had placed the records of their god, Eteloy, on the inner 
 walls of the great Askailet monument. Guiton was a resident 
 of a pre-historic Chi'zon (city) then known as Tel-too'ney, lo- 
 cated in the eastern-central portion of Elteze, on or near the site 
 of the town of Wab. His principal themes were those of Na- 
 ture, and narratives portraying the customs of the people, 
 conditions of the country politically and religiously, and the gen- 
 eral "life principles," as understood at that period. 
 
 I'zone was the most noted Cecacen Kelt who lived about 
 6000 B. C, and came into notoriety immediately after the aged 
 Guiton had passed to spirit life. She wrote both Cecacen and 
 Ee'tu (prose and poetry). Her subjects were principally of a 
 historical nature, though she wrote on some religious themes. 
 Her writings were classical, and had they been preserved, would 
 have been a wonder to modern readers. She was a resident of 
 the pre-historic Chizon, Del-he'drick, in northwestern Elteze, on 
 or near the site where now is the town of Kaaf. 
 
 O-re-en'te was a very distinguished Cecacen Kelt who lived 
 about 5950 B. C. He wrote on historic, religious and secular 
 themes, and subjects in general. He also wrote Eetu. He was 
 the first of that period to use paper, and established the use of 
 Mes'se (an attachment of MSS. to take the place or books). The 
 
 301 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Messe sheets were about two by one and a half feet in size and 
 were fastened at the top by a metal frame. When reading, the 
 individual held the frame, to which the sheets were attached, if 
 he so desired; and as he read, he threw them one after another 
 over the frame. The library case was simply the wall of the 
 room, on which the frame sheets were hung, one on top of the 
 other in the same series. This was done by means of brackets 
 that extended out from the wall far enough to admit of the 
 sheets being turned, as they were read, without taking them down 
 from the wall. He lived at El-ll-tre'ty, the Cha-ta-paza Chi- 
 zon (Capitol city) of Elteze. 
 
 Ce'keth was a contemporary of Oreente's, who wrote on the 
 same themes, and was, in every respect, equally famous. He 
 lived in a small Chizon then known as Es'cue, in the northern 
 portion of Elteze, or the country now known as Asia Minor (at 
 that time Elteze embraced the northwestern portion of the now 
 known country of Turkey), on the Sihon river, near where the 
 town of Hadjim now stands. 
 
 Sin'ge-ret was a distinguished Cecacen, and also Eetu Kelt, 
 who lived 5900 B. C, and wrote on general themes. She lived 
 in Ellitrety, the Chatapaza Chizon of Elteze. 
 
 Cln-cu'the was also a noted Cecacen writer who lived from 
 5850 to 5800 B. C. She wrote wholly on imaginary themes, and 
 in modern times would have been termed a novelist. She dwelt 
 in a small Chizon then known as Cen-tu'sen, which was in the 
 southern portion of Elteze, near the now known Damasir river, 
 and between the towns of El-Landah and Hamden. 
 
 Passing from the attainments of the Cecacen Keltmes, and 
 the influence of their works, in Elteze, into the region of Siloton 
 (Egypt), to which section some of them had migrated, we find 
 the Le-el'va (art) of Tes-c6n'6-mes (prose) under spirit influ- 
 ence and co-operative with that of the incoming influence from 
 Elteze, being established about 5000 B. C. 
 
 Ac-r6-j6'vis was the most noted Fe-li-z6-mat'i (author) of 
 that period, who influenced the people by his writings. General 
 subjects — religion, nature, social and political issues of the day — 
 were his principal themes. He dwelt in a large Celzic (city) by 
 the name of Nel-nu'shon, in central Siloton, in the vicinity where 
 now stands the town of Kailub. He was born early in the cen- 
 tury, and lived in the mortal until nearly its close. He modelled 
 his literary methods after the Eltezean Keltmes, in the particular 
 of recording his writings, which he placed on sheets of prepared 
 barks and dried skins. 
 
 At that time "writings" were done in a style difficult to ex- 
 
 302 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 plain so the reader may get a full idea. Sometimes an entire 
 thought, or idea, was expressed by means of symbols or signs, 
 quite different from those of monumental preservation, that re- 
 vealed a far deeper significance than the casual contemplation of 
 a modern translator would discern. For at the present time, 
 little beyond the seeming crudity of the signs and symbols, would 
 be cognized because the "word and sentence' symbols," by which 
 ideas are expressed, do not require the reader to reach so far 
 into the soul and spirit of things, in order to understand the ideas 
 conveyed. Hence a quicker and less meditative process is that 
 of modern transmission, of thoughts and ideas, through the me- 
 dium of literary utilities. 
 
 The symbols and signs of the above-named period were, to 
 some extent, interspersed with some of their alphabetic symbols; 
 in an abbreviated way, though perfectly understood by the 
 reader. 
 
 Throughout the century there arose contemporaries who- in- 
 fluenced events of the different epochs, especially in the latter 
 half of the century, each of whom wrote, in a progressive form, 
 in accord with his or her individual style and chosen themes, a 
 practice that continued during a period of about three hundred 
 years. 
 
 0-le-an'na was the most noted Felizomati who appeared at 
 the head of the Felizomatius about 4550 B. C. He lived, in the 
 form, to about the middle of the following century, through 
 which time, and long after, his works influenced the minds of the 
 people. He resided at a small Celzic by name of Fret-ze-u'lus, 
 in the northern portion of Siloton, on the site of Girgeh, or near 
 it. This author chose his subjects chiefly from Nature. His 
 writings were considered decidedly classic. In fact, in modern 
 times, he would have been termed a naturalist. He contrasted 
 "human nature," quality and attributes of being, with "phenom- 
 enal nature," respecting form and its process of materialization, 
 soul, body and spirit, thus bringing them under one common 
 whole, as having arisen from the same source. All material 
 form he brought into the subjects, as evidential proof, or repre- 
 sentations of the principle of life, and its development and un- 
 foldment. He continued the use of barks and skins for keeping 
 the records, whereon he placed his thoughts and ideas, as his 
 ancestors had done, with the additional development of fasten- 
 ing them into a lengthened form- These he folded in a lapped 
 form, a development that led up to the establishment and utility 
 of the papyrus-rolls of ancient and historic Egypt. He further 
 developed the idea of representing his thoughts in the "word 
 
 303 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 form." Therefore he discontinued the use of so many symbols 
 and signs, with which to express his ideas, a change that was 
 soon taken up and followed by his contemporaries, and the 
 writers of subsequent time. However, when recording histpify 
 and religious data, on the monuments, he held largely to the 
 symbolic and sign forms of expression, from the fact that it ■Wis 
 necessary to abbreviate more, in that, in order to come within 
 the limit of the space, and furthermore, because it was much 
 easier to execute writing in that form. 
 
 To the pre-historic peoples of Siloton, as of Egypt, the 
 "sign," and the "symbolic" and hieroglyphic" writing characters, 
 represented the soul, spirit and life of the subject — a more pro- 
 found meaning than modern contemplators are wont to give to 
 them. Hence, the translation, in all its profound meaning, is 
 never fully reached, and therefore has been virtually lost. 
 
 During this century Tesconomes Felizomatius had increased 
 in number, and dwelt in various parts of Siloton, each writing 
 in his or her special style, and on chosen themes, accordingly, and 
 it was in this period of time, and from among these Felizomatius, 
 who migrated into Zanzureta (Greece), that the influence of 
 prose writing first entered that country. 
 
 Passing from the pre-historic attainments of the Tesconomes 
 Felizomatius, and the influence of their Siloton works, into Zan- 
 zureta, we find the lo-on (art) of Hasiims (prose) writing, 
 under spirit influence, and co-operative with the influence of 
 immigrant Cecacen Keltmes, from Siloton, an event in the epoch 
 of literature, beginning about 4500 B. C. 
 
 Gib'de-6n was the first noted Hasums Kumnel (Prose Au- 
 thor) of that period. He had migrated from Siloton to Zan- 
 zureta, and became a resident of a small Duce'le (city) in the 
 then known eastern portion of Zanzureta, east of the present 
 coast of Greece, in the region submerged by the ^gean sea, 
 between what is now known as the Skopelos and the Skyros 
 Islands, the submergence having taken place about the beginning 
 of the Adomic period. 
 
 Gibdeon lived in that section, where he produced most of his 
 workr, and influenced the people until the latter part of the 
 century. 
 
 By nature he was capricious, and wrote in that style. While 
 he displayed, through his writings, changeable, freakish, fantas- 
 tical, and even whimsical characteristics, yet his strongest were 
 brought out in -such subjects as demanded the fanciful in idea 
 to carry out the details. Hence, at the present time, he would 
 be termed a fanciful author. 
 
 304 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 He was thus led, in his imaginary or visionary conceptions, 
 through various spirit influences, who manifested through his 
 clairvoyant sight, in such a manner as to lead him to see sym- 
 bols, from which he conceived the various ideas which he, from 
 time to time, embodied in his writings ; and it was from the fact 
 that he was influenced by so many different spirit intelligences, 
 who thought, and understood general principles so differently, 
 one from the other, that he displayed so changeable a character 
 in his writing; a condition, and a law, of spirit manifestation, 
 that will last as long as time moves on, and spirits come back to 
 the worlds they have passed through, to influence subsequent 
 dwellers in the forms adapted to the world in which they dwell. 
 
 Through his writings, Gibdeon greatly influenced the people 
 of that period, whose minds were not only open to spirit teach- 
 ings directly, but were also in a condition to receive changeable 
 ideas, such as arose from conflicting influences, according to the 
 varied ideas of controlling intelligences. He chose his subjects 
 or themes from general life principles and surrounding aspects 
 in Nature. He had quite a number of contemporaries, some of 
 whom were from his own country, and others natives of Zan- 
 zureta. Thus the "loon of Hasums" writing slowly developed, 
 throughout the next three hundred years, under the influence of 
 various Cumneloes, who wrote on various subjects, in styles har- 
 monious with their own characteristics, or that of independent 
 individuality. 
 
 Him-mrriis was the greatest Hasums Cumnel in the period 
 beginning about 4200 B. C. He dwelt in northern Zanzureta, in 
 the small Ducely of Ren-ce-i'liis, on or near the site where is now 
 the town of Palamas. He lived and wrote throughout the cen- 
 tury, and was therefore nearly one hundred years old when he 
 passed to spirit life. In his time he was considered a great 
 dramatic writer. His subjects were chosen from social life and 
 political and governmental affairs, themes he would work out in 
 a classic form. He was a blood relative, or ancestor to the his- 
 toric Hermes, on the latter's paternal side, the name having sus- 
 tained several changes through the generations that intervened 
 from the time of Himmirus to that of Hermes, and it terminated 
 in the latter. 
 
 Passing from the links in the great pre-historic Cycle of Au- 
 thors and Prose, to those of the historic, we note foilf great 
 influences whom we have chosen as principal links in our Cycle 
 of Authors and Prose: 
 
 Thucydides, the greatest Greek historian of afttitjuity, as evi- 
 denced by his History of the Peloponnesian War, and his MSS. 
 
 305 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 on various themes, through which he influenced by complex and 
 intricate thought, intellectual brilliancy and intense feeling, the 
 political ideas, sense of government, generalship, devotion to 
 truth, etc. 
 
 Herodotus, the noted Greek historian, as evidenced by his 
 records of the struggles between Greece and Asia, or between 
 the Greeks and the barbarians; also his history of the struggles 
 between Greece and Persia; his description of the countries and 
 peoples of Lydia, Media, Assyria, Babylon, Egypt, Scythia, 
 Thrace, etc. His influence was largely through diligence, candor 
 and impartiality, political dispassionateness, normal national 
 pride, broad conception of romantic ideas, vivid and picturesque 
 description, harmonious language, etc. 
 
 Plato, the great Greek philosopher and father of idealism; 
 the embodier of ethical and political, metaphysical, scientific and 
 mystical, philosophical ideas, made manifest in his various dia- 
 logues, in which he re-embodied idealistic characteristcs of both 
 real and supposed celebrities, as in his Laches, Chasmides, Ly- 
 sis; Protagoras, lo, Meno; Euthyphro, Apologia, Crito, Phaedo; 
 Symposium, Phaedrus Cratylus; Gorgias, Republic; Euthydemus, 
 Parmenides, Theaetetus, Sophist, Statesman, Philebus; Timaeus, 
 Critias; The Laws, etc. 
 
 Lucian, the great essay writer, who in prose literature, stands 
 without a rival ; a satirist, noted as a fluent, easy and unaffected 
 composer; elegant and correct as a linguist, a strong rhetorician, 
 as evidenced by his True History, narratives, dialogues, etc. 
 
 We further note, in the great Cycle of Authors and Prose, 
 such influential links as the historians, Antiphon, Xenophon, 
 Livy, Sallust, Tacitus, Villehardouin, Froissart, Hallam, Macau- 
 lay, josephus, Vellius, Hacataeus, etc., as in the philosophic por- 
 tion, such influential links as Socrates, Aristotle, Epictetus, 
 Anaxagoras, Pythagoras, Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, etc., and in 
 the dramatic, Plautus, Statins, etc.; in the satirical, Persius, Pe- 
 tronius etc.; in rhetoric such as Longinus and Quintilian; 
 in logic, such as Zeno (its inventor) ; pathos, such Euripi- 
 des ; men of letters, such as Varo ; in the biographic, Plutarch ; in 
 the geographic, Strabo; as writers, Cicero; Pliny; and Sueto- 
 nius. __ 
 
 Passing into France, we note such influential links as Guizot, 
 the historian; Descartes and Cousin, the philosophers; Dumas 
 and Sand, the novelists ; Moliere, Racine and Corneille, the dram- 
 atists ;Rabelais, the humorist ; Montaigne, the essayist, etc. 
 
 Passing into Germany, we note such influential links among 
 prose writers as Grimmelshausen, Moscherosch, Balthasar 
 
 306 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Schupp; Buchholtz, Anton Ulrich, Leibnitz, Wolf, Moses Men- 
 delssohn, Geo. Sulzer, Abbt, philosophers; Justus Moser J. J. 
 Winckelmann, Leopold Ranke, Gervinus, Giesebrecht, Hauser, 
 historians; Gustave Treytag, Frederick Spielhagen, Fritz Reu- 
 ter, etc., novelists. 
 
 Passing into Italy, we note such influential links as the his- 
 torians, Giovanni Pontano, Bernardino Coro, Leonardo Bruni; 
 Machiavelli, Guicciardini ; such philosophers as Galileo Galilei, 
 Giovan Battista Vico, etc.; scientists, Telesio, Giordano Bruno, 
 Tommasi, Campanella, Venini, etc.; such writers as Boccaccio, 
 and as writers of tales, Geovanni Fiorentio, etc. 
 
 In England, we note such influential links as the philosophers 
 Lombard, Locke, Hume, Collins, etc.; the historians, Macauley, 
 Freeman, etc.; the men of letters, Voltaere, and Carlyle; other 
 writers. King Alfred and De Quincey; Darwin, the physicist; 
 Butler, the theologian; Richardson, the novelist; Fielding, in fic- 
 tion; Wickliflf, in general philosophy and science, etc.; together 
 with the vast number of similar links as mentioned under the 
 head of Authors and Prose, in these and other countries, too 
 vast a number to mention, who have influenced the extension of 
 the great Cycle of Authors and Prose, down to the twentieth 
 century. 
 
 307 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 PRET'ZE NUD PRET'LEX 
 
 OR 
 
 POETS AND POETRY. 
 
 TELTZIE XXX. 
 
 Beginning with the early part of the second Efremetrum of 
 Atlantis, there were various Pret'ze (Poets) in the northern and 
 northeastern portions of the Lontidri, and especially in the 
 vicinity of Atara, as that was the center of Atlantian Art and 
 Literature. 
 
 Wrig'vex, a female, was one of the most noted of the then 
 ancient Pretze, a Lyric Oskley nud Pretz (Author and Poet) 
 who chose her themes entirely from nature. Her thoughts were 
 gathered from universal objective and expressive Nature, scen- 
 ery and landscapes being her favorite themes, of which she 
 wrought in masterly fashion. To her, the inspiration of melody 
 flowed through the waters, where it expressed itself in the mo- 
 tion of the billows, waves and riplets, qualified with conditions 
 of light and shadow. It was as one of Nature's modes of mani- 
 festing emotion, a quality further expressed in the breezes that 
 wafted the airs of springtime among the verdant trees, or the 
 fiercer winds that caused them to writhe and bend their un- 
 clothed forms in the winter season; in the falling rain drops and 
 
 308 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 soaring snowflakes, as they found place on the bosom of the 
 earth; in the natural forms that characterize, or the lights and 
 shadows that envelope, the universe, by day and by night, and are 
 as a counterpart of individual, objective nature. In fact, to her, 
 all objective life expressed, from the heart and soul through the 
 spirit and language of melody, that which she as a Cacella (spirit- 
 ual teacher), under the guidance of spirits of the then past, 
 caught up and reproduced in her lyrics. 
 
 Later, in the second Efremetrum, the epic style was added to 
 the lyric, both of which developed into more artistic forms as 
 the minds of the people developed, in literary thought, a condi- 
 tion due to the influence of the various talented pret-ze, who like- 
 wise were influenced by spirit intelligences. 
 
 M6-e'try was a most noted epic Pretze of this period, who 
 wrote on themes of a religipus character, or of spirit and soul 
 ideas, in which he blended the styles of blank verse with rhythm, 
 or metre, even in the same poetic production. In relation to 
 form, he developed each thought or impression at the time it was 
 received (for he was a Cacella, inspired by spirits of the then 
 past ages), blending them in the above-named form, thus caus- 
 ing his Pretlex to possess beauty in style and character. His 
 religious themes were principally on the "God principle," as gov- 
 erning creation, motive force, and the principle of purity in 
 opposition to evil; also as in the universal sense, and the pro- 
 found sublimity of creation in all of its aspects, which profund- 
 ity and sublimity were religion to him ; therefore, being so broad- 
 minded, he drew his themes from all existence. 
 
 Ja-el'tox was one of the most noted female Pretze of the 
 second Efremetrum, and wrote in didactic verse. Her themes or 
 subjects were of a general or universal character, though most 
 of them were chosen so as to bring out gayety and mirth, merri- 
 ment and joyousness, as characteristics of life, in strong contrast 
 to sadness or the sombre. Her style of writing was rhythmical, 
 in character broad and far-reaching. As a Cacella, she was in- 
 spired by spirits from the realms of light, with the brightness 
 that radiates from nature. This, to her, was the magnet and 
 mainspring, the force of existence, which she utilized as a model 
 for her Pretlex. And she influenced the people of Atlantis by 
 her expressions of light, and thus drew them from the sombre 
 confines of life into conditions more elevated and spiritual. 
 
 During the third Efremetrum, the Epic and Lyric styles 
 passed through a mythical, legendary and astronomical version, 
 such as related the gods and goddesses, in natural exploits, to 
 romance and heroism, through themes relative to social and po- 
 
 ' 309 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 litical life ; and further, by themes relative to nature and its 
 processes, a broader view of astronomical aspects, and didactics 
 of a philosophical and scientific nature — the development of 
 which continued to the close of the Efremetrum. 
 
 Xed'rix was one of the most noted among Pretze who made 
 themselves famous through versification on various subjects. 
 He was a didactic Pretz who wrote in blank verse on themes of 
 nature and its visible aspects. He portrayed heroism — but more 
 when of the sentimental order than the tragic — ^thus bringing out 
 happiness and joy, and their contrasts, such as conditioned cer- 
 tain kinds of romance and noble life characters, mixing the in- 
 dividual and nature into beautiful and profound creations,, in a 
 literary sense. He was also a Cacella endowed with the love of 
 nature, of a heroic character, strong sentimentality and purity of 
 purpose, and therefore was inspired by such spirits as brought 
 influences from the realms of purity, light and love. 
 
 Passing from the greatness of the Ev'li-am Osk-ley-ze (Lit- 
 erary Authors) of Atlantis, through the epi-cycle of Pretlex, 
 under the ascendant influence of Jayeltox, Xedrix and their con- 
 temporaries, together with influences coming to them more an-« 
 cient, as of Wrigvex, Moetry and their ,contemporaries, who 
 during subsequent ages, from the spirit realm of the Cycle, held 
 their severed links to the surface of the briny deep, as it were, 
 for the purpose of re-welding and reconstructing, literature, and 
 for the continuity of the literary influence ; until, so to speak, the 
 pre-historic celebrities, alert in that period of time, literally 
 caught sight of the "gleaming links" through the white crests of 
 the blue ocean waves, and felt at last the influence of the Pretz 
 Oskleyze, of the long submerged Atlantians; heard the "spirit- 
 echoes" from their submerged lyrics and epics, as they vibrated 
 over the spirit epi-cycle, in continuation of the songs and recita- 
 tion models of the long past. 
 
 Thus were the poets inspired with re-embodied ideas, which 
 resulted in re-conception, re-connection, and re-establishment, of 
 the spiritual-ideal links, of the past, to the establishment of those 
 of the material epi-cycle of the present. Which, thus established, 
 on the earth-plane, are still revolving on the deferent of the great 
 Literary Cycle. Hence, by the spirit influences of the past, have 
 the embodied spirits of the present been attracted, impressed, in- 
 spired and influenced, with ideas of the hidden Arts and the 
 re-establishment of the Poetic epi-cycle on the material plane. 
 
 Entering the pre-historic period, some time between Atlantis 
 and the time of Homer, we find the poetic spirit-influence began 
 its work in the region of Arabia, where the idea was conceived 
 
 310 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 by the Eltezean or pre-historic Arabian sensitives. Therefore 
 E-el'du (Poetry) had its pre-historic re-embodiment and rise in 
 Elteze, or Arabia, and E-el-du'e-an (Poets) developed throughout 
 the period, until in the latter part of it there were many, who 
 wrote in the various styles and on various themes. 
 
 Kre-es'ty was a most noted E-el-du'a (Poet) of that period, 
 who wrote in both lyric and epic styles. His themes were of a 
 sacred nature. He was also a great humorist, hence many of 
 his productions were thus characterized 
 
 Jan'zy Kre-es'ty, daughter of the above-named Eeldua, whom 
 she followed, was considered the greatest Eeldua of the pre-his- 
 toric epoch, in that country. Her works were mostly lyrical, 
 but her themes embraced all grades of sentimentality and the 
 humorous as well; and one of her strong characteristics was to 
 arrange idiomatic expressions in the form of Eeldu 
 
 Kreesty and his daughter, Janzy, were each Me-16s-dii'an 
 (Seers*), and influenced the people by and through the Eeldu 
 they wrote, inspired by their ability to see spirits and "spirit sym- 
 bols," from which they got their impressions and inspirations. 
 These they embodied in their Eeldu. 
 
 Passing from the influence of the great Kreesty and his 
 daughter, and their contemporaries, through the migratory con- 
 ditions into Siloton or Egypt, we find material influences devel- 
 oping under spirit-impression and inspiration, which led up to the 
 establshment of the pre-historic Egyptian Bra (Poetry). Soon 
 there appeared in that part of the country a goodly number of 
 Bra-z6-ets' (Poets), who influenced the people through versifi- 
 cation, lyric and epic, of various subjects. 
 
 Ce-e-ti'z6 was one of the most noted pre-historic Brazoets, 
 who wrote both lyric and epic verse. He chose subjects from 
 the characteristics of nature, and dealt with both terrestrial and 
 celestial regions, embracing astronomically and astrologically 
 conceived ideas. He was a noted Net're-6s** (spirit conver- 
 sant), able to influence the minds of the people by and through 
 knowliedge thus gained, which he embodied in his Bra. He also 
 embraced heroism and religion, among his subjects, generally in 
 relation to the Sun-god, and the various idols, celebrated then as 
 representing spirits of departed celebrities. 
 
 Mel-teza, a female Bra'zo (Poet), contemporary with Ceeti- 
 
 *A8 was the case with the Atlantlans, the pre-historic people never 
 used the term "Medium," as now. To the pre-historic Arabians the term 
 "Melos" meant "one who saw spirits, from whom he received the Ideas 
 embodied in his Eeldu" (Poetry.) 
 
 ••The term "Netreoa" meant "an Individual who repaired to <(uiet 
 regions In the mountains, to talk with the spirits on various subjects, 
 and then returned to teach the people accordingly." 
 
 ' 3" 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 zo, was the greatest, and most admired lyric Brazo among Egyp- 
 tian Brazoets of that period. She was also a great Netreos, and 
 frequently retired into the mountains where she gathered much 
 knowledge from her spirit advisers. 
 
 Her Bra was of a very peculiar conception, difficult to de- 
 scribe. It was rythmical, gliding, and waving, in style. It 
 might be likened unto movements of the air, and the waters, 
 when she was dealing with material subjects, or with those of 
 spiritual, or mortal and emotional characteristics, that qualify 
 them. This fact was always made clearer during the rendition 
 of the Bra, by gesticulations, or movements of the body, espe- 
 cially if recited with lyric accompaniment. 
 
 Subsequently, the prehistoric-poetic influence, by migrating 
 peoples, extended along the developing cycle, in Zanzureta or 
 Greece, where in due time La-l6'la (Poets) and La-l6'-las 
 (Poetry) were well established. 
 
 Ze-wis'te-na was among the most noted of the pre-historic 
 Lalola, who wrote in all the styles. His epics dealt with such 
 heroism as was in harmony with the political and religious senti- 
 ments and events of the period. His lyrics embodied character- 
 istics of nature, and particularly themes that portrayed the sen- 
 timental qualities belonging to all lifehood. His didactic verse 
 embraced general principles of a moral and social nature. He 
 being a Mo'de-len, or Mial'ze* (as they then termed Media), was 
 able, by spirit vision, to catch ideas symbolically, from that in- 
 fluence; hence he, as a Modelen, influenced the people by and 
 through his spiritual knowledge, which he made manifest through 
 liis Lalolas (Poetry). 
 
 Ja-u'sa-la, a contemporary of Zewistena, was another great 
 Modelen, and female La 15 (Poet), who was the most celebrated 
 'Of pre-historic Lalola of Zanzureta, in that period. She wrote 
 principally in the lyric and epic styles. Her themes in the lyric 
 were gathered from the popular folk-lore stories, in which she 
 -contrasted the superstitious tales and legends with facts of a 
 historical nature, such as she received through her Modelen pow- 
 ers. This did much to influence the minds of the people against 
 itheir superstitious beHefs, as well as the belief in tales and 
 legends not founded on facts. 
 
 Her epics also, but more elaborately and logically, dealt with 
 legendary subjects. Her narrations were based on issues of the 
 day, in which she took real personages as her heroes and hero- 
 
 *TJie terms "Modelen" and "Mulze" meant "one who could see be- 
 yond the stars, and reveal that which was shown him by the spirits." 
 
 »The plural is formed only by changing the accent to the second 
 syllable, 
 
 312 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ines, in connection with their worI<s, and contrasted them with 
 the religious narratives, thus influencing the minds of the people 
 along religious, social and political lines. 
 
 Her greatest and most celebrated works were based upon 
 principles embraced in Astronomy; her themes, the Sun, the 
 Moon, the Planets, the Constellations, etc. In these she blended 
 the profound, scientific forces and laws of nature, governing the 
 planetary realm, into the splendor of the sidereal aspect, as she, 
 by and through her spiritual powers,, was inspired to do, in such 
 a way as not only to influence the minds of the people in that 
 period of time, but in subsequent time; for she was the light 
 that shone along the developing regions of the Cycle, to illumine 
 the Astronomical intellect of pre-historic and ancient Greece, 
 whereby they saw, conceived, and further developed, the science 
 of Astronomy in its ascendency characterizing the Greeks, the 
 continuance of which has even been the connecting links down 
 to the modem realm of the Cycle. 
 
 Beginning with a period about looo B. C, we note Homer, 
 the great "father" of Greek epic poetry, whom we choose as the 
 principal connecting link in the Poetic Cycle between pre-historic 
 Zanzureta (Greece) and subsequent periods. We select Homer 
 because of the quality, made manifest through his writings on 
 heroic and war themes ; his description of the "conflict" between 
 the Trojan army and the Greek heroes, Achilles and Agamem- 
 non; the "interposition of the gods "as discoursed of in his 
 "Iliad." Other representative writings of Homer, through which 
 he influenced, are his heroic romances, as the "Odyssey," in 
 which the long wanderings and final return to Ithica, of the aged 
 warrior, Ulysses, are related; and further, his "Hymns" and 
 "Epigrams," in which various subjects are discussed. 
 
 We note next Hesiod, the "father of Greek didactic poetry," 
 whom we find at a period somewhere between Homer and the 
 sixth century B. C, described as a "commissioned prophet" and 
 "poet of the Muses," who influenced through proverbial phil- 
 osophy; his writings of experiences of life afield; interweavings 
 of episodes of fable, allegory, personal history, etc.; a Boeotian 
 shepherd's calendar, embracing the adherency of ethical enforce- 
 ment of honest labor dissuasive of strife and idleness ; hints and 
 rules as to husbandry; and a "religious" calendar, pointing out 
 the lucky or unlucky days for rural or nautical undertakings ; his 
 famous "Works and Days ;" and also his systematic arrangement 
 of the legends of the gods, goddesses, and their oflfspring, in his 
 "Theogony." 
 
 In the eighth century B. C, we note Arctinius, who contin- 
 
 313 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ued the theme of "heroism" in the story of the Trojan war from 
 the point at which the "Iliad" had laid it down; the School of 
 Cyclic poets ; the influence of the early Lays (or os-called "canti- 
 lenes," sung with the lyre, by Achilles and Patroclus, and those 
 preceding; and interspersed through these centuries. 
 
 We note, during the seventh and sixth centuries B. C, the 
 influence of the "Rhapsodists," who recited epic poetry, wand 
 in hand, at festivals. 
 
 Passing from these more ancient Greek poets and their works, 
 to those of the fifth century B. C, we find the ascendency as- 
 sumed by five masters, viz., Aeschylus, the father of Greek 
 tragic drama, who combined naval heroism with lyric poetry, aa 
 in his "Parsaius," moral and religious subjects, as in his "Aga- 
 memnon," "Prometheus," and "Eumenides;" Pindar, the great 
 lyric poet of Greece, as manifest in his "Epinicse;" Sophocles, the 
 skilled tragic dramatist whose concentrated force is displayed 
 through depiction of the personal emotions, and destinies, of his 
 fabulous heroes, as in his "Oedipus Tyrannus," "Oedipus Col- 
 enus," "Philocteles," "Antigone," etc.; Euripides, the mediating 
 poet, between the Hellenic and modern Romantic Drama, who 
 established the transition by typical impersonation of heroic 
 servitude, romantic character, pathetic nature, and subjects of 
 fate, as in his "Alcestis," "Medea," "Hippolytus," "Ion," "Iphi- 
 genia in Aulis." 
 
 Passing from the epic, elegiac, iambic and lyric influences, of 
 the fifth century B. C. (when literary prose as a re-embodiment 
 began), and the tragic and comic of the Attic period (contempo- 
 raneous with historical, philosophical and oratorical prose) to 
 the Alexandrian, or beginning of the decadence in the third cen- 
 tury B. C., we note Lycophron who, through enigmatic verses, 
 puzzled the people ; Artus, in versified lore, on themes astronom- 
 ical and medical ; Callimachus, whose erudite influence was given 
 forth in hymns, epigrams, and elegies; Nevius, the father of 
 Roman political satire and censorious criticism; Plautus, the 
 greatest comic and dramatic genius of Rome, and one of the 
 greatest of the world, as proven by his comedies, "Amphitruo," 
 "Asenoria," "Captivi," etc.; Ennius, the great elevator of tragic 
 drama through "Saturnian Verse," and epic poems such as the 
 "Annals ;" the Bucolic poets, headed by Theocritus, the most fa- 
 mous of the pastoral writers who, through a sense of natural 
 beauty, produced rural ideas, epics, or "cabinet pictures" of 
 mythology, sketches of contemporary life, courtly compositions, 
 expressions of personal kindness, and attachment; Bion, who 
 
 314 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 touched and charmed the people by the music and pathos of his 
 pastoral poetry; etc., etc. 
 
 Passing from the Alexandrian period to that of the Graeco- 
 Roman in the latter part of the second century B. C, when the 
 influence spread into Rome through Greek literature, we find the 
 first part in harmony with the Free Republic, under the ascend- 
 ency of Lucretius, the imaginative, emotional, scientific and 
 philosophic poet, as evidenced by his books "De Rerum Natura ;" 
 Catullus, the last poet of the Free Republic, whose range of in- 
 fluence embraced themes of sensation, passion, warm aflfection, 
 the amatory, personal and political animosities, as in his "Coma 
 Berenices," "Ephuhalamium ;" and "Attis," writing of passion 
 love, and verses expressing savage indignation against Lesbia, 
 his mistress, and Caelius Rufus his rival. 
 
 In the first century B. C, entering the Augustan age, we find 
 the poetic art further matured under the influence of two princi- 
 pal masters, viz. : Virgil, the great epic genius, idealizer, blender 
 of past, present and future greatness, dispeller of discord, estab- 
 lisher of order, harmony and peace, the portrayer of national 
 glory, beauty in nature, and the intellectual herald of Grecian 
 learning to the Roman and the modern mind, through his ex- 
 pressions in epos ; and the display of conviction, seriousness, sym- 
 pathy, natural sublimity and affection, as in his "Pastoral 
 Hymns," the "Georgics," the "^neid," etc. 
 
 Horace was the great lyric satirist, the idealist and realist, of 
 his age ; the revealer of public lives and the manners and ways df 
 the Roman republic, as set forth in his "Satires and Epodes," 
 through which works he also became the inspirer of fancy and 
 imagination, and the reflector of the force of Greek influence. 
 
 Passing from the golden period of creative impulse to the last 
 of the Augustan age, we find poetic styles changing to the imita- 
 tive and popularism, under the influence of Ovid, the last of the 
 Augustan poets, whose remarkable facility governed him in his 
 choice of themes, viz.: fashionable romance, passionate love, 
 immorality, fancy and fascination, social pleasure, popular aspects 
 of science, immortality, etc., as portrayed in his "Heroids," 
 "Amores," "Ars Amatoria," "Remedia Amores," "Festi," "Tris- 
 tia," "Ex Ponto," "Ibis," "Metamorphoses," etc. 
 
 Later, in the silver age, we find the poetic influence to be in 
 accord with the life of the age, the chief representatives being, 
 first, Silius, whose imitative impulse led him into portrayals of 
 personal heroism, as in his "Renica," a work of fourteen thousand 
 lines, on scenes of the second Punic war; Statius, whose pathos 
 and pictorial fancy are portrayed in bis "Silvae ;" Martial, whose 
 
 31S 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 themes of sensual frivolities, Roman life, individual motives, 
 social caste and luxury, are recorded in his "Epigrams;" and 
 lastly Juvenal, the reforming satirist, whose morose disgust is 
 manifest through social satires, indignation, character portrayal, 
 realism and grotesque humor, as set forth in his "Books of 
 Satires," and who closed the poetic book of the Roman pro- 
 ductive hour, and set its spirit free, to find in the creative and 
 imitative geniuses of other climes, its reincarnation. 
 
 Finally, the decay of originality, the mechanical influence of 
 critics, commentators, compilers and imitators, and the supremacy 
 of prose works up to the fourth century, A. D., reduced poetic 
 works to a lower grade, as the versification of jEsopic "Fables," 
 by Babrius; the didactic poems on fishing and hunting, by Op- 
 pian ; some elaborate essays in epic verse, by Nonnus and Quintus 
 Smyrnaeus ; poems and hymns of a mystic character, inspired by 
 Orphic lore ; the so-called "Sibylline Oracles," in hexameter 
 verse, influenced by the expression of Jewish longings for the 
 restoration of Israel, and by predictions of the triumph of Chris- 
 tianity and the short poems on Greek anthology. 
 
 The last stage in the decay of literary Hellenism, which was 
 rapid and continuous, can be traced from 400 A. D. to 529 A. D., 
 when the teaching of Pagan philosophy was brought to an end by 
 the Edict of Justinian, which proclaimed the death warrant of 
 Greek literature. 
 
 In the Byzantine period, beginning with the sixth century, we 
 note the influence of Georgius, of Pisidia, who, in iambic verse, 
 celebrated various wars ; Cosmos, and Joannes Demascenus, of 
 the eighth century, celebrated as hymn writers in theological mo- 
 tif ; Leo VI., of the ninth century, who versified astronomical and 
 eclesiastical subjects ; Theodorius, of the tenth century, who nar- 
 rated the "Capture of Crete" in iambic trimeter ; Nicatas Eugeni- 
 anus and Constantine Manasses, of the twelfth century, who ver- 
 sified in fiction and romance; Tzetzes, who wrote in verse of his- 
 tory, fact, fiction, custom and incident; Theodorius Prodromus, 
 -who wrote satirical and humorous didactic poems, and romances 
 in iambic trimeter; Manuel Philes, of the thirteenth and four- 
 teenth centuries, who wrote in didactic poetry of the great deeds 
 of his patrons, or their moralities and virtues; Rhegas, of the 
 eighteenth century, famed as a lyric, who wrote of liberty, and 
 war songs ; Christopoulos, of the eighteenth and nineteenth cen- 
 turies, noted for his songs of love, of wine, etc. 
 
 Passing to the era of the independence of Greece, we note 
 the influence of such great writers as Panagiotis Sontsos, a lyric 
 writer, whose ideality, patriotism and love of liberty led him to 
 sublime conceptions, such as his "The Traveller," "The Messiah," 
 
 316 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 both based on the subject of dreams, and his plays, "Vlachavas," 
 "Caraiscakis," "The Unknown," and his many lyrics ; Alexander 
 Sontsos, a satiric writer, who was idealistic, patriotic and pos- 
 sessed of a love for liberty, as evidenced by his conceptions, "The 
 Wanderer," and comedies, "The Prodigal," "The Premier," "The 
 Untamed Poet," "The Constitutional School," his numerous 
 "Odes," "Lyrics," etc.; Alexander Rizos Rangabe, the great re- 
 generating poet of Greece, whose great beauty and purity , of 
 thougth can be traced in his hymns, odes, songs, narratives, poems, 
 ballads, tragedies, comedies, etc. 
 
 Passing into Gaul, we note that the Celts, through Phoenician 
 commerce, were influenced by Greek poetry, rhetoric and the arts 
 — and subsequently the furtherance of poetic influence, viz. : the 
 Grecian, through the Gauls, and the Asiatic, through the Teutons ; 
 the German influence, with the Goths and other Teutons, which 
 established didactic, epic and lyric poetry in alliterative verse, 
 on subjects of commemoration, mourning, triumph, etc. 
 
 We note, in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the influence 
 of the poets through themes of legendary romance, which they 
 vivified with the spirit of chivalry, and adapted ancient heroes to 
 the subject of their mediaeval hero stories. 
 
 Near the close of the twelfth century, we note Wolfram von 
 Eschenbach, the sentimental and spiritual, mystic and passionate 
 idealist, and his chief influential work "Parzival," in which he re- 
 veals strivings of a restless but noble spirit, to rise from idyllic 
 simplicity to higher and purer aims. The spiritual significance 
 of this poem is best understood by those readers who find discon- 
 tent in their own lives, along natural lines, and who sense the 
 loveliness embodied in that of the spiritual. To such it is an 
 influence toward high and spotless aims. Gottfried, the contem- 
 porary and contrast! of Wolfram von Eschenbach, who in- 
 fluenced by the results of human passion, as evidenced by his 
 "Tristan and Iseult," love of material things, secrets of the human 
 heart, immoral tendencies, penetration of character, so widely 
 different from the spirituar conceptions of the other, as revealed 
 in "Parzival." 
 
 Passing from the influence of these, the two greatest poets of 
 mediaeval romance, we note Conrad von Wurzburg, one of the 
 most artistic of the writers of that period, as manifest in his 
 works on the Trojan war, etc. 
 
 The Minnesingers were imitators of the Troubadours, as 
 Heinrich von Morungen, Reinmar der Alte, Gottfried von Neifen, 
 who wrote upon the favorite theme, Minne, or love, embracing 
 sadness, evanescence of human pleasure, intense feeling, love, 
 both elevating and sentimental, or extravagant and fantastic; 
 
 317 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 loyalty of vassal to lord, Christian to church, continuity of life, 
 mental conditions through the aspects of nature and the seasons, 
 etc. But the most illustrious of the minnesanger was Walter von 
 der Vogelweide, whose didactic and lyrical poetry embraced gen- 
 eral themes relative to his native land, embracing strife between 
 spiritual and secular powers, rebuke against the extravagant am- 
 bitions of the papacy, humanity and freedom, art simplicity, 
 grace, spontaneity, which latter conditions were displayed in his 
 "Unter den Linden an der Heide," and "Tandaradei," its musica' 
 refrain ; Thomasin Zerkler, who influenced moral enthusiasm, as 
 in his "Welsche Gast"; Freidank, that of a high conception of 
 duty, as in his "Bescheidheit" ; Hugo von Trimberg, that of satire/ 
 as in his "Renner." 
 
 Heller, the famous didactic poet, who combined science, im- 
 agination and sympathy in the themes of his poems, as "Die 
 Alpen," etc.; Hegedorn, one of the most distinguished poets of 
 the century, exerting an influence by didactic, satirical and moral 
 verses, epigrams, odes, fables and songs, as manifested in the 
 collections under the titles of "Versuch einiger Gedichte, oder 
 erlesene Proben poetischer N ebenstunden" ; "Versuch in poe- 
 tischen Fabeln und Erzdhlungen" ; and in his lyrics under the 
 titles "Sammlung neuer Oden und Lieder," and his "Moralische 
 Gedichte," etc. 
 
 Passing the Halla school of poets, of which Glenn, Utz and 
 Gotz were original members, and the Sturm und Drang times, 
 whose poets voiced hostility to all conventionalities, and clung to 
 the truths of nature, we note Goethe, who in the influential Poeti- 
 cal Cycle stands in the modern German realm co-important with 
 Shakespeare in the English, or Dante in the Italian mediaeval, and 
 Homer with the great spirits of antiquity. 
 
 Goethe, whom we have chosen as one of the principal links in 
 the great Poetic Cycle, was noted for being a poet of culture, 
 possessing a great imaginative faculty; sympathy in creative im- 
 pulse; activity, ideal vitality, and a universality, whereby he 
 weighed the elements of human life; combined idealism and 
 realism through his theme-pictures of the world generally, and 
 portrayed languid sentimentalism, passionate despair, jealous 
 agony, warm love of nature, the sweetness and unreasonableness 
 of young passion, weariness of youthful life, etc., as in his "Die 
 Leiden des Jungen Werthers," satire, as in his "Peter Bray," 
 "Gods, Heroes, and Wieland," as in "Salyros;" imagination, Chris- 
 tianity, and the struggle between truth and falsehood, as in his 
 "Iphigenie;" sorrows of a poetic nature, and the blending of 
 realism and idealism in his "Tasso;" profound human experi- 
 ence, as in his "Egmont;" contrast between humble love and the 
 
 318 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 desolation of the distant revolutionary wars — as in his "Her- 
 mann und Dorothea;" the spirit of chivalry, as in his "Gots von 
 Berlichingen;" and the mysteries of human life, its allurements 
 and sorrows, innocence and its fall, antagonism ot sensual and 
 moral principles, characters, soul development through torment, 
 affliction, repellant and disturbing elements, happiness in accord 
 with the development of soul, contrasted with sorrows likewise 
 conditioned, philosophy, religion, etc., as set forth in his 
 "Faust;" the subtle charms of his lyrics delineate in themes of 
 joy, longings and regret of the human heart, purification of pass- 
 ing emotions, reflected experience through his pictures of nature, 
 indifference to hopes and fears, etc. 
 
 Here, at the zenith of the German Poetic Cycle, we note 
 Schiller, Goethe's greatest friend, contemporary and contrast 
 link — as was the case with Shakespeare and Marlowe on the 
 English — famed for his chivalrous mind, revolutionary ardor, 
 non-conventional character, strong will and passion, , unselfish, 
 possessing a soul filled with lofty aspiration for his race; con- 
 trasting ideality and reality, as may be seen in his lyric poems, 
 such as " An die Freude," "Die Gootter Griechenlands," "Die 
 Kunstler," etc., produced in the middle period of his life; and 
 "Lied von der Glocke" "Das Ideal und des Leben" "Die Ideale," 
 "Der Spaziersang" "Der Genius; Die Edwartung," "Das Eleu- 
 siche Fest," "Cassandra," etc., of his last and greatest period; 
 his satirical epigrams against contemporary writers, as in the 
 series "Xenien;" those embracing truths deduced from experi- 
 ences in life, as in the series "Votivtafeln;" dramatic poems of 
 revolutionary themes and destructive force, as in "Die Rauber," 
 "Tiesco," "Cabale und Liebe;" intellectual and moral growth; 
 imagination, social and political progress, etc., as in "Don Car- 
 los;" misleading passion, lofty courage, and enthusiastic pur- 
 pose, as in "Die Jungfrau von Orleans;" the combination of ro- 
 mantic and classical elements, as in "Wilhelm Tell;" hate, 
 superstition,, dark career, love,, tragic pity, hopeless passion, 
 spiritual freedom, integrity, etc., as set forth in his great trilogy, 
 "Wallenstein." 
 
 After Goethe and Schiller, the two great poetical influences, 
 had passed from the material realm,, and the development of the 
 Romantic, Schwabian,. Fatalist and Patriotic schools, we find the 
 poetic influence diverging, through themes of co-relation of 
 mind and matter, probabilities of mysteries in human life; and 
 the external world ; spiritual emotions, mysticism, religious asp- 
 rations, philosophical speculation, reconciliation of religion and 
 science, etc.. Searchlights were thrown backward, upon the 
 
 319 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 works of preceding ages, thus revealing models for the present 
 use, until the poetic influence was blended into the general lit- 
 erature of the day. 
 
 In the eighteenth century arose another lyric star, destined 
 to follow, in greatness, Goethe and Schiller. It was that of 
 Heinrich Heine- Imagination, love of freedom, enthusiasm for 
 the beautiful, all these found expression through his lyrics.as in 
 his "Buck der Lieder." Satire caused him to mock, through 
 many themes, and to chisel from the works of his predecessors 
 and contemporaries, and club Germany's despotic government. 
 His influence illumined the minds of the school known as "Young 
 Germany," at the head of which was Karl Gutskow. 
 
 Leaving Germany, through the works of the lyric poets of 
 the nineteenth century, we ask the reader to consider the libra- 
 ries and the archives containing the works and manuscripts of 
 the members of the Poetic Epi-cycle of Germany, for a greater 
 understanding of the profound influence and force, thus yielded 
 in behalf of the great Literary Cycle. 
 
 Passing from the age of chivalry, at the fall of the Hohen- 
 staufen dynasty, the period of poetic decline caused by wars and 
 contentions which dethroned the influence in the castles of the 
 princes, and the towers of the nobles — we note the effort at 
 ascendency of the art, which of necessity had to come through 
 the new conditions among the energetic inhabitants of the 
 growing bergs and cities, who established the "Tabulatur," or 
 "rules of the guilds" for poetic song compositions. 
 
 Toward the end of the fifteenth century we note the "Rein- 
 eke Fos," a noted satirical epic of the age; "Raynard the Fox," 
 and "Isengrim the Wolf," an epic modelled after the old Hol- 
 land prose, with the theme changed from the social life of ani- 
 mals, to satire, and its enduring tendencies of human nature, 
 the chastisement of vice, truth and justice, etc., a poem which 
 has been vast in its influence, from the fact that it has been used 
 as a model by the Franks, and for High and Low German 
 works, the most noted of which were the hexametres of Goethe ; 
 "Narrenscheff" (ship of fools), by Sebastian Brandt, which 
 was a noted allegorical poem in which the vices were satirized 
 as fools; popular poetry, originating from conditions of strife 
 and contention, was abundant, such as the verses of Veit Weber 
 on the battles of Granson, Murten, and Nancy, and themes 
 touching every aspect of the humble grades of daily life, in ap- 
 propriate lyrics, were passed from section to section by the gen- 
 erations, and were as precursors to the grander conceptions of 
 
 320 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the subsequent German classics, that sprang up during the 
 period of reform. 
 
 In the sixteenth century, we note Hans Sachs, the chief 
 meisbersinger of that age, whose thousands of poems comprised 
 all the then known styles of verse, and touched on all the princi- 
 pal elements of the age. His verse in fables, parables, tales, 
 dialogues, and his dramatic poems, such as the "Shrove Tues- 
 day Plays," were characterized, with vivid imagination, sly 
 humor, didactic power, satire, moral sentiment, ideas and con- 
 troversion of the public, etc. His hymns displayed spiritual 
 aspiration, as in "Warum betrilbst du dich, mein Herzf" and 
 spiritual reverence for Lutheran reform, as in his poem begin- 
 ning "Die Wittenbergisch Nachtigall, Die man jets horet iibe- 
 rall." Johann Fischart, the greatest satirist of the century, who 
 was ever vigilant in opposition to the evils of his day, and in 
 favor of their reformation, as manifest in his many poetic and 
 prose writings, we also note. 
 
 During the seventeenth century, many of the court poets 
 influenced through the medium of satire, choosing for their 
 model, Boileau, the French writer. 
 
 Passing from the seventeenth century, which was the termi- 
 nation of literary decay, along to the eighteenth century, the 
 period of revival, we note Gunther, whose lyrics vibrated in har- 
 mony with the voices of nature, to awaken the life that had 
 grown fruitless under the aforesaid dismal formalty of the court 
 poets. 
 
 Under the influence of Frederick the Great, the German peo- 
 ple were restored to vigor and confidence, intellectually, from the 
 conditions following the Thirty Years' War. Thus, above the 
 mediaval decay, they arched the future poetic structure in har- 
 . hiony with the cycle of antiquity, in which that branch of litera- 
 ture had been the chief prime factor in its framework. Schools 
 arose in the service, whose aim it was to penetrate the meaning 
 of ancient classics, regarding styles, imaginary effects and ideal- 
 istic virtues; and to comprehend the lives of the Greeks and 
 Romans in regard to the aspect of religion, art, and philosophy, 
 as manifested through the ancient works ; hence, through educa- 
 tion, their intellectual germs responded to a growth of higher 
 ideas. As the German mind turned back over the ancient cycle, 
 it not only came in touch with Greek and Roman intelligence, but 
 with that manifested through the great minds of Italy, Spain, 
 France, and England, and new life was consequent by the co- 
 union of these mental emanations that arose from the laws of 
 form, and the powers of imagination and reason. As poetry 
 
 321 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 had been the prime factor in the creation and establishment of 
 literature, in all nations, so it has been the chief aid in its revival. 
 
 Entering Britain, in the sixth century, we note the Anglo- 
 Saxon influence on poetic development. Widseth, a poet of the 
 Myrging race, narrated tales of the nations he had visited, as a 
 Gleeman, and with them an account of their kings. "Dear's 
 Complaint" is a poem that referred to Wieland, the Teutonic 
 demi-god, and was the lament of a bard, displaced by a rival, in 
 his lord's favor- 
 
 With the spread of the Christian spirit over the kingdom, 
 came the Anglo-Saxon poetry in alliterative verse, on national 
 and religious subjects, as collected and compiled in the famous 
 Exeter Codex of the eighth century. Beda, the monastic poet 
 of the same century, displays the hexametre, iambic, and tro- 
 chaic styles, in writing on the subjects of St. Cuthbert, Justin 
 Martyn, Day of Judgment, etc., thus lending an influence toward 
 moral character. 
 
 In the tenth century Cardmon, the earliest English poet and 
 precursor of the Milton style, produced the works known as 
 "Pharaphrase," which treat of the rebellion of the Angels, and 
 the fall of Man. 
 
 In the eleventh century we come in touch with the Anglo- 
 Norman influence, on poetic development. Turoldus produced 
 his heroic "Chanson de Roland." Benoit wrote his vast "History 
 of the War of Troy." Wace wrote his famous "Brut d' 
 Angleterre," historic of the Kings of Britain, from Brutus to 
 Cadwalader. Through the Anglo-Norman poets, historical 
 chronicles were blended into romances, a transformation that 
 developed the romance of revenge, slaughter, race hatred, unlaw- 
 ful love, magic and witchcraft, into a series of mythical legends, 
 symbolizing the dogmas and creeds of the Roman Catholic faith, 
 such as the San Graal legend. 
 
 Later, in the bardic poetry of Wales, under the influence of 
 Gwalchmai, Elidir, Gwion, etc., the patriotic triumphs of the 
 Princes were portrayed. 
 
 Passing the detail of mixtures in the development of poetic 
 styles arising from the amalgamation of races and linguistic dif- 
 ferences, the alliterations', imitations, translations, and new ver- 
 sions of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, to the fourteenth, 
 we find Langland at the head of the Teutonic affinity, or allitera- 
 tive poets, and Chaucer, Goueer and Lydgate, at the head of the 
 Franco-Latin affinity or rhyme poets. 
 
 Chaucer, the intellectual giant of this period, caught the 
 Franco-Latin spirit, evidenced by his "Canterbury Tales," "As- 
 
 322 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 sembly of Foules," "House of Fame," "Book of the Duchesse," 
 "Court of Love," "Legends of Goode Women," etc. 
 
 In the fifteenth century, the period of renaissance and reform, 
 when the revival of Greek learning spread into England and 
 France, we find Surray and Wyat the principal reformers in 
 metre and poetic style. 
 
 In the sixteenth century we find an opposition to the Roman- 
 Christian influence in the Puritan, which sought to suppress Eng- 
 lish poetry ; hence, a strife between the poets and the enemies of 
 their art, Spenser and Shakespeare being leaders, which eventu- 
 ally led to moral reform in poetry. 
 
 Here, in the Elizabethan age, when great minds began to turn 
 the literary machine, together with the influx of thought influ- 
 ence from adjacent regions, that came of ancient models and was 
 pressing its way into the literary throng, where the brain soil 
 was ready for new propagation, came development of new 
 poetic conceptions, such as the romantic advancement of the 
 brave knights and ladies of Spenser's "Faerie Queene," and the 
 allegorical and moral, virtues displayed, gains influence through 
 Bums, as by his "Cotter's Saturday Night," or by Byron in his 
 "Childe Harold," etc. 
 
 Two great headlights lead the dramatic and poetic styles of 
 this age — the first, Marlowe, father of English tragedy, and es- 
 tablisher of blank verse, as displayed in his epic tragedies, as 
 "Tamburlane the Great," "Doctor Faustus," "Jews of Malta," 
 "Edward the Second,," and "The Massacre of Paris." Second, 
 the immortal Shakespeare, whom we have chosen as one of the 
 principal links in the great Poetic Cycle. He was and is known 
 to the world, through his great repertory of romantic comedy 
 based on woodland haunts and styles in sylvan life, as "A Mid- 
 summer Night's Dream," "As You Like It," "Love's Labours 
 Lost," "Merry Wives of Windsor," etc.; his Roman plays, por- 
 traying the perplexities of human life, as "Coriolanus," "Julius 
 Caesar," "Anthony and Cleopatra," etc. ; his historical dramas, 
 based on British national life, loyalty, patriotism, struggles and 
 fates of the rulers, etc., as "King Richard II" and "King Richard 
 III," "King Henry IV," and "King Henry V," etc-, and his great 
 tragic pieces, in which he portrays the sublime agony, as in 
 "Hamlet;" terrors, as in "Macbeth ;"^Toio\xa6. passion, as in 
 "Othello;" grandeur and pathos, as in "Lear." 
 
 Passing the "phantasy and conceit" poets of the age, and 
 entering the seventeenth century, we find Milton expressing, in 
 blank verse, episodes embracing moral energy, great imagination 
 and conception, where invention takes the place of tradition, leg- 
 
 *323 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 end and history, as evidenced in his masterpiece, "Paradise Lost." 
 Dryden, the great poetic-controversialist, whose themes deal with 
 the political and religious reactions of the day — rebellion, fac- 
 tion, disobedience, anarchy, etc., as set forth in his "Absalom and 
 'Achitopel," an argument against democracy and the absolute 
 right of majority; in "Threnodia Augustalis," against senates; 
 in "Hend and Panther," against the clergy, who were dissatis- 
 fied at having to become obedient and submissive to the arbitrary 
 acts of James II. ; in "Religio, Laid" relative to religious belief, 
 its extent and authority in private judgnient, etc. 
 
 In the eighteenth century, in the age of Queen Anne, we note 
 Addison, the Whig poet, who wrote of the heroism and victory 
 in the battle of Blenheim, as set forth in his "Campaign;" Par- 
 nell, in "Didactics;" Rowe, in "Pastorals;" Defoe, in satirical 
 poems; Pope, whose classical taste led him to follow the model 
 of Horace, as evidenced by his "Essay on Criticism" of which 
 "Ars Poetica," by Horace, is said to be the model; Swift, the 
 upholder of compromise and unbelief in revealed religion, as 
 apparent in his "Tale of a Tub;" Cowper, of amiable piety and 
 spiritual despair, as established by his "Task," "The Castaway," 
 etc.; Burns, the genius who spoke straight from the heart of 
 Nature — as a child of nature, endowed with sagacity, logical 
 faculty and judgment, exposing hypocrisy and fanaticism of the 
 ministers, and giving expression to pathos, melody and beauty, 
 as in his many songs, etc. 
 
 In the latter part of the eighteenth and first of the nineteenth 
 centuries, we find Scott, the romantic poet, exercising an influ- 
 ence in favor of return from French revolution, to chivalry, feud- 
 alism, etc-, as evidenced by "Marmion," "Lay of the Last Min- 
 strel," "Lady of the Lake," etc. 
 
 In the nineteenth century we find Shelley, the famous and 
 imaginative poet in rhetoric metre, the consummate producer of 
 lyrics on subjects of ideality, sublimity, beauty, goodness, and 
 intellectual passion, as "The Revolt of Islam" (favoring bloodless 
 revolution) ; "Julian and Maddalo" (reality of ordinary things) ; 
 "The Cenci" (grand tragedy) ; "Prometheus Unbound" (sub- 
 limely dramatic imagination and ideality) ; "The Witch of Atlas" 
 (roving imagination controlled by beauty"), etc. 
 
 Passing briefly into Italy, we note the Franco-Italian poems, 
 which are the links to pure Italian works — the poems of Gia- 
 comino and Bonvecino, of religious influence in the north; love 
 songs, such as "Contrasto," attributed to CiuUo d' Aleamo, char- 
 acteristic of the sensuality of the southern people; the rhymes 
 of the Sicilian school; the political poetry of Guittone d'Arezzo; 
 
 324 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the philosophic poetry of Guido Guinicelli,. embracing chivalry, 
 love, and mental nobility; the allegorical, visionary and moral 
 styles of the thirteenth century, as "Tesoretto," by Brunette 
 Latini; the "Documento d'Amore" and "Del Reggimento e die 
 Costumi delle Donne," of Francesco da Barberino; the Tuscan 
 lyric poetry, which began the true Italian art ; the v»rorks of Guido 
 Cavalcanti, such as his famous "Sulla Natura d'Amore," of a 
 philosophic character, a treatise on amorous metaphysics; the 
 love poems of Cinoda Pistoia, etc. 
 
 Dante, the distinguished mediaeval poet, whom we have 
 chosen as one of the principal links in the great Poetic Cycle, was 
 a lover of nature; a dweller in scientific, philosophic and astro- 
 nomic atmospheres, of expressive and descriptive ability, and 
 adherer to conceptive unity, of religious earnestness, rich sym- 
 bolism and scholastic attainments; capable of passionate love, as 
 manifest in his "Vita Nuova," or Young Life; of philosophic 
 comment, as evidenced by his "Convito;" a master of lyric style, 
 as set forth in his canzoni ballafe and sonnetti; in sympathy 
 with Ghibellinism, as shown in the Latin treatise, "De Mon- 
 orchia; a promoter of linguistic and poetic composition, as per 
 the treatise "De Vulgari Eloquiof a genius in the portrayal of 
 allegory and romance and the contrast of sadness and cheerful- 
 ness ; of lofty things and the lowly, fear and hope ; strong, in por- 
 trying incontinence, violence, fraudulency, purgatory, paradise, 
 temporal and eternal happiness, civil and religious confusions in 
 society, vice, envy, fickleness, pride, avarice, light and reason, 
 artistic grandeur and delicacy, hatred and love, consciousness and 
 fancy, etc., as embodied in his "Divina Commedia," and other 
 productions. 
 
 Petrarch was the first humanist and lyric poet, of the modern 
 school, as manifest in his "Africa," a long poem in hexametres, 
 on the campaigns of Scipio ; and his "Canzoniere," in which love 
 is the principal embodiment of the poem, with varied conceptions 
 and natural impressions. Then come the comic poetry of the 
 thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, by such authors as Bindo 
 Bonichi, Orgagna, Antonio Pucci, etc., the political poetry of the 
 fourteenth century, by such authors as Teziodegli Uberti; the 
 ballate (poems sung to dancing) ; the Petrarchist love songs ; 
 the Romanistic poems of the fifteenth century; the cantari (ro- 
 mantic poems) ; elegiac poems, as "Margante Maggiore," by 
 Luigi Pulci ; heroic poetry, as "Italia liberata dai Goti," by Tri- 
 sino; the lyric poetry of the sixteenth century, represented by 
 many authors, both male and female; the didactic poems, as "Cos- 
 tigiano," by Baldassare Castiglione, etc., embracing too many au- 
 
 '325 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 thors and subjects to further note, but these all go to make up 
 the complete link, of the Italian portion of the great Poetic 
 Cycle, and its influence on the people of that region. 
 
 Passing briefly into France, we note the influence of the 
 Troubadours, from every stage and rank of feudal society, who 
 sang songs to the accompaniment of musical instruments ; the 
 Jongleurs, who sung the songs of their disembodied brothers; 
 the songs known as chansons, of a religious character; the ser- 
 vente, embracing subjects of love or war; the tensons, or discus- 
 sions on love questions; the aubade, or provincial songs, por- 
 traying the passing of darkness and the dawning of light, and 
 religious, and love themes ; the ensenhamen, dealing with conduct 
 and etiquette; the epitre, embracing petitions, thanks, advice, 
 moral suasion and instruction; the tresons, embracing facts of 
 art and science; the early epics of the trouveres, such as the 
 "Chansons de Geste," the "Chanson de Roland," the "Roman des 
 Loherains," etc. ; the rhyming chroniclers, the poems of the classi- 
 cal cycle, as "Histoire des dues de N ormandie ," of thirty thousand 
 lines, by Benoit de Sainte-Maure ; satirical poems, such as 
 "Housse Partie," "Le Mantel Mautaillie," "Landri," "Roman de 
 Reiiart," etc-, etc. ; the early lyrics of various styles ; songs and 
 poems of the fourteenth century, as the rondeau, the triolet, etc. ; 
 the didactic poetry of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, 
 as influences that led up to the finals of more renown, as the poet 
 Boileau, of the seventeenth century, who wrote elaborate epitres 
 to his friends; Racine, of the seventeenth century, who wrote 
 "Thebaide," portraying rivalry; "Alexandre," a tragedy; "An- 
 dromaque," of the Shakespearian order and various other pro- 
 ductions. Next we note the great Romantic school, as Vic- 
 tor Hugo, Alphonze de Lamertine, Alfred, Count de Vigny, Al- 
 fred de Musset, Auguste Barbier, etc., of the greatness of whom 
 the reader can learn from history, as space forbids further com- 
 ment on the poetic influence, so widely extended among the vari- 
 ous peoples of the earth, which we accept as principle links in 
 the great Poetic Cycle. 
 
 326 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 HET-ZEN'ZE NUD KREST-E-ON'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 TONE POETS AND MUSICIANS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXI. 
 
 Krest (music), at the beginning of the first Efremetrum, was 
 simple in style, and the instruments were crude; the most popu- 
 lar of these was the Ci-c6'ni-a. It was constructed out of a 
 shell of wood, cylindrical in form, the ends of which were closed 
 with prepared skin, from an animal known as the Ce-et'tre. A 
 hole was made in the center of the cylinder, to give quality to the 
 sound. The cylinder was graded in thickness from one end to 
 the other, which gave the instrument power to differ in pitch at 
 the points where it was struck on the surface, which was done 
 with a wooden hammer, by the operator. This condition gave 
 quality of tone, and also degrees of d3mamic force to the tones. 
 The Ciconia was principally used to accompany the voice when 
 rendering chants. 
 
 During the latter part of the first Efremetrum this instrument 
 was considerably improved, in various ways. With this devel- 
 opment, Het'zen (music composers) arose, in accord with the 
 
 • 327 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 advancement of the art, a condition which lasted until about the 
 middle of the second Efremetrum. 
 
 Riind'zey was the name of the most noted Krest'e-6n (mu- 
 sician) of that period, and he was the celebrity to whom is due 
 the original progress made in the Art of Music and development 
 of musical instruments. He came into the knowledge of instru- 
 mental tone production accidentally — though through spirit influ- 
 ence- Once while sitting on some fallen timber in the forest, 
 meditating upon the beauties of nature that surrounded him, and 
 listening to the songs of the birds and their graduation of sound, 
 Rundzey was carelessly striking here and there upon the timber 
 with a stick that he had in his hand, when his attention was 
 drawn to the fact that he was producing different qualities and 
 pitches of sound, and that he could produce different degrees of 
 power, by the stroke. From this fact he began a series of ex- 
 periments, which ultimately resulted in the construction of the 
 Ciconia. 
 
 Ex'to-dy was a Kresteon who flourished in the middle of the 
 second Efremetrum. His special influence was in the improve- 
 ment of the then known musical instruments, and the compo- 
 sition of music adapted to them. He was the originator of the 
 Kath'a-ron-za, from which the E'the-re-le-um was developed. At 
 first the Katharonza was a crude and simple instrurnent. It was 
 composed of five strings, played by picking them with the fingers, 
 from the underneath end. The form of the instrument was that 
 of a modern table. The crude or original construction of this 
 instrument was from Gese, a fibrous wood. For a long time, 
 Extody experimented, in order to bring out this instrument, 
 which was at last done by taking a piece of the tree, cutting away 
 the woody part from beneath the fibres, so as to leave them in 
 various lengths to produce pitch of sound. By careful cutting 
 and trimming, the ends of the wood that held the fibres fast, 
 lie was able to produce differences in the quality of tone- Thus, 
 lie continued to improve the instrument until the time of the 
 ■third Efremetrum, when it had become so perfect that it was lost 
 m the origin and adoption of the Ethereleum, which latter was 
 established under the supervision of his son Zeluth, who carried 
 out his plans for its construction. 
 
 Extody possessed a nature that vibrated' in unison with 
 sounds, and therefore he was an instrument easily influenced by 
 the spirit forces who sought to bring out in him the knowledge 
 of the pitch of sound, and its utility, in the art of music, to a 
 greater degree of perfection than had been ; hence, the origin and 
 perfection of the Katharonza. 
 
 Contemporaneous, with Zeluth' was a celebrated Kresteon by 
 
 328. 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the name of Cel'et-ick. During the first part of the third Efre- 
 metrum, they worked together, voicing the Ethereleum. Zeluth 
 would work at the instrument during the process of its tuning, 
 or voicing, while Celetick, standing near the instrument, listened 
 and directed the changes to be made in the pitch to perfect the 
 scale. Zeluth used the tone of his own voice as a guide to tune 
 by, and Celetick would indicate the changes necessary to bring 
 the strings into unison or harmony, by raising or lowering his 
 hand ; and the point of unison, by its repose. This not only 
 made the work less laborious, but the result more accurate and 
 perfect. 
 
 E-re'ges was a noted Gel-es'try (singer) and Kresteon, whos'e 
 influence was felt in the early part of the third Efremetrum. He 
 modelled after Zeluth as a public performer of vocal and instru- 
 mental krest, but not as a builder of instruments. He was edu- 
 cated, by Extody, in the art of composition, as well as that of 
 krest, and was an expert at correcting manuscripts of krest, and 
 at harmonizing melodies. 
 
 Trex'ler was the most noted Kresteon of the latter part of 
 the third Efremetrum. He represented completeness in both 
 vocal and instrumental krest, in all their details. He was a delt- 
 sanz in the krest sil-dazic (music school), or Ke-nis'try (col- 
 lege) of Atara, to whom persons came from all parts of the Lon- 
 tidri, in order to place themselves- under his instruction. 
 
 Atlantian krest was represented to be read by the krest- 
 e-6n'ze (musicians) in a different manner from the methods 
 employed by modern musicians and composers; therefore, we 
 will, in part, represent and explain the Atlantian methods, so the 
 reader may have a better idea of the principal characters they 
 employed; i. e-, the characters representing the krest, and their 
 signification in relation thereto. 
 
 Their Ceet (stafif) consisted' of right oblique giit'ze (lines), 
 from four to seven in number, according to the number of 
 cre'sy (syllables) that were to be used in the quin'to-ze (meas- 
 ure), which latter was represented by the space between two left 
 oblique gutze, which they termed sel-so'ze (single bars). The 
 beginning of the ceet was indicated by two perpendicular parallel 
 gutze, that were about one-quarter the length of those of the 
 ceet, and were termed su'me (beginning bars). The relt (close) 
 of the ceet, was indicated by three left oblique gutze, one-half 
 the length of the ceet gutze, drawn parallel with each other, after 
 the last sel'so (bar). 
 
 In some compositions, as above stated, a uniformity of" four 
 ceet gutze was , employed ; six in some, seven in some, while 
 
 329 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 others were irregularly formed or mixed, the different quintoze 
 of the composition varying in the number of ceet gutze, per 
 quintoze, from four to seven, as the words in the composition 
 required. This was fixed in accord with the metre of the poem, 
 or syllables in the stanzas. More uniformity was adhered to in 
 the representation of instrumental score than the vocal. 
 
 The ceet, in addition to the variances that arose, syllabic uni- 
 formity, such as established the mixed order of quintoze of four, 
 five, six, or seven gutze, were also characterized with el'fet gutze, 
 or quarter-lengthed ledger lines, that represented the higher kru- 
 en'ze (tones) of the fru-geze (scale) names, such as ut, bu, su 
 (a, b, c), etc., were not used to designate the absolute pitches 
 of the frugeze, but the cardinal numbers were used instead, sim- 
 ilar to the modern order ; e. g., the ceet began with the introduc- 
 tory short line or gutze, which was called et (one), then followed 
 four right oblique gutze, then the left oblique long gutze or selso, 
 thus forming a quintoze. Then followed four short right oblique 
 gutze, then another selso, which established another quintoze, 
 and so on, forming quin-to'ze* of short gutze, until enough had 
 been made to contain the kruen or tones of the scale. 
 
 The introductory short gutze or line at the beginning of the 
 wis'si-l6 ceet or treble staff, represented the first tone of the fru'- 
 ge-ze su, or scale of C, and was recognized as et or one, of that 
 f ruge, or what modernly is termed "middle C." The same gutze 
 on the ma-si'l6 ceet, or bass staff, represented the octave lower 
 than middle C, etc. 
 
 When transposing to the various o-riim'ze or frugeze (keys 
 or scales) of Atlantian krest or music, the order was the same 
 as that of the modern transposition, viz : by fourths and by fifths, 
 the former thus establishing the first kruen in the frugeze of 
 lutze (first tone in the scale of flats), and the latter in that of 
 sharps; i- e., four tones higher than one, or C, inclusive, would 
 be four of the original fruge of tii, or one of the scale of F. 
 Likewise, zret kruenze, or five tones higher than one, or C, in- 
 clusive, would be zret of the original fruge or five of the scale 
 of C, which would establish et of the frugeze gu, or one, of the 
 scale of G. 
 
 The sen'ger frugeze nud orumze, or minor scales and keys, 
 were only known to a portion of the highly educated Atlantian 
 Kres-te-6n'ze (musicians), and at the time of the submergence 
 were about to be established by them for practical and general 
 use, when the principle would have been brought out in their 
 compositions. But alas ! it, with them, was cut off from further 
 
 •The plural is formed only by changing the accent to the second 
 syllable. 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 development by that awful submergence, hence practically left 
 not understood by the kresteonze of the Atlantian period of time. 
 The ret'ze (notes) were all formed with a triangular head, 
 and a stem or left oblique gutze. The fet ret (whole note) had 
 a filled head and full-length stem. The sel'fet ret (half note) 
 had an open head and a stem three-fourths the length of that of 
 the whole note. The et'fet ret (quarter note) had an open head 
 and stem one-half the length of the whole note. The estz'fet ret 
 (eighth note) had an open head and stem one- fourth the length 
 of the whole note. The sot-zefet ret (sixteenth note) was the 
 same as the eighth note, with the addition of one short gut (line) 
 beneath the stem. The wez nud thrist-ze fet ret (thirty-second 
 note) was the same, with the addition of two gutze. The katz 
 niid ce-rete-ze'fet (sixty-fourth note) was the same, with the ad- 
 dition of three gutze, as represented below : 
 
 Fet ret | Half-note 
 
 Sel'fet ret ^ whole-note 
 
 Et'-fet ret j quarter-note 
 
 Estz'fet ret ^ eighth-note 
 
 Sot-ze'fet ret ^ sixteenth-note 
 
 Wa„M«,r,s.-..-«tr« -j] fl,i«,-s,co„d„o.e 
 
 Ketz niid ce-rete-ze'fet ret | sixty-fourth note 
 
 The Zilt'ze (rests) were formed by the use of long, right- 
 oblique gutze, and short horizontal gutze, and horizontal elliptic 
 gutze, the latter consisting of the under-curve, as follows : 
 
 ' 331 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Fet-zilt ^^ whole rest 
 
 Sel'fet zilt />:i half rest 
 
 /« 
 
 quarter rest 
 
 Et'fet zilt 1^ 
 
 Estz'fet zilt / eighth rest 
 
 Sot'ze fet zilt /— sixteenth rest 
 
 Wez nud ce-rete-ze'fet zilt 1^^ thirty-second rest 
 Ketz niid ce-rete-ze'fet zilt / sixty-fourth rest 
 
 The Krest El-te-met'ze (music symbols) were as follows: 
 
 Sli'me 1 1 beginning bar 
 
 Sel'so >^ single bar 
 
 Sel-s6'16s ^^ double bar 
 
 Relt ^'^^^ close 
 
 Gest y\^ sharp 
 
 Lilt 2 ^^* 
 
 Wret 1*-^ natural 
 
 Wis'si-lo zon *-^ treble clef 
 
 Ma'si-lo zon CV bass clef 
 
 zig 
 
 tie 
 
 Yo ''""^'''"N legato mark 
 
 Vist, or Cum /| pause or hold 
 
 Do-ret ^^ dotted note 
 
 Clint • ^s. time signature 
 
 332 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The met'za (scale signature), as is the case with modern 
 music, consisted in gest'ze (sharps) lut'ze (flats) or wret'ze (nat- 
 urals), that were written in a line above the sume, at the begin- 
 ning of the composition, and were from one to seven in number, 
 in accord with the key to be represented, as the Atlantian krest, 
 like the music of modern time, was written in fifteen keys ; i. e-, 
 the natural, and from one to seven gestze, and from one to seven 
 lutze. 
 
 The clint (time signature) was represented by do'ze (dots) 
 placed one above the other, and after the zon'ze (clef), i. e., two 
 dots to indicate double time, three to indicate triple time, four to 
 indicate quadruple time, and also to indicate the number of beats 
 in the quintoze (measure) ; but instead of a lower figure to in- 
 dicate the kind of a note that was to receive one beat, the ret 
 (note) that represented the unit value was placed after the doze; 
 i. e., if a quarter note was to receive one beat, the estz'fet ret was 
 used. If the eighth note was to receive one beat, the estz'fet ret 
 was then used. 
 
 AT'LAN-TI-AN MEL'ZIC (Example). 
 
 ■f 
 
 
 TRANSLATION. 
 
 fhAOjUl 'lij^ 
 
 7?liy Soul 6e fAim i'aiL. 
 
 333 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 O'RUM PRE'ZE 
 
 OR 
 KEY NAMES. 
 
 Atlantian. 
 
 Ge gest'ze o'rum ze Su. 
 Et gest o'rum ze Gu. 
 We gest'ze o'rum ze Du. 
 Set gest'ze o'rum ze Ut. 
 Ket gest'ze o'rum ze le. 
 Zret gest'ze o'rum ze Bu. 
 Sot gest'ze o'rum ze Tu gest. 
 Zum gest'ze o'rum ze Su gest. 
 Et lut, o'rum ze Tu. 
 We lut'ze o'rum ze Bu lut. 
 Set lut'ze o'rum ze le lut. 
 Ket lut'ze o'rum ze Ut lut. 
 Zret lut'ze o'rum ze Du lut. 
 Sot lut'ze o'rum ze Gu lut. 
 Zum lut'ze o'rum ze Su lut. 
 
 English 
 
 No sharps, key of C. 
 One sharp, key of G. 
 Two sharps, key of D. 
 Three sharps, key of A. 
 Four sharps, key of E. 
 Five sharps, key of B- 
 Six sharps, key of F sharp . 
 Seven sharps, key of C sharp. 
 One flat, key of F. 
 Two flats, key of B flat. 
 Three flats, key of E flat. 
 Four flats, key of A flat. 
 Five flats, key of D flat. 
 Six flats, key of G flat. 
 Seven flats, key of C flat. 
 
 334 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 MET'ZA NON'ZA NUD CLINT'ZA, 
 
 OR 
 
 SCALE SIGNATURES, CLEFS, TIME AND 
 
 SIGNATURES. 
 
 • ^-W^ ^WH" ^W^ 
 
 \^''^^'' W/'^ ^^///'^ 
 
 r tr — /rl 
 
 
 'I 
 
 'K\ '7 sWH?^'5^'f#/\5»^^*'VW^ 
 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 WRET FRU'GE ZE SU, 
 
 CES 
 
 CE-NO'ZE NUD MEL-THO-ON'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 
 NATURAL SCALE OF C- 
 
 BY 
 FIGURES AND LETTERS. 
 
 fics ^i/,%ya/\ /;/////\ nn/if\ //4'4vv 
 
 WRET FRU'GE ZE SU NU'GER, 
 
 CES 
 
 RET-ZE' 
 
 OR 
 
 NATURAL SCALE OF C MAJOR 
 
 BY 
 
 NOTES 
 
 f 
 
 336 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 FRU'GE ZE TU, 
 
 OR 
 
 SCALE OF F. 
 
 f 
 •3 
 
 
 FRU'GE ZE GU, 
 
 OR 
 
 SCALE OF G. 
 
 In the latter part of the third Efremetrum, the en'sa-ze 
 krest (art of music) was in a high state of cultivation with the 
 Atlantian people. They used both se'thack (vocal)) and trao 
 (instrumental) krest in their homes, temples and places of 
 amusement. The sethack that they used in their Agalteze 
 (temples) was much like the modern chants, though like most of 
 the Atlantian krest, was rendered in a gliding or waving style, 
 but in strict rythm. Much care was taken, by the authors, to 
 make the melody attractive, leaving the spiritual sense of the 
 words for consideration, by the individuals who gave them ut- 
 terance during the song. A number of specially educated cryt- 
 ze (plur?il of cryt, a male singer and crytz, a female singer), led 
 the assembly in that part of the worship. 
 
 ' 337 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH I-E'TONE, U-RA-THE'A NUD E-THE'RE-LE-UM. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXII. 
 
 The I-etone, to a certain extent, resembled the class of instru- 
 ments now known as the Lyre and the Harp, especially in the 
 placement of the strings, and the method of manipulating them. 
 When complete, it stood about three and a half coitex in height. 
 It consisted of a quo'sex (frame) wrought out of golden-colored 
 zei'te (a combination of u'zie, jet'ney and kl-zeta material). The 
 quosex had four signitie (marble) foo'ze (legs) that stood on 
 rolling balls of the same material, thus adding greatly to the res- 
 onant quality of the tones produced on the tra (instrument). 
 Extending upward, from the signite fooze, were two perpendicu- 
 lar sections of the quosex, which, further extended into an irreg- 
 ular or wave-like form, that established the upper portion of the 
 quosex. Across the lower half of the quosex, above the signitie 
 fooze of the quosex, in right-oblique form, was a cross section or 
 hollow body that formed a sound chest. To this triim-ve'ze (ten 
 strings) were attached in the upper side by means of u'zie ti'ye 
 (golden keys). At the top of the quosex, in left-oblique form, 
 was a cross-bar, to which the upper ends of the veze were made 
 fast by means of u-zie ru-ite'ze (golden hooks). The entire 
 quosex, as was the case with the cross section or sound chest, 
 was of hollow form, the hollow condition making a complete 
 circuit through the quosex and the sound chest, by means of 
 their inter-connection at the ends of the sound chest, a device 
 that had much to do with the quality of the sound produced on 
 the tra. At stated points, on the upper portion of the quosex, 
 were zret uzie ti-ye (five golden keys) that opened and closed 
 inner valves, thus giving different qualities to the sound. The 
 upper tiye of the five, however, operated an external valve to the 
 quosex, for the purpose of indefinitely extending vibration of 
 sound, a fact that also affected the quality of sound. The trum 
 veze were made of cle'tie (silver) principally, with a slight com- 
 bination of zelet and jetney. They were placed or strung in a 
 half-fan form with connections as above stated, and varied in 
 size, from the finest wire that could be made from that combina- 
 tion of materials, up to the required weight of the lowest-toned 
 
 338 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 veze. The veze were tuned by means of the uzie tiye that fas- 
 tened them to the sound chest, and the pitch of tone was ob- 
 tained by the tension brought to bear upon the veze, in connec- 
 tion with their length and weight- The highest-toned ve-ze 
 were strung nearest to the player, and graded down, so that the 
 lowest or deepest-toned were farthest from him. Both hands 
 were used when picking the veze, the right manipulated the high- 
 est-toned, and the left the lowest. They were also used as 
 dampers, to shorten the duration of the tones, and to produce 
 harmonic embellishments. The tra was made in its irregular 
 waved-form for a certain vibratorial effect. 
 
 The Krest produced from the letone, was extremely soft and 
 melodious, as if coming from fairy land. It was only a home 
 tra, and was played mostly at eventide. 
 
 The idea of the letone was carried, by the Atlantian remnant 
 migrators, into the Egyptian and Asiatic countries, where in long 
 subsequent time, by spirit influence, the idea of the Lyre was 
 conceived, and brought out in its crudest state. But after fur- 
 ther development, in those regions, it was carried into Greece, 
 where it figured extensively in association with the rendition of 
 the Hellenic poetry. 
 
 In the music of the ^olian and Ionian colonies, it figured in 
 accompaniments, and also found further improvement. It was 
 used by the mythical Masters — Orpheus, Musseus, Thamyris, 
 etc. It figured in the ceremonies of Greece, where it was 
 changed into various styles, among which are the known Chelys 
 and the lyre of Hermes, and also the cithara of Apollo from 
 which the phormix was conceived. Into Egypt, and Semitic 
 Asia, likewise descended the Egyptian lyre of fan-shape, that 
 ultimately, in the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth dynastieSj 
 sustained various changes in form and utility. 
 
 The Harp, of great antiquity, had its origin in Egypt, 
 through traditional influences, carried into that region by pre- 
 historic migrators, who had descended from the remnant Atlan- 
 tians on the Eastern Continent. Some of these had knowledge 
 of the letone, and established the tradition of the instrument. 
 This was in turn handed down to the pre-historic Egyptians', who 
 ultimately, through spirit influence, brought to bear, co-oper- 
 atively, with the traditional idea of the Atlantian letone, the con- 
 cept of the primitive harp, and thus brought forth the instru- 
 mental child in the crude state knowri as the "bow form." This 
 was far inferior to the letone, from which it hid descended, 
 through the then understanding of the mortal mind, or inventor, 
 and unlike the letone, was played horizontally, while being borne 
 
 • 339 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 upon the shoulder of the musician- Crude a? it was, owing to 
 the inability, at that period of time, of the mortal mind in its 
 then stage, and the conditions that limited it, to catch the spirit 
 impressions, that were intended to inspire invenion of a more 
 perfect instrument, yet it must be accepted as one of the broken 
 links, in the cycle of instrumental music, severed by the great 
 Atlantian submergence, as fared also the ancient lyre. 
 
 As time passed, and the mortal mind became more clearly 
 receptive to spirit influence and impression, inventors were in- 
 spired, as is the case in modern times, with ideas of improve- 
 ment, until we find improved varieties that have had place 
 throughout the ages, ranging from the most crude forms, of 
 primitive representation, to the grand varieties of vertical harps 
 used in the time of Rameses III, such as are portrayed in the 
 frescoes of that period, in the tombs of Thebes. These had from 
 ten to thirteen strings, with a sound-body below, thus approach- 
 ing the idea of the Atlantian letone sound-chest, which was a 
 spirit impression given the inventor in accord with his ability to 
 receive the same. The harp of the ancient Assyrians, with the 
 sound-body uppermost, and the earliest known use of the "sound 
 holes" in the same, was another spirit impression, of the valves 
 that existed on the upper portion of the quosex of the letone. 
 The cross-bar to which the strings were fastened and tuned, 
 though reversed from top to bottom, was a spirit impression; 
 especially in the fact of fastening and tuning the strings below, 
 as was the case with those on the letone. From further devel- 
 opments and extensions, through spirit aid, impressions and 
 ideas were received, and conceived, which established the varie- 
 ties known as the Irish "clairseach," the Highland Scotch "clar- 
 sach," the Welsh, Cornish and Breton "telyn," "telein," "telen," 
 etc. — ^hence, the Celtic harps. 
 
 Furthermore, through the ninth century, by European influ- 
 ence in co-operation with spirit inspiration, improvements were 
 made by sensitives, of that period. Likewise in the seventeenth, 
 by a Tyrolese maker; in the eighteenth, by Hochbrucker, a Ba- 
 varian maker, and by two Frenchmen by the name of Cousineau. 
 Ultimately, in the nineteenth century, by the same influences, 
 through the intelligence of Sebastian Erard, the famous modem 
 "Erard harp" was perfected, and stands in evidence of the devel- 
 opments that arise from spirit inspiration, and the influence thus 
 brought to bear upon the mortal intelligence ; the co-operation of 
 which has been the means of bringing out all the mechanical 
 devices attributed to the genius of mortal inventors. 
 
 Therefore, from descended traditions, of the Atlantian 
 
 340 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 letone, influenced by spirit inspiration and impression, have re- 
 sulted the gathering up of Ideal Links, by descended piortals. 
 These they have utilized in the development of kindred instru- 
 ments, equal to the demands of the people throughout the ages 
 with which they were contemporaneous, intervening bstween the 
 Atlantian period and the Modern. Thus have evolved the in- 
 struments that rendered accompaniment to primitive songs, prior 
 to the earliest known historical periods, from and through the 
 latter, down to the perfected Harp, which so beautifully charac- 
 terizes the instrumentation of such orchestral compositions as 
 those of Meyerbeer, Gounod, Berlioz, Liszt, Wagner, etc. 
 
 Thus are we, by the Atlantian letone, and the Harp of mod- 
 ern times, able to connect up the Cycle of Lyre and Harp Instru- 
 mentation. 
 
 USH I-E'TONE- 
 
 The U-ra-thea resembled that class of instruments modernly 
 known as the" guitar and mandolin, especially in the manner of 
 
 . 341 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 its use. The body of the instrument was rectangular in form, 
 and of a thin, light material, termed zeite, a compound of its 
 three materials, uzie, jetney and kizeta. (This compound was 
 sometimes reduced to the consistency of modern gold-leaf, and 
 sometimes even to a liquid form, and then it was used as a 
 wash or plating, and would never change color, or tarnish.) The 
 top of the body was a flat surface, but the bottom was slightly 
 convex. On two of the corners were floral, or other designs, 
 inlaid with uzie, above which were openings similar to those on 
 a modern violin, to give a certain quality to the tones. It pos- 
 sessed eight strings, that extended diagonally across its body. 
 The neck of the instrument was at the opposite diagonal corner, 
 parallel with the strings. To this the strings were fastened, by 
 a set of uzie tiye (golden keys), and were made fast at the other 
 extremity by means of uzie ruiteze (golden hooks). The tra 
 was held on the lap of the kresteon (player) who played in a 
 soft, sweet, melodious, and gliding style, when rendering trao 
 krest (instrumental music), or when accompanying setback 
 (vocal) compositions. This style now characterizes Hawaiian 
 musicians, in the use of the guitar and mandolin, a style re-em- 
 bodiment inspired by the influence of Atlantian spirits, or kreste- 
 onze, of the long-agone submerged Atlantis, who have never lost 
 or forgotten the beautiful, concordant, soft, gliding and attract- 
 ive qualities, that characterized the krest of that period, in the 
 great Art Cycle. 
 
 USH U-RA-THE'A. 
 
 The Ethereleum resembled the modern piano-forte, to a cer- 
 tain^ extent, and served the same purposes. It was the favorite 
 tra in many of the Atlantian wel-cheze, a-gal-teze nud sil-ter'ze 
 (homes, temples and entertainment or concert halls). When 
 
 342 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 completely constructed, it was not portable, for it was built per- 
 manently against the wall. The quosex was composed of a com- 
 pound in which uzie and jetney were the principal materials. 
 The underneath portion of the quosex was without casing, so 
 constructed as to admit of an easy adjustment of the inner me- 
 chanical parts of the action- The fruge (scale) range was from 
 five to seven sen-tu-re'ze (octaves), as the occasion required. 
 Those in welcheze varied, according to the financial condition of 
 the purchaser ; but those in the agalteze and silterze were usually 
 of seven. The veze were fastened at the upper end to a station- 
 ary quosex. This in turn was permanently fastened to the wall, 
 across the upper back center of the open quosex of the tra ; and 
 at the bottom to a projecting part of the tra quosex, where now 
 the extended keyboard of the modern piano-forte is located. The 
 veze were of three kinds of metal, and grouped accordingly in 
 color alternations, and were each characterized with the color 
 peculiar to itself, one set being of e'trez (copper), one of 
 cle'tie (silver), and one of ii'zie (gold) ; then each possessed the 
 qualities of sound peculiar to itself, facts that made a rich blend- 
 ing of tones, and gave to the tra a fine appearance. The veze 
 were strung in groups, of three each, by alternation of colors ; 
 i. e., beginning at the left were three of copper color, then three 
 of the silver, then three of the golden, thus alternating through- 
 out the entire fruge or scale. The mechanism of the tra was 
 such as to produce either very deep, or very high qualities of 
 tone, as the occasion required. The tones, in all their qualities 
 of sound, were very different from those now produced upon the 
 modem piano-forte, and by the use of sympathetic vibration, 
 under control, they were able to give to their music a waving 
 quality not possible to the piano-forte, which passed from a low 
 to a high pitch, and tAcb versa, at the will of the performer, he 
 controlling this by mechanical attachments and devices. That 
 is, by their use, they allowed the beautiful deep vibrations of the 
 lower veze, sympathetically, to vibrate over the fruge; and fur- 
 ther taken up by the rear veze, in like manner, caused the tra to 
 sound as if played upon by many hands. From this characteris- 
 tic quality, in the instrumental music, they conceived the idea of 
 a wavy rendition of their vocal chants, as rendered in their agal- 
 teze services. Instead of a manipulation of keys, to set the 
 strings into vibration, as when playing on the piano-forte, the 
 vibration was established by picking the veze of the Ethereleum, 
 direct, which was done by means of loops formed by a continua- 
 tion of the veze, near the lower extremity. Back of and be- 
 tween the fundamental veze, was another set of veze, similarly 
 
 343 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 arranged. These were smaller than the front ones, and were 
 used for a triple purpose ; viz., first, on which to produce inter- 
 mediate tones ; second, to serve as echoing and re-echoing agents, 
 thus acted upon by sympathetic vibrations from the fundamental 
 or front veze, which condition was controlled by mechanical at- 
 tachments, thus preventing a mixture of sounds, or inharmony 
 of tones. There were pedals located and operated similarly to 
 those of a piano-forte, thus to govern the vibrations, and to pro- 
 duce a very soft tone from either the front or back veze- Loud 
 tones were produced by picking the open veze, and soft ones 
 obtained by means of the adjustment tiye; and a still softer one 
 by means of the pedals, as above stated. An additional adjust- 
 ing pedal, connecting with a mechanical device, that was con- 
 nected with the front veze of the upper half of the tra, was used 
 to control the over-tones. On the front of the tra, at the corre- 
 sponding location of the keyboard on the piano-forte, was ar- 
 ranged a set of el-te-met'ze (symbols), which, in their symboHc 
 sense, referred to the absolute pitches of the fruge (scale). 
 These they termed son lich'ze (tone pitches), and they would 
 correspond to the arrangement of letter-names as on the key- 
 board of the piano- forte. (See diagram of the Ethereleum.) 
 Furthermore, it will be observed, that there are eleven charac- 
 ters and that there are but eight son or tones, in the fruge ; there- 
 fore eight of the eleven represent the son lich-ze', and were sym- 
 bols for that specific purpose, as the Atlantians' neither used let- 
 ters, syllables, nor number names, to designate the pitches of 
 sound in this sense. Hence, when singmg, they never used the 
 relative "pitch names," as "do, re, mi, fa, sol, la, si, do," as do 
 modern singers, but simply gave utterance to one syllable, for the 
 different sounds, or pitches, as moderns sometimes use the one 
 syllable "ah" continuously. The remaining three of the eleven 
 eltemetze were placed at the beginning and ending of each sen- 
 turi, or in alternation with each senturi of the fruge, throughout 
 the entire compass of the tra. Thus were located the mechani- 
 cal adjustments, that admitted sympathetic vibrations to take 
 place as above stated, from one octave to another, over the front 
 veze, while the pedals governed the echo attachment that con- 
 trolled that characteristic of the rear veze. 
 
 The entire complication of the mechanical part of the Ethere- 
 leum, as well as that of the other Atlantian traze, is far beyond 
 our present ability to reproduce in diagram form, as we have not 
 time to delineate, or narrate them in detail, so as to give a com- 
 plete expression to them as they have been shown to us, clair- 
 voyantly, to have been. In reality, they were so much more per- 
 
 344 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 feet and complete — so .much more scientifically and artistically 
 constructed and wrought out, that we, especially with our pres- 
 ent limited capacity for drawing, such as would insure a perfect 
 representation of the mechanical parts, can do so only in part. 
 But enough has been given, herewith, to afford the reader some 
 idea of the instruments then in use. 
 
 USH E-THE'RE-LE-UM. 
 
 The Atlantians had their traze smaller than those already de- 
 scribed, that were principally adapted to the rendition of melodic 
 krest, and time-beating purposes, especially such as were utilized 
 in their fe-lin'z6 (military) and qu-i-is'tral (orchestral) organi- 
 zations. For as before stated, everything pertaining to the art 
 of krest was being wrought out and utilized, at the time of the 
 overthrow of the Lontidri. 
 
 Among the felinzo and quiistral traze, we will name some of 
 the most important ones, leaving many of the smaller ones out, 
 for want of space. 
 
 The El-e'ze was a set ti-ye'o (three-keyed) wind tra, that 
 would somewhat answer the description of the modern bugle- 
 horn. 
 
 The Riit'ze was another wind tra, that would compare favor- 
 ably with the modern flute or piccolo, it being, in size, intermedi- 
 ate between the two, but in quality of tone more like the flute. 
 
 The I-zeton finds similar representation in the modern drum, 
 
 345 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 though in shape and size it differed, being square-form, and only 
 about one coi'tex in length. 
 
 The E-lu'tes has its partial representation in modern violins, 
 and like them, varied in size, as is the case with the viola, violon- 
 cello, and double bass. It also differed in having a broader 
 body, which came down to a point that formed the extension, 
 and served the purpose of the neck of the modern violin. It was 
 held, by the player, in various ways, similar to the modern 
 style, though more often laid upon a table or stand, for conven- 
 ience in manipulating the strings, etc. There were two sound 
 holes in the top, but characters were inlaid over the neck of the 
 tra, that when fingered by the player, indicated the pitch points, 
 as the frets, on the modern guitar. 
 
 The Kel'da was a tra that was quite similar to the modem 
 music boxes. It had three metal rollers, the central one of 
 which was longer, and the outer two of the same length, which 
 were the mechanical part of the tra, that operated the tone-pro- 
 ducing parts. These were set into action by means of a crank, 
 turned by the operator. 
 
 346 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH LE'ZO KREST K-EN'THRUP, 
 
 OR 
 THE GREAT MUSIC FACTORY. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXIII. 
 
 In regard to the manufacture of Krest'6 (musical) traze, and 
 the composition of se'thack and tra 6 krest (vocal and instrumen- 
 tal music), Anstacia informs us that in the aistie of Almorthia, 
 in Teltzie Zret, was the principal location of the enterprise. 
 
 The main K-en'thriip was an enormous structure that extend- 
 f routing along the main xon'tis (street) for three ix-rol' ta 
 (squares). It was divided into compartments by halls, that ex- 
 tended from the rear to the front of the structure, and these 
 were subdivided into smaller Teltzie, or sections, by other halls 
 that extended at right angles with the former. To each com- 
 partment was assigned the manufacture of some particular tra; 
 and to the sections, from rear to front throughout the compart- 
 ment, the various grades of its construction — from the rear sec- 
 tion, where began the work on the rough material, to the front 
 section where all the traze of that variety were completed. Cen- 
 trally, in front of the great structure, was located the salesroom 
 on either side of which was a large room to which all completed 
 traze were brought for final expert inspection. Six or seven 
 individuals, well versed in the science of mechanism, were em- 
 ployed in each of the two rooms, to render that service- These 
 were not allowed to leave their offices, at night, until the day's 
 consignmnt to them had been thoroughly tested, and their judg- 
 ment passed upon the workmanship. Back of the salesroom 
 were two large rooms, occupied by se'thack tra'o and pret'lex 
 sen-dezer (vocal, instrumental and poetry composers), who com- 
 posed all the vocal and instrumental music, and the words that 
 accompanied the vocal score, used throughout the entire Lonti- 
 dri. No one, except those proficiently qualified, could be em- 
 ployed in these capacities. The Pretze and sendezer of the se- 
 tback krest, occupied the same room, that they might the more 
 readily confer, one artist with another, when adapting the 
 words to the music. However, there were alcoves in each room, 
 to which any of the sendezer could retire, for greater concentra- 
 
 347 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tion of thought, and to receive spirit-inspiration, for they com- 
 posed under spirit guidance, a fact they were fully conscious of. 
 The surroundings, therefore, in those rooms, in every detail, 
 •were such as would bring the brightest and most perfect condi- 
 tions possible, to aid the sendezer in their work, for they sought 
 superiority in all matters pertaining to the Art of Music. Tow- 
 ers, as from a great Cathedral, rose above the central portion of 
 the great Kenthrup. A great dome-shaped roof covered the en- 
 tire structure, composed of an aggregate of lesser domes, that 
 rose individually from the various sections and compartments of 
 the entire structure, thus constructed to be self -protective from 
 the force of the wind and storm. The entire kenthrup received 
 its interior light through the dome of domes, that were composed 
 of transparent materials, while windows, in the outer walls, gave 
 the additional side lights. 
 
 In recognition of the morning sunlight, when the day's work 
 was about to begin, fifteen minutes were devoted to the rendition 
 of grand krest. This took place in the salesroom, when every 
 kind of instrument manufactured in the kenthrup was used to 
 accompany the voices in a service of praise and thanksgiving, 
 unto the great Solar Light, a principle as sacred, to the Atlantian 
 people, as is God to modern peoples. 
 
 Passing from the principal epochs, and periods of events, in 
 the pre-historic Atlantian portion of the si-i'kel ze krest (cycle 
 of music), with Trexler and Ereges as the last greatest kreste- 
 onze, to the subsequent pre-historic period, through which 
 the remnant peoples descended, Anstacia informs us that the 
 knowledge of the Art of Music was retained by Atlantian spirit 
 intelligences, which enabled them, as such, by mental influence, 
 to establish characteristics and ideas for development, within the 
 minds of subsequent descended mortals, in accord with the ideas 
 and conceptions of the spirit-influence, or mind. Therefore, the 
 re-embodiment influence of the "art music" began its develop- 
 ment in the minds of the remnant Atlantian descendants, in the 
 region of Siloton (Egypt), in the early pre-historic period, when 
 E-dam-et'kar'a-mar* (instrumental music) and Ziix kara mar* 
 (vocal music) were established in Egypt ; which facts entitle that 
 section to be considered the "mother country of pre-historic 
 music, and the welding link in music" between Atlantis and an- 
 cient and modern countries, though the influence was soon after 
 felt in the many regions to which the descended peoples were 
 migrating- 
 
 •Pre-hlstoric Egyptian term. 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 During the time, therefore, that intervened between the sub- 
 mergence of Atlantis and the historic time of Egypt, karamar, 
 both vocal and instrumental, had developed to a considerable 
 degree, under the influence of the then known mortal karlamar 
 or instrumentalists, and zexes or vocalists. Among these, just 
 prior to the historic period, the most celebrated of the former 
 class were, a male by the name of Kel'zTc, and a female by the 
 name of A-ze-i'da; and of the latter at that period, a male by the 
 name of Nin'zot, and a female by the name of Sel'zy. 
 
 The only true law of so-called re-incarnation, in the code of 
 laws that govern the present existence of mortal or spirit, of 
 itself profound, logical, and operative throughout the spheres of 
 eternal existence, for the sole purpose of unfoldment and devel- 
 opment of all intelligence, is a silent, and in the majority of cases, 
 unrecognized "teacher," or "influence" of spirit minds upon mor- 
 tals, whereby the latter conceive and bring forth new-born ideas, 
 by manifest new characteristics, which can be recognized as hav- 
 ing belonged to another individual or a predecessor. Nor is this 
 law operative from the spirit side of life wholly, reverting back- 
 wards (for the mind of an incarnate spirit or intelligence can 
 reach out to disembodied ones), thus causing the latter to awaken 
 unto the same thought, which establishes within their minds new- 
 born ideas, inducing their further unfoldment and development, 
 which is a reconceived and re-embodied characteristic quality, 
 and not an individuality. 
 
 In the same ratio, it is an operative law throughout the 
 realms of spirit, and the regions of worlds ; for mental influence 
 is not limited to one of these. It operates as an agent 
 beyond, to aid in the higher spheres; and reverts back, through 
 the spheres of spirit, to the mortal plane, thus to influence higher 
 development. 
 
 The same law is exercised by one incarnate intelligence upon 
 another, likewise incarnate, whereby one mortal is assisted in 
 development by another. It is also operative between disem- 
 bodied intelligences, whereby one spirit is assisted in his or her 
 development or unfoldment, by another. Therefore, a so-called 
 "re-incarnation," "re-insoulment," or "re-embodied characteris- 
 tic" quality, of this kind, does not reverse the natural law of 
 birth, either in the mortal or spirit existence. Hence, it is nat- 
 urally logical, for natural law never reverses opefatively, to fit 
 some specific case, or fancy of creedists or ismists. 
 
 Therefore, there is no reincarnation of the individual spirit 
 and soul proper, but simply a reconceived, redeveloped charac- 
 teristic quality, as a result of the influence of one mind over 
 
 349 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 another, which qualifies the influenced individual, with similar 
 mental conditions to those of the influencing intelligence. This 
 in turn further influences' the mortal soul and body, or the spirit- 
 soul, in development, as well ; hence mistaken as a reincarnation 
 of the influencing individual. 
 
 The Chamboret' was a pre-historic edam of Egypt, an impres- 
 sional, or conceived idea, received by the inventor, though imper- 
 fectly, from a spirit influence who sought to impress the former 
 with an idea of the Atlantian Ethereleum, but the inventor's idea 
 being thus imperfectly received, diverged, by a conception of the 
 idea which resulted in the production of the pre-historic Egyp- 
 tian chamboret, which through the remainder of the pre-historic 
 and historic periods of time, sustained several changes, until it 
 became linked into the modern instrument known as the Mar- 
 im'ba of general use in South America, and also Central Amer, 
 ica, an instrument such as is used at the present time by the 
 famous Marimba Band, now touring the United States. 
 
 The Chamboret, of pre-historic time, was constructed in the 
 form of a table, from wooden material, and was about two feet 
 by three feet in size; the lower octave of bass strings were of 
 gut or fibre. The remaining octaves were each of a different 
 kind of material, set into vibration by means of percussion ham- 
 mers in the hands of the player. 
 
 The influence of the chamboret passed westward, from Egypt 
 and Africa, across the islands of that region, to the West Indies, 
 thence into South America where it developed into the idea of 
 the above named Marimba, and tlience into Central America- 
 
 The influence of the chamboret, likewise, passed eastward 
 from Egypt, into Persia and India, where it was lost in the 
 changes that took place in those regions, and thus developed into 
 various stringed and percussion instruments of that region. 
 
 From the chamboret, also, descended the idea of the dulci- 
 mer, and other instruments such as the zither, etc. 
 
 The De-non'drick was a pre-historic Egyptian e-dam, which 
 similarly to the chamboret, was an impression (though imper- 
 fectly received by the inventor) intended by the spirit influence 
 to have given the idea of the Atlantian letone; but, instead, the 
 idea of the Denondrick was conceived, and brought out; it was 
 the chief influence from which, through the subsequent changes 
 and developments, arose the lyre and the harp of the Egyptians. 
 
 The denondrick was constructed with a body similar to that 
 of the frame of the modern tambourine, or an open, hoop-shaped 
 frame, across which were stretched seven strings, made fas4; at 
 both ends by means' of upper and lower horizontal pieces of 
 wood. 
 
 35'0 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 It was held on the lap of the karlamar, supported by his left 
 arm, and manipulated by the fingers of the right hand. 
 
 THE DE-NON'DRICK. 
 
 Passing along the great Cycle of Music, into the region of 
 Arabia, we find the same re-embodied principles as in Egypt, 
 manifesting through developing ideas conceived by the pre-his- 
 toric Arabians, who, to a certain extent, invented forms of ne- 
 es'i-te (music), though they never became so far advanced in the 
 art as their ancestors, the Atlantians, or even their less remote 
 brethren, the Egyptians. 
 
 The jes-6-lets (instruments) of the Arabians were crude in 
 comparison with those of the Atlantians, hence less expensive. 
 
 The Des'se was their largest jesolet, and in some respects 
 it resembled the Atlantian Ethereleum, but was much more 
 crude. It was constructed as if combined with a table; the 
 ce-6-lets' (chords of strings) that produced the tones were made 
 from the fibres of a tree, then known as the Ci-lete, that grew 
 in the northern portion of the country. The quality of tone pro- 
 duced on the ceolet was greatly influenced by the age of the tree 
 from which the fibre was taken, a fact that was necessarily con- 
 sidered in its utility throughout the scale. 
 
 The ceblets were set intd vibration by a sel-fre-i'de (musi- 
 cian), who picked them with his fingers, as was the case with the 
 Atlantian Ethereleum, only from the under side of the instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Arabian jesoletes neesite was never broitight to perfectibn, 
 from the fact that among that people there were so tnany sWeet 
 
 351 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and talented kres-net'es (vocalists or singers), whose krls'es 
 (voices) have never been excelled, on the earth plane, so far as 
 quality and compass are concerned, therefor vocal music became 
 the favorite amusement among the masses, and the cultivation of 
 the kris (voice) was more zealously practised than was the con- 
 struction and improvement of musical instruments. 
 
 The two most noted krisnetes were a male by the name of 
 Cen-e-i'to, and a female by the name of E-ki'to- They were lo- 
 cated at El-li-tre'ty, the capital city of pre-historic Arabia. 
 
 These celebrated krisnetes were also al-ke-tri'es (teachers of 
 vocal music), and each was also a noted sel-fre-i'do (musician), 
 who played on the various Arabian jesolets, especially the desse. 
 Their school of neesite was located at Ellitrety. 
 
 Subsequently, within the minds of the people who had de- 
 scended from the Atlantian remnants in the Egyptian and 
 Arabian regions, or migrated farther into the orient (see our 
 lines of migrations), musical ideas were reborn under, the same 
 re-embodied condition of spirit-influence. And in the regions 
 of Greece it found its most profound establishment, or rooting 
 and development. 
 
 Thus came, from the crude art of "time keeping" by 
 stamping the feet, and clapping the hands, as practised among the 
 eastern pre-historic descendants from Atlantis, something that 
 opened the door, or the descended minds, for the conception of 
 rythmic masurement, which they manifested by the adoption of 
 instruments of percussion, as drums, cymbals, bells, and triangles, 
 that have led up to the present modern perfection, by a develop- 
 ment of that pre-historic re-incarnation of mental influence. This 
 in time, further opened the idealistic chamber, to receive impres- 
 sions of "wind instruments," when spirit influence, aided by na- 
 ture's sighing breezes as they passed over beds of reeds, or the 
 stronger winds as they whistled through the forest branches, con- 
 veyed to the mortal intelligence, the re-conceived idea or thought 
 of producing tones by instruments of breath. An idea that has, 
 in its development with the new co-operative mind, led up to the 
 flute, the flageolet, the hautboy, oboe, bassoon, clarionet, horns, 
 trumpet, and greatest of all, the Organ, that caused the walls of 
 our finest temples and halls to vibrate in praise and honor of the 
 spirit forces or intelligences, who have wafted back to the chil- 
 dren of earth, ideas of musical knowledge, that the mind and 
 spirit of mortal man might be benefited. 
 
 Through the qualities of tension and vibration, though in 
 crude forms, under the inspiration of spirit-influence, the mortal 
 mind was led to conceive the idea of tone production from ten- 
 
 352 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 sioned fibres and sinews, which, in its further development, ha& 
 led up to the lyre, the lute, the harp, the dulcimer, the clavichord, 
 the harpsichord, and greatest of all, the grand Piano-forte. The 
 marvelous qualities of .this instrument sound forth, giving ex- 
 pressions of praise and thanksgiving, to the spirit-influences 
 which, along this line, have labored by means of natural law, to 
 impress, inspire, and influence, the minds of embodied spirits, or 
 mortals, that we of the twentieth century might feast our incar- 
 nate spirits within the melodic and harmonic tones, that through 
 the law of vibration, issue from the now grandest of all stringed 
 instruments, the piano-forte, as did our far removed ancestors, 
 the Atlantians, fill their musical selves through their Ethereleums. 
 As was the case in Egypt, regarding conceived ideas of mu- 
 sic and the establishment of musical instruments, and of musi- 
 cians and vocalists in the pre-historic periods, so it was in the 
 regions of Greece. As the influence passed eastward from 
 Egypt, by migrating peoples, ultimately, in subsequent pre-his- 
 toric time, the art of flo-re'ci (music) was further developed and 
 continued among the Grecian people, among whom there devel- 
 oped many flo-re'ci-ans (musicians) and shtilte-ze (vocalists) 
 and flo-re'ci-es kii-ze-ertics (musical instruments). 
 
 The most noted among the pre-historic Grecian shulteze were 
 a male by the name of Nen'sic, and a female by the name of Nel'- 
 sic. The most noted of the florecians were a male by the name 
 of Trel'ze-vox, and a female by the name of Ce-tre'cy. The 
 principal florecies kuzeeltics were the lez'ro and the cel-ce-ret'- 
 
 With the influence above mentioned, that passed eastward 
 into Greece by migrating peoples from Egypt, a knowledge of 
 the Egyptian Denondrick was carried into Greece, where in sub- 
 sequent pre-historic time, from it, the idea was conceived which 
 resulted in the invention and development of the lezro and the 
 celceret, which by further spirit-influence, were changed and 
 developed into the historical "chelys," "cithras," or "phorminx," 
 or the class of instruments modernly known as the lyres. 
 
 The story or legend, giving credit to Hermes as being the 
 inventor of the lyre, and as having gotten his idea from having 
 stretched the sinews of a tortoise across its shell, is not wholly 
 a fact, for his principal idea was taken from the denondrick ; but 
 the inventor changed the form of the frame, or circular body, 
 to that of one in resemblance of the tortoise shell, which latter 
 became the support of the strings, instead of being attached to a 
 base, as was the case with the denondrick, and was a much in- 
 ferior instrument to the lezro or the celceret, that had preceded 
 
 353 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 it, and also, idealistically, descended from a knowledge of the 
 Egyptian denondrick. 
 
 The Lezro was a pre-historic Grecian kuzeeltic (instrument) 
 that preceded the celceret, and the ultimate historic chelys, cith- 
 ras or phorminx, of Greece, and was the material influence that 
 led up to all the Grecian lyres. 
 
 In form, the lezro was characterized by a triangular body 
 that supported the strings at their upper end; and it stood erect, 
 upon a box-like base or sound chest, to which latter the lower 
 ends of the strings were made fast. There were eight strings, 
 the lengths of which, relative to their difference in pitch, were 
 governed by the lower sides of the triangular form of the frame 
 over which they were strung, co-operative with the degree of 
 tension and quality of the material, of the different strings. 
 
 This arrangement of the strings brought the longer, or lower- 
 toned ones, in the center of the scale, and were therefore manip- 
 ulated with the thumb of the left hand and the fourth finger of 
 the right. The remainder of the fingers were utilized when 
 manipulating the higher-toned strings. 
 
 The kuzeeltic, when played upon, stood in an upright position, 
 similar to that of the harp, though not tipped, and the florecian 
 (musician), likewise, stood at the side of the kuzeeltic. 
 
 The Cel-ce-ret was also 
 a pre-historic Grecian ku- 
 zeeltic that had its origin 
 through changed ideas of 
 the lezro, under spirit-in- 
 fluence. This instrument, 
 in its construction, or es- 
 tablishment, became the 
 link by which we are able 
 to connect the Atlantian 
 ietone through the ideas of 
 the Egyptian denondrick, 
 and the Grecian lezro, to 
 the historical variety of 
 lyres. 
 
 In form, the celceret had a body or sound-chest very much 
 the shape of a miniature gondola, the terminal of which was 
 ornamented with various designs, as triangles, globes, scrolls or 
 leaves, the latter being the most common (see diagram). There 
 were nine strings, the length of which, relative to pitch, was gov- 
 erned by an arched frame that extended in that form from one 
 terminal of the sound-chest to the other, and to this they were 
 
 354 
 
 THE LEZ'RO. 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 attached at their upper ends, the lower ends being made fast to 
 the body or sound-chest; therefore, by length, tension, and the 
 material quality of the open strings, they vibrated in different 
 pitches of tone. 
 
 The kuzeeltic, when being played, was held diagonally across 
 the lap of the florecian, its right end resting against his or her 
 right side, and as the lower-toned strings were in the center of 
 the kuzeeltic, they were manipulated by the florecian in the same 
 manner as when playing upon the lezro. 
 
 THE CEL-CE-RET'. 
 
 Passing into the Christian era, through the influence of the 
 Egyptian and Grecian musical celebrities, we find the influence 
 re-embodied in subsequent minds, who conceived the ideas that 
 developed into a chant, in its crude state, which had a great in- 
 fluence upon the minds of the church folowers, throughout the 
 first three hundred years. A- D., though checked by the persecu- 
 tions of Nero and Diocletian. 
 
 In the latter part of the fifth century, A. D., St. Ambrose 
 re-embodied the idea of the Ambrosian chant, that influenced the 
 church followers, through two hundred years. 
 
 During the next seven hundred years, we find St. Gregory 
 the Great, and his works, as the principal influence, who had fur- 
 ther re-embodied his ideas of church music, in co-operation with 
 that of St. Ambrose. This gave rise to the epoch of the Gre- 
 gorian or Roman chant, which aided the spirit-influences to open 
 the minds of many mortals, who also received impressions that 
 led up to a greater development and utility of the Art of Music, 
 when we find the people of England influenced by such celebri- 
 ties as St. Augustine and Pope Vitalian, Italian singers; King 
 John of Fornset, who established the first English school, and 
 King Alfred, who founded a professorship of music at Oxford. 
 The Organ was constructed; musical theories were written, and 
 five eminent musicians headed the developing influence. 
 
 France was also influenced by the Kings ; coronation masses 
 were composed; part-singing, notation, minim and semiminim, 
 
 *35S 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 old French school, were introduced, and nine eminent musi- 
 cians, and many troubadours headed the developing influence. 
 
 Germany and the Netherlands were influenced by the culti- 
 vation of sacred or passion Plays, and tournaments of Song, but 
 no musicians of especial note were then in the musical ascend- 
 ency. 
 
 Italy was influenced by the requiems of Celanos; the organ 
 was improved by Pope Sylvester, and Guido stood as the princi- 
 pal musician, who through conceived, or re-embodied ideas, was 
 led to invent the modern Scale. 
 
 Through the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, centering the 
 epoch of the Polyphonic schools, we find the influence greatly 
 developed. 
 
 In England, the second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth Eng- 
 lish Schools of Music were founded, by John Dunstable, J. Ham- 
 boys, Robt- Fayrfax, J. Redford and Christopher Tye, respect- 
 ively, and also their ofiicial boards. Further influence came 
 through the Kings of these periods, and thirty or more noted 
 musicians. O. Gibbons was the brightest light of the latter part 
 of the sixteenth century. 
 
 France was under the influence of the Kings; the later 
 French School of Music was established; the lute and guitar 
 assumed their modern forms ; books of masses were written, and 
 the Odes of Horace were published; sixteen or more eminent 
 musicians headed the developing influence that marked the con- 
 dition of musical events. 
 
 Germany and the Netherlands influenced through their Gal- 
 lio-Belgian; first, second, third and fourth Flemish schools, as 
 founded by Dufay, Okenheim, Josquindes, Gombert, and Lassus ; 
 also the first, second and third Dutch schools, as founded by 
 Arkadelt, Hollander, and Suelink, respectively; the German 
 Polyphonic schools, schools of Munich and Nuremburg, founded 
 by A. de Fulda, O. de Lassus and Hasler, respectively. These 
 faculties, with thirty or more eminent musicians, wielded a great 
 influence over the German and Dutch people. 
 
 Italy was influenced by her schools of music, as the Vene- 
 tian, Lombardy, Early Florentine, Early Roman, Late Roman, 
 Early Neopolitan and Late Neopolitan, founded by Willaert, 
 Gafwrius, Costeccia, Festa, Palestrine, Tinctor, and Francesco, 
 respectively. These, with twenty or more eminent musicians, 
 represented the developing influenc in Italy in the musical events 
 of that period. 
 
 Passing on into the seventeenth century of the Great Musi- 
 cal Cycle, we find the influence of the Monadic school of Flor- 
 
 356 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ence, and the epoch of the Polyodic schools, especially effecting 
 invention; the rise and development of the Opera, under the in- 
 fluence of Peri, Caccini, and Galieli, in the first period; Monte- 
 verde, who invented the dominant seventh, and pizzicato pas- 
 sages for stringed instruments, and influenced, through operatic 
 renditions in the second period ; establishment of the Opera 
 House, at Venice, by Farrari and Manelli ; rythmic melody, in 
 the Opera, as improved by Cavelli in the third period. In the 
 first period, Cavaliere influenced by his production, at Rome, of 
 the first Oratorio, in representation of the Soul and of the Body. 
 In the second period, the influence was strengthened by the Alle- 
 gorical Drama, as established by Kayosterger. In the third 
 period, Carissimi, the most conspicuous celebrity of the period, 
 influenced through an elevation of Sacred Dramas, or Cantatas, 
 andOratorios- In the first period, the influence of the clavichord, 
 upon the rise of instrumental utilities, was established, and the 
 harpsichord aided in the accompaniment of the first operas. It 
 served Handel and Bach, and their contemporaries, in support of 
 the recitative Secco, and was the chief material influence .to the 
 conception of the impressional idea of the pianoforte. 
 
 In England, during this epoch, the influence was further felt 
 by the establishment of songs' for the lute; motteats and grave 
 "chamber music" and the madrigal, during the reign of Queen 
 Elizabeth; art publications, the establishments of Organists, 
 books of Psalms, Church music, rounds, catches' and canons, fan- 
 tasias, compositions of music for the coronation of King Charles 
 II, and his March; the Cathedral service, origin of the "Verse 
 Anthem," and the Anglecian chant; the Divine service, origin of 
 the English opera by Purcell, etc. These influences, with ten 
 noted English musicians, with Purcell as the greatest light, that 
 stood at the helm of progress, inspired by spirit-impression, 
 wielded a great power in the restoration of the Musical Cycle 
 during that period. 
 
 In France, during this epoch, the influence was felt through 
 the requiem, masses and preludes, the writing of treatises on 
 acoustic harmony, and a history of music ; orchestral accompani- 
 ment of the Mass, Court ballets, the founding of the French school 
 of Music of the seventeenth century, by Jean Lulli; origin of 
 the Grand Opera and the French Overture. These, with nine 
 or more eminent musicians, with Lulli as the leading celebrity, 
 under spirit-influence, elevated the music of France. 
 
 In Germany, some eighteen eminent musicians, with H. 
 Schutz at the head, struggled for the rise of music, but the 
 ThirtyYears' War greatly retarded the progress. Yet, operas, 
 
 • 357 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of which the "Dafne" of Rinuccini, was the first, were set to 
 music, by Schutz, and "Passion compositions" were published; 
 Singspiels and "Evening music" wielded the best influence under 
 the conditions of the country. 
 
 Italy, as stated above, was influenced by the Opera, as in- 
 vented by Peri, who also invented thorough bass; by other 
 operas by various composers; the invention of the oratorio by 
 Cavaliere ; pizzicato passages, invented by Monteverde ; the im- 
 provement of the orchestra, by Legrenzi. The terrible plague 
 in 1630, that devastated the principal cities of Italy, greatly re- 
 tarded the progress of music in that region, but occasioned the 
 composition of the Mass for six choirs, to be sung for the cessa- 
 tion of the plague, at Rome. In addition to the many operas 
 composed, appeared sacred and secular sonatas; opera houses 
 were opened to the public; dramatic music, and sacred dramas 
 were written. These conditions, co-operative with about twen- 
 ty-two eminent musicians, with A. Scarlatti at their head, inspired 
 by spirit-influence, gave material aid to the rise of the Art of 
 Music through the first three periods of this epoch. 
 
 Entering the latter part of the seventeenth century, or the 
 fourth period, and beginning of the Classical epoch, we find 
 Scarlatti influencing through his Simple recitative. Accompanied 
 recitative and the regular Aria, and further development of the 
 Overture, while many of his contemporaries influenced through 
 the rise of meagre preluded, into well-formed overtures. Scar- 
 latti reached the zenith of his genius in oratorio and recitative 
 compositions. 
 
 In this period, Jean P- Rameau was added to the principal 
 celebrities of France. Eleven celebrities were added to Italy, 
 with Duranke and Marcello at the head. 
 
 In Germany, during this period, two great lights appeared 
 in the Cycle of Music: G. F. Handel and J. S. Bach. These, the 
 first greatest celebrities in the epoch, we have chosen as fitting 
 subjects to join hands with Trexler and Ereges, the last two 
 greatest of the Atlantian kresteonze of that classical, pre-historic 
 epoch, as periodical links in the great Cycle of Music, by which 
 we are able to continue the influence of the art of krest or music, 
 that was established in Atlantis, and re-established by the rem- 
 nant descendants, whose genius, under spirit-influence, and fur- 
 ther development through the first seventeen centuries of the 
 Christian era, has welded the links in the broken cycle and re- 
 stored the greatness of the Atlantian Art, though under modi- 
 fied conditions and utiHties. 
 
 John Sebastian Bach, the founder and father of German 
 
 358 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 music, we have chosen as one of the principal links in the great 
 cycle of Tone Poets and Musicians. Bach, in his earlier life 
 work, influenced chiefly through his wonderful pianoforte and 
 organ playing. Later, as a composer of Sacred oratorios, can- 
 tatas, and choral works, in which he displayed such emotional, 
 passionate, pious fervor of religious devotion. Further, he in- 
 fluenced in his co-operation with the ideas of Luther, who 
 planted the earliest germs of the oratorio, in which Divine pas- 
 sion was recited, especially in North Germany, thus continuing 
 to influence the German people through that style of Church 
 music, as is evidenced by his having set portions of St. Mat- 
 thew's gospel to music, in oratorio form. This, while in keeping 
 with the incidental narration, he characterized with reflective 
 passages, under especial "harmonic" treatment, and made the 
 whole more effective by his grand display of airs, duets, and 
 choruses, all written for the occasion. Furthermore, he was an 
 influence by his setting Passion music to the words of St. John 
 and St. Matthew. His cantatas for church use, peculiarly 
 adapted to every Sunday's requirements, in the Lutheran serv- 
 ice; his secular cantatas, masses, pieces for the Roman church, 
 the organ part never having been equalled in intrinsic qualities, 
 or as material for masterly display ; concertos and suites for the 
 orchestra, a vast number of pieces for the harpsichord or clave- 
 cin, preludes, fugues, etc., are among the influences, like those 
 of Handel, that will never cease, by impression, to influence 
 minds throughout coming generations; hence, re-incarnation of 
 the musical ideas of these great men. 
 
 George Frederic Handel, one of the greatest of all musicians, 
 we have chosen as one of the principal links in the great cycle 
 of Tone Poets and Musicians. Handel influenced chiefly 
 through the artistic development of England, thus affecting both 
 private and political life; and the more in regard to natural 
 issues, as he co-operated with the sentiment of English poetry, 
 and natural and religious life. Through his genius as an organ- 
 ist, orchestral master, composer of operas, "water music," te- 
 deums, anthems, etc., he was an influence ; but his greatest influ- 
 ence was felt through his oratorios and secular works, such as 
 dealt with national epics, as evidenced by his didactic oratorios, 
 "Judas Maccabaeus" and "Israel in Egypt," "L' Allegro il Pense- 
 roso," "Alexander's Feast," and those dealing with deep relig- 
 ious feeling as his "Messiah," etc. 
 
 "The music of Handel, for its simple, massive, perspicuous 
 grandeur, may be likened to a Grecian temple ; and that of Bach 
 to a Gothic edifice, for its infinite involution of lines and intric- 
 
 359 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 acy of detail. The great complexity of the one makes it more 
 difficult of comprehension, and more slow in impression, while 
 the sublime majesty of the other displays itself at a single 
 glance and is printed at once on the mental vision. Handel 
 wrote for effect, and he produces it with certitude upon thou- 
 sands. Bach wrote as a pleasurable exercise for mastery, and 
 gives kindred pleasure to those who study his work in the spirit 
 that incited him to produce it." 
 
 In this "epoch of his genius," in the fifth period of Operatic 
 events, Handel produced many of his operas in England, and 
 greatly elevated Dramatic music. Logroscino invented the Con- 
 certed finale, and others improved Italian music, while Rameau 
 elevated the Opera from the traditions of LuUi. 
 
 In the sixth period, Gluck completely reformed Music-drama 
 in France and Germany, and George Benda invented Melodrama. 
 
 Wolfgang Mozart, one of the greatest musicians the world 
 has ever produced, whom we have chosen as one of the principal 
 links in the great Cycle of Tone Poets and Musicians, influenced 
 all Europe from his childhood to matured age. His great talent 
 and genius, under profound development, brought him into 
 notoriety with kings and queens, emperors, popes, and celebri- 
 ties of high rank. It established them as his patrons and ad- 
 mirers, while the whole music-loving world bowed at the shrine 
 of his accomplishments, and sought his "inspirational" influence, 
 which was greatly felt through his operas, concertos, masses, 
 symphonies, sonatas, and in other important works, both vocal 
 and instrumental. Through all of these he manifested a fer- 
 tility of invention, quality of natural dramatic instinct, graceful 
 melody, force of expression and shapely, beautiful and well-con- 
 ■structed composition; pure and refined taste, affectionate quality, 
 •constant development of noble ideas, technical perfection, true 
 genius, the soul's expression, mental elaboration, etc., as evi- 
 ■denced by his various works- 
 
 In the seventh period Mozart reached his zenith, as a com- 
 poser of operas ; Gretry and Mehul excelled in French opera ; 
 Cherubini and Cimarosa in the Italian. 
 
 In the fifth period of oratorio production, Handel, Bach and 
 Graun embodied the oratorio with its most perfect ideas. 
 
 In the sixth period, Haydn, Jomelli and Paosiello were the 
 ones who kept alive the ideas of their predecessors. 
 
 During this epoch, the pianoforte and organ were greatly im- 
 proved. J. S. Bach, Handel and D. Scarlatti together, but par- 
 ticularly Bach, perfected the style in instrumental polyphonic 
 music. His Fugues were the most perfect models in existence; 
 
 360 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 monophonic music, in the form of dance tuneS, reached highest 
 significance in the suite, and was a precursor to the sonata. 
 Emanuel Bach established the sonata form, and Haydn re-char- 
 acterized it, by improvements ; Mozart glorified Haydn's achieve- 
 ment by perfecting, to a logical limit, its symmetry and propor- 
 tion, its elegance of detail and wealth of melodic beauty. 
 
 Ludwig von Beethoven, the Shakespeare of Tone-Poetry, 
 who represents the climax of musical history, and whom we have 
 chosen as one of the principal links in the great Cycle of Tone 
 Poets and Musicians, influenced through embodied ideas, and 
 character qualities made manifest, such as artistic ideality, inspi- 
 ration of truth and reality, personal emotion, depth of feeling, 
 force of genius, artistic expansion, depth of pathos, dramatic 
 force, love and emotion, independent thought, poetic ideas, etc. 
 as evidenced by his great works, as by trios, sonatas, concertos, 
 symphonies, masses, overtures, quartets, quintets, etc. 
 
 In the Classical-Romantic period Beethoven gave to music 
 the romantic element, with little change of the sonata form, as 
 established by Haydn and Mozart, and made it a medium of emo- 
 tional expression, placing that principal in the ascendency of 
 form. 
 
 In this epoch. Violin music and Orchestral music, alike, 
 under the influence of Corelli, Scarlatti, Bach, Handel, and 
 their contemporaries, were greatly improved during the first half 
 of the century; Gluck, Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven made the 
 orchestra a powerful feature in the portrayal of dramatic char- 
 acter and situation; Haydn created the Symphony and String 
 quartet, and, in co-operation with Mozart, founded the modern 
 orchestra; Beethoven developed the classic forms- of Haydn and 
 Mozart to the logical limit, and stands pre-eminent as a composer 
 of Orchestral symphonies. 
 
 In Germany, during the eighteenth century, under the influ- 
 ence of Emperors Joseph I, Charles VI, Charles VII, Joseph II, 
 and Leopold II, and their contemporaneous' celebrated musical 
 subjects, great influence was felt. Over one hundred lights rose 
 to correspondingly celebrated heights, on the Musical cycle, the 
 two greatest being Mozart and Beethoven, whom we have 
 chosen, in co-operation vvith Gluck, J. A. Hiller, Haydn, Vogler, 
 Dussek, T- A. Hiller, Cramer, Hummel, Spohr, von Weber, 
 Meyerbeer, Hauptman, Moscheles, and Schubert, to represent the 
 greatness of the latter part of the cycle, and to join hands with 
 Rundzey and Extody, the first greatest noted Kresteonze of At- 
 lantis, thus to connect up the pre-historic and historic events of 
 this Cycle. 
 
 • 361 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 In Italy, during the eighteenth century, under the influence 
 of Popes Innocent XIII, Clement XII, Benedict XIV, Clement 
 XIII, and Pius VI, and the eminent Italian musicians of that 
 epoch of the Classical school, of which there were seventy or 
 more. Martini, Piccini, Simarosa, Clementi, Cherubini, Spontini, 
 Rossini, Donizetti, and Scarlatti being the most noted among 
 them, great advancement was made in that region, especially 
 through the influence of operas. 
 
 In England, during the eighteenth century, music, under the 
 influence of Queen Anne and Kings George I, II, and III, and 
 Handel and his great works, his oratorios, water music, and coro- 
 nation anthems, his historic, cathedral music, glees, anthems, 
 harpsichord and dramatic music, and other publications, in co- 
 operation with some thirty other eminent musicians, headed by J. 
 Field, in the latter part of the century, greatly elevated that por- 
 tion of the Musical cycle. 
 
 In France, during the eighteenth century, musicians', under 
 the influence of the Kings, Louis XV and XVI, the court players, 
 the suite, operas comique, treaties on Harmony, and other publi- 
 cations, by Rameau ; Mozart's appearance in the country ; Gluck's 
 greater compositions ; and various others, co-operative with some 
 fifty eminent musicians, among whom the most noted were 
 Gretry, Mehul, Baillott, Rode, Boieldieu, Auber, Herold and 
 Halevy; who likewise under spirit-influence, elevated that part 
 of the Musical cycle, and left their characteristics reincarnate, 
 as it were, in their works, to influence modern minds. 
 
 During the latter part of the eighteenth century, the greater 
 lights, in theMusical cycle, began to pass from the material side 
 of life, to the spiritual, and we find J. S. Bach, Handel, Gluck, 
 and Mozart, and a vast number of their contemporaries, going 
 from the earth, having left only the influence of great genius, 
 embodied in their works, which is still a commanding influence, 
 upon modern minds, and such as could be felt only through char- 
 acteristics as marvelous as theirs, from both the mortal and 
 spirit. 
 
 Passing into the nineteenth century, the epoch of the Roman- 
 tic schools, composers embodied their moods, peculiarities and 
 experiences ; intense feeling was expressed in all departments of 
 technique, in opposition to classic ideals of good proportion and 
 universal validity of type, such as had been embodied in the 
 works of the masters, in the preceding century. 
 
 With the eighth period, therefore, begins the influence of 
 Grand Opera proper, expressive of heroism and glory, such as' 
 manifested through Spontini's "Vestale," Auber's "Masieniella," 
 
 362 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Rossini's "Tell," Meyerbeer's "Huguenots," Weber's "Der Frei- 
 shutz," and "Oberon," which prepared the way for Weber, in 
 the ninth period. He took up the embodied ideas of his prede- 
 cessors, as evidenced by his "Rienzi," and embodied his own 
 idealistics in such works as the "Flying Dutchman," "Tannhau- 
 ser;" expressed his nature through German folk-lore, myths, 
 etc., and still further, through his novelty of harmony, orchestra- 
 tion, and stage effects, thus portraying his wonderful concep- 
 tions, as attained through spirit-influence of preceding celebrities. 
 In the seventh period of development in the Oratorio pro- 
 duction, we find Haydn's embodied ideas in "The Creation," and 
 "The Seasons;" Beethoven's in "Mount of Olives" and "Messa 
 Solemis." Through this embodiment, they influenced the minds 
 of that and succeeding periods, with degrees of profound feeling, 
 unprecedented since the embodied ideas of Bach. Even the 
 orchestral rendition confirms the profundity in tone language, 
 such as can only be read, understandingly, by the emotional 
 powers of the listener. 
 
 In the eighth period, we find Mendelssohn embodying his 
 ideas of Dramatic orchestral characterization beyond that of 
 Haydn and Beethoven, as evidenced by his "St. Paul" and 
 "Elija;" the same was true of Berlioz, only more extensively, as 
 evidenced by his "Damnation of Faust" and "Infancy of Christ." 
 During this epoch, wonderful improvements attended the de- 
 velopment of both the organ and the pianoforte- 
 Through the stronger emotion, embodied in Beethoven's later 
 works, and the improvements made in the pianoforte, the door 
 opened for the modern Romantic school, when brilliant composi- 
 tions, and piano playing, had alike a reproductive influence upon 
 the musical minds of that period, and those of the present as 
 well, as evidenced by the embodied ideas, in the composition and 
 rendition of works by such celebrities as Mendelssohn, Schuman, 
 Tausig, Rubenstein, etc. 
 
 During this epoch, influence was felt, and embodied, through 
 the genius displayed in the violin and orchestral compositions, 
 of such celebrities as Weber, Mendelssohn and Berlioz, which 
 caused a rise from such novelties as the fairy, spectre or demon 
 styles in music, that developed, and influenced through the de- 
 scriptive power of the opera and symphonic poems, in England, 
 during the first half of the century. 
 
 The general development of the musical cycle, of this century, 
 was under the influence of the Kings, George IV and William 
 IV, and Queen Victoria, together with some forty eminent musi- 
 
 - 363 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 cians. Among the latter the most noted were Balfe and Novello, 
 Bennett and Sullivan. 
 
 During this period eighteen or more eminent English musi- 
 cians, the greatest among them Field, passed into the spirit realm 
 of the Cycle. 
 
 During the second half of the century England,^ and cognate 
 nations, were influenced by these masters and their works, co- 
 operative with schools, colleges, etc. 
 
 Some twenty-five of the eminent musicians of England passed 
 into the spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the most noted 
 were Balfe and Bennett, during the latter half of the nineteenth 
 century. 
 
 In Germany, and among cognate nations, during the first half 
 of the century, we find people under the influence of Emperor 
 William IV ; schools, operas, oratorios, symphonies, sonatas, 
 masses, overtures, songs, concertos, treaties on Harmony, socie- 
 ties, conservatories, all co-operative with about one hundred emi- 
 nent musicians. Among these the most noted were Mendelssohn, 
 Schuman, Liszt, Hiller, Wagner, Henselt, Gade, KuUak, Rubin- 
 stein, von Bulow, Brahms, Tschaikowsky, Tausig, Millocker and 
 Grieg. 
 
 In this period, some sixty of the eminent musicians passed to 
 the spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the most noted were 
 Haydn, Dussek, Beethoven, Schubert, Weber, Hummel and Men- 
 delssohn. 
 
 In the second half of the century, we find the works of these, 
 and other celebrities and their works, wielding an influence in 
 the minds of Germany and among the cognate nations. 
 
 Some fifty-five or more of the eminent musicians passed into 
 the spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the most noted were 
 Schuman, Cramer, Meyerbeer, Hauptman, Moscheles, Kullak, 
 Wagner, Hiller and Liszt. 
 
 In France, during the first half of the the nineteenth century, 
 the development of the Cycle was under the influence of Em- 
 peror Nepoleon Kings Louis XVIII and Charles X, and thirty 
 or more eminent musicians, the most noted among whom were 
 Berlioz, Chopin, Thalberg, Gounod, Saint-Saens, and Godard. 
 
 During this period some twenty-five of the most noted musi- 
 cians passed to the spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the 
 most noted were Mehul, Herold, Boieldieu, Leseveur, Boillit, 
 Chopin, and Kelkbenner. 
 
 In the second half of the century, we find these celebrities 
 influencing, through ideas embodied in their compositions, the 
 histories, schools, conservatories, academies, etc. 
 
 364 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 During the latter part of the century, forty or more of the 
 eminent musicians passed to the spirit realm of the Cycle. 
 
 In Italy, during the first half of the nineteenth century, the 
 people were influenced by Rossini's cantatas and operas, and sim- 
 ilar compositions by Belleni, Donizetti and Verdi, etc. These 
 were co-operative with some thirty eminent musicians, the most 
 noted among whom were Maria and Verdi. 
 
 During this period, some twenty-five of the eminent musi- 
 cians passed to the spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the 
 most noted were Clementi, Ballini, Paganini and Cherubini. 
 
 During the same half of the century, we find these celebrated 
 musicians, and their works, influencing the people of Italy and 
 cognate nations. 
 
 About twenty of the eminent musicians passed on into the 
 spirit realm of the Cycle, among whom the most noted was 
 Rossini. 
 
 In the nineteenth century, America, with one hundred and 
 fifty or more prominent musicians, co-operative with the current 
 musical works of the preceding masters, their own compositions 
 and literature, schools, societies, conventions, conservatories, 
 academies, associations, public-school music, etc., influenced the 
 development of the Musical Cycle, in this region, throughout the 
 first half of the nineteenth century. 
 
 During this period, about sixteen of the prominent musicians 
 passed to the spirit realm of the Cycle, in America. 
 
 In the second half of the century, twenty-five or more promi- 
 nent musicians were added to the developing core, who co-oper- 
 ated with the works and influence of their ancient and immedi- 
 ate predecessors, and the vast number of music dealers, schools, 
 academies, conservatories, societies, journals, and other expo- 
 nents, and instrumental facilities of every kind, all of which 
 have been an influence in the development of the Cycle, in this 
 region, and links by which certain aids have been given, in con- 
 necting up the present with the pre-historic conditions of the 
 Cycle. The influence of this period, co-operative with the devel- 
 opment of the past, is manifest in the establishment of a greater 
 amplitude of expression ; a wider range of poetic ideas have been 
 brought into brighter coloring through the musical rendition, 
 modulations, dissonances, greater distribution of voices, sensa- 
 tional effects, etc. As proof, mark the change in the operas, 
 oratorios, songs, orchestration, and concertos, and especially the 
 treatment of music for solo instruments. 
 
 In this period Wagner stands master in the Operatic zone of 
 the Cycle, as is evidenced by his conception of such ideas as are 
 
 • 365 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 displayed in "Lohengrin," "Tristan and Isolde," "Niehelungen 
 Ring," and "Parsifal" — all poetic, lofty in sentiment, in word 
 expression, musical phraseology, tone-coloring and scenic details, 
 as previously unknown; Gounod, likewise, climbed the hill of 
 development by his sensuous conceptions, as evidenced in his 
 creation of "Faust." Contemporaneous with him, on the same 
 heights of musical conception, is Goldmark, evidenced in his 
 "Queen of Sheba;" but the taste of the general public called for 
 lighter Romance, hence the departure of some eminent writers, 
 such as Suppe, Strauss, Lecocquet, and others, who expressed 
 through lighter operas. 
 
 The Oratorio of "real poetic greatness," was terminated by 
 authors who departed from such conceptions of it, as Men- 
 delssohn's "Elija," and its like, etc., and the people of the period 
 were influenced through sensational creations, as "The Tower of 
 Babel" and "Paradise Lost," by Rubinstein; "The Deluge," by 
 Saint-Saens, "Te-Deum," by Berlioz," or the "Requiem," by 
 Verdi, etc. 
 
 Still further development, diverging from the works of the 
 great masters in the Cycle into a light, lyrical zone, is evidenced 
 in Max Bruch's "Oddysens" and "Frith Jof;" Mackenzie's 
 "Rose of Sharon," and others ; Dudley Buck's "Light of Asia;" 
 Hoffman's "Fair Melusena," etc. 
 
 As Mendelssohn's "Elija" marked the zenith of the modern 
 Oratorios, and Wagner's "Lohengrin" of the Opera, Schuman 
 and Chopin hold the altitude banner of poetic pianoforte playing 
 and works; and no modern writers have influenced by superior 
 conceptions and creations. 
 
 The principal influence has been through popularizing works 
 of previous masters, addition of arrangements, such as Liszt's 
 arrangement of Schubert's songs, and the ascendency that arose 
 through the development of expression, brilliancy, and general 
 effects. 
 
 As to violin and orchestral music, the influence is felt most 
 in the revolution wrought in the Art of Orchestration, such as is 
 evidenced by the sensational character given to it by the works 
 of Berloiz ; the elegant, poetic and organ-like characteristics dis- 
 played by Wagner, as in the prelude to "Lohengrin," "Ride of 
 the Valkyries," "Waldweben," the prelude to "Tristan and 
 Isolde," the score of the "Gotterdammerung," the "Symphonic 
 Poems" of Liszt, Saint-Saens, etc. 
 
 During the second half of the century, about fifty of the 
 prominent musicians passed into the spirit realm of the Cycle. 
 
 366 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 BE-DES'ZE NUD BE-DES-TRE'ZE, 
 
 OR 
 
 PAINTERS AND PAINTINGS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXIV. 
 
 The Ze-ule-us ze Be-des'tre (art of painting) in the latter 
 part of the first Efremetrum, was crude, both in design and 
 material with which to execute the be-des-tre'ze. 
 
 The early work of the bedesze was modelled after natural 
 landscapes, which began with certain specimens of vegetation, 
 and was utilized for purposes of interior ornamentation, and 
 wrought upon crude paper, the product of that period. 
 
 Gel'is, a noted bedes (painter) of that epoch, was the orig- 
 inator of the zeuleus' ze bedestre. As a child he was a Ca-cel'la, 
 being influenced by spirit guides, to lay the foundation on which 
 the great structure of bedestre, as an art, rested in subsequent 
 time. 
 
 While at play, he collected some vegetable juices, which he 
 daubed upon a chip of wood. As he continued this amusement, 
 he caused the colors to blend, and naturally to assume various 
 forms. As he grew older, he was led by the same influence, to 
 see and conceive the idea of blending colors, and to utilize them 
 in the process of imitating objective forms in representation of 
 
 - 367 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the scenes about him. Had he lived beyond the years of middle 
 life, he would have greatly improved the art ; but his passing out 
 of the form made it otherwise. 
 
 There were many bedesze who, during that Efremetrum, 
 modelled after his works ; but as to the point of art, their produc- 
 tions remained thus crude during that epoch. 
 
 Gelis was located at El'the-re-zo, the original aistie in Teltzie 
 Set, on the site of Enididstro of the third Efremetrum. 
 
 At'nex was a celebrity who rose at the beginning of the sec- 
 ond Efremetrum, and who continued the zeuleus as originated by 
 Gelis- He was further influenced, to improve it, which he ac- 
 complished by combining minerals and clay substances with vege- 
 table juices- He originated, and adopted, the use of brushes, 
 which were of three different sizes. They were made from parts 
 of the body of the E'the-lets, a low fibrous shrub of that region. 
 Strips were cut the size of the brush, the ends were pounded 
 until the woody part could be removed, which, when done, left 
 the fibrous part to form the brush. The fibres were as fine as 
 the finest of thread. His subjects were principally landscapes, 
 and mountains and water scenes, his favorites. He painted di- 
 rect from natural scenes, and when occasion afforded opportun- 
 ity, his easel was an adjacent rock or fallen tree. He also dis- 
 covered the art of making colorings to appear changeable in the 
 light, which made them much more attractive. The effect Vi'as 
 produced by a finish which he put on his bedestreze. The prep- 
 aration was an oil he made, from a shrub then known as the 
 Zeth'te-lin. It was similar to a modern varnish, and applied the 
 same way. 
 
 Through the influence of Atnex, bedestre sildazic (painting 
 schools) were established in various parts of the Lontidri, dur- 
 ing which time the zeuleus greatly advanced toward perfection. 
 
 He dwelt at E-u'ti-se, the original aistie in Teltzie We, of the 
 Lontidri, but this, in the latter part of the third Efremetrum, 
 was changed to Neitz, the Kistrez aistie of the Teltzie. 
 
 Liusron was the most noted bedes of the third Efremetrum. 
 He was a pupil of Kert'ze-lm, who had been formerly a pupil of 
 Atnex. He was a man of great genius, noted for his univer- 
 sality in bringing out the subjects and models he chose for his 
 bedestreze. His designs and productions were for both interior 
 and exterior ornamentation. His greatest achievements were in 
 the aistie of Atara, adjacent to which his bedestre sildazic had 
 place. He wrought elaborate bedestreze, modelled after various 
 subjects and also after his own creation. His imagery, and per- 
 spective effects, were alike as perfect as life itself. His por- 
 
 368 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 traits were so fine, both in perspective and blend of colors, that 
 the individual representation seemed ready to speak and move, 
 as it were, so akin was it to the natural subject from which 
 the portrait was modelled. 
 
 Cret'ze-lii was one of Liusron's most noted pupils, whose 
 work was to retouch the carvings of Ax' trey, with whom he was 
 contemporaneous, on the musical instruments. This art made 
 the carvings realistic, in appearance, and much more beautiful 
 than modern carvings appear. 
 
 Through the influence of Liusron and his renowned school, 
 similar ones were established by his pupils, which strengthened 
 the progress of the zeuleus throughout the Lontidri. 
 
 . Anstacia, the daughter of Liusron, who became classically 
 proficient under the influence of her father, continued his work, 
 until the final submergence of the Lontidri. 
 
 Her most famous bedestre, which was a dramatic scene, por- 
 trayed in massive detail, was presented by her to the Ken'ti Klin'- 
 tic (a Dramatic society) of Atara, and was placed in the then 
 famous Riz'tic (playhouse or theatre) of the Kenti Klintic, on 
 the occasion of one of their grand National conventions of art. 
 These were held annually in honor of the Masters of all arts, and 
 their great works. The latter were displayed in the Riztic, dur- 
 ing the convention, for the purpose of leading artists to higher 
 aspirations in regard to the perfection of their works. 
 
 Therefore, there were many painters and paintings through- 
 out the Lontidri, in the last period of Atlantian greatness. Could 
 the adornments of habitations, both private and public, have been 
 viewed by mortal Art lovers, of modern times, the fact of the 
 greatness attained by the Atlantian artists would be recognized 
 as far excelling the works of modern artists. 
 
 Passing from the Atlantian influence, through painters and 
 paintings, into El-teze (Arabia), to about 5.=;oo B. C, we find 
 a very crude idea of the art of painting, then existing in Elteze, 
 having its re-embodiment by spirit inspiration and guidance. 
 
 After about five hundred years, through which time but lit- 
 tle advancement had been made, the art took a start toward 
 greater perfection, through the influence of Cal-lii'thes (paint- 
 ers) co-operative with spirit guidance- 
 After the Mel'sa (art) of Cal-lii-thean (painting) had be- 
 come well estabHshed in Elteze, it was utilized for both interior 
 and exterior ornamentation, a fact which necessitated two classes 
 of calluthes, viz : one for the interior, and one for exterior work. 
 
 El-i-thene was the first noted cal'luth (painter) whose work 
 and influence began about 5000 B. C. In his day, he was a mas- 
 
 369 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ter calluth of national repute, and was the originator and de- 
 signer, in that melsa, in Elteze, especially for the ornamentation 
 on buildings. He designed from all nature, as the occasion re- 
 quired, or admitted. He lived in the chizon of Jel-kes-tri'so, 
 then centrally located in the section of Elteze, between the now 
 known Skemmar and Dehanah mountains, northeast of the town 
 of Haill. He lived and worked until the middle of the fourth 
 quarter of the century. 
 
 Cre'es was the most noted female calluth whose influence be- 
 gan about 4900 B. C. She first resided in the chizon of Jelkes- 
 triso, but later moved to a chizon, by the name of Quin-te-ze ox, 
 then located in the southeastern portion of the now known coun- 
 try of Turkey, between the Euphrates and the Tigris rivers, and 
 about half way between the now location of Bagdad and Samara. 
 She had a school for pupils who came from all parts of the coun- 
 try. She chose her subjects, for calluthean, from various things 
 in nature, embracing the vegetable, the animal, the bird, and 
 human creations, astronomical and landscape scenes, etc., in 
 which she far excelled the painters of the historic periods. She 
 was a descendant from Elithene, lived to be aged, and still 
 worked at her profession, when nearly one hundred years old. 
 
 At'ner was the most noted male calluth of Elteze, whose in- 
 fluence began about 4650 B. C- He resided in the southwestern 
 portion of that country, in a small chizon by the name of Zan-to- 
 zel'zTc, on or near the site where the town of Hamdan has place. 
 His chief work was in the production of human portraiture, 
 though he did considerable in the representation of animal forms. 
 He was the founder of progressive portrait calluthes, especially 
 in the art of fine coloring and blendings. He had a school of 
 melsa at Zantozelzic, and at that time was considered a fine mel- 
 saest. He passed to spirit life at an early age, for he did not 
 enter the next century in the mortal. 
 
 Passing from the influence of the latter period of Atlantis, to 
 the Sen-ner'ze (painters) ken Sen'trix (and paintings) si Si-lo'- 
 ton (of Egypt), we are further informed, by Anstacia, that tlie 
 art of painting as also of sculpture, had its more remote origin 
 in that country, and subsequently was re-established, in various 
 pre-historic sections of the country, through spirit influence upon 
 the minds of sensitives in those regions, who were artistically 
 inclined. Among these she mentioned the following pre-historic 
 celebrities, and their developments as leading up to, or as con- 
 necting links, artistically speaking, with the Modern-ancient and 
 Modern- 
 
 Bro-man'ze, a pre-historic sen'ner (painter), and a descendant 
 
 370 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 from the Kal-lu'the-ans of Kal-lu'the-a, in the country of Siloton, 
 came into the earth life about 1500 years before the Adomic 
 period. He lived to the mortal age of one hundred, dwelt in the 
 large pre-historic town of Ba-gil'le-a, that then had place on both 
 sides of the now known White Nile river, west of the town of 
 Senner, or about one hundred miles south of Khartoum, or the 
 ■junction of the Blue and the White Nile rivers. He wrought his 
 sentrix on both wood and stone. This was at first very crude, 
 much as a child would deUneate its ideas, in its first attempts at 
 copying from a diagram. He attempted representation of ani- 
 mal and human forms, trees and various kinds of vegetation; in 
 fact, any material object that appealed to his fancy. 
 
 His sentrix were all of a black, outlined style, as he never 
 attempted the filled, or complete form representation, or used 
 other colors. There was no special use made of his sentrix; in 
 fact, he simply originated the black outlined style of sentry (paint- 
 ing). 
 
 Ne-i-tan'za, a pre-historic senner, a grandson of Bromanze, 
 came into the earth life about 1450 years before the Adomic 
 period, and lived in the mortal form one hundred and fifty years, 
 and therefore was a descendant from the Qii-ze'tas of Giistz. 
 He dwelt in a large town by the name of Scal-van'tus, on the site 
 of the now known town of Edfoo. He wrought his sentrix on 
 barks, which he specially prepared for that purpose. At first he 
 copied after the style of his grandfather's sentrix, and therefore 
 only produced his subjects in black outline- Subsequently, he 
 established the use of a red coloring matter, which he extracted 
 from a plant stalk and its berries, then existent in that section 
 of the country. 
 
 As was the custom of his grandfather, he utilized natural 
 forms or objects, for his subjects, and also originated a crudp 
 form of landscape sentry, one of the best of which was a very 
 large sentry, on which he represented a very high and steep 
 mountain with a plateau near its base and a large spring of water 
 gushing from the mountain side, which was falling to the plateau 
 below. Above this were many trees, interspersed over the moup- 
 tain side, among which were jutting rocks; a general disburse- 
 ment of flowers, natural to that country; and a female, vessel 
 in hand, was in the act of catching water from the spring on its 
 course down the mountain side. On a portion of the plateau, to 
 the right of the scene, he represented himself, as in the act of 
 outlining and painting the scene. His sentrix were used for 
 home ornamentation exclusively. 
 
 Me-na ra, a pre-historic sen'ner, was a descendant from the 
 
 371 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Kal-lu'the-ans, of Kal-lu'the-a, who came into the earth life 
 about 1350 years before the Adomic period, lived to the mortal 
 age of one hundred years, and dwelt in a pre-historic town by 
 the name of Cal-e-no'the-iis, that then had place on the eastern 
 side of the Nile river, and on the site where the town of Berber 
 now has place. His sentrix consisted simply in the representa- 
 tion of his subjects by sand tracings, which he did on natural 
 beds, or those that he prepared for that purpose. He chose sub- 
 jects from all natural life, or objects such as met his fancy, 
 which in many instances he represented to the life. 
 
 There was no special use made of his sentrix, practically 
 speaking, only as he would ornament the grounds about the 
 homes of his friends, and his own, by means of prepared beds 
 on which the traced sentrix of that period, took the place of 
 flower-beds and shrub assemblies. These became pre-historic 
 links, leading up to that class of ornamentation practised in 
 ancient and modern times, and were the means of developing his 
 own artistic nature, which had an influence on the advancement 
 of ornamental art, of that kind, and therefore a link that con- 
 nects Atlantis with Ancient and Modern development of lawn 
 decoration. 
 
 Ma-theus, a pre-historic senner, was a son of Menera, who 
 lived to the mortal age of a hundred and twenty-five years. He 
 was a descendant from the Kallutheans of Kalluthea, in the coun- 
 try of Siloton, and at first dwelt in Calenotheus, but subsequently 
 moved to the town of Ma-a-the'iis, on the site where the now 
 known town of Meshra has place, where, on account of his no- 
 toriety as a senner, he was renamed Ma'the-iis, after the town — 
 with the slight change of dropping the second vowel of the word. 
 He wrought his sentrix on wood, principally. At first he used 
 only black coloring, but later he discovered a piece of soft stone 
 which was of a bright color, and which he combined with the 
 black. He then established a new feature in the art of coloring 
 sentrix. He chose things in general for his subjects, especially 
 animals, serpents and reptiles. The only use made of his sen- 
 trix was that of ornamental gifts from friend to friends, who 
 would set them up in conspicuous places in their homes- It be- 
 came an influence that led up to the more perfect representation 
 of living creatures, and better ornamentation, as practised in sub- 
 sequent ages, and evidenced by the beautiful home art adorn- 
 ments of past and present times. 
 
 Returning to Siloton (Egypt) about 4500 B. C, we find the 
 Le-el'va ril Le-uth-maet (art of painting), not only under fur- 
 ther development, but sustaining changes relative to nomencla- 
 
 372 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ture, as well, which the reader will note by the terms now em- 
 ployed, etc. 
 
 E-quea was the most noted Le-el-va-zeet (artist) whose 
 work and influence, began with that period of time contempor- 
 aneous with the latter days of Atner, the aged melsaest of Elteze. 
 
 Having migrated from Elteze to Siloton, he settled in the 
 northern part of the country, in a small celzic (city) by the name 
 of Cas-i-dl-o'na, then located on the west side of Nile river, on 
 the site opposite to the now known town of Minieh Beni, and 
 now extinct. He lived and worked during the first fifty years 
 of the century, and being an Eltezean, had spent the first twenty- 
 five years of his life in Elteze, where he was under the tutorship 
 of Atner, which made him about seventy-five years of age, when 
 he passed to spirit life. His principal subjects for leuthmaet 
 were landscapes, and all natural scenery. Many of these were 
 imaginary, though many times he modelled after real scenes. He 
 continued and improved the style of color-blending, such as he 
 had learned from Atner. His first and most famous leuthmaets 
 were in representation of such scenes as by moonlight, sunrise, 
 and sunset, with accompanying landscape conditions. His work 
 was all interior, being portable pictures, and general stationary 
 ornmentation. 
 
 Jen'te-nos, a contemporary of Equea, who was an Eltezean, 
 while a youth, migrated northwestward out of the country of 
 Siloton, into the secton now known as Barca, northeastern Tri- 
 poli, where he settled in a small celzic, by name Kin-try-in'diis, 
 now extinct. He lived to be about seventy-five years of age, and 
 worked nearly to the close of his mortal life- His leuthmaets 
 were of a general class, or of various subjects, embracing inte- 
 rior and exterior work, such as landscapes, human portraits, ani- 
 mal representations, etc. Some subjects he took from natural 
 scenes, and others were purely imaginary. He had a school 
 where he educated pupils in the leelva of leuthmaet (art of 
 painting). 
 
 Soon after the influence of Equea and Jentenos had passed 
 into antiquity, in Siloton, or from about looo years before the 
 Adomic period, there began a great deterioration in the ability 
 of the leuthmas, so that their leuthmaets were very inferior, in 
 comparison with those of the above-named leelvazeets (artists). 
 This condition continued, with the work of each succeeding 
 leuthma, until about the time of the Adomic period, when the 
 products of the leuthmas were simply a collection of very crude 
 leuthmaets. 
 
 Passing into Me-que'thus (Assyria) we find the art of Cum- 
 
 373 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 zo'Iend* under development through the influence of the Cum- 
 zo'est (painters), in co-operation with spirit guidance. 
 
 Fe-re-no's6, a pre-historic cumzo, was a descendant from the 
 Him'ma-les of Ji'en, in the country of Me-que'thiis, and came into 
 the earth life about 1200 years before the Adomic period, and 
 lived to the mortal age of eighty-five years- He dwelt in a pre- 
 historic town of Quel'zot, west of the Euphrates, on the site 
 where now stands the town of Hillah. At first he wrought his 
 cumzolend on the green bark of a standing tree, similar to the 
 modern poplar; i. e., of a whitish-gray color. His first work 
 was to delineate the alphabetic characters of the Himales lan- 
 guage, by means of portraying his thoughts and ideas. Later in 
 life, he began the representation of various material objects, both 
 animate and inanimate, as his fancy prompted, which resulted 
 in his having adorned all the trees for some distance around his 
 home, and in adjacent sections. At first, he wrought with pen- 
 cils formed of a black substance, but later, added a blue clay 
 preparation. His great quantity of work gave him such thought 
 and practice, that he ultimately produced some very fine cumzo- 
 lend, which were made more attractive by having been wrought 
 on living bark on the trees. These epidermal surfaces, as it were, 
 became an arboreous "art gallery." He had to prepare some very 
 fine pencils with which to bring out the perspective of his best 
 landscapes, and all of his development, in the art of cumzolend, 
 was due to the influence of spirit guides, who sought to bring 
 about that condition through his organism- This became a pre- 
 historic link between Atlantian art, and that of Ancient and 
 Modern times, especially the principle of outlining and complete 
 Crayon work, in portrait and landscape pencilling; and further, 
 it led up to the art of representations in Oil, as produced by the 
 countless artists of modern times. 
 
 Yunt, a pre-historic cumzo, was a son of Ferenoso, who lived 
 to the age of fifty years. After migrating from the home of his 
 father, he dwelt in a pre-historic town, by the name of Bul'biis, 
 east of the Euphrates, on the site where the now known town of 
 Zibda has place. Therefore, he became an inhabitant of the sec- 
 tion of An-de-la-to'let, occupied by the descendants of the Ma- 
 za-til'le-ans. At a later period he utilized papyrus leaves on 
 which to represent his cumzolend. In addition to the black and 
 blue materials, such as his father used, he established a pink 
 color, which he obtained from a material substance, and also a 
 green, which he extracted from vegetable matter; hence he fur- 
 
 •The term "lend," as affixed to Cum-zo, meant quantity. 
 
 374 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ther developed the art of coloring, in that country. His cumzo- 
 lend were utilized for interior ornamentation exclusively, and 
 were pre-historic links that connected Atlantis with Ancient and 
 Modern art, relative to coloring and home decorations. 
 
 Qii'zel, a pre-historic cumzo, was a descendant from the Him'- 
 marles of La-man'to, in the country of Me-que'thus, who came 
 into the earth life about iioo years before the Adomic period, 
 and lived to the mortal age of one hundred years, and dwelt in a 
 pre-historic town by the name of Tim'be-ze, on the banks of the 
 Tigris river, on the site where Bagdad has placfe. 
 
 Regarding his subjects for representation, he at first modelled 
 after the style of Yunt, but later he originated the art of blend- 
 ing colors, in that region 6i the country. He represented the 
 full form, by filling in 'the outlined space, in contradistinction 
 with that of simple outlining, and therefore gave origin to the 
 art of expression, in that country, relative to cumzolend pro- 
 duced. By this means, he brought out a more lifelike appear- 
 ance to the eyes, and gave color to the lips, of the human visage, 
 nostrils of animals, and hair of the head, etc. His landscapes 
 were also an improvement over those of former cumzo, on ac- 
 count of this art of blending colors, etc. His cumzolend were 
 utilized for house-decoration, and were in excess of those 
 wrought by Yunt. His work was the pre-historic link, connect- 
 ing Atlantis with the Ancient and Modern art of Full Form rep- 
 resentation," "blending of colors," and "expression,' 'which they 
 led up to. 
 
 Del-cii'zot, a pre-historic cumzo, was a descendant from the 
 Ze-ues of Zu-yi-the us, in the country of Me-que'thus. He came 
 into the earth life about 1050 years before the Adomic period, 
 lived to the mortal age of ninety years, and dwelt in a large town 
 by the name of Del-cu'sa,* on the site where now the town of 
 Abu Kuba has place. He wrought his cumzolend on the exte- 
 riors of doors to buildings, and did no interior work- He used a 
 sort of staining process, the color being white and gray. It was, 
 however, non-endurable where exposed to the exterior elements. 
 At first he represented the human form as a subject for his cum- 
 zolend in both single and Grouped Posings, which latter style he 
 originated, in that country. 
 
 In addition to the colors black, white, pink, and green, already 
 utilized in that country, he originated or established the use of a 
 cloudy orange. This he obtained from a mineral substance, by 
 pulverizing it and mixing it with water. 
 
 He further developed the art of blending colors, which he did 
 
 375 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by use of a gluten, or solution which he extracted from trees of 
 that kind. This, after hardening, not only gave body and lustre 
 to his cumzolend, but added greatly to their durability. 
 
 He continued his development as a cumzo, until he became 
 quite expert in the principle of life-expression; and his cumzo- 
 lend, thus developed, made the pre-historic link that connects 
 Atlantis with the Ancient and Modern art, of grouping human 
 form-subjects in painted representations, Hfe-expression, and the 
 ultimate use of oil body work, and varnish finishings, such as are 
 used in the development and completion of paintings- 
 
 His name was given him after the name of the town, the dif- 
 ference being in the last syllable which was a part of his mother's 
 name, in exchange for the last syllable of the name of the town, 
 a custom in those days, of honoring the mother's maiden name. 
 
 Passing into Zanzureta (Greece) we find the art of bii-de'nii 
 (painting) under development by the influence of bii'dens (paint- 
 ers), co-operative with spirit guidance. 
 
 Pi-e'trus, a pre-historic buden (painter), was a descendant 
 from the Ic-thi-e'6ns of Ic'e-truse, and came into the earth life 
 about six hundred years before the Adomic period, and lived to 
 the mortal age of seventy-eight years. He dwelt in the pre-his- 
 toric city of An-cle-o'iis, in the now known northeastern portion 
 of Greece, on the site of Lamia. At first, he wrought his bu-de- 
 niis (paintings) on the bark of standing trees, of grayish color, 
 as was the custom of Ferenoso, the early cumzo of Mequethus. 
 He first portrayed his ideas by alphabetic character-drawing. 
 Subsequently, he conceived the idea of outlining human portraits, 
 beyond which style he never developed. At this stage of his pro- 
 fession, he sought his subjects from all visible nature, which 
 added greatly to his collection of "visage representations." He 
 never ceased utilizing the living bark, on trees, on which to por- 
 tray his budenus, which he did wherever, for the time being, he 
 chanced to sojourn, and his permanent place or abode was a 
 scene of prolific art of that order, which in modern times would 
 seem odd indeed- Yet, it was more in keeping with reason than 
 is the modern custom of defacing trees with nomenclature, and 
 improper carvings, which has often brought about, as done, 
 and made manifest upon public buildings as well, a condition not 
 known in the time of Pietrus, for then all representation was 
 purely artistic, that passers-by might study, enjoy and profit. He 
 wrought all of his outlining in black, by means of a mineral sub- 
 stance, which he formed into pencils for that purpose. During 
 his latter years as a buden, he became very proficient in his rep- 
 
 376 
 
Links afid Cycles 
 
 resentation of homes, landscapes, animals, birds and the human 
 form. His art work, like that of Ferenoso, was a link that led 
 up to general art delineation, thus connecting Atlantis in that 
 respect, with the art that belongs to Ancient and Modern times. 
 
 Ac-re-me'des, a pre-historic buden, and son of Pietrus, lived 
 to the mortal age of ninety years. 
 
 After completing his studies, relative to budenus, under the 
 tutorship of his father, he dwelt in a pre-historic city by the name 
 of Ben-ri'de, in the now known eastern-central section of Greece, 
 on the site where the now known town of Chalkis has place. At 
 first he wrought his budens on bark. This he removed from 
 trees, and fastened together smoothly for that purpose. As his 
 father had done, he chose various subjects from nature, and 
 human and animal forms. In portrayal thereof, he used black 
 mineral crayons, and a green-colored gluten that he extracted 
 from a vegetable bark in that region. These he applied with a 
 fibrous stick, which he made into the form of a brush. The chief 
 utility of his budens was the ornamentation of his friends' homes. 
 
 E-zin'da, a pre-historic buden, was a descendant from the 
 Kel'to-plas, of Kel-to-pla sus, in the country of Zanzureta, who 
 came into the earth life about five hundred and thirty years be- 
 fore the Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of ninety- 
 six years. He dwelt in a town by the name of Min-ne-mat'iis, 
 in the section of Greece now known as Argolus, on the site of 
 Nemea. In the production of his budenus, he modelled after the 
 works of Acremedes. He, also, used papyrus leaves on which to 
 portray his thoughts, and the colors black and green. He orig- 
 inated and added to these the use of an old gold, or bronze color, 
 which further developed the art of coloring. His productions 
 were utilized for interior home ornamentation. But, during the 
 last period of his profession, he wrought his subjects on the 
 exterior of doors, to various buildings, and this was a pre-his- 
 toric link, connecting the Atlantian art of exterior decoration on 
 buildings, with that of Ancient and Modern usage- 
 
 Tel'giis, a pre-historic buden, was a descendant from the 
 Ic-thi-e'6ns of Ze-can'de-z6te, in the country of Zanzureta, 
 who came into the earth life about five hundred years before the 
 Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of seventy-nine. He 
 dwelt in a large, pre-historic town by the name of E-a-6n'the, in 
 that section of Greece now known as Thessaly, on the site of the 
 now known town of Vourgareli, which at that time was the larg- 
 est, most ancient, and most important town in Zanzureta, or 
 Greece. He portrayed all his budens on layers or sheets of a 
 mineral substance, then known as jer'ser, found in smooth, thin 
 
 377 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 layers, or elastic laminae, of various colors and degrees of trans- 
 parency — the substance now known as mica. At that period of 
 time jerser was used as is modern glass, the latter not being 
 known to the pre-historic peoples. 
 
 On the above-named jerser window, Telgus wrought many 
 patterns from various subjects, particularly of landscapes; also 
 large aquatic scenes, as lakes and rivers, on which water fowls 
 were represented in graceful floating, or in groupings upon the 
 shores. Some of these were beautifully and artistically wrought, 
 in process of which he utilized the black and old gold colors, min- 
 eral preparations, and vegetable green, white, blue and red; the 
 latter two he himself originated and established the use of, thus 
 further developing the art of coloring. 
 
 At first his work was all wrought on the interior of buildings, 
 but subsequently he placed his budenus on the windows, as well, 
 which styles were pre-historic links, connecting that class of At- 
 lantian art with that of the Ancient, and leading up to the vast 
 styles of interior and window ornamentation and glass painting, 
 so popular throughout the continents in Modern times. 
 
 Returning to Zanzureta, about 4000 B. C-, we find the fris- 
 con'sii tiise fris-con- su'niice (painters and paintings) further de- 
 veloped, and under a change of nomenclature, as was the case in 
 Siloton, or Egypt. 
 
 Aside from the early spirit influence, in Zanzureta, which es- 
 tablished the art of budenu, in that section, there was some 
 influence that aided in its further development, at a later period, 
 which arose from international migratory conditions, brought 
 into Zanzureta from Elteze and Siloton. -For prior to the 
 Adomic period, Elteze, Siloton and Zanzureta, were the three 
 greatest nations on the earth. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Mediterranean and 
 ^gean seas, peoples from the three nations were passing and re- 
 passing from Elteze and Siloton, into Zanzureta, and vice versa, 
 by which means the influence of the i-oon (art) of frisconsunu 
 was being established in Zanzureta, and it was at that time, and 
 as occasioned by the submergence, the seas above mentioned 
 were established, that separated Zanzureta from Siloton, and 
 Elteze, that caused the loon of frisconsunu to begin its develop- 
 ment, for the better. 
 
 Po-lu-gru'tus was the most noted friscon (painter) who led 
 in the loontis frisconsunu, about 4000 B. C. He dwelt in a small 
 se-masa (town) by the name of E-non-des-treus, situated north 
 of the now known Mt. Kathavothra, or between it and the river 
 Hellada. He lived and produced frisconsunuce (paintings) un- 
 
 378 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 til into the fourth quarter of the century. He first wrought por- 
 traits, and painted landscapes of a general character. He was a 
 natural ioonso (artist) and therefore was easily inspired by 
 spirit intelligences, who sought him out for that purpose, and who 
 used him as their instrument through whom to establish the art 
 of coloring, in that region of the country. He had many pupils 
 from various parts of the country, who attended his school at 
 Enondestreus. 
 
 Lii'si-us was the most noted friscon about 3500 B. C. He 
 dwelt in a semasa by the name of Zu-ze-re-leus, north of the now 
 known Mt. Liakovra, on the site where now the town of Velitsa 
 has place. He was a Zanzuretan, by birth, and lived through 
 the century, and entered the first quarter of the next ; therefore 
 he was quite aged when he ceased his material work. His style 
 of frisconsunu was that of interior and exterior decoration, em- 
 bracing portable portraits, stationary landscapes, or wall scenic 
 decorations, in which he displayed great brightness or brilliancy 
 of colorings- It was his mission, under the guidance of spirit 
 influence, to greatly advance the art of coloring, as established 
 by Polugrutus, wherein he used deeper colors and heavier-bod- 
 ied material, to which he gave the bright or glistening quality, 
 above referred to ; all far in excess of the same as found in mod- 
 ern paintings. His ability to blend the glistening quality almost 
 as perfectly as the natural body-colorings, re-blending the whole 
 with great perfection, made his creations very attractive, and 
 himself celebrated among the ioon-loving people of that period. 
 He was further celebrated for having developed the ioon to a 
 greater perfection than Polugrutus, and it was an acknowledged 
 fact that his inspiration came from spirit guides (as is the case 
 with the writing of this book) ; hence, sacred to them, as one 
 whose works should serve them as future models. He had a 
 large school in his resident semasa, as pupils came to him from 
 various parts of the country. 
 
 Passing into Et-zen-tu'an (Italy), we find the art of Pal-za- 
 co'a (painting) under development by the influence of the Pal- 
 za-c6'as (painters), co-operative with spirit guidance. 
 
 Pal-ce-'ro, a pre-historic pal-za'-c6 (painter) was a descendent 
 from the Sin-e'thons of Tin-din'ze-on (Germany), who came 
 into mortal life about six hundred years before the Adomic 
 period, and who lived to the mortal age of one hundred years. 
 
 Early in life he migrated from Tindinzeon to Etzentuan, where 
 he dwelt in a pre-historic town by the name of Fra-rea'ro, in the 
 now known southern portion of Italy, on the site where now the 
 town of Beneento stands. His palzacosa was wrought on gray 
 
 379 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 or light-colored rocks. He represented himself as seated upon 
 the ground, by a rock, executing the outlines of a subject, 
 which he was doing, by means of a small, hard stone, in the same 
 manner as a stone cutter, of modern time, would use his hammer. 
 
 His palzacosa were in simple outlined alphabetic char- 
 acters, thus giving expression to his thoughts and ideas. After 
 the characters were thus outlined, with the concussion stone, he 
 painted the black with a substance then known as ba-si-e', the 
 same as what is now known as carbon, and with sel'ce-lic, now 
 known as graphite.* This style of cutting, and painting charac- 
 ters, as originated in Etzantuan, was one of the pre-historic links 
 that connects Atlantis with the ancient and modern Art of Monu- 
 mental marking, whereby religious and historical ideas, epi- 
 taphs, memorial records etc-, have been, practically speaking, 
 expressed in innumerable instances. 
 
 Bal-za'ric, a pre-historic palzaco, was a descendant from the 
 Je-re-the'ans of Etzentuan, who came into the earth life about 
 five hundred and fifty years before the Adomic period, and lived 
 to the mortal age of sixty-five. He dwelt in a pre-historic town, 
 by the name of Qu-er'rer, situated on the site of ancient Rome. 
 He continued his production of palzacosa, in the same style as 
 that of Palcero. He wrought on marble, instead of the gray 
 stone. His early work, therefore, was to delineate alphabetic 
 characters. But, in the latter period of his profession, he added 
 the representation of leaves, vines and flowers, which he wrought 
 upon the exterior casings of doorways. This was a pre-historic 
 link, connecting Atlantis with Ancient and Modern periods, and 
 led up to the ultimate ornamental work, of that style, both in 
 Painting and Sculptural Carving, now known as one of the mod- 
 ern Arts- 
 
 Sen-se-c6'zy, a pre-historic palzaco, was a descendant from 
 the Jeretheans of Etzentuan, and came into the earth life about 
 five hundred years before the Adomic period, and lived to the 
 mortal age of one hundred years. He dwelt in a pre-historic 
 town, by the name of Piin'zu-lac, in the section now known as 
 Campania, west of the known town of Agropoli, now submerged 
 by the waters of the Mediterranean Sea, or rather the Gulf of 
 Salerno.** He continued the art of pelzacoa by the use of 
 basic and celcelic. His style of pelzacoa was to represent the 
 human form, trees, flowers, birds, etc. He used the colors black 
 
 •The material used by nearly all the pre-historic painters when 
 black coloring- was desired. 
 
 •*At that time the river now known as the Bboll Sele extended be- 
 yond Us present mouth southward into the now known submerged sec- 
 tion, above referred to, east of the city of Punzulac, now submerged. 
 
 380 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and gold, or canary yellow, which latter he established, or orig- 
 inated the use of. It was not durable if placed on the exterior, 
 or where it was exposed to the elements; hence was of interior 
 utility, principally upon the jerser, or window-panes. A strange 
 feature of his execution of the palzacosa thereon was that he 
 painted from the inside of the jerser, so as to have the subjects 
 visible from the outside, a process similar to the ancient and 
 modern methods of weaving certain tapestries, which latter are 
 woven from the rear of the fabric, a process at which he became 
 very proficient, and which forms. a pre-historic link connecting 
 that Atlantian art to the Ancient and Modern idea of Exterior 
 visible painting, on glass, and in tapestry weaving. 
 
 Pla-i'zo, a pre-historic palzaco, was a descendant from the 
 Gn-e-to'i-ens of Cin-e-to'i-e, in the country of Etzantuan, who 
 came into earth life about four hundred and fifty years before 
 the Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of one hundred 
 and five years, and dwelt in a pre-historic town by the name 
 of Rad'zo, in the section now known as Tuscany, on the site 
 where now the town of Terontola has place, and who was, there- 
 fore, influentially contemporaneous, during the first half of his 
 professional career, with the latter part of that of Sensecozy of 
 Punzulac. 
 
 Subsequent to the time that Sensecozy passed to spirit life, 
 Plaizo had developed the art of window ornamentation, and the 
 material used for that purpose, so the subjects could be placed 
 on the exterior of the jerser (panes) which he did by adding a 
 gum substance, or white gluten, which he extracted from trees. 
 This was transparent when dry, and not materially affected by 
 change of weather- 
 
 His favorite style, for window decoration, was the zig-zag 
 delineation over a yellow background, and thus to cover the 
 entire surface; this he sometimes bespangled with flowers and 
 leaves, which he represented as promiscuously strewn; perspect- 
 ively, in front of this, he represented the human form in various 
 posings, in accord with his fancy. This style, or class, of palza- 
 cosa, was extremely beautiful, and wonderfully wrought. 
 
 Anstacia says that no one in all the subsequent periods of 
 time, has ever represented his subjects so beautifully and artis- 
 tically, as did this pre-historic palzaco, despite his limited utili- 
 ties. Therefore, Plaizo established the pre-historic link that 
 connects Atlantis with the ancient and modern periods, in regard 
 to the knowledge of mixing paints, an art that has led up to the 
 marvelous art of staining and ornamenting glass, so universally 
 wrought and utilized, in ancient and modern times. 
 
 381 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Passing into Tin-din'ze-6n (Germany), we find the art of 
 prelt'zii (painting) developing under the influence of prelt'ze 
 (painters), co-operative with that of spirit inspiration and 
 guidance. 
 
 Ren'her-biirg,* a pre-historic prelt (painter), was a descend- 
 ant from the Fal'ka-leits of Fal-ka-leit (France), who came into 
 the earth Hfe about looo years before the Adomic period, and 
 lived to the mortal age of one hundred years. He spent the first 
 quarter of his work as a sand'pe (painter), in Falkaleit, after 
 which he migrated to northern Tindinzeon, where he began his 
 work as a Tindinzeonan prelt. He dwelt in a pre-historic town 
 by the name of Wl-ctis'berg, on the Warthe river, in Prussia, or 
 Eastern Germany, on the site where the town of Posen now has 
 place. He having learned the art of alphabetic "character paint- 
 ing" in Falkaleit, established that branch of the art in Tindin- 
 zeon, and began prelt'ziis (paintings) on large leaves, which, 
 after completion, he filed in packages, and fastened them to- 
 gether, in the form of a book, with leaf contents. He delineated 
 his subjects in large and small alphabetic characters, the large 
 ones as capitals, similar to the Atlantian style of writing and 
 MSS. 
 
 Subsequently, he used sheets prepared of bark, on which he 
 executed his preltzus, which he fastened together at one end 
 with fibres of bark, in the form of a book; and with a fibrous 
 cord, he suspended them against the wall, when not in use. His 
 coloring was black only, and during the latter part of his career 
 as a prelt, in addition to the other matter he had printed or 
 crayoned, and placed in book form, he established a method of 
 recording and filing deeds, events historical and otherwise. He 
 conceived this idea from having kept a daily account of his mi- 
 gration, from Falkaleit to Tindinzeon, and also of facts that he 
 had recorded, relative to his father's estate in Falkaleit. 
 
 His efforts as a prelt, and the manner in which he preserved 
 his preltzus, were important pre-historic links connecting the art 
 of literature, establishment of books, and character-writing, with 
 those of ancient times, and the ultimate linguistic utilities, such 
 as led up to the compilation of modern works of literature, so 
 vast, throughout all countries, as to be almost beyond compre- 
 hension; hence an influential result, beyond special specific ref- 
 erence in this treatise. 
 
 •It may seem strange that an Individual born In, and migrating 
 from, the section we now know as Prance, should have a name so de- 
 cidedly German. The terminals "bergr, burg, burgh," etc., belonged to the 
 Falkaleit nomenclature, and descended into the German region by the 
 migration of "Ren-her-burg," where It has by further conditional 
 aescendancy established other forms than "burg." 
 
 382 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 E-chiir'ham, a pre-historic prelt, was a descendant from the 
 Sin-e'thons of Tindinzeon, and came into the earth life about 
 nine hundred and twenty-five years before the Adomi'c period, 
 He lived to the mortal age of seventy-five years, and dwelt in 
 a pre-historic town by the name of Wel'ter-berg, in the section 
 now known as Northeastern Germany, on the present site of the 
 city of Hanover. 
 
 He wrought his preltzus on prepared barks; his subjects be- 
 ing chosen from among animals, which he represented in their 
 natural abodes, and customs of life. This caused him to further 
 conceive ideas in relation to landscape representation, such as 
 of the seasons, etc., and many of his preltzus embraced a combi- 
 nation, of landscape scenery and animal life and abodes. This 
 caused him to establish other colorings than black, to which he 
 added the green and the red ; therefore, his influence upon subse- 
 quent preltze was very advantageous, and a pre-historic link that 
 connected Atlantis with the art of ancient and modern painting, 
 such as has portrayed natural landscapes in all seasons of the 
 year; wild and domestic animal life; and set the law for artistic 
 principles laid down in perspectography, especially that of the 
 art of representing, or delineating on plane surfaces, objects as 
 they appear to the eye, from any given distance or situation.* 
 
 Anstacia informs us that had the mortal life of Echurham 
 continued longer, his artistic productions, already very fine, 
 would have been still superior, from the fact that he was highly 
 developed at the time of his disembodiment. 
 
 Lm'te-zon, a pre-historic prelt, and a descendant from the 
 Sinethons of Tindinzeon, came into the earth life about eight 
 hundred and sixty years before the Adomic period, and lived to 
 the mortal age of one hundred years. He dwelt in a pre-his- 
 toric town by the name of Win'ton-btirg,** on the site where is 
 now the town of Krailsheim. 
 
 He was a pupil of Echerham, during the last ten years of the 
 latter's material life, having entered that study-period at the age 
 of fifteen years. At the age of twenty-five, he left Welter- 
 berg,** and migrated to Wintonburg, where he began his profes- 
 sional labors as a prelt. At first he wrought his preltzus on 
 prepared barks; and subsequently, on wood or portable board 
 panels, prepared by hand. During his early work, he modelled 
 kinds of birds, which he represented as the life subjects in land- 
 scape scenes ; also single subjects, and those posed in groups- In 
 after the style of Echurham, but later, he added to that all 
 
 •Anstacia informs us that this prlnc'ple was better known to the 
 Atlantlan painters than those of modern times. 
 •• Soft B. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the former, he represented his subjects as variously occupying 
 arborical places, aquatic regions, etc. 
 
 In the production of this class of preltzu, he used black, 
 green, red, blue, and a bright golden color (the latter having been 
 introduced into that country by himself), and some of his prelt- 
 zus was very fine indeed. 
 
 During the latter part of his professional work, he wrought 
 on jerser (mica). His subjects were various, but his specialties 
 were landscape and fine bird representations. He further devel- 
 oped the art of preltzu (painting), the influence of which 
 affected the subsequent preltze of that section of the country. 
 He was also the establisher of the custom of temple ornamenta- 
 tion, in that region of country, both exterior and interior. His 
 exterior work was on the facades of temples. One, it might be 
 well to mention, was a scene in which two mortals, a male and a 
 female, stood in a religious attitude, looking skyward as a white 
 dove was descending to them. Its every detail expressed to the 
 life, hence it was a fine production of art. 
 
 The descent of the white dove was symbolic of the great spirit 
 force, whch at that time was recognized as coming from above. 
 The Sinethons of Tindinzeon worshipped the sun, moon and 
 stars, and believed that from them, and their realms, came a 
 greater spirit force than that which they received from individ- 
 ual spirits, whom they knew attended them, in pursuance of life 
 on the earth plane. The two mortals, as posed in the preltzu, 
 represented the fact that human beings were the recipients of 
 such aids, in life, as came from the celestial realm; and the en- 
 dowment of that blessing was further symbolized by the coronet 
 of leaves, worn by the female figure; and it still further repre- 
 sented the continuation of good, from the provident source, to 
 the coming generations. 
 
 The preltzus of Lintezone were pre-historic links that con- 
 nect Atlantis with Ancient and Modern life and landscape repre- 
 sentation, by the art of painting; and especially the representa- 
 tion of temples, churches, and other public buildings, and the in- 
 terior and exterior ornamentation, on their facades and win- 
 dows, so vastly represented throughout the districts of the earth. 
 
 Sel'der-ich, a pre-historic prelt, and descendant from the Sin- 
 ethons of Tindinzeon, came into the earth life about seven hun- 
 dred and forty-five years before the Adomic period, and lived to 
 the mortal age of eighty-eight years. He dwelt in a large town 
 by the name of De-c6'sen, on the site where the city of Berlin 
 has place. He was contemporaneous with the last fifteen years 
 of Lintezon's period, and modelled after him, in every respect. 
 
 384 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 His influence, therefore, was solely for a further development 
 of the art of preltzus, already established, a fact that led up to 
 the same linkings, thus connecting Atlantis with the ancient and 
 modern art developments. 
 
 Passing into Fal'ka-leit (France), we note the art of sand'pe 
 (painting), under development by the influence of sand-piis'er 
 (painters), co-operative with spirit guidance, in that section of 
 country. 
 
 Ze-wan'di, a pre-historic sandpus (painter), was a descend- 
 ant from the Gan-he-le'mans of Fel-te-ne-zetes, in the country of 
 Falkaleit, who. began his earth life about iioo years before the 
 Adomic period, and lived in the mortal form ninety-five years. 
 He dwelt in a pre-historic town by the name of Zel-mon'da, in 
 the section now known as Cantal, on the site where the town of 
 Aubillac has place. He first wrought his sandpe on gray or 
 light sandstone. It was exclusively alphabetic character outlin- 
 ing, and executed in black only, which he did with basic and cel- 
 celic, in connection with a dark brown juice which he extracted 
 from the bark of a tree, glutinous in character, that became 
 darker and thicker as it dried. The sandpe, thus originated by 
 Zewandi, is a pre-historic link that connects Atlantis with the 
 ancient character-writing, and the ultimate monumental inscrip- 
 tions of both ancient and modern times. 
 
 Re-in'chy, a pre-historic sandpe, was a descendant from the 
 Falkaleits of Falkaleit, who came into the earth life about nine 
 hundred and fifty-five years before the Adomic period, and lived 
 to the mortal age of one hundred years. He dwelt in a pre-his- 
 toric town by the name of Re-in-chy-lend.* This was on the 
 Loir river in the now known section of Loir Etchir, on the site 
 where the city of Blois has place. His sandpe were wrought on 
 bark exclusvely. His subjects were those of the human form 
 only. At first, he simply outlined them with black color. Later 
 he originated the use of white and green. The latter he used 
 when representing the earth, on which the forms stood. These 
 were wrought in white, and the background of the sandpe 
 (paintings) was the original color of the prepared bark. 
 
 During the latter part of his period as a sandpus, he advanced 
 the style, by outlining the form, and then filling in the surface in 
 representation of the full form. Though he made no attempt 
 at life expression, he made considerable advance in the principles 
 of pose and form perfection- 
 
 • Was then the largest and most important town in France. He was 
 named after the town, with the additional syllable, which was a part of 
 his mother's name added to the name of the town. 
 
 - 38s 
 
SMbmerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Wliiie he executed the forms all in white, he represented the 
 kair and beard in black ; and the forms were nearly all repre- 
 sented as nude, though in his later productons, he draped the 
 loins with black garments. 
 
 His sandpe were pre-historic art links that connected Atlan- 
 tian art with that of Ancient and Modern periods, respecting the 
 representation of the human form, in all developments from the 
 former to the latter, embracing both the nude and the draped 
 paintings. 
 
 CTn'ne-cas, a pre-historic sandpus, the son of Reinchy, lived 
 to the mortal age of seventy-five years. He migrated from his 
 home city to a pre-historic town by the name of Vin-zi'6, south 
 of the now known D'yeu or He Dieu, in the district submerged 
 by the waters of the Atlantic, west of the now known section of 
 Vendee, at which time the city was lost to mortal knowledge, 
 with that portion of land, about the beginning of the Adomic 
 period. He first wrought his sandpe on prepared barks, but 
 later, he used slabs of slate-stone. He chose the various homes 
 as his subjects, which embraced the buildings, and grounds that 
 surrounded them, with their accompaniment of trees. The do- 
 mestic dog was often represented in front of the home, in vari- 
 ous posings. In the production of these sandpe, he used the 
 black, white, green, red or brick, and brown colors, which made 
 quite an advance, in the art of coloring. His productions were 
 used by his friends and patrons as home ornaments, and were 
 pre-historic links connecting Atlantis with ancient and modem 
 periods, in the art of coloring and architectural painting. We 
 might say, the great style of photographic representations, of 
 such subjects as are known to moderns in Modern times. 
 
 Cle-ce-i'et, a pre-historic sandpus, was a descendant from the 
 Falkaleits of Falkaleit, who began his earthly career as a sand- 
 pus during the latter part of Cinnecas' time; hence, contempo- 
 raneous with him during that time. He dwelt in a town by the 
 name of Zel-mon'da, in the now known section of Cota D'or, on 
 the site where the town of Dijon has place. He wrought his 
 sandpe on laminae of jerser, and on the exterior of buildings, 
 To the colors used by Cinnecas, he added a dingy blue, and a 
 yellow. He first modelled after the human form, but later he 
 represented landscapes, and in fact, any design in nature that 
 met his fancy he painted, and therefore, ultimately, became very 
 proficient as a sandpus. 
 
 One of his most famous sandpe was a very large landscape 
 (twelve by twenty feet), in which he made a very perfect rep- 
 resentation of the sky, the setting sun, mountain range, lake val- 
 
 386 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ley, etc. This was a very fine piece of art work, and was a pre- 
 historic link, connecting the Atlantian art with that of the An- 
 cient and Modern in landscape work, so extensively wrought in 
 said periods- 
 Passing into Sed'e-rone (Spain) we find the art of celetiu 
 (painting) under development by the ce-le'tus (painters) co- 
 operative with spirit influence, in that section of the country. 
 
 Ze wonk, a pre-historic celeti (painter), was a descendant 
 from the E-sel'trix, of Tru'sa, in the section of Sed'e-rone. He 
 came into the earth life about looo years before the Adomic 
 period, lived to the mortal age of fifty years, and dwelt in a pre- 
 historic town by the name of Ur'lend, in the now known section 
 of Albacete, on the site where the town of Albacete has place. 
 His first works were simply drawings, or animal form outlines, 
 represented on the sands of the sea, or elsewhere, as beds of sand 
 were to be found. 
 
 Subsequently, he used black slate-stone, reduced to the form 
 of a pencil. All his works were simply outlined representation. 
 At a still later period, he wrought on smooth leaves, and his pro- 
 cess caused him to seek a coloring matter with which to repre- 
 sent forms of the animals. This resulted in his obtaining the 
 juice from a red berry, which, in contrast with the green leaves 
 on which he outlined, made attractive celetius. 
 
 During the latter part of his career, as a celeti, he conceived 
 the idea of producing full form representations, in contrast with 
 the simpler style of outlined celetius on slates and leaves. 
 
 His outline work was wonderful for that period of time, and 
 had a great influence with subsequent celetus. Anstacia says 
 that the people of modem times have no conception of the ideas 
 conveyed through the style of outline representatioh such as was 
 used in pre-historic periods, for it was vast and of great util- 
 ity; and it is a great pre-historic factor link in the connection 
 of Atlantian alphabetic characters, which in time, led up to 
 modem writing and geometric outlining, as well as having fig- 
 ured in all kinds of drawing and drafting, by painters, architects, 
 mechanics, etc. 
 
 Sa-ras'c6, a pre-historic celeti, was a descendant from the 
 Sede-rones of Sed'e-rone, and came into the. earth life about nine 
 hundred and thirty-five years before the Adomic period. He 
 lived to the mortal age of ninety-six years, and dwelt in a pre- 
 historic town by the name of Ce-led'se-6,* in the now known sec- 
 tion of Estremadura, Portugal, on the site of the city of Lisbon. 
 
 •Meaning "down by the sea coast." The city was so located and that 
 name was therefore given to It. 
 
 .387 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 He was contemporaneous with the last ten-years' period of Ze- 
 wonk, and therefore copied somewhat from his methods, espe- 
 cially in the use of black slate-stone body and pencil outlining. 
 
 He prepared large pieces of slate stone, two feet or more 
 square, on which he outlined the heads and busts of noted per- 
 sonages, and others who sought his service as a portrait outliner. 
 Beneath each celebrity's portrait he recorded the name of the 
 individual by use of the alphabetic characters of the Sederones. 
 He worked from real subjects, and never attempted imaginary 
 visages, or heads and busts. 
 
 He developed the art of simple outlining, as far as possible, 
 and became very proficient in the art of prolific representation- 
 He represented the hair, eyebrows, and eyes with white outlines, 
 and the visage and other portions of flesh, such as the bust, etc., 
 by the natural color of the slate, which he highly polished, so as 
 to give it a glossy appearance. His influence upon subsequent 
 celetus became a pre-historic link connecting Atlantian Zeuleus 
 Ze Bedestre (art of painting) with that of ancient periods and 
 ultimate modern times, having led up through the mural style, 
 human form outlining, and ultimate modern portrait painting, so 
 vastly extensive throughout various sections of the world. 
 
 Se-ra-men'sa, a pre-historic celeti, was a descendant from the 
 Sederones of Sederone, and came into the earth life about nine 
 hundred years before the Adomic period. He lived to the mortal 
 age of seventy-five years, and dwelt in the town of Celedseo 
 (home of Sarasco), where, for twelve years, he was under the 
 tutorship of that celeti, after which he migrated to the then 
 known section east of Sederone, now submerged, where he dwelt 
 in the twin cities then known as Sa-man'sa and An'te-gen.** 
 
 He modelled after the style of Sarasco, and also utilized the 
 slate and pencil materials; but his chief mission was to further 
 develop the art, which he did by establishing the style of full 
 form representation, in that country, in contradistinction to the 
 outline representations of Sarasco. This he did in natural flesh 
 colors, and further developed the natural appearance of the eyes. 
 Subsequently, in his career as a Celeti, he conceived the idea 
 of representing the full, or round-form, body of the individual, 
 after which he ceased to produce the head and bust representa- 
 tions (or style of his earlier works), in order to develop and per- 
 
 ••Now submerged by the Mediterranean Sea. These two cities had 
 place on the banks of the then known Ge-nan-gush river, which was 
 an extension of the now known Guadalaviar river that in its then ex- 
 tension, flowed south east, west of the now known Ivica Island. The 
 city of Samansa was located on the north east side of the river and of 
 Antegen on the south west, about half way between the now known 
 Ivica Island and the city of Valencia Del Cld, on the coast Of the sec- 
 tion of Valencia. 
 
 388 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 feet the new style, which, in an artistic sense, he reached in a 
 high degree of perfection. 
 
 In order to obtain the above-named condition, he was led to 
 conceive the idea of color-blending, and the principles embodied 
 in perspective art, both of which he originated and developed in 
 that section of the country, and therefore influenced the subse- 
 quent celetus, a fact which established the pre-historic link that 
 connects Atlantian painting to the ancient and modern, thus lead- 
 ing up to the great art of representing life expressions, physical 
 form representations, color blending and perspective art charac- 
 terization. 
 
 Jut'sa, a pre-historic celeti, was a descendant from the Sede- 
 rones of Sederone. He came into the earth life about eight hun- 
 dred years before the Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age 
 of one hundred years. He was a pupil of Seramensa during the 
 last twenty-five years' period of the latter's mortal life, there- 
 fore dwelt, at that time, in the twin cities of Samansa and Ante- 
 gen; but, after Seramansa's disembodiment, he migrated to the 
 now known section of Cordova, where he settled in a pre-historic 
 town by the name of Rage, on the site where now the city of 
 Cordova has place. 
 
 His celetius, like Seramensa's, were in the first place, bust 
 and full form representations ; but later he added to these styles 
 other subjects, all of which he further improved. 
 
 He introduced the use of his celetius into the temples for 
 ornamental purposes. Some, however, were symbolic represen- 
 tations, which usually were wrought in the niches, alcoves, etc. 
 
 Among his most celebrated celetius was one wrought in a 
 large canopied niche, or alcove, on the rear wall of the temple. 
 The canopy was beautifully wrought, in representation of the 
 sky at early morning, as the stars were beginning to fade out 
 of sight by the light of the sun, just coming up- The lower por- 
 tion of the niche was in representation of the interior of the tem- 
 ple. Five persons, two females and three malesj were repre- 
 sented as standing near the foreground, in the attitude of looking 
 out at the fading stars and rising sun, each of whom was charac- 
 terized with sublime countenance, and adorational attitude. The 
 picture was sublime in every detail, and symbolized the sun and 
 star worship of the Sederones, for they adored the sun and stars 
 as being the source from whence all light and provident force 
 came. 
 
 On each side wall of the temple were two very large panels, 
 each possessed of a fine celetiu (painting). On one was repre- 
 sented spirit forms in the act of entering the temple. They were 
 
 389 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of various sizes, from childhood to maturity. On a blue vaulted 
 canopy above the panel, the stars only, were represented, and there 
 was a night scene of that order. All things considered, it was a 
 beautiful and well-wrought production. On the companion panel, 
 a fine representation of evening was wrought. The changing 
 shadows and illumined tints, such as express from such a scene 
 in nature, were represented, to the life, in this celetiu. Two 
 male spirits were represented as standing in the foreground, look- 
 ing upward at a large white bird, the latter having been repre- 
 sented as descending to them, which the celeti intended to repre- 
 sent or symbolize as spirit force returning from the departed 
 sun, thus to brood over them, for their protection during the 
 coming pight. 
 
 On the other side wall of the temple, opposite to the above- 
 described celetius, were two similar companion celetius. One 
 was a landscape that disclosed a marine scene, valley and moun- 
 tain range, and three spirit forms, two of which were kneeling, 
 one on each side of the third, as the latter was standing with up- 
 lifted hands and upturned face. The two kneeling spirits were 
 looking far away over the ocean, at the full moon, represented 
 as having just arisen on the sky horizon, from beneath the waters. 
 Back of the spirit forms was the valley ; and in the distance, the 
 mountain range, draped with the twilight shadows and tinted pall 
 of evening. The moonbeams pierced through, lighting the ecene 
 into loveliness akin to spirit beauty, and thus they fell over the 
 spirit faces and their white robes, characterizing them with trans- 
 parent splendor. The companion to this celetiu represented a 
 landscape scene. Centrally, a high and massive mountain was rep- 
 resented in the distance, behind which the sun sank at eventide. 
 From behind its peak was represented radiating golden light, 
 piercing the sky regions, thus illuminating the cloudlets that were 
 hovering near the peak of the mountain, while the crimson tints 
 and purple sky blended in harmonious perspective. On the area 
 of the valley, near the front of the celetiu, was represented a con- 
 gregation, or vast multitude of people, solemnly watching the 
 scene, as if having congregated to witness the going down of the 
 sun. A spirit fo'rm wa;s represented rising from behind the moun- 
 tain peak, as if having come back from the departed sun. 
 Further down the mountain side was represented the same 
 spirit as floating or descending down the mountain side, through 
 the tinted lights, thus approaching the multitude. This symbol- 
 ized, to the people, the idea of a higher and greater light, which 
 they termed Tish'a, meaning the light of the Great Spirit being 
 brought to them in the form of a spirit, for they well understood 
 
 390 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the phenomena of spirit return and manifestation. This knowl- 
 edge they had gained through clairvoyant and clairaudient 
 powers, so generally used in those days, as a means of obtaining 
 knowledge of natural principles. They were recognized by 
 them as provident, helpful, pure and holy sources of providence, 
 in all things brought to them in the material realm, and conse- 
 quently manifold greater, in the spirit realm, from whence they 
 came to administer- 
 
 Anstacia further informs us that these fine celetius, and some 
 of the smaller ones that accompanied them, in that temple, were 
 the finest productions in the art of painting, wrought by painters 
 of any age the earth has ever known since the time of the works 
 of the Atlantian bedesze (painters) were submerged. 
 
 Briefly following the influence of pre-historic ideas as em- 
 braced in the paintings of the past, their re-embodied extensions 
 as influential links in the epi-cycles that move on the deferent of 
 the great Cycle of Painters and Paintings, we make the connec- 
 tion in Etzentuan, through such links as the Byzantine influence 
 of the twelfth and subsequent century, known to have prevailed 
 in Pisa and Lucca, which manifested through mural paintings, 
 representing the Crucifixion. 
 
 Entering the thirteenth century, Giotto wielded a great in- 
 fluence by inaugurating the Renaissance style of the Byzantine 
 art, and the establishment of the true and the natural representa- 
 tion of a subject. This he, by co-operative spirit guidance, em- 
 bodied in his paintings, the manifestation of which, by further 
 re-embodiment, in productions by his pupils and imitators, gov- 
 erned Florence, artistically speaking, throught the thirteenth cen- 
 tury. 
 
 In Siena, during the first half of the fourteenth century, great 
 influence was felt by the ideas embodied in the paintings of such 
 artists as Simone di Martino and Lippo Memmi, but more espe- 
 cially those of Ambrogio Lorenzetti, as evidenced by the ideas 
 that manifest through their panel paintings and large fresco 
 creations, which give evidence of both great imagination and tech- 
 nical skill, co-operative with spirit guidance. 
 
 The great works of Sano di Pietro and Matteo di Geovanni 
 embodied great artistic ideas. The fifteenth century possessed 
 many excellent artistic links, among which were the paintings of 
 Peruzzi and Beccafumi. Masolino and Masaccio embodied 
 naturalistic ideas that induced development of high artistic splen- 
 dor. Orcagna conceived, embodied and developed, the idea of 
 decorative style as wrought in bright colors, which in turn was re- 
 embodied in the paintinge of subsequent artists over whom he 
 
 . 391 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 yielded an artistic influence. Fra Angelico embodied sacred and 
 decorative ideas, thus influenced by Orcagna, which in turn the 
 latter influenced a re-embodiment of, in the works of his pupil, 
 Benozzo Gozzoli. Masolino, Masaccio, Lippo Lippi, Botticelli, 
 Filippino Lippi, etc., all embodied ideas that depict strong action, 
 dramatic force and passionate expression, which first re-embodied 
 in the works of pupils and imitators. Baldovinetti, Roselli and 
 Ghirlandaio embodied ideas portraying the principles of realistic 
 truth, and vigorous individuality, re-embodied, in turn, in the 
 works of their pupils, through the former influence. 
 
 Signorelli embodied ideas, in his paintings at Orieto and Monte 
 Oliveto, near Siena, in masterly representation of the nude human 
 form, as evidenced by his most wonderfully and beautifully 
 wrought easel picture, the so-called "School of Pan." Ideas not 
 only of pre-historic painters were re-embodied by him, in his 
 paintings, through spirit guidance; but, by further influence 
 through the latter, he attracted the attention of Michelangelo, 
 who re-embodied the idea in his primitve creations and developed 
 the same, to the fullest capacity of his gigantic genius. This, in 
 later life, co-operative with a powerful spirit influence, caused 
 him to produce the most original and wonderful creations in the 
 art of painting, known to the modern world, as evidenced by his 
 fresco of "Isaiah," and other gigantic representations in fresco 
 art, in the Sistine Chapel at Rome. 
 
 Piero della Francesca embodied ideas, such as manifest the 
 art of delicate modelling, tender coloring, beautiful expression, 
 etc. Perugino, one of the most advanced of Italian painters of 
 his period, embodied ideas in his establishment of oil painting, 
 such as superposed layers of color (as the Van Eycks), which 
 greatly influenced, in the quality production of his and subse- 
 quent paintings, as smooth tinting, softness of form, graceful 
 spaciousness to landscape distances, perspective, as viewed and 
 governed by the rule of two centers of vision, etc. A still fur- 
 ther influence was felt, through his frescoes, cartoons, etc., exe- 
 cuted in stained glass. (See Encyclopaedias for his grand 
 works.) 
 
 Pinturecchio, a pupil of Perugino, yielded great influence by 
 the re-embodied ideas in his vast number of paintings, through 
 artistic traditions. He further developed the style of the older 
 Perugian painters, such as Bonfigli, Fiorenzo di Lorenzo, Lo 
 Spagna, and the early works of -Raphael, due to the indelible 
 impression of the individual ideas of Perugino upon his school 
 of young artists— hence, the re-embodiment of his artistic nature, 
 
 392 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 within the minds and lives of others. (See Encyclopaedias for 
 his great works.) 
 
 Timoteo Viti, an Umbrian painter, re-embodied in his excel- 
 lent works the pre-historic idea of painting in red and black,, as 
 was the custom of Se-ra-men'sa of Sederone (Spain), who 
 blended his tints onto a black background, so as to produce a 
 flesh color. 
 
 Mantegna embodied original ideas that greatly advanced Ital- 
 ian art, as evidenced by his manifestation of inventive force, gor- 
 geous splendor of subject-matter, accuracy of detail, remote 
 aspect, systematic consistency, etc. 
 
 The Bellini family, who influenced subsequent artists, re-em- 
 bodied their ideas of science and spirit in the animation and dig- 
 nity of the processional group, figure representation, perspectiv- 
 ity, precision and fine coloring ; religious ideas ; solemn splendor ; 
 energy without harshness; richness without luxury; intensity 
 and vehemence of expression; firmness and strength of charac- 
 ter; passionate energy in the solution and conception of the art 
 principles, such as the perspective ; the art of drapery ; sculptural 
 imitations, and re-embodiment of the antique; thus linking the 
 pre-historic and the spirit influences, with those of the ancient 
 and modern times, which we link back to the same ideas as mani- 
 fested in the works of the Atlantian Bedesze. 
 
 Palma, of the fifteenth century, influenced by his re-embodieJ 
 ideas; but he further influenced by a development of quality, 
 which is made manifest through the richness and suffusion of 
 his coloring, and his establishment of the flesh golden hue. 
 
 ■Giorgione, of the fifteenth century, crowned the art with 
 greater effects, through faultless design ; melting and harmonious 
 coloring; life and glory, manifest through subjects, in contradis- 
 tinction to solemn dreams and religious imagination; charming 
 human grace and distinction; mutual joy of life and its rulings 
 in the golden sunlight, extent throughout the regions of wood- 
 lands and meadows, a development that came to . his sensitive 
 organism, thus acted upon by spirit influence and inspiration ; for 
 his early pastoral life had tuned his physical and mental organ- 
 ism into touch with the vibrations of spirit forces, hence his 
 supremacy as related to the art of that period of time. 
 
 Titian, of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, whom we 
 have chosen as one of the principal links in the great Cycle of 
 Painters and Paintings, and one of the greatest painters in the 
 world, and a typical representative of the Venetian school, 
 yielded a great influence through re-embodied and embodied 
 ideas; at first, in his early works, as manifested by his repre- 
 
 393 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sentation of "Hercules," in the Morosini Palace; the "Virgin 
 and Child," in the Vienna Belvidere, and the "Visitation of Mary 
 and Elizabeth" (from the convent of E. Andrea), now in the 
 Venetian Academy. 
 
 At a later period, he influenced through such frescoes as he 
 executed on the re-erected Fondaco de' Tedechi; by his popular 
 painting, "Christ Carrying the Cross," in the chapel of S- Rocco, 
 Venice; "The Tribute Money" (Christ and the Pharisee), Dres- 
 den Gallery; "St. Mark Enthroned," along with S. S. Sebastian, 
 Roch, Cosmo and Domiano, in the church of Salute ; the "Three 
 Ages," represented by a woman guiding the fingers of a shepherd, 
 on a reed pipe, two sleeping children, a cupid and an old man 
 with two skulls, with a second shepherd in the distance. This is 
 one of his most poetically impressive works, and is now in the 
 Bridgewater House. Further, are his "Worship of Venus," rep- 
 resenting a statue of Venus, two nymphs, numerous cupids hunt- 
 ing a hare, and other figures (in the Madrid Museum) ; "The 
 Holy Family," "St. Catherine" and the "Noli Me Tangere," in 
 the London Gallery; the famous "Bacchus and Ariadne," in the 
 National Gallery; the "Flora" of the Ufizzi; the "Venus" of 
 Darmstadt; and the lovely "Venus Anadyomene" of the Bridge- 
 water Gallery; the stupendous "Entombment of Christ," in the 
 Louvre; the "St. Peter Martyr," for the Church of S. S. Gio- 
 vanni e Paola (destroyed by fire, 1867) ; the "Madonna del Con- 
 iglio," in the Louvre; his series of frescoes in the Scuola di S. 
 Antonio; the one in representation of St. Christopher carrying 
 the infant Christ, havng place at the foot of the "Doge's steps," 
 in the ducal palace at Venice ; his paintings in likeness of five 
 successive doges; the "Assumption of the Madonna," one of his 
 world-renowned masterpieces, for the high altar of the church of 
 the Friar (now in the Venetian Academy), which had a great 
 influence in Italy relative to the art of executing colors, which 
 marked the zenith of his fame, and is a re-embodied idea, con- 
 ceived inspirationally, from the pre-historic works of Quzel and 
 Delcuzot of Mesuethus ; of Telgus, Polugrutus and Lusius, of 
 Zanzureta; of Plaizo of Etzentuan; of Lintezon and Selderich of 
 Tindinzeon; of Cinecas and Cleceiet of Falkaleit; of Seramensa 
 and Junsa, of Sederone, between the Atlantian and the Ancient 
 and Modern art of coloring. Furthermore, his painted figure of 
 "St. Sebastian," for the papal legate in Brescia, having numerous 
 replicas; his great painting in representative record, life size, of 
 the battle of Cadore (burned in 1577), representing the moment 
 at which the Venetian, Captain D'Alviano, fronted the enemy 
 with horses and men crashing down into the stream, a work which 
 
 394 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 elevated him, artistically, to the rank of Raphael and Michel 
 Angelo, and of Rubens of a later period. Other famous achieve- 
 ments are his portraits of Charles V, and Philip II; his singu- 
 lar painting, called "Divine and Human Love," in the Borghese 
 Gallery, Rome; the "Venus," of Florence; the "Portraits of 
 Twelve Caesars ;" the representation of the "Virgin in the Tem- 
 ple," Venetian Academy; S. Spiritio, in the Church of the Sa- 
 lute ; "Cain killing Abel," the "Sacrifice of Abraham," and 
 "David and Goliath," and "Ecce Homo," Venice Gallery; the 
 "Venus and Cupid," of Florence; the "Venus" of Madrid, and 
 the "Supper of Emmaus," the Louvre; a trinity, representing 
 Charles V, with his family and others, as in shrouds, praying to 
 the God-head, Moses, and other persons, is also portrayed; the 
 "Martyrdom of St. Laurence," "Christ" crowned with thorns, 
 the Louvre; "Diana and Callisto," "Jupiter and Antiope," the 
 "Magdaline," "Christ in the Garden," and the "St- Jerome," in 
 the Brera gallery, Milan ; the "Battle of Lepanto," of the Madrid. 
 
 His further influence, in relation to the perfection of portrait 
 painting, by spirit aid and pre-historic inspired ideas, he mani- 
 fested through his works in stately style, as embodied through 
 simple perception and feeling, as evidenced by his representation 
 of Alphonso, Duke of Ferrara, at Madrid; the same Duke and 
 his wife, Laura Dianti, commonly caled "Titian and his Mis- 
 tress," in the Louvre; of Frances I, in the Louvre; various like- 
 nesses of himself; the one of Paul III, also the same Pope with 
 his grandsons. Cardinal Alessandro, and Duke Ottavio, Naples; 
 Pietro Aretino, the Pitti Palace ; Titian's daughter, Lavina, with 
 a fan, in the Dresden Gallery; and the same with a jewelled cas- 
 ket, in the Lord Cowper's collection; the "Cornaro Family," 
 Alnwick Castle; "L'Homme au Gant," in the Louvre; an his- 
 torically unknown personage, youthful and handsome, the ne 
 plus ultra of portraiture. Anstacia informs us that the person- 
 age above referred to, as being unknown by modern artists, was 
 an adopted son of Titian, an orphan, whose original name was * 
 El-sin-is-ter, of Italian birth, but after adoption, was called Zent'- 
 zer-la, a term that referred to his spirit sensitiveness. 
 
 He became the adopted son of Titian at ten years of age, and 
 passed to spirit life in his twenty-third year. 
 
 This youth had been attracted to Titian through his wonder- 
 ful artistic ability, as made manifest at that early age, and also 
 by his pure and innocent life, which characteristics he maintained 
 to the last day of his earth life, for he was more a spirit than a 
 mortal during that period of time, and was therefore adopted and 
 educated by Titian, as an artist or painter. If he had remained 
 
 395 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 in the mortal form, through his great talent and sensitive organ- 
 ism, attuned to spirit influence, as it was, he would have made 
 one of the world's greatest painters. 
 
 After his disembodiment he was greatly missed and mourned 
 by Titian, who painted the portrait of him, above mentioned, 
 as a memorial of his beautiful life — a monument, that when thus 
 understood, should yield its influence upon the lives of all who 
 look upon and admire it. 
 
 His "Sansobino," "Eleonora, Duchess of Urbino ;" "Fran- 
 cesco, duke of Urbino," "Catherine Cornaro, queen of Cyprus," 
 all four of which are in the Uffizi Palace, etc., are further grand 
 acquisitions. 
 
 In the art of coloring, handling and assemblage of subjects, 
 creative invention, harmonious effects, Titian stands an unrivaled 
 representation of the art of painting, which as an epi-cycle of 
 influence, moving on the deferent of that of the greater Art 
 Cycle of Painting, is an important link connecting the great At- 
 lantian achievements, through the above-named pre-historic 
 artists and their works, co-operative with the epi-cycles estab- 
 lished by Bellini, Carpaccio, Giorgione, Tintoretto, etc., etc., to 
 the more modern epi-cycles. 
 
 He caught the idea of Atlantian landscape, in its grandeur, 
 in advance of the ideas re-embodied by the above-named pre- 
 historic artists, or rather in supremacy to theirs, which he re- 
 embodied in the representation of his home country, the region 
 of the hill-summits of Cadore, to the Adriatic Sea. In these he 
 portrayed the turreted Dolomite Alps, in lifelike grandeur, caus- 
 ing them and all their accompaniments of objective nature, to 
 command the admiration of the observer, who, through the sense 
 of sight, has been charmed with the artist's force therein 
 embodied. 
 
 His paintings, being numerous, have been a great influence 
 upon the artistic world, as evidenced by the great collection 
 throughout the country. In the London National gallery there 
 are nine; eighteen in the Uffizi; seven in the Naples Museum; 
 eighteen in the Louvre; eight in the Venetian Academy; forty- 
 one in the Madrid Museum, etc., etc-, all of which manifest in 
 favor of his great faculty in color and surface achievements. 
 His first pictures were confined to the grade of red and green; 
 his latter to that of deep yellow and blue, co-operative with com- 
 mon pigments. In his minglings of white, black and red, as a 
 body, replicating various tints and mingling the colors to the 
 ultimatum of carnation, or flesh colors, he re-embodied the At- 
 lantian ideas of producing flesh colors, which they had perfected 
 
 396 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 to a higher degree ; an art which was, to a certain extent, re-em- 
 bodied in the pre-historic works of the above-named pre-historic 
 artists. Therefore, from the Atlantian development, through 
 spirit guidance, co-operative with the influence of Giorgione's 
 knowledge of the principles that "red comes forward to the eye," 
 "yellow retains the rays of light," and that "blue assimilates to 
 shadow" (which latter he gained knowledge of at the time of his 
 co-partnership with Giorgione), Titian was led to further de- 
 velop the principle into grander utility, wherein, by his genius 
 in the management of colors and blendings, he was able to rep- 
 resent to the life, the glow of the late afternoon, the passionate 
 ardor of early sundown, and general effects, such as lighting or 
 illuminating his pictures. 
 
 Therefore all the foregoing works of Titian give evidence of 
 his great influence over contemporary and subsequent artists, 
 through his technical usage, both in fresco and oil painting, re- 
 garding color tone, luminosity, richness, texture, true represen- 
 tation of subjects, dignity and grace of pose, profound expres- 
 sion, sublime beauty, and the rendition of technical art, grand 
 and beautiful in every detail ; all of which afford him the honor 
 of being one of the most important epi-cycle links, influentially, 
 that connects the great artistic works of Atlantis, re-embodied 
 in the works of the pre-historic artists, with the Ancient and the 
 Modern epi-cycles that move on the deferent of the great Art 
 Cycle of Painting. 
 
 Paul Veronese, of the sixteenth century, last of the great 
 cycle of painters who composed the Venetian School, influenced 
 through re-embodied ideas, which he further developed. 
 
 In evidence of his greatness, such qualities have been pointed 
 out as manifested through his works, embracing the representa- 
 tion of palatial splendor, architectural grandeur and stately 
 vista; personal dignity in sumptuous costumes; crowded assem- 
 blies; luxuriant environments; graceful poise of action and limb; 
 rythmic movement ; tints in sweet and lordly variation ; pictorial 
 inspiration born of the comprehensive eye and magical hand, 
 rather than of the mind; comeliness and beauty of form and 
 face, as drawn from life subjects; supreme representation; rich- 
 ness of drapery and transparency of shadows; exuberance, co- 
 operative with soberness and serenity; brilliant coloring; high 
 lights and mellow hues, etc., which make his works important 
 links with which to connect the greatness of Atlantian art, 
 through the pre-historic re-embodied ideal epi-cycles, their rise 
 and development, and further re-embodiment, into the ancient, 
 
 ' 397 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and ultimate condition of the Modern on its artistic course along 
 the deferent of the great Art Cycle of Painting. 
 
 Tintoretto, of the sixteenth century, one of the greatest paint- 
 ers belonging to the Venetial School, self-taught, influenced at 
 first through mural paintings and frescoes, and re-embodied 
 ideas which he had embraced through the influence of Michel- 
 angelo's designs, and the colorings of Titian. By his numerous 
 works he greatly influenced his contemporaries, and subsequent 
 artists, because of manifest characteristics and genius which he 
 embodied in them, e. g., audacious intrepidity, majestic greatness 
 as a colorist; prodigious execution, wonderful imagination, as 
 conceiver of ideas beautiful and suave, or those of a romantic 
 and heroic nature, turbulent and reckless developments, power- 
 ful central thought and great inventive force, concretional imag- 
 ination, picturesque ideality, perfect and natural treatment of 
 action, gesture, and life-like principles, belonging to form or fig- 
 ure representation, to the exclusion of stiffness or immobility, 
 etc- ; all of which are important links in the establishment of the 
 connection between the Atlantian epi-cycle of painting, and 
 those of the pre-historic. Ancient and Modern, as they move 
 along the deferent of the great Art Cycle of Painting. 
 
 Moretto and Moroni of the Brescian school, in the sixteenth 
 century, influenced through their forceful embodied ideas, rela- 
 tive to the principles of portrait painting, and altar pieces. These 
 were done by the former artists, and were remarkable for their 
 silver-grey tones and refined modelling. 
 
 Romanic, of the same school and period, embodied great in- 
 fluential ideas in his fresco and easel paintings. 
 
 Domenico, of the latter part of the fifteenth century, influ- 
 enced through ideas embodied in his frescoes and mosaic 
 subjects. 
 
 Correggio, of the sixteenth century, one of the most cele- 
 brated painters of this period, greatly influenced his contempora- 
 ries and subsequent artists, through the embodiment of his ideas, 
 especially such as, in their developed manifestations, revealed his 
 genius relative to the force of vivid, impulsive invention, fine 
 execution of pose, and general expression. He wrought both in 
 oil and fresco, for churches and cathedrals. 
 
 A dual spirit influence brought to bear upon his sensitive 
 organism, was the cause of his changeable representations, as 
 have been termed "the faults of his excellences," wherein his 
 works have been said to represnt "sweetness lapsing into mawfc- 
 ishness, and affection empty in elevated themes, and lasciviously 
 voluptuous in those: of a sensuous type; rapid and forceful ac- 
 
 398 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion lapsing into posturing and self-display; fineness and sinu- 
 osity of contour lapsing into exaggeration and mannerism ; dar- 
 ing design lapsing into incorrectness." This, therefore, makes 
 him and his works fitting links with which to connect Atlantian 
 art, through the pre-historc, the Modern-ancient and the Mod- 
 ern epi-cycles, that move on the deferent of the great Art Cycle 
 ot Painting. 
 
 Ambrogio Borgognone, of the latter part of the fifteenth cen- 
 tury and the early part of the next, an artist of great merit, fore- 
 most in the Milanese school, and contemporaneous with Leon- 
 ardo da Vinci, lent a great influence through the re-embodiment 
 of the ideas of Foppa, and of Zenale ; and further developed the 
 artistic quality of facial expression such as ultimated in the man- 
 ifestation of calm beauty, and of delicate coloring. 
 
 Influentially, he becomes a systematic link in favor of faint 
 and clear coloring in fresco, temperament, and oil productions. 
 And as a re-embodier of Teutonic ideas in the qualities of senti- 
 mentality, slender and pallid types, fide lity of portraiture, placid 
 and calm expression, storied and minutely diversified back- 
 grounds, etc., he becomes a representative in the epi-cycle of art, 
 moving on the deferent of the Greater Cycle, such as aids in the 
 blending of Atlantian pre-historic art, with the modern-ancient 
 and modern ultimatum. 
 
 Leonardo da Vinci, of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, 
 primarily of the Florentine school, but creator of the later 
 Milanese school, and the most accomplished painter of his 
 period, extended a great influence to artists who came a century 
 later. These re-embodied his creative ideas, and further devel- 
 oped them, especially those known as the "Lombard painters," 
 of his own and succeeding generations; among these the closest 
 re-embodiers were Salaino, Luini, Cesare da Sesto, Beltraffio, 
 Marco d'Oggiono, etc. 
 
 Notwithstanding his many unfinished and lost works, through 
 the force of mixed conditions both from the spirit and the mor- 
 tal sides of life, co-operative with his diverse ideas in favor of 
 sculpture, architecture, music, letters and criticism, his influence 
 as a painter was profound and lasting, through the knowledge 
 of ideas which he embodied in his works. He was a student of 
 nature, and wrought more to the life in that respect, and is there- 
 fore famed as having go-operated precision with freedom ; subtle 
 accuracy of definition with vital movement, and flow of line; 
 adopter of light and shade, as essential elements in perspective 
 art, in contradistinction with the simple elements of color and 
 line. Especially so in modem times, which was in reality a 
 
 399 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 re-embodied idea from the works of the pre-historic artists, 
 Fe-re-n6's6 of Me-que'thus (Assyria) ; E-cher'ham of Tindin- 
 zeon (Germany) ; Seramensa of Sederone (Spain), who orig- 
 inated or established and developed, the principles of perspec- 
 tology, in their respective sections of country, principles thus 
 brought to the ancient artists through spirit inspiration, and in- 
 fluential guidance. 
 
 He first influenced by his powerful talent for drawing, sketch- 
 ing, etc., thus further operated upon by siprit influences which 
 caused him to reconceive, and re-embody ideas that had been 
 embodied in the pre-historic works of sand-tracings of Menara, 
 of Siloton (Egypt) ; the pencil drawings of Ferenoso of Me- 
 quethus; the portrait outlining of Pietrus of Zanzureta; the 
 alphabetic delineations and leaf, vine and flower representations, 
 of Balzaric of Etzentuan (Italy) ; the zig-zag delineations for 
 window decoration by Plaizo of Etzentuan ; the alphabetic delin- 
 eations of Zewanda of Falkaleit; the outlined subjects of Reinchy 
 of Falkaleit; the sand-tracings of Zewonk of Sederone; the 
 slate-outlining of subjects, by Serasco of Sederone, and the same 
 style of work by Seramensa, of the same country, etc. ; all of 
 which make him and his works important links, or epi-cycles of 
 art, co-operative with the Great Art Cycle of Painting and Draw- 
 ing, as they incidentally have moved on the deferent from the 
 Atlantian period of time to the Modern. 
 
 Michel Angelo Buonarroti, of the fifteenth and sixteenth cen- 
 turies, the last and most famous of the great artists of Florence, 
 we have chosen, as one of the principal links in the representa- 
 tive epi-cycle, on the great cycle of painters and paintings. This 
 artist, through the embodied and re-embodied ideas in his works, 
 not only in painting, but in sculpture as well, has been one of the 
 world's greatest influencers through artistic principles that have 
 been, and shall forever be, extended through subsequent artistic 
 minds and their re-embodiments of his' ideas and influence, as 
 he was by that of the remote Atlantian artists, extended through 
 the pre-historic, and the ancient, by the embodiments and re-em- 
 bodiments of the artists of those periods of time, co-operative 
 with the inspiration and guidance of spirit artists contemporane- 
 ous with those times long since agone, who silently worked 
 through his sensitive organism. This is evidenced by manifes- 
 tations that speak forth, in silent declaration of his mighty 
 genius, through such works as his panel painting of circular form 
 in portrayal of the "Holy Family" ; in which the Madonna is rep- 
 resented as kneeling on the ground, holding up the Child on her 
 right shoulder, and accompanied by nude figures having place in 
 
 400 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the background (now in the Uffizi, Florence) ; his cartoon, or 
 companion to that of Leonardo da Vinci, for the great hall of 
 the Municipal Council, in representation of an incident of the 
 Pisan war, when the soldiery, in the act of bathing, had been sur- 
 prised by the enemy (incomplete), a work at the time greatly 
 influenced through his re-embodied ideas of violent action, ener- 
 getic movement, as adopted in Leonardo's battle cartoon, and 
 developed into representation of the spirit of tempestuous fury, 
 as a manifest expression thereof in his cartoon representing the 
 incident in the Pisan war ; his representation of the "Virgin and 
 Child with Four Angels", though unfinished, embodies ideas of 
 great grace, severity of feeling and design (National Gallery, 
 London) ; his representation of the "Entombment of Christ," also 
 unfinished, bears some influence through the more excellent and 
 grander points, as made manifest through the principle of action, 
 etc (National Gallery, London). His great plan, submitted to 
 Pope Julius, for the decoraton of the Sistine Chapel, Rome, is a 
 design of many hundred figures, embodying all the history of 
 creation and of the first patriarchs; with accessory personages 
 of prophets and sibyls dreaming on the new dispensation to 
 come; and in addition, the forefathers of Christ, the whole to be 
 executed, and divided by an elaborate frame work of painting 
 architecture, with a multitude of nameless human figures sup- 
 porting its several members, or reposing among them, etc. In 
 the main field of the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel, which is 
 divided into four larger, alternating with five smaller fields, he 
 depicted a number of subjects in the following order: (i) the 
 dividing of the light from the darkness; (2) the creation of sun, 
 moon, and stars, and of the herbage; (3) the creation of the 
 water; (4) the creation of man; (5) the creation of woman; 
 (6) the temptation and expulsion; (7) an enigmatical scene, said 
 to represent the sacrifice of Cain and Abel, but rather resembling 
 the sacrifice of Noah; (8) the deluge; (9) the drunkenness of 
 Noah. 
 
 In numbers i, 3, 5, 7 and 9, the field of the picture is reduced, 
 by the encroachment of the architectural framework and sup- 
 porters. These subjects are flanked at each end by the figure of 
 a seated prophet, or sibyl, alternately; two other prophets are in- 
 troduced, at each extremity of the series, making seven prophets 
 and five sibyls in all. In the angles to right and left of the 
 prophets, at the two extremities, are the "Death of Goliath," the 
 "Death of Judith," the "Brazen Serpent," and the "Punishment 
 of Haman." In the twelve lunettes above the windows, and in 
 the same number of triangular vaulted spaces over them, are 
 
 401 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mysterious groups, or pairs of groups, of figures, which from 
 Michelangelo's own time have usually been known as "Ances- 
 tors of Christ." The army of nameless architectural and sub- 
 ordinate figures, is too numerous here to be spoken of. The 
 work represents all the powers of Michelangelo as at their best. 
 Disdaining all the accessory allurements of the painter's art, he 
 has concentrated himself upon the exclusive delineation of the 
 human form and face, at their highest power. His imagination 
 has conceived, and his knowledge and certainty of hand have 
 enabled him to realize, attitudes and combinations of unmatched 
 variety and grandeur, and countenances of unmatched expres- 
 siveness and power. But he has not trusted, as he came later to 
 trust, to science and acquired knowledge merely; neither do his 
 personages, so much as afterwards, transcend human possibility, 
 or so far leave the facts of actual life behind them. In a word, 
 his sublimity, often in excess of the occasion, is here no more 
 than equal to it; moreover it is combined with the noblest ele- 
 ments of grace, and even of tenderness. As for the intellectual 
 meanings of his vast design, over and above those which reveal 
 themselves at a first glance, or by a bare description — ^they are, 
 from the nature of the case, inexhaustible, and can never be per- 
 fectly defined. Whatever the soul of this great Florentine, the 
 spiritual heir of Dante, with the Christianity of the Middle Age 
 not shaken in his mind, but expanded and transcendentalized, by 
 the knowledge and love of Plato — whatever the soul of such a 
 man, full of suppressed tenderness and righteous indignation 
 and of anxious questionings of coming fate, could conceive, that 
 has Michelangelo expressed, or shadowed forth, in this great and 
 significant scheme of paintings. Their details, it must remain 
 for every fresh student to interpret in his own manner." 
 
 Furthermore, his subsequent representation of the colossal 
 and multitudinous "Last Judgment," the most famous of single 
 pictures in the world, which has place on the great end wall 
 above the. altar of the Sistine Chapel, to supersede the frescoes 
 there wrought by Perugino, is one through which his embodied 
 ideas manifest influentially the characteristics and qualities of 
 artistic science; fiery and daring conceptions; nudity in artistic 
 human form ; extremity of action and predicament, to the aban- 
 donment of moderation, beauty and tenderness, a condition as 
 compared with that which guided his brush in the execution of 
 the great ceiling ornamentaton, shows a conflicting spirit influ- 
 ence, that not only controlled the vibrations of his own mind, at 
 the time, but further influenced, by the thoughts proceeding from 
 the minds of the great populace. This, impregnated by the pas- 
 
 402 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 sionate and embittered theological temper of the times, is one of 
 the greatest controlling mediums of result, directly, reversely, 
 adversely, or diversely, in accord with circumstantial conditions, 
 in all the pursuits and avenues of life ; hence, one should look 
 well to opposing, as to harmonious influences, in view of their 
 aspirations for ascendency or supremacy, etc. 
 
 In further consideration of the fact, artistically speaking, we 
 note the difference, influentially, between the grander and purer 
 inspiration manifesting through the frescoes on the ceiling of the 
 Sistine Chapel, and that of the representation of "The Last Judg- 
 ment" on the end wall, or the frescoes in the Capela Paulina 
 (another chapel in the Vatican), where the athletic, unclothed 
 human forms, are represented in every variety and extremity of 
 action and predicament. Void of moderation, beauty and ten- 
 derness, in contrast with the consolatory aspects of Christianity, 
 the picture gives evidence of influence, in harmony with the 
 passionate and embittered theological temper of the times, which 
 through his indignant nature, found lodgment in the mental 
 organism of the artist^ to the extent of a conception, and creation 
 of ideas, not harmonious in the oneness of purpose. Hence his 
 apparent decline in art development, noticeable through the 
 process work, in its extension from that of the frescoes on the 
 ceiling of the Sistine Chapel, to "The Last Judgment," on the end 
 wall, and further manifest in his frescoes in representation of 
 'The Conversion of Paul," and the "Martyrdom of Peter," in 
 the C?ipela Paulina, or Pauline Chapel in the Vatican. This 
 great artist, through his varied styles of work, extended a dual 
 influence, one, a condition arising from his embodiment of the 
 grander and purer ideas, as ipanifest through his former works, 
 and that of the frescoes on the Sistine Chapel ceiling, and the 
 pther, arising from the embodiment of such ideas as are incor- 
 porated in the representation of "The Last Judgment," on the 
 end wall, manifesting an influence, to weaker individuals, who^e 
 idealistic natures vibrate in harmony with improper energy, vio- 
 lent action, terribleness ; departure from nature and its pure laws, 
 in the various manifestations of action, holding rigidly to scien- 
 tific deductions from the abstract laws of structure and move- 
 ment; degeneration of qualities, in coloring and general expres- 
 sion, hence a lowering in the scale of charm and grace. 
 
 Finally, as the mixed thought vibrations, emanating from 
 both spirit and mortal minds, cease to vibrate through his sensi- 
 tive brain, each having found repose in its own realm, the influ- 
 ential condition becomes less changeable. 
 
 The above-named masters, from the list of three hundred and 
 
 * 403 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 fifty-eight celebrated painters, representing the seventeen prin- 
 cipal districts or divisions in the Italian school of Painting, from 
 the thirteenth to the sixteenth century inclusive, viz : Lucca and 
 Pisa, Siena, Florence, Umbria, Padua, Arezzo, Venice, Brescia, 
 Verona Ferrara, Bologna, Modena and Parma, Cremona, Milan, 
 Rome, and Naples, give evidence of the powerful influence thus 
 extended, and make them proper links, with which to connect up 
 the epi-cycle of Painting, in that region, while moving over the 
 deferent of the Great Art Cycle, throughout all timfe. 
 
 Raphael Senzio of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, 
 whom we have chosen as one of the principal representative links, 
 in the Great Cycle of Painters and Paintings, is acknowledged 
 to be the most universally popular artist of the world, since the 
 time when written history began. His works, through both em- 
 bodied and re-embodied ideas, have held a profound influence, 
 both contemporaneously and subsequently, relative to the devel- 
 opment of the art of paintmg, as well as that of fresco and car- 
 toon productions. 
 
 In the days of his youth, Raphael re-embodied such ideas as 
 influenced religious sentiment, and grace of motive; an adopted 
 usage through the influence of his father's works and instruction, 
 also delicacy and great care in general detail, from ideas em- 
 bodied in the works of the Van Eycks, which in extension he 
 re-embodied in his own, he having made a study of them in the 
 ducal residence of Umbino. Later he was also influenced by 
 general ideas, embodied in the works of Perugino, his tutor. 
 
 In the sixteenth century, he entered upon his independent in- 
 fluental mission, as evidenced by his four pictures, for! the 
 churches at Citta di Castello. The first of these is a guild-ban- 
 ner, painted on one side with the "Trinity," and below, kneeling 
 figures of St. Sebastian and St. Rocco. On the reverse side is 
 a "Creation of Eve," through which beautiful grace and breadth 
 of treatment are manifested; second, "The Coronation of S. 
 Niccole Tolentino" (now destroyed) ; third, "The Crucifixion" 
 (now in the Dudley collection), which is a fine panel, eight feet 
 six inches in height, five feet five inches in width, in representa- 
 tion of "The Virgin," "St. John," "St. Jerome" and "St. Mary 
 Magdalene;" fourth, his extremely beautiful and highly finished 
 "Sposalizio" (now in the Brera Gallery, Milan), through which 
 he manifests an influence in favor of the qualities of "sweetness 
 of expression" and "grace of attitude;" the Connestabile "Ma- 
 donna," his finest painting during his Perugenian period, is a 
 round panel on which he represents the Virgin reading from a 
 book of hours, which in fact is a re-embodied idea of his father's. 
 
 404 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 During his Florentine period, he influenced through such 
 works as his two panels, in representation of "St. George" and 
 "St. Michael," now in the Louvre, which give evidence of a 
 transition from the mannerisms of Perugino, to quality ideas, as 
 embodied in the works Of other artists and sculptors, and which 
 he re-embodied in favor of development. This fact broadened 
 his influence in the art of drawing, beautifying color, adding 
 gracefulness to composition, giving dramatic expression and pre- 
 cision of line, and a better representation of the human form; 
 subtleties of modelling and soft beauty of expression; nobility 
 of composition, and skillful treatment of drapery in dignified 
 folds; and general perspective qualities, which ultimated in the 
 creation of a new style of an eclectic order, manifest through 
 such works as his large picture of the "Coronation of the Vir- 
 gin," now in the Vatican, a beautiful production, renowned for 
 its strong religious sentiment, and therefore it thus influenced. 
 His "Dudley Graces," and his "Knight's Dream of Duty and 
 Pleasure," in the National Gallery, London; "Apollo and Mar- 
 syas," a lovely panel, rich in color and graceful in arrangement, 
 in the Louvre, are also sources of influence. 
 
 Furthermore, a great influence is manifest through such chief 
 paintings, purely his own, as the "Madonna del Grand Duca" 
 (Pitti) ; "Madonna del Giardino" (Vienna) ; the "Holy Family 
 with the Lamb" (Madrid) ; the "Ansidei Madonna" (National 
 Gallery); the Borghese "Entombment;" Cowper's "Madonna" 
 at Panshanger; "La bella Giardiniera" (Louvre) ; the Eszterhazy 
 "Madonna del Cardellino" (Uffizi) ; the "Tempi Madonna (Mu- 
 nich) ; the "Colonna Madonna" (Berlin) ; the Bridgewater "Ma- 
 donna" (Bridgewater House) ; the Orleans "Madonna" (Due 
 d'Aumale's collection) ; the "Entombment of Christ" (Palazzo 
 Borghese, Rome), etc. 
 
 During his Roman period, we find him supremely positioned, 
 thus influencing contemporaneously with such artists as Michel- 
 angelo, Signorelli, Perugino, Pinturicchio, Lorenzo, Loretto, Pe- 
 ruzzi, Sodoma, etc., etc., through such embodied and re-embodied 
 ideas as are made manifest or expressive through such works as 
 his exquisitely wrought portraits of Bindo Altoviti, now at 
 Munich ; his famous paintings and frescoes in the Vatican, Rome, 
 a series having place over the Apastamenti Borgia, to supersede 
 the fresco decorations already there, which had been executed by 
 the great artists, Bonfigli, Perugino, Piero della Francesca, 
 Andrae del Casiagno, Signorelli, and Sodoma. Julius II. had 
 caused these to be removed, and to be replaced by new designs 
 by Raphael. 
 
 405 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Regarding their general assembly, and the influence thereof, 
 we note his works in the section known as the Stanza, della Seg- 
 natura (Papal signature room), (i) his famous "Disputa", a 
 magnificent decorative scheme, in representation of the hier- 
 archy of the Church on earth, and its glory in Heaven. Angels 
 are represented on the upper tier, while nude cherubs are rep- 
 resented as in the act of carrying the books of the Gospels, and 
 are very beautifully wrought. The gilt ground on the Vault, like 
 Perugiho's in the "Stanza dell' Incendio," marked with mosaic- 
 like squares, a style commonly practised by decorative painters, 
 was an influential re-embodied idea, under further influence by 
 spirit inspiration, co-operative with the re-embodied ideas of the 
 mosaic art, that had developed from the embodied ideas of The- 
 onzy and Emucu, the Atlantian Zi'te Ze-u-le-us'ze (mosaic 
 artists), and still further extended through the influence of the 
 pre-historic works of Elongo and Puuco, the Sac'cen Et-si-es'sa 
 (mosaic artists) of Etzentuan, and their subsequent mosaic 
 artists, of Italy. His Medallions on which he portrayed very 
 graceful female figures, representing "Theology," "Science," 
 "Justice" and "Poetry," with small accompanying subjects, re- 
 spectively harmonious with each. ; his noble fresco entitled 
 the "School of Athens," in the Stanza della Segnatura, opposite 
 his "Disputa," in which he has depicted celebrities contempo- 
 raneous with the events of Ancient Greece. This list embraces 
 Philosophers, Poets, and men of Science, whom the Church ad- 
 mitted were "inspired from Heaven," who by their zealous works 
 became precursors to the light of Christianity. But who were, 
 in fact, guided and inspired by disembodied spirits, co-operative 
 with their several mental qualities, by which they developed their 
 respective embodied and re-embodied ideas. The truths of spirit 
 return, various manifestation, inspiration, and guidance were 
 even then known to some of the leaders of the Church, but for 
 purposes known to themselves, they put these things in the light 
 of divine revelation, etc. 
 
 The central figures of this work are Plato and Aristotle. 
 Below these, on each side, are groups of literary celebrities, skill- 
 fully arranged, including the whole "filosofica famiglia" of 
 Dante, with Bramante, as the aged Archimedes, represented as 
 stooping over a geometrical diagram. On the left, is a represen- 
 tion of Francesco Maria della Rovera, Duke of Urbino, and on 
 the right, figures of Raphael and Perugino. Over one window 
 is represented a group of poets and musicians, on Mount Parn- 
 assus, round a central figure of Apollo, the aggregation being an 
 assembly of finely wrought heads, among which are those of 
 
 406 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Dante and Petrarch. Over the opposite windows are graceful 
 figures of the three chief Virtues; Gregory IX is shown giving 
 decretals to a jurist, and on the other side, Justiinan is repre- 
 sented as presenting his code to Trebonianus. 
 
 His fine painting, in representation of the "Flaying of Mar- 
 syas," is a re-embodied idea from the influence of antique sculp- 
 ture; hence, an extended influential idea re-developed from the 
 works of Uthre, Axtrey, Adolphus and Entize, of Atlantis, and 
 through those of Conetry of Elteze (Arabia) ; Edelmaze and Le- 
 delmoz, Denvoses and Tonoka of Siloton (Egypt) ; Debalbus and 
 Tindegin of Mequethus (Assyria) ; Therenze, Chalsemenus, Mel- 
 seos and Secolus, of Zanzureta (Greece) ; Prozelzo and Callenze, 
 of Etzentuan (Italy) ; Pedizeustes of Falkaleit (France) ; Kit- 
 recon and Multsy of Sederone (Spain) ; and further re-embod- 
 ied, through the works of ancient sculptors, under spirit inspira- 
 tion and guidance. Thus was reached the sensitive brain of 
 Raphael — by way of the mental vibratory law in nature — who 
 conceived the idea and re-developed it accordingly. iHis beau- 
 tiful small picture in representation of the "Temptation of Eve," 
 is a re-embodied idea co-existent with the same ideal subject, 
 conceived by his contemporary, Dtirer, through the same natural 
 law of thought conception. 
 
 The same may be said of his fresco representation, of the 
 expulsion of Heliororus from the Temple, having place in La 
 Stanza d'Elidoro, or the one of the repulsion of Atila, from the 
 walls of Rome, by Leo I, who is miraculously aided by the ap- 
 partition of St. Peter and St. Paul ; or the scene of the "Miracle 
 at Bolsena," in which the "real presence" was proved to a doubt- 
 ing priest by the appearance of bloodstains on the Corporal. In 
 this Julius II is represented as kneeling behind the altar, and on 
 the lower space, on each side of the windows, are two groups, 
 one of women and the other of officers of the guard. His fresco 
 painting, in representation of the "Deliverance of St. Peter from 
 Prison," is a wonderful combination and contrast of different 
 qualities of light — as that from the moon, the glory around the 
 angels, and that emanating from the torches of the sentinels. 
 
 His representation, in Stanza dell 'Incendio, is of the Incen- 
 dio del Borgo, miraculously stopped by Leo IV, who is appear- 
 ing and making the sign of the cross, at a window in the Vatican. 
 The motive for one group on the left foreground was a re-em- 
 bodied idea taken from the burning of Troy. This has a fine nude 
 figure of -(Eneas, who is represented as issuing from the burning 
 house, bearing on his back the old Anchises, and also leading 
 the boy, Ascanius, by the hand. 
 
 . 407 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Other finely wrought representations are, the "Madonna of 
 Foligno" (Vatican) ; the bervagh "Madonna" (National Gal- 
 lery) ; the "Diademed Virgin" (Louvre) ; the "Madonna del 
 Peace" (Madrid) ; portraits of Julius II (Uffizi) ; the so-called 
 Fornarina (Palazzo Barberini) ; the Baldassare Castiglione, of 
 the Louvre, etc.; his fresco representing the "Triumph of Gala- 
 tea" (in the palace of Agostino Chigi, by the Tiber banks) ; the 
 "Villa Farnesina;" his designs from "Apuleius' Romance of 
 Cupid and Psyche;" his celebrated fresco painting in represen- 
 tation of Sibyls, in Santa Maria della Pace; his "Madonna della 
 Seggiola" (Pitti Palace) ; his "St. Cecilia" (Bologne) ; the min- 
 iature "Vision of Ezekiel" (Pitti Palace) ; the "Lo Spasimo," or 
 "Christ Bearing His Cross;" the Madonna called "Della Perla," 
 and the "Madonna della Rosa" (Madrid Gallery) ; the portrait 
 of Leo X, with Cardinals de' Rossi and de' Medici (Pitti Pal- 
 ace) ; his large representation, "St. Michael and the Devil" 
 (Louvre) ; his portrait of a Violin player ( Sciarra-Colonna, 
 Palace, Rome) ; his life-size portrait of the painter Timoteo 
 della Vite, in black and red chalk (British Museum), etc. 
 
 Furthermore, there is his extended influence through sub- 
 jects for cartoon designs, for tapestry copies, such as "Scenes 
 from the Acts of the Apostles;" "Christ in the Delivery of the 
 Keys to St. Peter;" the "Martyrdom of St. Stephen;" "The Con- 
 version of St. Paul;" "Saint Paul in Prison at Philippi," etc. 
 These sixteenth century works, though few, when com- 
 pared with the marvelous number of works that he pro- 
 duced during his Perugian, Florentine, and Roman periods of 
 greatness, yet represent his marvelous influence through embodi- 
 ments and re-embodiments, both received and extended, in be- 
 half of the great development of the Art of Painting, through 
 which his wonderful genius and artistic qualities of being, made 
 themselves manifest to the world in such characteristic princi- 
 ples as grand drafting, elegant designing, beautiful coloring, 
 graceful composition, wide range of subjects, varieties of style, 
 profound adherence to the higher spiritual effects and sacred 
 sources of artistic inspiration in all the details of professional 
 art, historically, religiously, politically, mythologically and scen- 
 ically, and in the broadest sense of the latter; versatility of 
 power, ranging through a scale from the minute to the colossal 
 in representation of subjects. 
 
 Therefore, these manifestations of influential genius, added 
 to the characteristics of personal beauty; charm of manner; deep 
 kindliness of heart; sincere modesty; spiritual sensitiveness, 
 subject to profound inspirational guidance; qualities of being 
 
 408 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 that during his short life of thirty-seven years, made him known 
 and loved among men and women, of his day, in all pursuits of 
 life, make him a fitting choice for one of the principal epi-cycle 
 representatives of Art, revolving on the deferent of the Great 
 Cycle of Painting, and therefore an essential connecting link, in 
 the establishment of the same, from the Atlantian period, to the 
 present time. 
 
 His versatile nature, tuned in harmony with general art prin- 
 ciples, made him susceptible to various spirit influences, who 
 sought him out as a fitting instrument through whom to operate, 
 in pursuance of embodiments and re-embodiments, which they 
 sought to accomplish for the great good of the inhabitants of the 
 material sphere. Hence arose his adaptation, mentally and phy- 
 sically, to the development of various branches of art (like 
 Aristotle of old whom no man has ever surpassed in versatility 
 of genius) ; hence, his transition of styles from the Perugian to 
 the Florentine, and to the Roman; his adaptation to architectu- 
 ral, sculptural and even to the lesser art designs; and also his 
 love for archaeological pursuits in which he was particularly influ- 
 enced by spirits, who when in the mortal, had been contempo- 
 raneous with remote and antequated periods of time. 
 
 Therefore, Raphael, being so universally popular, renowned 
 for his merits as a great painter, draughtsman, colorist, and mas- 
 ter of graceful compositions ; of wide range of subjects and won- 
 derful varieties in style ; versatility of power displayed in various 
 subjects, according to occasion; large range of scale, from min- 
 ute figures, to those of colossal dimension, in co-operation with 
 breadth and vigor; and being personally kind of heart, modest, 
 physically beautiful, charming in manner, was possessed of qual- 
 ities of being that endeared him to all classes of people, and made 
 him known and loved among men and women of high rank or 
 position in life, the Government and the State., among whom 
 were classed the princes of the Church, distinguished artists and 
 scholars of every kind, in fact, the world-famed men of every 
 class, who influenced through the courts of Julius II. and Leo 
 X.; ambassadors of princes, withal, a father to his pupils — etc., 
 are. facts, the aggregation of which, render him a principal link 
 in the representative epi-cycle, not only of Painting, but of Sculp- 
 ture, Architecture, and the Lesser Arts, as designer of silver 
 service, tersia- work, wood-carving, supervisor of engraving, and 
 also as an archaeologist. He was one of the world's greatest in- 
 fluences through embodied and re-embodied ideas and a devel- 
 oper of artistic principles, co-operative with spirit inspiration, 
 holding so great an influence over not only the artists and ad- 
 
 409 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mirers of art, of the age in which he lived and wrought as a mor- 
 tal artist, but through the generations intervening between that 
 and the present period of time, as evidenced by his marvelous 
 work, continuous upon the earth plane during its existence as a 
 world, and extending into the great beyond, where from world 
 to world, as a spirit, his qualities of being will continue to de- 
 velop and extend. They will thus reach out, not only to the 
 realms beyond, but will be reflected back upon the earth, with 
 those of all the other great artists, to inspire the minds of sub- 
 sequent children of the earth, not only in art, but general spirit- 
 ual developments through re-embodiments ; hence to further aid, 
 in the great connection to be made in the establishment of the 
 epi-cycle of Painting and its movement on the deferent of the 
 Great Cycle of Art. 
 
 Peter Paul Rubens of the sixteenth and seventeenth centu- 
 ries, whom we have chosen as one of the principal links in the 
 great cycle of painters and paintings, was the most eminent rep- 
 resentative of Flemish Art, and one of the greatest painters of 
 all the schools. [He was under a powerful mortal influence, ex- 
 tending from the works of Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian, Giulio 
 Romano, Tintoretto, Baroccio, Parmigiano, Paul Veronese, etc., 
 co-operative with spirit influence and guidance, and is therefore 
 chosen by us as one of the principal links in the representative 
 epi-cycle of Painting, as one who, through the embodied and re- 
 embodied ideas in his works, established an influence that has 
 reached out, for further extension, to subsequent artists, like that 
 of Michelangelo and Raphael, which will live on forever in the 
 realms of time, space and life. Living quality evidenced by 
 his multitude of works, through which his great genius is made 
 manifest, shows in his representation of "Magdalene Anointing 
 Christ's Feet" (now at Hermetage in St. Petersburg) ; a re-em- 
 bodied idea, influenced through the works of Otto Voenius ; his 
 religious paintings, the "Invention of the Cross," "The Crowning 
 with Thorns," and "The Crucifixion" (Hospital at Grasse, in 
 Provence) ; his "Mercury and Psyche," a re-embodied idea of 
 Raphael (Museum at Pesth) ; his "Heraclitus and Democritus" 
 (Madrid Gallery) ; the immense picture, the "Baptism of. Our 
 Lord" (Antwerp, Gallery) ; "The Transfiguration" (Museum, 
 Nancy) ; the portrait of Vincenzo and his Consort, kneeling be- 
 fore the Trinity (Library at Mantua) ; the large altar-piece, 
 "The Circumcision at St. Ambrogio," at Genoa; the Virgin in 
 a glory of Angels, and two groups of Saints, painted on the wall, 
 at both sides of the high-altar in the Santa Maria, in Valicella, 
 Rome; his large, famous, original representtion of the "Adora- 
 
 410 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion of the Magi," which in dimension is twelve by seventeen 
 feet and contains twenty-eight life-sized figures, arranged in gor- 
 geous attire — warriors in steel armor, horsemen, slaves, and also 
 camels, etc. (Madrid Gallery) ; the "Raising of the Cross" and 
 the "Descent from the Cross," and the accompanying representa- 
 tion of the "Visitation" and "Presentation in the Temple." on 
 the interior wings (Antwerp Cathedral), embodied and re-em- 
 bodied ideas, under extended influence, from the fresco work of 
 Ricciarelli, at Trinita de' Monti, and the magnificent picture of 
 Baroccio in the Cathedral of Perugia. 
 
 His gr«at influence in Gothic church decorations on ceilings, 
 with the use of fore-shortened figures, thus blending the relig- 
 ious art with the colossal pictures between the twisted columns 
 of the high-altars, extended influences from the works of such 
 masters as Titian, Veronese and Tintoretto, are ideas under em- 
 bodied and re-embodied conditions, and through further influ- 
 ence of spirit inspiration upon the sensitive brain of Rubens. 
 His twenty-four pictures illustrating the life of Mary de'Med'ci 
 (queen mother) of France (Louvre) ; the "Triumph of flenry 
 IV." (Pitti Palazzo), is an extended influence from Mantegna 
 as embodied in his "Triumph of Caesar" (now at Hampton 
 Court), and further re-embodied by Rubens; his "Assumption of 
 the Virgin," at the high-altar of the Antwerp Cathedral, a pecu- 
 liar conception and idealistic embodiment, similar to that of 
 Titian's "Assunta," in the cathedral of Verona, each of which is 
 artistically qualified, according to the conditions material and 
 spiritual, co-operative with the genius of the artists, in evidence 
 of receptive inspiration, by two individuals at a considerable dis- 
 tance apart. In his wonderful representation of the "Massacre 
 of the Innocents," he portrays the mothers, defending their chil- 
 dren, with nails and teeth (Munich Gallery). His representation 
 of St. Francis attempting to shield the Universe from the 
 Savior's wrath, was a re-embodied idea, influenced through the 
 writings of St. Germain (Brussels Gallery). jThe "Blessing of 
 Peace" (National Gallery, England) ; forty or more portraits of 
 his beautiful wife, Helena (in Munich, St. Petersburg, Blen- 
 heim, Lichtenstein, Louvre, etc. ) ; the "Feast of Venus ;" his por- 
 trait of Helena Fourment, ready to enter the bath, or the "St. 
 Ildefonso" (Vienna Gallery) ; the "Martyrdom of St. Peter," at 
 Cologne; the "Martyrdom of St. Thomas," at Prague; the "Last 
 Judgment of Paris," at Madrid; the "Garden of Love" (Madrid 
 and Dresden) ; the "Village Feast" (Louvre) ; and his numerous 
 etchings, such as the head of Seneca, and the beautiful figure of 
 St. Catharine, etc., are other masterpieces. 
 
 , 4" 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The foregoing works are but a few of his more than one thou- 
 sand, the distribution of which has given them place as property 
 of the Kings of Spain, to the number of thirty-two ; the Madrid 
 gallery possesses one hundred or more; smaller numbers are in 
 all the principal galleries of Europe, as at Antwerp, Brussels, 
 Paris, Lille, Dresden, Berlin, Munich, Venice, St. Petersburg, 
 London, Florence, Milan, Turin, etc. 
 
 The great genius of Rubens is made manifest by the "silent 
 language" of "expression," or characteristic qualities thus em- 
 braced, in his thousand and more works, written upon wood, can- 
 vas, and other materials, to adorn walls and easels, by the magic 
 of his brush and pencil. These were invisibly guided by the 
 hands of spirit artists, whose mental forces also were in equilib- 
 ria with his own receptive brain. Hence we look and read there- 
 from the forceful characteristic quality — manifestations of vig- 
 orous design ; decorative skill ; force of brightness and glow of 
 coloring ; energy of character ; boldness of composition ; striking 
 attitudes ; effective grouping ; breadth of touch ; pictorial concep- 
 tion; perfect design; magnificent drapery; portrayal of life and 
 nature; conceptive fancy of subjects; prodigious faculty in exe- 
 cution; co-blendment of religious and decorative art styles, to 
 the ultimatum of united principles; mixture of the sacred with 
 the mythological, etc., all of which are re-embodied qualities, 
 that further inspired the minds and governed the works of the 
 Flemish school of Artists, for more than a century subsequently. 
 
 Likewise was his influence brought to bear upon the epi- 
 cycle of Engraving, as manifest through the plates of such artists 
 as Soutman, Vorsterman, Pontius, Witdoeck, the two Bols- 
 werts, Peter de Jode, N. Lauwers, etc., who further re-embod- 
 ied his embodied and re-embodied ideas, upon their plates. Fur- 
 thermore, the influence extended into the Antwerp school of En- 
 graving, a further extension which linked him influentially into 
 Modern schools, relative to styles, etc. 
 
 Finally, the great influence of Rubens, the great master-link 
 in the epi-cycle of painting, not only brought him into favor with 
 various courts, such as at Mantua, and under the patronage of 
 Mary de' Medici, the Duchess of Gonzoga and Louis XIIL of 
 France ; Philip IV, of Spain ; Charles I, of England ; Isabella, of 
 Spain; Ferdinand, of the Netherlands, etc., but established him 
 as a model art influence, worthy to be followed by artists and 
 art-loving patrons, for all time to come. 
 
 Yea, truly! The light of this great artistic star, in co-opera- 
 tion with the influence of other spirit artists, like that of all the 
 other great representative stars, or epi-cycles of Art, will con- 
 
 41a 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 I 
 
 tinue to illumine the progress of Painting, on the Earth plane, and 
 each his own, as they eternally move on the deferent of the Great 
 Art Cycle, thus; to blend with that of the worlds and planets hav- 
 ing place throughout immeasurable space, incalculable time, and 
 endless life ! A mission belonging to spirit artists, while they, 
 during their onward progression and attraction as art €pi-cydes, 
 pass from sphere to sphere, world to world, planet to planet, and 
 through the endless zones of eternity, thus making the linkings 
 that must establish the infinite condition and endless existence of 
 each, co-operative with the Great Spirit Art Cycle, on whose def- 
 erent they move, to regions beyond, or zones counterpart to the 
 material; representing an assembly of epi-cycles, as it were, to 
 form, a Great Art Zodiac Cycle, beg|inning with the Atlantian 
 period, passing into the pre-historic, the Ancient, the Mediaeval, 
 and the Modern, thence on into the epi-cycle divisions, or zones 
 embracing the myriads of worlds, throughout the regions of 
 space, which are the influential signs of the great Zodiacal, or 
 Art Cycle. 
 
 Space will not .permit of further comment on the influence, 
 through the embodiments and re-embodiments of the ideas, be- 
 longing to the art, as having developed in the various other coun- 
 tries, so we leave the reader here, to search history for further 
 links in the great cycle of painters and paintings that will make 
 the extension into the twentieth century of the art zone. 
 
 NOTE: — The author of this work permits an explanation here that 
 he too modestly withheld In earlier parts of this work. He has written 
 of the Great Art of the world only after a Ion?, careful and painstaking 
 study of It, made in Its own chief centers and hlgrh places, Sngland 
 Ireland, Scotland, Belgium, Holland, Switzerland, Germany, France and 
 Italy. Mr. Leslie prepared for his foreign tour and made It for the 
 central 'Purpose of studying various forms of Art, but especially cele- 
 brated Paintings in the Galleries, Churches and Royal Palaces of the 
 old world.— BDITOE. 
 
 413 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH ZI'TE ZE-U'LE-US ENT AT'LAN-TIS, 
 
 OR 
 
 THE MOSAIC ART IN ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXKV. 
 
 The Zi'te Ze-ule-iis or Tessellate style of Art work, had its 
 origin, or remote ideal embodiment, in Atlantis, where before the 
 close of the third Ef rementrum, or the time of the great submerg- 
 ence, it had developed into quite a degree of perfection, in regard 
 to condition and practical usage. 
 
 Theopzy, a zite zeule (mosaic artist) who was a native of 
 Teltzie Et, and who diwelt and woriied in the aistie of Atara, 
 principally, beginning with the last half .of the second Efremet- 
 rum, and extending beyond the first half of the third, w^as th,g 
 original establisher and developer of that style of art in Atlantis. 
 He wrought extensively and also instituted a large school, in the 
 aistie of Atara, where he taught mfeny pupils, both the local peo- 
 ple and from adjacent Teltzie'. He first wrought from wood, 
 when he harmoniously co-mingled and blended various colors 
 into tessellated order. At a later period, however, he conceived 
 the idea of co-raingling precious stones, with marble, but he 
 never wrought with common stone, or prepared cJay. 
 
 During his work in the third Ef remetrum, he bad advanced 
 in the zite zeuleus, so that his pr'od'uctions were in representation 
 of many subjects, as his fancy prompted. These were relative 
 to, or harmonious with, the occasioned utility, the product being 
 chiefly of ornamentation on floors, tables, land the surfaces of 
 similar furniture, but never for mural or pictorial purposes, ^uch 
 as portraits. 
 
 E-mu'cu, a pupil of Theonzy, and also a native of Teltzie Et, 
 came into great renown during the second quarter of the third 
 Efrementum. At first he continued to develop the style of his 
 tutor, Theonzy; but being pi -a progressive turn of mind, he 
 developed the characteristics of the art as already attained, and 
 embodied such ideas as made his product more beautiful, the de- 
 signs more varied and the utility more extended. In fact, much 
 of the style of the ancient, mediaeval and modern re-embodi- 
 ments. 
 
 Passing into Siloton (Egypt), we find the za'thiis le-el'vii 
 
 414 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 (mosaic art) under development by zathus le-el-va-zeets (mosaic 
 artists), co-operative with spirit guidance and impressional in- 
 fluence. 
 
 Cre-ne-al'liis, a Silotonan, was the first noted pre-historic 
 zathus leelvazeet (mosaic artist) of Siloton, who came into the 
 earth life about five hundred and fifty years before the Adomic 
 period. He lived to the mortal age of about one hundred and 
 seven, and dwelt in the pre-historic town of Cas-I-dI-6'na, the 
 home of Equea, the painter. 
 
 At first, through the influence of the works of the le-uth'mas 
 (painters) co-operative with spirit guidance and inspiration, he 
 was led to conceive the idea of placing pieces of white, red, black 
 and dark grey colored woods together, which ultimately gave him 
 the idea of reducing the pieces to the form of squares, and finally 
 to that of cubes. These he wrought into his zathus patteruE', 
 but designed no special subjects or representations, excepting an 
 arrangement of alternate colors ; but this resulted in a ground or 
 body of squares, bordered with a line of triangles, having place 
 as ornamental work on the surface of tables, shelves, and similar 
 pieces of furniture. 
 
 Ge-le'stis, a son of Creneallus, was born when his father was 
 fifty years old, and lived to the mortal age of ninety-five. He 
 spent the first twenty-five years of his life in pursuit of the study 
 of the leelva of zathus, under the tutorship of his father, after 
 which he continued the art independently, in the town of Casi- 
 diona. At first he held to the style of his father's works, which 
 he further developed artistically. 
 
 Later in life, he conceived the idea of taking squares of vari- 
 ous colored slate-stone, to which he added painted ones, of other 
 colors, thus to form floor steps, and the walks leading up to them, 
 and about the buildings (the latter three, or the exterior work, 
 having no painted za-thus ets, but all of the natural colors of the 
 slate-stone). These he ornamented in various ways, by zig-zag, 
 diagonal or bias layers, of various colored zathusets (mosaics). 
 
 Further influence, from the pre-historic works of Gelesus of 
 Siloton, whose ideas were re-embodied in the works of subse- 
 quent zathus leelvazeets, and later mosaic artists of Egypt, until 
 the more coniplete establishment of the art, had extended through- 
 out Northern Africa, Spain, Asia Minor, Syria, etc., as evidenced 
 by the remnant, antequated, and later mosaic work, found in 
 Algeria, Tunis, and Carthage, of North Africa, all equally elabo- 
 rate in detail even as those of Rome, the chief difference being 
 in the change of materials from which the tesserae were formed, 
 in accord with the products of the country, viz : being marble of 
 
 ' 415 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 various colors and varieties of tints, natural to these regions e. g., 
 four different shades each of red, green, and yellow; deep black, 
 various shades of brown, and of bluish greys, pure white, white 
 slightly striated with grey, etc. Those of Carthage were espe- 
 cially beautiful, being wrought with large spaces between the tes- 
 sellated designs, ornamented with exquisitely wrought, sweeping 
 curves of acanthus and other leaves, in rich design, co-operative 
 with a gradation o^ tints, in development of the principles of 
 light and shade. 
 
 The remote style of mosaic ornamentation of jewelry, ivory 
 thrones, and other furniture, in close resemblance to the clois- 
 sonnee enamel, such as royal cartouches; ornaments formed of 
 papyrus, and other plants; figures of deities; ivory carvings in 
 low relief, enriched by inlay of fragments of lapis-lazuli ; colored 
 glass, and other gem-like stones. These, when utilized in repre- 
 sentation of the eyes, to large heads, made them expressively 
 noticeable, co-existent with the figured panels, borders to the 
 dresses ; the thrones on which figures are seated ; the ornaments 
 above the cartouche ; and symbols upon the latter, thus inlaid with 
 colors; on carved staffs and sceptres; heads of animals, griflfins, 
 etc., as wrought in Nineveh and Egypt (specimens of which are 
 now in the British Museum, London) ; the pre-historic column- 
 caps, wall tiles, and other objects, executed at Tel al Yahudiya, 
 in Lower Egypt, the designs of which are in some form of the 
 Papyrus plant. These are wrought into form by means of bril- 
 liantly colored bits of glass, or enameled earthenware, sunk into 
 tiles or columns. The idea being the same as that re-embodied 
 in the pre-historic and ancient works of Greece ; all of which are 
 re-embodied ideas in further extension of those conceived by 
 Creneallus and Gelesus, and their subsequent pre-historic and 
 remote ancient zathus leelvazeets, and mosaic artists, of Siloton 
 and Egypt. 
 
 The wood-mosaics, of the fourteenth to the seventeenth cen- 
 turies, were considerably used in Egypt, in the process of deco- 
 ration in Mohammedan buildings, as evidenced by the idea made 
 manifest through the magnificent pulpits and the woodwork in 
 the mosques, at Cairo and Damascus. The patterns are wrought 
 by the process of inlay, and the materials utilized are small pieces 
 of various colored woods, some being further characterized with 
 an ornamentation of bits of mother-of-pearl, and minutely 
 carved ivory. The ultimatum is a marvelous assemblage of mag- 
 nificence, established by the co-union of beautiful materials and 
 exquisite workmanship; grace and idealistic design; monuments 
 in evidence of modern re-embodiment, of styles that had been 
 
 416 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 formerly re-embodied by the ancient Copts of that region, who 
 thus ornamented their grand inconostases and other screens, in 
 their churches, etc. 
 
 Passing into Zanzureta (Greece), we find the zon'dar i-6-6n 
 (mosaic art) under development by zon'dar i-6-6n-s6'e& (mo- 
 saic artists), co-operative with spirit guidance and impressional 
 influence. 
 
 Dan-fre'sa, a Zanzuretan, was the first noted pre-historic zon'- 
 dar i-6-6n's6 (mosaic artist) of Zanzureta, whose influence be- 
 gan about 3340 B. C, and who lived to the mortal age of one 
 hundred and twelve years, dwelling in the pre-historic se-ma'sa 
 (town) of Zu-ze-re-le'iis, the home of the fris'con (painter), 
 Lusius, about fifty years after the latter had passed to spirit life. 
 
 During the time intervening between the close of the earth 
 life of Polugrutus, the noted friscon, and the beginning of the 
 earth life of Danfresa, there was a style of painting being pro- 
 duced, similar to the pre-historic zondar ioon, which was the 
 chief influence that gave rise to the zondar ioon proper, as es- 
 tablished by Danfresa. 
 
 His first zondar works were all wrought of wood, and con- 
 sisted in the placement of various sized cubes, of white, yellow, 
 red, walnut, or shades of brown or dark gray, and black wood, in 
 tessellated form, alternating the colors, not only to form a beau- 
 tiful groundwork, but so as to represent geometrical figures in 
 ornamental patterns, and the borders to them, which when made 
 had place on table surfaces and similar furniture surfaces. 
 
 During the latter portion of his artistic career ( for he worked 
 until nearly the close of his earth life), Danfresa had perfected 
 his work by a marvelous system of joining the Zondarnuc, and 
 final polishment of the tessellated surface, so as to render it ex- 
 tremely beautiful. In fact, in those two respects, no finer work 
 has been done in any subsequent age. 
 
 E-za-en'dric, a son of Danfresa, was born when his father was 
 fifty years of age. He lived to the mortal age of eighty-five 
 years, and continued to reside in the semasa of Zuzereleus. At 
 first, he wrought entirely from wood and in the style that his 
 father had. 
 
 Later, he conceived the idea of moulding clay into Zondar 
 forms, or cubes, which he dried, hardened, and then painted in 
 various colors. These he used principally for doorsteps, and 
 walks leading up to them. Still later, he used marble material 
 for the same purposes ; and further, used them for forming floors 
 to buildings, in which latter he changed the style by forming 
 large squares of block representations, by the assemblage of the 
 
 " 417 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 small zondarsu (mosaics) by alternating the colors, which in 
 turn he represented by the interlaying of two different colored 
 lines of zondarsu, which formed a very handsome surface. 
 
 Further influences, from the pre-historic works of Ezaendric, 
 of Zanzureta, and Elongo of Etzentuan, were re-enibodied in 
 those of subsequent zondar ioonsoes, and later mosaic artists of 
 Greece and Italy; until the more complete establishment of the 
 art had spread out into various countries, as England, Germany, 
 France, etc. This is evidenced by the antique, and later mosaic 
 works, of those regions, as at York, Woodchester, Cirencester, 
 etc. 'These are as elaborately wrought as those at Rome, and 
 those of other countries, equally as elaborate in detail, but with 
 changes, such as were occasioned by the utility of materials, nat- 
 ural to the locality in which the mosaic work was wrought. 
 
 Other mosaics are, the Ancient and Mediaeval pavements, 
 formed by cubes of marble, glass, and clay, of sectile process 
 and style; the walls and vaults designed by an assemblage of 
 pieces of opaque glass in small cubes, so arranged as to form 
 complicated patterns of the fictile or vermiculate process and 
 style ; the ancient specimens of tessellated work, such as in 
 Sparta, Athens, Olympia, etc., all of which are but re-embodied 
 ideas, having extended to the period of their establishment, thus 
 influenced by the works of Ezaendric, subsequent zondar ioon- 
 so, and later mosaic workers. 
 
 Furthermore, the mosaic work in the pavements of the early 
 temples, as in the pronaos of the Temple of Olympia, re-embod- 
 ied ideas extending down from the pre-historic influence of Dan- 
 f resa, and his son, Ezaendric. The work of Sosus, of Pergamus, 
 subsequent to the time of Alexander, who was celebrated in his- 
 tory as having introduced the style of "floor decoration" with 
 imitations of characteristic objects, was a still further extended 
 idea, having been re-embodied from the same source, when it 
 spread out into the towns of Pergamus, Ephesus, Alexandria, 
 etc., of the Macedonian period. 
 
 Again, the ornamentation on column-caps, wall tiles, and 
 other objects (as was the custom in Egypt), by placing bits of 
 brilliantly colored glass, or enameled earthenware wrought in 
 representation of papyrus plants, sunk into tiles or columns, as 
 in the Erectheum at Athens, fifth century B. C., whose white 
 marble columns had bases ornamented with a plant-like design, 
 in which pieces of colored glass were inserted to enhance the 
 beauty of the main line of the pattern — all of which are re-em- 
 bodied ideas, in further extension of those conceived an'l 
 
 418 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 wrought out by Danf resa, Ezaendric, and subsequent pre-historic 
 zondar ioonsoes, of Zanzureta. 
 
 The Roman mosaics, both of marble and opaque glass, so ex- 
 tensively used for ornamentation of floors and walls, are also 
 re-embodied ideas, having extended from the influence of Ezaen- 
 dric, of Zanzureta, co-operative with that of Elongo, the pre- 
 historic saccen etsies of Etzentuan. 
 
 Other influences and re-embodiments are made manifest in 
 such extensions as that at the Isola Farnese, nine miles from 
 Rome, which is formed of tile-like slabs of green glass ; the sec- 
 tile pavement on the Palatine Hill, formed of various shaped 
 pieces of glass, in black, white, and deep yellow; at Pompeii, 
 where nearly every house gives evidence of the extended influ- 
 ence of mosaic art, as manifested through the designs wrought 
 on floors, walls, and even in vestibules; glass and marble mix- 
 tures, of tesserae mosaic work, beam forth in brilliantly colored 
 expressions; graceful flowing patterns, geometrical designs, and 
 picture-like subjects of great elaboration, have place in many 
 places of note. JEn the "House of the Faun," is to be seen one 
 of the most noted. It is a minutely-wrought scene of "The Bat- 
 tle of Isis," in representation of the moment of Alexander's vic- 
 torious charge against the cavalry of Darius. The skillfully 
 executed and famous mosaic pictorial piece, known as "Pliny's 
 Doves," found in Hadrian's Villa, at Tivoli (in the Capitoline 
 Museum), in which art manifests through such qualities as the 
 light on the gold bowl, the plumage of the doves, and the reflec- 
 tion in the water of the drinking dove, which give evidence of 
 wonderful proficiency in the Art of Mosaic Designs, etc., at that 
 period of time. 
 
 Other splendid instances are the mosaic decorations on the 
 vault of the Ambulatory of the circular church, of S. Cartanza, 
 built by Constantine the Great, outside the walls of Rome, fourth 
 century; those on the main compartment of the vault of S. Cor- 
 tanza, the surface of which is covered with vine branches laden 
 with grapes, gracefully twined in curves over the space, the cen- 
 ter figure being that of a large medallion on which is represented 
 a life-size male bust, beneath which the artist wrought vintage 
 scenes, oxen carts transporting grapes, and boys treading them 
 in the vat. Geometrical designs of circles, framing busts, and 
 full-length figures, with gracefully wrought borders, are an ac- 
 companiment, on other parts of the vault; in the ruined Chris- 
 tian Chapel, discovered by M. Renan, there was a fine mosaic 
 pavement that covered the nave and aisles, which was character- 
 ized by a design of circles enclosing figures emblematic of the 
 
 419 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 seasons, the months, and the winds ; the same being co-existent 
 with similar styles, discovered on the site of Roman ItaHca near 
 Seville, Spain; others at Ephesus and Hallicarnassus, in Asia 
 Minor, and at Neby Yumas near Sidon, Syria. The whole con- 
 stituting a condition that exists through the influence of the 
 works of Danfresa and Ezaendric, of Zanzureta, and Elongo and 
 Puucu of Etzentuan, co-operative with the various spirit influ- 
 ences and inspirations from the departed artists of Zanzureta, 
 and also of Siloton. Hence, the idea's wide distribution into 
 the above-named countries, in co-operation with the influence of 
 mortal artists, who conceived, developed, and re-embodied the 
 same, in their works, above referred to. 
 
 The gorgeous mosaics and inscriptions on the walls of the 
 great mosque of S. Sophia, Constantinople, Turkey, and on the 
 walls and dome of S. Saviour's in the same city, of Byzantine 
 influence, are even richer than the mosaics at Ravenna and Pal- 
 ermo. Those in the monasteries of Mt. Athos, at Salonica, and 
 at Daphne, near Athens, identical in style with those in Italy of 
 the same date, are evidence conclusive of the mortal and spirit 
 influence, re-embodied, from the pre-historic works of Danfesa 
 and Ezaendric of Zanzureta; and of the mosaic artists that re- 
 embodied their ideas during the time intervening between the 
 sixth and fourteenth centuries, in those regions. There are 
 other examples, as the even more beautiful mosaic work in the 
 "Dome of the Rock," at Jerusalem, from the seventh to the 
 eleventh century; those in the sanctuary of the great mosque of 
 Cordova, of the tenth century ; in the Cathedral of S. Gereon at 
 Cologne, Germany, and at Parenzo, Austria-Hungary; the grand 
 display of mosaics over the nave columns in the Church of the 
 Nativity, at Bethlehem, Palestine, similar to those in Monreale; 
 the extremely minute diptych of the eleventh century, originally 
 in the Imperial chapel, in Constantinople, now preserved in the 
 "Opera del Duomo," Florence, a work in tesserae of glass and 
 metal, said to be the only existing example of tesserae wrought 
 of solid metal ; it is in representation of saints, and the portrayal 
 of inscriptions, each tessera thereof, being scarcely larger than 
 a pin's head. 
 
 Passing into Etzenzuan (Italy), we find the sac'cen et'si 
 (mosaic art) under development by sac'cen et-si-es'sa (mosaic 
 artists), co-operative with spirit inspiration and further guid- 
 ance. 
 
 E-16n'g6 was the first noted pre-historic saccen etsies (mosaic 
 artist) in Etzentuan, whose influence began about five hundred 
 years before the Adomic period, and therefore was contempo- 
 
 420 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 raneous with the palzaco (painter) Senzecozy, and lived to the 
 mortal age of one hundred and five. 'He was a descendant from 
 the Je-re-theans, of Etzentuan, and dwelt in the pre-historic 
 town of Qu-er'rer, the home of the palzaco Balzaric. 
 
 His first saccensa (mosaics) were wrought in wood, at which 
 time he established the style of co-uniting natural colored woods, 
 such as red, white, black, dark grey, and those of peculiar grain. 
 These he at first matched, and laid together in squares, with 
 which to form the top surface of tables, etc. 
 
 At a later period, he conceived the idea of utilizing small 
 cubes of soft stone, and finally of marble, for the purpose of 
 constructing floors to buildings. He never developed the orna- 
 mental style to any marked degree, yet he carried out the idea of 
 tessellated form, for the ground or body, by the alternation of 
 colors, which to a certain extent beautified the work, and he did 
 some zig-zag formations, thus approaching the ornamental idea. 
 
 Pii-u'co, an Etzentuan saccen etsi, was a descendant from the 
 Jeretheans, a pupil of Elongo, and a native of Querrer, who was 
 bom about four hundred and twenty-five years before the 
 Adomic period, and lived in the mortal ninety-five years. His 
 first work was in continuation of the styles of Elongo, with fur- 
 ther development of the same. At a later period, he conceived 
 the idea of placing jerser saccensa of square, circular and oval 
 foms, so the assemblage formed window panes, and the alterna- 
 tion of colors, viz : the natural tints of the jerser, with saccensa 
 of the same material, which he stained with various colors, 
 formed patterns and designs, which served the purpose of win- 
 dow ornamentation, as well as that of light-giving mediums, 
 similar to the stained glass windows of modern times. 
 
 As the ages went by, the influence of these and subsequent 
 saccen etsiessa, spread out through Italy, Sicily, etc., causing 
 embodiment after embodiment, re-embodiment after re-em- 
 bodiment, of the mosaic art, in all its developed forms 
 and diverse styles until the above-named regions, con- 
 temporaneous with various others, have been and are 
 richly possessed with antequated, mediaeval and modern 
 products, in glorious testimony of the powerful influence of dis- 
 embodied spirit intelligence, through their silent co-operation 
 with that of the embodied spirit intelligence, operating through 
 the power of genius, talent, and sensation. The latter law, 
 alone, can roll up the curtain on the stage of pre-historic an- 
 tiquity, thus to reveal the hidden links, as they formed that por- 
 tion of the Art Cycle belonging to past or remote ages, and there- 
 fore to make possible the connections that are to re-establish a 
 more complete Historical Cycle, which can only be done through 
 
 • 421 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 data links, re-assembled from the events of time, replaced and 
 verified by spirit knowledge and revelation, to form the Great 
 Cycle of Art. The extension of this has given rise to ancient, 
 mediaeval, and modern products of mosaic art, such as adorned 
 the villas and palaces, baths and forums, floors and pavements of 
 Rome, e. g., the large mosaic, found on the Aventine Hill (now in 
 the Laterano), in representation of all manner of remains, from 
 a feast. It was wrought by Heraclitus, and is a re-embodied 
 idea from the extended influence of a pre-historic saccen etsies 
 and his pupil, Puucu, co-operative with spirit influence. 
 
 The representation, of a battle between Alexander and the 
 Persians, found in the Czsa del Fauno, at Pompeii, is a still fur- 
 ther extension of the re-embodied idea of saccensa. 
 
 The inlaying of wood, known as tarsia-work, or marquetry, 
 in process of development and usage from remote time, is also 
 an extended idea from the influence of the works of the above- 
 named pre-historic saccen etsies. 
 
 Passing into the mediaeval period of Italy, we find the influ- 
 ence of the pre-historic saccen etsiessa of Etzentuan, in a condi- 
 tion of prolific extension, and conditioned development, as evi- 
 denced by the glass cube decorations on the walls and vaults. 
 The large pieces of marble and small tesserae have been assem- 
 bled to form pavements; the small rectangular and triangular 
 pieces of glass beautifully adorn the marble pulpits, columns and 
 other architectural designs, and the mosaics of wood, etc., such 
 as cronologically had adoption, development and usage, from the 
 fifth to the fourteenth century, of the Christian era. 
 
 These are the wonderful adornments of vaults, apses, arches, 
 and walls of sanctuaries, with mosaic representations, or "mo- 
 tives," such as the "Majority," or the colossal center figure of 
 Christ, with Saints standing on each side ; Christ represented as 
 a Lamb, to whom the twelve Apostles, in the form of sheep, are 
 paying adoration; Christ the Good Shepherd, portrayed as a 
 beardless youth, seated among a circle of sheep, e. g., as repre- 
 sented in the tomb of Galla Placidia; the Virgin Mary, or the 
 patron saint of a church, centrally located in the apse, with other 
 saints on each side ; the "Doom," or "Last Judgment," as adorn- 
 ment of domes, as in the Baptistery of Florence; the scene of 
 Christ's baptism, the river Jordan being sometimes personified 
 as an old man with flowing beard, holding an urn from which a 
 stream of water flows forth; a representation of Justinian and 
 his Empress Theodora, attended by a numerous suite of cour- 
 tiers and ladies, as in the church of S. Vitale, Ravenna; scenes 
 from both the Old and the New Testaments, or the lives of the 
 
 422 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 saints, represented in a vast number of varieties, on the walls of 
 the bodies of churches, or arranged in square-shaped pictures, of 
 one or more tiers, over the nave columns or arcades, etc., etc., 
 expressive of artistic ideas, embodied and re-embodied through 
 delicate grades of colors and tints; brilliant encrustations, mag- 
 nificent beyond description ; decorative splendor displayed in the 
 blending of gold, and colors that glisten, in mosaic form, over the 
 surfaces of soffits, angles, and in vaulted ceilings; garments and 
 draperies enriched with golden tints; rich jewels; gold and silver 
 embroidery ; sparkling reds, blues, and other colors, such as blend 
 harmoniously, to the ultimatum of figure perspective and drap- 
 ery adornment; thus marking the artistic development of the 
 various motives, designed and developed in such works as the 
 above-named having placement in Rome, as in the Triumphal 
 arch of S. Paola fuori le Mura ; over the nave column and the 
 triumphal arch of S. Maria Maggiora ; in the apse of S. S. Cos- 
 mas and Damian ; in the apse of S. Agnese fuori le Mura ; in the 
 Baptistery of S. Giovanni, in the Laterano ; in the apse of S. Ce- 
 cilia, in Trastevere; St. Marco, St. Maria della Navicella, and 
 the "Chapel of the Column;" in the triumphal arch of S. Pres- 
 sede; in the apses of S. dementi; St. Francesca Romana, St. 
 Maria in Trasteen, St. Paolo fuori le Mura; in the triumphal 
 arch of St. dementi; in the apse of St. Giovanni in Laterano, 
 by Jacopo da Turrita ; in the apse of St. Maria Maggiore, by 
 Jacopo da Turrita and Taddeo Gaddi, through whom the influ- 
 ence of the pre-historic saccen etsiessa, Elongo and Puuco, and 
 their subsequent embodiers and re-embodiers, sought further 
 extension and continuity. 
 
 In Milan, the influence was made manifest through such 
 works as those in the "Tribune of St. Ambrogio," in representa- 
 tion of Christ, in the center piece, and the history of St. Am- 
 brose at the sides ; in the Chapel of St. Aquilinus, to the right of 
 the church of St.. Lorenzo, in representation of Christ and the 
 Apostles and Annunciation to the Shepherds. 
 
 The influence spread, and made itself manifest in various 
 cities and towns of Italy. 
 
 In Florence, in the apse of the Battistero, or church of S. 
 Giovanni Battesta, are fine mosaics; those in the choir-niche 
 wrought by Fra Jacopo ; and those in the dome by Andrea Taf i, 
 ApoUonio Greco, and others ; and on the pavement also are mo- 
 saic designs ; in the apses of the cathedrals of Fundi, Naola, and 
 Capua ; in those of the Torcello and Murano islands, Venice, are 
 fine specimens. 
 
 In Sicily, in the apses of the cathedrals at Salerno and 
 
 - 423 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Cefalu ; in the vault of the church of La Martorano, and on the 
 whole walls of the Capella Palatin, in Palermo. 
 
 In Ravenna, on the roof of the baptistery adjacent to the 
 Metropolitan church, in representation of the Apostles; in the 
 vault of the tomb of Galla Placidia; in the vault of Archbishop 
 Chapel ; in the apse and nave of S. Apollenare Nuovo, acknowl- 
 edged to be the triumph of mosaic art, in represenation of, 
 two processions of Virgins and of Martyrs marching — the for- 
 mer from the city of Classis, and the latter from the palace of 
 Theodoric, to the Savior. In the first group, Christ is repre- 
 sented as sitting upon his mother's lap, and the Magi are inter- 
 posed between him and the procession of Virgins. In the second, 
 Christ is represented as enthroned in glory, guarded by four min- 
 istrant Angels, etc. ; in the apse and whole sanctuary of S. Vitale, 
 are mosaic representations, of an interesting character; among 
 them full-length contemporary portraits in representation of 
 Justinian and Empress Theodora, surrounded by ecclesiastics, 
 courtiers, and soldiers of the guard; in the apse and nave of S. 
 Apollinare, in Classe, as if peering from behind the great mar- 
 ble columns, mosaic representations that silently proclaim to the 
 on-looker, the greatness to which that Art, influentially speaking, 
 had attained, in the sixth century. Among the most conspicu- 
 ous of ideas, embodied and re-embodied, thus manifesting, is the 
 "Great Jeweled Cross," symbolizing the Savior on the Mount of 
 Transfiguration, with Moses and Elias represented as leaning 
 forth, from the clouds on either side ; while in the valley below, 
 the Apostles wait, thus represented symbolically, as sheep. 
 
 Numerous mosaic portraits of Bishops of Ravenna, have 
 place upon the walls of the church, and a mosaic picture in rep- 
 resentation of Constantine Pogonatus and his brothers, in the 
 act of bestowing a privilegium on Bishrop Reparatus, accom- 
 panies them. 
 
 The great Cathedral of Monreale, Sicily, of the twelfth cen- 
 tury (on the site of pre-historic and later edifices) is one of the 
 most beautiful structures in the world, and is dedicated to the 
 "Assumption of the Virgin Mary. It is a structure whereupon 
 and within which the Norman Kings established a great influ- 
 ence through manifestations of their wealth and artistic taste, 
 having caught the inspiration or ideas of gilding and mosaic 
 grandeur, from the developments of those arts that had place 
 through the pre-historic and Modern-ancient embodiments and 
 re-embodiments, led on by further spirit influence and inspira- 
 tion. The silent, but powerful evidence of this fact is made 
 manifest through such qualifications as the pointed arches, cov- 
 
 424 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ered with marble inlay; its two hundred and sixteen white mar- 
 ble columns decorated with bands of patterns in gold, silver and 
 blending of colors established by glass tesserae, that extend in 
 vertical or spiral form from end to end over each column; the 
 exterior of its doorways ; its pointed archways, so magnificently 
 encrusted with inlay, embracing the Norman, French, Byzan- 
 tine, and Arabic styles ; its high dado composed of marble slabs, 
 encrusted with bands of mosaic; its minute picture, wrought in 
 brilliantly colored mosaics on a gold ground and arranged in 
 tiers divided by horizontal and vertical bands of flowing mosaic 
 ornamentation, thus assembled to cover the surfaces of the inte- 
 rior walls. The same covering is upon the soffits and jamb? of 
 the arches, so wonderfully encrusted with mosaics or tesserae. 
 Through and amid these, one beholds the array of minute pic- 
 tures thus assembled, like spirits, as it were, of the past, from 
 many nations, arrayed as an Heavenly Host, speaking with a 
 multitude of tongues, as it were, in evidence of the continuity of 
 life, and its influence, in the past and the present, relative to Art 
 Inspiration, and the conception and idealistic establishment, em- 
 bodiment, and re-embodiment of facts, to the ultimatum of art 
 connection through the Epicycle of periodical events, as they 
 have moved on through time, over the deferent of the Great Art 
 Cycle. 
 
 In fact conclusive, its 80,630 square feet of enclosed grand- 
 uer, like a jewel-encrusted cave, glittering with splendor by the 
 power of its myriad glass mosaics whose brilliant colors dazzle 
 the eyes as if gleaming forth from a throne of gold, each repre- 
 senting a thought or inspiration, sent forth from the spirit world 
 to attract the mortal mind, and in it to awaken new ideas; em- 
 body or re-embody thoughts intended for further development 
 into facts ; and to possess the observer with greater knowledge. 
 The same impression is made by the glass tesserae that adorn 
 the edges of the arches and jambs, thus giving softness to the 
 great mosaic garment — as to the high lights on painted art, that 
 give perspective to fabric folds and draperies of textile place- 
 ment; thus enhancing the great golden form of the wall to the 
 ultimatum of artistic blending. The whole is symbolic of the 
 force that lies back of united and co-operative mortal and spirit 
 intelligences, relative to the Ideal conception of Art, its birth 
 and development into an epicycle, thence to move on the defer- 
 ent of the Great Cycle, and to influence the world s)rmbolically, 
 e. g., the magnificent assemblage of marble and porphyry mo- 
 saics that compose the pavement, of the triple choir, impresses 
 one with the profundity, the solidity and the durability, of artis- 
 
 -425 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tic principles, cemented together with the force of truth, polished 
 with knowledge, and illumined with spirit light. It becomes a 
 symbol aggregating in the base or foundation of a higher and 
 more marvelous condition of life, disembodied and arisen to 
 various realms above, and the grades of development thereunto, 
 as laterally symbolized by the magnificent walls and domes above. 
 The reflection of light and brilliancy that descends from the lat- 
 ter, meeting that of the former, symbolizes the co-operative 
 blendings of spirit and mortal thoughts — the generative force of 
 idealistic conception, and birth into embodied and re-embodied 
 forms under the title of artistic principles, from the material and 
 spiritual wombs of life, where the development of embryotic art 
 matures. Thus through the ocular sense, aided by mental con- 
 templation of the represented embodied or re-embodied subjects 
 in full likeness of the developed idea, that condition is afforded 
 which renders possible the continuity of mental generative prin- 
 ciples, hence the Productive Epicycle, infinite as Life, lasting as 
 Time, and profound as Space. 
 
 Among the conspicuous pictures in the half dome of the cen- 
 tral apse, is one of a colossal half-length figure of Christ as a 
 central figure, with the Virgin and Child seated below. Full 
 length colossal figures of St. Peter and St. Paul adorn the other 
 apses; subjects of the Old Testament, types of Christ and his 
 scheme of redemption, accompanied by representations of those 
 who prophesied his coming; subjects from the New Testament, 
 in representation of Christ's miracles and suffering, with Apos- 
 tles, Evangelists, and Saints^ in accompaniment. 
 
 In Venice, the famous church of St. Marco, on the narthex, 
 apse, walls of nave and aisles, are encrustations of mosaics cov- 
 ering an area of 45,790 feet, that in their brilliant glow blend in 
 beauty with the profuse decoration of gilding, bronze, and the 
 oriental marble. The placement of this marks the mosaic influ- 
 ence from the tenth to the sixteenth century. It is as a glorious 
 school of encrusted architecture; grand emblem of durability 
 and harmonious blending of beauty, virtue, knowledge, and 
 spiritual attainments; an expression in the language of colors, in 
 all their shades, tints and hues; an assembly of glass alabaster, 
 marble, gold and general mosaic forms, symbolic of subtle, vari- 
 able, inexpressible, transparent, polished, lustrous, qualities of 
 pure life and its developments. 
 
 Thus it is, that one, when beholding the grandeur here as- 
 sembled, is reinspired with the spirit of the past, and feels the 
 force of de-carnate spirit upon the incarnate senses, and can bet- 
 ter understand the Truth of spirit guidance and its inspiration. 
 
 426 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The mosaic art here manifests, or expresses and influences, 
 through such works as "The Last Judgment," having place over 
 the main entrance ; to the right, the "Embarkation of the Body 
 of St. Mark at Alexandria," and its "Arrival at Venice ;" to the 
 right, the "Veneration of the Saints," and "Deposition of the 
 Relics of the Saints in the Church of St. Mark ;" above, on the 
 right and left, the four mosaics in representation of the "De- 
 scent from the Cross," "Christ in Hades," the "Resurrection," 
 and the "Ascension." Again, in the Entrance Hall, in the vault- 
 ing, the mosaic representation of Old Testament subjects, on the 
 right, as. First Dome, "Creation of the World and the Fall of 
 Man;" in the following arch, "The Deluge;" in the Second 
 Dome, in the second arch, "Noah," and the "Tower of Babel ;" 
 in the Third Dome, the "History of Abraham;" in the Fourth 
 Dome, "Joseph's Dream," "Joseph Sold by his Brethren," and 
 "Jacob's Lament;" in the Fifth and Sixth Domes, "Joseph in 
 Egypt ;" and in the Seventh Dome, the "History of Moses." 
 
 The interior reached, one is charmed and inspired with the 
 beauty of the main lines of art ; the grandeur and nobility of the 
 perspective; the magnificence of the decorative spirit manifested 
 through the assemblage of embodiments and re-embodiments, 
 embraced in the mosaics on the walls and other elevated posi- 
 tions. When standing upon the great tessellated pavement, one 
 is reminded of the continuity of life, and its association, not only 
 with the past, but the future, blendings of soul with soul, and 
 spirit with spirit, to the ultimatum of lasting natural art, which 
 needs no restoration from decay. 
 
 Above the door of the St. Marco are representations of 
 "Christ," "The Virgin," and "St. Mark;" in the arch above. 
 "The Apocalypse ;" in the right aisle, a representation of "Christ 
 in Gethsemane," with "Legends of the Apostles" above; in the 
 First Dome, "The Descent of the Holy Ghost," in the left aisle, 
 "Paradise," and "Martyrdom of the Apostles;" in the center 
 dome of the Nave, a representation of the "Ascension," and on 
 the south and west ribs "Scenes from the Passion ;" in the dome 
 behind the high-altar, a representation of "Christ surrounded by 
 Old Testament Saints;" in the apse, "Christ Enthroned;" in the 
 sacristy, on the vaulting, other fine mosaics. In the vaulting, to 
 the left of the altar, are some fine mosaics of the thirteenth and 
 fourteenth centuries, as in the central dome, Christ is repre- 
 sened as commanding his disciples to baptise the gentiles in his 
 name; other representations are relative to the life of John the 
 Baptist, etc., all of which give evidence of the force of embodi- 
 ied and re-embodied idea, giving expression through the mosaic 
 art, and having its first embodiment in Atlantis; pre-historically 
 
 427 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 re-embodied through the saccensa of Elongo and Puuco, and 
 their subsequent saccen etsiessa; therefore proper links with 
 which to connect the Remote, Ancient, Mediaeval and Modern 
 periods of the Great Art Cycle influence. 
 
 ALLIED OR VARIED INFLUENCES. 
 
 From the influence of the Atlantian zite zeuleze, through the 
 zathus leelvazeets of Siloton; the zondar ioonsoes of Zanzureta; 
 and the saccen etsiessa of Etzentuan; co-operative with various 
 spirit influences, contemporaneous with the various periods of 
 time and events, conditions have given rise to the variations that 
 characterize the mosaic art, and allied styles diverging from it, 
 yet belonging to it, relative to the principle of embodied and 
 re-embodied ideas, their conception into the mortal brain, or 
 mental womb, by aid of influence and inspiration ; their develop- 
 ment and ultimate birth into art form ; ultimate utility ; and sub- 
 sequent influence, e. g., the art of Inlaying, embracing ornamenta- 
 tion by the process of incrustation, or otherwise inserting one 
 material substance or several substances into another, differing in 
 color and nature; thus to establish fabrication of furniture and 
 other objects, of an ornamental kind, the styles of which are nu- 
 merous and effective in the extension of the Mosaic Art, relative 
 to its allied conditions. 
 
 Further contemplation leads us to note the various styles of 
 Inlay that have arisen from the above-named influences, as di- 
 verge from the main cycle of mosaic extension, e. g., the Niello 
 style of decoration, a black compound consisting of silver, lead, 
 copper, sulphur and borax ; the design being hatched with a steel 
 point upon a foundation of gold or silver ; then engraved with a 
 burin, into which hot Niello was poured ; the superfluitant de- 
 posit, when cold, being cut down to the surface of the body with 
 pumice stone; the leaving this, the engraved design on the plate 
 or body, with the effect of a print, ultimating in an Ornamental 
 Art, long since established, and practised to the present time, to 
 a great extent, in Europe, Russia and India. The influence of 
 this is evidenced by such works as the ornamentation on the 
 dress and armor of a bronze statue representing a Roman Gen- 
 eral (first century), British Museum; a silver casket or lady's 
 toilet box, fourth century (British Museum) ; the silver of the 
 Baldacchino, over the high-altar of S. Sophia at Byzantum (Con- 
 stantinople) in the Byzantian period; the Pala d' Oro, at S. 
 Mark's, Venice (tenth century) ; the decorated paten in the 
 church at Hanover Palace; ornamentations of the same kind in 
 the cathedral of Hildesheim, Hanover, Prussia; some ecclesias- 
 
 428 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tical plate, preserved records in church investuries, of the mid- 
 dle ages in France, such as existed in Notre Dame, Paris, and 
 Cluny cathedrals (eleventh century), whose columns and sanc- 
 tuaries were covered with Niello. This was in the form of dec- 
 oration of personal ornaments, as worn by the Teutonic and Cel- 
 tic races, eighth to the eleventh centuries, in Britain and other 
 countries (European Museums) ; fibulae of silver and gold, orna- 
 mented with Niello, as worn by the Scandinavians and Britains ; 
 gold rings, as worn by the Saxons, e. g., that of Ethelwalf, King 
 of Wessex (British Museum) ; and one of Alhastan, Bishop of 
 Sherborne (South Kensington Museum) ; the croziers, shrines, 
 fibulae, etc. (tenth to twelfth centuries), wrought by the Irish 
 workmen, of Ireland. 
 
 Later, the vast amount of decorated church plate and silver 
 altar frontals, of Italy, of mediaeval influence, as at Pistoia cathe- 
 dral, Florence. The piece is in representation of the "Corona- 
 tion of the Virgin," and microscopic in minuteness, but four 
 inches in length, and three in breadth, but embraces forty figures, 
 accurately drawn and minutely finished; the silver beaker, said 
 to be the finest example of German Niello of the sixteenth cen- 
 tury (British Museum), a piece covered with graceful scroll- 
 work, which forms medallions in which are figures of cupids 
 employed in various occupations. 
 
 The influence arising from these and similar products, through 
 respective ideal embodiments and re-embodiments, co-operative 
 with spirit influence, further aided in the conception and devel- 
 opment of the idea of engraving on metal plates. The extension 
 of this art has been and is too vast to enumerate in this work; 
 but suffice it to say that the influence, in reality, trends back to 
 the Atlantian period, when similar work was practised in the 
 Monumental and other Engravings, and through the works of 
 Theonzy and Emucu, of Atlantis ; re-embodied in the pre-historic 
 tracings of Menara and Matheus, of Siloton; Ferenoso of 
 Mequethus ; Pietrus and Telgus of Zanzureta ; Palceiro and Bal- 
 zaric of Etzentuan, and painters of regions previously named. 
 
 Furthermore, the marvelous inlay of the Japanese, on min- 
 eral surfaces, viz: of fine bronzes with gold and silver; large 
 articles and cast hollow ware; common metals and alloys; while 
 their famous lacquer work is inlaid with mother-of-pearl and 
 other substances, similar to the lacquered papier-mache of West- 
 ern sections. 
 
 A variety, to this idea, which might be said to have arisen, 
 and been thus embodied in, is that of inlaid mosaics, where the 
 colored designs are inserted in spaces cut in solid ground, or the 
 
 . 429 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 basis, e. g., the Florentine mosaic, consisting of the veneers of 
 precious colored stones set in slabs of marble. 
 
 Again, the decoration known as Pietra Dura is of mosaics, 
 composed of inlaid hard and expensive stones, pebbles, agates, 
 lapis-lazuli, carnelian, amethysts, etc., laid in relief in marble, 
 an influence arising from similar sources as those above men- 
 tioned, under local and conditional changes. 
 
 The Bidri decorative art of India is a reverse idea to the 
 Niello art, relative to placement of colors ; e. g., the silver is on 
 a Niello ground, in a way that when completed leaves a beauti- 
 ful contrast, between the bright inlaid silver and the dead black 
 ground. 
 
 The Damaskeening decorative art, of Persia and India, em- 
 braces the adornment of iron and steel, by the mode of manufac- 
 ture, etchings, or by inlaying with gold or silver, for the orna- 
 mentation of arms and armor, blades of swords, locks of pistols, 
 etc. This is known in India as Kuft-work, or Kuftgari, and ii 
 wrought by the process of inlaying gold or silver wire in iron or 
 steel, as above stated. In Kashmir the style of inlaying vessels 
 of copper and brass with tin was prevalent in time agone. 
 
 The Buhl-work, or ornamentation of cabinet-work, of the 
 sixteenth century, is a re-embodied idea, as manifested through 
 the works of Andre Charles Boule, of France, the famed orig- 
 inator of the style, who by the assemblage of Indian and Bra- 
 zilian woods, brass, ivory, gold, tortoise-shell, etc' extended a 
 great influence in this class of art mainly through his beautiful 
 representations of various species of animals, flowers, fruits and 
 historical scenes; as battles, hunts, landscapes, etc., which he 
 wrought upon furniture, in arabesques and pictures. 
 
 This style of decorative art, as re-embodied in the works ot 
 Boule, was a compound of re-embodied ideas, through the influ- 
 ence of spirit inspiration, which embraced co-operative ideas, of 
 both painting and mosaic origin, as having extended from such 
 works, of the Atlantian arts, as had place in architecture, on fur- 
 niture, and especially on the bodies of musical instruments. 
 Ideas further re-embodied in the choice and execution of ideal 
 subjects, as represented in the works of Crece, the pre-historic 
 Arabian painter, which were precursors to the idea of Arabesque 
 Ornamentation, which under further spirit influence, found way 
 into the later Arabian and Moorish architectures, and was ulti- 
 mately adopted as an ornamental style on cabinet work, by Boule 
 of France. 
 
 Furthermore the pre-historic ideas of Danfresa, the mosaic 
 artist of Zanzureta, as manifest through his tessellated ornamen- 
 
 430 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion on tables and similar pieces of furniture, and also the pre- 
 historic ideas of Elongo, the mosaic artist of Etzentuan, as manu- 
 ifest through his style of co-uniting colored woods to form the 
 tops of tables and other similar furniture, etc., extend subse- 
 quently, through the works of ancient and modern mosaic or inlay 
 artists, until when passing along the spirit epi-cycle, counterpart 
 to the rnaterial, the sensitive brain of Boule caught the idea of 
 his own famed style of ornamentation, from the influences that 
 were moving along with the spirit epi-cycle, over the deferent of 
 the Great Spirit Cycle of Art, thus causing him to conceive and 
 develop the ideas, that have so beautifully manifested through 
 what is now known as the Buhl-work, co-existent with similar 
 ideas, conceived and developed by the Egyptians and some Asi- 
 atic races, and further re-embodied by the Greeks and the Ro- 
 mans, in their works of similar art. 
 
 The Certosian-work, or "ornamental inlay" of ivory into 
 solid cypress and walnut woods, embraces the Italian work on 
 choir-fittings, and the Persian and Indian styles, represented by 
 geometrical figures. 
 
 The Renaissance-work embraces the styles of gilding and 
 painting on wood, inlay of agate, carnelian, lapis-lazuli, marble 
 of various tints, ivory, tortoise-shells, mother-of-pearl, and vari- 
 ous woods. 
 
 Further influences might be said to extend into the embodi- 
 ment of the ideas of veneer-work, such as marble in wall deco- 
 rations, and woods in cabinet-work, etc. 
 
 The Bombay-boxes, of India, display geometrical patterns on 
 wood, etc., all of which are re-embodied ideas, under extended 
 development; thus influenced by remote, ancient, mediaeval, and 
 modern works, through spirit influences. 
 
 The Tarsia-work consisting of different pieces of inlaid 
 woods of various colors, exclusively, a style dating from remote 
 periods, and practised later by the Romans, Italians and 
 Spaniards. 
 
 In the fifteenth century, Italian artists conceived the i^dea of 
 representing architectural scenes, landscapes, fruit, and flowers, 
 by Tardatura work, using ivory, ebony, box, palm, birdseye 
 maple, beach, and other woods, which they wrought into panels 
 of walnut wood. 
 
 This influence developed into the allied style known as Mar- 
 quetry, consisting of different pieces of diverse colored woods 
 of small thickness, glued onto a ground of oak or fir. It was 
 thus used in pictorial and ornamental designs, figure subjects, 
 architectural views, quaint interiors, etc., throughout Italy and 
 
 •431 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Spain, and in the domains of Charles V, and his successors. At 
 first only two or three different woods were utilized, but in the 
 last century the developed idea of Marquetry embraced the use 
 of tulip-wood or mahogany, with that of lime and pear tree, holly, 
 beech and other varieties of Hght woods; while in Italy, ebony 
 and ivory were utilized, and ebony and mother-of-pearl in Hol- 
 land. 
 
 The embodied idea of Marquetry represenTations, formerly 
 manifested through its utility, conjointly with cabinet work; but 
 it is now principally confined to floors, checkered-work, inlaid 
 woodwork, etc., so extensively used in various countries. 
 
 This style, in time, influenced a diverse idea of the art, em- 
 bodied in what is now known as Damaskeened ornamentation, 
 which is wrought by placing precious stones and metallic amal- 
 gums onto bronze articles. 
 
 Therefore, Tarsia, Marquetry and Damaskene ornamenta- 
 tion, constitute an ultimatum, or developed idea, first embodied 
 by Creneallus, of Siloton, Danfresa of Zanzureta, Elongo, of Et- 
 zentuan and mosaic artists of those sections, and the subsequent 
 mosaic artists, throughout ancient, mediaeval, and modern periods 
 of time. Artists each and all, held by the influence, inspira- 
 tion and guidance of spirit artists, who, in their love for mortal 
 humanity, leave their realms of spirit art to bring to man such 
 knowledge of the past, present and future, as shall broaden his 
 mental capacity or capabilities, and enlighten his spiritual being. 
 Thus opened the door of knowledge and wisdom, letting man out 
 into the unbounded realms of time, space, and life, endowed with 
 natural artistic glory in grades of development and unfoldment, 
 that are boundless and divine, in their process of revolution, as 
 epi-cycles moving on the deferent of the Great Art Cycle, whose 
 circumference finds no end or limit, in its extent through time, 
 space, and life. 
 
 The so-called "Opus Alexandrinum," a second mediaeval 
 class of mosaic pavements of the thirteenth century and later, are 
 common throughout Italy and the East. They consist of small 
 marble tesserae for the main line of the pattern, and large pieces 
 for the ground or matrix, designed in large flowing bands which 
 interlace and enclose circles, etc. The materials used are mostly 
 white marble, with green and red porphyry and occasionally 
 glass; as manifest by the beautiful pavements of the countless 
 churches throughout Italy, as St. Mark's at Venice; S. Lorenzo, 
 S. Marco, S. Maria Maggiore and S. Maria, in Trastevere, 
 Rome; front of the high-altar in Westminster Abbey, London; 
 front of the shrine of Becket, at Canterbury ; in the catheJral of 
 
 432 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 S. Sophia at Tubizond, "turkey, a piece of work wrought of 
 beautiful materials and elaborately designed. 
 
 This Opus Alexandrium style for pavements was not only a 
 re-embodied idea from pre-historic and spirit intluences proper, 
 but was further influenced in its re-embodiment, by the delicate 
 panellings in wood, or as wrought upon pulpits, doors, etc., of 
 that period. A co-union of these influences established the style 
 of glass mosaic ornamentation on ambones, pulpits, tombs, 
 bishop's thrones, baldacchino columns, architraves, and other 
 marble objects, as wrought and utilized by Italian artists. Of 
 this there is evidence in the cloisters of S. Geovanni, in Late- 
 rano, S. Paolo fuori le Mura, and the church of S. Maria in Ara 
 Coeli, Rome ; and in the S. Clemente, St. Lorenzo, and the Sa- 
 lerno cathedrals. 
 
 The "Florentine style," of sectile mosaic, influenced not only 
 in Italy, but extended into India, where it manifests thi'ough the 
 decorations in Mohammedan buildings. The finest examples of 
 these are at Agra, such as have place in the grand tomb, Taj 
 Mehad. 
 
 The so-called "Roman Mosaic" style, consists in short, slen- 
 der pieces of colored glass, set in cement. The ends of these 
 form the pattern, which is finished by grinding down to a polish. 
 It is a modern re-embodied idea, influenced by preceding styles, 
 etc. The idea of this "wood mosaic" work, known as "Intassia- 
 tura" of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, was a re-embodi- 
 ment by the artists of Tuscany and Lombardy. They utilized it 
 in the decoration of stalls and lecterns in the church choirs. It 
 was wrought by the use of minute pieces of various colored 
 woods, in geometrical patterns and figure subjects. Views of 
 buildings, with strong perspective effects, and some landscapes, 
 were wrought, by the use of larger pieces of material, thus mani- 
 festing through such work as that on the panels of the stalls at 
 the Certosa, or Carthusian monastery, near Pavia — work beau- 
 tifully wrought by the artist, Borgognone; and on the stalls in 
 Siena cathedral and in the S. Pietro de Casinensi, at Perugia. 
 These latter are among the finest of the re-embodied ideas, so 
 numerous in Italy, all of which are extended, developed, ideal- 
 istic re-embodiments, whose original conceptions date back from 
 Atlantis, borne along on the epicycles of mosaic art, as they have 
 rotated on the deferent of the Great Mosaic Art Cycle throughout 
 the Pre-historic, the Ancient, the Mediaeval and the Modern 
 periods of time. 
 
 433 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 CEL-POR'ZE NUD CEL-POR'TIC, 
 
 OR 
 SCULPTORS AND SCULPTURE. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXVI. 
 
 The Kid* of Ze-u'le-us ze Cel-por'tic (art of sculpture) was 
 not extensively manifested until about the middle of the second 
 Efremetrum. 
 
 During the early part of the first Efremetrum, kid was very 
 crude, simply the putting together of sticks to form ornamenta- 
 tions, which were placed, in the desired form, on portable pieces 
 of wood ready for ultimate placement on structures. 
 
 During the latter part of the first Efremetrum, the idea of 
 cutting little images, usually of animals, from stone, was con- 
 ceived; and finally, during the first half of the second Efremet- 
 rum, kid had developed, until the images were wrought in a much 
 larger size, greater perfection of form, and general life-like 
 expression. 
 
 Uth're was the first noted cel'por (sculptor) of the Lontidri. 
 He was located at Miezietori, the seat of commerce in Teltzie 
 
 •The term "kid" was the ancient Atlantlan word for art; kld-stry 
 for artist, and kid-stry-ze for artists; while ze-u-Ie-us, ze-u-le and 
 ze-u-le-ze respectively, were their modern terms. 
 
 434 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Ket. He reached the zenith of his greatness in the middle of 
 the second Efremetrum. He passed from the mortal plane early 
 in the third quarter of the second Efremetrum. 
 
 His work was manifested both on the interiors and exteriors 
 of structures, the former being largely carvings of a picturesque 
 design. Bas-reliefs were in marble, stone or other mineral sub- 
 stances, and were all of a symbolic character; those in the tem- 
 ples being religious and astronomical , from which sources he 
 chose his models. In all, he sought to represent, through his kid 
 productions, higher and nobler aspirations of man, — ^thus to lead 
 and influence earth's children, to cultivate their taste for beauti- 
 ful and artistic adornments, both material and spiritual. 
 
 One of his finest pieces of work was in the then known great 
 A-gal'te ze Yez'due (Temple of Yezdue) in the aistie of Miezie- 
 tory. It was titled Ciit'ze Fe-16n'ze (spiritual progress). It 
 represented a mountainous landscape, rising from a low plain. 
 A winding pathway led from the plain to the apex of the high- 
 est mountain. Along the path, a profusion of flowers were rep- 
 resented, the graded variety and charming quality of which, at- 
 tended the characteristics of the entire ascent. Many people 
 were represented as on a pilgrimage up the pathway to the top 
 of the moutain. The chief symbol in the detail, was to convey 
 the idea of the soul and spiritual principles; and the process of 
 individual effort necessary to gain entrance into the higher life, 
 on the material plane ; and the ultimate condition necessary to 
 pass more fully into the higher realms of the spiritual, after dis- 
 embodiment. Above the summit of the mountain, were repre- 
 sented "spirits of light," whose bended forms and outstretched 
 hands S3rmbolized the aid that comes from disembodied intelli- 
 gences, to all earthly pilgrims, in their efforts to climb to the 
 realms of spirituality, and the life beyond. 
 
 His interior work was principally in Governmental and other 
 Public buildings, and in harmony with the utility of them. His 
 general exterior work was on monuments, shafts, walls, etc., in 
 accord with the object for which the structure had place. His 
 first monumental work was on the great E-16n-ket'r6, in the ais- 
 tie of Miezietory. Many of his helpers, or pupils, developed into 
 fine workmen under his tutorship, who subsequently influenced 
 a greater development of the kid, throughout the Lontidri. 
 
 Ax'trey was the most noted celportic of e-es-tin'ze (statuary) 
 known to the Atlantian people. As a youth he lived at Miezie- 
 tory, and was a pupil of Uth're, in the latter years of the second 
 Efremetrum. His influence lasted through the third Efremet- 
 rum, which made him of an advanced age, modernly compared. 
 
 - 435 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 At the beginning of the third Efremetrum, he removed 
 to the Aistie of Atara, where he remined until the 
 submergence of that aistie. His most noted work was the 
 e-es'tin ze Gal'tha-za (statue of Galthaza), the first Efremet- 
 rum* of Atlantis. This the sculptor chiseled out from a block 
 of ty-an'za (granite). The tyanza used for the eestin, in qual- 
 ity, resembled the modern Scotch granite, only in place of the 
 pink shade being mixed with gray, it was more of a golden hue. 
 The eestin was placed in the great De-ake-al at Atara. 
 
 All the public buildings possessed eestinze of political and 
 national characters, the most of which were wrought by this 
 master, or under his supervision. His most renowned exterior 
 work was that of the numerous eestinze that had place on the 
 ix-rol-taze (public squares) at the junctions of all the xon-tis'ze 
 (streets) of the aistie; those in the cer-gu'ze (parks) and on the 
 public edifices of the aistie. His natural talent for designing and 
 finishing, won for him the most profound extolation from the 
 critics of the Lontidri. 
 
 A-dol-phus was the most noted celpor of wood, known to the 
 people of the third Efremetrum. He lived in the latter part of 
 that period. His early work was on signitie (marble), but at 
 odd times he would carve on wood for amusement, and soon con- 
 ceived the idea of bringing out greater perfection in that branch 
 of the zeuleus, which he did later on. Therefore, he was the 
 originator of wood-carving, in Atlantis. His work was consid- 
 ered to be very fine, especially, on subjects of flowers, vines, 
 landscapes, and such ornamentation as would be placed on elab- 
 orate furniture, panellings, mantles, etc. His great talent won 
 for him the superintendency of all the carving done at the great 
 vexe-ron (music factory), in the aistie of Almorthea. He 
 wrought the finest work to be done on the cases of the musical 
 instruments, where the greatest artistic skill was required. Many 
 of his carvings were so fine that they closely resembled paintings. 
 Many of his helpers at the vexeron became his most ardent 
 pupils, and as they became proficient under his guidance, they 
 branched out into other parts of the Lontidri, thus to strengthen 
 the growth of that branch of the zeuleus in other aistieze. He 
 passed from the mortal sphere in the latter part of the third 
 Efremetrum. 
 
 Skret was a celpor, noted for his talent displayed in*the cel- 
 portic representing animals and birds. His works were mostly 
 in signitie, as best fitted the requirements of fine buildings and 
 monuments. He was an expert in the execution of celportic in 
 
 •It will be observed that the term "Efremetrum" was used for both 
 the period of a dynasty, and the rulingr teacher or president of the period. 
 
 436 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 representation of birds and animals, and he wrought also many 
 fine specimens of flowers and fruits; the designs of these were 
 generally original. ;He also did some work in wood-panelling, 
 and bas-reliefs ; some of the latter he wrought from clay, in plas- 
 tic process. His most noted work had place in Neitz, the Kis- 
 trez aistie of Teltzie We, but he had sil-da-zic'ze (schools) in 
 the aistieze of Atara and Almorthea. These also rendered him 
 famous as a deltzans (teacher) of celportic. He continued his 
 work until the close of the third Efremetrum, or until the final 
 submergence of the Lontidri. 
 
 En'ti-ze was one of Atara's most famous celporze, whose 
 celportic consisted principally in human form representations, 
 which he chiseled to the life. He also made some celportic in 
 representation of animal forms. He wrought mostly from sig- 
 nitie, and many of his works had place throughout the aistie of 
 Atara, especially in the public places. They were zeuleus rivals, 
 in contrast with the great works of the aged Aictrey. He 
 chose his subjects principally from the more modern Atlantian 
 celebrities. His work as a deltsanz of celportic, was done at his 
 studio, in his own mansion. He continued his labor and influ- 
 ence until the time of the great submergence, when he and all of 
 his works, together with all the other great achievements of At- 
 lantian zeuleze, with his beloved Atara and the Lontidri of Atlan- 
 tis, sank beneath the waves of the now mighty Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Passing into Elteze (Arabia), we are further informed by 
 the spirit of Alchelet, that tlje Eltezean cistareeres ma cinstry 
 (Arabian sculptors and sculpture) were not as plentiful in El- 
 teze, or as fine, as in Atlantis, excepting in some of thft monu- 
 mental works of the cistareeres. 
 
 Their monuments were about equal to those of modern time 
 and workmanship, but of different style and construction. They 
 made no pretensions with Statuary, except in combination with 
 monumental and edificial ornamentation. Their work, in style, 
 was principally ornamental, raised design, or bas-reliefs, and 
 figures on the public buildings and other edifices. They erected 
 monuments in public places, especially in the deserts. The 
 grandest of these were located at the Resting Places of the peo- 
 ple, there erected according to the conditions surrounding them. 
 These were intended for the guidance of the people when, on 
 their joitmeys, they sought resting places. 
 
 Generally speaking, their monuments were of rectangular 
 form and built of masonry; and therefore the work of the cis- 
 tareeres was principally in the ornamentation of them, which was 
 wrought from plastic material. This was in designs or models 
 of flowers, animals, personages, trees, shrubs, birds, etc. After 
 
 437 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the main structure was complete, their cistareeres, by means of 
 a plastic substance that was much finer than that of which the 
 blocks were composed, moulded the ornamentation on the struc- 
 tures, as plaster of paris mouldings have placement in modern 
 construction. This work was very finely wrought in all its 
 details. 
 
 Passing the crude ideas conceived and wrought by early rem- 
 nant descendants of Atlantis, or the cinstry established through 
 the influence of primitive spirit impressions, we take up the cycle 
 of cinstry about 6ooD B. C, there to begin the re-establishment 
 of the mel'sa (art), by connecting the links of the Atlantian cel- 
 portic and the Eltezean cinstry. 
 
 Con-et'ry was the most noted cistareer of that period. He 
 first dwelt east of what is now known as the Dehanah mountains, 
 southwest of the "Ruins of Babylon," in a small chison by the 
 name of M6n-a-lan'sum. Later, he moved to El-le-tre'te, the 
 capitol city of Elteze, then located in what is now known as the 
 Valley of Yabrin, north of the Menakib mountains. He was the 
 founder of the melsa of cinstry, in Elteze, and had a large school 
 in Ellitrete, composed of pupils who came from all parts of the 
 country. His great force came to him through inspiration, or 
 spirit influence, of which he was conscious. Hence, he was 
 looked upon by the Eltezeans as a wonderful character. He 
 lived and worked into the fourth quarter of the century. His 
 style of cinstry was representation of life subjects, such as birds, 
 animals, and the human form, which he wrought from wood, 
 stone, and marble — the materials respectively marking the events 
 of his progress. 
 
 The melsa of cinstry was subsequently of very slow develop- 
 ment, under various mel-sai-ests (artists), in accord with the 
 styles of the times with which they were contemporaneous. 
 
 Passing from the celporze nud ush zeuleus ze celportic of the 
 last days of Atlantis, to the ma-ras'ze ken ma-rases si Si-lo'ton, 
 or sculptors and sculpture, of Egypt, Anstacia informs us that 
 the Art of Sculpture had its rise in that country, and after the 
 submergence of Atlantis ; and that it was re-established in vari- 
 ous pre-historic sections of the Eastern Continent, through spirit 
 influence, co-operative with mortal spirit sensitives, whose minds 
 were artistically inclined. Among these she gives the following, 
 as some of the principal artists and their developments, as lead- 
 ing up to the Modern-ancient, and the Modern, but during the 
 first five hundred years, very crude. 
 
 ; E-del-maze, a pre-historic maras, a descendant from the 
 Qu-zetas of Giistz, in the country of Siloton, came into the 
 earth life about one thousand years before the Adomic period, 
 
 438 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and lived to the mortal age of one hundred and twenty-five years, 
 dwelling in a pre-historic town by the name of Tru-i-zan um 
 (now extinct) ; but then located west of the now known Fifth 
 cataract of the Nile river. 
 
 His works, generally speaking, were in wood carving, and at 
 first quite crude, in an artistic sense. All his subjects were 
 those in representation of the human form; which, when com- 
 pleted, he placed on the tops of poles, erected for that purpose, 
 and similar to those now known as "totem poles." They at that 
 time were placed in front of individual homes, and in the cen- 
 ter of areas, as where two streets crossed, and were thus util- 
 ized as "idols" by the inhabitants of Truizanum. This idea not 
 only led up to the totem pole of later periods, but the placement 
 of human forms as images, in public places, as temples, gateways 
 to cities, etc. 
 
 Le-del'moz, a prehistoric maras, who descended, from the 
 Cuzetens of Cuzetenne, the next most noted maras, was born 
 about five hundred years after Edelmaze, and lived to be a hun- 
 dred and thirty years old. He resided in a town by the name of 
 U-trome-us, on the north side of the Nile river, on the site of 
 Damietta. 
 
 His work, principally, was of a plastic order, or the process 
 of moulding clay into forms, afterward dried by the heat of the 
 sun. His subjects, principally, were both animal and human 
 forms, some of which were utilized as idols, and some for orna- 
 mental purposes. The distribution of these was either by erec- 
 tion, on street corners, or over the doors of private dwellings be- 
 Iqnging to the more wealthy class. Some were even placed in 
 the same position on public buildings, — ^ideas that continued the 
 link of human idol erection, and the introduction of the animal — 
 which ultimately led up to the idea of co-uniting, in representa- 
 tion, human and animal forms — such as ultimated in the erection 
 of all kinds of Sphinxes, in later periods of time, as in Egypt 
 and other countries. 
 
 Returning to Siloton (Egypt), about 5500 B. C, we find the 
 cu-nu-la-is'ans nuce cii-nii-la-is'tic (sculptors and sculpture) 
 under further development, and changes of nomenclature, which 
 the reader will observe. 
 
 Den'vo-ses was the most noted cti-nulais (sculptor), whose 
 works and influence began about 5500 B. C, in Elteze. He was 
 a native of that country and lived there the first fifty-five years 
 of his mortal life, but the last fifty years of it in Siloton, to which 
 country he had migrated. When in Siloton, he dwelt in a small 
 celzic by the name of Sin'ko-pes, then located south of the moun- 
 tains, or between the Tropic of Cancer and the Oasis of Dachel, 
 
 » 439 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 about the same latitude as that of the First Cataract of the Nile. 
 His style of cunulaistic was principally that of images, or idol 
 forms, which he wrought from moulded clays, or chiselled from 
 sand stones or soap stones. The subjects were the human form 
 and also that of animals. These represented the gods, and the 
 religious teachings of that period of time. He was greatly in- 
 spired by his religious beliefs, and being a spirit sensitive, re- 
 ceived inspired ideas from disembodied spirits, who were in sym- 
 pathy with the same religious teachings. 
 
 To-noka was the most celebrated cunulais whose work and 
 influence began about 5400 B. C. He was a resident also of 
 Sinkopes, the abode of Denvoses. He lived and worked through 
 the century, hence was a venerable man. He was a Silotonan by 
 birth, a pUpil of Denvoses, and took the place of the latter, influ- 
 entially and otherwise, at the time of his disembodiment. Being 
 a very talented individual, and a spirit sensitive, he became an 
 excellent instrument, in the hands of the spirit intelligences, who 
 used his forces for the purpose of improving styles previously 
 established, as by Denvoses. One of the principal improvements 
 was the discarding of the soft materials used in his creations, 
 and in their stead the use of hard material, such as marble, gran- 
 ite and other hard stones. He also improved the general form 
 and expression of the images, bringing them nearer to real life 
 representations. 
 
 Cunulaisans (sculptors) slowly increased. But under their 
 influence the art developed gradually, until the historic period, 
 when the remnant monuments, representatives of their work, 
 were the evidence thereof. 
 
 Passing with the influence of the above-named marasze ken 
 marases, of the early period in Siloton, through that of the cunu- 
 laisans nuce cunulaistic, of the second pre-historic period of 
 Siloton, conterriporaneous with, and under similar conditions with 
 the re-embodiment and development of the art of painting, in 
 order to establish the sectional epi-cycles that have moved and 
 are still moving, on the deferent of the Great Art Cycle, of Sculp- 
 ture, we take for our ancient links, the divine, calm, and myste- 
 rious immensity of Egyptian sculpture, with all its develop- 
 ments, and weld it into the pre-historic cunulaistic of the later 
 period, and the marases of the earlier leelva of Siloton. We 
 weld them into the remote celportic, wrought by the celporze of 
 the latter days of Atlantis. 
 
 Therefore, the extension of the epi-cycle of Sculpture is 
 cognizable by and through the existing remnants and preserved 
 sculptures of ancient Egypt, as in other countries, the cognition 
 
 440 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 being in the embodied and re-embodied ideas that manifest 
 through them, and the archseoligic conditions under which they 
 were developed, and still have their existence ; e. g., we note such 
 works as the establishment of the Quarries and Grottoes oppo- 
 site El-Minyeh, of Fourth and Sixth Dynasties. The Sepulchral 
 grottoes of Benei-Hasan, in the face of the eastern mountains, 
 which are adorned with sculptures and paintings of the Twelfth 
 Dynasty; tombs of monarchs and governors; pillars cut out of 
 the rock; figures of celebrities, in their various occupations, as 
 fishing, hunting, game, feasts, processions of agriculture, etc.; 
 figures of birds and beasts, those of birds being more numerous ; 
 an assemblage of marases, arising from the work of Her-man'ly, 
 the original and principal maras, who executed the sculptural 
 work in those grottoes, aided and further extended by his pupils 
 and helpers, whose influence extended still further subsequently. 
 Other instances of his sculpture are to be found in the ancient 
 grottoes that honey-comb the promontory known as Gabel-esh- 
 Sheykh Sa'eed, on the western banks of the Nile, thus established 
 and further extended by Cel-ce-l6'pe-iis, the original and princi- 
 pal maras, and subsequently further influenced and extended by 
 his pupils and helpers and their descended influences ; the Sepul- 
 chres and Grottoes, or tombs of the Kings and their courtiers in 
 the mountains behind the very ancient ruins of the Capitol of 
 Khunaten, of Eighteenth Dynasty, which was a seat of pure Sun 
 workship. The sculpture of this was originated and further 
 extended by Shan'fa, the original and principal maras of that 
 dynasty; and his pupils and helpers, who also further influenced 
 subsequently. The sculpture, also, in the Crocodile, — .Mummy 
 catacombs, in the eastern range opposite Manfaloot, the work of 
 Men'ge-16, the original and principal maras of that period, and 
 his pupils and helpers, who likewise influenced in the leelva, sub- 
 sequently ; the sculptural adornment in the Grottoes, in the moun- 
 tains back of Asyoot, one subject being of enormous size, wrought 
 by B6-lu-de-en'd6, the chief maras of that period> and his pupils 
 and helpers, and their further extended influence, to its comple- 
 tion. The stone portals in the temple of Athor, the Egyptian 
 Venus, adorned with sculptures in represeiitation of the em- 
 perors, Domitian and Trajan; the full-faced sculptures in rep- 
 resentation of Athor, on each of the four sides of the capitals of 
 the twenty-four enormous columns that support the portico; on 
 the portico, as on the portals; the mystical subjects relative to 
 Astronomy; the famous Zodiac; the whole interior, encrusted 
 with sculptures and inscriptions, of a religious character; the 
 sculptures in the roof-chapel representing the Legends of Osiris ; 
 
 441 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the exterior of the temple sculptures, equal to those interior, the 
 figures being such as those of Cleopatra and Ptolemy Caesar; all 
 of these are among the great evidences found in Egypt, while the 
 last-named seems truly a re-embodied idea, in part, of the great 
 Atlantian Pel'zo iish ze Men-se-cu-lus Shelts (Temple of the Il- 
 lustrate Dead Bodies), work of Pu-cu-len'dale, the original and 
 principal maras of that section. His work was continued by his 
 pupils and helpers, not only in this temple, but in subsequent 
 structures. Other evidences are, the great sphinx at Ghizeh (see 
 illustration) ; the long line of sphinxes that leads up from the 
 temple of El-Uksur, the work of Sep-se-iis, one of the principal 
 marasze of the region, aided by his pupils and helpers. The por- 
 tion of the sphinx row as it leads to El-Karnak (now wholly 
 ruined), was the work of Pay-han'ne-us, one of the original and 
 principal marasze of the district, likewise aided by his pupils and 
 helpers. Further, the great Obelisk of red granite, that original- 
 ly guarded the portals or propylseum to the Temple; the Obe- 
 lisk that formerly stood on the west side, nov(f in the place 
 de la Concord, Paris ; and the two were the work of Le-C6mp'te, 
 one of the principal marasze of that section and that period. 
 
 Other notable groups and evidences are : the three seated 
 statues, of red granite, representing Rameses II, which are 
 accompanied by representations of incidents in the "War 
 of Rameses II. with the Kheta or Hittites," that covered 
 the wings of the portal — ^those on the left wing depicting the 
 Egyptians, led by their King, defeating the "confederate peo- 
 ples," under the walls of the Hittite stronghold Ketesh, on the 
 Orontes. This great work was wrought by, and under direction 
 of, Siin-le'gel, a principal maras of the period and that region, 
 also assisted by his pupils, and their subsequent extended or 
 descended, influence. Sunlegel is credited, also, with the work, 
 gigantic in proportions, of the King, standing up in his chariot, 
 which he has forced into the midst of the hostile army whose 
 members have fallen to right and left under his well-aimed 
 arrows. The same sculptor did the scene on the right wing, rep- 
 resenting the Egyptian camp. All of these are beautifully- 
 wrought sculpture, in sunk-relief, and are works that link back, 
 as re-embodied ideas, to such as those of the avenues of enor- 
 mous columns, with their capitals of bell-shaped flowers of the 
 papyrus plant, and the multitudes of columns of various sizes 
 and their sculptural accompaniments, period of Setee I., wrought 
 and influenced by Ge-lxi'ce-en, and his pupils and helpers of that 
 period ; those of Rameses II, wrought and influenced by Purucu, 
 and his pupils and helpers, of that period ; those of Rameses III, 
 
 442 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 who was the same person as Rameses II, under a new title, 
 wrought and influenced by Purucu, who, like Rameses, was cele- 
 brated in two dynasties. 
 
 Other sculptures influenced, by the force of the great Pha- 
 raohs, such as are on walls, and representing these great mon- 
 archs making offerings to the gods; similar subjects having place 
 on the columns; those that adorn the exterior of the walls, in 
 evidence of their conquests ; e. g., those of Setee I, on the north 
 wall. He is represented as being of gigantic size, charging in 
 his chariot, thus routing his enemies and capturing their strong- 
 holds'. The Adversary Host embraces the Hittites, the Ruten of 
 Syria; the Shasu of Arabia; Khalu of Syria; the Remenen of 
 Armenia. The Monarch's return in triumph forms part of the 
 grand whole. On the south wall is Remeses II, represented with 
 his conquests, prisoners, etc. 
 
 The beautiful red granite Obelisk (and its companion, now 
 in ruins), of Thothmes I; the enormous granite Obelisk of El- 
 Karnak; monument of Queen Hatshepu, of Dynasty Seventeen, 
 and its companion now in scattered fragments ; the colossal rams, 
 lions, and sphinxes, on the southern approach to the temple of 
 El-Kamak, from that of El-Uksur ; those forming the avenue in 
 front of the temple; those that branch off to the east from the 
 Avenue af Rams, leading to the temple of Khuns, thus intercept- 
 ing another avenue of Ciro-sphinxes at right angles to it ; the 
 great Obelisk of the Temple of Amenra at Thebes ; the columns 
 of that temple, with sculptural accompaniments, now heaped up 
 in ruins; the Columns of the Sotheum, or Temple of Setee I, at 
 El-Kurneh, with accompanying sculpture in harmony with the 
 worship of Rameses II — all form evidences of the strong stand 
 taken by Sculpture in the genius of Ancient Egypt. 
 
 The spirited sculpture that had place in the great temple of 
 Rameses II, or that popularly known as the Rameseum of El- 
 Kurneh (second only to that of El-Karnak), is the work of 
 Purucu and Geluceen, principal marasze of that period and sec- 
 tion, co-operative with their pupils and helpers; and their sub- 
 sequent descended influence, under spirit inspiration and guid- 
 ance. Examples- are to be found, as that on the back of the 
 Propylon, representing a battle, and other scenes of the conquests 
 of the King ; the colossal and wonderful statues of Rameses, in 
 the court of the temple (now broken in pieces) ; and the largest 
 statue now known among the remains of Egypt, being of one 
 block of red granite, of eight hundred and eighty-seven tons, five 
 and a half hundredweight, and sixty feet in height. This mam- 
 moth stone represents the king seated on his throne, with accom- 
 panying court, characterized with colonnades, composed of col- 
 
 • 443 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 umns, adorned with capitals in the form of the papyrus buds ; 
 and the Osiridean pillars formed of square blocks, having in 
 front a figure of Rameses as Osiris. The Art instinct, traceable 
 to the same artist-group, created, in addition, the remarkable 
 sculpture, that had place on the walls of the court, representing 
 the battles between the Egyptians, led by Rameses II, and the 
 Kheta or Hittites, near the city of Ketesh, where the King of 
 Egypt is portrayed as routing the chariots of the enemy who are 
 fleeing in disorder toward Ketesh, across a double moat, pro- 
 tected by a force of infantry ; the representation of priests, bear- 
 ing small statues of Kings, the first of which is Menus, first 
 sovereign known in written history; the second that of 
 Munt-hotp, of the Eleventh Dynasty, and subsequent 
 Kings of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Dynasties, as far 
 as Rameses II, who terminated the series ; the marvelous assem- 
 bly of columns with capitals in the shape of papyrus flowers, and 
 buds of the same plant, placed in the Hypostile hall of the great 
 Rameseum; the curious sculpture on the front wall of the hall, 
 in representation of the putting to rout of a hostile force; the 
 capture of a town by the Egyptians scaling its walls, using lad- 
 ders, while Rameses and six of his sons led the army. 
 
 The religious subjects, and a series of the twenty-six sons 
 and three daughters of Rameses II, etc., work planned and be- 
 gun, especially the colossal statue of Rameses, was by Purucu 
 and his pupils and helpers; but subsequently carried out and 
 completed by Ken-the-ti'se, one of the principal marasze of the 
 later period. The gigantic Obelisks and Statues, such as stood 
 on either side the approach to the magnificent Temple of Amen- 
 ophis III, southwest of the great Rameseum of El-Kurneh ; e. g., 
 the one in representation of King Amenophis III, seated on his' 
 throne ; another, the famed "Vocal Memnon ;" the colossal stand- 
 ing statues of Queen Mut-«m-wa, the King's mother, and Queen 
 Tai, his wife, in accompaniment, etc., are the work of Tre-lti'sy, 
 one of the principal marasze of that period and section. 
 
 The sculptures representing the sovereign of Eighteenth Dy- 
 nasty, including Queen Hatshepu, found in the sanctuary of one 
 of the temples of Medeenet-Haboo, are the work of Lud'so, the 
 principal maras of that section and period, who, co-operative 
 with pupils and helpers, wrought other sculptors in those tem- 
 ples ; e. g., the representation of Rameses III, as in the act of 
 slaying his enemies before Amenra ; a series of captures of chiefs 
 of the Hittites, Amorites, Teucrians, Sardones, Etruscans, and 
 other peoples, as portrayed on the towers of a palace south of 
 the great temple leading to it ; the sculptures on the chamber 
 
 444 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 walls representing the private life of Rameses; the Osiridean 
 pillars and rhany Columns, having capitals in the form of papy- 
 rus flowers and buds, that adorned the great temple of Medeenet- 
 Haboo ; sculptures on the walls, relating to the wars of Rameses 
 III ; sculpture groups, on the exterior of similar subjects, Rame- 
 ses going to war; the rout of the Tamhu, a Lybian people; pris- 
 oners of the Tamhu, Mashuasha, and Libyans, being brought 
 before the King, while the scribes counted the hands which had 
 been cut from the slain soldiers, numbering 12,535 individuals; 
 a great battle with the Takkaru or Tencrians, whose army is de- 
 feated by the Egyptians; the Takkaru fight in chariots of two 
 horses, and in wagons, drawn by oxen ; the remarkable sculpture 
 in relief, representing the King as passing through a marshy 
 country in his chariot, his encounter with three lions, and when 
 having slain two with his javelins, turns around to meet the third 
 which is posed ready to spring upon him ; the sea-fight, in which 
 the Egyptian fleet defeated that of the Shardana and the Tak- 
 karu, while Rameses and his army fought them from the shore ; 
 then as leading the captives before the gods of Thebes. All of 
 these are works of the foregoing' marasses and their descended, 
 and extended, influence through subsequent marasze, in that 
 section. 
 
 The grottoes on the low spurs of the Libyan chain behind 
 the Setheum; the pillars that support their roofs and the sculp- 
 tures that adorn their chambers, are the works of Quinzeon, the 
 principal maras of that section and period. The sculptures of 
 the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, in the tract beyond the Asaseef, of 
 hieroglyphic form, in the excavated tombs at the terminals of the 
 western spurs, such as that of Petanum-apt, a priest, are the 
 works of El'te-miis, the principal maras of that section aijd 
 period. The sculptures in the Tombs of the Queens and Princes 
 of the Eighteenth, Nineteenth and Twentieth Dynasties, are the 
 work of Mu'di-sen, the principal maras, who originated the plan, 
 and wrought, in these tombs, during his earth life, a work contin- 
 ued by his pupils and helpers, and ultimately by their pupils and 
 co-operative influences. The Tombs of the Kings, adorned with 
 painted sculpture (too extensive for individual mention at thisi 
 time) ; the sculptures in slight intaglio (an art dating from the 
 fourteenth century B. C), as in the tombs of Beni Hassan, are 
 works originated, planned and wrought upon by Her-man'ly, the 
 maras above mentioned, and further carried into completion by 
 his pupils and helpers, and descended marasze in subsequent 
 time. The four gigantic statues, sixty-six feet in height, repre- 
 senting Rameses the Great, with children standing about his 
 
 445 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 feet, figures that flank the entrance doorway to the rock-cut 
 facade of the Temple of Aboosimbel ; the most wonderful of all 
 the temples of Rameses the Great, in Nubia, hewn from the solid 
 rock, dating from the fourteenth century B. C. ; the carvings, 
 inscriptions, and sculptural adornment, that characterize both 
 interior and exterior, in pictorial description of the life and con- 
 quest of Rameses II ; the statues of various Kings, and the sculp- 
 tured Throne of Rameses, etc., that have place within the struc- 
 ture are works of Miin-zii'ric, the principal maras of that sectoin 
 and period, co-operative with his pupils and helpers, and subse- 
 quent marasze influences, of that section and period. 
 
 The statue of Chephren, found in the rock-cut temple at Ghi- 
 zeh, and other sculptural work, originated, planned and wrought, 
 by Le-c6mp'te, a maras of that section and period; the great 
 Sphinx at Ghizeh (See chapter dealing with Sphinx) ; the Sit- 
 ting Memnon in the sepulchre of Osymandys (the Memnonium), 
 a colossus sixty feet in height, with face seven feet in length, 
 ears three feet six inches long, and shoulders twenty-six feet 
 across, work of C6n'tre"zel, one of the principal marasze of that 
 section and' period ; the two colossal statues of Rameses the 
 Great that formerly stood before the great temple of Ptha, in the 
 ancient city of Memphis, now lying on their backs amid the 
 palms, the only remains of the once famous city of Memphis, 
 are the work of Men-ze-u'les, the principal marasze of that section 
 and period, who, in co-operation with his pupils, and their sub- 
 sequent descended influences, gave rise to most of the sculptural 
 works of that ancient city. 
 
 The wonderful sculptures found in the temple of Athor, at 
 Denderah, such as those on the portal entering the outer wall, 
 representing Domitian and Trajan, engaged in acts of worship 
 before various deities; the twenty- four columns supporting the 
 portico, fifty feet high and seven feet in diameter, with capitals, 
 on the four sides of which are sculptured the full face of Athor, 
 representing the Caesars making offerings; the sculptures of a 
 religious character that cover the whole interior, in harmony 
 with the utility of the various chambers ; bas-reliefs of Augus- 
 tus, in the interior of Hypostyle Hall; Cleopatra and her son, 
 Qesarion, on the exterior of the temple, etc., are the works of 
 I-chil'z6, a maras of the first period of the temple, and the de- 
 scended influence from his pupils and subsequent marasze in that 
 section. 
 
 The portrait-statues of Khafra, carved in Diorite, and other 
 works in his temple, were wrought by Ka-lu'za, a noted maras of 
 that section and period; the statue of Rameses the Great, from 
 
 446 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Abydos, was the work of Nen-du'sac, a noted maras of that sec- 
 tion and period, and is now in the British Museum ; the Tablet 
 Ancestors, in Sete's temple; list of Names; statues of Isis and 
 Hor, and accompanying sculptural decorations in this Abydos 
 temple, works also of Nendusac; the pictorial representations, 
 beautifully sculptured in low-relief, and colored with exquisite 
 taste, in the temple of Queen Hatasu, at Deir-el-Bahari, work 
 portraying her commercial and scientific expeditions to the land 
 of Punt, are the work of Wish'u-liis, a noted maras of that sec- 
 tion and period. The representions of Ptolemy and the two Cle- 
 opatras; carvings on the columns; wall decorations; and the 
 sculptures of food offerings, in the temple of Kom Ombe, are 
 all the work of Ge-no the-6n, a noted maras of that section and 
 period. 
 
 From all the above and foregoing, the Wall Depictions and 
 Decorations, such as characterize the temple of Karnak, Thebes, 
 the temple of Denderah, the temple of Thothmes III, the temple 
 of Khonsu, Karnak; the temple of Abydos; the tomb of Setee 
 I ; the tomb of Ti ; the interior of the tombs of Naklet, Thebes ; 
 the capitals of the temple at Philse ; the temple of Edf u ; the his- 
 torical scenes and hieroglyphics on the temples of Medeenet- 
 Haboo ; on the pylons and in the sanctuary, of the temple of 
 Kahonsu, Karnak; the colossal granite head of Thothmes III 
 (British Museum) ; the Julius Caesar and Augustus (British 
 Museum) ; Mark Antony (Louvre) ; Qeopatra's Needle (Lon- 
 don) ; Cleopotra's Needel (Central Park, N. Y.) ; the colossal 
 Hawk, from Pithom (the jiarkj'Ismailia) ; the Triad, from Tanis 
 (Ismailia) ; the Obelisk of Usertesen I, at Begig; the Obelisk at 
 Heliopolis, erected by Usertesen I, etc., etc., are the links, among 
 the vast number that existed during the decades of time inter- 
 vening between remote pre-historic time and the remote ancient 
 and modern-ancient periods, by which we establish the Epi-cycle 
 of Sculpture, as extending from the Atlantian to the Historic 
 period, as having been influenced and guided by spirit inspira- 
 tion and guidance, as it moved along on the deferent of the 
 Great Art Cycle. 
 
 Passing into Mequethus (Assyria), we find the clan-na'zo 
 shii clan'thus (sculptors and sculpture) uhder development, and 
 the clannazo co-operative with spirit influence, and also the in- 
 fluence of migratory conditions. 
 
 De-bal'biis, a pre-historic clan'na (sculptor) was a descendant 
 from the Cuzetens, in the country of Siloton, was born about 
 seven hundred years before the Adomic period and lived to the 
 mortal age of one hundred years. 'At the age of thirty-five he 
 
 447 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 migrated to Mequethus, where he settled in a pre-historic city 
 by the name of Be-mon'te, on the west side of the Upper Eu- 
 phrates, or Flat river, on the site of Kalaat En Nejim. 
 
 He having lived in Siloton at a period three hundred years 
 later than Edelmaze, he was influenced by artistic conditions 
 that had developed among the marasze during the period of time 
 subsequent to Edelmaze's transition, and his departure into Me- 
 quethus. The work of Debalbus was principally in wood carv- 
 ing. 
 
 His subjects were representations of animal and human 
 forms, and were, when completed, utilized as idols, having place 
 on the interior of buildings, and in exterior meeting or gathering 
 places, such as were utilized for worship. In the latter case, a 
 pole, about five feet in height was erected, on the top of which 
 an image, as of a man, was placed in standing posture, with arms 
 extended out and up to the right and the left. From the center 
 pole, four branches, in the form of candelabra, bore one at each 
 extremity, an image. These varied in form, e. g., on one was a 
 large bird ; on another, a dog ; on another, a fish ; and on another, 
 a lion. These representations were at first crude, in an artistic 
 sense, but gradually developed into better conditions in that 
 respect. 
 
 These images were representations relating to the religion of 
 the people of that section of Mequethus, at that period of time, 
 which was that of the life principle that animated all material 
 things. 
 
 Tin'de-gin,* a pre-historic clanna, was a descendant of the 
 Es'ge-nens of Es-ge-nenex, in the country of Cle-an-di'ci-ii 
 (Asia Minor), who was born about twenty-five years before the 
 transition of Debalbus, and lived to the mortal age of ninety-five. 
 
 About the time that Debalbus passed to spirit life, Tindegin 
 came into notoriety as a clanna, and migrated to Mequethus, 
 where he settled in Gun'giis, on the eastern bank of the Tigris 
 river the present site of Bagdad. ^His youth was spent in the 
 society of Debalbus, from whom he received many ideas relative 
 to the art of clanthus. 
 
 His first work, in Gungus, which brought him notoriety, was 
 of the plastic order (which he and Debalbus had planned just 
 prior to the transition of the latter) ; being of clay, moulded into 
 images of animals, bird and human forms, the same as the sub- 
 jects adopted by Debalbus. These he completed by the process 
 of sun-drying, and when finished, they were utilized for the same 
 purposes as the clanthus wrought from wood by Debalbus, which 
 
 •Soft sound of g. 
 
 448 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 latter had developed simultaneously with Tindegin, during his 
 last days as a clanna. 
 
 In the latter part of his work as a clanna, he was influenced, 
 or inspired, to chisel his images out of stone, though his work in 
 that respect was somewhat crude at first. These were utilized 
 as idols, and were placed both on poles, and on private and pub- 
 lic buildings; but had no placement on exterior public grounds, 
 excepting in a few instances, when they were placed in the yards 
 of private homes of the more wealthy inhabitants. 
 
 Thus was originated, in Mequethus, the influence of clanthus ; 
 such as led up to the idol and ornamental statutary that had place 
 in ancient Assyria, and further linked to allied types of Modern 
 times, in the style of both single and grouped subjects. 
 
 Passing with the pre-historic influence of the clannazo shu 
 clanthus so Mequethus, we make connecting links through such 
 works as the Sculpture in alabaster that adorned the buildings 
 of that region: e. g., the golden image of Bel; the two other 
 golden statues that accompanied it in its shrine ; the two that had 
 place in the shrine at the base of the temple, in ancient Babylon ; 
 all of these the work of Re-s6-c6n'dl, one of the principal clan- 
 nazo of that section and period, who wrought in metals, by plas- 
 tic processes. Another link would be the wall sculpture in the 
 royal palaces of Nineveh, wrought by Et-ri-ze-i'no, one of the 
 principal clannazo, and his pupils of the earlier periods, and later 
 by descended influencing clannazo, who followed in the same 
 styles; and those of Babylon, wrought by In-so-u-tel'lus, one of 
 the principal clannazo, and his pupils, of the same period as 
 those in Nineveh. The latter group were the chief originators 
 of that class of sculpture, in that region, whose influence, co- 
 operative with subsequent clannazo and their works, under spirit 
 inspiration and guidance, through the periods extending from the 
 time of Sennacherib to that of Sardanapalus (705-625 B. C). To 
 them is due the class of work executed still later, carved in very 
 low-relief, on enormous slabs of marble, of sacred subjects, as 
 that of the King worshipping one of the many Assyrian gods, of 
 colossal size ; others, illustrations of the King's life, amusements, 
 prowess in war or hunting; long processions of prisoners and 
 tribute-bearers, as coming to do him homage, which latter, in 
 scale, range from medium to the minute in the figure sizes, etc. 
 
 This art was made manifest in bird and animal subjects, to 
 a greater degree of reality,' than through the human form ; the 
 principal reliefs are in representation of horses, mules, hounds, 
 goats, lions, and many other animals ; e. g., the one in the 
 British Museum, in representation of a lioness, wounded by an 
 
 449 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 arrow in her spine, dragging helplessly her paralyzed hind legs, 
 is most expressive, in artistic reality ; likewise the horses, in the 
 relief on a marble wall-slab from the palace of Sardanapalus at 
 Nineveh. The bas-reliefs wrought in the time of Assur-nasir- 
 pal's reign, are especially famous for animal figures, such as 
 the representation of the lion-hunts depicted on that celebrity's 
 slabs. The elaborate backgrounds to the groups, wrought from 
 the time of the second empire to the reign of Essar-Haddon, 
 which support rich and intricate groupings; the skillfully- 
 wrought vegetable form representations and landscape outlin- 
 ings, in the period of the reign of Assur-bani-pal ; scenes from 
 the harem, as the King reclining, with his wife at his side, ban- 
 queting under the shade of vines, etc.; the bas-reUef sculpture 
 characterized with colorings of red, blue, black and white, prin- 
 cipally to represent eyes, hair, and garment fringes (the same 
 idea conceived by the Greeks, though not borrowed from the 
 Assyrians, but under direct spirit inspiration, etc., which fact is 
 wholly responsible for the seeming transition of the one into the 
 other) ; the female head in high relief, Nineveh collection (Brit- 
 ish Museum) ; the sphinx, in high-relief, and a plaque, Nineveh 
 collection, wrought from ivory, etc., all form evidential links of 
 inherent life of an Art. 
 
 Through the pre-historic influence, as extended by the fore- 
 going clannazo of Mequethus, and that of their clanthus, Sculp- 
 ture reached its culmination about the ninth century B. C. In 
 heroic times, the Pheonicians carried Asyrian wares into Greece, 
 which they sold to the Greeks, and vice versa. 
 
 The work in wood, ivory and metals, wrought by the Assy- 
 rians and Greeks, influenced by the commercial exchanges 
 through the trading Pheonicians, brought an amalgamation of 
 alphabetic character representations, viz: those of the Meque- 
 thuses (Assyrians) ; the Zanzuretans (Grecians) ; the pre-his- 
 toric Phi-an-i'd-ans of Phi-nea (ancestors of the Pheonicians of 
 Syria. This constituted an influence that, in the art of carving, 
 led up to sculpture in low-relief and in parallel horizontal bands, 
 as practised in the seventh century B. C. ; then on up to the art 
 statuary in marble and bronze, a result, as was the case in Egypt 
 and other countries, made manifest in Assyria and Greece, rela- 
 tive to the development of sculptural styles, due not only to spirit 
 influence inspirationally, etc., but by and through migratory con- 
 ditions, of pre-historic and historic peoples of those regions, 
 which likewise brought the spirit influence of those various peo- 
 ples and their original sections, into co-operation from the spirit 
 side of life; hence the greater extension, etc. 
 
 450 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 AR'ZETS LUS AR-ZE'TUS LE ZAN-ZU-RE'TA, 
 
 OR 
 SCULPTORS AND SCULPTURE OF GREECE. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXVIL 
 
 Passing into Zanzureta, we find the art of ar-zetus under the 
 development through the influence of ar'zets, co-operative with 
 spirit inspiration and guidance. 
 
 The-ren'ze, a pre-historic ar'zet (sculptor) was a descendant 
 from the Ic-thi-eons of Ic'e-truse, in the country of Zanzureta. 
 He was born about six hundred years before the Adomic period, 
 lived to the mortal age of a hundred and fifteen years, dwell- 
 ing in a town by the name of Quin'ze — now submerged by the 
 waters of the Gulf of Corinth — which had place in that portion 
 of the now known submerged district west of the town of 
 Khostia. 
 
 His work, exclusively, was of the plastic order or process — 
 the moulding of clay into arzetus (Sculpture; i. e., figures), 
 which he dried by the heat of the sun. His subjects, generally 
 speaking, were first of a geometric character, that resulted in 
 the moulding of figures, on flat surfaces, as circles, angles, 
 alphabetic characters, etc., accompanied by many forms of orna- 
 mental meanderings which led up to all that class of low-relief 
 ornamentation, that was further extended by subsequent arzets 
 of Zanzureta ; and which, by migratory influence, spread out into 
 other countries. The prime utility of his arzetus was for the 
 interior ornamentation on buildings. 
 
 Chal-se-menus, a pre-historic arzet, was a descendant from 
 the Skr6x-a-j6'las of Skrox-a-j6'la, in the country of Zanzureta, 
 who was a pupil of and contemporaneous with, Therenze; and 
 who lived to the mortal age of one hundred years. During his 
 most noted period of time, he dwelt in a town by the name of 
 Lin-cu'ze, now submerged by the Ionian Sea, then located in that 
 portion of the submerged district, west of the mouth of the 
 Aspru river. 
 
 His arzetus was all wrought from soft stone, thus in advance, 
 materially speaking, of the work of Therenze. His prime noted 
 arzetus was in representation of any subject in nature; i. e., it , 
 embraced the animal, the bird, and the human forms. He 
 
 451 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 wrought these in full form, while landscapes and vegetable sub- 
 jects he wrought in low-relief, thus leading up to the idea of 
 full-form sculpture and the relief styles as they developed into 
 greater perfection in later periods. At first his work was crude, 
 but he developed it to quite a perfection during his latter mate- 
 rial period. His last work embodied the idea of placing raised, 
 or relief subjects, on earthenware, which led up to the great de- 
 velopment of that exquisite branch of this art, in subsequent 
 time. 
 
 Returning to Zanzureta, about 4400 B. C, we find the al-sy'su 
 tiise al-sy-su'mus (sculptors and sculpture) under further devel- 
 opment through the influence of not only Zanzuretan alsysu, co- 
 operative with spirit influence, but that of Siloton cunulaisans, 
 as well; and a change of nomenclature as had been the case in 
 Egypt, and has been with all the languages, during subsequent 
 periods of time; conditions that led up to the establishment of 
 the local alsysu tuse alsysumus, in Greece, at that period. 
 
 Mel'se-os was the most noted al'sy (sculptor) of Zanzureta, 
 whose work and influence began about 4350 B. C. He was a 
 Silotoan by birth, and in his early youth a pupil under Tronoka; 
 but in his later youth he migrated into Zanzureta. He resided 
 in a large se"maza (town) by the name oi At-lan'ti-c6n, located 
 west of Mt. Delphi, about half way between it and the Talanta 
 channel, south of the river, between the towns of Politika and 
 Cholkis. Melseos lived and worked, into the early part of the 
 first quarter of the next century; hence was over a hundred 
 years old when he passed to the spirit realm. 
 
 His style of alsysumus differed from that of the Silotonan 
 cunulaisans, especialy in form. At that period they constructed 
 triangular monuments, ranging from twelve to fifteen feet in 
 height, built with a triangular apex that terminated point up- 
 wards. Each corner, at the top of the triangular shaft, was sur- 
 mounted by an image of a human form, male or female, or of 
 some animal, in representation of some celebrated personage, or 
 a principle; and from the center of the three images, rose the 
 point of the apex triangle, to an harmonious height, above the 
 images. 
 
 Se-c6'16s was the most noted alsy whose works and influence 
 began about 4200 B. C. {He was a Zanzuretan by birth, and a 
 pupil of Melseos, and spent his youth in the semaza of Atlanti- 
 con, which was in the latter days of Melseos. Subsequently, he 
 resided in a large semaza by the name of Tal-le-si'c6n, now sub- 
 merged by the Gulf of Lepanto or Corinth, in the open waters of 
 the Gulf, in the district that then lay centrally between the now 
 
 452 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 known coast towns of Galazidi to the north, and Akrata to the 
 south. He lived to about eighty-five years of age, and contin- 
 ued his work up to nearly the time of his dis-embodiment. 
 
 His mission, through spirit guidance, was to further develop 
 the Zanzuretan ioon alsysumus (Grecian art of Sculpture) es- 
 tablished by Melseos. But he also established new styles and 
 designs, one of which was the placement of alsysumus tuse tel- 
 susics (sculpture and pillars) by the doorways or entrances of 
 edifices, from which idea developed the more extensive pillars or 
 columns of the Grecian order. 
 
 Passing with the pre-historic influence of the arzets lus ar- 
 zettus, we make the connection with such links as the following : 
 
 In Greek legend we have the account of a Greek sculptor by 
 the name of Daedalus, who wrought before the time of Homer, 
 but supposed by historians to have been a legendary representa- 
 tive of the art of carving and sculpture in Greece, but who, on 
 the contrary, was a real person. In passing through the legend- 
 ary conditions, the real name of the person, which was Dal- 
 zan us, became changed to Daedalus, as above. Some points in 
 the legend relative to him and his work are only ideas carried 
 out by the pre-historic narrators ; but, we are informed by Ans- 
 tacia, others are true. As, for instance, that he wrought wooden 
 images of deities; originated tools with which to carve; was the 
 first to open the eyes of statues so they seemed to look at the 
 spectator ; was the first to separate the legs of the statues so they 
 might walk; that he operated in Crete and Attica in the time of 
 Minos. These are facts; but such ideas as his statue of Hercu- 
 les having to be tied to keep it from running away, when the 
 hero, angry at its resemblance to himself, threw a stone at it; 
 or that he fled from Athens after having killed his skillful 
 nephew. Talus; had gone to Crete, etc., * * W and his ulti- 
 mate arrival in Sicily, are purely legendary. 
 
 We are also informed by Anstacia, that Dalzanus (Daeda- 
 lus) was a wonderfuly gifted sculptor; a spirit sensitive of great 
 force, that he never studied his art under a mortal tutor, but 
 wrought from clairvoyant representations given him by spirit 
 guides; therefore he could change from one subject to another 
 at will. His whole being was endowed with conceptive condi- 
 tions, as it were, and was, therefore, a more wonderful mortal 
 than the people of that period, or subsequent times, ever knew. 
 
 The greater freedom which early Greek artists introduced 
 into their figures, was always contrasted with the stiflfness of 
 Egyptian statues; and that the legend represented Daedalus as 
 having been some time in Egypt, arose from the fact that Dal- 
 
 - 453 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 zanus was at times controlled by an Egyption spirit sculptor; 
 hence the contrast. ' 
 
 Anstacia also informs us that Dalanus, now as a spirit, is 
 greatly advanced as such; and that, as a spirit, he is surrounded 
 by various halos or colored lights, indicative of that advance- 
 ment ; and that his spirit home is one of splendor ; yet at the pres- 
 ent time, as has been the case during intervening ages, he returns 
 to mortal sculptors, to aid them in their works, by inspiration; 
 and also that his work on the mortal plane is now nearly ended, 
 when he will pass on to influence in the higher zones. 
 
 The cutting and jointing of the great stones that had place in 
 the marvelous "Cyclopean walls" of Tyrinthia, under the direc- 
 tion and workmanship of Nii-me'les, a non-historical sculptor, 
 and his helpers ; those at Mycenea, under the direction and work- 
 manship of Me-sul'les, also a non-historical sculptor, and his 
 helpers ; the reliefs of two Rampant Lions, from above the gate- 
 way to the citadel of Mycenea (Homeric poems) ; also the work 
 of Mesulles ; the wood and ivory carvings, rich ornamentation on 
 furniture and armor, such as is on the "Shield of Ajax," by Ty- 
 chus (Iliad vii, 222) ; "Penelope's Chair," by Icmalius (Odyssey, 
 xix. 60) ; the "Couch of Odysseus" (Odyssey xxiii, 189) ; the 
 beautiful "Sidonian crater" (Odyssey iv, 617), wrought by non- 
 historical sculptor, Hel'se-us. When the workmanship of an 
 object is of surpassing beauty, and the artist unknown, as in this 
 case, it was ascribed to the artist god, Hephaestus.) The so- 
 called "Treasury House," of Atreus (see page — ' — for our ac- 
 count of the structure), by the non-historical sculptor Jel'de-siin, 
 and his helpers, all stand as evidential links. 
 
 Others are, the antequated Acropolis remains, Athens, At- 
 tica, Ionia, ^gina, Selinus Etruria, Xanthos; the ruins of the 
 Mausoleum at Halicarnassus ; representations in drawings and 
 specimens, removed to the British, Munich, and Pelermo Muse- 
 ums ; specimens brought to knowledge by excavations in Greece, 
 at Camerus and Jalyssus; in Rhodes, Sicily, the Cyrenaica, and 
 in Cyprus — all of which is due, not only to the efforts of the 
 Archaeological Societies, but to explorations by private individu- 
 als, who have sought to link the arts of the present with that art 
 of the past, which not only gave to the world specimens of early 
 sculpture on metopes and friezes, of archaic style, but established 
 a great influence through literary works narrative thereof, which 
 together form important links in the Great Art Cycle of the 
 Ages, and therefore are important to the Historic. 
 
 Of the first historic period, some interesting specimens are, 
 the colossal statue of Jupiter, executed at Corinth, and dedicated 
 
 454 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 at Olympia, the work of a non-historical sculptor by the name of 
 Prax-i-til'es and the Cedar Chest, in which the infant Cypselus 
 was concealed. The latter was ornamented with gold and ivory 
 figures, arranged in parallel horizontal bands, in representation 
 of heroic legends and scenes from daily life, the names being 
 inscribed boicstrophedon; i. e., in the manner characteristic of 
 early times, by descended pre-historic letters of the Zanzuretans, 
 used in early times; the enormous Caldron (Herodotus iv, 152), 
 with projecting gryphons' heads, and a support formed of kneel- 
 ing figures seven ells in height, alluded to as "the oldest example 
 in bronze which he had seen," which was the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor by the name of Quin-te-ni'us ; the statue of Jupi- 
 ter, at Sparta, as described by Pausanius (iii, 17, 6), the work 
 of Clearchus, of Rhegium, made of plate bronze beaten out to 
 form the whole figure, and fastened together with nails. An- 
 other example of the influence is the bronze bust found at Polle- 
 dara,.near Vulci, now in the British Museum; the fictile Vases 
 discovered, with figures of animals and flowers arranged in paral- 
 lel horizontal bands; ideas received by the Greek sculptors and 
 also by the Assyrian, resulting from spirit influences, operating 
 through local and migratory conditions, some being decorated with 
 human figures, as principal subjects, the representations of which 
 were taken from the heroic legends of Greece, and further orna- 
 mented with accompanying floral designs, the names of the 
 heroes being written in characters from the old Corinthian alpha- 
 bet. This latter finds its link in the alphabet of the pre-historic 
 Zanzuretans. 
 
 We pass from the sculptural influence, as affected by the 
 style of ornamental wooden and bronze reliefs, of Egypt, As- 
 syria and Greece, as a link from the Pre-historic, through the 
 Homeric, to the second period of Qassical Art, when a more 
 perfect representation of the human form was established, and 
 the re-born idea of Atlantian Celportic became apparent, in such 
 re-embodiments as were manifested through marble sculpture, 
 in advancement over the art in wood and bronze — as draped 
 figures of goddesses and other subjects; a more natural form of 
 roundness, etc., as evidenced in the works of such sculptors as 
 Archemus, and his sons Bupalus and Athenis, of the Island of 
 Chios (heads of the school of Chios). 
 
 The examples of the genius of Archemus and his sons are 
 those that had place in Chios, Delus, lasus and Smyrna, e. g., 
 the "Graces," or goddesses (nude figures), draped by Bupalus, 
 for the temple of Tyche (Fortune) in Smyrna, and many now 
 non-existing examples, then in Asia-Minor and on the Greek 
 
 455 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Islands, that, could they be restored, would give evidence of the 
 great achievements of this art, at that period of time — as devel- 
 oped through conceptions of the sculptors, thus re-embodied 
 through Atlantian spirit inspiration and manifest influence, — 
 more than six centuries B. C. 
 
 The influence was not small, of Bathycles, the Greek sculp- 
 tor of Magnesia on the Mseander, 600 B. C, who, at the head of 
 that school, re-embodied such ideas as were manifest through his 
 statue of Apollo ; reliefs ; and figures on the colossal "Throne of 
 Apollo" at Amyclse, near Sparta. 
 
 Likewise, the influence of Diphoenus and Scyllis, of Crete, 
 who wrought sculpture groups and statues of deities, from wood, 
 ivory and marble. Not only these two sculptors are to be cred- 
 ited with this class of work, but others not known to history; 
 among whom, the two most noted of that period were, Ge-se-le - 
 lis and Te-bal-biis'den, whose works with those of Diphoenus 
 and Scyllis, had place in the Greek towns of Sicyon, Cleonae, 
 Argus, Tyrinthia, and Ambracia. 
 
 Although both Diphoenus and Scyllis are now known as tra- 
 ditional, yet they, as many others, our guides inform us, were 
 real persons, and wrought even more than is accorded to them 
 through tradition. 
 
 Doryclidas and Dontas influenced through re-embodied ideas, 
 thus influenced through the works of the above-named sculptors. 
 Traditional genius they made manifest through their figures and 
 groups of deities, wrought in cedar and gold, as at Olympia, for 
 the Heraeum, and for the Treasuries of the Epidaurians and 
 Megaraeans. 
 
 Other influences, in the art, were the sculptors Clearchus of 
 Rhegium, who wrought in bronze; Tectaeus and Angelion, who 
 wrought the figure of Apollo at Delus, and whom Gallon, the 
 celebrated Aeginetan sculptor and his helpers, re-embodied and 
 modelled after; Smilis of Aegina, and Gitiades of Sparta, the 
 former having produced a group of "Horae," to be placed with 
 the figure of Themis, executed by his contemporary, Doryclidas ; 
 Smilis, who wrought the figure at Samus; the sculptor of the 
 figure of the Goddess, of the temple of Athene, Chalkioikos; 
 likewise, the sculptor of the reliefs on the plates of bronze, rep- 
 resenting scenes from the legends of Hercules and Perseus ; and 
 mythical incidents among them at the "Birth of Athene" — all 
 these we accept as real personages, who influenced the high Art 
 genius in those periods. 
 
 Canachus, re-embodied the ideas, as induenced by Dyhoenus 
 and Scyllis — original heads of the Sicyon School — which he fur- 
 
 456 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ther extended by manifestations through statues of dieties, 
 which he wrought, sometimes of gold and ivory, as per that of 
 Aphrodite at Sicyon (Pausanias ii, lo, 4), and others of bronze, 
 as per the celebrated statue of Apollo Philesius at Miletus. The 
 latter was influenced, during his earth life, by an Egyptian spirit 
 sculptor, by the name of Go-lo-o diis, who dated back to a period 
 remote from the time of the production of the above-named 
 "Apollo." The same spirit had likewise influenced the pro- 
 duction of the statue of Apollo at Thebes, Egypt; the two 
 statues differing only in the material from which they were 
 wrought, the latter being of wood and the former of bronze. 
 
 In the school of Argus and of JEgina, through which the in- 
 fluence of bronze sculpture was felt, we find Ageladas, the sculptor 
 who was the instructor of the three great masters, Myron, Poly- 
 cletus and Phidias, by which means he greatly extended the 
 epi-cycle of sculpture, and also influenced through his own works, 
 such as his two statutes of Zeus, etc. 
 
 Aristomedon, Glaucus and Dionysius, who influenced in 
 Argus, through bronze works (Pliny, N. H., xxxiv. 2.5.10; 
 19. 75)- 
 
 Gallon, who headed the bronze sculptural influence in .^gina, 
 as per his statue of "Athene," at Troezene, and his tripod with a 
 figure of "Cora," at Amyclae. 
 
 Onatas, of 2Egim, greatly influenced through bronze works 
 of large compositions, and also through single statues of gods 
 and heroes. 
 
 Anaxagoras, the Greek sculptor, influenced through such 
 bronzel works, as his statue of "Zeus," fifteen feet high, fof 
 Olympia, in commemoration of the battle of Plataeae. 
 
 The bronze statue of "Poseidon," ten and one-half feet high, 
 for the temple of the deity on the Isthmus, was the work of a 
 non-historical sculptor by the name of Cle-6m-e-des, a native of 
 iEgina. 
 
 The golden tripod that stood on a bronze support, formed of 
 three serpants, for the entrance of the temple of Delphi, was the 
 work of a non-historic sculptor of ^gina, by the name ofTJ-sam- 
 a-les. 
 
 Antenor influenced through bronze groups and statuary, such 
 as the group representing "Tyrannicides, Harmodius, and 
 Aristogiton, erected in the Agora at the foot of the Acropolis 
 at Athens. '^ 
 
 Pythagoras, the Greek sculptor, influenced through bronze 
 statues and groups, such as his "Philoctetes," at Syracuse, through 
 
 457 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 which he portrayed a marvelous expression of pain, muscular 
 action under strain, veins and sinews, of the human form. 
 
 Just here we are informed, by A'lem Pro lex, that the exist- 
 ence of so many sculptural monuments, which cannot be traced 
 to the real artists of the early periods who wrought them, at the 
 present time, is on account of there being no written records, 
 officially kept of them at the time of their production, only in 
 such cases as when the sculptor chanced, from a fancy of his 
 own, to record his name on the work which he had wrought, and 
 these were comparatively few in number compared to the great 
 production of that period of time. He further informs us that 
 the masters then enjoyed the title of greatness, and were there- 
 fore gratly honored by the people contemporaneous with them; 
 but from lack of literary records, their names passed into oblivion, 
 and did not follow their works, as was the case also with many 
 non-historical facts of antiquity, a condition that has rendered 
 any right modern solution of them difficult and impossible, aside 
 from the revelation through spirit manifestation ; and he further 
 states, that the above works as referred to, do not belong to 
 sculptors of the more recent historic times, or known sculptors. 
 
 The sculptures from the Temple of Athene, at ^gina, (now 
 in Munich), were the works of two non-historical sculptors, 
 of whom E-dram'e-tes was the original and older. These 
 two, with helpers, wrought the scenes of the western pediment. 
 Sar-de'-re-lis, a pupil of E-dram'-e-tes, with his helpers, wrought 
 those of the eastern pediment. Those of the western, were in 
 portrayal of the combat over the dead body of Achilles ; those of 
 the eastern, a combat, characterized with similar features, in 
 which, as was the case with the former, the central figure repre- 
 sented a fallen hero, with the goddess, Athene, appearing on the 
 scene. This piece is, as has been supposed, a representation of 
 the combat of "Hercules and Telamon," Greeks, against "Leo- 
 medon," of Troy. 
 
 The marble stele found in east Attica (now in the Theseum at 
 Athens), representing, in low relief, "Ariston," an armed war- 
 rior, standing in profile, was wrought by Artistocles. 
 
 The marble stele in Orchomenus, representing in low, flat 
 relief, and profile, an aged man wearing a mantle, standing, 
 resting on his staff and holding a beetle towards the dog at his 
 feet, was by Anxener, of Naxus. 
 
 The marble Stele in Orchome, representing in low flat relief, 
 the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Sy-pho'-des. 
 
 The fragment of a metope, from the temple of Selinus, in 
 Sicily, represents "Athene," and not as supposed, "Artemis." In 
 
 458 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 this the goddess is trampling on an armed giant whom she had 
 hurled to the ground. It is a wonderfully expressive piece of 
 art, portraying anguish on thie face of the giant, etc., and was the 
 work of the non-historic sculptor, Am-bra za. 
 
 The marble relief, found on the Acropolis of Athens, and 
 there preserved, representing a female figure stepping into a 
 car, (Friderichs, Bausteine, i. p. 25.), not a goddess, as supposed, 
 but an imaginary personage, was wrought by a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Te-no'siis. 
 
 The reliefs of the so-called "Harpy Tomb," discovered at 
 Xanthrus in Lysia, in the British Museum, (Friederichs, 
 Bausteine, i. p. 37.), was the work of a non-historic sculptor by 
 the name of Te-no'thiis. 
 
 The fine frieze, from Xanthus, representing a procession of 
 chariots, in which the horses are splendidly wrought, British 
 Museum, (Prachov, Antiquissima Monumenta Xanthiaca, 1872), 
 was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Jed e-s6n. 
 sculptor by the name of Jed'-e-s6n. 
 
 The marble relief, in Thasus, representing "Apollo, Hermes, 
 and Nymphs," (Ovebeck, Gesh. d. Griech. Plastik, 2d ed, ; i. 
 fig. 28.), was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Nu-de-zon. 
 
 These, and many others not here accounted for, were works 
 that led up to the art of Gem-cutting, an ally to the art of sculpt- 
 ure, etc. 
 
 Phidias, the most famous of Greek sculptors, the "Michel- 
 angelo of Antiquity," whom we have chosen to represent the 
 first great sectional link in the Epi-cycle of Sculpture, at the 
 period of 500 B. C, influenced through such works as he wrought 
 of bronze, wood, gold, ivory, etc., as per his two bronze produc- 
 tions, the first being a large group, dedicated at Delphi, and the 
 second that of the colossal statue of Athene, the "Promachos," 
 erected on the Acropolis, between the Propylaea and Erecht- 
 heum. In this the goddess is represented so that the top of her 
 spear and the crest of her helmet are visible at sea, from Cape 
 Sunium (Pausanias i, 28, 2) ; his Athenian monument at Delphi, 
 commemorating the battle of Marathon ; his colossal, chryseleph- 
 antine figure, of "Athene Areia," of wood, gilt, and marble, at 
 Plataea, the wood of which is covered with gold, and the face, 
 hands and feet, of Pentelic marble; his statue of "Aphrodite," 
 in gold and ivory at Elis; his statue of Athene, ("the Lemuian," 
 "the beauty,") for the Acropolis of Athens; his colossal statue 
 of "Athene," for the Parthenon at Athens, and his "Zues," for 
 the temple at 01)mipia, wrought of gold and ivory, one of the 
 
 459 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 grandest of all his works. His wonderful statue of "Zeus," the 
 "supreme god of Greece," in the temple at Elis, when finished, 
 was over forty feet high; it represented the god seated on his 
 throne, his right hand holding forward a figure of "Victory," 
 and his left resting on a sceptre, on which an eagle was perched ; 
 the head of the deity was crowned with an olive wreath, while 
 his drapery was of gold, highly ornamented with enameled figures 
 and designs of flowers. The throne in this was of ebony and 
 ivory, inlaid with precious stones, richly sculptured with reliefs, 
 and in part painted ; and but for the description given by Pausan- 
 ias, this great work of Phidias would be unknown, to the historic 
 world, as nothing of it now remains. Such is the case with many 
 grand works of the past, that, could they but be replaced, for the 
 consideration of artists of the twentieth century, a more sublime 
 and appreciative estimation would be entertained for the great- 
 ness of remote, pre-historic, and antequated peoples and their 
 achievements, in comparison with those of our times, and in 
 comparison with other historical periods. 
 
 So great was the influence of this work, as well as that of 
 other sculptors, that imitations were placed on the coins, of their 
 sections, thus acquainting the public, in general, with the ideas 
 therein and thereon embodied, which is also a descended link, to 
 the extended custom of our times, representing governmental 
 celebrities, and other ensigns, on the currency; and, therefore, it 
 is the greatness of the past, the re-embodiments of the ideas of 
 those periods, re-born through spirit influence in the minds of 
 the subsequent celebrities, that has given the twentieth century 
 its greatness. And only a hidden link, in the cycle of all events, 
 the obscurity of which having been in part removed, along the 
 extension of time, affords its present manifestations. 
 
 The sculptural figures in the round, from the pediments, the 
 metopes in high relief, and the friezes in low, flat relief, of the 
 Parthenon, were not wrought by Phidias, but were re-embodied 
 ideas from his influential works, carried into effect by subsequent 
 non-historical sculptors, and their helpers, who modelled after 
 his style, etc., e. g., the subjects of the eastern pediment, espe- 
 cially that of the "Birth of Athene," were principally wrought by 
 a non-historic sculptor, by the name of Dl-am'e-des, and by his 
 helpers ; those of the western, in representation of the "Contest 
 of Athene with Poseidon," for the supremacy over Attica, was 
 principally wrought by a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Be-rin'sky, and his helpers; the metopes, ninety-two in number, 
 and the accompanying sculptue thereof, were the works of a 
 non-historic sculptor, by the name of The-6-n6'cles, and his help- 
 
 460 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ers, the subject being a combat between Centaurs and Lapithae ; 
 those on the east and west sides, yet on the building; those of the 
 north, preserved in Athens; those of the south, removed to the 
 Louvre and to Copenhagen, constitute other grand remains. 
 
 Theonocles superintended his helpers, and also himself 
 wrought on the great frieze, five hundred and twenty-four feet 
 in length, and forty feet in height, from the ground, which is in 
 very low, flat relief, representing a long festal procession, and 
 characterized with every variety of movement of horse and foot, 
 of young and old, men and women, gods and goddesses, all bear- 
 ing out national dignity and pride. 
 
 Anstacia informs us that this procession was, as it has been 
 supposed by some individuals, to have been, "in representation 
 of the victors at the Pan-Athenaic games, advancing to the Pan- 
 thenon to receive their prizes, and to attend a sacrifice in honor 
 of victory," and not that "in which it was usual to accompany, 
 annually, the newly-made robe for Athene Polis." 
 
 Myron was one of the chief sculptors of the old Attica School, 
 fifth century B. C, and pupil of Argos, who influenced princi- 
 pally through bronze works, excepting the wooden statue of 
 "Hecate," at .iEgina. His most famous works were those in 
 representation of the Cow; the runner, Ladas, and "The Dis- 
 cobolus" (copy life size in the Massimi Palace, Rome), etc. 
 
 Polycletus, a contemporary of Phidias and Myron, influenced 
 through his creation of ideal athletes and deities, his greatest 
 work being the chryselephantine statue of "Hera," at Argos, etc. 
 
 Alcamenes, a pupil of Phidias, an Athenian sculptor, famed 
 by Cicero, Pliny, Pausanias, Lucan, etc., between four and five 
 centuries B. C, influenced through such works as his master- 
 piece, a statue of "Venus Urania," in the temple of that deity at 
 Athens ; figures of deities ; his statue of "Aphrodite" for her tem- 
 ple; that of "Triple Hecate;" that of "Aesculapius," "Hephaes- 
 tus," "Ares," etc. 
 
 Agoracritus, of Porus, also a pupil of Phidias, influenced 
 through such works as his figure of "Nemesis," in Rhamnus ; his 
 statue of "Rhea," in the Metroon at Athens (Pausanias i, 3, s) ; 
 his bronze statues of "Athene Itonia" and "Zeus," in the temple 
 of the goddess, between Alalcomenae and Coronea (Pausanias 
 IX, 34, I). 
 
 Further extension, of the influence of Phidias, was felt 
 tihrough the re-embodied ideas in the works of Colotes and 
 Ihrasymedes of Parus, and stil further by Theocosmus, of Me- 
 gara. 
 
 Polycletus, of Sicyon, who co-operated, influentially, with 
 
 . 461 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Phidias and Alcamenes, thus forming a great triumviate link 
 among the Greek sculptors, influenced through such works as his 
 great chryselephantine statue of Hera, at Argus, which was an 
 embodied idea co-related with that of the statue of Zeus at 
 Oljrmpia, by Phidias. Of these the former is said to yield to the 
 latter, in grandeur and imposing aspect, and vice-versa, but the 
 latter outrivaled, in finish, the former. 
 
 Of the three colossal marble heads, copies of the head of the 
 statue of "Hera," at Argus, the one at Naples was wrought by 
 a non-historic sculptor by the name of Graph'i-maze ; the one in 
 the British Museum, by a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Fre-nu'his ; the one in the Villa Ludovisi, by a non-historic sculp- 
 tor by the name of Lu-cre'diis. 
 
 Polycletus further influenced through his works in represen- 
 tation of athletes, such as his "Doryphorus" and "Canon" (the 
 latter, Alem Prolex informs us, was a distinct subject, and not 
 meant by Pliny as "Doryphorus," as has been supposed). 
 
 The marble copy of "Diadumenus," found at Valson, France 
 (now in the British Museum), was the work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of O-cle-mus. 
 
 His bronze group of boys playing with knuckle-bones, which 
 afterwards stood in the palace of Titus, Rome, was one, the 
 nature of which was re-embodied in the works of subsequent 
 sculptors; e. g., the small group in terra-cotta representing two 
 women playing at the game, etc., which was the work of a non- 
 historic sculptor by the name of Que'ley. 
 
 Other works of his are, the statue of "An Amazon," exe- 
 cuted for Ephesus ; his bronze statue of maidens, carrying sacred 
 vessels on their heads, possessed by Heius the Mamertine, from 
 whom they were taken by Verres (Cicero, in Verr iv, 3, S) ; his 
 statue of "The Samian," "Artemon," etc. 
 
 Polycletus, the younger, influenced through re-embodied ideas 
 and styles as influenced by the elder Polycletus, above named, 
 as evidenced by his statues of "Victors at Olympia," and a 
 statue of "Zeus Philius" (Pausanias viii, 31, 4), in which the ex- 
 pression is said to resemble that of Dionysus. 
 
 The marble relief in Athens, found at Eleusis, representing 
 Demeter, Cora, and boy (Monumenti, vi. pi. 45), was the work 
 of a non-historic sculptor by the name of .Hel'ce-iis. 
 
 The upper part of a female figure, supporting a basket on her 
 head (Calathephorus), now in Cambridge (Wieseler, Denkmaler 
 ii. pi. 8, No. 92), was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the 
 name of I-ce-l6'niis. 
 
 The marble relief of "Orpheus and Eurydice," in Villa Al- 
 
 462 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 bani, and its two replicas, in Naples and Paris, was the work of 
 a non-historic sculptor by the name of Le-di-6n'see. 
 
 The metopes from the Temple of Zeus, at Olympia (now in 
 Paris), were the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Y-y6n's6-my, who was co-operative with the Phidias who 
 wrought the great statue of Zeus for the temple; Alchemenes, 
 who wrought the figures for the western pediment, and Paeonius 
 of Hende, who wrought the figures for the eastern Pediment. 
 
 The metopes and inner frieze of the) temple of Theseus at 
 Athens, yet in their original place, were the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor by the name of Sa'krates. 
 
 Scopas, native of Parus, upon whom, co-extant with Praxi- 
 teles, the mantle of Phidias fell, influentially, further influenced 
 through such works as his bronze statue of Aphrodite, sitting on 
 a goat, in Elis (Pausanias vi, 25, 2) ; his statue of a Maenad, at 
 Athens, in: the attitude of rushing with her head thrown back 
 and streaming hair, holding a slain kid in her hand. In this the 
 artist manifested excited passion and bodily agitation ; his statue 
 of "Apollo Citharoedus," with long flowing robe, head thrown 
 back as in a dreamy enjoyment of the strains from his lyre, is 
 a work made to manifest a passion of peaceful inspiration ; his 
 work co-operative with Bryaxis, Ceochares, and Timotheus, in 
 the production of the sculptural works on the monument which 
 Queen Artemesia, of Caria, erected at Halicarnassus, in memory 
 of her husband ; his sculpture for the towns of Cnidus, Ephesus, 
 and Chryse in Troad, Asia-Minor; and his representation of 
 Poseidon, Thetis and Achilles, attended by Nereids, the latter 
 riding on dolphins and hippocampuses ; and by tritons and other 
 mamaleous creatures of the sea, a work that had place in the 
 Temple of Neptune, at Rome, etc. 
 
 Praxiteles influenced through sympathetic types of human or 
 divine beings ; and emotional pleasures, as evidenced by his mar- 
 ble statue representing Hermes as carrying the infant Dionysus, 
 found at Olympia. 
 
 We are informed by Anstacia that Praxiteles was not a pupil 
 of Scopas, as has been supposed, but contemporaneous, and a 
 co-worker with him, during the last half of his career as a sculp- 
 tor. 
 
 She also informs us that Scopas did not originate, in Greek 
 Art, the ideal types of those marine beings that personified the 
 element of the sea ; but, the origin was of a date two or more 
 generations previous, and by a non-historic sculptor, by the name 
 of Car ad-a-nonon ; and this latter was followed by another non- 
 historic sculptor, by the name of Cen'du-lex, of Athenian birth, 
 
 463 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and note, who improved the idea and further developed the art, 
 and from whose works and influence Scopas further wrought, 
 and influenced. 
 
 Furthermore, in relation to his large composition, represent- 
 ing the slaughter of the children of Niobia, which had place on 
 the Temple of Apollo, Rome (the authorship being ascribed to 
 Scopas by some writers, and to Praxiteles by others), we are in- 
 formed by Alem Prolex that Scopas designed the composition, 
 and was the principal developer of it; but at the same time he 
 received ideas from Praxiteles, as well as from other contempo- 
 raries, relative to its general detail and these he carried into 
 effect as suggested to him by them. 
 
 Just here we are informed, by the same spirit, that Praxiteles 
 was not a son of Cephisodotus, as supposed, but of E-re'te-nos, 
 a noted sculptor and painter of that period, who was particularly 
 famous for the perfect wooden models he wrought, for his pupils 
 and helpers to follow or copy in bronze or marble. Yet some of 
 his best wooden sculptures he painted white, and worked down 
 to a glossy finish, which were considered very fine, and also, it 
 was from his father that Praxiteles learned the art of sculpture. 
 
 Furthermore, Anstacia informs us, the statue of "Leuco- 
 thea," in the Glyptotheke of Munich, was not the work of Cephi- 
 sodotus, but that of Praxiteles. It was, however, a re-embodied 
 idea, further developed by him, having been influenced through 
 the idea of Cephisodotus, who wrought a statue, for Athens, of 
 Irene, with the boy Plutus in his arms, which subsequently had 
 place as a copy on the coins of Athens; hence, the idealistic 
 influences. 
 
 Again, he influenced through the expression of sensual 
 beauty, natural to youthful feminine ideal life, in the highest 
 type, true to nature; these subjects he wrought mostly in marble,, 
 and softened the aspect of them by a process of encaustic, 
 adorned with colored draperies ; and also tinted accompaniments 
 of marble form. These were ideas that he had gathered from his 
 father's works; under tints and colored developments, in evi- 
 dence of which we note such works as his marble statue of 
 "Aphrodite," at Cnidus, which Pliny declared to be the most 
 beautiful statue in the world. The re-embodied ideas of this can 
 be traced to such copies as the "Venus" of the Capitoline Mu- 
 seum, "Venus de Medicis," and other representations and copies 
 of "Aphrodite," as in the Louvre, etc. ; his statue of "Aphro- 
 dite," at Thespiae; his celebrated "Satyr," in Athens; his 
 "Apollo Sauroctonus ;" his statue of "Artemis Brauroria," at 
 Athens, etc., were strong and influential ideas, that continued the 
 
 464 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 extension of sculptural ideas, such as led up to a more perfect 
 expression, in the art. 
 
 The works of Cephisodotus and Timarclu, sons of Praxiteles, 
 heads of the Athenian school, who wrought statues of various 
 deities; and their contemporaries, who produced portrait sculp- 
 ture, influenced in the extension of the art. 
 
 Bryaxis, 345 B. C, was a contemporary of Scopas and Praxi- 
 teles, with whom he took part in establishing the sculptures in the 
 mausoleum at Halicarnassus, and who influenced through such 
 works as five colossal figures of gods: at Rhodes, "Bacchus" 
 {Liber Pater) ; at Cnidus, a group of "Aesculapius and 
 Hygeia"; at Megara, "Apollo in the Grove of Daphne"; at 
 Antioch, a statue of "Pasiphae," and a portrait of "Seleucus." 
 
 Anstacia informs us that the group of Jupiter and Apollo 
 with the lion, at Patara, and the statue of Serapis, were originated 
 and begun by a non-historic sculptor by the name of He-lip'tis, 
 and subsequently completed by Bryaxis ; and that it was Heliptif 
 also who wrought a statue of "Aesculapius, God of Healing;" 
 and that it was he who introduced the type of these deities, viz., 
 Aesculapius and Serapis, into that region, and not Bryaxis, as has 
 been thought by some writers. The statue of Apollo, at Daphne, 
 however, representing the god in his character of "Musagetes," 
 with long-flowing drapery, girt at the waist, was originated and 
 completed by Bryaxis ; and it was through the style of draped and 
 mature forms that Bryaxis influenced mostly, as Praxiteles had 
 done, in contrast, by his display for nude and youthful figures. 
 
 Timotheus, a contemporary of Scopas, and Praxiteles, Bryaxis 
 and Leochares, through ideas of large composition, such as his 
 colossal, acrolithic statue of "Ares," at Halicarnassus, held a 
 comparative influence in that period of time. (Anstacia informs 
 us just here that this piece of sculpture was not the work of Leo- 
 chares, as some modern writers have thought, but of Timotbens, 
 hence we so assign it.) 
 
 Leochares, contemporary and co-operative sculptor, with 
 Scopas, Bryaxis, Timotheus and Pyihis, on the mausoleum above 
 referred to, about 356 B. C, influenced through such works as 
 the frieze on that edifice (fragments of which are now in the 
 British Museum) ; his statue of "Irocrates," at Athens ; his bronze 
 representation of Alexander the Great, engaged in a lion hunt, 
 co-operative with his contemporary Lysippus; his ivory and gold 
 group, in the Philippeion at Olympia, representing the family 
 of Philip and Alexander ; his portraits ; his ideal chryselephantine 
 statues ; his ideal of Zeus, one for the Acropolis, one at Piraeeus, 
 and one removed to Rome; other ideal conceptions, including 
 
 • 465 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 deities, portraits, mythological and allegorical subjects; and his 
 masterpiece, the "Rape of Ganymede," etc. 
 
 Euphranor influenced, during the middle of the fourth cen- 
 tury, B. C, through many pieces of sculptural work, ranging from 
 colossal life figures to drinking cups ; and also through his modi- 
 fication of canonical proportions, of his subjects, in contradis- 
 tinction to those of Polycletus. 
 
 Lysippus, who influenced during the period between 372 and 
 316 B. C., re-embodied ideas made manifest through the works of 
 Euphranor, which he developed and further extended, especially 
 the favorite type of idealistic' athletic statuary and portraiture, as 
 evidenced by his more than fifteen hundred statues and groups of 
 bronze, said to have gone forth from his workshop. Two of 
 these are of colossal size, viz., the "Jupiter," at Tarentum, which 
 is sixty feet high, and that of "Hercules," in the same place; re- 
 embodied ideas influenced through the works of Polycletus, with 
 developed physical form, as evidenced by works of his, and his 
 subsequent followers, who wrought statues and heads in bronze 
 and marble; his bronze statuette of "Hercules," famed in an- 
 tiquity and called "Epitrapezius," a copy of which, in stone, 
 formerly from Babylonia (now in the British Museum) was, as 
 per his signature, wrought by a sculptor by the name of Diog- 
 enes. Further, his group of "The Muses," for the town of 
 Megara, etc., all of which had an influence, relative to styles and 
 types, with his contemporaries and the subsequent sculptors, e. g., 
 the statue of Alexander the Great, in Munich, standing with one 
 foot, raised on a helmet, which was the work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Ar-tem'me-us ; the so-called "Jason," in 
 Lansdowne House, the work of a non-historic sculptor by the 
 name of Ce-le-co'sy, who re-embodied the idea from the same 
 type on the Parthenon. The Parthenon work was accomplished 
 under the supervision of The-o-no'cles, and his helpers, who 
 wrought the frieze on that temple, the same style having 
 been, subsequently, re'embodied by Lysippus, in the cre- 
 ation of his new type as of the "god of Neptune," for his 
 temple on the Isthmus of Corinth; and further re-embodied in 
 the attitudes of draped female figures, such as in the existing 
 statues of the Muse, "Melpomene," standing with one foot 
 raised on a rock, which was the work of a non-historic sculptor 
 by the name of Au-tho-gra-phe're ; therefore the style became an 
 extended influence, from Theonocles, through the works of Ly- 
 sippus, and later by that of various non-historic sculptors. 
 
 We are here informed, by Anstacia, that Lysippus was 
 influenced greatly by Athenian types, from which he re-embodied 
 
 466 
 
Links and Circles 
 
 similar ideas in his works, especially that which had descended 
 from the hand of Praxiteles. 
 
 Furthermore, the influence of Lysippus was extended, 
 through such works as the bronze statuettes of Neptune and 
 Jupiter, found at Paramythia, in Epirus (British Museum), 
 which were the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 E-en'se-16pe ; the large bronze of "Hercules," from Byblus (Brit- 
 ish Museum), re-embodied ideal work, by a non-historic sculp- 
 tor by the name of Let-se'mus ; the series of portrait sculpture of 
 this period, originated by a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 0-ce-lin'da, who was followed, in the work, by his son Jan-shii'- 
 liis, and still later by another non-historic sculptor by the name 
 of Wicke-de-send, who represented three generations of time; 
 and the colossal bronze head found at Satala, in Armenia (now 
 in the British Museum), which was the work of Wickedesend, 
 who had gone from Athens to that section of the country. The 
 head was wrought for a place of worship, and was in representa- 
 tion of the goddess, Creanthus, representing the evening star, 
 according to that position of the various planets during the 
 twelve months of the year, etc. 
 
 The marble head of Alexander the Great, from Alexandria, 
 now in the British Museum, was the work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Lam-i-lu-meles, who influenced subss- 
 quent to the sculptors, Mys, Mentor, Acrogas, and Boethus, who 
 preceded the Alexandrian period, and it was from the works of 
 Lamilumeles that the ideas of die-sinking and gem-engraving 
 were established in that region, and carried out by such engravers 
 as Cimon and Euaenetus, EuclideS, Eimenus, Eumelus, Phrygil- 
 lus, Sosion, etc. This art manifested especially on the Greek 
 coinage of that period of the Macedonion Kings, Philip and 
 Alexander, and extended to that of the Chalcideans of Thrace, 
 and to Cydonia, in Crete, etc., where such engravers as Neuan- 
 tus and Lesbus re-embodied the idea. It was also the works of 
 Lamilumeles that influenced Pyrgoteles, gem-cutter and court en- 
 graver to Alexander the Great, to cut the portrait of Alexander 
 the Great on an emerald, an act which further influenced the 
 adoption of the portrait of Alexander on the coins of his suc- 
 cessor, Lysimachus. The above-named marble head of Alexan- 
 der, therefore, was preserved in Alexandria, in memorium of its 
 sculptor, Lamilumeles. But the records of this artist, which 
 were lost, with many others, had they been preserved, would have 
 thrown much light upon historic facts, now so vague and uncer- 
 tain. 
 
 The reliefs on the "Lantern of Demosthenes," a building in 
 . 467 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Athens, representing Bacchus and his suite, transferring the 
 Tyrrhenian priests into dolphins, were the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor by the name of San-di-ena'ciis, of greatness, artis- 
 tically speaking, and a contemporary of the above-named sculp- 
 tor, Janshulus. 
 
 The sculptures of the so-called "Nereide monument," discov- 
 ered at Xanthus, Lycia (British Museum), which represent a 
 series of female figures, in the round, of life size, wearing a 
 thin drapery through which the forms are entirely visible, are 
 the work of a great non-historical sculptor, by the name of Quin- 
 ce-16s, who originated that style of work. When Quincelos was 
 in Greece he was associated, in the art of sculpture, with Jan- 
 shulus. 
 
 He, by chance, conceived the idea of the style. When en- 
 gaged in certain drafting and cutting of lines and figures, he dis- 
 covered that representations could be made of inner and outer 
 designs, wherein both were rendered visible. From this fact, 
 under further spirit inspiration, he finally conceived the idea of 
 thus representing the human form, with other accompaniments, 
 in group, which ultimately brought out works similar, and finally 
 the above-named Nereid representation. 
 
 Following the influence into the fifth period of classical art, 
 transformed as it was from ideal types of deities, to those of 
 allegorical figures, with a re-embodiment of figures of deities and 
 heroes from the preceding old types, and the further development 
 of the portrait belonging to the Hellenistic and Roman periods, 
 we -find the influence extended, by such sculptors as the sons of 
 Praxiteles, Cephisodotus and Timarchus, at the head of the 
 Athenian school, who influenced through portrait sculpture; and 
 Euthycrates, son of Lysippus, and Tisicratis, a pupil of Euthy- 
 crates, who headed the Sicyonion school, whose influence was 
 re-embodied in such works as the bronze statue representing the 
 river, Eurotas, by Eutychides, who expressed the mobility of 
 water by the human form (Pliny, N. H. xxxiv, 8, 78), and the 
 highly praised statue of Tyche (Pausanias vi, 2, 7), for the 
 town of Antioch; the colossal bronze statue of "Helius," at 
 Rhodes, by Chares of Lindus, a work which for its size, has been 
 recorded as one of the wonders of the world ; which when found 
 stood seventy cubits high (destroyed by an earthquake about 224 
 B. C.) ; the influence of which led down to other colossal works 
 of that region, as re-embodied by Apollonius and his brother 
 Tauriscus, who wrought the famous colossal marble group known 
 as the "Farnese Bull," which represents Amphion and Zethes, in 
 the act of tying the revengeful Dirce to a wild bull, in the pres- 
 
 468 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ence of his mother, Antiope (Naples Museum) ; the bronze group 
 representing Athamas, seized with insanity after slaying his son, 
 Learchus, by Aristonidas, of the Rhodian School ; the large 
 groups and compositions representing battle scenes, such as por- 
 trayed the victory of Attains over the Gauls, 239 B. C, a work 
 through which were manifested such characteristics as dogged 
 submission under captivity, grim expression under pain, and 
 abject misery of the wives of the warriors when a battle had 
 been lost; the four groups, presented by Attains to Athens, in 
 representation of battles, between the gods and the giants; be- 
 tween Athenians and Amazons ; between Greeks and Persians at 
 Marathon; and between his own army and the Gauls in Mysia, 
 etc. 
 
 We find the influence again in Pasiteles, who influenced 
 through staturia, sculptura, and caelalura, including chrysele- 
 phantine figures, re-embodiments of former period ideas; Stev- 
 anus, who influenced through statuary, from living models, and 
 re-embodiments of previous ideas, that had manifested through 
 the works of Pasiteles, as per his "Orestes," in the Villa Albani 
 (Annali dell' Inst. 1865, pi. D; Freiderichs, Bausteine i, p. 112), 
 which is a co-related idea, with the male figure, in the group of 
 "Orestes and Electra," in Naples, by Menelaus. 
 
 These, celebrities of their day, along with others of influence, 
 such as Arcesilaus, Posidonius of Ephesus, Zopyrus, Pytheas, 
 Teucrus, etc., formed important links in the Sculptural Epi-cycle, 
 through the influence of Revival; i. e., through copy extension, 
 of ideas that had been made manifest through the works of prt- 
 ceding masters ; and which, in turn, paved the way for gem-en- 
 graving, silver glass, and precious stone ornamentation, vases, 
 statuettes and utensils of various kinds in bronze and silver, all 
 re-embodiments, idealistically, from Greek models, as evidenced 
 by the influence of gem-cutting. Some examples of this, which 
 exist, in onyx, sardonyx, agate, etc., as worn by the Egyptians. 
 Greeks, and Romans, show imitative designs engraved upon them 
 in bas-relief, or figures raised above the surface, such as are 
 known as Cameos ; e. g., the large one now in Vienna, fashioned 
 both from allegorical and literal ideas, in representation of the 
 "Suppression of the Pannonian revolt by Tiberius and Germani- 
 cus" (Miiller, Denkmaler i, pi. 67, No. 377) ; the cameo in the 
 Cabinet of Medals, in Paris (Miiller ibid. No. 378) ; the drinking 
 cups of onyx, and other precious stones, such as the "tezza 
 Fames," ip Naples (Mus. Borb. xii, pi. 47) ; the glass ornamen- 
 tation, in place of precious stones, such as characterizes the cele- 
 brated "Portland Vase," in the British Museum, etc. 
 
 469 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The bronze group of Athamas seized with insanity after hav- 
 ing slain his son.Learchus, work of Aristonidas of the Rhodian 
 School ; the group of Laocoon, work of the sculptors, Agesander, 
 Athenodorus, , and Polydorus; the works of Polycles, of Athens, 
 His son, Timarchides, and his grandson, Dionysius, of the "New 
 Attic school," etc., with further influence extending into Rome. 
 
 Passing into Cle-an-di'ci-a (Asia Minor), we note the influ-; 
 ence of the pre-historic e-sen'son shii e-sen-s6n'rix* (sculptors 
 and sculpture), through engraved hieroglyphics, or Rock-Sculp- 
 ture (feoMJfro/>/tedoM), of pre-historic origin, through Lydia, 
 Phrygia, Cappadocia, and Lyconia, never yet deciphered. They 
 were chiefly the works of the pre-historic Den-ci'es. (See migra- 
 tions in Asia-Minor, later in this work.) Those of Lydia were 
 influenced by Sel-an'she-I, a descendant from the Dericies, who 
 was the most noted sculptor of that period, as aided by his 
 pupils and helpers. Those of Phrygia were influenced by the 
 pre-historic sculptor, Cum'be-an, a descendant from the pre- 
 historic sculptor Tris-ti-16'sy, a descendant from the Dencies, and 
 his pupils and helpers, and those from Lyconia, by the pre-historic 
 sculptor Nu-dre-en'sTc, a descendant from the No-c6'trans, and 
 his pupils and helpers. 
 
 In evidence of the influence throughout that section of 
 country, we note the sculpture, on the rock faces of a plateau 
 fifty to two hundred feet in height, surrounding a great pre-his- 
 toric city by the name of Di-j6'n6sh, on the road from Pteria to 
 Sardis, inscribed, "Midras The King," thus sculptured by Ciim'- 
 be-an, the principal sculptor of that city, at the time that Midras 
 was made king, though he was contemporaneous with the latter 
 period of the reign of the previous pre-historic King Kano'josh. 
 and executed sculptural designs on the rocks in that period, hav- 
 ing been influenced by sculptors of a still earlier period. 
 
 The city of Di'jo-nosh was built by the descendants of the 
 Eltaclucians, whom we have shown as having settled in that 
 region of the country, and the sculptural designs, of this city, 
 were principally, as before stated, planned and partly wrought, 
 by Cumbean and his pupils and helpers, whose subsequent influ- 
 ence extended to the establishment of other sculpture, of the 
 old Phrygian kingdom of the Senforeus Valley. Those sculptors, 
 for a time, had been influenced by the old Cappadocian supremacy, 
 under the extended influence of the pre-historic sculptor, Tris- 
 tilosy, and his pupils, co-operating with the influence, which 
 originally had been handed down from the above named sculp- 
 
 •Anstacla informs us that the Deneies language, at that period of 
 time, had no preposition "of." 
 
 470 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tural influences. (See migrations of peoples into Phrygia and 
 Cappadocia.) 
 
 The existing monuments, in evidence of the above named 
 facts, belonging to Phrygian greatness, in the sculptural arts, 
 and otherwise, appear in two classes', that which bears the 
 inscribed name, "MIDRAS THE KING," the most remarkable 
 of the one class. The detailed sculpture exists in geometrical 
 patterns, of squares, crosses, and meanders, surmounted by a 
 pediment, supported in the centre by a pilaster in low relief, and 
 is thus delineated on the surface of a huge perpendicular rock; 
 other designs portray the subjects of vines', floral patterns, etc., 
 that ornament the surface of the rock; some are characterized 
 with sphinxes, of a remote and archaic type, that were sculptured 
 on two sides of the pediments, some were characterized with 
 carved doorways, leading to small chambers, on the back of 
 which, in low relief, was sculptured a rude female image, then 
 termed Cel-de-ce'na (supposed by modern writers to be a 
 mythological representation of the "mother goddess," Cybele, or 
 "mother of Zeus"), having on each side of her a lion, which 
 rests his paws on her shoulders, and places his head against hers. 
 This is, in reality, and originally was intended to represent, the 
 goddess Celdecena, which term, in the language of the Eltaclu- 
 cians, meant "purity;" while the lion represented the character- 
 istic of "cruelty," or the cruel element in all its phases, and the 
 posing of the group represented the characteristic of cruelty as 
 brought under subjection by spiritual purity. As a people, the 
 Eltacluciansi were very spiritual; henca they worshiped the 
 Celdecena, as presiding over the principle of Spiritual purity, 
 and its force, in both the mortal and the spirit spheres ; and for 
 this it was represented on the doorways leading to these sep- 
 ulchral chambers. 
 
 The second class is marked by the heraldic type, of two 
 animals, usually lions rampant, facing one another, but divided by 
 a pillar or some other device. These have place on the monu- 
 ments of an earlier date than the former class, and were symbols 
 relative to national conditions, i. e., the people, being of a spirit- 
 ual turn of mind and understanding, abhorred wars and conten- 
 tions generally which conditions they symbolized by the rampant 
 lions; while the standards separating them represented barriers, 
 or influential forces, especially those of spirit intervention, hav- 
 ing descended between the contending forces, to aid in subduing 
 the hostile conditions, thus to restore peace and harmony in 
 both national and domestic affairs. Therefore, this type was a 
 very sacred symbol to the people. 
 
 ' 471 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The influence of the heraldic type extended into the geo- 
 metrical, and further, into the designs of the inscribed monu- 
 ments, as the people advanced in their spiritual and more scien- 
 tific knowledge. But this was not to the exclusion of symbolism, 
 which gives evidence of the linking influences, that followed in 
 the descending generations of those peoples and their works. 
 
 The Phrygians possessed a high artistic faculty, very similar 
 to that of the Greeks ; caused probably by the lines of ancestral 
 lineage of both nations, from remote periods. (See our migra- 
 tions and establishment of both races.) 
 
 The influence of such art ideas as those displayed on Midas' 
 Tomb, was re-embodied in various ways, by the Cappadocians, 
 even in the patterns employed in cloth and carpets. It was also 
 re-embodi«d in the patterns in apparel, etc., that ornamented the 
 priests of that period, as evidenced by the embroidered robe on 
 the priest, in the rock-cut sculptural design at Ibriz. This was 
 similar to the patterns on the Midas Tomb, and a style that 
 originated with the Eltaclucians, whose descendants became the 
 now known Phrygians. 
 
 , The heraldic influence was further carried into Assjyria, 
 partly by migratory conditions (see our descendants and migra- 
 tions of that people), but it was also under development, in that 
 section, by spirit inspiration and guidance. Therefore the style, 
 to a degree, was orginal with the Phrygians, and thus it spread 
 throughout Asia Minor into Assyria, and ultimately linked with 
 that type in the early Grecian sculptural art, as evidenced by the 
 heraldic type of two lions, in the device over the principal gate- 
 way of Mycenae, and at Tiryns, or Tirynth, Greece, etc. 
 
 The rock monuments in the Phrygian style, and the votive 
 reliefs of an Anatoline type found near Phocaea, Asia Minor, 
 have their existence under the same conditions as the former 
 named subjects, and all are important links with which to con- 
 nect up the extension of the Epi-cycle of Sculptural Art, as it 
 was moving along in that region, on the deferent of the Great 
 Art Cycle. 
 
 Passing into Etzentuan (Italy), we find the re-en'tas tus 
 re-en-cusa (sculptors and sculpture) under development through 
 the influence of reentas, co-operative with spirit advisers. 
 
 Pro-zel'zo, a pre-historic reenta (sculptor), son of Chal-es- 
 menus; the Zanzuretan arzet (sculptor), migrated from his 
 home in Skro-ja-o'la, into Etzentuan, when but a lad of fifteen 
 years. There he began the development of his artistic gifts, and 
 lived to the mortal age of eighty-nine years, in a pre-historic town 
 
 472 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 by the name of Fre-no'ze, in the section now known as Basilicata, 
 Italy, on the site of the town of Pescopagano. 
 
 His first reencusa was wrought on soft stone, as was his 
 father's custom ; but his work was much finer, artistically speak- 
 ing. He generally chose a variety of objects for his subjects, as 
 his father had done, the utility of which was for interior orna- 
 mentation, or bric-a-brac use. 
 
 Later in life he began ornamental work on stone buildings 
 or structures, in relief style, as well as that in the architectural 
 idea of laying stone in projections, etc., so as to appear orna- 
 mental on the main structure, by jutting and other zig-zag forms. 
 His efforts were crude at first, but afterwards he developed the 
 idea to considerable perfection, until it not only led up to sub- 
 sequent sculptural advancement, but to certain architectural 
 growths and original ideas, especially those of the "greater pil- 
 lar" and "column" ideas, of subsequent time. 
 
 Cal-len'ze was a pre-historic reenta and a descendant from the 
 Je^re-the'ans, of Etzentuan, who was a pupil of Prozelzo. He 
 lived in the form one hundred and ten years, and ultimately 
 dwelt in a pre-historic town named Gotch'lend, then located in 
 the now known district submerged by the waters of the Bay of 
 Naples, a town which was at that time the greatest in Etzentuan, 
 Italy. 
 
 His first work, as a reenta, was to advance ornamental, archi- 
 tectural construction in stone. Later in life he originated the 
 execution of the relief style, on marble, when he chose such 
 subjects as those of the human form. This work was utilized 
 for exterior ornamentation on buildings. Later he originated the 
 idea of representing the full form, or round Re-en-cu-sa, stand- 
 ing on a pedestal and wrought from one block of marble. His 
 lines were crude at first, but he developed that branch of the art 
 up to a better condition, artistically, before his transition to 
 spirit life, and thus established the link that led up to the great 
 production of an order of Statuary that so universally adorns 
 every country's places for Art, in modern times. 
 
 We pass into Tindinzeon (Germany) and find the art of 
 men-zoi'tiis (sculpture), under development by the menzoits 
 (sculptors), co-operatively influenced by their spirit advisers. 
 
 Stren-berg'er*, a prehistoric menzoit (sculptor), was a 
 
 •Give g the soft sound. 
 
 Aa we are writing' this biography of Strenberger, he presented 
 hlmsielf to Mrs. Van-Duzee olalrvoyantly, and said, "You have called me 
 up from the long ago existence — the conditions of which life I have 
 long since freed myself, and In exchange for which I have developed 
 into this, of greater light and beauty." She described him aa a won- 
 derfully bright, beautiful, and advanced spirit — all light. 
 
 473 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 descendant from the Sin-ethons of Tindinzeon, who began his 
 mortal life about nine hundred years before the Adomic period, 
 and lived in the form one hundred and fifty years, and dwelt in 
 a town by the name of Cru-shen'hen, on the site where now the 
 town of Arenshausen, Prussia, or Eastern Germany, has place. 
 
 His menzoitus was wrought of wood, and, properly speaking, 
 belonged to the carved order that was utilized in the bodies of 
 the musical instruments that he originated. At first his work 
 was quite crude, but by means of faithful study and untiring 
 experimental effort, he ultimately reached quite a perfect develop- 
 ment in that line of manufacture. 
 
 He not only originated the bodies of several musical instru- 
 ments, but was led to discover the principle of melodies, and 
 therefore to establish various pitches of sound. This he did 
 while making two different instruments that were minipulated 
 by a process of concussion, viz: the Le-el'so, an instrument 
 similar to the now known violins, guitars and mandolins, only 
 the body of the Strenberger instrument was rectangular in form, 
 no neck, and had three strings- 
 
 Ultimately this instrument linked with the violin class. He 
 was the author, also, of the Friz, which was of a hollow wooden 
 body, about two inches in diameter, about sixteen inches in 
 length, and slightly elliptical but tubelike. A long opening, bear- 
 ing out the same elliptical form, was cut on top of the central 
 portion of the body, and parallel with it. From the inner edge 
 of the opening, next to the player, rose a metal strip, so placed 
 as to extend diagonally from the centre of the lower end of the 
 opening to the upper front of the same. This arrangement was 
 to assist in the melodic grade of the sounds of the instrument — 
 higher or lower. Seven keys, or small hammers, in a line, at 
 various distances, were attached to the back and outer-side of 
 the body, by springs ; the hammer part being adjusted so as to 
 rest directly over the top of the metal strip, which the player, 
 by finger manipulation, caused to strike on top of it, similar to the 
 action in the stroke of piano hammers upon the wires. The 
 body of the instrument was suspended, at each end, upon a frame, 
 so as to allow free vibration, and was an instrumental link that 
 led up to the class of instruments modernly known as the 
 dulcimer, clavichord and the piano. ^ 
 
 He further established a crude order of metal plastic orna- 
 mentation, which he hammered into form to be placed on the 
 instruments, and ultimately he formed other single ornaments 
 for various purposes, all of which led up to greater advancement 
 
 474 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 in the plastic art of metal order, such as is known to people 
 of modern times. 
 
 Hagute, a pre-historic menzoit, and a descendant from the 
 Sinethons, of Tindinzeon, was born about 800 years before the 
 Adomic period, and lived in the body one hundred years. He 
 dwelt in a large town by the name of Win'ger-biirgh, in the now 
 known section of Brandenburg, Prussia, Eastern Germany, on 
 the site where now the town of Kustrin has place. 
 
 His first menzoitus was wrought by the process of moulding 
 clay, which he hardened by the heat of the sun. Later, he used 
 soft stone for the same purpose ; and during the latter period of 
 his career as a menzoit, he used both hard stone and marble for 
 his menzoitus. 
 
 His subjects for representation were peculiar, in that he 
 moulded and carved after models of drapery, such as hung in 
 graceful folds and was of many patterns; but usually in repre- 
 sentation of portal and window portieres, or screens, in which 
 case a projected canopy or marble or stone crowned the hanging, 
 or sculptured drapery. The canopies were beautifully carved 
 with representations of leaves and vines, executed in relief style. 
 
 The finest of his menzoitus was wrought from white marble. 
 The utility of all of it was for exterior and interior ornamenta- 
 tion, the former having place on the facades of buildings, and 
 the latter, as the taste of the purchaser suggested. All of his 
 latter period productions were magnificently perfect, and beauti- 
 ful in every detail. His creations were links that led up to the 
 idea of window and portal drapery, as well as all classes of 
 ornamental drapery, such as has developed during subsequent ages 
 and which is of such great utility in modem times. 
 
 Passing into Falkaleit (France), we find the pe-dl'zer-iis benz 
 pe-dl-zer-fis'tes (sculptors and sculpture) under the influence of 
 pedizerus, co-operative with spirit influence. 
 
 Plin'tone, a pre-historic pe-di'zer (sculptor), was a descend- 
 ant from the Gud'ling-stons of G6n-s6-eses, in the country of 
 Falkaleit, who came into the earth life about 1000 years before 
 the Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of seventy-five 
 years, and dwelt in a pre-historic town by the name of Prin-i'det, 
 on the site of the now known town of Damazan, on the Gironne 
 river. 
 
 _ His pedizerustes was wrought of wood, and was very simple. 
 His subjects, principally, were animals and fishes, and such land- 
 scapes as portrayed water scenes with ship accompaniments. In 
 fact he chose such subjects as met his fancy, excepting that he 
 did not attempt representation of the human form. 
 
 475 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The only utility made of his pedizerustes, was for interior 
 home decoration.. His creations were links that led up to the 
 representation of naval scenes, and monumental animal subjects, 
 as they now have place throughout subsequent time. 
 
 Ren'soc, a pre-historic pedizer, and a descendant from the 
 Co-se-an'zes of Ko-lais, in the country of Falkaleit, who came 
 into notoriety, was contemporaneous with the last half of Plin- 
 tones period. He lived to the mortal age of one hundred and 
 five years, and dwelt in a large town by the name of Sen'loss, in 
 the now known section of Indre Et Loir, on the site where the 
 town of Tours has place. 
 
 His pedizerustes was also wrought of wood, for in his first 
 period as a pedizer, he was influenced by the works of Plintone ; 
 but during his latter period he made great advancement, improv- 
 ing the ideal works of the latter. During that time, he chose the 
 human form largely for his subject. He wrought in relief at 
 first, but later created the full forms of individuals, standing 
 on pedestals. 
 
 As to the art of carving to the life, his proficiency has not 
 been excelled during the ages that have passed, ancient or modern ; 
 and no sculptor, of those periods, has ever brought out such 
 expressive eyes, or such visage representation of the beard and 
 hair of the head, such perfect bodily form and graceful pose, 
 as was manifested through the pedizerustes of this Rensoc. 
 The first utility, made of his creations, was for exterior orna- 
 mentation on the facades of buildings. 
 
 Later, he conceived the idea of grouping his subject figures, 
 in representation of various scenes and conditions of life. These 
 were utilized for interior decorations, e. g., one of his most 
 beautiful representations was of a happy family, the father, the 
 mother and the children, posed in an evening gathering at the 
 fireside. 
 
 No modern sculptor could have wrought a more perfect idea 
 of such a scene as he portrayed in that group of 7000 years 
 agone. Therefore it became an important link, spanning that 
 period of time, in support of the marvelous product of individual 
 and grouped statuary, a type such as now crowds public and 
 private assemblage places of Sculptural Art, throughout the 
 continents of the earth. 
 
 Passing into Sede-rone (Portugal and Spain), we find the 
 sa-wa'ne sent sa-wa-ne-us' (sculptors and sculpture), under the 
 influence of the sawane, co-operative with spirit inspiration and 
 guidance. 
 
 San'zu'lfis, a pre-historic Sawane (sculptor), was a descend- 
 
 476 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ant from the Ma-lin'goes of Del-c6r't5, in the country of Sede- 
 rone, who came into the earth life about 1200 years before the 
 Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of one hundred and 
 seven years. 
 
 As a sawane, he dwelt in a pre-historic town by the name 
 of Sen-malos, located near the junction of the now known Ebro 
 and Segre rivers, on the site where now the town of Mequinenza 
 has place. His sawaneus was all wrought of wood, and his sub- 
 jects were those of the animal form, exclusively, especially of 
 the larger species, which he posed both singly and in groups, 
 according to his own fancy, and the further representation of 
 their life traits and characteristics. He attained considerable 
 proficiency in the production of this order of sawaneus, during 
 the latter part of his career. 
 
 His creations were utilized for ornamenting yards, and public 
 squares, and especially as central ornaments to the area where 
 streets crossed, as various sculptural monuments now adorn such 
 places. The art of Sanzulus was the re-embodied link connecting 
 that style of adornment, through the ages, down to its Modern 
 ultimatum and utility. 
 
 Kit're-con, a son of Sanzulus, and therefore a descendant 
 from the Malingoes, lived to the mortal age of eighty years. 
 After completing his studies under his father, he migrated to the 
 section of Sederone now known as the section of Jean, then occu- 
 pied by Sederones who had migrated there from Sederone. Here 
 he settled in a town by the name of Jen-ta-cena, on the site 
 where now the town of Villargorde has place. 
 
 His sawaneus was all wrought from wood, his favorite sub- 
 ject the human form. This he represented by carvings on panels, 
 in relief style. The panels, he further ornamented with leaf 
 and vine patterns, and their borders with scrolls and meander- 
 ings, thus giving his sawaneus the appearence of being framed. 
 He utilized a wood of reddish tint, similar to modern rose wood, 
 cedar, and cherry, which he beautified by a very high polish, 
 giving his carvings life-like appearance. 
 
 Anstacia says, "No better sculpture, of that order, exists 
 even today, than the sawaneus wrought by this Kitrecon, whom 
 the world would call an undeveloped man." 
 
 ¥"K®y' ^ pre-historic sawane, was a descendant from the 
 U-ce de-ans of U-ce de-a, in the country of Sederone, who came 
 into the earth life about one hundred years after Kitrecon had 
 passed to spirit life. He lived to the mortal age of only forty 
 years, during which time, as a sawane, he dwelt in a town 
 
 -477 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by the name of Can-sa'des, in the section now known as Sala- 
 manca, on the site now occupied by the city of Salamanca. 
 
 This artist was, physically speaking, of medium stature, 
 slender, frail, and of delicate form ; but, being sustained by spirit 
 forces that attended his labors, as well as being thus influenced 
 and sustained mentally, he was able to accomplish his earth 
 mission as a sawane. His best work was the establishmet of 
 sawaneus, wrought from stone. 
 
 His subjects, generally speaking, represented the human 
 form. He used figures posed in groups, typifying ideas which 
 were conveyed to his intelligence by the transmission of thought, 
 which he caught from his spirit advisers. That he was con- 
 scious of the fact, and being in continuous communication with 
 them, caused him to conceive the idea of representing spirit 
 forms as angelic subjects. Such ideas became his chief pro- 
 duction, all of which were exceptionally fine, and well wrought 
 in an artistic sense, and representatively considered. 
 
 One of his most beautiful and most artistically wrought 
 groups, was in representation of twelve spirits, grouped about 
 the couch of a mortal whose spirit was in the act of leaving the 
 body, or at the hour of so-called death. It was a masterly piece 
 of art. The spirit, as is the case when it leaves the body, was 
 represented as having passed out from the mortal head, and 
 could be seen as a white cloud, in the process of unfolding into 
 the soul form, or spirit body. 
 
 The twelve spirits were represented with outstretched arms 
 and open hands, waiting to receive the new born spirit, and as 
 ready to bear it away to its spirit home. 
 
 A companion group to this was next created, representing 
 the spirit form as in the arms of the twelve spirits, who were nov/ 
 looking with angelic countenances upon the new born soul as it 
 lay in their arms. 
 
 The idea of the "groups" as above described, intended by the 
 sawane, was to portray mortal dissolution, and spirit transition ; 
 or the separation of the soul-body from the mortal, or the birth 
 of soul and spirit into spirit life. The latter group, Anstacia 
 informs us, was one of the finest sculptural representations ever 
 wrought by a leading sculptor of any nation, since those men of 
 Atlantis, so long before, submerged from mortal sight. She 
 also adds, "Could the mortal career of Multsy have been pro- 
 longed to the length of some of the pre-historic sculptors, already 
 mentioned, he would have brought about even a more wonderful 
 advancement in the art of his period, thus to influence subse- 
 quent ages." For, being under spirit guidance, his greatest 
 
 478 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 thought was tuned in harmony with spiritual ideas. This, in 
 turn, influenced his hand, in his manifest representations of art, 
 all through his wonderful productions of sawaneus ; and this not 
 only led up to the idea of "grouping subjects," in the sawaneus 
 of his period of time, but to that of the Adomic period, and even 
 of later periods, to the Biblical representations of the Christian 
 era, and ultimately to the variety of "groupings" known to Mod- 
 em times. 
 
 479 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 SCULPTURE AND SCULPTORS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 MIDDLE AGES AND MODERN TIMES. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXVIII. 
 
 Passing from the Pre-historic, and the beginning of the Mod- 
 ern-Ancient, to the Middle Ages, and later into Modern periods, 
 we note the low grade of Pagan plastic work of the fourth cen- 
 tury A. D., and the rise instituted by Christian workers of the 
 same century, and its influence, through embodied and re-em- 
 bodied ideas that were still under the guidance of spirit inspira- 
 tion, as well as' through direct communication. Influenced or 
 "inspired" treatment is manifest through such works as "the leaf 
 from an ivory consulor diptych," portraying the noble figure of 
 an Archangel holding an orb and sceptre (British Museum), the 
 work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Ce-i-ma'le-a ; the 
 decorative reliefs on sarcophgi, similar to those on the Pagan 
 tombs ; reliefs portraying scenes from the Old Testament, in sub- 
 jects such as the "Meeting of Abraham and Melchisedec ;" the 
 "Sacrifice of Isaac;" "Daniel among the Lions;" "Jonah and the 
 Whale," etc. ; of New Testament scenes, such as were typical of 
 the early life of Christ, or as illustrating His power and benefi- 
 cence, as a Ca-cel'la (spirit sensitive, or medium) ; e. g., "The 
 Sermon on the Mount ;" "The Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem" 
 (Spirit work through his organism as a Cacella) ; many fine ex- 
 amples to be seen in the Vatican and Old Lateran museums ; sim- 
 ilar sarcophagi sculptural decorations, such as were wrought in 
 the provinces of Rome, especially in Gaul ; some splendid speci- 
 mens extant in the museums of Aries, Marseilles, and Aix, 
 France. 
 
 Of the fifth century's influential extensions, we note the re- 
 liefs in ivory and wood, as decorations on Episcopal thrones in 
 Italy, such as the so-called "chair of St. Peter," in his great 
 basilica; the small panel reliefs on the doors of S. Sabina, on the 
 Aventine Hill at Rome, representing scenes from Biblical his- 
 tory, carved in wood, and the work of a non-historic sculptor by 
 the name of Let'siis, who thus extended the old classic style ; the 
 ivory throne of Bishop Maximianus, in S. Vitale, Ravenna, por- 
 traying the Bishop and the Four Evangelists in front of this 
 
 480 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Episcopal throne. This was the work of a non-historic sculptor 
 by the name of Miil-co-mo us ; and the bands, that encompass the 
 above-named representation of the Bishop and the Four Evan- 
 gelists, representing carved vines and foliage throughout which 
 are interspersed animals and birds, was the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor, by the name of Din-mo'tho, a contemporary and 
 co-worker with Mulcomous. It was also Dinmotho who wrought 
 the capitals in the same edifice, in representation of vines and 
 foliage, with birds drinking from chalices. 
 
 In the sixth century the development was under the influence 
 of the works of the foregoing sculptors and their contempora- 
 ries, and subsequent Byzantine conditions. The above-named 
 style of ornamentation was continued, and also a new class of 
 decorative sculpture introduced, such as the portrayal of sub- 
 jects, in low relief, on slabs of marble for screens, altars', pulpits, 
 etc., co-ornamentative with the style of the bands, in representa- 
 tion of flowers, foliage, animals, etc., as described, this being a 
 development extending from the early influence, or treatment, of 
 the acanthus or thistle, as seen on the capitals of S- Sophia, 
 at Constantinople, the "Golden Gate," at Jerusalem, and many 
 other Oriental buildings, and really an extended influence from 
 Atlantian sculpture, the ideas of which were re-embodiments, 
 through spirit inspiration and guidance, and made manifest again 
 through the works of pre-historic and non-historic sculptors, in 
 the various sections where it developed. 
 
 The development in Plastic Art, which became so famous un- 
 der the Byzantine influence, was precursored by such work as 
 the bronze statue of "St. Peter," in his Roman basilica, which 
 early work influenced future impressions relative to the produc- 
 tion of metal work. This, famous in the early Byzantine period, 
 as wrought of bronze, marble, gold, and silver, even to the extent 
 of surface ornamentation of bronze and marble products, was 
 also a re-embodied idea, having arisen from Atlantian works, 
 through spirit inspiration and guidance, as above stated. 
 
 From the sixth to the twelfth century, there was an opposi- 
 tion, owing to the rigid influence of the Church, and its hostility 
 to sensual beauty, especially as toward the Christ subjects, which, 
 by edict, must be "without form or comeliness." It was thus 
 impiety to carve or paint Him with any of the beauty and nobility 
 of the Pagan gods. Therefore, among the Byzantine artists, 
 subject to such rigid rules relative to the manner in which they 
 must pose or portray each sacred figure, progressive detaiLs were 
 retarded for the time being. Every saint, according to religious 
 decree, had to be portrayed in a stated attitude, with one fixed 
 
 . 481 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 expression of visage, draped in a special style, and of prescribed 
 colors. Hence, the conservative and non-progressive develop- 
 ment of Art, during a period of time that reared a monotonous 
 monument to the dogmatic unity of the Catholic Church, its great 
 monastic system and consequent results. A condition, however, 
 which counts as but one item in the great combination of relig- 
 ious events that have retarded the progress of truth, influenced 
 wrong conceptions, and given birth to ideas relative to spiritual 
 powers, such as have developed into religious monstrosities, that 
 scare, force and rule, intelligent people into acceptance of theories 
 and dogmas, rather than into a state of being led by the spirit 
 influences, such as represent truth and knowledge relative to the 
 God principle, in all things — ^its conditions naturally and his- 
 torically, in the past, at the present, and for the future. 
 
 The extensive vandalism that went on in former times, due 
 to the use of precious metals in the establishment of the plastic 
 art of that period, robbed modern times of many specimens ; 
 hence, the few that remain. But among these, dating from the 
 eighth century, might be mentioned as important, the series of 
 colossal wall reliefs executed in hard stucco, in the Church of 
 Cividale (Friuli) near Trieste, Austria-Hungary. This is a 
 work representing rows of female saints, bearing jewelled 
 crosses, crowns, and wreaths, etc., in which the costuming, atti- 
 tudes and general arrangement of the scene closely resemble those 
 of the gift-bearing mosaic figures of Theodora and Herladie's, in 
 St. Vi tale, Ravenna. The former was the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor, by the name of Dinmotho, a son of the non-his- 
 toric sculptor of the same name, previously mentioned. 
 
 Vandalism, relative to spiritual principles and possessions, by 
 creeds, sects, and individuals, who have remodelled them to fit 
 the ideas of the new possessors, utilizing them to the extent of 
 displacing the original idea, intent, and utility, of the spirit in- 
 telligences and forces who first established them, has resulted 
 in a decadence, for a time, in true spirit manifestation and the 
 historic keeping thereof; a state of affairs, which, like the Arts, 
 is rismg again from its oblivion, so to speak, through the same 
 spirit inspiration, guidance and manifestation; and again being 
 brought to the inhabitants of the earth plane by said denizens of 
 the spirit zones, for the good of humanity generally, and the 
 downfall of erotic works, both as from the mortal and from non- 
 developed spirit influences, who seek to aid in the extension of 
 ignorance, falsehood, and degenerate conditions. 
 
 Passing into the Mediaeval period, we find the influence ex- 
 tendmg throughout various portions of Europe, through works 
 
 482 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 wrought from gold, silver, gilt, copper, etc. ; e. g., in the Saxon 
 period, that influence spread into England, which gave place to 
 such developments as the tall Churchyard Crosses, of the North- 
 ern provinces, which were carved from stone material, as that 
 in the churchyard of Goshforth, in Cumberland. On this, in a 
 small scale, reliefs are rudely carved, a process in sculpture 
 which shows a traditional state, from the worship of Odin to 
 that of Christ. The old Norse symbols and myths, also sculp- 
 tured upon it, assume a semi-Christian form, which shows the 
 force of re-modelling ideas, as above mentioned. This was the 
 work of a non-historic Scandinavian sculptor, by the name of 
 Ce-clu-an'dus, who migrated into Cumberland from Scandinavia. 
 We are here informed, by Anstacia, that the art of "cross 
 sculpture," as above named, practised by the Scandinavian, the 
 Norse and the Celtic sculptors, was originally influenced by mi- 
 grating sculptors, from Italy, who passed through Germany into 
 Scandinavia and Norway ; and that ultimately, through descend- 
 ed influences from those regions, the idea extended into England, 
 Ireland and Scotland ; and that Cecluandus, of the latter part of 
 the tenth century, having then settled in a small town originally 
 known as Al-ta-mos-land, now known as Gosforth in Cumber- 
 land, was the principal one to establish this art in England. 
 
 The crosses of Cornwall, Ireland, and in Scotland, orna- 
 mented with intricate patterns of interlacing knot-work, are of 
 Norse origin, and not of that Christian style or origin, as mani- 
 fests through such works as the two large stone reliefs now in 
 Chichester cathedral, England, the work of an Italian sculptor by 
 the name of Ren-di-s6'n6, who, in the eleventh century, migrated 
 from Northern Italy into Germany, and subsequently into Chi- 
 chester, England, the town then being known as Sa-lusa. 
 
 We are also here informed, by Anstacia, that the tradition 
 now in existence, that the above-named reliefs came from the 
 pre-Norman church at Selsy, is not truth ; but that they were 
 wrought by Rendisono, for the original church that had place on 
 the site of the now existing Chichester cathedral ; and at the time 
 of the destruction of the old church and excavation for the new 
 cathedral, the reliefs were preserved, and ultimately placed in 
 the latter edifice. This fact gave rise to the tradition, and is an 
 instance that proves how many changes and erroneous ideas 
 come about, that mystify and becloud, and render history of ante- 
 quated times so uncertain in many respects. She also informs 
 us that Rendisono was not only a sculptor, but a priest of a 
 roaming nature, who sought the vicinity of different peoples 
 whom he might teach, and thus extend his religious ideas ; hence 
 
 483 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 his residence in Salusa, now Chichester ; and it was the fact that 
 he had come from the Northeast, where he became acquainted 
 with Byzantine art, that caused him to re-embody ideas, from that 
 style, into his reliefs above referred to, which represent Christ 
 at the tomb of Lazarus, in portrayal of two scenes in the raising 
 of Lazarus. The figures are stiff, attenuated, and ugly, the pose 
 very awkward, and the drapery of exaggerated Byzantine char- 
 acter, with long, thin folds, and the eyes are represented by 
 pieces of glass, or colored enamel, inserted, and the treatment of 
 the hair is in long, rope-like twists, etc. 
 
 Further influence led to the Tympanum reliefs, over the 
 doors of churches, representing "Christ in Majesty," "The Har- 
 rowing of Hell," "St. George and the Dragon," etc. ; reliefs rep- 
 resenting the Zodiacal signs, such as established the richly-sculp- 
 tured arches of the twelfth century ; the exquisitely-carved orna- 
 mentation in slight relief, on the churches of Norway and Den- 
 mark, of the eleventh and twelfth centuries, showing a stage 
 where the sculptors displayed great skill in the representation of 
 Dragons, and of interlacing foliage in grandly sweeping curves. 
 
 The principal non-historic sculptor in Norway, of the eleventh 
 century, was a native Norwegian by the name of Jen'ack, and the 
 principal one of the twelfth century was also a Norwegian, by 
 the name of Sel'muck, whose influence, contemporaneous' with 
 that of others, established the development of the art in that re- 
 gion; while in Denmark the eleventh century influence was 
 headed by a non-historic sculptor who was a native of that sec- 
 tion, by the name of Du-ver'gi-nes ; while in the twelfth century 
 the influence was headed by a non-historic sculptor, also of Den- 
 mark, by the name of Am-no-men'dab. 
 
 The Monumental Sculpture of the twelfth century, such as 
 the effigies in representation of various Knights Templar, clad in 
 military costume and chain-mail armor, i. e., in the round Tem- 
 ple Church, London, where the figures are cut in hard Purbeck 
 marble, the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Te- 
 lis'ke, and a native of Norway, who migrated to that section. 
 
 The effigy of Robert, Duke of Normandy, carved in oak and 
 decorated with painting, which has place in the cathedral at Glou- 
 cester, was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Jen'stock, a native of that section. 
 
 The two bronze effigies in Westminster Abbey, were modelled 
 and cast by William Torell, a goldsmith of London, who influ- 
 enced in the thirteenth century. 
 
 The two bronze effigies, those of King Henry HI and Queen 
 Eleanor, on their tombs, in Westminster Abbey, were modelled 
 
 484 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and cast by the same William Torell, who influenced in the fore 
 part of the thirteenth century. An embellishment with Lucca 
 gold, with noble, well modelled features and crisp, wavy curls, 
 characterizes the head of Henry, while the remarkable character- 
 istics on the effigy of Queen Eleanor, manifest classic beauty, 
 which alike give evidence of the ideal types of that century. 
 
 The sculptural decorations in the church facades of that cen- 
 tury, such as the one of the west end of Wells cathedral, which 
 is carved with more than six hundred figures in the round, or in 
 relief, arranged in tiers, and of varying sizes; the reliefs that 
 embellish the tympana of the doorways, and those above them, 
 wherein are portrayed kings and queens, bishops, knights, saints 
 both male and female, as colossal statues standing m rows, are 
 sculptural work done under the direction of a non-historic sculp- 
 tor by the name of Ga-lin'diis, and a re-embodied idea of decora- 
 tion brought out by him, through spirit inspiration and guidance. 
 He was by nature a Cacella (medium), who was influenced by 
 the spirit of Quin'te-loz, the principal Celpor (sculptor), who 
 designed and carried out the Celportic (sculpture) on the Temple 
 of the Illustrate Dead, in Atlantis. 
 
 Furthermore, there are the fine examples that have place in 
 the cathedrals of Peterborough, Lichfield Salisbury, Lincoln, etc. ; 
 e. g., the spandrels of the wall-arcade in the Chapter house of the 
 Salisbury cathedral, with some sixty reliefs, of subjects from 
 Bible history, the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Ter-rel'liis, a thirteenth century influence of that district; the 
 celebrated, large, massive reliefs of Angels, in the spandrels of 
 the choir arches in the Lincoln cathedral, work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Gel'siick, who influenced in that district 
 during the latter part of the thirteenth century; the work in 
 Lichfield cathedral, which was under development by a non-his- 
 toric sculptor by the name of Sa-nal'liis; and that in the Peter- 
 borough cathedral, done by a non-historic sculptor by the name 
 of Re-rock. 
 
 Similar subjects occur in the transepts of Westminster Ab- 
 bey, London, the earliest of which was under the development of 
 a non-historic sculptor by the name of Its-line'dy. Here, medi- 
 aeval sculpture, in an unbroken succession from the thirteenth to 
 the sixteenth century, is represented by a complete collection, by 
 various geniuses of sculptural ability. 
 
 The bronze effigies of royal persons, and rich nobles, with the 
 whole surface heavily gilded; hammered plates of copper nailed 
 on a wooden core, richly decorated with champlave enamels in 
 various bright colors, used in "the form of effigies having place in 
 
 485 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 sq)ulchral purposes, at at Limoges, in France, were the result of 
 the sculptural influences between the thirteenth and fourteenth 
 centuries, which were exported to various sections of the country. 
 Of this, an instance is the effigy of William of Valence, now in 
 Westminster Abbey, London, which was the work of a non-his- 
 toric sculptor, a native of France, by the name of El'dT-on. 
 
 The royal effigy of Henry V, of the fourteenth century, 
 formed of beaten silver fixed to an oak core, but with a cast head 
 (the silver of which was originally decorated with enamel, hav- 
 ing been removed in the time of Henry VIH), was the work of 
 a non-historical sculptor of English descent, by the name of 
 Borg-man (pron. soft g). 
 
 The decorating style of all sorts of sculpture in stone, with 
 gold, silver and colors, applied over the whole surface, and the 
 ornamentation of drapery with crystals, false jewels, and pol- 
 ished metallic foil, constitute a style extended in France and 
 England by a non-historic sculptor by the name of Stele-phon, a 
 Grecian by birth, who in his youth had migrated to France. His 
 first idea of the style of decorated sculpture was, therefore, con- 
 ceived through Grecian influence ; but later, he being a spirit sen- 
 sitive, he was further influenced by Grecian spirits. This ac- 
 counts for the similarity of this style, gilt painted and jeweled 
 sculpture, to the colored sculptural decorations; and in other 
 respects, to the works of the ancient Greek sculptors ; and it was 
 Stelephon who planned and wrought the sculptural ornamenta- 
 tion on the tomb of Aymer de Valence, of the fourteenth century, 
 at Westminster Abbey. The tomb of Prince John of Eltham, 
 his recumbent effigy and the small figures of mourners all around 
 the arcading, wrought of alabaster (Westminster Abbey), was 
 the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Se-coHis. 
 
 The influence of wooden sculpture is seen in such examples 
 as the life size effigy of the young knight, George de Cantelupe, 
 in Abergavenny church, which is decorated with gilt and colored 
 in the same style as the stone figures, with graceful tunic drap- 
 ery, carefully carved armor, etc., which was the work of a non- 
 historic sculptor by the name of Ba-sam'fra. The original high 
 stone canopy of open work, on this tomb, further influenced the 
 re-embodied idea of arches, canopies, and pinnacles, or architec- 
 tural sculpture, such as the richly wrought tomb of Edward II, 
 at Gloucester, the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Sac-re-mon'de. Other examples are the De Spencer tomb at 
 Tewkesbury, the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Am-wez'ka, and the tomb of Lady Eleanor de Percy, at Beverly, 
 of later influence, with magnificently sculptured foliage. This 
 
 486 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 work, unrivaled by any continental example, was done by a non- 
 historic sculptor by the name of De-6'pe-les, who, being a spirit 
 sensitive, was influenced by an Atlantian spirit sculptor, who had 
 been, in Atlantis, an expert at foliage sculpture. 
 
 , The colossal figure of an Angel, now in the South Kensington 
 Museum, supposed to be Italian sculpture of the fourteenth cen- 
 tury, was wrought by a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 Dis-co'll. 
 
 The large stone statue, in South Kensington Museum, of the 
 fourteenth century, an example of the art finished with a 
 stamped gesso, and an inlay of painted and glazed foil, was the 
 work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of No'la-miin, of 
 French descent. 
 
 The colossal recumbent figure of Jesse, in Abergavenny 
 church, which originally formed the lower part of what was 
 known as the "Jesse tree," out of which a great tree was repre- 
 sented as growing, on the limbs of which were figures of the 
 illustrious descendants of Jesse's line, was an early work of the 
 non-historic sculptor, Ba"san'fa. Of this, only the stump of the 
 tree, springing from the side of Jesse, now remains. The piece, 
 which is ten feet long, was cut from a solid block of oak; and 
 the figure of an Angel, at the head, was worked out of the same 
 piece of wood. 
 
 The influence of the wood sculpture of Mediaeval Europe 
 was re-embodied in the idea of wood carving generally, and lives 
 in the ornamental decoration of church stalls, canopies, screens, 
 and roofs. This work, in England, reached its zenith of perfec- 
 tion in the fifteenth century. 
 
 The influence of figure decorative sculpture having extended 
 to the fourteenth century, arid having attained a higher degree of 
 perfection by the models of that period, we find it manifesting 
 through such works as the gilt bronze portrait efiigies of Edward 
 III, which were the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name 
 of Ar— es-the'no. 
 
 The bronze effigy on the tomb of the "Black Prince," at Can- 
 terbury, was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of 
 A-thus-e-an'us ; that of Richard II, and his Queen, Anne of 
 Bohemia (made in 1395), was the work of Nicolas Broker and 
 Godfred Prest, goldsmiths of London. 
 
 The recumbent stone figure of Lady Arundel, with two angels 
 at her head, in Chichester cathedral, manifesting a calm and 
 peaceful pose and beauty of drapery, was the work of a non- 
 historic sculptor by the name of Per-i-od'a. 
 
 The tomb figure of "William of Wykeham," in the cathedral 
 
 , 487 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 at Winchester, was the work of a non-historic sculptor by the 
 name of Tiil-i-can'te. 
 
 Similar influences were extended throughout England, which 
 were made manifest through sculptural effigies in such sections 
 as Lichfield, York, Lincoln, Exeter, and in other ecclesiastic 
 edifices, works wrought in the fourteenth century. 
 
 The bronze effigy of Richard Baucamp, in his family chapel 
 at Warwick, of the fifteenth century influence, a noble portrait 
 figure, richly decorated with engraved ornaments, was the work 
 of William Austen of London ; gilded and engraved by Bartholo- 
 mew Lamespring, a Netherlands goldsmith and others. 
 
 Co-operative with the sixteenth century influence, we note the 
 beginning of conditions of rapid decline, made manifest by such 
 works as the series of life size statues high up on the walls, and 
 on various minor altars, of Henry VII. 's chapel at Westminster 
 Abbey. Of these there were, originally, over one hundred in the 
 interior, and a large number on the exterior. There now remain 
 ninty-five, in representation of Saints, and Doctors of the Church. 
 These were chiefly the work of three non-historic sculptors, viz : 
 Hel'dridge, a German; It-16-i'tis, an Italian, and Bee-re lis, a 
 native of England. But the magnificent tomb of Henry VII ; the 
 recumbent effigies of himself and his queen, which still exist in 
 the Lady Chapel of Westminster Abbey; the black marble altar 
 upon which they lie, decorated with large medallion reliefs in 
 gilt bronze, each with a pair of saints, the patrons of Henry VII. 
 and Elizabeth of York, and other enrichments in bronze ; the altar 
 and its large marble baldacchino surmounted by terra-cotta 
 angels, and records on which was a large relief in representa- 
 tion of the Resurrection of Christ in terra-cotta, etc., etc., these 
 were the works of Torrigiano, the Florentine sculptor. This 
 artist also influenced through such works as the bronze effigy of 
 "Margaret of Richmond," in the south aisle of the same chapel ; 
 the terra-cotta effigy in Rolls 'chapel; his co-operation with 
 Pinturicchio in modelling the elaborate stucco decorations in the 
 Apartamenti Borgia, for Alexander VI.. etc. 
 
 The idea of the interior and exterior statuary ornamentation, 
 on the Chapel of Henry VII, was an inspiration received by the 
 above named non-historic sculptors, and further carried into 
 effect by the influence of an Atlantian spirit sculptor ; and there- 
 fore was an extended idea link from his knowledge of the statu- 
 ary on the great Temple of the Illustrate Dead, of Atlantis. 
 
 In the seventeenth century, the influence was extended through 
 such work as the effigy of Sir Francis Vere, in the north tran- 
 sept of Westminster, the work of Nicholas Stone. 
 
 488 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The fine bronze statues of Charles Villiers, Duke of Bucking- 
 ham, his wife and kneeling children, having place northeast of 
 Henry VII.'s chapel, was chiefly the work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Mose'ley. This artist was of English 
 descent, and co-operative with Nicholas Stone who directed part 
 of the work; hence its appearance of having been the work of 
 two dififerent sculptors, who worked in very opposite styles. 
 
 Other examples and instances of the highest importance, 
 may be briefly classed in the following: 
 
 The marble and alabaster tombs in various sections of Eng- 
 land, with effigies and rich architectural ornamentation. 
 
 The equestrian statue of Charles I. at Charing Cross, by 
 Hubert LeSoeur. 
 
 The standing statue of James II. behind the Whitehall banquet 
 room, work of Grinling Gibbons, whose farther works including 
 carvings in representation of realistic fruits and flowers, in pear 
 and other white-woods, have place in Trinity College, Oxford. 
 at Cambridge, Catsworth, Lincoln, and in other parts of England. 
 
 The influence of the eighteenth century, such as shows 
 through the works of the Flemish, and other foreign sculptors, 
 as Roubiliac, Scheemakers, Rysbrack, etc. 
 
 The Vases covered with delicate cameo-like reliefs, of great 
 beauty, copied from antique gems and sculpture, produced by 
 John Flaxman, under the employ of Josiah Wedgwood, the 
 potter. 
 
 The relief illustrations, in outline, to the poems of Homer, 
 ^schylus, and Dante, by Flaxman, based on drawings on Greek 
 vases, etc. 
 
 The nude marble figure of "Eve," by Baily, a pupil of 
 Flaxman. 
 
 The influence of the nineteenth century was extended through 
 such works as those of Francis Chantrey, especially his 
 Sepulchral Monuments; and through those of his contemporar- 
 ies, Cunningham and Weeks, who were at times co-operative 
 with him. 
 
 The works of John Gibson, who influenced through re- em- 
 bodied ideas of polychromatic decoration of sculpture, in imita- 
 tion of the circumlitio of classical times, as manifest through his 
 tinted "Venus Victrix," etc. 
 
 The works of the elder Westmacott, who modelled the 
 "Achilles," in Hyde Park ; of R. Wyatt, who cast the equestrian 
 statue of Wellington (lately removed from London) ; of Mac- 
 dowell, Campbell, Marshall, Banks, Bell, etc. 
 
 The works of Alfred Stevens, a sculptor of the highest talent, 
 
 489 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 who made the influence manifest through such works as his 
 Duke of Wellington monument, which is composed of magnifi- 
 bronze groups, having place principally in St. Paul's Cathedral, 
 London (the complete models and the design of the monument 
 are now in the Kensington Museum) ; in his original style and 
 idealistic conceptions, evidenced by the sarcophagus supporting 
 the recumbent bronze effigy of the duke; in the arched marble 
 canopy on delicately enriched shafts; in the bronze groups at 
 each end of the upper part of the canopy, one of which repre- 
 sents "Truth tearing the tongue out of the mouth of Falsehood," 
 and the other, "Valour trampling Cowardice underfoot." In 
 these the two virtues are represented by stately female figures, 
 through which is the manifestation of beauty and vigour, and the 
 vices are represented by two nude male figures of massive treat- 
 ment. His mantle piece supported by nude female caryatides, 
 in Dorchester House, Park Lane, is another concept in influence. 
 The works of Sir Frederick Leighton, whose influence is 
 evidenced through such works as his bronze statue representing 
 an Athlete struggling with a Python, — a work of very great 
 merit, now in the South Kensington Museum. 
 
 The works of Sir Edwin Landseer, whose influence speaks 
 forth from his colossal bronze Lions, in Trafalgar Square, etc. 
 Passing with the prehistoric influence of the Pe-di'zer-us 
 Benz Pe-dl-zer-iis'tes De Fal'ka-leit (sculptors and sculpture of 
 France) and making our connections with the twelfth century 
 links in the extension of the Epi-cycle of Sculpture, we note the 
 great influence of great sculptors as manifested through their 
 works, the finest in the world and of great profusion, as on the 
 facades of the large cathedrals covered with sculptural reliefs 
 and thickly set rows of statues in niches ; in fact the whole front 
 a huge composition of statuary, which idea was re-embodied by 
 the various sculptors, under the influence of Atlantian spirit 
 celporze (sculptors), who had wrought on the great Temple of 
 the Illustrate Dead, in Atlantis ; e. g., one of the best and richest 
 is that of the facade of the Poitiers cathedral, with foliated carved 
 surface interspersed with rows of colossal statues, both seated 
 and standing, that reach high up the front of the church, which 
 was originally the plan and work of Fre-dell, a non-historic 
 sculptor, and his contemporary helpers. We note the following, 
 as living links : 
 
 The sculpture on the three western doors of the Chartres 
 cathedral, embracing fine tympanum reliefs, and colossal statues 
 attached to the jamb-shafts of the openings, which were the 
 works of Del-se riis, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 490 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The sculptured doors of the north apd south aisles of Bourges 
 cathedral, the work of Ja-rusha-ner, a non-historic sculptor. 
 The west doors of the Notre Dame in Paris ; the once stately 
 Row of Kings on the west end of the same cathedral, deteriorated 
 in effect by subsequent restorations ; the magnificent series of 
 statues and reliefs round its great western doorways, aniong 
 which there are upwards of thirty life size figures, princi- 
 pally the work of Fra-re rus, a non-historical sculptor and his 
 contemporary helpers. 
 
 The influence of the thirteenth century, termed the Golden 
 Age of Sculpture in France, is made manifest through such works 
 as the exquisitely beautiful Angel Statues around the Parisian 
 Sainte Chapelle, the work of Le-ra-asiis, a non-historic sculptor. 
 The sculpture on Amiens cathedral, rich in detail, e. g., the 
 noble and majestic statues of Christ and the Apostles at the 
 west end, and the sculpture on the south transept, manifesting 
 dignity in combination with soft beauty, work of Al-ta-mu'sa, a 
 non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The statues of the Child and Virgin, in various churches. 
 The facade of Laon cathedral on which the sculpture rnani- 
 fests the characteristics of grace and beauty, the work of E-ri's6n, 
 a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The grand sculpture in the cathedral at Rheims, especially 
 the statue of Christ, of graceful and noble form, and the nude 
 figure of Sebastian, work of Ne-r6's6, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The very large collection of monumental effigies in the Abbey 
 church, of St. Denis, and the portraits of the Early Kings in 
 said church, works of Cle-mer'ri-us, a non-historic sculptor, and 
 his contemporary helpers. 
 
 I The fourteenth century influence under decline, manifests 
 through such works as the reliefs on the choir screens of the 
 Notre Dame, at Paris, work of Se-la-c6'sa, a non-historic sculp- 
 tor; the sculpture on the transepts of Rouen cathedral, work of 
 La-mo'sa, a non-historical sculptor; and that on the west end of 
 the Lyons cathedral, work of Quin'trel,, a non-historical sculptor. 
 Claux Sluter, a Netherlands, sculptor, influenced through such 
 works as his great "Moses' Fountain," in the cloister of the 
 Carthusian Monastery, at Dijon, with its six life size statues of 
 the Prophets, in stone, painted and gilded in mediaeval style; 
 his magnificent altar tomb for Philip the Bold, composed of white 
 marble, surrounded with arcading, which contains about forty 
 small alabaster figures representing mourners of all classes, and 
 the recumbent portrait-effigy of Philip in his ducal mantle, with 
 folded hands, — an example which manifests great power and 
 delicacy of treatment. 
 
 •491 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The influence in the latter part of the fifteenth century, is 
 evidenced by such manifestations as through the rich reliefs and 
 statues on the choir scenes of the Chartres cathedral, work of 
 Per-mo'si, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The sixteenth century influence, manifested through such 
 works as the nude figure of "Diana" reclining by a stag, now in 
 the Louvre, the work of Goujon; also his fine monument to 
 Duke Louis, at Rouen, and his sculptural decorations on the 
 Louvre. 
 
 The marble group of "Three Graces," bearing on their heads 
 an urn containing the heart of Henry II, work of Germain Pilon 
 for Catherine de' Medici, and his monument of Catharine and 
 Henry II, at Denis. 
 
 The noble monument of Albert of Carpi, in the Louvre, work 
 of the sculptor. Ponce. 
 
 The portrait-effigy, or recumbent figure, of the Duke of 
 Montmorency, in the Louvre, wrought by Barthdemy Prieur. 
 
 The large statues and reliefs in ivory, of boys and cupids, 
 wrought by II Fiamingo. 
 
 The seventeenth century influence is manifest through such 
 works as the representation of "Milo devoured by a Lion," 
 wrought by Pierre Puget. 
 
 Extended influence manifests by such sculptors as Simon, 
 Guillain, Francois, Michel Anguier, etc. 
 
 Charles Ant. Coyzevox influenced through portraiture and 
 busts. 
 
 Clodion influenced through statuary groups, models, etc., such 
 as his Bacchanal group, in terra-cotta. 
 
 The influence of the eighteenth century was made manifest 
 through the works of such sculptors as Jean Antoine Houdon, 
 who paved the way for a development in the Modern school of 
 French sculpture, as evidenced by such works as his standing 
 colossal statue of S. Bruno, in the S. Maria degli Angeli, at 
 Rome, and his seated statue of Voltaire, in the foyer of the 
 Theatre Francais. 
 
 In this century, through re-embodiments of Antique styles 
 of Sculpture, an influence was established to the extent of a revo- 
 lution in the art, which resulted in pseudo-classicism, thus hin- 
 dering the progress of original talent and the further develop- 
 ment of modern art, as evidenced through such works as the 
 bronze spiral reliefs around the Column of the Place Vendome, 
 and the statue of Napoleon on the top, and the classical Quadriga 
 on the Triumphal Arch in the Place du Carrousel, wrought by 
 Joseph Bosio. 
 
 492 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The Chained Prometheus, of the Louvre, and the noble 
 group, by Jacques Pradier, are other evidences. 
 
 The bronze "Mercury" in the Louvre ; the statue of Marshal 
 Ney, in the Luxembourg Garden, and that of General Cavaig- 
 nac, in the cemetery of Montmartre, by Francoise Rude, are 
 others. 
 
 The reliefs on the pediment of the Pantheon, by Pierre Jean 
 David, are farther instances, as also the bronze statue of a 
 Dancing Fisher-lad, modelled by Francois Joseph Duvet, now in 
 the Luxembourg collection; the works of other French sculp- 
 tors of note, such as Ottin Courtet, Simart, Etex, and Carpen- 
 aux, especially the last named, who was an artist of great abil- 
 ity and wrought many sculptures, some of which, however, were 
 offensive, and a typical example of sad degeneration in the taste 
 which prevailed under the rule of Napoleon III. 
 
 The nineteenth century influence, in France, was forcibly 
 made manifest through such works as the lifelike representation 
 of the human form. In these an excess of sensual realism is 
 apparent through nude figures, such as adorn the various struc- 
 tures of France, and especially in Paris ; though there are works, 
 by some of the sculptors, that manifest more beauty, purity, 
 technical skill, and original thought ; facts that can be better un- 
 derstood by comparison of the Franch sensual treatment of the 
 nude, with the purer treatment of the Greek, etc. 
 
 Passing with the pre-historic influence of the Men'zoitz Unch 
 Men-zoi'tiis Ot Tin-din'ze-6n (sculptors and sculpture of Ger- 
 many), we make the connections in extension of the Epi-cycle 
 of Sculpture, with such links as were influenced through the 
 Byzantium style, prior to the twelfth century, or by some re-em- 
 bodiments of ideas, formerly embodied in the classical models of 
 Italy, as evidenced by such works as the bronze Pillar reliefs, 
 attributed to Bishop Bernward; the metal sculpture that was 
 developed in the twelfth century, in Hildesheim and Cologne; 
 in fact, in all the entire Rhine provinces ; e. g., the beautiful 
 bronze Front, at Liege, the design being that of various baptis- 
 mal scenes from the New Testament, the figure-subjects of 
 which were wrought, in relief, by Lambert Patras of Dinant ; the 
 fronts to the Osnabriick and Hildeshim cathedrals, works of and 
 under the direction of Bi-stein er, a non-historic sculptor, and 
 his contemporary helpers of that period. 
 
 The exquisite bronze Candelabra, in the Abbey Church of 
 Comburg, wrought by Rich'en-le, a non-historic sculptor; and 
 those at Aix-la-Chapelle, wrought by So den-nig, a non-historic 
 sculptor. 
 
 . 493 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The sepulchral figure of Rudolf of Swabia, in the cathedral 
 at Merseburg, wrought by Ma-li'ge, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The bronze effigy of Bishop Frederick, at Magdeburg, which 
 has the body treatment as a relief ; the head detached from the 
 surface, etc., wrought by Din'swa, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The choir scenes of the Hildesheim cathedral, in which is 
 embodied the first plastic work of the century, being wrought in 
 hard stucco, and originally ornamented with gold and colors, and 
 further characterized with a series of large reliefs in represen- 
 tation of various saints, of which the forms and drapery are of 
 much excellence and nobility. Hins'berg, a non-historic sculp- 
 tor, was the creating artist. 
 
 The progress of the thirteenth century was influenced by 
 re-embodied ideas as manifest through such works as' the 
 "Golden Gate," of Freiburg cathedral, which has sculptured fig- 
 ures as ornaments on the jambs ; the statues of the Apostles on 
 the nave pillars ; and particularly the representation of the Ma- 
 donna, at the east end, which is of great beauty and sculptur- 
 esque merit. This was wrought by I'den-wold, a non-historic 
 sculptor. 
 
 The statues on the interior and exterior of the Bamberg 
 cathedral, of noble design, which were the work of Na-hi'gen, a 
 non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The Equestrian statue of Conrad III, in the market-place of 
 Bamberg, which is supported by a foliated corbel, manifesting 
 vigorous and original ideas therein re-embodied, also by the 
 sculptor, Nahigen. 
 
 The statues of Henry the Lion, and Queen Matilda, at Bruns- 
 wick, the forms of which express the re-embodiment of a high 
 conception of beauty and dignity, as wrought by Bratch, a non- 
 historic sculptor. 
 
 The tympanum relief of the "Death of the Virgin," sur- 
 rounded by the sorrowing Apostles, beautifully wrought on the 
 cathedral of Strasburg, which also possesses a large assemblage 
 of other fine sculpture, various decorative carvings designed 
 from nature, and varied realistic foliage models of great merit, 
 originally planned and wrought by the son of Bratch, above re- 
 ferred to, and his contemporary helpers. 
 
 The re-embodied influence of the fourteenth century sculp- 
 ture is made manifest through such works as the multitude of 
 reliefs and statues that adorn the edifices of Nuremburg, e. g., 
 at the church of St. Sebald the work of Shalt-zac; those at the 
 Frauenkirche, wrought by Ment'roe ; and the west facade of the 
 St. Lawrence, wrought by Lugeck, — three pre-historic sculptors 
 of that period. 
 
 494 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The very beautiful statuary which adorns the "Beautiful 
 Fountain," through which the sculptor, Heinrich der Balier, re- 
 embodied his idea of grace and beauty, and further aided by the 
 painter Rudolf, who decorated it with gold and color. 
 
 The wooden statues in the Museum at Augsburg, which have 
 been endowed with re-embodied ideas of nobility and dignity by 
 the sculptors — ^the chief of whom was a non-historic sculptor by 
 the name of Augs'biirg, the name having descended from his 
 ancestors to the above-named town, etc. 
 
 The colossal figure of the Virgin, on the exterior of the choir 
 of the church of Marienburg Castle, wrought of hard stucco and 
 adorned with glass mosaics, the work of Win'ten-berge, a non- 
 historic sculptor. 
 
 The equestrian bronze group of St. George and the Dragon, 
 in the market place at Prague, which expresses the re-embodied 
 idea of vigor, wrought by Men-tru'ze, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The effigy of Archbishop Conrad, in the cathedral at Cologne, 
 and other military effigies, in Germany, in plate armor, wrought, 
 by Shen-drac, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The sepulchral effigy of Gunther of Schwarzburg, in the 
 Frankfort cathedral, work of Ttirn-lo'ga, a non-historic sculptor. 
 
 The re-embodied ideas in the fifteenth century, established a 
 higher class of sculptural work, the influence being manifest in 
 such works as the wooden altars, and rerodoses, gorgeously 
 painted and gilded, carved with subject-reliefs and statues (re- 
 embodiment of ideas that extended into Spain, Scandinavia, and 
 Denmark) ; wooden screens, stalls, and other church-fittings, re- 
 embodying the ideas of many sculptors, such as Jorg Syrlin, who 
 wrought the gorgeous choir stalls in the Ulm cathedral, decorated 
 with statues and canopied work ; the elaborate sculptured stalls, 
 and the great pulpit in Ulm cathedral, by his son and namesake. 
 
 The high altar, the tabernacle, and the stalls, of the Frauen- 
 kirche at Cracow, through which the re-embodied ideas of Veit 
 Stoss are manifested, as in one of his masterpieces, viz : the large 
 piece of wooden panelling on which he carved central reliefs of 
 the "Doom" and the "Heavenly Host," framed by minute reliefs, 
 scenes from Bible history (now in Nuremburg Town hall). 
 
 The exquisitely carved relief of Christ in Majority between 
 the Virgin and St. John, in the chapel of the Monastery of Lan- 
 dau, and miniature reliefs of Christ, cut in box-wood and hone- 
 stone, through which the re-embodied ideas of Diirer are made 
 manifest (example in British Museum). 
 
 The great Schreyer Monument, for St. Sebald's at Nurem- 
 berg, and the great Tabernacle for the Host, eighty feet high, 
 
 495 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 covered with statuettes, in the Ulm cathedral and the very 
 spirited "Stations of the Cross," on the road to the Nuremburg, 
 wrought by Adam Kraft. 
 
 The fifteenth and sixteenth century influence, bore evidence 
 of the re-embodied ideas that manifest through the works of the 
 Vischer family, who for three generations were considered 
 among the ablest of sculptors in bronze,, e. g., the bronze Front, 
 at Wittenberg church; the four Episcopal Effigies, in relief, in 
 Banberg cathedral (and fine bronze sculptural monuments of 
 various dates by other masters), by Herman Vischer; the tomb 
 of Archbishop Ernest, Magdeburg cathedral, by Peter Vischer, 
 surrounded with fine statuettes of the Apostles under semi- 
 Gothic canopies ; the magnificent shrine of St. Sebald's at Nu- 
 remberg, which displays a tall canopied bronze structure, accom- 
 panied by many reliefs and statuettes, and portrait figure of the 
 saint himself; dragons, grotesques, little figures of boys, mixed 
 with graceful scroll foliage, that crowd every possible part of 
 the canopy and its shafts, all of which manifest the elaborate 
 ideas of Peter Vischer (the most renowned of the Vischers), as 
 re-embodied in them. 
 
 The monument of Cardinal Albert, in the church at Aschaf- 
 fenburg, and the tomb of Frederick the Wise, in the Castle 
 Chapel at Wittenberg, manifest the re-embodied ideas of both 
 Peter Vischer and his sons. 
 
 The bronze sculptural influence of the sixteenth century is- 
 manifest through such works as the fine series of bronze statues 
 known as the Colossal Figures, round the tomb of Emperor 
 Maximilian, at Innsbruck, in representation of a succession of 
 heroes and ancestors of the emperor; the bronze statue of King 
 Arthur of Britain, at Innsbruck, etc. 
 
 The bronze "Augustus fountain," by Hubert Gerhard, and 
 the "Hercules fountain," by Adrian de Vries, at Augsburg. 
 
 The bronze influence of the seventh century is manifest 
 through such works as the bronze reliefs, and accessories, of 
 Andreas Schliiter, and his colossal statue of Frederick III, on 
 the bridge at Berlin. 
 
 The influence in the latter part of the eighteenth century 
 was manifest through such works as re-embodied the classical 
 style, evidenced by the portrait-figures by Johann Gottfried and 
 Friedrich Tieck; the recumbent Queen Louisa, at Charlotten- 
 burg; and statues of Generals Biilow and Scharnhorst, at Ber- 
 lin, by Christian Ranch. 
 
 The colossal bronze equestrian statue of King William of 
 Prussia at Cologne, by Friedrich Drake; the equestrian portrait 
 
 496 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of King Ernest Augustus at Hanover, and a Horseman attacked 
 by a Lion (Berlin Museum), by Albert Wolff; the celebrated 
 "Amazon and Panther" in bronze ; the fine group of St. George 
 and the Dragon" in a courtyard of the Royal Palace at Berlin, 
 St. George and his horse being wrought in bronze, and the 
 Dragon of gilt plates of hammered iron, work of Augustus Kiss. 
 The reliefs, by Hahnel, at Dresden ; the reliefs and statues in 
 the Gl)rptothek, at Munich and in Walhalla, and the colossal 
 bronze statue of Bavaria, by Schwanthaler, etc., thus linking up 
 to the present period. 
 
 Passing with the pre-historic influence of the Sa-wane Sent 
 Sa-wane-us Fo Sed'e-rone (sculptors and sculpture of Spain), 
 we make the connections with such links as: — 
 
 The re-embodied sculptural ideas, as under French mediaeval 
 influence, made manifest through such works as the Cathedral 
 of Santiago de Compostella, one of the grandest specimens in 
 the world, the western portal and three doorways being so won- 
 derfully adorned with statues and reliefs, all richly decorated 
 with colors, among which are represented, round the central arch, 
 figures of the twenty-four Elders ; a noble relief of "Christ in 
 Majesty" between Saints and Angels, has place in the tym- 
 panum, and the jamb-shafts are decorated with standing statues 
 of Saints, with St. James the elder, the patron saint of the 
 Church, posed against the central pillar. Mastei Mateo, of 
 French descent, though a native of Spain, was the sculptor co- 
 operative with a non-historic French sculptor by the name of 
 Nen-se-coliis, which accounts for the thoroughly French style 
 of the work. Anstacia, who informs us of this fact, also states 
 that these two sculptors were influenced in their work by Atlan- 
 tian spirits who had influenced similar art, in the far distant 
 period of Aeginetan pediment sculpture, 500 years B. C, now 
 come again to influence these sculptors of the mediaeval period in 
 France. Hence the fact that the works of the early Greeks and 
 the mediaeval Spaniards were produced at a somewhat similar 
 stage, in these two far distant periods of artistic development, as 
 noticeable in the heads with pointed beards and a fixed mechani- 
 cal smile, together with the stiff drapery arranged in long nar- 
 row folds, etc. 
 
 The re-embodied influence of the fourteenth century is mani- 
 fest in such works as the great silver Retable, at the Gerona 
 cathedral, divided into three tiers of statuettes and reliefs, richly 
 framed in canopied niches, the work of Peter Bemec, a Valen- 
 ciaq silversmith. 
 
 The fifteenth century development, under German and French 
 
 497 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 influence, is manifest through such work as the very rich sculp- 
 tural decorations that adorn the main door of Salamanca cathe- 
 dral, the work of Mel'tris, a non-historic sculptor ; the facade of 
 S. Juan, at Valladolid, wrought by Ne-a-mis'su, a non-historic 
 sculptor ; and the Church and Cloisters of S. Juan de los Reyes, 
 at Toledo, under the direction and sculptural work of Re-li-en'do, 
 a non-historic sculptor, and his co-operative helpers. The most 
 gorgeous example of architectural sculpture in the world is con- 
 tained in the S. Juan de los Reyes. 
 
 We are informed by Anstacia that the carved foliage of 
 this period, marked by such beauty and spirited execution, and 
 the realistic forms of plant growth, as mingled with other more 
 conventional foliage so masterfully wrought, are directly due to 
 the influence of Atlantian spirits, through inspiration and revela- 
 tion, brought to bear upon the sculptors of this period ; for much 
 of that class of sculptural style was wrought by the Atlantian 
 Celporze (sculptors). Reliendo, who wrought on the S. Juan de 
 los Reyes at Toledo, being one of the fifteenth century sculptors 
 who was thus inspired and controlled. 
 
 The very noble bronze monument of Archdeacon Relays, in 
 the Burgos cathedral, supposed to be the work of Simon, of 
 Cologne, and an architect of the Certosa, at Miraflores near Bur- 
 gos, was, as we are informed by Anstacia, planned and partly 
 wrought by the father of the above-named Simon, which latter 
 completed it after the transition of his father; hence the monu- 
 ment was the work of two individuals by the name of Simon. 
 
 The Altar-tomb of King John II, and his Queen, one of the 
 richest monuments in the world, in the Church of the Monastery 
 of Cortosa, at Miraflores, was wrought by Gil de Siloe, who dis- 
 played great talent in under-cutting, and the shaping of the mar- 
 velously rich alabaster canopy work. 
 
 The re-embodied sculptural idea in the early part of the 
 sixteenth century, under German and French influence, was 
 made manifest through such works as the magnificent tomb of 
 Ferdinand and Isabella, in the Granada cathedral, the work of 
 Se-men'te-ri, an Italian non-historic sculptor, who wrought in 
 the Renaissance style. Therefore, this Temple was not the work 
 of Torrgiano, as some have supposed. 
 
 The Choir reliefs, at Toledo cathedral, and those in the Cole- 
 gio Mayor, at Salamanca, were by Alonso Berruguete, who 
 wrought in those vicinities subsequent to the non-historic sculp- 
 tors, Reliendo and Meltris. 
 
 The elaborate Retables, carved in wood with subjects in re- 
 lief, and richly wrought in gold and colors, by Esteban Jordan, 
 
 498 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Gregorio Hernandez, and other Spanish sculptors, and the great 
 sumptuous masses of Polychromatic sculpture, re-embodied 
 ideas of that style, have also been influentially extended, from 
 the German style of retable of the fifteenth century. 
 
 The fine relief of the "Madonna and Saints" on the altar in 
 the university Church of Seville, and in the chapel in the cathe- 
 dral of St. Augustine, done by Montanes, one of the ablest Span- 
 ish sculptors of his time. 
 
 Passing with the pre-historic influence of the Re-en'tas Tus 
 Re-en-cu'sa pa Et'zen-tu-an (sculptors and sculpture of Italy), 
 and from old Byzantine extensions to the middle of the thir- 
 teenth century, we make the connections with the following 
 links. 
 
 ■■ The very rude sculpture on the facade of the S. Andrea, at 
 Pistoia, work of Gruanions and his brother Adeodatus ; and 
 other old Byzantine influential developments, such as are to be 
 found at Pisa, Parma, Modena, and Verona, e. g., at Parma, the 
 reliefs for the pulpit of that cathedral, wrought by Benedetto 
 Antelami ; other twelfth century developments in the above- 
 named places, through which the great influence of sculptural 
 ideas in plastic and graphic art, manifested and express them- 
 selves, resulting in such work as on the pulpit in the cathedral 
 of Ravello, wrought' by Nicolaus di Bartolomeo di Foggia. The 
 principal figure among the rich sculpture here, is that of a large 
 female head crowned with a richly foliated coronet, thus ex- 
 pressing lifelike vigor combined with largeness of style. 
 
 The bronze doors at Monreale Pisa, and elsewhere, are among 
 the chief plastic work of Italy during the twelfth century, the 
 original work of the former being by Pe-ru'sic; and of the lat- 
 ter, by Jen'dro-son, non-historic sculptors of those sections ; and 
 we are here informed by Anstacia that though in history the for- 
 mer is supposed to be the work of Barisanos of Trani, who 
 wrought the north door, and of Bonanus, who wrought the west- 
 ern, they simply completed the work originally planned and par- 
 tially wrought by Perusic ; and that the southern bronze door of 
 the Pisa cathedral, was originally planned and partially wrought 
 by Jendroson, and completed by Bonannos, and furthermore, 
 that the bronze doors of the cathedrals of both Trani and Rav- 
 ello, were wholly the work of Barisanos, there being no non-his- 
 toric originator in these cases. 
 
 The influence, during the thirteenth century, was chiefly ex- 
 tended through the works of the Cosmati family, manifest from 
 the twelfth to the fourteenth century, by their sculptural and 
 mosaic adornments on the altars, baldacchini, choir-screens, pas- 
 
 499 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 chal candlesticks, ambones, tombs, thrones, doors, etc., in Rome. 
 
 Pisano Andrea influenced in the twelfth and thirteenth cen- 
 turies, through bronze works, as one of the three world-famed 
 Bronze Doors of the Florentine baptistery, the finest in the 
 world ; with quatrefolio panels ; containing single figures of the 
 Virtues, and having scenes from the life of "The Baptist," 
 wrought with the finish of a piece of gold jewelry; his beautiful 
 Panel reliefs for the great Campanile, representing the Four 
 Great Prophets, the Seven Virtues, the Seven Sacrainents, the 
 Seven Works, Mercy, and the Seven Planets, etc., a re-embodied 
 influence extended from Giotto, and his brother Giovanni. 
 
 Pisano Giovanni, who influenced in the twelfth and thirteenth 
 centuries, through such works as his sculpture in the Campo 
 Santo at Pisa; the magnificent marble high altar and reredos, 
 adorned with countless figures and reliefs illustrating the life 
 of St. Gregory and St. Donato ; his beautiful Tomb of Benedict 
 I, with a sleeping figure of the Pope guarded by Angels, who 
 draw aside the curtain, accompanied above with a sculptured 
 plinth supporting canopied figures of the Madonna and Saints ; a 
 re-embodied influence thus extended by his father, Niccola. 
 
 Pisano Niccola, of the thirteenth century, one of the chief 
 sculptors of Mediaeval Italy, influenced through re-embodied 
 ideas, extended from the eleventh and twelfth centuries, concep- 
 tions of sculptors who had wrought bronze doors, marble pulpits, 
 and other great works, in such cathedrals as the Salerno, Bari, 
 Amalfi, Rabello, etc., as evidenced by his relief of "The Deposi- 
 tion from the Cross," at San Martino, at Lucca ; his "Adoration 
 of the Magi," on one of the panels in the pulpit of the Pisan 
 Baptistery; his reliefs and statues on the pulpit at Siena, repre- 
 senting the Nativity; "The Adoration of Magi;" "The Presenta- 
 tion in the Temple ;" "The Crucifixion," and "The Doom," etc; his 
 last great work was the Fountain, in the piazza opposite the west 
 end of the cathedral of Perugia, where two series of basins, 
 rising one above the other, are adorned with sculptured bas- 
 reliefs. 
 
 The fourteenth century influence effectively culminated in the 
 establishment of artistic conditions, such as further manifested 
 centrally in Florence, during the fifteenth century. Wealth and 
 perfection now became the principal links with which to connect- 
 edly extend that portion of the Epi-cycle of Sculpture, with that 
 of Athens, Greece, in relation to Plastic Arts of the fourth and 
 fifth centuries B. C, of the latter named district; and the four- 
 teenth and fifteenth centuries of the former; the analogy of 
 which, though seemingly free from copyism, is due to spirit 
 
 500 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 inspiration and influence brought to bear upon the minds of 
 various sculptors, noticeable in various points embodied in the 
 v?ork of such artists as Donatello, Luca della Robbia, and Vittore 
 Pisanello, which so strongly resembles the sculpture of Ancient 
 Greece, and suggests the Phidean school; and rendered dis- 
 similar, principally through the difference in the types of national 
 faces and costumes having place in the two districts, at periods 
 of time far apart. Therefore, the influence in Greece at that 
 period of time, was under direction of Atlantian spirit cel-por'ze, 
 who re-established their influence in Italy during the fourteenth 
 and fifteenth centuries, a fact which led up to the Perfection of 
 Art in both Greece and Italy. 
 
 The chief mortal influence leading up to the Athenian great- 
 ness, of that period, through whose organism the Atlantian spirit 
 celporze worked, was that of a non-historic sculptor by the name 
 of Jel-se-lois, an Athenian by birth, who preceded Phidias, and 
 after whom the latter copied, or modelled. And the chief non- 
 historic mortal sculptor, through whose organism the Atlantian 
 spirit celporze worked, which established the influence leading up 
 to the Florentine greatness of that period, was that of a non- 
 historic sculptor by the name of Ri-em-bi'no, of Florentine birth, 
 preceding the Pisano family, after whom they copied or 
 modelled. 
 
 In the fourteenth century, the influence was further extended 
 by various schools in Northern Italy, as at Verona and Venice, 
 that differed from the art of Tuscany, though Milan and Pavia, 
 on the other hand, possessed sculptors who followed closely the 
 style of the Pisani family. In evidence of this, we note the 
 manifestation through such works as the magnificent shrine of 
 St. Augustine,^ in the cathedral of Pavia, which presents the 
 Saint life-size in pontificial robes, surrounded by a profusion of 
 bas-reliefs, and minor figures representing Saints of his order, 
 the Liberal Arts, and Cardinal Virtues, aggregating about four 
 hundred and twenty heads, the work of a non-historical sculptor 
 by the name of Sa-ce-li o ; the white marble Shrine of Peter the 
 Martyr, in the church of St. Eustorgio, at Milan, grandly decor- 
 ated with statues and subject reliefs, the work of Balduccio, of 
 Pisa; the wellknown tombs of the Scaliger family at Verona, 
 work of a non-historic sculptor by the name of Me-jet'ne. 
 
 In the fifteenth century the influence manifested through such 
 works as the Noble Figures in high relief, which decorate the 
 lower story and angles of the Palace of the Doges, and the mag- 
 nificent marble tympanum relief (recently added to the South 
 Kensington Museum), having a noble colossal figure of the 
 
 - SOI 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Madonna, represented as sheltering under her mantle a number 
 of kneeling worshippers. The back-ground of this is enriched 
 with foliage and heads, forming a "Jesse tree." It is the work of 
 Bartolomeo Bon. 
 
 The lofty monument of King Robert, behind the high altar 
 of S. Chiara, Naples (fourteenth century work), and other tombs, 
 in the same church, work of a non-historic sculptor by the name 
 of D6-er'the-ry, under whose supervision it was done. 
 
 The beautiful Sculptural Effigies, in low relief throughout 
 Italy, especially at Florence, e. g., the tomb of Lorenzo Acciaioli, 
 in the Cortosa near Florence, on which is wrought a marble 
 effigy in low relief, and which is the work of a non-historic 
 sculptor by the name of Ne-li-tu'si, and not of Donatello, to whom 
 it has been erroneously attributed. 
 
 Orcagna, one of the chief sculptors of the fourteenth century, 
 influenced through such works as his great White Marble Taber- 
 nacle, in the church of Or San Michele, in Florence, in which 
 influence is made manifest through the assemblage of the com- 
 bined splendour evidenced by the detailed sculptural work, as 
 the reliefs and statuettes ; minute glass mosaic enrichments laid 
 in white marble; combines and altars; shrines and reredos, 
 baldacchino and vaulted canopy; richly decorated gables and 
 pinnacles ; the figure of St. Michael surmounting the summit of 
 the tabernacle; statues of the Apostles on the roof; relief of 
 "Hope," between panels with the "Marriage of the Virgin," and 
 the "Annunciation ;" reliefs of the "Birth of the Virgin," and her 
 "Presentation in the Temple;" "The Nativity," and "Adoration 
 of the Magi ;" the "Presentation of Christ in the Temple ;" the 
 "Angel warning the Virgin" to escape into Egypt; reliefs of the 
 "Death of the Virgin," surrounded by the Apostles, and the 
 "Assumption ;" Heads of Prophets, Angels, and Virtues, wonder- 
 fully executed, all combined stand as one of the most magnificent 
 sculptural works in Italy. 
 
 Ghiberti, of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, the great 
 Florentine sculptor, who influenced through such works as his 
 world renowned Baptistery Gates, of the San Giovanni, the first 
 one of which was sculptured in representation of the "Sacrifice 
 of Isaac," re-embodied ideas, artistically speaking, of Old Greek 
 Art. On this the artist worked for twenty years. The second 
 of the two Gates was in representation of Old Testament sub- 
 jects (work lauded by Michelangelo a century later, as "worthy 
 to be the gates of Paradise"). His three statues, of St. John the 
 Baptist, St. Matthew, and St. Stephen, for the church of San 
 Michele, etc. 
 
 502 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Donatello, of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, a re- 
 embodier of Grecian Art, influenced through such works as life- 
 sized or colossal statues; large bas-reliefs crowded with figures, 
 such as the statues of the Church of St. Michele ; those on Giotto's 
 belfry; the pulpit of St. Lorenzo; those in the Baptistery; his 
 further influence through conceived ideas relative to styles, such 
 as drapery, painted figures, treatment of proportion perspective, 
 flatness of the figures to his bas-reliefs, and general Renaissance 
 sculptural effects; his wide extent of individual works, as at 
 Rome, Padua, Venice, Siena, Modena, Mantua, Ferrara, etc., 
 e. g., his equestrian statue of Gottamelata, in Padua, one of two 
 of the noblest the world has ever seen (the other being that of 
 CoUeoni, at Venice, by Verrocchio and Leopardi) ; his statue of 
 St. Louis of France, for the St. Croce ; his statue of St. George, 
 outside the church of Or San Michele, at Florence, etc. 
 
 The head of the colossal statue of David, at Florence, by 
 Michelangelo; the magnificent tomb of Giovanni Galeazzo Vis- 
 conti, at Cortosa, near Pavia, work of a non-historic sculptor by 
 the name of Wen-darso'son. 
 
 The works of Baccio Bandinelli, Giacomo della Porta, Mon- 
 telupo, Ammanati, Vincenzo de'Rossi, etc., who re-embodied the 
 Idealistic styles of Michelangelo, which latter raised the Art of 
 Sculpture, as well as that of Painting tq its highest pitch of 
 magnificence, as a Modern link in the Epi-cycle, but diverse ideas 
 already embodied in his works brought rapid decline, in the fol- 
 lowing extension, of the Epi-cycle of Sculpture. 
 
 The monuments to ancient Romans, as of the two Plinys, on 
 the facade of the Como cathedral, work of a non-historic sculp- 
 tor by the name of Be-les'ki; the "heora" to unsaintly mortals, 
 such as that erected at Rimini, by Sigistnondo Pandolfo, in honor 
 of Isotta; and shrines dedicated to the saints. 
 
 The sixteenth century influence was manifest through such 
 works as the bronze statue of "Mercury" flying upwards, by 
 John of Douay (Giovanni de Bologna), in the Uffizi; his repre- 
 sentation of the "Carrying off of a Sabine Woman," in the 
 Loggia de' Lanzi; his great Fountain, at Bologna, on which he 
 represented two tiers of boys and mermaids, the whole being 
 surmounted by a colossal statue of Neptune; his fine bronze 
 equestrian statue of Cosimo de' Medici, at Florence; and his 
 very rich decoration on the west door of the Pisa cathedral. 
 
 The sculpture on the west facade of the church at Loreto 
 and the elaborate bronze gates of the Santa Casa, works of great 
 merit, resulting from re-embodied ideas extended by Girolamo 
 Lombardo and his sons. 
 
 503 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The bronze statue of "Perseus and Medusa," in the Loggia 
 de' Lanzi, at Florence, wrought by Benvenuto Cellini ; the colossal 
 bronze seated statue, of Julus III, at Perugia, by Vincenzo Danti, 
 one of the best portrait-figures of its period. 
 
 The seventh century influence was largely extended by the 
 numerous works of Neapolitan Bernini, and in co-operation with 
 a large school of helpers. Subjects and styles, therefore, varied 
 greatly. His chief early work, the "Apollo and Daphne" of the 
 Borghese Casino, manifests his skill for technical and delicate 
 high finish, combined with soft beauty and grace; diverse to 
 which, technically speaking, are his coarser works, the clumsy 
 colossal figures, but partly clad in wildly fluttering garments, as 
 have place in the churches of Rome, the Colonnade of St. Peter's, 
 and on the bridge of S. Angelo, representing a decline in plastic 
 work. 
 
 The figure of the dead St. Cecilia, under the high altar of her 
 Basilica, re-embodied idea of the great repose that attends the 
 body after its spirit transition, work of Stefano Maderna. 
 
 The eighteenth century influence is made manifest through 
 such works as by Canova, e. g., the group of the " Three Graces ;" 
 "The Hebe;" and the very popular "Dancing Girls" in contrast, 
 artistically, with his finest colossal marble group of "Theseus 
 slaying a Centaur," at Venice; his Christian sculpture, such as 
 the monument to Pope Clement XIII, in St. Peter's, Rome; that 
 of Titian, at Venice; and his tomb of Alfieri, in the Florentine 
 church of S. Croce.' 
 
 The works of Bastianini, whose great talent was turned, in 
 the tide of re-embodied fifteenth century ideas, and further in- 
 fluenced by his contemporary, Mino di Fiesole, whose methods 
 he adopted. 
 
 504 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH MIZ-I-AM'BI-A ZE-U-LE'US ZE AT'LAN-TIS 
 
 OR 
 THE TERRA-COTTA ART OF ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELTZIE XXXIX;. 
 
 The Miz-i-am'bi-a Ze-u-Ie us At'lan-tis had its origin in the 
 a is-tie of A'ta-ra, in Telt'zie Et, or Section One, during the latter 
 part of the second E-fre-me'trum. 
 
 Ba-re'al, was the first noted Miz-i-am'bi-a Ze-u'le (Terra- 
 Cotta Artist), whose works began in the latter part of the second 
 E-fre-me'trum, and who lived to the mortal age of about eighty 
 years. He was the originator of the art, in Atlantis, and at 
 first his works were simple as compared with those of his latter 
 years. He utilized a red clay to form miniature pyramids, but 
 subsequently, he conceived the idea of moulding clay in low relief 
 style, when he chose various subjects for representation, such as 
 vines and vegetation generally; and at a still later period, he 
 wrought half columns, of those in high relief, which were then 
 utilized for general architectural ornamentation. 
 
 In the latter half of his professional career, he established a 
 school of Miziambia Zeuleus, in Atara, where he taught the 
 Zeuleus to many pupils, through whom its influence spread out 
 into various parts of the Lontidri. 
 
 De-re ze, a pupil of Bareal, began his public work in the first 
 part of the third Efremetrum, and lived to the mortal age of 
 eighty-eight years, and dwelt in the aistie of Almorthea, in 
 Telt-zie Zret, or Section Five, to which section he had moved 
 after completing his course of study in the school at Atara. 
 
 He began work for himself by imitating the styles and utiliz- 
 ing the subjects as employed by Bareal, though under consider- 
 able further development and improvement. 
 
 _ Subsequently, he conceived the idea of moulding human and 
 animal figures, in high-relief; but never produced his subjects 
 in the round. 
 
 He also had a large school in Almorthea, for many years. 
 The pupils from this disbursed themselves throughout various 
 parts of the Lontidri, which further strengthened the develop- 
 ment and advancement of this zeuleus, until it was generally 
 practised and utilized as one of the Fine Art ornamentations in 
 
 . 505 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the aistieze of the Lontidri. Especially was it valued in its use 
 on homes, temples, and public buildings, both interior and ex- 
 terior, as the half column, brick and tiling, are used in modern 
 times for ornamentation on facades, cornices, etc. The style was 
 used for interior adornment, where colored materials are modern- 
 ly interspersed. 
 
 The Spi'de Le-el'va Ril Sl-lo'ton (the Terra Cotta Art of 
 Egypt) had its origin in that country about 800 years before the 
 Adomic period. 
 
 Quil'bex, was the first noted Spi'de Le-el-vaze-et (Terra- 
 Cotta artist) in that country who came into note about 800 B. C, 
 lived to the mortal age of seventy years, and dwelt in the pre- 
 historic town of Su-bi'to, on the Bar-el-Jebel, on the site where 
 the town of Ghaba Shambeh now has place. 
 
 His first conception relative to the origin of the Le-el'va, was 
 influenced through the placement of twigs, from shrubs and trees, 
 in a picturesque form on pieces of prepared wood. From this, 
 later, he conceived the idea of moulding Deltz (the name then 
 used for a dark blue clay) into similar styles, as he had done with 
 the twig arrangements. Thus he wrought in low relief, upon a 
 base of slate-stone, zig-zag, pyramidal, and other outline figures. 
 He modelled some other subjects, as the snake species, in its 
 various coilings and crawlings, but he never attempted animal or 
 human forms. 
 
 Seg'a-wa, was the next Spide Leelvazeet ril Siloton, who 
 came into note about 775 B. C, lived to the mortal age of about 
 eighty-five years, and dwelt in the pre-historic town of Ba-va- 
 ba'ya, then located on the eastern shore of the now known small 
 lake of Mbaringo, in British East Africa (town now extinct). 
 
 His first work was very simple, though he had some knowl- 
 edge of the work of Quilbex, as hehad migrated from the town 
 of Su-bi'to, to that of Bavabaya ; and through curiosity, he began 
 the practise of clay moulding experimentally. The material used 
 by him was a clay of grayish or ashen color, which he prepared 
 by a combination of lava and natural clay. He finally settled 
 upon the idea of low-relief style, in representation of letter char- 
 acters, which he utilized for all inscription work that was prac- 
 tised at that time. But he never developed general subject rep- 
 resentations, such as human or animal figures, etc. 
 
 Therefore, Quilbex and Segawa, under the co-operative influ- 
 ence of spirit inspiration and guidance, originated and established 
 the pre-historic Spide Leelva in Siloton (Egypt), thus em- 
 bodied and re-embodied by them and their subsequent Leelvazeets 
 from the extended Atlantian influence from the spirit side of 
 
 506 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 life ; is a fact which makes them fitting links with which to con- 
 nect up the Epi-cycle of Terra-Cotta Art, from Atlantis, through 
 pre-historic and ultimate extensions, into the Ancient and 
 Modern establishments of the Art whereby and through which, 
 manifestations have been made, and left as archaeologic evidence 
 ol aforetime history influence, during the events of past time in 
 extension of this Art. Hence, passing from the pre-historic works 
 of Quilbex and Segawa, we find the influence as having existed 
 principally in the offspring idea of Wall Lining, with glazed 
 brick or tile, as was the case in Assyria and extended into Persia. 
 It was made manifest through the Sasanian works; and later, 
 in the twelfth century, the Moslem. The same style manifest 
 through the so called Rhodian and Damascus wares, whereon the 
 rose, the hyacinth, the carnation, and the natural growth of trees 
 and flowers of vast variety, speak in silent but beautiful lang- 
 uage, in evidence of past greatness, as on the "Meea Wall," in 
 the Mosque of Ibrahim Agha, Cairo; other Mosques in Persia, 
 as at Tabriz ; the ruined tomb of Sultan Khodabend, at Sultanieh ; 
 in the palace of Shah Abbas I. and on the tomb of Abbas II. at 
 Ispahan, representing influences of the twelfth to the seventeenth 
 centuries. Further extension of it are found in Spain, as in the 
 "azulejos," or wall tiles, manufactured by the Moors of the 
 fourteenth century, in imitation of mosaics, manifest in such 
 placements as seen in the Alhambra, and in the Generalife 
 palace, at Granada ; the Alcazar, at Seville, etc. 
 
 The Ce-legiis Mel'sa E'u El'te-ze (terra cotta art of Arabia), 
 had its origin in that country about 600 years before the Adomic 
 period. 
 
 Mi-en'go, was the first noted Celegus Melsaest, who came into 
 note about 600 years B. A.,* lived to the mortal age of about fifty 
 years, and dwelt in the pre-historic town of Bo-ye-waya, in the 
 northeastern portion of Elteze (Arabia), where now the town of 
 Leina has place. 
 
 When but a child he began to play with mud, as is the case 
 with many children of modern times, and on one of those occa- 
 sions he chanced to make a figure, in partial representation of a 
 man's body, i. e., he had made the body with a head and what he 
 called legs, but no arms. Of course this was very crudely 
 moulded, but seeing that it resembled a human form, he was 
 delighted at what he had made, and at seeing that it would hold 
 together, he ran to his mother, shouting at the top of his voice, 
 "Cele-giis! Ce'le-giis!" (See! See!). And it was from this 
 
 *B. A„ or before Adam. 
 
 . 507 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 event that the term "celegus" was adopted as the name for 
 terra-cotta art, Miengo being the original worker in the art of 
 moulding clay, or the establisher of the terra-cotta art, in that 
 country. 
 
 He continued to develop the art, as time went by, until he had 
 made much proficiency in representing human and animal forms, 
 all of which he wrought in the round style, and never attempted 
 any representations in relief. 
 
 While he developed to a considerable degree of proficiency, 
 in form representation, there was yet no practical utility made of 
 his works, and they served only as novelties to those who saw or 
 possessed them. But in time they became the stepping-stones to 
 the greater achievements and utilities of the subsequent celegus 
 melsaiests of that country. 
 
 Ha-u-cu'thi-o, a son of Miengo, was the second Celegus 
 Melsaest of Elteze, who lived to the mortal age of eighty-three 
 years, and continued the work in the city of Boyewaya. 
 
 At first he wrought in the style of his father, by the use of 
 natural clays, but he further conceived the idea of painting his 
 pieces in various colors, some brown and some red, which he did, 
 with vegetable juices, and other blacks, by mixing graphite with 
 his clays. 
 
 Subsequently he continued to further perfect human and 
 animal form representation, in the round. But those of the animal 
 were far superior to the human; the latter being somewhat 
 grotesque, and more on the comical order, especially the visages, 
 which he characterized with gross mouths and ungainly teeth; 
 and the limbs he rendered shapeless, according to the occasion of 
 representation, etc 
 
 His best animal subject, for representation, seemed to be of 
 the Lion species, and these he made to appear quite natural. 
 
 The We-miil'cy Ka-ri'el So Me-que'thiis (terra cotta art of 
 'Assyria), had its origin in that country about loo years before 
 the Adomic period. 
 
 San-an'se-lus, was the first noted we-mul'cy ka-ri-el'cst whose 
 works began about loo years B. A., and who lived to the mortal 
 age of iio years, and dwelt in the pre-historic town of Na-vi-6'bi. 
 on the site where the now known ruins of Circesiura have place, 
 south of the junciion of the Khabur (Chaboras), affluent of the 
 Euphrates. 
 
 He was then known as a Sen-thic (wanderer), having 
 migrated from El'te-ze (Arabia). He therefore had some knowl- 
 edge of plastic work from the Karielests (artists) of that country. 
 
 His first representations were those of the human form which 
 
 So8 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 he wrought in the round. His first subject, was the image of a 
 man which stood up against a tree, during the process of mould- 
 ing the form. The material he used was a blue clay. 
 
 Subsequently he made a plastic pavement or walk for his own 
 premises. On this he wrought landscapes or natural geographi- 
 cal views in the low relief style, and the whole, when complete, 
 was a fine piece of work. From this he conceived the idea of 
 Stucco work, on architectural structures, and he carried it to a 
 good degree of perfection, using such natural subjects as vines, 
 trees, etc. 
 
 Gin-ce-c6f'fy was the second noted wemulcy kariel of 
 Me-quethiis, who came into noteriety about fifty years before 
 the Adomic period, and lived to the mortal age of ninety-five 
 years. He also dwelt in the city of Na-vi-o'bi, being an immi- 
 grant from the then known city of Cre za, on the site of the now 
 known city of Van, on the eastern central side of the pre-historic 
 lake Bos'tra. now known as lake Van. Therefore, he was a 
 descendant from the Bostras, who then dwelt in that section, and 
 which they termed Ba-se-a-ran'er. 
 
 He was a pupil of Sananselus, and after completing his studies 
 with said artist, began work in the same city for himself. He 
 conceived the idea of further representing various subjects, and 
 in addition to his landscapes, vegetation, and the human form, he 
 added animals and birds, which he not only wrought in low and 
 high relief, but in the round as well. He utilized his works for 
 architectural and individual home ornamentation and decoration, 
 and artistically, his products were very fine. 
 
 Therefore, the influence that extended from the embodied and 
 re-embodied ideas of San-an'se-lus and Gin-se-c6f'fy, co-oper- 
 ative with spirit influence and inspiration, and further extended 
 through the works of subsequent wemulcy karielests, and later 
 made manifest through ancient models, some of which were of 
 great beauty, and the offspring ideas of which were embodied in 
 the arts of brick enameling, plat moulding, gem cutting, etc. 
 Evidences are manifest through the statues, brick edifices, bas- 
 reliefs, low and high-reliefs, of various subjects and utility; e. g., 
 the Terraced Temples of Ur Erech, etc., of the Qialdeans, which 
 are adorned with enameled brick that had been colored, glazed, 
 and hardened by fire ; the Terra-Cotta cones of various hues, 
 embedded in plates for external ornamentation on structures ; the 
 Colossal Half Columns at Warka (Erech), foi* exterior pur- 
 poses; in Sargon's palace at Khorsabad, which influenced the 
 establishment of the great and wonderful varieties of Pillars, in 
 Assyria, etc., etc., all of which mark events which link the terra- 
 
 509 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 cotta work, of antequated' time, to that of the third Efremetrum 
 of Atlantis; and its influence as having extended into the mod- 
 ern, thus to estabHsh the Terra-Cotta Art, and all its offspring 
 ideas, as they have been and are nowr moving, with their respec- 
 tive epi-cycle influences, on the deferent of the Great Art Cycle. 
 
 The Cren'che I-oon Le Zan-zu-re'ta (terra-cotta art of 
 Greece) had its origin in that country about three hundred years 
 before the Adomic period. 
 
 Del'de-mund was the first Crin'che loonso (Terra-Cotta ar- 
 tist) of Zanzureta, who came into note about 300 B. A., and who 
 lived to the mortal age of about one hundred years, and dwelt in 
 the pre-historic town of E-deer'dom, now submerged by the wa- 
 ters of the Ta Lanta channel, northeast of the now known mouth 
 of the Hellada river. 
 
 He was a descendant from a people who dwelt in the north- 
 eastern portion of Zanzureta. 
 
 He was a spirit sensitive, and therefore was easily inspired 
 with artistic ideas ; and he thus received that of the Crenche 
 loon, which was occasioned and further influenced by a natural 
 scene he once witnessed ; viz : — as he stood at twilight looking up 
 over a hill at the clear but tinted sky, and at a beautiful tree 
 crowning the summit of the hill, that in appearance stood out in 
 relief from the sky, he conceived the idea of representing nat- 
 ural scenes, by natural means; i. e., by the use of clays, with 
 which he could make the scene appear in perspective, as had been 
 the case with the landscape he witnessed. Therefore, he set to 
 work with yellow and blue clays, moulding in exact represnta- 
 tion of the above-named scene, which he chose for his first 
 model, persevering until he had completed it, by what later ages 
 came to look upon as the Low Relief Process. 
 
 From this experience, he developed representations of other 
 landscape scenes, always taking his subjects from Nature, with 
 their accompaniments of flowers, vines, trees and shrubs. There- 
 fore, his was an art taken from nature, wrought with natural 
 material, by a natural artist, inspired by spirit intelligence co- 
 operative with natural law, etc., which ultimated in a proficiency 
 that created some very fine and beautiful work. 
 
 Pe-o tra was the second noted Crenche loonso of Zanzureta, 
 who came into note about 275 B. A., and who lived to the mor- 
 tal age of about ninety years, and dwelt in the city of Edeerdom. 
 
 He was also a descendant from the people of the race of Del- 
 demund, and studied under his tutorship, and therefore was con- 
 temporaneous with him. 
 temporaneous with him. But after completing his course of 
 
 510 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 study, he worked independently of Deldemund, and thus estab- 
 lished a profession to himself. 
 
 At first he continued in the style of his master's works, but 
 soon conceived the idea of representing the human form in the 
 round style, a departure from the landscapes in relief, as his 
 earlier works had been. He now utilized red and blue clays, and 
 he painted the lips and cheeks of the clay representations red, like 
 nature; and the eyes of both he painted to have a more lifelike 
 appearance. 
 
 Subsequently he used a Se-ti'le (soapstone) material of yel- 
 lowish, reddish, and grayish-green colors, which he moulded into 
 forms of various Idols, a process at which he became quite 
 expert. 
 
 The Terra-Cotta Art, or baked clay figures, as the idea is re- 
 embodied in the latter part of the nineteenth century, is of remote 
 origin, having been practiced by the pre-historic artists of the 
 various sections, and continued anciently by subsequent artists 
 respectively, as in this case, — in Zanzureta (Greece), in the 
 style of statues, busts and reliefs, by the Greeks and Romans, 
 who also created colossal statues and groups. In evidence of 
 the pre-historic and ancient usage, we have the products from the 
 excavations, in 1873, of the tombs of Tanagra, a Boetian town 
 on the highway from Athens to the north, and later, from exca- 
 vations at Corinth, Smyrna, Cyme, Tarentum, the Cyrenaica, 
 etc., etc. The specimens from Tanagra are statues varying from 
 the minute, to dimensions that vary from eight to nine inches ; 
 those from the latter excavations are figures, of various styles 
 and dates ; the majority being of the last half of the fourth cen- 
 tury B. C, while still earlier ones embraced the round, and the 
 half styles, for wall and frieze ornamentation. Those belonging 
 to the pre-historic period, small, idol-like figures of the crudest 
 form, had almost shapeless trunks, with stick-like extensions for 
 limbs. The breasts and eyes were roughly indicated by round 
 dots, and the figure decorated with coarse stripes or cheques,, in 
 ochre color. Other specimens of these have been found at His- 
 sarlik (Troad), Cyprus, and in other Islands, and in the Citadel 
 of Tiryns. Very archaic figures varying from two to three 
 inches in height, have been exhumed in various parts of the 
 iEgean Islands, some of which are represented as stiff, seated 
 deities (thought to be links between the Oriental and Hellenic 
 arts), like the statues of the Sacred Way at Branchidae (south 
 of Miletus), but which are, in reality, influences arising from 
 the embodied ideas of Peotra, and re-embodied by subsequent 
 artists. 
 
 The advancement in the Grecian terra-cotta art, is evidenced 
 
 '511 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by such works as the relief, i8 x 12 inches, dating from the first 
 half of the fifth century, in representation of two female mourn- 
 ers at a sepulchral stale, one standing and the other seated- On 
 the other side of the stale two youths are represented as stand- 
 ing by the side of a horse, etc. (Louvre) ; the statuette of a girl, 
 playing with the infant "Eros," who flies to her for shelter and 
 is received with welcome half tinged with dread, from the Tan- 
 agra antiquities (St. Petersburg) ; "Aphrodite" and "Cupids," 
 from the Castellani sale, in representation of a half nude figure 
 of Aphrodite resting on a couch, with two cupids behind, holding 
 up a veil, thus to disclose her form (South Kensington^ Muse- 
 um) ; the many fine specimens of terra-cottas, ranging in date 
 over a long period of time, that have been excavated at Corinth, 
 all of which are influential links which we must utilize in con- 
 necting up the Epi-cycle of Terra-Cotta Art. 
 
 The statuettes and reliefs, both of pre-historic Zanzureta and 
 of subsequent Greece, influenced the idea of Ornamental Jew- 
 elry, conceived by the artists of the latter-named section. This 
 is but an offspring from the terra-cotta art, such as the neck- 
 laces and ear pendants, made of clay and covered with gold leaf 
 (examples in the Louvre), i 
 
 Another influence, or offspring idea from the foregoing, is 
 embodied in terra-cotta ornamentation for architectural utility, 
 such as has been found at Olympia and in the ruined temples of 
 Selinus. 
 
 Further influence resulted in the embodied idea of Hard 
 Stucco for wall covering, such as had place on the early Greek 
 temples, manifest on the Doric temples at ^gina, Phigaleia, 
 Paestum, and Agrigentum; the moulded reliefs on the interior 
 walls of the Greek and Roman buildings ; some tombs in Magna 
 Graecia of the fourth century B. C, — figure representations of 
 nymphs, cupids, animals and insects; in the Baths of Titus, and 
 various tombs near Rome; on the Moslem structures of the 
 Middle Ages, such as geometrical patterns wrought in low and 
 high-relief, wonderfully rich and beautiful, accompanied by 
 flowing ornamental bands, or long Arabic inscriptions. These 
 are seen in the Mosque of Tulum, Cairo, of the ninth century; 
 the Moorish towers at Segovia in Spain ; the Alhambra at Gran- 
 ada, and in the Alcazar at Seville; in the beautiful reliefs that 
 encrust the Pillars and other parts of the Court, in the Floren- 
 tine Palazzo Vecchio, representing vines and other plants wind- 
 ing spirally round columns, sixteenth century; in the English 
 examples, as on the exterior of the old half-timbered house in 
 the marketplace at Newark-upon-Trent, fifteenth century ; others 
 
 512 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 through the counties of Essex and Suffolk; Hardwick Hall 
 (Derbyshire), with life sized stucco figures in high-relief, thus 
 forming a deep frieze all around, etc. Thus specimens are 
 found on down to the Modern stucco work, of all sorts, designs, 
 and utilities, establishing the fact of extended influences direct 
 and also diverse, through the ages, such as give aid in connecting 
 up the Epi-cycle of Terra-Cotta Art, as it has moved along on 
 the deferent of the Great Cycle of Art. 
 
 Passing with the terra-cotta influence of Zanzureta, or 
 Greece, into Cle-an-deci-a, or Asia Minor, it having been thus 
 extended originally in pre-historic time, we note that large quan- 
 tities of terra-cotta figures have been found in western Asia 
 Minor. This gives evidence, in that region, of the fact of their 
 being similar in size to those of Tanagra, but of different style, 
 they being thoroughly sculpturesque, rather than pictorial in 
 style; and from six to ten inches in height, especially those of 
 Smyrna, Cyme, Myrtina, etc., as evidenced by such specimens as 
 the copy of a statue of Aphrodite from Megara, which stands 
 on a moulded pedestal, instead of on a thin slab of clay, as was 
 the style with the figures found at Tanagara (British Museum). 
 This was a re-embodied idea from the works of various sculp- 
 tors, in Asia Minor and adjacent sections; and as conceived by 
 Qu-ce-lan'ze, the originator of the art of terra-cotta in Asia 
 Minor, a very intelligent individual, who traveled extensively in 
 Asia Minor, and therefore came into touch with the incoming 
 sculptural influences, from which, as before stated, he conceived 
 the idea of terra-cotta work. 
 
 Very elaborate groups are among the yield, — subjects Diony- 
 siac and Bacchanal; scenes from mythology, as the labors of 
 Hercules, are chosen, the productions dating from the fourth 
 century B. C, supposed to be copies from sculpture of the school 
 of Praxiteles, or of Scopas, were really influenced by Hib-e- 
 lun'€s, a pre-historic terra-cotta artist, who had learned the art 
 from, or was influenced by, the works of Qucelanze. But he 
 further developed the style, and to a greater perfection than the 
 former artist had done; e. g., a fine nude figure of "Eros as a 
 Youth," shows the little god leaning against a cippus, holding a 
 bronze arrow in his hand (collection of M. Brantegem, Rome) ; 
 the beautiful figure of a "winged Victory," a re-embodied mo- 
 tive idea of the colonial "Victory," of Samothrace island 
 (Louvre) ; the very remarkable group, in representation of a 
 Soul, led by Hermes Prychoprompus to the bark of Charon, 
 which she is about to enter, Hermes being represented as a grace- 
 ful nude figure, gently urging the shrinking soul, — ^the latter a 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 draped female figure, to the boat at the brink of the rush-grown 
 Styx; while Charon is represented as an aged man, in stooping 
 attitude, awaiting the entrance of the Soul upon his bark (Prince 
 Liechtenstem's collection, Vienna). 
 
 In evidence of the fact that fads arose in those days, as in 
 mod«rn time, are the deviations and degenerations from the true 
 art principles, in like manner serving different purposes, we note 
 the "caricature figures," exhumed at Smyrna and Ephesus, 
 modeled in response to humorous ideas. These strange figures 
 are characterized with attenuated limbs, large heads, flapping 
 ears, and goggle eyes. Some are represented as playing musi- 
 cal instruments, others as actors, an idea handed down even to 
 the twentieth century, as evidenced by such fads as the "Teddy 
 bears," the "Billy 0-Possums," the "Billikens," and other carica- 
 ture images and figures, which are diminutive and degeneratje 
 art, under the guise of comique entertainment, or the society 
 fad, over which less deep-thinking people go to excess. 
 
 These fad figures, which we term "satellites," or satellitish 
 sub-epicycles of sculpture, or diminutive offsprings from the 
 parent epi-cycle, serving two purposes, i. e., that of bric-a-brac 
 and ornamentation, and for comique entertainment; and closely 
 allied to the sub-epicycle of Fads found in all branches of Art, as 
 referred to under the several subject articles on decadence from 
 True Art. 
 
 The Bel-ze-i'let Pa Et-zen-tuan (Terra-Cotta Art of Italy) 
 had its origin in that country about two hundred years before 
 the Adomic period. 
 
 Ce-li'ze-6 was the first Belzeilit Etsies (Terra-Cotta artist) 
 of Etzentuan, who came into note about 2CX3 years B. A., and 
 who lived to the mortal age of about eighty-seven years, and 
 dwelt in the pre-historic city of Querrer, on the site of ancient 
 Rome. He was a descendant from the Jeretheans of Etzentuan. 
 
 He having been principally influenced through the works of 
 pre-historic sculptors, conceived the idea of the Belzeilit Etsi, or 
 moulding forms from natural clays, when he attempted various 
 subjects. 
 
 His work, however, was chiefly experimental, and therefore 
 had no practical value or utility. But it was sufficient to estab- 
 lish, or originate, that class of sculpture in that section of the 
 country. 
 
 San-de-I e was the second noted Belzeilit Etsies Pa Etzen- 
 tuan, who was a pupil of Celizeo, who lived to the mortal age of 
 about one hundred years, and dwelt in the city of Querrer. He 
 
 514 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 was a descendant from the Jeretheans of Etzentuan, and contem- 
 poraneous with Celizeo. 
 
 After leaving his master, his first work was that of the rep- 
 resentation of a complete form of a man, in the round style, the 
 figure being, in size, that of a lad of fourteen or fifteen years. 
 It was finely executed, and of a beautiful physical form. 
 
 He was a natural artist, and a spirit sensitive, therefore sus- 
 ceptible to inspirations from that source, which rendered him a 
 great success in his profession; and therefore his images were 
 utilized for home decoration by the people generally. 
 
 Subsequently, he conceived the idea of representing human 
 figures, and groups, which he interspersed with natural lawn 
 adornments, as trees, shrubs, flowers, etc., such as characterize 
 the home life. These he wrought in low relief for interior deco- 
 ration to buildings. They were wonderfuly wrought and ex- 
 tremely beautiful, artistically speaking. 
 
 The influence of these pre-historic Belzeilit Etsiessa of Etzen- 
 tuan, having extended with that of the Crinche loonsoes of Zan- 
 zureta, and further, through the works of subsequent terra-cotta 
 artists of this section, is manifest in such works as the many 
 fine specimens of the terra-cotta statuettes, and busts of herioc 
 style, taken from the tombs of Tarentum, Italy, some of which 
 date back to 400 B. C, and others to even an earlier time. We 
 hold them the re-embodied ideas from the Atlantian terra-cotta 
 works, through the influence of those of the pre-historic artists 
 who had likewise re-embodied them; and further, through the 
 ancient artists, many of the latter being ideal representatives in 
 commemoration of their ancestors. 
 
 Furthermore, the many thousand "votive" figures and reliefs 
 in clay, as found in the temeni of the temples of Clethonian 
 deities at Tarentum and other places. 
 
 The influence of Etruscan terra-cotta, as re-embodied under 
 similar circumstances, is greatly manifest, when clay, or painted 
 terra-cotta for special sculpture, took supremacy over marble and 
 stone. This is evidenced by such works as the clay Quadriga on 
 the pediment of Capitoline Jupiter, one of the seven precious 
 relics on which the safety of Rome depended (destroyed 83 B. C.) ; 
 the great statue of Jupiter in the central cella of the Triple Tem- 
 ple, and many other statues of the early temples of Rome; the 
 large terra-cotta Sarcophagi with recumbent portrait-effigies of 
 the deceased, decorated with painting ; a re-embodied idea of the 
 Egyptian mummy preservers (examples in the Louvre and Brit- 
 ish Museum), e. g., in the latter, the Sarcophagus from Caere, 
 Etruria ; the moulded heads of satyrs and scroll foliage relief on 
 
 • 515 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 friezes (Museo Gregoriano, Vatican) ; the large asci, covered 
 with terra cotta statues found in the tombs of Canosa (Canu- 
 sium) Cales, etc., dating from the fourth century B. C. (British 
 Museum), etc. 
 
 Greek influence caused the Romans to re-embody many ideas 
 relative to statuettes, placques, reliefs and architectural ornamen- 
 tation of this art, as evidenced by the collections in the Berlin 
 and British Museums, and in the Louvre; e. g., the scene of 
 "Orestes" taking refuge at the Sacred Omphalos, at Delphi 
 (Louvre), a plaque of the second century A. D. ; a Chariot race 
 in the Circus, same period (Louvre) ; the Friezes and Corinthian 
 Columns, with elaborate acanthus capitals, in Rome, such as 
 those of the Ampitheatrum Castrense ; many busts, on the Via 
 Latina, and the barracks of the Seventh Cohort of the Guards, 
 in Trastevere; the terra-cotta sculptures, such as seated female 
 figures from tombs, small sized (Capitoline Museum) ; large 
 statues in terra-cotta, as the Torso of a nude male figure, repre- 
 senting Hercules; some terminal figures of Bacchus, and the 
 beautiful statue of Urania, first century (British Museum). 
 
 The grand influences of the fourteenth, fifteenth and six- 
 teenth centuries, in North Italy, re-embodied ideas from the fore- 
 going influences, under spirit inspiration and guidance, as evi- 
 denced by such works as on the West Facade of the cathedral of 
 Monza, so wonderfully, richly, elaborately, and minutely wrought 
 in clay, in the fourteenth century; the cathedral of Crema, the 
 Communal buildings of Piacenza; the St. Maria delle Grazie, in 
 Milan, arrayed in a splendor of terra-cotta work; the Cortosa, 
 near Pavia, which makes manifest the influence through its gor- 
 geous terra-cotta adornment, of the sixteenth century; the Ducal 
 Palace, and the churches of S. Francesco and S. Maria del Car- 
 mine, of Pavia, that manifest through their rich terra-cotta orna- 
 mentation; the rich terra-cotta adornment on the Cornices of 
 many buildings in Rome, from the fourteenth to the sixteenth 
 century; e. g., on the south side of the S. Maria in Ara Coeli, 
 and the front of S. Cosimato in Trastevere; the manifestation 
 through such terra-cotta works as statuary, reliefs, busts, and 
 groups of many life size figures, of the fifteenth and the sixteenth 
 centuries, by such artists as Ambrogio Foppa, for S. Satiro, at 
 Milan, Guido Mazzoni and Begarelli for the churches in Modena, 
 etc., etc., which afford us sufficient links with which to establish 
 the continued extension of the Epi-cycle of Terra-Cotta Art, as 
 it has moved on the deferent of the Great Art Cycle from the 
 time of Atlantis to the present century, under the influence of 
 mortal and spirit artists, in co-operation with the laws governing 
 Natural Art. 
 
 516 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Finally, passing into England, in the sixteenth century, We 
 note the influence manifested in such examples as in Essex, e. g., 
 that of the richly moulded Windows and -Battlements, of the 
 Manor House of Lawyer Marney, in the reign of Henry VHI; 
 the richly decorated terra-cotta tomb with recumbent effigy, in the 
 church of Lawyer Marney; the Collegiate church of Wymond- 
 ham, in Norfalk, where the art manifests through the large and 
 elaborate Sedilia, with lofty canopied niches of clay, sixteenth 
 century ; the terra-cotta sculpture wrought by Torrigiano, frag- 
 ments of which have place in Westminster Abbey; the Colored 
 Heads of the Caesars, at Hampton Court, and the recumbent 
 effigy in the Chapel of the Rolls, of Italian re-embodiment, 
 wrought during the reigns of Henry VIL and Henry VIH. 
 
 Coming into the more modern part of the epi-cycle, we find 
 this art manifesting through architectural designs, on buildings, 
 as those that ornament the museum of South Kensington, Albert 
 Hall, etc., and the great utility of terra-cotta in architectural orna- 
 mentation, in all its varied styles, which is an ultimatum arising 
 as a diversity from the embodied and re-embodied ideas of Terra- 
 Cotta Sculpture, having its origin in Atlantis, as evidenced by 
 their architectural ornamentation, and thus extended down 
 through the Pre-historic and Ancient conceptions, to the Modern, 
 monumental evidences of which, architecturally and otherwise, 
 are widely disbursed over Europe and other countries, on and 
 within existing buildings of public utility ; and collectively, as 
 reminiscent evidences of past greatness, as in the Louvre; the 
 British Museum ; the Museums of Berlin and Athens ; South Ken 
 sington Museum; the famous Sabarouff collection in the Her- 
 mitage Palace at St. Petersburg; at Florence, Perugia, Capua, 
 Rome and in other public places in Italy and the great distribu- 
 tion of the Tanagra figures, individually and collectively, as the 
 collection of Prince Liechtenstein, at Vienna, etc. 
 
 Passing into Germany in the fifteenth century, and extending 
 to the sixteenth, we find the art influencing and manifesting, as 
 was also the case in various parts of Europe through magnificent 
 and elaborate architectural utility, as evidenced on the church of 
 St. Catherine, and the Town Hall, so elaborately and delicately 
 traced and characterized with string-coursed cornices, enriched 
 with foliage moulded in clay ; the churches of St. Stephen, Ten- 
 germiinde, and other edifices, so wonderfully decorated in the 
 terra-cotta style. 
 
 Passing into France, the terra-cotta influence was made mani- 
 fest in the sixteenth century, through re-embodied ideas, bv 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Italian artists, or immigrant sculptors from the northern and cen- 
 tral portions of that country, under the patronage of Francis I. 
 
 Passing into Spain, we find the terra-cotta art of the sixteenth 
 century, also under Italian influence, by immigrant sculptors from 
 that region. 
 
 Here we leave the reader to search the historic zones of the 
 Great Art Cycles, for other influential links than we have pointed 
 out, thus to strengthen the extension of each, and further aid in 
 the revealment of facts that shall ultimately make the restoration 
 of Atlantis and its greatness, to such an extent as to establish in 
 the minds of mortals the fact of its influence upon the minds of 
 pre-historic peoples, similarly extended unto the peoples of An- 
 cient and Modern periods, thus brought them through the force 
 of Spirit intelligence, manifesting through the mortal. 
 
 .^iS 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 USH DEL-ZE-MAR'IC SI ATLANTIS, 
 
 OR 
 THE GOVERNMENT OF ATLANTIS. 
 
 TELTZIE XL. 
 
 The following general information in regard to Atlantis and 
 the various links leading up to modern times, has been given to 
 us by Alem Prolex, our Del'zo (chief) Atlantian Spirit Director, 
 son of Entitha and Atcelina Prolex, and third Efremetrum of 
 the Lontidri of Atlantis, wrho bore a threefold title by which he 
 was recognized among his people. First: — a Deltsanz from 
 Gahala, or Gala, who expounded moral and religious principles; 
 second: — a Guide, whose mission it was to advise the people in 
 all the avenues of social life ; third : — ^the Originator of Govern- 
 ing Laws that were to control them in all matters of State and 
 Nation. 
 
 In regard to the Del-ze-mar-ic-ses (Governmental) affairs of 
 Atlantis, in comparison with those of other Del-ze-mar-ics (Gov- 
 ernments) of ancient and modern times, we are informed by 
 Alem Prolex, that each Teltzie had its Kistrez aistie (Capital 
 city) where the Deltsanz (Teacher or Governor) presided, as is 
 the case with Capital cities and Governors of the United States 
 of America. 
 
 The In-tha-6-za Kis-trez ^ iish L6n-ti-dri (national capital 
 of the continent), was Atara, located in Teltzie Et, where the 
 Efremetrum (Supreme Teacher or President) lived, and pre- 
 sided over the Government, as is the case with our national cap- 
 ital city, Washington, D. C, where the President of the United 
 States of America presides. 
 
 The Kistrez aistieze, (Capital cities) and the presiding Delt- 
 sanze (Teachers or Governors) over the various Teltzie' (Sec- 
 tions) at the time of their submergence, were as follows: — 
 
 Teltzie Et, A'ta-ra, the In-th a-o za Kis'treZj and A'lem Pro- 
 lex as E'fre-me-trum. 
 
 Teltzie We, Neitz the Kis^trgz a-is-tie, and Yer'mah the 
 Delt'sanz. 
 
 Teltzie Set, Hu'litz the Kis'trez a-Is-tie, and Fort'ze the 
 Delt'sanz. 
 
 SI9 i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Teltzie Ket, Ha'drey the Kis'trez a-is-tie, and Utz'ly-er the 
 Delt'sanz. 
 
 Teltzie Zret, Wex'tra the Kis'trez a-is-tie, and O-ron'do the 
 Delt'sanz. 
 
 Teltzie Sot, Getrex the Kis'trez a-is-tie, and Sa'gots the 
 Delt'sanz. 
 
 Alem Prolex further informs us that the Atlantian Delze- 
 maric was a Stel'za (Republic), hence as above stated, the prin- 
 cipal administrators of the Lontidri were the Supreme Efremet- 
 ruzem, corresponding with the Presidents of the United States 
 of America, Mexico, France, etc., etc., and the Sub-Efremetru- 
 zem to the Govei-nors of the States, each ruling over his own re- 
 spective Teltzie. There were no intervening officials, such as 
 Congressmen and Senators,, who were elected for a term of 
 years, but in their stead, advisers were chosen by the several 
 Sub-Ef remetruzem for their special assemblies, etc., held semi-an- 
 nually at the Kistrez aistie, where they, with the Supreme Efre- 
 metrum, entered into Congressional consultation upon matters 
 of common interest to the people, enacted the laws, and trans- 
 acted such business as lawfuly came before the assembly. 
 
 It was the power intrusted to the Supreme Efremetrum to 
 make final decision upon all questions the Sub-Efremetruzem 
 failed to agree unanimously upon. 
 
 Should questions arise among the people, such as demanded 
 immediate settlement, special sessions were called, at which to 
 adjust them. 
 
 Both the Supreme Efremetrum and the Sub-Efremetruzem 
 were chosen by the people, and in accordance to their standing 
 morally and educationally. The term of office was one hundred 
 years, or during their natural life if less than that; providing 
 they maintained justice and honor in all their rulings and acts 
 in life, and were not physically rendered incapable of filling the 
 office. 
 
 Regarding the development of the three Efremetrumze* 
 (dynasties), our Guide futher informs us, that prior to the 
 three hundred years of their existence, the people were more or 
 less uncivilized, according to the locality, and circumstances 
 governing their livlihood, and were democratic, or self govern- 
 ing. At this period of time, they began to see their need of 
 stated laws for civil and social government ; and a better under- 
 standing or knowledge of religious principles. This feeling 
 prompted the steps that were taken, that ultimated in the establish- 
 ment of the first (dynasty), and the choice of Galthaza as 
 supreme Deltsanz, or Efremetrum, who established the Delze- 
 maric, over which he presided about one hundred years. 
 
 S20 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Goetlez, the second Efremetrum, was chosen by the people 
 after the disembodiment of Galthaza, and remained in office 
 one hundred years. He was more progressive, in every way, 
 than his predecessor ; hence, during his term of office and under 
 his teachings, the people became much more enlightened, and 
 began the erection of public buildings, and the establishment of 
 various commercial enterprises. Being some what advanced in 
 years before he began his term of office, and having served the 
 Delzeraaric for one hundred years, Goetlez was considered too 
 aged to continue his services as Efremetrtmi, and therefore was 
 retired by order of the people. 
 
 Alem Prolex was then chosen, as the third Efremetrum, and 
 served nearly one hundred years, which lawful term he probably 
 would have completed but for the great submergence of the 
 Lontidri. 
 
 It might be beneficial to the reader to know that the term, 
 "Efremetrum" was used to signify both a "Supreme Teacher" 
 of the Lontidri, and the "Dynasty;" the only difference being 
 in the pronunciation, as governed by the accent marks, viz : the 
 first syllable is accented, when the term is used in the former 
 sense; and the third, when for the latter. The term "Efreme- 
 trumze," is the plural for the term' when used in the latter sense, 
 and is accented on the fourth syllable; and "Efremetruzem," 
 for the plural of the former, with the^ccent on the third syllable. 
 
 During the progress of the third Efremetrum, great light 
 burst upon the Delzemaric; and with it came a steady advance- 
 ment in both civil and religious government. The Sciences, 
 Arts, and Education, were generally sought after. 
 
 During the first fifty years of this Efremetrum, the great 
 De-ake'al or Del-ze-mar'ic building, the Agalte Si Neceletus Mel'- 
 ze Co-di'ze, and the Trune Agalte Si Quesa, were erected; and 
 electricity became much utilized for various purposes, which 
 during the following fifty years, developed into a far greater use, 
 as the people became better versed in machinery. That this 
 would naturally be the case, can be readily comprehended, by 
 calling to mind the great advancement that has been made in 
 electric and other machinery, and the control of electric forces, 
 during our last fifty years of Modern civilization. Looking back 
 over that period of time, in our country, as well as in others, we 
 can realize the great changes in every avenue of civilization ; and 
 thus the better understand what the same condition brought to 
 us in the space of three hundred years. 
 
 The Atlantians of this period had a monetary system that 
 differed somewhat from systems of modern times. Especially 
 
 521 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 as they did not use U'zie (gold) and Cle'tie (silver) for their 
 Ge'trex (money), but for ornamental and other purposes. 
 
 The Getrex was made from Zin'de-lete (a black and white 
 crystallized substance)). 
 
 The valuation of the Atlantian Getrex was determined by 
 measurement, i. e. (by means of machinery), the Zindelete was 
 cut into cylindrical sections, of five denominations, one-quarter 
 inch, one-half, three-quarters inch, one and one-quarter inches, 
 and one and one-half inches. The diameter of each was equal to 
 its length, and given a name significant of value. These corre- 
 sponded very nearly, to the amounts, as compared with United 
 States money, according to the following table: — 
 
 San-lip' $ .25 
 
 San-mit' $ -SO 
 
 San-sit' $1.00 
 
 San-lit' $1-25 
 
 San-dit' $2.00 
 
 It will be observed that there is no piece whose denomination 
 is less than twenty-five cents, which in modern times would be 
 inconvenient, according to the small amounts of some purchases 
 now practised. Alem Prolex informs us that the Atlantian people 
 seldom made exchanges, commercially, for quantities less than the 
 worth of a Sanlip ; but when it became necessary to have a smaller 
 amount, e. g., twelve and one-half cents worth, a purchase of 
 some other article, of the same amount, was made at the same 
 time, and the Sanlip given for the two articles. Were the 
 amount less than twelve and one-half cents, articles enough were 
 taken to bring the amount up to the value of a Sanlip, etc. 
 
 We are furthermore informed that the Atlantian people owned 
 their lands and homes, upon which the Delzemaric levied a tax, 
 with which to defray expenses of the Sil-da-zic' Si Ush Del-ze- 
 mar'ic, (Schools of the Government), and the Pel-ze-c6'ze and 
 the A-gal-teze (Temples), similarly to America, only here the 
 religious orders are self-supporting. 
 
 During the first Efremetrum, they used hand woven cloth for 
 garments, made from the fibrous part of a tree called Ye'tra. 
 Near the close of tihs Efremetrum, the people began to culti- 
 vate 0'-€ze, a plant, or kind of grass, the fibers of which were as 
 fine as silk. 
 
 In the second Efremetrum, Oeze became very plentiful, and 
 was then woven into textures. The people of this period had 
 learned how to beautify these fibers vrith brilliant colorings, which 
 
 522 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 gave rise to the style of adorning the body with attractive gar- 
 ments. 
 
 The Oeze plant was much like varieties of the Bromelia fiber, 
 of tropical America, commonly known as "pita," or silk grass, or 
 the Caraguata, of Brazil, Guiana, Paraguay, and Argentina, and 
 the "pita" of the Philippine Islands; in fact these plants are 
 but a continuation of the original Oeze, under descended con- 
 ditional changes, and therefore a connecting link in that branch of 
 the Botanic Cycle. 
 
 As both Ye'tra and O'eze were very plentiful at this period 
 of time, they together became the chief influence that caused the 
 people to invent machinery with which to weave textures. At 
 first the machines were crude, yet they greatly aided in the pro- 
 duction of textures. 
 
 But with the passing of time, entering the third Efremetrum, 
 weaving had become a fine art. The colorings, grades of material, 
 variety of patterns, and such utilities as were necessary to bring 
 more perfect development, and ultimate perfection, reached a 
 high state before the time of the destruction of the Lontidri by 
 submergence. 
 
 In the latter part of the third Efremetrum, the Atlantian 
 people had begun a compilement of their history, but that with 
 all else belonging to the greatness of the Lontidri, was destroyed 
 at the time of the great cataclysm. 
 
 Alem Prolex further informs us, that they had found data 
 of more than looo years preceding the period of the beginning 
 of the first Efremetrum, upon some ancient mounds and in caves. 
 These were recorded in hieroglyphics, or the ancient Atlantian 
 method of writing. Various excavations disclosed articles that 
 had been used by former peoples, and these were preserved 
 among collections of Atlantian antiquities. He furthermore in- 
 forms us, that after passing to spirit life, he and others who cared 
 to seek for them, learned many facts concerning the antiquity of 
 Atlantis, that had never been discovered by the people of the 
 latter age of the Lontidri. 
 
 FLAGS OF ATLANTIS 
 
 There were in all, six Delzemaric Ge-el'ze (Government Flags) 
 as represented on the following page. The Ge'el of the 
 Lontidri as also of Teltzie Et, was composed of six stripes 
 extending in right-oblique form across the Geel, in the follow- 
 ing order; first, beginning with a deep purple one at the upper 
 left hand corner ; second, a bright shade of violet ; third, a medium 
 shade of pink; fourth, an azure or sky blue; fifth, a very bright 
 
 523 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 orange; sixth, pure white; but this composed the body of the 
 flag, and thus separated the colored stripes. 
 
 ?^W-gi^^ciJ 
 
 Iklv.ji^K^^J 
 
 J '/i??*-j;e-J.dftry 
 
 VeitijiciflJt^ 
 
 The geelze that belonged to the other Teltzie' individually, 
 were characterized by the absence of the upper or first color that 
 belonged to the Teltzie preceding it, in number ; thus charact^riz- 
 
 524 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ing each subsequent geel with one less colored stripe, until the 
 sixth geel was of white; i. e., the geel of Teltzie We had five 
 colors — ^violet, pink, azure, orange, and white; Teltzie Set, four 
 colors — pink, azure, orange, and white; Teltzie Ket, two colors 
 —azure and orange, on the upper half and center, the lower por- 
 tion being white ; that of Teltzie Zret, simply the orange, that 
 extended through the center, the upper and lower portions being 
 white ; and that of Teltzie Sot, plain white. 
 
 The upper color of the geel was the ensign of the Teltzie 
 to which it was assigned ; and the number of colors displayed on 
 the Delzemaric geel represented the number of Teltzie in the 
 Lontidri. 
 
 The Re-it-er'ze (standards) were painted and gilded in 
 accord with the rank of the geelze and the colors belonging to 
 them, e. g., the Delzemaric Reiter in combination of colors, 
 was characterized, first, by that portion above the upper edge of 
 the geel being solid uzie (gold) ; descending, that portion join- 
 ing the purple stripe was painted purple, that joining the pink, 
 and that joining the azure, were painted correspondingly; while 
 the lower portion of the Reiter was composed of cletie (silver) ; 
 therefore that color, and the various others on the reiter, were 
 separated by bands of uzie. 
 
 The remainder of the reiterze were of celite, or painted in 
 that color. That of Teltzie We had three colored bands, viz; 
 violet, pink and azure ; Teltzie Set, pink and azure ; Teltzie Ket, 
 azure and orange ; Teltzie Zret, orange ; and Teltzie Sot, entirely 
 silver color. These various bands of color were separated by 
 narrow bands of silver color, or un-painted sections of the uzie 
 reiterze; in case of wooden reiterze', they were painted the 
 silver color. 
 
 The metal reiterze were principally used on all Kistrez and 
 Delzemaric affairs; but many of those used by private individ- 
 uals, and for general decorative purposes, were composed of 
 wood. 
 
 "izS 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 USH NE-RE'GES SI AT'LAN-TIS, 
 
 OR 
 THE RELIGION OF ATLANTIS 
 
 TELTZIE XLI. 
 
 In regard to the Atlantian Nereges (religion), Alem Prolex 
 informs us that there were various sects among the people in 
 certain portions of the Lontidri, during the first Efremetrumze, 
 as has always been the case, in countries both ancient and 
 modern. 
 
 There was a low and ignorant class of people in the north- 
 eastern portion of Teltzie Sot, who were looked upon by the 
 more enlightened people of the Lontidri, as Idolaters. 
 
 These worshipped hideous characters, made of wood and 
 stone, which they elevated in conspicuous places, where they 
 passed and re-passed daily, to represent their adorational ideas. 
 Some of the images were designed and wrought out in represen- 
 tation of the human form, which they termed Ren-hen-el'gy, and 
 after the form of the E-z6'ta, a very ferocious Atlantian animal 
 that inhabited their Teltzie, that closely resembled the Orang- 
 outang of modern times. This they termed "Ex-an'dra." 
 
 Their worship, however, was more in the sense of amuse- 
 ment or pleasure, than of a religious character; for of the latter, 
 they in their crude state, had little or no idea. They adored a 
 two- fold idea, viz ; the condition of war or contention, and peace 
 or pleasure. The former was represented by the image of 
 Exandra, and the latter by that of Renhenelgy. They had stated 
 days for their adorational gatherings, at the beginning of the 
 new moon. The periods lasted for two days and one night, dur- 
 ing which time there was no sleep indulged in. They congre- 
 gated at these shrines, held their dances about the images, to 
 which they made obeisance by means of crude, strange courtesies, 
 grimaces, and movements of their bodies, giving utterance to 
 sort of a chant, suitable to the occasion ; i. e., if unto the image 
 of Renhenelgy, they gesticulated and chanted in tones of voice 
 in harmony with the idea embodied in the image, — peace and 
 pleasure; if to the image of Exandra, they proceeded with 
 gesticulation and a style of chant in accord with the sentiment 
 
 526 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of war and contention, the idea embodied in the image. The 
 images were all erected in elevated positions, so that at times of 
 adorational exercises the people would be compelled to look up- 
 ward, which they did ; and at the same time they extended their 
 hands, palms together in front of their faces, when they chanted 
 and courtesied as described. 
 
 It was from this form of adoration that the idea of the 
 elevation of idols was handed down, through the ages of time, 
 by descended races of people of that section of the globe; and 
 further continued, under spirit inspiration, from' those departed 
 peoples, until it reached the extended practise of "Totemism," 
 during Ancient and Modern times. 
 
 There was also a very peculiar race of people in the north- 
 eastern quarter of Teltzie We, who adored the moon, as a provi- 
 dent though mysterious source. They termed the orb E-u'tie, in 
 that sense. 
 
 Their reverence for it was far greater than for the Sun, from 
 the fact that they considered the changes in its disc, or its phases, 
 more mysterious and wonderful than the unchanging Solar orb. 
 They recognized the waxing of the Moon as symbolic of increase, 
 in all matters pertaining to livlihood and welfare, and its wan- 
 ing, the opposite ; and therefore they sought to shun it, and ignore 
 it as evil, by non-recognition of it at such periods of its phases, 
 and they termed it "O'ner, as the opposite of "Eutie." 
 
 When the new moon would first appear however, they began 
 a series of nightly adorations, which consisted in singing, dancing, 
 and body gesticulation. These lasted until the moon was full. 
 At the first sight of its waning, they immediately dispersed to 
 their respective abodes, to await its coming again. 
 
 There was another sect who dwelt in the northwestern portion 
 of Teltzie Set, who recognized the marvelous forces made mani- 
 fest through the Seas, Oceans, Lakes, and all moving waters. 
 This principle they adored under the title of "Hel-ter-man'ze," 
 in representation of the mysterious force that moved the waters. 
 They held their adorational exercises, originally, at the shores of 
 the various water districts, at stated times in the year. Their 
 exercises' were usually marked with silent meditation upon the 
 principle they adored, as they sat in assembly, by the water's 
 edge. 
 
 At a later period this sect became more widely distributed over 
 the Teltzie, when they changed the adorational exercises, and the 
 name of the principle from Heltermanze, to Ze-ret'. They built 
 shrines to their deity in all .parts of the Lontidri, which were in 
 the form of A-gal-teze (temples), and varied in accord with the 
 
 527 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 wealth of the people of the vicinity. In the place of images, they 
 erected maretuxze monuments), in representation of their 
 Zeret. These consisted of square bases, with octagonal shafts, 
 on which they sculptured spiral wreaths of leaves, extending from 
 base to summit. Animals and birds were represented as in the 
 act of ascension. The animals were on the.j^lower parts of the 
 shaft, and birds on the upper, usually with a large one on the 
 apex. This would have spread pinions and upturned eyes, as if 
 ready to soar away to the sky, which was to symbolize elevation, 
 and ascension in all spiritual things. 
 
 The main Agalte and Maretux of the brotherhood were in the 
 aistie of Enididstro, the Kistrez of Teltzie Set. The Agalte was 
 very large, and therefore supported many towers, which in them- 
 selves, bore out the idea of elevation and ascension. The Maretux 
 was about one hundred coitex in height, with proportionate base, 
 about which were tanks or basins of water for use at the semi- 
 annual feasts. The people were there twice a year for a general 
 service, at the beginning of Summer, and of Winter. 
 
 These services would last two days and nights. The people 
 came from great distances, bringing food. The nights were spent 
 in singing, dancing and various social amusements. The day's 
 service consisted of responsive services, at which the people all 
 knelt, while one individual read the service, and they repeated 
 the responses. Water was then sprinkled over the people while 
 yet kneeling, as an emblem of cleansing and purity, a rite that has 
 been handed down, to both ancient and modern worship. All 
 little children were dipped into one of the pools of water adjacent 
 to the monument, at which time an impressive and interesting 
 service took place. After the sprinkling of the people, came the 
 rite of washing feet, a practice also handed down to the Ancient 
 peoples of the East. When meeting, and before the "clasping the 
 hand of brotherhood," they dipped their hands into water, as a 
 token of purification. 
 
 There were other sects who adored the principle of light and 
 heat, as made manifest through the rays of the Sun, which 
 principle they originally termed Den-ze-men'ze ; and held adora- 
 tional exercises in the open air, at stated times, providing there 
 were no clouds to obstruct the view of the Sun at the time, and 
 the sky entirely clear. The exercises began at sunrise and lasted 
 until sunset, consisting in dancing and chanting at both sunrise 
 and sunset, with feasting and pleasure during the middle of the 
 day. 
 
 At a later period the term was changed to "Tel-tie ," when 
 they established the image of the Sun, as a representative symbol 
 
 528 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the Teltie principle. They elevated this symbol on their public 
 buildings, gateways, and arches leading to their Agalteze. At 
 this period of time, they added to their symbol's representation 
 by the sun's disc, the idea of the positive and negative principles 
 or forces that characterize nature. They held a short devotional 
 service twice a day at the temples, morning and evening. Those 
 who were passing and had not time to enter the Pelzoze 
 (temples), would halt, face the image of the sun over the gate- 
 way, as though looking upon the real solar orb, and give adora- 
 tion for the spiritual light, and for the light of day which they 
 received from Teltie. In the morning w'hen the natural Sun was 
 shining, they turned to it instead, and kneeling upon one knee, 
 they offered the following prayer. "Tiin redz re chet nalt Tel- 
 tie'leth nez et un, lin *loo et thun," which translated is as follows : 
 "Thou, great light that God hath given to us, we bow to thee." 
 In the evening, when the sun was setting, in the same manner, 
 they repeated the following : — ^"Tes tiin et-lan'des quet re'chet et 
 jen'tres nalt nelt gel len'go min-de-san' weltz niid tiz 'frel si Tel- 
 tie';" the translation, "As thou departest, give light to others, 
 that they may become enlightened thereby, and know more of 
 God-" Then with low, bent bodies, they made obeisance, rose, 
 turned and went their ways. They had various modes of service 
 in the Pelzoze, one of which was by means of a circle, suspended 
 horizontally on a standard, that represented the sun — so arranged 
 as to continuously revolve. Its circular motion was silently 
 watched by the worshippers, while they stood encircling it, thus 
 contemplating the "Cycles of Creation," and the force of "Teltie" 
 by which they were operated, or the All Power and All 
 Force, symbolized by the moving circle. The order of disburse- 
 ment was preceded by various gyrations, at the close of which 
 they audibly repeated the morning or evening prayer, in accord- 
 ance with the hour of service. Then reverently bowing, they 
 would turn and depart. 
 
 Some sects embraced the Planets and Stars in connection with 
 the Sun, as being possessed with mysterious forces of provident 
 order, which principle, they termed Yan-ter-man'ze. But at this 
 period, the people of the Lontidri, generally, reverenced the Sun 
 as their Ka'la, Ga-ha'la, or Gala, which to them represented the 
 Universal Creative Force in all nature, especially in the time of the 
 third Efremetrum. Some recognized this force in a more mysteri- 
 ous sense than others, in accord with their degree of enlightenment 
 a condition that exists even among modern peoples ; for there are 
 many creeds and isms, theories and beliefs, relative to the God 
 principle, its processes and developments ; its reality and identity. 
 
 The pronouns "us" and "we" were both written "un." 
 
 - S29 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and its mysteriousness, or "degrees of being understood," accord- 
 ing to the ignorance or eductation of mankind, in accord with 
 suppositions and beliefs, or scientific and logical reasonings. 
 
 There was a sect in the northwestern portion of Teltzie Ket, 
 who conceived the idea of a personal Gahala, or Individual Being 
 of the Anthropomorphic order, which they originally termed 
 Graf'the-am, an idea that was, in subsequent time re-conceived 
 in the minds of ancient peoples, and widely spread among peoples 
 of modern times, and is the connecting link between Graftheam — 
 adoration, by those Atlantians, and the creediats of modern times, 
 who are extending that Epi-cycle of the great Religious Cycle, 
 having gone astray from the Universal Cycle of Natural Law. 
 
 In the latter part of the second Efremetrum, as the sect grew 
 more numerous, the term was changed to Kitranda; but they 
 still held to the idea that Kitranda was the ruler of the universe, 
 and that he made manifest through the developments of natural 
 form, or through nature. At this time they began the erection of 
 Pelzoze (temples), which they dedicated to the adoration of 
 Kitranda. Their principal Pelzo, which they termed Ex-a-len'- 
 tre, a magnificent structure, was located at Hadrey, the Kistrez 
 aistie of Teltzie Ket, where they assembled four times a year at 
 the beginning of spring, summer, autumn, and winter, for wor- 
 ship and adorational exercises. 
 
 The Exalentre was a circular structure, or colosseum, built 
 of golden-tinted stone, with many pointed' turrets as ornamental 
 qualifications, intended to carry out the idea of the rays of the 
 sun, as emanating from the main body of the structure. The 
 people, when assembled for worship, were always seated in a 
 circle around the Exalentre. In the center of this Auditorium 
 was a massive base and pedestal upon which four discs of the sun 
 were elevated, one facing each of the four cardinal points. The 
 service consisted principally in graceful movements in accompani- 
 ment to the rythm of the chant employed in the service. They 
 stood facing the emblems of Kitranda, with right arm extended, 
 parallel with the shoulder ; then together they all turned once 
 around to the left, facing the images again. The left arm was 
 then extended, and a complete turn made back to the right, again 
 facing the images. Both hands were then raised above the head, 
 palms open, fingers extended, in radiant position, while they 
 lowered the body perpendicularly. In this attitude they knelt 
 upon both knees. They then clasped their hands behind them, 
 and rose to their feet again. They then formed in a circle in sin- 
 gile file about the image of Kitranda. One of the number led the 
 march, and the rest followed, in circular movement, around the 
 
 530 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 images, until they had passed three times around them. Then 
 they hahed in the position from which they had started, after 
 which they dispersed at pleasure. On entering or departing from 
 the Exalentre, they made obeisance to the statue of Kitranda, a 
 god concept, in representation of the human form, which was 
 placed on the front of the Pelzo, or Exalentre. 
 
 This condition lasted with the Graftheam or Kitranda sect, 
 until the Atlantian In-thao (nation) became more highly en- 
 lightened, when the idea was wholly abandoned, a condition that 
 must come to modern peoples, before they can comprehend the 
 full meaning of the God principle, and its existence as the life- 
 giving, life-preserving, or the Great Creative Cycle, as the All of 
 the Universe. 
 
 After the Graftheam and Kitranda ideas were abandoned, the 
 Atlantians recognized a Universal Law, or Force, that governed 
 all things, in a creative sense, materially, and the ever-existent 
 and everlasting universality of Spirit and Nature, as the embodi- 
 ment, through which the individualized portions of the universal 
 spirit manifested, and revealed itself; which Universal Law, or 
 Supreme Spirit, they termed Gala, and recognized it as existing 
 as a whole in Universal Nature. 
 
 There was a sect, a division of which dispersed throughout 
 portions of the Lontidri, who conceived the idea of a plurality of 
 Gahala principles, viz : Kiantha, as Gahala Supreme, the source 
 of never-failing light, and the Father Principle in Nature, as 
 manifested through the Sun from morning until evening. With 
 this was Men'scot, as a female Gahala Supreme, the source of the 
 lesser or borrowed light, and the Mother Principle in nature, as 
 manifested through the Moon, from evening until morning. 
 Que-zie-en'zie, a goddess representing the source of education, 
 science, and material birth, symbolized or manifested through the 
 light of the morning star ; Que'zie, a goddess, the source of 
 knowledge, wisdom, and material disembodiment, symbolized or 
 manifested through the evening star. 
 
 There were those to whom the Sun, the Moon, and planets 
 gave the idea of parentage and offspring, and who considered 
 them as emblematic of a family, the Sun and Moon being the 
 father and mother, or heads of the family, and therefore repre- 
 sentatives of the highest conception of creation, and of religious, 
 moral, mental, and scientific principles. The planets, aside from 
 being represented as the children of the Kiantha and Menscot, 
 principles, were, in turn, representatives of the heads of descend- 
 ing families, which latter consisted of satellites, and certain 
 portions of the constellations. These "families" represented 
 
 531 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 principles, qualities of being, and the universal processes by 
 which the creative forces manifested. 
 
 Alem Prolex further informs us that the Atlantians had no 
 Sunday, in the sense of the term, as known from the Biblical 
 standpoint of ancient and modern usage ; but, instead, they had 
 a stated In-tha-6'za Yete (National Day) which might be said, 
 to a certain degree, to correspond with it ; and to be the connect- 
 ing link between the customs of the Atlantian period and those 
 of the Biblical, which latter are but re-embodied ideas of the 
 former, under descended and conditional change. 
 
 The Atlantian day of pleasure was established by Goet'lez, 
 when he became Efremetrum, of the second Efremetrum, or 
 Dynasty, who, seeking the pleasure and good will of the people, 
 instituted the Dal-zo'ta Yete, which was then termed Sel'de-ren, 
 meaning "day of pleasure." This was observed once a month, 
 on the day of the return of the new moon, when, in every town 
 or city, public gatherings were held, for pleasure, amusement and 
 feasting. The people of the country had gatherings for the 
 same purpose, though some of them, who dwelt near the cities 
 and towns, came in and joined the people there assembled. At 
 the close of the day the people dispersed to their respective 
 abodes, ready to resume their daily avocations on the following 
 morn, which had been discontinued for the holiday, Selderen. 
 
 At the beginning of the third Efremetrum, when Alem Pro- 
 lex became the Efremetrum, it was thought best for the country, 
 by himself and his Efremetruzem, to make a change in the time 
 of the Dalzota Yete, and exercises thereof, in such a way as to 
 divert the minds of the people from feasting and general pleas- 
 ure, to fasting and the receiving of ethical teaching of a more 
 profound nature than had hitherto been the Delzemaricses (Gov- 
 ernmental) enforcement. He therefore estabHshed an Inthaoza 
 Yete, which they termed Men-ze-ra'iis, meaning "day of educa- 
 tion," and changed the time from the date of the new moon, as 
 of the former Efremetrum, to that of the first day in the Ash- 
 nor (month), and the custom of feasting to that of fasting, and 
 proclaimed it as an Inthaoza edict. 
 
 This condition of religious understanding, the spirit denizens 
 whose mission it is to visit the mortal dwellers of the earth, are 
 seeking to establish in the mind of every individual, thus to 
 unveil the truths, now partially hidden frorn mortal sense, such 
 as will extend the Great Religious Cycle, as one of Universal 
 Spirit made manifest through All Nature; and it is ftom the 
 great Book of Nature, they command us to read and learn, and 
 not the books of idealistic creedism. Observe, and re-observe; 
 
 532 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 think, and continue to think, incessantly; open the windows of 
 the Soul, and the doors to Intelligence; breathe into the being 
 the atmosphere of truth; hear the voice of inspiration, and hee-1 
 its teachings ; then shall God be better recognized and understood. 
 
 From the beginning of Time has man been subject to Nature, 
 and never the domiiiai^t influence ; hence, it has been given us 
 that "Nature is God, and God is Nature." 
 
 The Atlantians, as a people, were ultimately undivided in Re- 
 ligious matters, as they were in those of State. They were more 
 a brotherhood than otherwise, especially in the portions of the 
 Lontidri under government and education. 
 
 Marriage was not a civil, but a religious contract, instituted 
 by the Deltsanza (teachers) of the most sacred order, originally 
 speaking; but, later in the history of the Lontidri, laws govern- 
 ing the Atlantian marriage rite were enacted by the National 
 Government, that were very strictly carried out, viz : no invalids 
 of a chronic order, or cripples of a serious kind, were ever per- 
 mitted to marry, on account of the influence that might thereby 
 be extended, physically, into the organism of their offspring. 
 No second marriages were ever permitted where there were chil- 
 dren on either the paternal or maternal side, having been born to 
 the first marriage, on account of conflicting interests of those and 
 following offspring that might be born to the second marriage, 
 to which the latter might lead ; therefore, to such as above men- 
 tioned, only one husband or wife was allowed, and the penalty 
 dealt out to those who disregarded the law, was imprisonment, 
 or exile from the country, the duration of the penalty being gov- 
 erned by the ages of the offenders. In cases where they were 
 beyond the middle period of life, the duration was made compara- 
 tively short, to that of the middle-aged or more youthful, whose 
 term was extended accordingly. 
 
 It might be well to state here that all violation of National 
 Laws of any kind whatever, was punished either by imprison- 
 ment, confinement to hard labor, or exile. No human life was 
 ever taken, by order of the Atlantian National Government, for 
 the violation of any law whatever. The only instance wherein 
 disembodiment was officially assisted was at the birth of an in- 
 fant, seriously deformed, the medical attendant being authorized 
 • to allow or assist its disembodiment, believing that to be the best 
 condition for the unfortunate infant, all things considered; thus 
 , preventing inconvenience and discomfort individually, through 
 ' the material life, and further offspring from a deformed parent, 
 in case of marriage. 
 
 533 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Virtue was held in such high esteem among the Atlantians 
 that an adulterer was severely punished; i. e., the male offender 
 was placed in Ken-do'zi (prison) at hard labor for a term not less 
 than two years, or more than ten, according to the conditions at- 
 tending the offense. The female was placed in a Shan'de-las 
 (Work House, Maternal Home, or place for moral training) for 
 a term of not less than two years, or more than five, according 
 to conditions, etc.. tlie greater limit being reduced, according to 
 the good behavior and disposition of the individual to reform. 
 
 In case of an offspring resulting from the act of adultery, it 
 was immediately, at birth, taken from the mother and placed 
 in a Ben-zan'ta (Orphan or Foundlings Home), where it was 
 clothed, fed and educated, and never allowed to know of the con- 
 ditions attending its birth, or its parentage, that its material life 
 might be spared the mortification that otherwise would have at- 
 tended the knowledge of the immorality of its parents, and the 
 influence thus placed on its birth conditions, which would have 
 had a tendency to destroy its high and noble aspirations of emu- 
 lation, socially, mentally and religiously. Thus it was able to rise 
 from and above the vortex of vice and dissipation, into a condi- 
 tion of social standing of purity. 
 
 Such unfortunates usually remained in the Benzanta until of 
 age, when they went forth, fully equipped with moral and other 
 educational qualifications, and a limited amount of means neces- 
 sary to their start and success in life. 
 
 The women of Atlantis, under the Atlantian laws, were 
 equals of men, morally, socially, religiously, and politically, and 
 an Atlantian mother was regarded with the utmost reverence 
 and affection. Her mortal brows, after disembodiment, were 
 covered with laurel wreaths, entwined with the choicest flowers, 
 regardless of the rank or station she had occupied during her 
 earth career. The reader will thus understand that Atlantian 
 greatness was founded on virtue, and purity of the social system. 
 
 The education of Atlantian children was a free system, but 
 compulsory, the expenses being borne by the local Governments, 
 with funds raised by taxation of various enterprises carried on 
 by property owners. No one was barred from school on account 
 of poverty, or insufficient means; in other words, the Atlantian 
 was a Public School System exclusively, excepting the schools 
 of Art, which were generally carried on by their patronage. 
 Every Teltzie had its Agalte (temple) of learning, and instruc- 
 tion was commenced when the child exhibited signs of compre- 
 hension. Their passions and inclinations were carefully watched 
 
 534 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 over, corrected and guided. Their instruction included precepts 
 of morality and reason, and it was the aim of the Deltsanza to 
 inspire youths with the principles which formed the true char- 
 acter of the Atlantian people, submission to parents and love of 
 country. Literature, eloquence, science, mathematics, geog- 
 raphy, botany, zoology, ornithology, etc., were among the chief 
 studies taught in each public Sil-da'zic (school), while the Fine 
 Arts, such as painting, mosaics, sculpture, terra-cotta, architec- 
 ture, etc., were among the principal subjects taught in the private 
 Sil-da-zic'ze (schools). 
 
 Furthermore, the Atlantian Nereges of the third Efremetrum 
 was originally based upon certain phenomenal and social princi- 
 ples, the former, as revealed through physical or objective nature 
 individually, and through spirit phenomenon, revelation and man- 
 ifestation, when the people were rightly taught by aid of Cacel- 
 laze, who were developed for that purpose. These basic influ- 
 ences, co-operative with science, as taught by the Deltsanz' 
 (teachers) who made calculations terrestrially, celestially, and 
 naturally, and thereby influenced and controlled the minds of the 
 people, thus established a Nereges void of creeds and illogical 
 "isms," that came closer to the truth in relation to the God prin- 
 ciple they reverenced, than many of the teachings in modern 
 times. 
 
 The Atlantians recognized many trinity principles, the prin- 
 cipal ones being those of Gala, Delzota nud In-dro-san'tra (God, 
 Nature and Creation) ; Nencie, Lemaz nud Wotz (Time, Space 
 and Life) ; Leasa, Cletz nud Codize (Spirit, Soul and Body), a 
 trinity of trinities, the symbol of which, as well as that of the 
 sub-trinities, was the triangle. Separately considered, these 
 principles were symbolized as follows; Gala, by the image of 
 Ush Ken (the Sun), adored as the source of life and light as 
 existent upon the Earth, and throughout the space in which it 
 moves ; Delzota, by landscape scenes, in which various material 
 objects were portrayed, and understood as having their existence 
 through natural processes; Indrosantra, by a landscape where 
 the small streams in their fluvial conditions ultimated in the 
 formation of the larger waters; males and females of the human 
 race with their offspring; the same of the animal and the bird 
 orders; flowers, shrubs and trees of various degrees of growth, 
 co-existent with other developing objects in nature ; Nan'cie, by 
 a monolith, on which was portrayed the image of Ken above a 
 representation of Ush Et'ze Ash-nor'ze ent ush Zelt (the twelve 
 months in the year) which were arranged on a Gelist' (dial), 
 
 535 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 in place of the Lout'ze si iish Yete (hours of the day*), as fol- 
 lows :— Beginning with Quin (March), the first month of the 
 Atlantian Zelt (year) ; Din (April) the second; Lull (May) the 
 third; Re-set' (June) the fourth; Lute (July) the fifth; Ge-ist 
 (^..^gust) the sixth; Sin-lete (September); the seventh; Ar'but 
 (October) the eighth; Ka-mute (November); the ninth; Em- 
 bleze' (December) ; the tenth; Yer (January) the eleventh; an.l 
 Altz (February) the twelfth; Lemaz (Space) by a representa- 
 tion of the image of Ken centrally, around which were numer- 
 ous circles, one within the other as they extended outward, and 
 recognized as limitless divisions of space extending beyond the 
 earth; Wotz (Hfe) by a perfectly formed evergreen tree, in the 
 front of a beautiful landscape scene, beneath which stood a hu- 
 man male and female, and a spirit, descending to them, hovering 
 over them, just above the tree. This was understood by the 
 Atlantians to represent both the material and the spiritual exist- 
 ence of life, as inhabiting two realms, viz : the terrestrial and 
 the celestial. Le-asa (spirit), was symboled by a host of spirits 
 represented as descending to the earth plane, where those having 
 reached it had disbursed themselves into various material objects 
 co-relative with the scene, which was' to represent the principle 
 of spirit as existing in co-relation and co-operation with all 
 material forms in creation; Cletz (soul), by the representation 
 of the soul and spirit in the process of passing, or having just 
 left the material body, at the time of dis-embodiment ; and Codize 
 (body), by the material body, after the soul and spirit had passed 
 from it, lying in the repose of non-animation. 
 
 Alem Prolex further informs us that no nation oh the face 
 of the earth has ever come closer to the great "Over Spirit" and 
 "Over Soul," or attained a greater knowledge of their mani- 
 festations through nature, than did the Atlantians, and that the 
 deltsanza of Atlantis, were not only well versed in all spirit 
 phenomena, or manifestations, but, in the Sciences, as Astron- 
 omy, Astrology, Physiology, Botany, etc. ; from which, by obser- 
 vation and close analysis, they gained much useful knowledge 
 regarding the precesses of Nature, and the general causes lead- 
 ing up to general effects, etc. They understood the science of 
 Psychology, and the laws governing Psychomancy, to a greater 
 
 N. B. — After the first paragraph, page i8o, should have been 
 given the translation of the Atlantian terms for the days of the 
 week, as follows: Renz (Sunday); Nen'di (Monday); En'dis 
 (Tuesday) ; Fenz (Wednesday) ; Quintz (Thursday) ; Weltz 
 (Friday) ; and Yun'zy (Saturday). 
 
 536 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 extent than modern peoples, which revealed much truth to them 
 in all matters pertaining to Leasa, Cletz, nud Codize (spirit, soul 
 and body), of the manifestations of Wotz (life), in In-dro-san'- 
 tra (creation), and so the people were taught. 
 
 Communion with Leasa' (spirits) was a fact, that sense by 
 which Leasa' could manifest to mortals, was in the latter 
 highly developed as an individual quality of being among Atlan- 
 tians, a condition which, to a certain extent, was retained, or ( 
 developed, by their southern remnant descendants, the Indians, \ 
 who have never lost sight of the Great Spirit principle, or ceased ( 
 to commune with departed spirits. Even in their crudest and 
 most untutored conditions, they have recognized the workings of / 
 the Great Spirit, in Nature; which was in harmony with the | 
 teachings of their Atlantian predecessors. 
 
 The Egyptians and the Arabians — ^their northeastern remnan,t 
 descendants — also maintained a zealous adherence to the prac- 
 tice of Psychomancy. Both these peoples, to this day, hold com- 
 munion with departed spirits, and other racial examples might 
 be mentioned. 
 
 This Epi-cycle, among the list of manifesting principles or 
 connecting links between spirit and mortal life, though eclipsed 
 for a time, on the mortal side, by the establishment of creeds, 
 is fast coming to light again by its influence, through varied 
 phenomenal manifestations, which fact will so re-establish links 
 of Truth, in the place of those belonging to long accepted Creeds, 
 as to remove the eclipse that has so long overshadowed the truth ; 
 and the Spirit Cycle, in all its glorified illumination will encircle 
 humanity on the mortal side of life, as well as in tlie spiritual, 
 as was the case in the glorious period of Atlantis. 
 
 Therefore, the Atlantian people were more spiritual, and 
 came closer, as before stated, to the Gala si Dalzota (God of 
 Nature), or, the Divine All in All, than any nation since. The 
 spiritual laws governing manifestation were better understood 
 by them, which enabled them to come closer, or more en rapport 
 with the spirits and their existence as such, in a world of spirit 
 life. The veil between them and the so-called "unseen," was 
 more transparent than it is generally with modern mortals, and 
 so it was, as before stated, with their descendants to a certain 
 degree, who reached other continents in those ancient days; a 
 condition that would have remained, and extended more gen- 
 erally into modern periods, but for the intercepting by creeds 
 and isms — conditions that came in to destroy those that governed 
 spirit manifestation. 
 
 To use the words of Alem Prolex in evidence of the near- 
 
 537 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ness of the Atlantians to the spirit existence, might be well. 
 They are "We spoke, and it was spoken unto us," (referring to 
 clairaudient manifestations) ; "we looked, and it was made visible 
 unto us" (clairvoyant manifestation) ; "we walked, and behold! 
 a companion was made tangible" (materialization of forms). 
 
 The Atlantians, having no opposition from other sects, had 
 a more complete system of communication with spirits than that 
 of modern times. Spiritual principles were ideals with them; 
 and all things pertaining to them were as principal conditions in 
 the foundation of their religion. The latter rose to a high stand- 
 ard of attainment much greater than that of any religion of 
 modern times. Their Pe-z6-ze' and Agalteze were dedicated 
 to spiritual uses exclusively; as were their civil edifices, to the 
 principles of Justice and Truth. They not only received spirit 
 communications in their Pelzoze and Agalteze, but at private 
 homes throughout the community, where rooms were prepared 
 for visitations from the spirit world. These apartments were 
 furnished with spiritual decorations, such as Angelic subjects, 
 represented in Art. Vines and blooming plants, such as would 
 emit sweet fragrance and so perfume the pure atmosphere, were 
 admitted. These rooms were principally in the homes of wealthy 
 people who could afford to make such conditions ; but no mortal, 
 however lowly in life, was denied the privilege of coming to 
 those sacred places at the stated hours for manifestation, if he 
 so desired, for the purpose of learning, and so that he might be 
 thereby elevated in the scale of humanity. Rich and poor alike 
 went into them, with a sacredness of purpose which justified 
 better conditions. They had music, which has ever been known 
 to harmonize conditions for spirit communication or manifesta- 
 tion. They opened these exercises with sacred devotion to the 
 "visiting spirits," then they quietly waited until manifestations 
 were made in various phases ; received their messages of love 
 and greetings, and general instructions; walked and talked with 
 the materialized forms of departed friends and guides, thus 
 blending life existence material, with the spiritual, into one 
 extended Epi-cycle, and thus they recognized Eternity — by the 
 continuity of Life thus made manifest. 
 
 The Atlantians were taught by the Spirit Guides, that the 
 great Book of Nature was the source from which to obtain true 
 knowledge of the sciences and arts. 
 
 By the teachings through spirit revelations, co-operative with 
 nature through all its manifestations visible, symbolic and scien- 
 tific deductions and cognitions, made plain through these sources, 
 the people were led to reverence all principles governing the 
 
 538 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 material universe, and the spiritual principles that lay back of its 
 movements, as the motive, developing force, or cause, leading 
 up to individual material form and existence. 
 
 The people reverenced this great influential principle, wor- 
 shipped, and built their Pelzoze nud Agalteze nud Maretuxze 
 (temples and monuments) in acknowledgement and recognition 
 of it, and not unto the material object or idol representing it, as 
 has been the supposition of moderns in regard to the images set 
 up by their ancient ancestors, which latter should be understood 
 to have re-embodied the Atlantian idea, rather than that of mate- 
 rial idolatry, as is now the case with moderns, who erect their 
 temples in sacred reverence for the god they worship, and their 
 monuments to the memory of their departed illustrious heroes. 
 
 The Atlantian idea of Ush Ken (the sun), as a Divine em- 
 blem, was conceived by them through its qualities of heat and 
 light as dispersed throughout the universe, as understood by 
 them at the time. As they saw its sheen upon the waters, and the 
 minerals of the aelkedze, and felt its warmth in the atmosphere, 
 they realized it as the provident source of their good, as well as 
 the good of the beasts of the field and vegetation of the land ; and 
 most of all, a force uncontrollable as a whole, by mortal man, 
 and unlimited in its service. Therefore, Ush Ken, as well as 
 Ush Let-tezon (the planets) having great influence on all 
 Nature, was reverenced as symbol of the Divine Principle, 
 known to them as Gala. Hence, every morning, as Ush Ken 
 rose to view, they bent the knee in adoration of his force and 
 benificence, and as a representative of Gala, the Divine Principle 
 in all nature. 
 
 They then repaired to the Agalte, and when they entered the 
 vestibule, they beheld the image of Ken, protrayed in radiant 
 beauty, above the door. Then they uncovered their heads and 
 offered the following invocation: "Tiin neh iish re'chet si 
 yete euel iin ell iish re'chet si Gala les les'et lish ken 
 Gala (Thou art the light of day, fill us with the light 
 of God, like unto the sun, God). They then entered the 
 Agalte, while sweet strains of krest (music) came from the E'the- 
 re-leiim (musical instrument), as rendered by the Kres'te-6n 
 (musician). Then the Delt'sanz spoke to the people, after whicli 
 they went forth to their daily avocations, singing and chanting as 
 they left the Agalte. Again, as Ush Ken sank from view, behind 
 the Aelkedze, at eventide, a short devotional exercise was held in 
 the Agalte, or privately, as the occasion afforded — ^when the 
 following invocation was uttered. "Ul tiin et quet re'chet 
 et ne'sut lii ne ent dez'ry niid el-en'de tiin esh'lend en'gel gel iin 
 le er-re'er ult si re'chet les les'et trist jena'qiies" (Go thou to 
 
 •539 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 give light to those who are in darkness; and when thou comest 
 again, may we be more full of light like unto thyself, God, ours 
 only). 
 
 The Atlantian Nereges (religion), contained so many symbols, 
 that it really would be considered "symbolic" in itself. Religious 
 thoughts, and recognition of life in all its manifestations, are 
 but re-embodied or re-born ideas from one generation to another, 
 through natural observation and inspirational influence, given by 
 spirit intelligences who have lived in the mortal form during some 
 past age. These teach as they had learned, or as they have pro- 
 gressed in the spirit realm; for some spirits are long ages in 
 spirit life, before they relinquish old theories, in exchange for 
 scientific truths, even as on the mortal plane — some advance, 
 while others cling to creeds and dogmas. Therefore it is best 
 to listen to logical truths, when receiving inspiration or informa- 
 tion from the spirit side of life. Taking evidences from exalted, 
 learned and wise spirits, in connection with an understanding of 
 Nature's processes in creation, we then place oruselves in the 
 hands of two powerful Ca-cel-la'ze (mediums), between God and 
 Man; likewise, Mortal becomes the Ca-cel'la (spirit sensitive), 
 between spirit and mortal, a source through which knowledge of 
 the past, present, and future, may be given to humanity. 
 
 In the force of the sunlight, in the roar of the mighty ocean, 
 in the silence of the majestic mountain range, by the glimmer of 
 the starry sky-dome, we may read sermons mightier than were 
 ever uttered by the lips of men. 
 
 540 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 A-E'RIC NUD A-E'MUS RIN'GA NUD SI-I'KEL, 
 
 OR 
 ETHNOGRAPHIC AND ETHNOLOGIC LINKS AND 
 
 CYCLES. 
 
 TELTZIE XLII. 
 
 In considration of the A-e'ric Nud A-e'mus Rin'ga Niid Si- 
 ikel,' we must contemplate the characteristic differences that have 
 existed dnd do exist, in the peoples of the earth, which condition 
 has arisen from various natural causes, viz : . from the two origi- 
 nal colors black and white, through hybrid, sustentacle, and 
 latitudinal influences, wherein we find the causes and effects, 
 which give rise to conditional pre-historic characteristics of the 
 race, by and through which we are enabled to reproduce facts 
 and to re-establish them as history re-extended. For instance, as 
 the zones have various geographic and geologic differences, in 
 the various sections of the Eastern and Western continents, or 
 in the four hemispheres of the Earth's Sphere, so we have 
 specific or characteristic nations that occupy them ; and most of 
 these have some Ethnologic ideas, though some may be very crude 
 indeed. 
 
 Likewise, in contemplation of the Islands of the Oceans and 
 Seas, whose submerged bases rest upon areas of earth that were 
 once peopled Continents, remnants of whom now have place, 
 through descendancy, here and there upon these remnant earth 
 monumental surfaces, as a part of the great distribution of 
 modern humanity, as evidential links from past and present 
 periods of time, in further extension of the Ethnographic and 
 Ethnologic Epi-cycles that move on the deferent of Great Cycle 
 of Life. 
 
 Therefore, as is the case with the geographic and the geo- 
 logic links and cycles, so it is with those of the ethnographic and 
 the ethnologic changes, which condition is responsible for their 
 seeming mysteries and lost histories. 
 
 Go therefore, dear reader, unto all the peoples of the 
 earth; note the present ethnographic and ethnologic con- 
 ditions. Contemplate the remnant Aborigines whose present 
 existence and condition give evidence of pre-existent nations, and 
 
 - S4I 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the law of descending change, in contrast with Modern peoples 
 at large. Yet the latter represent, conditionally, the once greater 
 nations from whom the aborignal remnants have descended; and 
 who once represented the greatness of illustrious races, destined 
 to suffer degenerate results, as such, through their descendants, 
 under natural causes and as such was the case once, so will the 
 time come again, when present and future greatness, of certain 
 nations must likewise suffer through similar causes, and their 
 remnants must again establish a rise to greatness, through the 
 ages to come. 
 
 Alem Prolex further informs us, that each of the six Teltzie' 
 of the Atlantian Lontidri were divided into A-e'ric (ethnogra- 
 phic), Ae'miis (ethnologic), and Sil'de-maz (philologic), condi- 
 tions, as follows: — 
 
 TELTZIE ET. 
 
 In Teltzie Et there was but one race of people, generally 
 speaking, viz; the Atlantians proper, excepting in the eastern 
 portion, or that portion east of the aistie of Atara, known as the 
 Kin'ti-lu-ci-ans. 
 
 In height, the Atlantians varied from six to eight feet, were 
 well proportioned, quite muscular, heavy built, and strong. They 
 were characterized with both white and brunette skins; blond, 
 black, brown, and in some cases red hair, some straight and some 
 curly ; of full beards generally ; eyes, gray, blue, brown, and black. 
 In fact, their physical conditions varied similarly as those of the 
 Anglo Saxon race of modern times, excepting that the former 
 exceeded the latter in height. 
 
 The Kintilucians were about the same as the Atlantians, 
 physically, only in complexion; their hair was pure white, their 
 eyes pink, and their complexion a clear pinkish white. 
 
 TELTZIE WE. 
 
 In Teltzie We, there were four divisions of people — divided 
 not so much on account of their different, social, religious, and 
 political ideas, as in these matters the entire Lontidri was gov- 
 erned by general laws; but, rather from a desire to change, 
 migrate, and to further reach out for new conditions generally. 
 The divisions were as follows : — 
 
 The Cel-ex-den'trys occupied the northern and the north- 
 eastern portions of the Teltzie (in the earlier periods however, 
 the latter named portion was divided into three uncivilzed tribes, 
 
 542 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 viz : the Y6-san'zes, the Hu-ber-aus'tens and the Flu-zan'zes, who 
 were similar to the now known Indian tribes, hostile to each other 
 as tribes) ; the Cel-tre-zo'nas the eastern ; the Nin-ka'zits the 
 southern; and the Lel-ta'zats, the southeastern. 
 
 In height, the Celexdentrys, generally, were about six feet. 
 They were large boned and jointed, and very muscular. They 
 were characterized with black skins ; dark brown, or black eyes ; 
 black, but not long hair ; straight, thin, crinkled beards ; full oval 
 faces, yet sharp, and projecting through the centre, from the 
 forehead down ; which, on account of the strong projection, caused 
 their eyes to appear deep-set, and piercing; noses broad at the 
 upper portion; nostrils very much drawn in, yet protruding and 
 sharp ; lips thick. They were a very energetic people. 
 
 The Celtrezonas generally, were somewhat taller than the 
 Celexdentrys. In color, they were a shade lighter, which was 
 caused by a slight mixture with peoples who came among them 
 from the outskirts of Atara; and from the Ninkazits, in the 
 southern portion of Teltzie We. Their hair was the same, in 
 character, as that of the Celexdentrys, excepting longer and they 
 possessed more of it over their bodies. Their eyes were about 
 the same color, in fact their general features were about the 
 same. 
 
 The Leltazats, who, by the way, were principally Celtrezonas 
 migrators, from the eastern portion of Teltzie Set, and the 
 northeastern border of Teltzie Et, were about the same as the 
 Celtrezonas and border Atarians. In fact, they possessed about 
 the same physical appearance as their neighbors, the Ninkazits, 
 excepting their straighter hair, which condition came through 
 the Atarian and the Celtrezonas influence. 
 
 The Ninkazits who migrated to the southern portion of 
 Teltzie We from the northern portion of Teltzie Set, or the 
 San-nan'zes people, were about the same as the Sannanzes in 
 general appearances ; and were closely alied to the Atarians from 
 the fact that the people of Teltzie Set were formerly inhabitants 
 of the Atarian border, or Teltzie Et ; therefore, not as civilized 
 as the Atarians of the interior o,f Atara, a quality which ulti- 
 mately stood as the chief distinction between the Atarians and 
 the Sannanzes ; and furthermore, between the Sannanzes and the 
 Ninkazits. 
 
 The Celexdentrys and the Celtrezonas adopted about the 
 same style of clothing, and utilized the same material, viz : skins 
 from a mountain animal then known as the Go'zo ; a mild, hand- 
 some animal, about the size of a large dog, with dark gray or 
 mouse-colored fur. The style adopted was that of an irregularly 
 
 543 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 formed cape of furred skin, thrown loosely over the shoulders, 
 that hung down to the waist. Another skirt-like garment was 
 fastened or girted to the waist and that came down below the 
 knees. This was also fastened about the legs with straps of 
 skin, and formed a garment much like those worn by the ancient 
 Turks. The feet were also wrapped with furred skins, up to 
 the former named garment, which were fastened with straps of 
 skin. The Celexdentrys always went with uncovered heads. 
 
 The Ninkazits and the Leltazats adopted the same style of 
 clothing, the materials were hair, fibers, and soft barks ; the fibres 
 and the bark being used for the warp and the hair for the woof, 
 and varied in colors, viz: black, brown, gray, and white. The 
 style was a loose cape thrown about the shoulders. The lower 
 garment was a very narrow or scant skirt, that hung down to 
 the knees. They went barefoot, excepting in very cold weather, 
 when they covered their feet with skin wrappings. They also 
 went with uncovered heads, They generally wore the colored 
 garments, and white material was never worn except by the 
 Deltsanza. 
 
 The Ninkazits and the Leltazats, of Teltzie We, adopted the 
 same form of worship, as follows : — They recognized a protective 
 force as' being above and beyond visible creation, which they 
 termed "Ye-el'tiim," a term used in the same sense that Moderns 
 do the term "God." They represented this Principle by means 
 of pyramidal sti'uctures, which they used at their daily worship. 
 These were about ten feet in height, some being rectangular, some 
 hexagonal, and some octogonal, in form, which, as above stated, 
 were used in representation of the principle they termed Yeeltum. 
 
 Some of the Yeeltumze were constructed out of moulded mud, 
 and others sculptured from stone. They were placed on the 
 thoroughfares, or public high-ways, where the people could have 
 easy and constant access to them, as they passed to and fro on 
 their daily missions.. Small Yeeltumze of the same style as those 
 placed on exterior sections, about three feet in height, sculptured 
 from gray stone, were placed in homes and private sacred shrines 
 to Yeeltum. These the families approached, in the early morning 
 and evening for the purpose of rehearsing the inscribed invoca- 
 tion unto Yeeltum. 
 
 The following characters constituted the inscription sculptured 
 upon all the Yeeltumze, and at all times recited or read audibly, 
 by those who approached the shrines, either private or public, 
 for worship. The characters and the terms they represented, 
 together with a translation of the same, were as follows : — 
 
 544 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Kel'ta Sin'da En'dry 
 
 Look we ask 
 
 y/'^Tzn, ?^^yi/iz<fh, /^vy>On, 
 
 El-te'na Cre-en-da Guil'da 
 
 thy protection God. 
 
 The first word of the sentence, viz: "Kelta," was used as 
 an exclamation, always uttered when they first caught sight of 
 the Yeeltum. 
 
 The last word, viz: "Guilda," was an expression which re- 
 ferred to the protective principle, and was used in the same sense 
 that Moderns use the term "Amen." 
 
 The Celexdentrys of the northern and northwestern portions 
 and the Celtrezonas of the eastern portion of Teltzie We, held 
 to the same form of worship, used the same terms in reference to 
 the protective principle, and used the same Yeeltum representa- 
 tions, and inscriptions, as did their neighbors, the Ninkazits of 
 the southern and Leltazats of the southeastern portions of Teltzie 
 We ; the only difference being that they added the triangle to the 
 apex of the Yeeltumze, in the center of which was a representa- 
 tion of the sun and its rays, and this to them symbolized the 
 Beneficent Principle of Light. 
 
 TELTZIE SET. 
 
 In the extreme northern portion of Teltzie Set, there was a 
 tribe then known as the Be-ten'u-zens, who were ignorant and 
 uncultivated, subsisted on fish and animal flesh, and clothed them- 
 selves with skins and furs. In physique and general appearance, 
 they were much like the now known Kamchatkan people. 
 
 In Teltzie Set there were four general divisions ofi people, 
 viz: the Lex-te-16n'zas, who occupied the southwesterfl''"third^of 
 the Teltzie; the Cle-tre-zon'zes, the southeastern; and the San- 
 nan'zes, the northwestern. 
 
 This division of these peoples resulted from their desire to 
 develop mining enterprises; hence, small parties of the Lexte- 
 lonzas, which latter first settled, as above stated, in the south- 
 
 * 545 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 western portion of the Teltzie, migrated, to the southeastern and 
 northwestern parts of the Teltzie 
 
 As time passed on, they were joined by other parties from the 
 Lextelonza portion of the Teltzie, as well as from Teltzie Et, 
 which soon resulted in the establishment of two new peoples, of 
 the Teltzie, then known to the Atlantians proper, as the Celtre- 
 zonas of the southeastern, and the Sannanzes of the northwestern 
 portion of the Teltzie. 
 
 In regard to physical characteristics, such as stature, color 
 of skin, hair and eyes, general manners, etc., they were almost 
 the fac-simile of the Atarians, from the fact that they primarily 
 migrated to the southwestern portion of Teltzie Set, from Teltzie 
 Et, or Atara. Therefore, they were practically one and the same 
 race of people, the only difference being such as climate, locality, 
 and general livelihood would influence. 
 
 The only difference in dress was such as comes to 
 people who go to new and undeveloped sections of the country; 
 hence, economy was practiced in this respect, by and through 
 home manufacture; yet, to some extent, they imported from 
 Atara such garments and other utilities as their means would 
 afford; and kept the styles, to a certain extent, of their native 
 Teltzie. 
 
 The Sannanzes, the Celtrezonas, and the Lextelonzes of Telt- 
 Set, being considerably in advance of the peoples of Teltzie We, 
 so far as civilization is concerned, were in advance of them, in 
 religious ideas, and therefore erected more elaborate shrines and 
 symbols, representing the God principle, which they termed ; Jas- 
 san'na, the term meaning "light." 
 
 The Jassanna principle was represented throughout the Teltzie 
 by monumental symbols as follows: — There were four public 
 monuments in the Teltzie, the largest of which was erected in 
 the aistie of Cor-tel-del'lo, located in the center of the Teltzie, 
 in a large circular Se-16n'de-iis (square), containing several 
 acres. The monument was constructed out of white signite 
 (marble), and consisted of a great platform raised to the height 
 of three steps, on top of which was placed a circular pedestal, 
 from which rose a triangular shaft tapering to a point at the 
 apex. The latter was surmounted with four horizontal bars of 
 uzie (gold), that pointed to the four cardinal points, and one 
 perpendicular bar that pointed heavenward. The whole structure 
 was about forty feet in height. On the face of the third Signiti 
 step, an inscription was sculptured, which read and translated as 
 follows : — 
 
 546 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Guil'de Ha-rama 
 Greater Knowledge. 
 
 The four horizontal bars were to represent the source from 
 which each individual might gather knowledge, from the supreme 
 force, or Jassanna, throughout the invisible or spiritual part of 
 material creation, and that of the spiritual proper. The per- 
 pendicular bar represented the regions of the latter, whence each 
 individual was to receive the benefits to be bestowed by that force, 
 or Jassanna, who also dispensed light, not only in the common 
 sense of the term, but the Light that gives understanding of all 
 Truth made manifest through the knowledge of the stars and the 
 planets, whereby not only the mentality of man was enlightened, 
 but the soul and spirit illumined and beautified, both in mortal 
 and the spirit existence. 
 
 The three small monuments symbolizing the Jassanna prin- 
 ciple, were located, one at the aistie of Yezery, in the western 
 portion of the Teltzie, one in the aistie of Soueldes, in the south- 
 eastern, and one in the aistie of Enididstro, in the southwestern. 
 
 Once a year, at the time of the vernal equinox, people from 
 all over the Teltzie came to Corteldello for a three days feast, 
 and to hold adorational exercises in honor of Jassanna. 
 
 The feast consisted ^ of one meal only, per day, which was 
 served at the mid-day hour, and consisted chiefly of fish, fruits 
 and vegetables, but no cereals. 
 
 The adoration of Jassanna, as the Great Principle, was also 
 connected with that of social, political, and educational attain- 
 ments, and the order of the devotional exercises was as follows : — 
 In the morning, the people, led by the Deltsanza, marched and 
 countermarched in various figures, mostly in circles however, 
 around the Jassanna monument, thus forming a great massive 
 circle of human forms about it, when in concert, they repeated 
 the following invocation: Jas-san'na, ge-i'let eel-tinge rechet 
 niid guil'de ha-rama which translation is, to wit : God, give 
 greater light and more knowledge. They then dispersed for the 
 day, to engage in such social intercourse as they most desired. 
 At sunset, the same adorational exercises were repeated, as those 
 of the morning. 
 
 About twenty-five years before the submergence of that por- 
 tion of the Lontidri, this monument to Jassanna was re-modelled 
 by adding to it the statues of two male and two female figures, 
 
 547 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 in representation of the Deltsanza, who imparted education and 
 knowledge, to the people, and further influenced them regarding 
 wisdom in all life proceedings, as deduced from the laws of 
 nature. 
 
 The figures were in stature, about nine feet, those of the 
 two females were placed on opposite corners of the platform, and 
 stood posed with folded hands in front, across their waists, and 
 with up-turned faces, looking, as it were into the great vault of 
 heaven. The two male figures likewise, were placed on the other 
 two corners of the platform, opposite to each other, and stood 
 posed with the right arm extended to the right, with the fore- 
 arm forming a right angle with the upper arm, at the elbow, the 
 palm of the hand being open front toward the people, and the 
 head posed so as to appear as though the individual were look- 
 ing far out to that cardinal point of the country, as it were, to 
 gather from nature's terrestrial realm, inspiration, as they stood 
 and taught the people. 
 
 The other three monuments were a fac-simile of the above 
 described, except that they were smaller, and were used as daily 
 local shrines for the people) in the portions of the Teltzie in 
 which they were located. 
 
 Miniature Jassanna monuments of the same style had place 
 in the homes of the people generally, that were used for the 
 morning and evening adorational exercises, etc. 
 
 TELTZIE KET. . 
 
 The Nothosis of the southern portion of Teltzie Ket, at first, 
 gave little attention to religious beliefs, rites or ceremonies, for 
 they entertained no particular ideas of a God principle, but in 
 time, they conceived or adopted more of the ideas of the Ata- 
 rians, in regard to religious principles. 
 
 The Kasmancees of the northern portion of Teltzie Ket, lost 
 nearly all knowledge of religion. They had some idea of a 
 Supreme Force, but they had no form whatever of worship, and 
 never did advance in religious ideas. They were much in the 
 same condition of the Esquimaux of ancient and modern times, 
 which latter are, as stated elsewhere in this work, descend- 
 ants of the former, through a long line of ancestors. 
 
 In Teltzie Ket there were only two divisions of people proper, 
 viz: the No-tho'sis, who occupied the southern portion of the 
 Teltzie, who originally migrated there from Teltzie Et, or Atara, 
 and the Kas-man'ce-es, who occupied the northern portion, and 
 who were a mixed race of Nothosis from the southeastern por- 
 
 548 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion of TeltzieKet, and the Sannanzes, who migrated to the 
 northern portion of Teltzie Ket, from the northwestern portion 
 of Teltzie Set, and the Celexdentrys of the northern portion of 
 Teltzie We. 
 
 The southeastern portion of the Nothosis people, mingled 
 races with some of the Lextelonzas of the southwestern portion 
 of Teltzie Set, and it was from this mixed race of Nothosii 
 people who migrated to the northern portion of Teltzie Ket, 
 who mixed races with the Sannanzes who migrated there from 
 the northwestern portion of Teltzie Set, which ultimately estab- 
 lished the Kasmancees people. 
 
 No special cause induced the migration of the various peoples 
 to Teltzie Ket, other than their desire to spread out in pursuit 
 of new possessions and accomplishments. 
 
 The Nothosis proper, in stature, size, complexion, etc., were 
 about the same as the people of Teltzie Et, or Atara, from whom 
 they originally descended, which condition continued in the south- 
 western portion of the Teltzie. 
 
 Those who occupied the southeastern portion, were about the 
 same in stature and size, but in complexion, were of a swarthy 
 or light brown color much in resemblance to the modern Italians, 
 in that respect. 
 
 As to dress, the Nothosis carried out the Atlantian styles, 
 as far as local conditions would permit. 
 
 The Kasmancees in stature, were about the same as the 
 Nothosis, though much more slender in form. Their hair was 
 darker and longer ; eyes much larger and deeper set in the head ; 
 and fore-heads more protruding. They were also darker, from 
 the fact that they were a race resulting from, as before stated, 
 a mixed race of Nothosis and Celexdentrys, the former being 
 dark and the latter black, and the Sannanzes who were white, 
 the blendings of which mixture, resulted in various complexions, 
 dark, medium, and light shades, e. g., as is the case with the 
 peoples of North America, by the mixing of the Anglo-Saxon and 
 African races in modern times. 
 
 The people of Teltzie Ket were more highly cultured in the 
 arts, agriculture, sciences, etc., and had very fine architecture, 
 especially so on the eastern side of the Miezietory terranzi (see 
 that mountain range on the map). The peoples on the western 
 side of the terranzi, though a great people, were not so highly 
 cultured. They subsisted principally on fruits, were naturally 
 indolent, and non-enterprising, when compared with those of the 
 eastern section. Those in the northern portion, in the vicinity 
 of the Reeta terranzi, were principally engaged in mining enter- 
 
 - 549 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 prises. They were not considered an educated people, though 
 enough so that they were able to carry on a successful com- 
 mercial exchange, so far as mineral products were concerned. 
 They made no pretence in the arts and sciences. 
 
 TELTZIE ZRET. 
 
 In Teltzie Zret, there were three divisions of peoples, viz: 
 the Mu'ti-zes, who occupied the northern and northeastern por- 
 tions of the Teltzie ; the Gu-ren'zes, the southern ; and theMel'tre- 
 zens, the southeastern. 
 
 The people in the northeastern portion of Teltzie Zret, though 
 being cultured to a certain degree, were not so much so in general 
 education, as in fine mechanics, or machinery, creating designs, 
 constructing and erecting things of beauty, etc. Books they cared 
 little for, but they were highly cultured in the arts, it being 
 generally a natural gift to them. Their divisions, as was the 
 case in the other Teltzie, was owing to a desire on the part of 
 the migrators, to obtain new possessions, and to engage in new 
 developments. 
 
 Regarding physical characteristics, the Mutizes were about 
 the same as the Atarians, from the fact that they originally 
 migrated from Teltzie Et to Teltzie Zret. In regard to dress, 
 they carried out the styles of the Atarians, especially so after 
 they had regained civilization, and were possessed with greater 
 wealth. 
 
 The Meltrezens who migrated from the southeastern portion 
 of Teltzie Et, to the southeastern portion of Teltzie Zret, and 
 who were a mixed race of the southeastern Atarians and the 
 Mellenthes of the northeastern portion of Teltzie Sot, in stature, 
 were from six to seven feet, and were very broad shouldered 
 and well proportioned, but not overly fleshy. jTheir hair was 
 very dark brown, in some cases, and black in others, worn long, 
 some being wavy, would have been nearly straight, had it been 
 properly cared for. The males all wore long bushy beards. As 
 to the colors of their skin, they resembled the now known Mul- 
 attoes of the southern United States of America, that characteris- 
 tic having been caused by race mixture between the Mellenthes 
 and Atarians. Their eyes were either dark gray, brown, or black. 
 Their fore-heads were high, but narrow through the region of 
 the temples; their features were long; their noses prominent, 
 though well formed ; their lips varied, some being thin, and others 
 were somewhat pouched; their mouths were broad, and they 
 showed their teeth considerably. 
 
 550 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 As to their manner of dress, they utilized the same textures, 
 and retained the same styles as adopted by the Atarians, as near 
 as their simplicity of life, means, and possession of utilities would 
 permit. 
 
 The Mutizes, at first, became degenerated to a certain degree, 
 from the religious ideas and customs of the Atlantians, yet they 
 partially held to the knowledge they had of the God principle. 
 In time, Deltsanza were sent among them from Atara, which 
 resulted in a revival of the ideas and customs of their ancestors 
 in Teltzie Et, at which time they began the erection of Agalteze 
 (temples), and were rapidly developing their religious under- 
 standing, at the time of the final submergence of that portion of 
 the Lontidri. Prior to this however, the Mutizes, as a people, 
 recognized a God principle which they associated with the facts 
 of life and creation, and which as a principle, they termed Ke'- 
 dish, which meant Creator, or that principle which creates all 
 things. As a symbol or representation of Kedish, they erected a 
 large Hu'le-zon (pyramid), in a large Zelondeus (park), having 
 place in the aistie of Listrio. It was about twenty feet in height, 
 and was constructed out of blocks of gray signiti (marble) close- 
 ly matched and highly polished, and stood in the centre of a great 
 circle, the area of which was about two acres, centrally located 
 in the Zelondeus, and out-skirted with beautiful trees. On the 
 front of the Hulezon, in bas-relief, was carved the image of a 
 powerfully built man, who represented the qualities of power 
 and strength. The image was represented as being erect, in 
 stature about ten feet. It was intended to represent Kedish, 
 their God principle, therefore, beneath his feet, on the face of 
 the Hulezon, the following inscription was carved. 
 
 7rLC z n 
 
 Ke'dish 
 Creator. 
 
 This shrine was originally intended as a place for daily recog- 
 nition and adoration of the great Kedish principle, by the people 
 as they were passing to and fro through the Zelondeus, to which 
 they expressed their adoration by a manner of bodily obeisance, 
 but there was instituted the custom of general assemblies of the 
 people of that portion of the Teltzie, that convened once a year 
 at the Hulezon, which occurred at the time of the winter solstice, 
 which was the beginning of their new year. The assembly was 
 
 SSI 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 only for one day, and the principal Kedish exercises were held 
 at sun-set, at the close of the day's feasting and social intercourse 
 throughout the aistie. The order of the exercises at the Hulezon 
 was that of a military movement. The people formed a great 
 circle about the Hulezon two abreast, and marched seven times 
 around it. Each couple as they passed the image of Kedish, 
 made obeisance to it, by hand gesticulations, bowing, kneeling, 
 and rising quickly in order not to break the movement of the 
 remainder of the circle. As each couple arrived the seventh 
 time before the Kedish image, having made their obeisence, 
 turned and stepped out of the circle, and dispersed through the 
 trees and shrubs, to their respective abodes. Thus circle after 
 circle was formed, until all the people had gone through the 
 exercises. 
 
 Similar Hulezonze, though smaller, were erected in the larger 
 aistieze of that portion of the Teltzie, for local daily use, and 
 annually, for those who could not convene at the national exer- 
 cises inl the aistie of Listrio. Miniature Hulezonze were also 
 placed in the homes, for family use as daily shrines. 
 
 The Meltrezens, as was the case with the new colonies, degen- 
 erated from the Atarian ideas of the God principle, and forms 
 of worship, from the fact that, only a few people migrated at a 
 time, hence gradually lost their interest in religious matters, giv- 
 ing their thoughts rt^ostly to the maintenance of the body, and 
 development of social and commercial enterprises. 
 
 At the time of the submergence, the Atarians were preparing 
 to send Deltsanza to the Meltrezens and the Gurenzes, but this, 
 like all the great plans of the Atarian people was thus prevented. 
 The Gurenzes, like the Meltrezens, degenerated from all religi- 
 ous principles, or ideas, and never re-established any definite 
 form of worship or instituted any representative of the God 
 principle. They being a mixed race from the co-mingling of 
 the Ka-ce dricks of the southern portion of Teltzie Sot, and the 
 mixed race of Meltrezens of the southeastern portion of Teltzie 
 Zret, in stature, were shorter than the Meltrezens, the tallest of 
 them not exceeding six feet. The majority however, were 
 medium sized, though not very fleshy. As to their color of skin, 
 they would compare very favorably with modern Egyptians. 
 They had small features; small, round heads; dark, straight 
 hair, like the American Indians ; black and also chestnut colored 
 eyes, deep set and close together ; small noses ; high cheek bones ; 
 normal mouths ; medium thin lips ; and the males had exuberant 
 beards that extended high upon the face. 
 
 In Teltzie Sot, there was a^ hostile tribe, then known as the 
 
 552 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Drez-a-lan'c6-shans, who inhabited the Ga-sib'bee Aelkedze 
 (mountains), remnants of whom occupied the now known Guad- 
 eloupe Islands, in the Leward Group of the Caribbe Islands. 
 There is yet a remnant of the descendants of that people in the 
 southern portion of that island, not known to moderns, though 
 by explorations already made, fossil remains of skeletons and 
 rude weapons have been found, which belonged to the descend- 
 ants of that people, whose original link was the Drezalancoshans 
 of the southern portion of Teltzie Sot of Atlantis. These peo^ 
 pie were partly civilized, and therefore not so crude as those on 
 the southeastern portion, which latter were extremely quarrel- 
 some. 
 
 There were four general divisions of people in Teltzie Sot, 
 viz., the Schi' rants, who occupied the northern portion of the 
 Teltzie; the Mel-len-thes, who occupied the northwestern and 
 the Scha-nan'da-rits and the Ka-cedricks, who occupied the 
 southwestern. These divisions were caused by two conditionj, 
 viz : the Schirants and the Mellenthes were very desirous to pos- 
 sess homes, and to have an opportunity to develop certain enter- 
 prises; and the Schanandarits and the Kacedricks, who were 
 very contentious or quarrelsome among themselves, reached divi- 
 sion through their hostilities, which made separations among 
 them. 
 
 The Schijtlknts I and Mellenthes, originally from Teltzie Sot, 
 migrated there from the southern portion of Teltzie Et; and 
 some Meltrezens who returned to Teltzie Sot from Teltzie Zret, 
 after their migration to the latter; ultimately, some of the Schan- 
 andarets of the southern portion of Teltzie Sot, and some of the 
 Kacedricks from the southwestern portion, migrated to the north 
 and northwestern portions of the Teltzie, and mixed races with 
 the Schirants, the Mellenthes, and the Meltrezens, a fact that 
 ultimately developed race conditions characteristic of the north- 
 ern, and the northeastern portions of Teltzie Sot. 
 
 The migration of the Schanandarits and Kacedricks, of the 
 southern portion of Teltzie Sot, to the northern, was occasioned 
 by the going of the Schirants and the Mellenthes, of the north- 
 ern portion to the South Sea coast, for the purpose of establish- 
 ing fishing industries, which influenced some of the Schanan- 
 darits and Kacedricks to accompany them on their home return, 
 for the purpose of transporting their supplies of fish to market. 
 
 Therefore, the Schirants and the Mellenthes, though occupy- 
 ing separate portions of the Teltzie, were by virtue of race char- 
 acteristics, one and the same. In stature, they varied from six 
 to seven feet; in physique and manner, they were very coarse; 
 
 553 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the color of their skin very dark, but not a shiny black ; their hair 
 generally, was both black and curly, though sometimes brown; 
 their features were thin, or slender; their foreheads low; their 
 eyes were dark, quite large, obliquely placed, and strikingly long, 
 even more so than those of the ancient Chinese ; their noses were 
 broad at the nostrils, but flat on the upper part; their cheek 
 bones were broad and extended backward as if in harmony with 
 the position of their eyes; their lips were thick, and naturally 
 remained open, thus disclosing their teeth considerably; their 
 chins were receding. The males had scant beards, that grew in 
 tufts on their necks, principally. In regard to dress, so far as 
 conditions would permit. They followed, in a crude way, the 
 styles and utilities of the Atarians, or peoples of Teltzie Et, their 
 original home. Before the submergence, however, they had 
 made quite an advancement in this respect, as well as in condi- 
 tional matters. 
 
 The Schanandarits of the southern portion of Teltzie Sot, 
 and the Kacedricks of the southwestern, were remnants of an 
 extremely low and ignorant, uncivilized but numerous, people, 
 without tribe or national name, who before the submergence that 
 established them as such in Teltzie Sot, dwelt in a section of 
 country now known as the Tristan d' Acunha Islands in the 
 South Atlantic Ocean, that then extended north of the Tropic of 
 Capricorn, to the region of the now known St. Helena Island; 
 which latter, after the first submergence that established the Tris- 
 tan d' Acunha Islands, was a part of the southern portion of 
 Teltzie Sot, which accounts for the fact that the remnant of that 
 people were in the southern section of the Teltzie. 
 
 The Schanandarits and the Kacedricks, of the southern por- 
 tion of the Teltzie, as was the case with the northern peoples, 
 being remnants of one race, did not differ physically in their 
 original condition. In height, like the northern people of the 
 Teltzie, they varied from six to seven feet; but physically they 
 were not built the same, being of more slender form, while the 
 northern people were heavily built. Their skins were very black 
 and shiny ; their hair was black and curled tightly to their heads, 
 like the hair of the modern negroes ; their heads were quite round 
 in form ; their foreheads were low ; their faces were broad ; their 
 eyes were black, and characterized with a sharp, piercing look; 
 their noses were broad and flat ; their ears small ; their lips quite 
 thick ; and their mouths broad. The males had very little beard, 
 and that curled tightly to the face. They were, in fact, a people 
 of very ferocious appearance. 
 
 The majority of these people went without clothing. Some, 
 
 554 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 however, wore a short skirt-like garment, fastened at the waist, 
 the rest of the body being nude. Their feet and heads were un- 
 garmented. 
 
 The Schanandarits and the Kacedricks, of Teltzie Sot, never 
 to any extent, manifested religious ideas, or established any 
 forms of worship. Their chief thought was of obtaining food, 
 which was principally flesh and fiish of various kinds. 
 
 Portions of the Schirants and the Mellenthes, of Teltzie Sot, 
 held to the Atarian idea of Gala (the God principle) to a certain 
 extent, which term they changed to Gahala, which to them meant 
 "God, the Great Spirit." 
 
 The remainng portion of the people ceased, for a time, to 
 entertain religious ideas ; but, eventually, as the religious class 
 became more advanced along this line of thought, its develop- 
 ment began to spread out among the people again. 
 
 At this period of time, they instituted and erected, small 
 monuments in their principal settlements, which they fashioned 
 after the monumental styles in Atara, though they were crudely 
 constructed at first. The only inscription on these monuments 
 was as follows : 
 
 Ga-ha'la 
 God the Great Spirit. 
 
 Just before the submergence that destroyed the Teltzie, they 
 had begun the erection of Agalteze (temples), at the aistie of 
 An-te-swar'ap, a place of about looo inhabitants, on the northern 
 border of the Or'zer Kelete (lake), in the northewestern portion 
 of the Teltzie. At the time of the above-named submergence, 
 the foundation was complete, and portions of the structure 
 nearly so. 
 
 Finally, in regard to the inhabitants of Atlantis, as is the case 
 on all continents, there were degrees of development and civili- 
 zation among them, according to local conditions, and the periods 
 of time with which they were contemporaneous. 
 
 During the three Efremetrumze (dynasties), education, art, 
 science, literature, architecture, in fact everything that goes to 
 make up the National development and civilization of a people, 
 existed in certain portions of the Lontidri; yet there were some 
 districts where the people had not received the sufficient intellec- 
 tual light to bring them to such a degree of civilization as would 
 
 . 555 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 qualify them to join issues, to any extent, with those of higher 
 civilizations. 
 
 Teltzie Et or One, was the seat of culture, art, science, archi- 
 tecture, mechanics, agriculture, and the embodiment of all kinds 
 of commerce. The people were busy, harmonious and intelli- 
 gent, and highly civilized in every way. The greater quality of 
 which was that of soul growth, spiritual attainment, and a strong 
 adherence to the teachings of Gala, in and through the divine 
 principles of Nature, in creation. Knowledge of this was ob- 
 tained through the processes leading up to the ultimate estab- 
 lishment of material form, and their endowment with life and 
 energy. 
 
 Great as are the Nations of the twentieth century, yet they 
 have not equalled those of this portion of Atlantis, in Art, Sculp- 
 ture, Architecture, and the Sciences. No modern musician, 
 painter, sculptor, engraver, or worker in mosaics has arrived at 
 the sublime perfection, in their productions, reached by those of 
 this Teltzie, so far as regards form, and general expression nec- 
 essary to a more lifelike representation, and general grandeur 
 of the subject. No architectural production of modern or an- 
 cient ages, gives evidence of greater ability to create plans, or 
 to carry them out in structures, complete in all their grandeur, 
 than existed in the time of Atlantian greatness. No monuments- 
 have been erected to the memory of modern celebrities, or relig- 
 ious and scientific principles of higher reach in any subsequent 
 time, but they were more than equalled by the Atlantian people. 
 No greater approach has ever been made to mechanical perfec- 
 tion than the Atlantians had made in the long ago. 
 
 To modern peoples, these statements may seem strange and 
 perhaps overdrawn; but when they awaken to the fact that all 
 these accomplishments have come to mortal man, of all ages, 
 through spirit influence, inspiration and revelation, as mental 
 re-conceptions and that the Atlantian people were in much closer 
 communication with the spirit world, at large, than is' the case 
 with those of the twentieth century, it will not be hard to cog- 
 nize or deduce the facts. 
 
 556 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 LIM'PIRE, A-THU'RO, A-E'RIC, NUD A-E'MUS 
 FRE-DEN-CE-ZE 
 
 OR 
 
 GEOGRAPHIC, GEOLOGIC, ETHNOGRAPHIC AND 
 ETHNOLOGIC EXTENSIONS. 
 
 TELTZIE XLIII. 
 
 In order ti; properly trace thi; Geograpr.'c, Geologic, Ethno- 
 graphic and Ethnologic extensions from Atlantis, as they really 
 had place during the time intervening between that period and 
 the twentieth century of the Christian era, we shall 'be governed 
 in that of the former two by the order in which the convulsions 
 occurred, in the variouse regions at various periods of time and 
 place, which resulted in the present contours of land and water 
 on the earth's sphere ; and the latter two, by the migratory con- 
 ditions of the remnant peoples, resulting in the present distribu- 
 tion of the various races of peoples, thus linking the Atlantian, 
 the pre-historic, the modern-ancient and modern racial events, 
 in the establishment of the historic cycle belonging to these sub- 
 jects. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Set, a portion of the 
 Lextelonzas, of the southern portion, and the Cletrezonzes of the 
 eastern, were left as remnants on the islands now known as the 
 Azores. 'They termed the islands "Ze-la-si-6s," and called them- 
 selves the "Ke-sel'zas. Subsequently they became one people 
 by mingling and mixing races. 
 
 After many ages of wandering to and fro through what are 
 now known as the Madeira Islands, and the Canary Islands, 
 which they termed Ker-i-wansk (ker-i in their language meant 
 "to move" or "to change," and wansk "to straggle" or "to wan- 
 der"), a colony of the Keselzas by means of maritime migra- 
 tion, reached that portion of country now known as Morocco, 
 Africa, termed Section Co'jel; but they retained their former 
 tribe name, Keselzas. By this time their ethpographic character- 
 istics had undergone considerable change. 
 
 In the Islands of Zelasios, before their establishment in Co- 
 jel, they were of larger physique and taller in stature than were 
 
 557 
 
Submersed Atlantis Restored 
 
 the Zanranzans. Their skins were of a lighter hue, in fact, they 
 might have been termed quadroons. Their hair was straight and 
 light, and many of the males characterized with considerable hair 
 over their bodies. They wore long, heavy beards, as nature had 
 abundantly bestowed it. Their eyes were blue or gray. They 
 were an indolent people, from the fact that they had no means of 
 cultivating the soil and therefore lived on animal, fish and oil 
 foods. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Sot, a remnant 
 number of the Schirants, who at that time occupied the northern 
 portion of the Teltzie, were left on the section now known as the 
 Cape Verde Islands. These they termed Zanranza, and called 
 themselves the Zanranzans. In stature they were tall, heavy set, 
 and well proportioned. They, however, were a very coarse 
 people, characterized with black skins ; frizzled, curled and dis- 
 orderly black hair ; beards of the same style ; very little hair on 
 their bodies ; black or brown eyes ; noses very flat at the upper 
 portion, but broad and prominent nostrils; large mouths, with 
 lips that were drawn tightly across their teeth, which latter were 
 large, and always visible ; Their ears were round and large. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Et, a few Atarians 
 were left on the Zanranza Islands. They were large in physique, 
 large boned and tall of stature. They had light colored skins; 
 straight hair, some being light color, and some of different shades 
 of brown ; blue, gray or brown eyes ; full beards in harmony with 
 their hair; males had considerable hair on their bodies, as is the 
 case even with peoples of modern times. 
 
 These people mixed races, through the many ages that fol- 
 lowed, until the Zanranzans and the remnant Atarians were lost 
 as distinct or separate peoples, by having mixed and blended into 
 one race, who continued to exist under the original name of Zan- 
 ranzans. In stature they were about the same as their ancestors, 
 though a little more fleshy- In color they were a shade or two 
 lighter than the black. Their eyes generally were black and light 
 brown, the gray color that had characterized their ancestors being 
 entirely lost. Their hair, however, was characteristic with that of 
 both races of their ancestors, and so also were their features. 
 They had very thick feet, but generally speaking not large. They 
 wore ,skins about their loins, but the young people and the 
 children went nude. In character, they were slightly hostile, but 
 not among themselves, for on the contrary, they had much love 
 and affection for each other, especially in regard to family rela- 
 tions. 
 
 558 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 SFITRY 
 
 OR 
 AFRICA. 
 
 TELTZIE XLIV. 
 
 Sfury, — ^the first pre-historic name of the great continent 
 of Africa, was given by the H6r-zi-e thas, or the people of the last 
 tribe of the southern branch of the two nations who carried out 
 the great Gas-bi-an migration, when they had reached their 
 Con-zan-deza, or that section of country now known as Abys- 
 sinia and Nubia. 
 
 Ka-nan'zie, — ^its second pre-historic name, was given by the 
 Ka-di-6es, after their leader, the main tribe of the northern 
 branch of the two nations enroute on the above-named migra- 
 tion, when they had reached their Ka-di-6, or the section now 
 known as Algeria, and Tunis. 
 
 In-thl-cle'6-ny, — ^the third pre-historic name, was given by 
 the Je-re-theans, who survived the submergence of the south- 
 western portion of their Co'jel, or district, now sub- 
 merged by the Mediterranean Sea, and who were left as remnants 
 along the northern coast of Algeria and Tunis, after which they 
 were known as the K!n-man'zes, and the section as Kin-man- 
 zes. 
 
 Subsequently, when pre-historic time merged into the ancient 
 and historic, the Libeyhans, or Libyans, who were descendants 
 of the Kinmanzes, changed the name of the continent to 
 "Libeyah," after that of the people, the term then meaning, the 
 unknown. The name then referred to the unexplored country 
 south of them. 
 
 Later in the historic period, the Greeks termed the same 
 country "Libya," from their word "libs" meaning "south wind," 
 and still later, they termed it "a-pike," meaning, "without cold;" 
 and their close allies, the Romans, termed it "aprica," meaning, 
 "sunny." 
 
 Later, it was changed by the Romans and Arabs, to 
 "Afrygah," or "Afrikiyah," which was then only the section 
 name of the district in Africa, now known as Tunis, and from 
 which the term "Africa" ultimately became the name of the 
 continent. 
 
 559 
 
Submerg:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 The ethnographic, geographic, and historic, conditions rela- 
 tive to this great continent, are complicated, and in many re- 
 spects, characterized with vagueness by both ancient and modern 
 writers; a fact due to the absence of the pre-historic links 
 necessary to the establishment of these cycles. 
 
 About looo years subsequent to the final submergence of 
 Atlantis, there began a system of two sectional convulsions, to 
 the south and southeast of the now known coast of Africa. 
 
 The first of the two convulsions had place in the section of 
 country now known as the Mt. Amber, off the northeastern coast 
 of the now known Island of Madagascar. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion, which was circular in form, 
 and of marvelous force and great dimension, that portion of 
 Africa, between s" N. Lat., and about 60" S: Lat., extended 
 east into what is now known as the Indian Ocean, and the 
 South Indian Ocean, and as far east as to about 90" E. Lon., 
 from Greenwich. This territory was very mountainous, especial- 
 ly that portion lying between the equator, on the north, and the 
 the southern extremity of Madagascar, and also southeast of 
 the southern extremity of Africa. The principle Zelag (moun- 
 tain) ranges in this section were, first, the Wa-en'to-de Zelag, 
 which extended northeast from, and including Madagascar, the 
 remnants of which are now known as the Mahe Archo., and 
 all the islands and banks that then lay northeast of Madagascar. 
 
 The second was the En-to-s6-zin'g6 Zelag, that extended east- 
 ward from Madagascar, whose remnants are that of the now 
 known Mascarenhas group of Islands. 
 
 The third was the Cal-cii-len'the Zelag, that extended south- 
 east from the southern extremity, of Africa, whose remnants 
 are now known as the Marion, the Crozet's Islands, and the 
 Kerguelens Land, or Islands of Desolation. The force of the 
 marvelous convulsion, on its whirl of destruction, established 
 the great Madagascar Island, by tearing it from the main land 
 of Africa, and forming the Mozambique Channel; the eastern 
 coast line of Africa, from the equator in the north, to about 30" 
 S. Lat., the inlet waters of the same, and all the islands east 
 of the above named latitudes, etc. 
 
 The second sectional convulsion occurred about 500 years 
 subsequent to the first, and had place in the section modernly 
 known as Mossel Bay, on the southern extremity of Africa. 
 
 The force of the convulsion established the southern, south- 
 western, and southeastern coast lines of Africa, from the south- 
 ern boundry line of the first convulsion, on the eastern coast, 
 to north of the mouth of the now known Orange river, on the 
 
 560 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 western, or Atiantic coast. The force further extended out, and 
 along the Calculenthe range, thus completing the establishment 
 of the Marion, the Crozets, and the Desolation Islands. 
 
 These two great convulsions, therefore, are responsible for 
 the ultimate connection of the Indian, and South Indian Oceans, 
 and their conjunction with the waters of the Southern Ocean, 
 and the South Atlantic, and the island systems of that section. 
 
 All the rest of the western coast of Africa, was formed by the 
 Atlantian convulsions, as described under that head. 
 
 First, let us consider the southern branch of the Gasbian 
 migration. Subsequent to the establishment of the Zah-ran'zans 
 in Zan-ran'za, or the Cape Verdi Islands, a tribe of that stock, 
 or race of people, entered Sfury by maritimal migration, in the 
 section now known as Senegambia, which section they termed 
 E-16n'ge-te-ze, and called themselves the H6r-zi-e'thas, who in 
 subsequent time became the pre-historic ancestors of the aborigi- 
 nes of parts of southwestern Africa. 
 
 Ultimately, a colony of the Horziethas descendants insti- 
 tuted the beginning of the southern branch of the great Gasbian 
 migration across Sfury, along the southern coast of the then 
 known Ka-riin'tTc Ga-zet'e (Inland Sea), that in subsequent time 
 gave place to the now known Great Sahara Desert, to the section 
 of country noW' known as Nubia and Abyssinia, which section 
 they termed Con-zan-de'za, but retained their former tribe name 
 of Horziethas. 
 
 At this period they had changed somewhat in physical appear- 
 ance. In height, they were about six feet; large-boned; both 
 muscular and fleshy. Their skins were dark, as well as their 
 hair, both resembling those of the Negro. Their beards were 
 also similar. They had low foreheads; large full, peculiar, but 
 expressive black eyes, that were set closely together; large 
 ^aight, but not broad noses; thick lips, and feet that were 
 large, flat, and broad. In regard to dress, they wore only a 
 loose draping of short furred skins about their loins; but the 
 children as a rule went nude. They advanced no special religious 
 ideas, and instituted no forms of worship, from the fact that 
 their ancestors before them, the Horziethas of Sfury, had lost 
 all knowledge of religious principles, by divergence in pursuance 
 of migration. 
 
 The Horziethas, of Conzandeza, or Nubia and Abyssinia, 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the primitive stock of 
 Abyssinians, and the Barabra, or Berberines, including the Nuba, 
 the Kenons and the Dongolawi tribes in the region of the Nile, 
 from the southern limits of Egypt, to Sennaar. 
 
 S6i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 About 7000 years before the Adomic period, a colony of the 
 Horziethas migrated eastward from Conzandeza, into the sec- 
 tion of country now known as the submerged district of the 
 Red Sea, which they termed San'ciit, and called themselves the 
 We-zin'thes. 
 
 After a few generations, the Wezinthes became considerably 
 changed, in their physical appearance; in stature they would 
 average about five feet, and five inches, some being slender, and 
 some more fleshy. They had very dark skins ; waving black hair 
 that extended down to the shoulders; black eyes; slim faces; 
 low foreheads ; broad and prominent noses ; thick lips, and sep- 
 arated so as to expose their teeth. They were a very ferocious 
 people, even among themselves. They practised cannibalism, 
 especially when disposing of the bodies of their enemies, or of 
 such individuals as were passing through their section of country. 
 In regard to dress, none whatever was needed, as they were 
 naturally clothed with a heavy suit of hair that hung loosely 
 down from their hips to their thighs. They also had a suit of 
 hair that hung down from their shoulders, and from under their 
 arms, but the remainder of their bodies was comparatively nude, 
 hence they wore no clothing. 
 
 The Wezinthes of Sen'ciit (now district of the Red Sea, 
 submerged), recognized an unknown cause for the manifesta- 
 tions of nature, though their ideas were shadowed with crude- 
 ness and vagueness. They were attracted more from the mysteri- 
 ousness, that to them shrouded everything in nature, rather than 
 by the real creative cause, as a principle. They had no special 
 place or time for recognization, or adoration of the mysterious 
 presence, or its marvelous manifestations. They however, went 
 through the act of crude dancing, and gesticulations, with both 
 hands and feet; then sat singly, or in groups, upon the ground, 
 as the case might be, uttered some sentences and gave vent to 
 hideous sounds of the voice, whenever, and wherever, any thing 
 strikingly strange arrested their attention, such as might be made 
 manifest in, or through nature. After a period of about 500 
 years, the Wezinthes became partially lost, by the submergence 
 of the country of Sancut, which event established the now known 
 Red Sea. C)nly two portions of these were left, (remnant), 
 one on the eastern, and one on the western border of the Sea. 
 The eastern remnant established themselves into a small nation; 
 termed the body of water Deg'i-let, meaning Red Sea; retained 
 their former name of Wezinthes as a nation, and termed the 
 borderland in which they dwelt, Tiirg'riey. 
 
 The separation of the Wezinthes,. by the Degilet or Red Sea, 
 
 -562 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 or the submergence of portions of Sfury, when tribes of them 
 were forced into Turgney, was the severed link that otherwise 
 would have welded Africa, in her motherhood, to the Eastern 
 continent, or Asia, and its people. 
 
 Secondly, let us consider the northern branch of the Great 
 Gas'bi-an migration. Many generations after the establishment 
 of the Ke-sel'zas in the Ze-las'si-6s, or the Azores Islands, a 
 colony of the descended Keselzas, by maritimal migration, or 
 passing from one island to another (which subsequently were 
 submerged), entered Sfury or Africa, in the section now known 
 as Morocco, which section they termed Co jel, but retained their 
 former tribe name of Keselzas. After the ultimate mixture of 
 races on the islands of Zelassios and Ker'i-wansk, and when the 
 Keselzas in Cojel, they had sustained some ethnographic changes. 
 Ultimately, they became larger physically, in fact they might 
 have been termed then a gigantic people. In stature they 
 averaged from six to seven feet, those of the latter height being 
 in the majority. Their skins were dark and swarthy; their 
 heads large ; their hair bushy, a fact due more from non-dressing, 
 and care, than from a specific race condition, some being black, 
 some dark brown, and some red. Their eyes were small, dark 
 brown, dark gray, and black; their fore-heads were medium in 
 height, but they wore their hair low, thus concealing a part of 
 their foreheads. Their faces were broad ; their noses much like 
 those of the Negro; their cheek bones were high, a condition 
 that made their eyes seem deep set. Their feet were large, the 
 ball and heel being flat and broad. They displayed great muscu- 
 lar development, especially from the knees down to the feet. 
 They were very hostile to other pople, but not among them- 
 selves. 
 
 Regarding their manner of dress, while inhabiting the islands 
 of Zelassios, their style was very crude and simple. The men 
 wore a clout about the loins and upper part of the thighs, and 
 the women a short skirt to cover the same parts of the body. 
 These simple garments were made from skins (the fur worn 
 next to the body) , of an animal then known as the Haldia. This 
 animal was about as large as a medium sized modern dbg. Its 
 fur was soft; short, and of a mouse color. Although the animal 
 was wild, originally, yet the inhabitants domesticated it, for the 
 purpose of breeding, thus the better able to secure its skin and 
 fur for the utility of garmenting themselves. 
 
 After their establishment in Cojel^ however, their style of 
 dress sustained some change. Here, as they had done in Zelas- 
 sios, and in Keriwansk, they utilized the skins and the hair of a 
 
 563 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 wild, prolific, mountain animal, then known as the An-te-zil'Ing, 
 for their raiment. The animal in size, was about as large as a 
 Newfoundland, or St. Bernard dog, with thick, heavy, but not 
 long hair, some of which was spotted with brown and white, 
 and some was a silvery gray. The garments were made in a 
 sort of combination suit, at first, very crude, by being joined 
 together with thorn pins ; but, later, by means of skin strips that 
 answered the purpose of threads, or lacings. Very little dif- 
 ference was displayed between the garments worn by the men, 
 and those of the women. The skin of the stern of the animal 
 was utilized to form the seat of the lower garment, as worn 
 about the loins and thighs ; the skins of the legs of the animal to 
 form the short legs of the lower garment, that was fastened 
 down to the legs of the individual, as well as to form sleeves for 
 their arms, while the skins from the main body of the animal 
 were used as coverings for the upper parts of their bodies. This 
 was done by cutting a hole in the middle of the skin, through 
 which they put their heads, the skin, thus pendant, forming the 
 covering for their backs and breasts, the ends of the skins being 
 fastened to the lower garment, thus was formed the combination 
 for the upper part of the body garment. Stockings were then 
 made for the feet and lower legs; these were also fastened to 
 the upper garment, which thus completed the combination. 
 
 The infant, or new born babe, was swaddled in skin, the 
 hair being placed next to the child. In cases where the skins 
 were not readily obtainable, the babies were swaddled in a mass 
 of the cotton, or soft fiber, gathered from the pods of a plant, 
 much resembling the modern milk weed, then known as Rl'kosh 
 and which was, in subsequent time, largely used in the construc- 
 tion of cloth. After the children were large enough to have 
 these swaddlings removed, they were replaced with new gar- 
 ments similar to those worn by the adults, but were made from 
 the scraps of skins left from the manufacture of the adult 
 garments. 
 
 In regard to religion, the Keselzas of pre-historic Cojel, as 
 a people, generally recognized the light of the sun as their most 
 sacred benefactor in life. They had no stated public gatherings 
 in adoration of the principle of light, or no public form of wor- 
 ship. All was confined to individual recognition. At their first 
 sight of the rising sun, wherever he, or she might be, the individ- 
 ual made obeisance to the sun at its first appearance in the morn- 
 ing. With the palms of their hands raised high above their 
 heads opened toward the sun in front of them, thus posing, they 
 bowed low three times to the rising sun, and each time they rose 
 
 564 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 to the perpendicular, the hands were raised as above stated, at 
 which time they would cry out, Ce-de-sa!, meaning in their 
 language, great light. Ce, alone, was their word for sun; dS, 
 for the moon ; and sa, for the stars. 
 
 After abiding many years in this section of country, they 
 became a numerous people, and the desire to> reach out still 
 further for changes in life, caused a large colony of them to 
 migrate beyond what modemly are known as the "Atlas Moun- 
 tains," which they termed Ka-di'6, meaning cold, and also term- 
 ed that section of country Kadio, and called themselves the 
 Ka-di'oes. Here eventually, they became a famous poeple, who 
 had advanced greatly in every way. 
 
 Here, they were physically, about the same as were their 
 ancestors, the Keselzas, of Cojel, or modern Morocco ; however, 
 they adopted more clothing, on account of the climate, which at 
 first they made out of furred skins, etc. Subsequently, however, 
 they learned to weave fabrics from fibres, and grasses, which 
 they utilized in making their garments, and which they also 
 formed into mats, etc. They learned to mould a blue clay sub- 
 stance into useful dishes. In fact they became more civilized 
 in many ways, and were mentally in advance of their Ancestors. 
 They were harmonious among themselves, but very hostile to 
 intruders, or individuals that came among them, whom they 
 were sure to kill. When migrating, they were ever ready to 
 fight for possession. 
 
 The Kadioes of Ka-di'o, in the vicinity of the now known 
 Atlas Mountains, recognized all Solar lights as a principle for 
 adoration, or worship. These they termed Kii-zin'too, referring 
 to the greater lights of heaven, KU, meaning the sun, in the 
 Kadioan language; Zin, the moon; and Too, the stars. The 
 difference between their recognition of light as the principle for 
 adoration, and that of their ancestors, the Keselzas, was that the 
 latter only recognized one luminary, viz ; the sun, and the Kadios 
 combined the three, sun, moon, and stars, in which their adora- 
 tion was centered. 
 
 They erected an emblem, or idol, in representation of the 
 principle of Kuzintoo, which was formed by a perpendicular 
 pole, or piece of wood, similar to that of the perpendicular piece. 
 On the left point of the triangle, was represented the disc of 
 the sun; on the right that of the moon; on the top point was 
 placed a representation of a star- The radiations of light were 
 represented, as emanating from them, by means of small sticks, 
 so placed around the discs of the sun and moon, and on the 
 outline of the star. The emblem, or idol, was not placed per- 
 
 565 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 pendicularly, however, but leaned against, and supported by, a 
 triangular mound, or bank of earth, a little taller than the em- 
 blem. They held adorational assemblies and exercises twice a 
 year, viz : at the times of the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, 
 lasting for two days, from sunrise of the first morning, until 
 sunset of the following day. The order of exercises, at such 
 times was to assemble at sunrise and at sunset, by the emblem 
 of Kuzintoo, when each individual would pass three times in 
 a circular manner around the emblem, and each time as he 
 came in front of it so as to face the south, he would triangle 
 himself, e. g., would, with the right hand, starting at the throat, 
 trace down obliquely to the waist, then horizontally across the 
 waist to the right, then up obliquely, to the left, again to the 
 throat, thus having traced, or pantomimed the outline of a tri- 
 angle upon his breast. After this obeisance was made, in the 
 form of a low bow, to the emblem'; the third time, the individ- 
 ual would pass back to the assembly, thus giving place for another 
 to go through the form. At the last sunset assembly, however, 
 the whole company, formed into a circle around the emblem, 
 passed once around; and as each individual came in front of 
 the image or emblem, he would triangle himself, make obei- 
 sence, retire from the circle, and depart to his abode. 
 
 Each afternoon, as the sun passed down the western sky, 
 they held a great feast.. As they sat in groups, so arranged as 
 to form a circle, they feasted on fruits, meats and fish. 
 
 During the year, whenever an individual passed the emblem, 
 he would make obeisance to it in the same manner as above 
 described. 
 
 While the Radioes of Radio, did not fully comprehend the 
 meanmg of the emblem, or mode of triangling themselves,— 
 \yhich was that the motion across the waist located the seat of 
 life ; and the obliques from the throat that formed the upper 
 part of the triangle, as pointing up to the mental faculties,— as 
 did the priesthood in subsequent generations; yet the principle 
 was given them, through spirit influence for the purpose of fur- 
 their development ; e. g., in the beginning, given them in crudity 
 and Ignorance, it was further developed by the priesthood, ulti- 
 mately to find its more perfect analysis and understanding, 
 through the philosophical and scientific researches and teach- 
 ings of the present time and in the future. 
 
 The mode of triangle obeisance and emblematic representa- 
 tion, was not changed, in reality, until the time of the crucifixion 
 and then It was done by the priesthood of that period, and 
 retained by priests of the Roman Catholic church, and their off- 
 spring of modern time. 
 
 566 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 After they hai dwelt many generations in Kadio, or east 
 of the Atlas Mountains of Morocco, a colony of their descendants 
 migrated eastward along the range into the section of country 
 now known as Algeria, but they did not change their colony, or 
 section name. There they dwelt for many generations and grew 
 to be a large nation; but not so numerous in population as 
 their mother nation had been. Physically speaking, they re- 
 mained about the same as their ancestors, the Kadioes of Moroc- 
 co ; but mentally they advanced considerably. 
 
 The Kadioes of Kadio, in the now known section of Algeria, 
 conceived the idea of a great man, in their own likeness, as the 
 creator pf the planets, which creative principle they termed 
 Gl-dio. Among themselves, especially to their children, they 
 taught the idea that the sun and the moon were the father and 
 the mother of the stars. Gi, in the Kadio language, meant 
 "father;" Di, "mother," and 0, "child." Whenever they saw a 
 falling star, they took it to be a new bom star-cbilcf- Their rep- 
 resentation therefore of Gidio, of the Creative Principle, was 
 changed from planetary emblems, such as their a,ncestors, the 
 Kadioes of Kadio, in the Atlas Mountain region, employed, to 
 the full form of a man, in representation of Gidio, or Gi, the 
 Father of Lights. They therefore established an image of Gidio 
 for special use in their adorational exercises, which was very 
 crudely wrought in the full form of a man, standing erect, with 
 his right elbow against his side, the forearm raised to a perpen- 
 dicular with the body, and the open hand turned to the front. 
 The image was placed upon a perpendicular pole, erected much 
 in resemblance of the *'Totem" poles, which latter idea was 
 handed down through the generations, to the ancient peoples of 
 modern time, who erected them, not knowing the precursor to 
 have been the image pf Gidio. 
 
 The image of Gidio was made portable, so it could be moved 
 at pleasure ; and when erected was always set facing the nprth, 
 thus to appear aa if coming to the people from the south, The 
 stated gatherings, for aejorational exercises, or worship, were 
 convened at three different periods during the month; viz: the 
 first, at the first appearance of the new moon ; the second, which 
 was th0ir greatest gathering and feasit, at the time of the full 
 moon ; the thir-d, the first night of the dark of the moon. General 
 and individtial adorations were always practised at the option 
 of people, who felt so inclined, at the noon day hour, or when 
 the sunlight was at its glory, At the stated gatherings, the 
 pepple were assemibled by means of vpcal demonstration, accom- 
 panied by resonant wood, blowing thrpugh a sort of wpoden horn, 
 
 567 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and shouting through a long stone tube with rising and falling 
 tones of voice, aggregating a most hideous loud noise, that was 
 continued until they reached the shrine of Gidio. 
 
 When assembled, the people formed circles within circles, 
 about the image of Gidio, according to the number of people 
 assembled, and their cast in society, viz ; the leaders formed the 
 centre circle ; the higher class the next ; and so on until all were 
 formed into circles, the children at all times forming the outer 
 cincle. Thus formed, the .great noise was resumed, and the 
 adorational march begun. The latter was as follows : — the Chief 
 of the leaders started to march first, from his position in the 
 circle, diagonally across to the next outer circle, and back in 
 advance diagonal form, to his own circle, thus forming two 
 sides of a triangular movement, or the point of a star. Each 
 leader followed suit in the tracks of the Chief, from his position 
 in the circle, thus continuing the march, until the Chief, and 
 each leader, had returned to the position from which they start- 
 ed. Thus the circles followed suit, one after another, until all 
 had returned to their starting points. The noise accompanying 
 the march was continuous from beginning to finish. When the 
 last circle had finished its round, all the people knelt upon both 
 knees, and bowed low, with the face to the earth, then rose and 
 dispersed in a promiscuous manner. The feast, which consisted 
 of meats, fish, fruits, and nuts, was always held late in the after- 
 noon, before the time for the adorational march. 
 
 There were, in addition to the principal Gidio image, smallei; 
 ones, placed throughout the village, or settlement, and miniature 
 ones were placed in the homes, for more convenient use, etc. 
 
 Gidio, of the Kadios, was the earliest conception of Anthro- 
 pomorphism, the idea of which, like that of "triangling," in 
 connection with the adoration of Kuzintoo, by their ancestors, 
 that led down to the crucifix, was conceived through spirit influ- 
 ence, for the same purpose, beginning in crudity, such as would 
 reach the undeveloped minds of the people, further developed 
 by the priesthood. This concept of deity is being investigated, 
 by master minds of the present, and will be more fully compre- 
 hended in the future through truthful teachings of philosophy, 
 and scientific reasoning, such as shall cause the annihilation of 
 such a belief, which is still taught by Anthropomorphists. 
 
 Ultimately, a colony of Algerian Kadioes migrated to tne 
 section of country now submerged by the waters of the south- 
 western half of the Mediterranean Sea, which section they termed 
 Co'jel, after the pre-historic Cojel of their Keselza ancestors, in 
 
 568 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Morocco, and they called themselves the Je-re-the'ans. There 
 they dwelt for ages, and became a great nation. 
 
 A short time after the Horziethas, of the southern branch, 
 were established in their section of Conzandeza; and the Kasa- 
 manzes, of the northern branch in Gas'bi-a, a descended tribe 
 of the Horziethas migrated northward, along the now known 
 Nile river. This latter they termed Ge-liot, and they traveled 
 to the section of what is now known as the First Cataract, which 
 section they termed Kal-lii'thi-a, and called themselves the Kal- 
 lii'thi-ans. After several generations, a tribe of their descendants 
 migrated still farther north, along the Geliot river, to the section 
 adjacent to Gasbia, occupied by the Kasamanzes. Ultimately, 
 the Kalluthians and the Kasamanzes mixed races, after which, 
 their descendants re-named the section Cuz-e-ten'ne, and called 
 themselves the Ciize-tens, but they continued to call the river 
 Geliot. 
 
 The Cuzetens were unlike their ancestors in some respects, 
 especially in their physical development and their life habits, a 
 result of their having been a mixed race in general. In height 
 they were from' five to six feet; they had dull black skins; 
 straight, scant, black hair that hung in thin shreds down to 
 their shoulders; small, roundi black eyes. Some had narrow 
 noses with high bridges, and some had broad nostrils with flat 
 bridges, large mouths, with medium:, thick, and pouched lips; 
 short, receding chins; short, scant beards toward the back of 
 their cheeks and on the chin, but no moustache ; low foreheads ; 
 quite large, broad hands and feet. In regard to dress, some 
 wore skins about their loins, though the majority went nude; 
 they had considerable hair on their bodies, especially across their 
 abdomens and about the upper part of their legs; the heavier 
 suit being about the loinsi, which grew shorter as it extended up 
 the breast. They were a wild, roving people, and had no relig- 
 ious ideas. 
 
 Prior to the submergence that established the now known 
 Arabian Sea, a remnant of the Gu-hevels, who were a mixed race 
 of Han'grots and Win'giis, migrated westward along the then 
 known La-pla-lin'go Kru'shic (mountain) range, to the region 
 of the then un-named Krushic range, that extended eastward 
 from the now known section of Cope Guardafui, Africa (an 
 extension of the now known Singali Mountains), where they 
 dwelt, for a time, by a beautiful Sake (lake), which they termed 
 Ze-tm'za, in the then known extension of the great Tishhan of 
 Azan, south, of the; Laplalingo Krushic, and east of the now 
 known section of the Socotra Island. 
 
 569 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Subsequently, they resumed their migration, when they fol- 
 lowed the above named extension of the Somali range, iintil 
 they entered the section of country south of the Singali range, 
 where they settled in the section now known as Somali Land, 
 Africa. They termed this section A-fec'to, and called them- 
 selves the A-fec'toes. They were a quarrelsome people. In 
 stature, some were about six feet tall, they were of athletic build ; 
 some were in height about six feet five inches, and of fleshy 
 build. They generally had large heads, which they carried as if 
 thrown back on the shoulders ; dull black skins ; black hair both 
 curly and profuse; curly beards; dull eyes, and drooping lids; 
 low, and very receding foreheads; noses with broad nostrils 
 that lay flat on the face, and over flat bridges; generally small 
 mouths, thin lips, pointed and protruding; flat, broad and thin 
 hands and feet, with long fingers and toes. They all wore skins 
 about their loins, and had considerable hair on their bodies. 
 They were a contentious people, and were especially hostile to 
 other tribes, upon whom they would make frequent raids. They 
 bad no religious ideas or ceremonies. 
 
 Afcout the time that the Afectoes had settled in Afecto, there 
 appeared in the same section a tribe of Cuzetens, who had mi- 
 grated there from Cuzetenne, Siloton (Egypt), who ultimately 
 mixed races with the Afectoes, which brought to them an ethno- 
 graphic change, when they retained both their former section 
 and tribe names of Afecto and Afectoes. They and their- de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Somali race, 
 whose origin heretofore has been a mystery to ethnographic stu- 
 dents and historians, and whose difference physically, from the 
 original people of Socotra, or the descendants of the pre-historic 
 Ar-e-tiilDes, is due to their race mixture with the pre-historic 
 Cuzetens. 
 
 The Somali are a fierce, lawless people. All go armed with 
 spears and short swords; the latter exactly like those of the 
 ancient Egyptians, whom the Somali resemble more than any 
 other of the African people. This is on account of the infusion 
 of Cuzeten blood into that of the Afectoes, their ancestors. 
 
 The legends, of the Gallas of Gojam, tell of their savage 
 ancestors as "having come from the southeast," from a country 
 on the other side of a "bahr" (lake or river). This had its 
 origin from the fact of the migration of the Gti-hevels, or Afec- 
 toes, from their home on the eastern side of Sake (lake) Ze-ti'za, 
 then known in the northern section of the great Tish'han (val- 
 ley) of A'zan. 
 
 Likewise the Yedju, and the Raia Galla, point toward the 
 
 570 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 east and commemorate the passage of a "bahr," a custom that 
 had its origin from the same facts, relative to the Afectoes and 
 their migration from Sake Zetinza. ^^ 
 
 The southern Gallas refer to the "expulsion of the race 
 from the country now occupied by the Somali, which legends 
 had their origin in the facts arising from the great convulsion 
 that had place off Cape Guardafui, when the islands of Abd el 
 Kuri and Socotra were established, when portions of the people 
 bed inland from Somali. 
 
 The Somali, the Afars, the Abyssinian, Agau and Bejas 
 (Bishari), are closely allied to the Gallas, both in physical type 
 and speech ; and like them are a fine race, tall, active, robust, with 
 fairly regular features, but not free from an infusion of negro 
 blood, as shown by their dark, often almost black complexions, 
 and still more by their kinky and even woolly hair. The latter 
 sometimes is short, and sometimes long enough to be plaited in 
 tresses that hang down to the shoulders. They have oval faces, 
 high and round foreheads, full lips, strong and regular teeth, 
 bright, restless eyes, etc. 
 
 Prior to the convulsions that established the now known 
 Socotra Island, some of the Rezendeth race from southern 
 Qureston had migrated southeast to the same section of the 
 great Tishhan of Azan, where the Guhevels had halted, and 
 where a portion remained after their brethren had passed on 
 into their section of Afecto, and ultimately mixed races with the 
 remnant Guhevels. 
 
 At the time of the great convulsion that sunk the eastern 
 extremity of the now known Singali range of mountains, and 
 formed Socotra and Abd-el-ktiri islands, a portion of the Guhev- 
 els, who had remained in the northern section of the great Tish- 
 han of Azan, at the time their brethren passed on into their sec- 
 tion of Afecto, were left upon the Socotra Island, which section 
 they termed Sal-se'vl-a, and called themselves the Ar-e-tu'bes. 
 
 The Aretubes, and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the original natives of Socotra, who in their nomad 
 pursuits, inhabited the uplands of the island. They are a well- 
 built race, with good features, and have long curly hair, but not 
 woolly. They are a peculiar race, and differ from their breth- 
 ren, the Somali, through their race condition mixed with the 
 Rezendeths, which also made changes in their native speech. 
 
 Subsequent to the great convulsion that established the Soco- 
 tra Islands, and Cape Guardafui, and that coast region of Africa, 
 where as before stated, portions of the Afectoes were, from fear, 
 driven inland to the northwest, they formed themselves into a 
 
 571 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 new tribe in the region now known as Galla, which section they 
 termed O-a-non'ga, after their leader, and called themselves the 
 O-re-an'i-mes. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the H6r-zi-ethas, from southern 
 Conzandeza, or Abyssinia, came into the section of Oanonga, 
 where they ultimately became mixed with the Oreanimes, but 
 retained the section and tribe names of Oanonga and Oreanimes. 
 In stature, they were from five to six feet ; they had light black 
 skins; small heads, with narrow, projecting foreheads; some 
 straight, and some curly black hair, of medium length; scarcely 
 any beard, only a little under their chins and up the back side of 
 their cheeks, which extended up to their hair; they had consid- 
 erable on their bodies; deep set, medium-sized, black and very 
 piercing, or sharp eyes; noses with small nostrils with more of 
 a rounded bridge ; large mouths, with drawn lips ; pointed chins ; 
 long, narrow flat hands and feet, with long fingers and toes. In 
 regard to dress, they all wore skins about their loins. They had 
 no religious ideas, and were a quarrelsome people among them- 
 selves, and were of a nomadic nature. They and their descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Galla race, who like 
 the Somali race, mystified the ethnographic and historic writers 
 of modern times, in regard to their origin and migration. 
 
 Likewise, the ethnographic and philologic affinities that now 
 exist between the Somali, the Galla, the Afars, or Donkoli and 
 the Abyssinians, have come from the race mixture of the orig- 
 inal stock of Horziethas in Africa, with that of the Jeretheans, 
 after their long migration into Asia, thence south into Hindu- 
 stan, west through the Tishhan of Azan, into Somali Land, 
 through various tribes, and that of the Rezendeths (which was 
 really from the Horziethas stock, they being descendants of the 
 Wezinthese whose ancestors were Horziethas), through their 
 migration south across western Arabia, to the great Tishhan of 
 Azan, where they were lost as an infusion into the blood of the 
 Guhevels, and further transferred through that of the Afcctoes. 
 
 All the ethnographic and philologic affinities, therefore, exist- 
 ing in the original, and sub-stocks, are due to the mingling ;and 
 overlapping of the above-named peoples in a race sense, during 
 the ages that have passed by since Eastern Central Africa was 
 peopled with the Horziethas, and Northeastern, or Egypt, by de- 
 scendants of the same race, who sustained an infusion of blood 
 from the great Jeretheans nation, through the Libyan and Phian- 
 ician races. 
 
 The Gallas' have nothing in common with the negro type. They 
 are a powerful race; the musculation of their arms, thighs, and 
 
 572 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 calves, is altogether different than that of the negro, and they 
 have none of the fetor, developed by the negro skin. They have 
 large, powerful frames; dark brovsrn complexion; lofty, broad 
 brows ; lively, deep-set eyes ; not infrequently, regular, and fine- 
 ly-shaped features, and are a nomadic pastoral people. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the southern portion of 
 Teltzie Sot of Atlantis, and prior to the arrival of the A-dal'ni- 
 ens, in their Nic-a-phi-le'tus, a remnant of the Schanandarits 
 ens, in their NTc-a-phi-16'ciis, a remnant of the Schanandarits 
 from the southern portion of Teltzie Sot, were left upon the 
 islands that then had place along the coast of the section of 
 country now known as Angola, Africa, who soon passed from the 
 islands into various parts of the latter-named section, and in sub- 
 sequent time, congregated into a tribe, at which time they termed 
 the now known section of Angola A-nan'des (meaning the barren 
 land), and called themselves the Sen'de-lands (meaning "saved 
 from the waters"). Their principal settlement, or hamlet, which 
 they termed Ma-zen' tup, was in the immediate vicinity of the 
 now known town of Benguela. 
 
 In subsequent time, descendants of the Sendelands, migrated 
 northeast, into the western half of the section now known as the 
 Congo Free State, their eastern boundary line being that of the 
 now known Sankuri river and lake, and further north into the 
 crescent section that is formed by the course of the Congo river, 
 or between it and the Kassai. Other tribes of the descended 
 Sendelands migrated north from their Anandes, through the now 
 known French Congo region, through sections of that region of 
 the Soudan country, as far north as to the now known Sahara 
 Desert district. 
 
 The original stock of Sendelands and their descendants, who 
 like the Kintilucians of the northern branch of migrators across 
 Sfury) did not mingle races with the southern migrators from 
 the Horziethan nation, generally speaking, excepting a few strag- 
 gling tribes, hence (like the Kintilucians, or Caucasians, and the 
 Cuzetens, or Egyptians) retained, as far as possible, under the 
 conditions of new locations and many ages of descendancy, the 
 characteristics of their primitive ancestors, the Schanandarits of 
 Teltzie Sot; and therefore, are the ancestors of the now known 
 thirty-eight tribes, as classed in the "Western Group," of South 
 African Negroes, and direct descendants from Teltzie Sot, of 
 Atlantis. 
 
 The Horziethas, who migrated eastward through the now 
 known country of Soudan (which time was subsequent to the 
 establislmient of the Sendelands through western central Africa, 
 and their migrations southward into Southern Africa), are the 
 
 573 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 primitive ancestors of the vast Negro race that now exists 
 throughout Western Soudan and Guinea ; Central Soudan and 
 the Chad Basin; East Soudan and the Upper Nile; and slight 
 mixture with some of the tribes of Sendelands, in that of Sotith 
 Africa, or Bantu Family. The Moors, the Kaffirs, the Hotten- 
 tots and the Bushmen, have herein, been especially accounted 
 for. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Horziethas, in E-16n'- 
 ge-teze, or the now known section of Senegambia, W. Africa, 
 and their migration across Sfury, to the now known region of 
 Nubia, and Abyssinia, a tribe of those Horziethas, in diverg- 
 ence to the course pursued by their easterly migrating brethren, 
 began a migration southward through the region now known as 
 Bagirmi, or Afawawa, from whence they followed the Zelag 
 ranges to the district now known as French Congo, from 
 whence they* turned eastward, and settled in the section west of 
 the now known Congo river, or rather between the now known 
 Ubangi, or Mobangi, and the Sangha, affluents of the Congo, 
 which section they termed Jan'do-ze, and called themselves the 
 Jan'do-zens, where they ultimately became a large nation. 
 
 When the Horziethas, who were on the eastern migration, 
 had arrived in the section of country now known as the region 
 of the upper waters of the Chadda, or Bende river, in the vicin- 
 ity of the town of Yola, or N. E. of the now known Mt. Atlan- 
 tika, where they halted for a time, factional contentions arose 
 among them, which caused a large tribe to secede from the main 
 body, who in divergence to the eastern course taken by the main 
 body, established a migration southward, when they followed 
 the Chadda river to its junction with the Niger; and thence they 
 passed eastward into the section now known as Adamawa, 
 thence into that of French Congo, until they arrived on the west- 
 ern side of the Sangha river, which they followed to its affluence 
 into the Congo. They followed the latter on its western side 
 until they arrived in the vicinity now occupied by the town of 
 Brazzeville, where they settled, termed the section De-v6'rnan, 
 and called themselves the Ka-she'ans. , Here they multiplied, 
 until they became a large nation, who occupied that portion of 
 the nOw known section of French Congo, and along the western 
 side of the Congo river, from about the latitude of the Equator, 
 to the mouth of the Congo. Their principal hamlet which they 
 termed Nl-ca-ro nels, was located on the site where now the 
 town of Brazzeville has place. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Jendozens in Jendoje, 
 between' the Ubangi and the Sanga rivers, a tribe of their de- 
 
 574 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 scendants migrated east and south, when they followed the course 
 of the Congo river, and the zelag ranges, to the S. E. portion of 
 the section now known as the Congo Free State, where they set- 
 tled on the west side of the now kno\vii Iramba Kone mountains, 
 near the north line of British Central Africa, which section they 
 termed A-bran'ces, and called themselves the Kr-a-bas'cans. 
 Their principal hamlet, which they, termed Sag-mal'li-on, was 
 located on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 Ultimately, the Arabascans spread out through the northeast- 
 ern and eastern portions of the Congo Free State to the regions 
 of the lakes, especially the one now known as Bangweolo, which 
 they termed O-pro-no'ses, where a large tribe of Arabascans set- 
 tled, established a hamlet which, they termed An'vo-nese, which 
 latter name they also gave to that section, but retained their for- 
 mer tribe name of Arabascans. They were fond of hunting and 
 fishing, the latter being their chief enterprise, therefore sought 
 the then termed zelags and sakes (mountains and lakes) as their 
 centers of abode. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Arabascans in Abran- 
 ces, a tribe of the Kasheans crossed the Congo river, passed east- 
 ward into the section now known as the Congo Free State, until 
 they came to the now known Kuango river, the course of which 
 they followed southeast, into the section now known as the 
 eastern central portion of Angola, in the vicinity of the now 
 known town of Cobungo, where they halted for a time, then re- 
 sumed' their migration eastward through what is now known as 
 between British Central Africa and the Congo Free State, until 
 they arrfyed in the vicinity of Abrances, then occupied by the 
 Arabascans, In this section they also settled, and being descend- 
 ants from the same race, viz., the Horziethas, only separate 
 branches of the migration, soon joined issues and therefore be- 
 came as one people. As the Arabascans had arrived in the sec- 
 tion first, and were the larger tribe of the two, the united people 
 adopted the same name of Arabascans as a tribe, and continued 
 Abrances as the section name. Here they multiplied until they 
 became a large nation, and had spread out through the northern 
 and eastern portions of the section now known as British Cen- 
 tral Africa, as far as to the now known Zambesi river. 
 
 Ultimately, a large tribe of the Arabascans from Abrances, 
 migrated into the now known section of British South Africa, 
 when they settled between the above-named section and that of 
 the South African Republic, south of the Tropic of Capricorn, in 
 the section between the now known towns of Slioshong and 
 Molopolple, which section they termed Nic-a-phl-le'tiis, and 
 
 . 575 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 called themselves the A-dal'm-ettes, where they multiplied until 
 they became a large colony, and where they established their 
 principal hamlet which they termed Sack'i-lum. 
 
 The Adalnienes of Nicaphiletus, and their descendants, be- 
 came the pre-histbric ancestors of the Khoi Khoin (men of men) 
 or Quae Quae, Kwekhena, t'Kuhkeub, as they term themselves, 
 or now known Hottentots, and their original distinctness, as a 
 primitive race, from all the other African races on the continent, 
 is due to the fact that they are a direct descended race from the 
 Horziethas, not having mingled races with the Sendelands, or 
 ancestors of the Negro race proper ; the mixed race of Atarians 
 and Schirants, or ancestors of the Bushmen; or the U-re-an'- 
 lens, who were the ancestors of the Kaffres; hence, are close rep- 
 resentatives of the Zanranzans of Zanranza, or Cape Verdi 
 Islands, and more primitively speaking, the mixed race of the 
 better class of Schirants of Teltzie Sot and Atarians of Teltzie 
 Et, who at the time of the submergence of Teltzie Sot, were left 
 as a remnant on the Islands, and therefore, as the Caucasians, 
 through their having descended from the Kintilucians, and the 
 Egyptians, through their having descended from the Cuzetens, 
 were direct descendants from the Lontidri of Atlantis, so were 
 the Hottentots by having descended from the Horziethas, espe- 
 cially so, the pure Namaqua and Oerlaama tribes. 
 
 The Hottentot possesses his mild, peaceable, affectionate and 
 hospitable characteristics, and endowment with ingenious capa- 
 bility, through the continuation of the same, though in a modi- 
 fied degree, through descendancy, from his primitive ancestors, 
 the Atarians. His indolent and non-energetic character is a 
 modified continuation, from that of his primitive ancestors, the 
 Schirants. His physical dimensions have been considerably de- 
 generated from that of his primitive ancestors, through the influ- 
 ence of mixed race and local migratory conditions. His leather 
 brown-colored skin; oval face; prominent, projecting cheek 
 bones; black, dark chestnut, wide-apart eyes; broad, thick nose, 
 flat at the roots; pointed chin; large mouth, with thick, turned- 
 up lips, woolly hair that grows in short, thick, curly tufts on his 
 head, and very scant beard, are conditioned characteristics, mod- 
 ified and varified, and thus developed through the mixture of 
 the Schirant and the Atarian races, together with the influences 
 that have arisen from the migration pursued from Atlantis to 
 Southern Africa. 
 
 Prior to the convulsion that separated the now known Island 
 of Madagascar from the main land of Africa, and established 
 it as such, a tribe of the Afectoes from Afecto, or what is now 
 
 576 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 known as the Somali Land, eastern Africa, migrated southward 
 through the section of country now submerged by the western 
 portion of the Indian Ocean, to about forty-four degrees longi- 
 tude east from Greenwich, and eleven degrees south latitude, or 
 northeast of the now known Comoro Islands, where they settled, 
 termed the section Ab-am'ha-nese, and called themselves the 
 Ju'las. Their principal hamlet, which they termed Ju-li-is'tic, 
 was located on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 About the time that the Julas had become settled in Abamha- 
 nese, a tribe of the descendants of the Arabascans, from their 
 Abrances, migrated southeast, into the district of country now 
 submerged by the waters of the Mozambique Channel, then a 
 great Ket'zil-ly (valley), where they settled, at a point in the 
 Ketzlilly about twenty degrees south latitude and forty degrees 
 longitude east from Greenwich, which section of country and 
 Ketzilly they termed Gon-tha-ne'siis, and called themselves the 
 Gon'tha-nes. Their principal city, which they termed Kul-e' 
 dush, was located on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Mozambique Chan- 
 nel, which caused the separation of Madagascar from Africa, 
 and submerged the then known district of Gonthanesus, remnant 
 Juras from their Abamhanes, were left in the section now known 
 as Mozambique, where in time they mixed races, termed the sec- 
 tion El-ter'rus, and called themselves the U-re-an'lens, whose 
 ultimate descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 now known Kafifres or Kaffirs of Kaffraria, Africa. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the district now known as 
 the Mozambique Channel, and when the Island of Madagascar 
 was established, remnants of the Julas from their section of 
 Abamhanese, who had migrated as far east and southeast as to 
 the now known borderlands of the northern portion of the 
 Island of Madagascar, were left as a scattered people along the ' 
 northwestern portion of the island; but, ultimately, they estab- 
 lished a settlement at the point now known, as half way between 
 the Narunda Bay, and the then known great range of zelags' 
 (mountains) that lay through the center of the island east of it, 
 which zelag range they termed Ex'tis, named the section Fu'la, 
 and called themselves the Fu'las. Their principal hamlet, which 
 they termed Fula, was located on the site of their first settle- 
 ment. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Mozambique Chan- 
 nel, as was the case with the Julas of Abamhanese, remnants of 
 the Gonthanese, from Gonthanesus, who had migrated east and 
 the Gonthanes from Gonthanesus, who had migrated east and 
 
 , 577 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 lands of Madagascar, were left as a scattered people upon the 
 western portion of the Island ; but, ultimately they established a 
 settlement in the section now known as the Sakalava country, 
 at a point east of the Barlow Island, or between the now known 
 Mailampaka, and the Morondana rivers, and half way between 
 the western ranges of hills and the coast line in that section, 
 which they termed Git-e-wa'ba, and called themselves the Gite- 
 wabas. Their principal hamlet, which they termed Gitewaba, 
 was located on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 In subsequent time, the Fulas and the Gitewabas inter- 
 mingled and mixed races, and spread out over various portions 
 of the island south of the peak where now the town of Antongo- 
 drahoja has place, when they termed the Island Go'leth, and 
 called themselves the Shan'tros. Their principal hamlet, which 
 they termed Dl-a-mez'tes, was located on the site where now the 
 town of Antongodrahoja has place. The Gitewabas, the Fulas 
 and their descended mixed race of Shantros, became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of the Malagasy, collectively speaking, whose 
 slight variances physically are due to mixed race conditions that 
 have attended their descension during past ages. 
 
 That the Malagasy people of Madagascar seem not to have 
 been peopled from Africa, and to belong to the Malayo Polyne- 
 sian stock, a fact inferred from their similarity to the people of 
 the Pacific Archipelago in regard to their physical appearance, 
 mental habits, customs, and especially in their language, arises 
 first from the fact that, since through the Gitewabas, who were 
 descendants from the Horzietha nation (see the migrations 
 through southern Africa) ; and secondly, since the Malayo Poly- 
 nesian stock were descendants from the Horziethan nation (see 
 their various migrations and descendant conditions across Asia), 
 it will readily be seen how the influence was carried into Mada- 
 gascar, and also into the great Eastern Archipelago. 
 
 What apparent African and Arabic elements that exist among 
 the western and the northwestern and southeastern sections, re- 
 spectively speaking, on the Island of Madagascar, is due to the 
 fact that since the Gonthanes of Gonthanesus, in the now sub- 
 merged district of the Mozambique Channel, were descendants 
 from the Arabascans of Abrances, or the region of the now 
 known Kongo Free State, and British-central Africa, and that 
 at the time of the establishment of the Mozambique Channel, the 
 Gitewabas, who were a remnant of the , Gonthanes, who were 
 Gitewabas, who were a remnant of the Gonthanese, who were 
 left on the island, carried the African element, such as belonged 
 to the Horziethan descendants, into the island (and also the re- 
 flection back into Africa by the Gonthanes who, as a remnant, 
 
 578 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 were left on the African side at the time of the establishment of 
 the Mozambique Channel, and who became the ancestors of the 
 Kaffirs). Further infusion by the mixture of races, between the 
 Gitewabas and the Fulas on the Island, carried that element to 
 various parts of the Island. 
 
 The Arabic elements, such as are visible in the northwest of 
 the island, is due to the fact that since the Fulas of the north- 
 west were descendants from the ancestors of the Arabians (see 
 our migrations through Arabia into Hindustan, India, and west- 
 ward through the great Tishhans of Na-sen'do and A'zoff, to the 
 Afectoes who settled in the Somali Land in Africa, and thence 
 to the Julas of Julaistic, and ultimately the remnant tribe of 
 Fulas in the northeastern portion of Madagascar), the influence 
 was carried into the northwest of the Island. That of the south- 
 eastern coast was carried there by migrations of the Fula ele- 
 ment, and by mixed race conditions during subsequent time. 
 
 Philologically speaking, the seeming virtual unity that exists 
 in the inhabitants of Madagascar, arises from the mixture of the 
 Fula and the Gitewaba languages, the latter being the stronger, 
 into one general language, the dialects of which have arisen from 
 the mixed conditions of the two languages as used in different 
 localities, and under different conditions on the island. The 
 same conditions were carried into the Pacific Archipelago region, 
 by virtue of similar conditions attending the eastern migrations 
 by peoples of the same stock. 
 
 Prior to the great convulsion that caused the submergence of 
 Teltzie Sot, Atlantis, there was a very low tribe who dwelt in 
 the northeastern portion of Teltzie Sot, who through contentious 
 conditions, were caused to secede from the main colony of Schi- 
 rants, of north Teltzie Sot, and therefore migrated to the ex- 
 treme northeast portion of the Teltzie where they, as a very 
 small tribe, led a nomadic life, under crude and degenerate con- 
 ditions. 
 
 Subsequently, a small tribe of the very lowest class of At- 
 lantians, from the southern portion of Teltzie Et, migrated into 
 the northeastern portion of Teltzie Sot, where they met and 
 mingled with the agove-named seceded tribe of Schirants, which 
 condition ultimately established an inferior race of people who, 
 to the Atatians, were known only as a peculiar race of low, 
 ignorant people, who dwelt in that portion of the Lontidri, with- 
 out tribe, or section names. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Sot, that portion 
 of the western coast of Africa lying between the Tropic of Cap- 
 ricorn and about ten degrees south latitude, extended much far- 
 
 579 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ther westward, which formed a long point into what is now 
 known as the North Atlantic Ocean, upon which a remnant of 
 the above-named mixed race was left. 
 
 Soon after, a small convulsion occurred on the point of land 
 above referred to, which frightened the remnant people, and 
 caused them to migrate farther inland, when they halted at a 
 point or section now known as the Angola region. In a short time 
 after they had arrived in the above-named section, another con- 
 vulsion occurred which cut the extended point of land off from 
 the present continent of Africa, and practically submerged it 
 (excepting a few small islands, that soon afterwards disappeared 
 altogether). This again gave the tribe fear lest another convul- 
 sion would occur in that section, and destroy them, so they mi- 
 grated still farther southward, to between the Tropic of Capri- 
 corn, and the twentieth degree south latitude, where they as a 
 distinct race, in very low conditions, multiplied and soon spread 
 out southeast into what is now known as the section of Cape 
 Colony and other parts of South Africa as the ages passed by. 
 They and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Saab, or Saan (so called by themselves), aboriginal race of 
 South Africa, now known as the Bushmen, or Bosjesmans. They, 
 as a dwarfish, low existing type of mankind, have become thus 
 through the long ages of degenerate conditions through which 
 they have passed, from the time of the submergence of Teltzie 
 Sot, to the present time. Their dirty, yellow-colored skins have 
 been thus characterized through the descended conditions aris- 
 ing from the co-infusions of the white Atarian and black Schi- 
 rants blood, as established in their primitive home of Teltzie Sot, 
 Atlantis, and their other physical characteristics are due to the 
 same degenerate conditions. 
 
 580 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 SI-LO'TON 
 
 OR 
 
 EGYPT. 
 
 TELTZIE XLV. 
 
 Gasbia, was the first pre-historic name of Lower Egypt, so 
 given by the Kasamanzese of that section. 
 
 Kalluthea was the first pre-historic name of Upper Egypt, 
 so given by the Kallutheans of that section. 
 
 Gustz was the first pre-historic name of Middle Egypt, so 
 given by the Quzetas of tliat section. 
 
 Siloton was the first pre-historic name of the entire country 
 of Egypt, and was thus established about looo years before the 
 Adomic period. 
 
 At that time there were five well-established nations in north- 
 east Sfury, viz., the Cuzetens of Cuzetenne; the Ogerets of Si- 
 win; the Creitons oi Yunthrox; the Quzetas of Gustz; and the 
 Horziethas of Conzandeza. 
 
 The people of those various sections were then in conununi- 
 cation with each other, and held stated national conventions at 
 Jis-te-le'z6n, the then capital city of Conzandeza, or of the Hor- 
 ziethas nation. 
 
 At one of these conventions, the chief rulers of the five na- 
 tions were summoned for tl^e purpose ojf giving a name to the 
 entire country, or to the jjortheasterji section pf Sfury, viz: 
 Ku'ja, Sel-i-en'go and E-H-jete, from Sin-ti-an's6, the capital 
 Wji^e (city) of Cuzetenne in the section of the Cuzetens; 
 Tres-ter-is and Nun-der-sun from La-thiir-ru ge, the capital Wit- 
 eze of Siwin, in the section of the Ogerets ; lla$-sal-lantga and 
 On-gelow, from Sen'ti-sou, the capital Witeze of Vunthtox, in 
 the section of the Creitons; Jer'te-ze and Sisrtu're, from You'- 
 tbrol, the capital Witeze of 'Gustz, iij the section of the Quzetas ; 
 and Al-la-diian'za, Lot-zera, Nun-ka-dris, Lu-ci'cian and Bask'- 
 ho-lit, from Min-e-tezan, the capital Witeze of Conzandeza, in 
 the section of the Horziethas. It was at that convention that the 
 term "Siloton" (the term meaning many tribes) was chosen to 
 be the name of northeastern Sfury (Egypt), thus coyerfng a 
 larger territory than Egypt does at the present time. 
 
 S8i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 In the latter part of the Adomic period, the Cuzetenj, or 
 original Egjrptians, who had long before changed their section 
 name, or that of Lower Egypt, from Gasbia to Cuzetinne, re- 
 named that part of Siloton now known as Egypt, and termed it 
 Kem as the name now appears in hierglyphic, or picture-writing 
 records of Ancient Egypt. The term signified "dark," which not 
 only referred to the dark land, or darkness of the cultivable soil, 
 of Kem, or Egypt, but also referred to the people, who were of 
 a very dark complexion. A staking coincidence — that of a dark 
 section of country, inhabited by a dark race of people. The 
 term "Kem," however, sustained a change of form in the demo- 
 tic character-writing of Egypt, to that of Kemi, used in a dual 
 sense, and referred to the color of both soil and people. In the 
 hieroglyphic records of Ancient Egypt, the valley of Upper Egypt 
 is termed "to-res," the term meaning "south land," and the 
 plains of Lower Egypt are likewise termed "to-mehit," the term 
 meaning "the north land." The Hebrews termed all Egypt 
 Mizraim ; the term being dual, referred to both Upper and Lower 
 Egypt, collectively. Mazor was their name for Lower Egypt, 
 and Pathros for that of Upper Egypt. 
 
 In making the ethnographic and philologic connections from 
 Atlantis to Siloton, through Sfury, thus re-establishing and re- 
 extending the facts relative to the above-named principles, or 
 epi-cycles, as they evolved in pre-historic time, we must do so 
 through the. great Gasbian dual migration, and its mixed race 
 conditions ; e. g., let us begin with the remnant tribe of Schirants 
 from Teltzie Sot, and that of the Atarians from Teltzie Et, of 
 Atlantis, who crossed to Sfury ; viz., the remnants of the Atlan- 
 tian Lontidri, now. known as the Cape Verde Islands of the At- 
 lantic Ocean* and their descendants, the Zanranzans and Horzie- 
 thas who crosses central Sfury, and their descendants, who ulti- 
 mately became the Kallutheans of Kalluthia. 
 
 Likewise, the remnant tribes of Lextelonzes and Cletrezonzes 
 from Teltzie Set, of Atlantis, who crossed to Sfury via: the 
 remnants of Atlantian land, now known as the Azores, the 
 Madeira and the Canary Islands of the Atlantic Ocean, and their 
 descendants, the Keselzas and the Kadioes who crossed northern 
 Sfury, and their descendants who ultimately became the Kasa- 
 manzes, of Gasbia, where the blood of the Kalluthians and the 
 Kasamanzes was united by race mixture. 
 
 'As was the case with many of the submerg-ences In past time, 
 there were many more islands and necks of land existing as remnants 
 at the time the remnant Atlantian tribes passed over them to Sfury, 
 than at the Present, they haying been su.bmergred one by one, from time 
 to time, during the ages that have intervened; hence the migration was 
 made possible. 
 
 582 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Furthermore, in the evolution of the epicycle, their descend- 
 ants the Cuzetens likewise became the prehistoric ancestors of 
 the Ancient Egyptians, a fact therefore, that connects the Atlan- 
 tian influences to a certain degree, through the pre-historic 
 Cuzetens, to their ultimate descendants, the Egyptians, which 
 latter are the strongest stock representatives on the continent of 
 Sfury, of the pre-historic and long since submerged Atlantian 
 nation, having thus been characterized by a few broken, remnant 
 links from the ethnographic and philologic epi-cycles as they 
 evolved from Atlantis through the great eastern dual migration, 
 during many pre-historic ages, by which we are able to connect 
 the Atlantian people of the northern and southern Teltzie of 
 the Lontidri, with the Ancient Egyptians ethnographically and 
 philologically. 
 
 The Egyptians have retained much of the physical and lin- 
 guistic characteristics that were possessed by their near ancestors 
 the Cuzetens, but being thus far removed from the cycle of 
 Atlantian greatness, such as characterized certain Teltzie of the 
 Lontidri, especially that of Atara could not therefore, exactly 
 correspond ethnographically or philologically with Atlantis and 
 its peoples generally speaking, but enough of the Atlantian in- 
 fluence has descended through the above named races and their 
 migration, to not only effect the physical appearance of the 
 original Egyptians, but their philologic characteristics as well. 
 Hence it is that, their language and the characters by which it 
 is represented are similar to, and originated from that of the 
 Atlantians. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Red Sea, when the 
 We-zin'-the nation was principally submerged, the remnant por- 
 tions left on the eastern and western shores of the submerged 
 district, the remnant on the western shore eventually separated 
 and formed themselves into two tribes, the separation 
 being caused by social differences. The cruder, the real seceding 
 tribe, occupied the southwestern border of the sea, which section 
 they termed Si-win, and called themselves the O'ge-rets. 
 
 The more intelligent portion of the remnant occupied the 
 northern border of the Sea, which section they termed Yunthrox, 
 and called themselves the Creitons. 
 
 The Ogerets of Siwin, and their descendants, became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the now Bishari tribes of the Eastern 
 Nubians, who at first were characterized with the less civilized 
 conditions of their ancestors, the Ogerets. 
 
 The Creitons of Yunthrox, and their descendants, ultimately 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Ababdeh 
 
 ■583 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tribes of the Eastern Nubians, who at first were characterized 
 with the more civilized conditions of their ancestors, the Creitons- 
 After the establishment of the Kaluthians in Kalluthia, por- 
 tions of them mixed races with the Ogerets, which fact gave 
 rise to a new tribe who settled in the region of the Ge-Hot Ri'ger 
 (Nile River) between Kaluthia and Gasbia, or Upper and Lower 
 Egypt, which section they termed Giistz, and called themselves 
 the Quzetas. They were a race of wild natured people, and 
 treacherous in their dealings with other tribes. In stature, they 
 were about six feet, and were full formed, or stocky in build, and 
 were very muscular. They had quite dark skin ; broad flat heads 
 on top; low foreheads; black, and tightly curled hair; very 
 scant beards; considerable short hair on their bodies; large black, 
 full eyes; short, flat, but not broad noses; broad mouths and 
 thick lips that turned up angularly, so as to show their teeth; 
 receeding chins; large, broad and flat hands and feet, with long 
 and flat toes and fingers. In regard to dress, generally speaking, 
 they practised nudity. They had no religious ideas, hence no 
 adorational gatherings or ceremonies. Their descendants became 
 the prehistoric ancestors of the now known Copts, or more prop- 
 erly speaking, Ckoobt or Ckobt of Egypt. The modern Copts 
 have, in a modified sense, retained considerable of the principal 
 characteristics of their immediate ancestors, the Quzetas, and 
 also some influences that date as far back as to the Horziethas, 
 or more remote ancestors of the Quzetas, through the Kalluthians 
 and the Ogerets, hence their dark skins; flattened fore-heads; 
 soft woolly hair ; short thick noses ; wide mouths and thick lips ; 
 large, black, upward bent or angular eyes ; high cheek bones ; thin 
 beards; bigoted dispositions; sullen temper and faithless 
 characters. 
 
 Returning to the northern branch of the great Gasbian migra- 
 tion, we note the folowing ethnographic and philologic influences 
 that arose from the local remnant tribes who did not complete 
 the migration to Gasbia. In the first place, the above named 
 influences were taken into Ze-las-si-6s and Ker'i-wansk, or the 
 Azores, Maderia, and Canary Islands by the Lextelonzas and the 
 Cletrezonzes of Teltzie Set, Atlantis, where the mixture of each 
 characteristic had its beginning. This condition being established, 
 was farther extended into Cojel number one, or Morocco, by the 
 Keselzas, and their descendants, who ultimately became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Mauri (black man), or Mauretanians of 
 Ancient Mauretania, or Mauriessa, who likewise became the an- 
 cestors of the Berbers of the Atlas Mountain district of that 
 region, with f uther extension to the Shulu, or Shilhas in the south- 
 
 584 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ern tracts, and to some extent, to the Moors, who are descend- 
 ants from the Ancient Mauretanian stock, with an infusion of 
 Arabic and Spanish blood. 
 
 The influence was farther carried into Kadio, or Algeria, by 
 the Kadioes of that section, whose descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Ancient Numidians (so named from the 
 term "nomades," meaning, in its Latinized form, a wandering 
 tribe), who being of the same stock as the Mauretanians, like- 
 wise Ijecame the Kabyles of Tunis. 
 
 The influence was still extended eastward along the Medi- 
 terranean Sea region by the Jeretheans who were the same stock 
 as the Keselzas and the Kadioes, whose descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Berbers of Tripoli, and by farther 
 migration, brought the influence into Fezzan. 
 
 Again, the same Influence of the Keselzas and the Kadioes 
 spread southward to the southern slopes of the Ze'lags (moun- 
 tains), that then faced the wide expanse of the Great Ka-riin'tic, 
 or inland sea now the Sahara Desert, whose descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Ancient Galtulians of that 
 region, whose further extension is represented by the Twaricks, 
 or Tamashek of the Sahara region. 
 
 Returning to the region of northern Algeria and Tunis, the 
 same influence was spread north, and northeast out into Cogel 
 number two, or that part of the submerged country now known 
 as the western half of the Mediterranean Sea, and further into 
 the country now known as Italy, Turkey in Europe, Greece, Asia 
 Minor, etc 
 
 At the time of the convulsions that established the south- 
 western section of the Mediterranean Sea, a portion of the Jere- 
 theans who had not migrated into the Ket'zil-ly (plain), of 
 Tim-i-cti'les, east of the Sardinia Islands, or the Ketzilly of, 
 Ko-res'sa west of it, with their brethren were left as a remnant 
 in the region of country now known as along the Mediterranean 
 coast from the river Mulucha, or Muluya, east to what is now 
 known as the Carthagenian territory, which section they termed 
 Kin-man'zes, and called themselves the Kinmanzes, whose de- 
 scendants hecame the pre-historic ancestors of the Ancient 
 Libeyhans, or Libyans, whose further influence extended to the 
 Massyli, on the eastern coast of Numidia, and the Massaesylia 
 on .the western, the limit between the two territories being the 
 river Ampsaga which enters the sea to the west of the famous 
 promontory called Tfetum, now known as the "Seven Capes," 
 which latter was formed at the time of the second of the ten 
 great convulsions that formed the Mediterranean Sea.. The 
 
 585 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Berbers therefore, are a nation of great antiquity, and from the 
 time of pre-historic ages, and of the earliest history, have spread 
 out over the same extant of country, as at the present time, viz : 
 from the Atlantic, to the confines of Egypt, excepting that dis- 
 trict now known as submerged by the waters of the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea. 
 
 Through the local and terminal influences of the people who 
 were variously distributed throughout the great Gasbian mirga- 
 tion, has arisen that branch of philology now known as the 
 Hamitic language which exists in the northeastern corner of 
 Africa and the border-lands of that continent extending west- 
 ward along the whole shore of the Mediterranean Sea, and south- 
 ward to beyond the Equator, and falls in three districts, viz: 
 The Ancient Egyptian and its descendant, the Modem Coptic; 
 The Libyan, or Berber languages of Northern Africa; and the 
 Ethiopic languages of eastern Africa. Gasbia, the terminal of 
 the first great dual eastern migration therefore, not only rep- 
 resents the terminal location where the ethnographic influences 
 met, as they had evolved through the first great dual migration, 
 but is also the district where the philologic influences, through the 
 same migration, met and were re-established by the Cuzetens, 
 so far as was possible after the changes they had sustained 
 through migratory and mixed race conditions, who further ex- 
 tended the influences to their descendants the Egyptians, in the 
 region of the delta, and Ketzilly of the Nile, who have held fast 
 to the original influences of their ancestors, the Cuzetens, as they 
 had received them after having been handed down from age to 
 age by the direct linf. of descendants and migrations from, Atlan- 
 tis to Gasbia. Therefore, the Egyptian language and the charac- 
 ters representing it, are the closest representatives of that of 
 Atlantis in evidence of the philologic re-establishment, and re- 
 extension of that principle must be made on the continent of 
 Africa. In fact, the Egyptian are the only preserved ancient 
 records of the Hamitic language, and bear evidence of the 
 broken epi-cycle that had evolved from Atlantis to Egypt. 
 
 The Kalluthians who had retained the influence of the 
 hieroglyphic sculpture or picture representations, such as had 
 been handed down through the southern migration, from the 
 Schirants of Teltzie Sot, and the Atarians from Teltzie Et, 
 through the Zanranzans and Horziethas of central Sfury, fur- 
 ther extended the practise to the Cuzetens, and they in turn to 
 the Egyptians, hence, the use of the art in ancient Egyptian monu- 
 mental records. 
 
 Likewise, the Kasamanzes who had retained the influence of 
 
 586 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 demotic character writing, as handed down through the northern 
 migration, from the Lextelonzes and the Cletrezonzes of Teltzie 
 Set, through the Keselzas and the Kadioes of northern Sfury, 
 further extended the practise to the Cuzetens, and they to the 
 Egyptians, hence the use of that art in common among the 
 ancient Egyptians. 
 
 The hieratic character writing was of subsequent origin, hav- 
 ing been instituted by the Egyptian priests for sacred use, and 
 was a tachygraph or abridged form of the hieroglyphic signs. 
 
 587 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ELTE-ZE AND RE-IS'TA, 
 
 OR 
 ARABIA AND PERSIA. 
 
 TELTZIE XLVI. 
 
 Tiirg'ney, was the first pre-historic sectional name of Arabia, 
 so given by the We-zin'these, prior to the formation of the now 
 known Red Sea, which included the area of the latter, and fur- 
 ther extended east to the border-lands of Arabia, on its present 
 eastern shore. 
 
 Qu-res'ton, was its second name, so given by the Re-zen'- 
 deths, who were a remnant of the Wezinthese, subsequent to the 
 establishment of the Red Sea, and embraced that portion of 
 Arabia now known as the Province of Hedja Yemen, or Elhejaz. 
 
 El'te-ze was the third, or general name for the entire section 
 of Arabia, so changed and given, about 2000 years before the 
 Adomic period, by A- che-let', the first pre-historic rule of the 
 Arabian country, which he did at the time he came into the office 
 of ruler. The country, therefore, bore the name of El'te-ze until 
 about the modern ancient time when it was changed to Arabia. 
 
 Returning to the Wezinthes as a nation, we find that during 
 a long period of time subsequent to the formation of the Red Sea, 
 the eastern and western remnants both ultimately, became a 
 numerous people, or great nation occupying two districts, from 
 Which other nations subsequently descended. Those of the East- 
 ern division, who dwelt in the high-lands of Turgney, retained 
 that section name as given. 
 
 About 6000 years before the Adomic period, the Rezendeths 
 had also descended into a numerous people, at which time various 
 conditions caused dissensions to arise among them, which resulted 
 in a secession of three tribes from the nation, viz: the Ack're- 
 deths; the Hisocks; and the I-6x'ens, who ultimately migrated 
 farther eastward into the high-lands of the section of country 
 now known as Arabia, which they termed Qureston. 
 
 A colony of the Rezendeths proper, who were not hostile to 
 their seceding brethren, also migrated to the same section of 
 Qureston, or Arabia, but retained their former name. At that 
 time, the Hisocks recognized an invisible provident source upon 
 
 588 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 which their success in all things depended, especially light, which 
 they recognized as the principal guardian spirit of their general 
 success, which they worshipped usually at sunset, by giving thanks 
 for the day's good. As a symbol or image representing the prin- 
 ciple they worshipped, they chose the large wild animal then 
 known as the Wil-kie-tre ze, which was a kind, docile or harmless 
 animal, having short, fine brown hair, and was an inhabitant of 
 the mountain regions. On account of its kind and docile quality 
 of being, it was chosen as the representative of the benevolent 
 spirit. They looked on other animals with fear. They made 
 wooden images of the Wilkietreze, to use in their worship when 
 traveling from place to place, and in localities where the animal 
 did not range. 
 
 The loxens, like the Hisocks, reverenced light as a great 
 benefactor, but held their devotional exercises at the noon-day 
 hour. Their provident spirit was embodied in the term Quel-ter- 
 do'ser, meaning All Glorious. Their order of worship was by 
 kneeling at the noon-day hour, whether in assembly, or individ- 
 tially, some even bowing to the earth, when they would repeat 
 the term Quelterdoser over several times, and then arise and 
 depart. 
 
 The Ackredeths, like the Hisocks and the lozens, recognized 
 an invisible provident benevolence, as coming from above, which 
 to them was as a ministering spirit of good to the earth, and 
 especially to them as a people. 
 
 The symbol, or image representing this principle, as used by 
 them, was that of a bird, large as the American Eagle. It was 
 very beautiful, its plumage being principally blue, tipped with a 
 golden hue, especially on its back and wings, but its breast was 
 a dove color or light gray. It was a speedy bird, that soared high 
 in the heavens, but came to the earth, and among. the people for 
 its food. It was then known as the Its-te-16'ny, the term mean- 
 ing high and low. They recognized it as a wonderful bird, in 
 being able to ascend and descend also, from such great altitudes 
 in flight, seeking the blUe, golden, or gray heavens for light, 
 possessing the same hues of plumage, and descending among the 
 people for food, which latter fact was at all times a signal for 
 them to kneel in reverence of the principle it represented. 
 
 In all their journeyings, or assembly processions, they carried 
 a captive Itstelony with them, and when the natural bird was not 
 attainable, wooden images were carved, stained, and carried like 
 modern ensigns, in reverence of the religious principle they 
 adored. This was one of the principal examples, from the many, 
 whence Ancient and Modern Idolarty was instituted. 
 
 589 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Rezendeths had no special worship; though, they had a 
 sublime adoration for the grandeur of the rising sun, which they 
 termed Ze-gris-til'lis, the term meaning Great Light, in recogni- 
 tion of which, it was their custom to either congregate, or to 
 stand individually facing the East, when they saw the first rays 
 of light on the orient sky, and before the disc of the sun was 
 visible, to stand with clasped hands in adoration awaiting the 
 appearance of the wonderful beautiful orb, until it had fully 
 disclosed itself by having arisen above the horizon, when they 
 made obeisance to it, repeated audibly the name Zegristillis, and 
 departed. 
 
 In subsequent time, descendants of these colonies, migrated 
 in tribes further eastward. When they left Qureston, they did 
 so via: the central section of the country, for at that time, the 
 northwestern section was an inland sea, then termed Ktil'te-zen, 
 modernly known as the Syrian Desert area, and the southeastern 
 section was also an inland sea, then termed Al-am-tha-ie modern- 
 ly known as the Great Arabian Desert area. They passed over the 
 section now occupied by the waters of what is now known as the 
 Persian Gulf, which was a subsequent submergence, into the 
 section of country now known as Laristan, southwestern Persia, 
 which section they termed Riin-de-rii'sand. After a long period 
 of time, they had spread out until they were halted by the waters 
 of an inland sea, which they termed Bel-ter-ther'se, which occu- 
 pied the area now known as the Lut Desert. 
 
 The original remnants of the Rezendeths, Ackerdeths, Hisocks 
 and loxens of the northern and central sections of Qureston, after 
 their descended tribes had migrated eastward, became the ances- 
 tors of generations, from whom ultimately descended the now 
 known Mustareb Arabs of the northern section of modern Arabia. 
 
 The original remnant of Rezendeths of the southeastern sec- 
 tion of Qureston, after ages of intermingling races with their 
 remnant ancestors, the Wezinthese, had descended into a new 
 nation, whose further descendants ultimately became the ances- 
 tors of the Pure Arabs of the southern section of modern Arabia. 
 
 The Wezinthese, being the ancestors of the Rezendeths, and 
 the ultimate absorption of the former, by the latter, in the sense 
 of race conditions, embodied the characteristics of both in their 
 descendants, which likewise, was re-embodied in the race of 
 Pure Arabs of the south. 
 
 The fact that the blood of the Wezinthese and the Renzen- 
 deths, through the Ackredeths, the Hisocks and the loxens, 
 descended to the northern Arabs, and that of the two first to the 
 southern Arabs, caused the two branches of Arabs to possess 
 
 590 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 physical, mental and linguistic characteristics, which mark their 
 affinity with each other. 
 
 The seeming divergences of Asiatic impress between the two 
 races, before they left Qureston, their home country, which was 
 carried further into Asia Ijy the descended, migrating tribes, 
 instead of being re-flected from Asia upon the Arabs, as some 
 modern writers are wont to fix it, e. g., the Rezendeths who 
 migrated to the north, carried their characteristics with them. 
 Their descendants, the Ackredeths, the Hisocks, and the loxens, 
 who by means of diverse opinions and characteristics, became sep- 
 arated from their original ancestors, carried their characteristic in- 
 fluence to the peoples of other sections. Ultimately,, by the co- 
 mixture of their remnants with those of the original ancestors, the 
 divergences of opinion possessed by the former descendants, be- 
 came embodied with that of the characteristics of the latter, which 
 accounts for the existence of the same in the Mustareb Arabs of 
 the north. 
 
 The Ackredeths and the Rezendeths who migrated farther 
 into Asia, the descendants of the Hiscocks into Hindustan, and 
 the loxens into Persia, etc., carried the above named re-embodied 
 characteristics into those sections ; hence, the conditional impress 
 is one of radiation, instead of that of re-flection, as generally 
 accepted and understood by moderns. 
 
 Therefore, the Mustareb Arabs, in addition to the above 
 named characteristics of their northern brethem, are diverse 
 from them, in pastoral tendencies, and proneness to nomad life ! 
 idiomatic peculiarities, drawing near to the modern Hebrew; 
 strong clannish inclinations, and disposition to oppose regal power, 
 or settled comprehensive organization. Their history, institu- 
 tions, past and present, are identical, so far as basic principles are 
 concerned, with those of their southern brethren, and have ap- 
 peared in the traits of the Hebrew, Syrian, Chaldean and other 
 descendants of modern times. 
 
 Thus we find in the modern Arabs, the Ahl Bedoo, or as 
 commonly known, the Bedouin, who dwell in the open land, 
 under tents in a vast circle of country, between the coast and 
 the central plateau joining the Syrian Desert on the north, and 
 the Ahl Hadr, or dwellers in fixed localities. 
 
 Subsequently, the loxens migrated to the northwest, follow- 
 ed the mountains modemly known as the Pushtikoh range, which 
 they termed A-len'c6, the term meaning a long low range, into 
 the section now known as Luristan, which section they termed 
 Si-aza, and called themselves the Cil'zys. 
 
 About 4000 years subsequent to the submergence of Atlantis, 
 
 591 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 there occurred two sectional convulsions between the countries 
 now known as Egypt and Arabia, that were simultaneous with 
 each other. At that time there was a Ked-yed'ton Dosh (Wezin- 
 thian term for Mountain Range), then known as the Sken'sic, 
 that extended south and southeast from the section now known 
 as the Sinaitic Peninsula, between the now known Gulfs of Suez 
 and Aden, to which the now known mountains Horeb and Sinai 
 belong, to the nOfw known straits of Bab-el-mandeb, at the 
 entrance of the Gulf of Aden. 
 
 A large Ket-se-a'no (valley), then known as the Gen-del-ca'- 
 to, lay extent on the eastern central side of the Skensic Dosh. 
 Another large Ketseano, then known as the Gen'de-graf, lay 
 extent on the western central side of the Skensic Dosh. 
 
 A large Renz (Lake) also, then known as the Skensic (named 
 after the Ked-yed-ton'ze) lay extent between two large Ked- 
 yedtonze, in the Skensic Dosh, about 26 deg's. N. Lat. whose 
 waters were red. That color also characterized the rocks of the 
 Kedyedtonze in that section. In fact, to a greater or less extent, 
 throughout the entire Dosh. The soil also possessed the same 
 quality, hence the Kedyedtonze were termed the same as the 
 lake, a term which meant red in the Wezinthean language. 
 
 The principal one of the two sectional convulsions had place 
 in the Skensic Dosh, at a point about 20 degrees N. Lat. The 
 force of the convulsion sank the main portion of the Dosh, N. 
 northwest, and S. southeast of the point of the convulsion, and 
 submerged the Ketseanoze of Gendelcato and Gendegral, thus 
 establishing that portion of the Deg'i-let Se'zie (later term for 
 Red Sea). The present coast line of the Red Sea, however, was 
 further established by many small convulsions and submergences 
 that have occurred from time to time, during the ages that fol- 
 lowed the sectional convulsions above mentioned. 
 
 The other one of the two sectional convulsions had place in 
 the now known section of Syria, near the location of the present 
 city of Gaza. The force of that convulsion, which was of a sub- 
 terrene order, extended Southward until it met the force of the 
 principle convulsion, which latter was extending northward, at 
 the northern extremity of the Skensic Renz, where the conjunc- 
 tion of forces and mingling of fire and water, caused a re-action 
 of the forces, and the force of the principal convulsion spent 
 itself in the further establishment of the Gulf of Aden, and the 
 other forces, by reaction, established the Gulf of Suez. 
 
 For the first 5000 years after the estableshment of the Red 
 Sea. no material life existed in its waters, from the fact that, 
 they contained from twenty-five to thirty different strong mineral 
 
 592 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 solutions that were washed in from the surrounding Kenyedtonze, 
 and also from its sub-terranean sources, that impregnated the 
 waters to such an extent as to establish a liquid compound in 
 which no material life could exist; but, about the time above 
 mentioned, material life began to make its appearance, a condi- 
 tion that was brought about by a subterrene convulsion that 
 occurred partially beneath the area of the Sea, and the country 
 to the west of it. This let in waters from the Atlantic sources 
 on the west side, which came in through subterrene streams, thus 
 weakening the mineral compound, and the poisonous effect 
 which from that time to the present, rendered life possible in the 
 Red Sea waters. 
 
 The Sea is characteristized with its coloring by subterranean 
 influences, as is the Ocean by subterrene salt beds. It is an in- 
 land Sea, with no visible tributaries. The water comes up from 
 the bottom through a peculiar mineral substance that gives it its 
 specific coloring. There is nothing on the earth's surface just 
 like the soil, or material through which the water passes on its 
 way into the body of the sea. There is an immense quantity of 
 that material embedded in the earth beneath this body of water, 
 and it is a formation which has been established by volcanic 
 eruptions far beneath the surface of the earth. The peculiar 
 color has been given it through metamorphic conditions, or burn- 
 ing of the earth formations. The time will come when the Sea 
 will be lost again as such, through the volcanic conditions that 
 still are breeding and developing beneath its surface. 
 
 The unhealthful condition of the country surrounding this 
 Sea, is caused by a miazma that comes from the water, that is 
 produced by volcanic fires beneath the earth's surface. The fires, 
 even now, are very near the surface, and the time is near at 
 liand when an eruption will take place, that will be considered of 
 a very peculiar nature. Lava will be thrown up, that in subse- 
 quent time will be much sought after, as was the case with 
 similar eruptive material in Atlantis, by the Atlantians, it being 
 very useful for both ornamental and substantial constructing pur- 
 poses. It will vary in color, thus established through the influ- 
 ence of heat and motion, such as will make it very attractive in 
 appearance. You may go from one eruptive condition to another 
 of the past, so continuing to do, and you will find no two whose 
 remnant deposits of lava, or erupted material are characterized 
 with exactly the same coloring ; hence, the specific influences that 
 exist in the various localities, will each develop their own speci- 
 fic colorings. 
 
 An Egyptian spirit geologist, whom Alem Prolex brings 
 
 593 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 to us, by the name of Gelt'mus, speaks as follows: — 
 "As a spirit, who has studied largely into metamorphic 
 conditions, I say unto you that, by this process, all minerals are 
 characterized with color, either primarily, or by subsequent in- 
 fluences arising from the primary condition ; hence, you can bet- 
 ter understand the formation and coloring processes that have 
 established the Minerals and Gems of your own mountains, and 
 qualified them as such. Coming through different stratas of 
 earth, the lava partakes of the color of these stratas of earth. 
 This, with its own heat combined, form the ultimate color. This 
 principle applies to all minerals. Each has a certain condition 
 through which it has to pass during the process of formation; 
 hence, the varieties of mineral products. Perhaps you can under- 
 stand better by an illustration, e. g., you can recognize the im- 
 pregnated qualities of different springs of water, through the 
 sense of taste. The springs receive their characteristics by com- 
 ing in contact with the same conditions that qualify the minerals. 
 Passing through crevices, and rocks, some of the fluids are re- 
 tained in holes, or basins containing those mineral qualities, and 
 by the retention they are thus impregnated and ultimately find 
 their way into, and mingle with the water of the springs. 
 
 "As to crystals, they are formed by slow dripping, or the 
 dropping of water containing certain mineral qualities ; but, con- 
 ditioned by having been filtered through clear sand, such as con- 
 tains no sediments, or coloring material, which thus produces a 
 pure crystal. 
 
 "Crystals having a symmetrical shape, and packed together 
 as if so placed by means of human hands, were so arranged by 
 means of circulating air that passed through and around them 
 during the process of formation. 
 
 "Stalactites and stalagmites, such as have place in the great 
 caverns or caves of earth, were formed and qualified with color 
 by the same process, in accord with the perculation, pendant flow 
 and dripping of the impregnated water, and those of the crystal 
 form, by non-impregnated water that finds its way into their con- 
 fines. 
 
 "Colors sometimes blend with clear srystals, which condition 
 has been caused by the influence of rays of light, that thousands 
 of years ago, during their formation, penetrated the liquid sub- 
 stance. 
 
 "The Moss Agate is formed by the finest of mosses being 
 caught and imbedded in the ctystalizing mass as the drippings 
 fall to form them, or as they lie in the impregnated water. Since 
 the varities in the mineral kingdom are, to a greater or less ex- 
 
 594 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tent, due to the conditions of water and air that surround them 
 during the period of their hardening, so it is with the Agate. 
 
 "Topaz is formed where the water has been impregnated with 
 sulphuric conditions, produced by volcanic action. The erupted 
 lava lying in the impregnated water, becomes colored through 
 the process of crystalization, or hardening, thus forming the 
 topaz. 
 
 "By these, and other evidences manifest in the formation of 
 minerals, and precious stones, you may better understand the 
 meaning of the term, 'Nature's God,' or Nature's process in for- 
 mation, by its working laws. 
 
 "There is no art so beautiful as that of Nature. From this 
 manifestation, man may catch glimpses of the inner, or infinite 
 expression, which is in harmony with Nature's wonderful out- 
 ward demonstrations. So much beauty and grandeur is imbedded 
 within the extended forms of the mountain ranges; beneath the 
 waves of the oceans and the seas ; and far out into space, beyond 
 the vision of the mortal eye, therefore, the human conception 
 of realities, such as exist in the general sense of the term, is 
 meagre indeed, and the knowledge of man thereby, greatly re^ 
 tarded." 
 
 THE GREAT TISH'HANS OF A'ZOFF AND NA-SEN'DO, 
 AND THE EL-RE'ZOX SE-ZIE'. 
 
 A'zoff was the pre-historic name of the northern portion of 
 the then known section, or Tishhans (valleys), the area of which 
 is now submerged by the waters of the Arabian Sea, such as the 
 sections or Gulf of Oman, Cambay and Cutch, and centrally be- 
 tween Arabia and India in that latitude. 
 
 Na-sen'do was the pre-historic name of the southern portion, 
 or great Tishhan that had place centrally between Africa and 
 South Arabia on the west, and India on the east, between the 
 tenth and twentieth degrees N. Lat., or from Cape Guardafui, 
 Northeast Africa, to Cape Comorin in Southeast India, thus em- 
 bracing the western branch of the great Tishhan of Nasendo, 
 now submerged by the waters of the Gulf of Aden. 
 
 Prior to the submergence, however, the term Azoff was dis- 
 continued for the northern portion of the section between India 
 and Hindustan, or India, when the term Nasendo was adopted, 
 and used as embracing the entire country now submerged by the 
 waters of the Arabian Sea, and so remained until the time of 
 the submergence. 
 
 About 2000 years, subsequent to the submergence of Atlantis, 
 
 ' 595 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 a system of five periodical convulsions began in the region of 
 what is now known as the Arabian Sea section. 
 
 ' Prior to the convulsions, the country of the coast line of the 
 Arabian Sea, was bordered by a low range of zig-zag mountains, 
 with occasional high peaks, then known as La-pla-lin'go, that ex- 
 tended in conformity with the modern coast line from the 
 now known Gulf of Cambay, Hindustan in the east, to Cape 
 Fartak, Arabia, in the west. Another range of the mountains, 
 not named, extended from the now known Cape Guardafui, 
 Africa, east and south in conformity with the extension of the 
 then known Laplalingo range, thus embracing the islands now 
 known as Abd-elkuri and the Socotra. Low short ranges and spurs 
 extended southwest from the Laplalingo range, that terminated 
 in the great Tishhan Nasendo, which latter extended south, thus 
 blending into the area of country in its extent to the shores of 
 what was then known as the Squa'sha (meaning big water), now 
 known as the Indian Ocean. 
 
 The first of these four periodical convulsions had place south- 
 west of the now known Cape Fartak, in one of the highest peaks 
 belonging to the Laplalingo range, in a cross section that extend- 
 ed from Cape Fartak, to the now known Cape Guardafui, Africa, 
 that formed a junction with the head of the then known Pal-to- 
 e'ser, and the Un'rand range that extended from Cape Guarda- 
 fui. The force of the convulsion extended west, thus forming 
 the now known Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb, and the Arabian and 
 African coast-lines of that section, and east from the coast-line, 
 as far as to Cape Mandraki, southeast from this point, and east 
 of the^ Paltoeser range, to the Tishhhan then known as 
 Ma-sen'do. 
 
 The second of the five periodical convulsions occurred about 
 fifty years subsequent to the first, and had place at Cape Guarda- 
 fui, Africa. The force of the convulsion extended along the 
 Unrand range, south to the then coast line of the Squasha Sezie^ 
 thus leaving the islands now known as Abd-el-kuri and Socotra, 
 as their remnants, thus letting the waters in from the Squasha 
 Sezie, which established them as such, and submerged the section 
 of the first convulsion, which completed the establishment of the 
 Gulf of Aden, and inundated the southwestern portion of the 
 then known Tishhan of Masendo. The force also established 
 the eastern coast line from Guardafui, south to about two de- 
 grees north of the Equator. 
 
 The third of the five periodical convulsions occurred about 
 one hundred years subsequent to the second, and had place in 
 the western section of what is modernly known as the Gulf of 
 
 596 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Oman. The force of the convulsion established the southern 
 coast of what is modernly known as the province of Beloochistan, 
 in Asia, from the mouth of the now known Indus river, in the 
 east, to, and including the now known straits of Ormuz, which 
 latter condition connected the then known fresh water lake of 
 Se-ze-quezan, to the now known Gulf of Oman, when the lake 
 became what is modernly known as the Persian Gulf, and fur- 
 ther established the coast of Arabia, from the northwest point 
 of the Persian Gulf, as far south, and southwest, as to the now 
 known Cape Mandraki, and then southeast into the then knowu 
 Tish-han of Ma-sen'do, which further admitted the waters of the 
 Squasha Sezie, from a line running southwest and south from 
 the then known mouth of the Indus river, to the border line of 
 the first periodical convulsion. 
 
 The fourth of the five periodical convulsions occurred about 
 a hundred and seventy-five years subsequent to the third, and 
 had place in the region now knowi^ as the Gulf of Cutch. The 
 force of the convulsion extended northwest and west to the line 
 of the third periodical convulsion, and southwest to the Tishhan 
 of Masendo, and thus established the western coast line of Hin- 
 dustan, from northwest of the now known Cutch peninsula to 
 the vicinity of what is now known as Bejapore, on the Malabar, 
 or western coast of India, and further established the Sea dis- 
 trict, to and southeast of Bejapore. 
 
 The fifth of the periodical convulsions occurred about one 
 hundred years subsequent to the fourth, and had place on the 
 Malabar, or eastern coast of India, south of what is now known 
 as the old town of Gad. At that time a range of mountains, 
 then termed Lu-ki'dish, extended from that section of India, 
 southward, which now, by its remnant, forms the Laccadive and 
 the Maldive Islands. The force of the convulsions followed the 
 northern remnant of the Lukidish range, to the establishment of 
 the Laccadive Islands, and submerged the land between them 
 and the now known coast of India, from the point of the convul- 
 sion to that of the convulsion that formed the Maldive Islands, 
 above mentioned. 
 
 The fifth periodical convulsion, therefore, with a few smaller 
 ones that occurred subsequently, along the coast of the countries 
 bordering the Arabian sea, completed the establishment of the 
 above-named sea, and blended its waters in their conjunction with 
 those of the great Squasha Sezie, ultimately known as that of 
 the Indian Ocean, and the Arabian Sea. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the El-re'z6x Se-zie' migrators 
 (but not in tribes) from the eastern, western and northern sec- 
 
 ■ 597 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tions of country, had inhabited or settled in families throughout 
 the tish-hans of Azoflf, and Masendo, and in portions of the 
 mountainous sections, where they dwelt as rural peoples for 
 many ages, but never established any particular nation, or built 
 any hamlets of note, notwithstanding they became mixed as a 
 race of people by various inter-marrying. 
 
 Si-a'za was the first pre-historic name of Persia, so given by 
 the loxens, who first settled in that section. 
 
 Re-is'ta was the second pre-historic name of Persia, so 
 changed and given by the Cil'zys (descendants of the mixed race 
 of Rezendeths and loxens) and so remained until it was further 
 changed to Persia, or Persis, by the ancient Parsas; ultimately 
 to Persia, by the Achaemenian Monarchs who came forth from 
 Persia. 
 
 When the loxens or Cilzys reached their destination, they 
 found the country inhabited by a very crude race of people whom 
 they termed To-lu'cies, who had inhabited the southern section 
 of that part of the country for ages. They were descendants of 
 the Zil-le'zos of Sab-man'tha (pre-historic people of the Nor- 
 wegian section), who migrated from that cold climate, south- 
 ward, in search of greater warmth. When they began their mi- 
 gration from Sabmantha, they were quite a large tribe, but 
 finally, when they reached the region where many ages later 
 they were invaded by the loxens, there were but three males and 
 two females left, who had survived the hardships of the migra- 
 tion ; but at the time the loxens entered their land, they had mul- 
 tiplied to the number of a large tribe. During their migration 
 and establishment in the section of Luristan, they had greatly 
 degenerated both physically and mentally. 'They had bodies that 
 much resembled that of a modern bear, but their heads were 
 more in likeness of the human race. They had grown wild and 
 ferocious. The greater portion of them became extinct by the 
 hands of the loxens in battle, which latter was the first of the 
 many conflicts entered into by the loxen nation. 
 
 The Cilzys and their descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the Persian people, and being a mixed race from three 
 distinct peoples, were therefore physically conditioned accord- 
 ingly. In stature they were generally about six feet in height, 
 broad-shouldered, bony and muscular; in color, they would com- 
 pare favorably with the modem quadroons ; their eyes were dark 
 browil generally, though some were very dark gray; their hair 
 was black, kinky and matted ; their beards black and thick ; their 
 lips were thick, mouth broader than the modern Negro; their 
 teeth large, wide and prominent; their noses differed. 
 
 598 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Some were "heavy and broad, while some were more on the aqui- 
 line order ; they were very quick to l6arn, especially by their own 
 observation, hence progressed rapidly. They might have been 
 called an intellectual people, naturally; they might also be said 
 to have had classical natures, a fact that caused them to develop 
 along those lines in their latter time as a distinct people, or be- 
 fore they were lost in the mixed race that followed their blood 
 union with the Esgenens, which latter condition was reached 
 about looo years subsequent to the coming of the Cilzys into 
 Esgenenex. As a people, generally speaking, they were quite 
 peaceable. 
 
 In regard to dress, they manufactured fibres into a kind of 
 cloth or texture which they used to manufacture into raiment. 
 The women wore but one garment; this was sort of a narrow, 
 loose gown that hung down from' the neck and shoulders, to half 
 way below the knees. The men had two styles of dress. First, 
 some wore a loose narrow jacket, that came down below the 
 thighs. Some, in addition to the jacket, which was not as long 
 as the former named, wore a narrow skirt that hung from be- 
 neath the jacket. A few, however, wore the skirt without the 
 over jacket. "Both males and females dressed their feet with 
 what they called bro-ki'esh. This was formed by wrapping the 
 feet and lower limbs, to the upper part of the calf, with the same 
 material as that used in making their garments, which was held 
 in place by cross wrapping and twining the same with a sort of 
 cord, that terminated by being tied around the upper part of the 
 brokiesh. The huntsmen wore brokiesh made from skins of 
 animals, with the hair shaved off, and were laced and tied with 
 leather or skin cords. In addition to the manufacture of cloth 
 for their garments, they also made rugs and mats, by combining 
 grasses and fibres in the process of plaiting, while only fibres 
 were used in the manufacture of the cloth. 
 
 The Cilzys of Siaza were an idolatrous people. At first they 
 worshipped Nature, such as landscapes — ^particularly the mouri- 
 tainous portions of the country — and the very large trees, one 
 variety in particular, which they termed Chan'sese, and was char- 
 acterized with drooping limbs, like the modern willow, was con- 
 sidered sacred by them, and they made obeisance whenever they 
 passed it. 
 
 Their shrine was in the form of an arch, made of trees, vines 
 and flowers, so planted as to possess a rock background, usually 
 against the mountain side, on which was carved, or drawn, a 
 coarse, crude, massive face, which was to represent their God 
 Principle. This they termed Sin-gli-a'ti, meaning the Great 
 
 599 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Worker, which they thought was the builder of the hills, moun- 
 tains, and all Nature's landscape scenes. They also had small 
 shrines, varying in size, and in local places, but the above-named 
 large shrine was for public assemblies. The specified time for 
 the general assembly was at the evening hour, but more especially 
 on the evening of the full moon. The order of their adorational 
 exercises was to bow low before the shrine, rise again, turning 
 the body facing the moon, when it was visible, gesticulating with 
 their hands and body in a joyful manner, keeping time to a chant 
 or sort of hymn,, that was more like groanings and grunts than 
 music. Individuals visited the shrine daily, especially if they had 
 grief or sorrow of any kind. When the sorrow was of such a 
 nature as to interest several individuals, then they went in groups 
 or families. They were very devoted to their religious beliefs 
 and ceremonies. At the side of the shrine a reservoir of water 
 was always placed, or, when possible, a natural spring or stream 
 of water was there located, from which they drew the water and 
 sprinkled all around the shrine before entering into the form of 
 services. This was to convey the idea of cleansing and purity. 
 They likewise sprinkled themselves before entering the shrine 
 for worship. 
 
 After the generations who worshipped the principle of 
 Singlioti, the term representing the builder of landscape scenery 
 was changed to that of Yal'ly, meaning a Great Force, greater 
 than that of Singlioti, that created all things visible in the uni- 
 verse. The term Yally was continued by their descendants in 
 the Esgenen nation, into which, by blood mixture, the Cilzys were 
 ultimately lost, as before mentioned, until about the immediate 
 pre-historic period of time that preceded the modern ancient. 
 
 The physical condition of the four nations at the time their 
 further migrations were established from Siaza, was as follows: 
 The loxens of Siaza averaged in stature about six feet. Some 
 were fleshy, and others slender. Their skins were a dull black; 
 their hair was black, curly and shaggy, and extended down to 
 their shoulders; their eyes were /black, large and full; their 
 noses were fiat and broad; their lips were thick and their ears 
 large; their feet were narrow through the instep, their heels 
 broad and projecting backwards, and the foot was broad across 
 the toes ; their hands were quite large, their fingers long and 
 tapering, and considerably spread apart. 
 
 The Rezendeths of Siaza averaged from five to six feet in 
 stature, the former height prevailing. They were small in body, 
 but their heads were massive, so to speak, in comparison. They 
 had black skins ; coarse black, shaggy hair, though it would have 
 
 600 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 been straighter if it had been properly cared for ; their ey«s were 
 black ; their features coarse ; ears large and flabby, and they wore 
 full beards; their feet were long and broad; hands short, but 
 broad and large. They Were a wandering people, and not gen- 
 erally hostile; but would protect themselves when wandering 
 from the attack of other peoples. In warm climates or weather, 
 most of them went nearly nude; but when it was cold they used 
 the skins of such animals as they were able to obtain, which they 
 wore with the fur next to their bodies. The skins were worn in 
 two parts ; viz., one about the loins and waist, and another about 
 their shoulders. 
 
 The Hisocks of Siaza averaged in stature from about five 
 and a half to six and a half feet. They were large-boned and 
 quite muscular in build. Their skins were a dull black; their 
 hair black, curly or bushy ; their eyes black, small and deep set ; 
 their eyebrows and lashes were heavy; their foreheads narrow, 
 low and retreating; their noses broad and flat; mouths large, and 
 lips thick; ears normal in size; some wore beards and some did 
 not; and their bodies were characterized, on certain parts, with 
 considerable hair, which was soft, silky, and glossy. Their feet 
 were quite large, flat, broad and bony; their hands large, and 
 fingers long. In regard to dress, they generally went nude in 
 warm weather, but in the cold, they wore skins wrapped about 
 their loins and shoulders. 
 
 The Ackredeths of Siaza, averaged in stature about six feet, 
 and in physique were broad, bony, muscular and very strong. 
 Their complexions were a little lighter, and features somewhat 
 better, generally speaking, than those of their neighbors, the Rez- 
 endeths, a fact having arisen from conditions in descendancy, 
 which had their origin at the time of their withdrawal from the 
 main tribe of Rezendeths in Qureston, influenced by the fact 
 that the lighter complexioned, straighter-haired and finer-fea- 
 tured of the Rezendeths, became thereby clannish in disposition, 
 and therefore at the time of the contentions that made the other 
 divisions, seceded under the title of Ackredeths. Their hair 
 was straight, and of both brown and black color. Their eyes 
 were black or brown ; the males wore full, regular beards ; their 
 noses were large and prominent ; mouths broad and lips pouched ; 
 their ears were wide at the top, and extended back beyond a 
 normal size ; their hands were normal in size, feet broad and in- 
 steps high. They were a very peaceable people, unless wronged 
 by others, when they would fight for justice, or their rights. 
 They were great lovers of anything that bore the semblance of 
 music. Everything was utilized from which they could produce 
 
 6oi 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tones, or sounds of any kind, the latter condition being in the 
 majority, that more often terminated in hideous noises, rather 
 than music. The non-musical sounds were employed mostly as 
 a means by which they assembled the people on important occa- 
 sions. 
 
 They plaited their hair into fabrics, that in the process of 
 construction, they characterized with ornamental designs, or pat- 
 terns. These fabrics they wore across their breasts, or over 
 their shoulders, but wore furred skins about the waist and loins. 
 Later on, they learned to make cloth from fibres, which they 
 ornamented with a fringe by letting the warp extend beyond the 
 woof, or woven edge of the cloth. The fringe was then stained 
 so as to hang in stripes, in harmony with the ornamental patterns 
 of the fabric. 
 
 Subsequent to the general migration of the loxens to Luris- 
 tan, and the original stock of Rezendeths, Hisocks, and Ackred- 
 eths from the section modernly known as Fars, to their northern 
 homes, small remnants of each nation remained in the Fars, and 
 the section now known as Laristan, who in subsequent time 
 blended by mixture, into one race, at which time a portion of 
 them also came in touch with some of the tribes of Cilzys, with 
 whom they also mixed races, which had a tendency to make 
 some physical changes in the above-named peoples, before their 
 migrations to other parts of the world. 
 
 Ultimately, the descendants of the last-named mixed race 
 established a migration to the northwest, when they followed 
 along the western foothills of the mountain system that now sep- 
 arates Turkey and Persia, until they had arrived about thirty- 
 six degrees north latitude and about forty-three degrees longi- 
 tude east from Greenwich, when they left the mountain range, 
 and passed westward into the valleys, until they came to the 
 junction of the now known Zab tributary with the Tigris river. 
 Here they halted for a time in the section now known as the site 
 of the old Nimrud Ruins, from whence they permanently settled 
 in the vicinity of the now known city of Mosul, from which lo- 
 cation they spread out northwest, through that portion of the 
 Tigris valley, where ultimately they became a large nation. 
 
 In subsequent time, their principal city which they termed 
 Cal'vus was_ located on the site where now the city of Mosul has 
 place. Their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the great nation of Kurds, and their close allies, or offshoots, 
 who occupy the great mountain tracts of Kurdistan, and certain 
 sections of Turkey and Persia, etc. 
 
 From the fact that the general migratory line of all the tribes 
 
 602 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and colonies, from the time of the final submergence of Atlantis 
 to the meeting and separation of the Rezendeths, the Hisocks, 
 the Ackredeths and loxens in Siaza, that section is the link be- 
 tween the East and the West, which welds pre-historic and ante- 
 quated migratory conditions, to those of the modem or present 
 time. 
 
 Subsequent to the departure of the Hisocks on their migra- 
 tion from their Run-de-ru'sand (Laristan), a remnant of their 
 tribe in Runderusand became slightly mixed with stragglers from 
 the remnants of the Rezendeths and Ackredeths from the Pars 
 section. Ultimately, the descendants from this mixed condition 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the tribes in the interior of 
 Laristan, now known as the Mezaijan, the Bekoi, and the Ta- 
 huna, having place ethnographically, between the Tajiks, and the 
 Kurds. This fact is easily accounted for by comprehending the 
 various migratory and mixed race conditions, which we have given 
 of the four nations or peoples, viz., the Rezendeths, the Ackre- 
 deths, the Hisocks and the loxens, from the section of Arabia and 
 Laristan, Pars, etc. Though originally from one race, the 
 Rezendeths, had changed in many ways physically and otherwise, 
 from livelihood and local conditions, together with those of the 
 descending generations, which had their effect upon the several 
 individual nations, and their ultimate descendants, who likewise 
 were under physical changes from the same causes, etc. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the loxens in Luristan, 
 descendants of the Rezendeths and the Ackredeths migrated from 
 Runderusand or Laristan to the vicinity of Luristan, or the home 
 of the loxens. The loxensi, fearing that their section of 'thjC 
 country might eventually be possessed by the invaders, instituted 
 wars against them, which ultimately resulted in the expulsion of 
 the Rezendeths and the Ackredeths from their Siaza home, or 
 the Luristan section, when they established a migration north- 
 eastward, to the highlands of the now known country of Persia, 
 or via the western border of the Gerest, or then known inland 
 sea, now the area or country known as the Great Salt Desert. 
 Here they first settled along the foothills of the mountain system 
 that separates the now known provincq of Mazanderan, from 
 those of Khorassan and Irak Ajami, at the point of the dividing 
 line between the latter two provinces, which section they termed 
 Ho'et, and called themselves the Ka-laca-dives. The term 
 meant secession; i. e., "Kalac" meant secession, and "Adive" 
 meant a separation of the people into sections of both hamlet and 
 country. 
 
 Subsequently, their principal city, which they termed Has'ses, 
 . 603 
 
Subiner8:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 was located in a large valley northeast of the now known town of 
 Semnoon. After a generation, when the main colonies of the 
 Rezendeths and Ackredeths, or the two branches of the Ka- 
 laccadives migrated further eastward. The remnants of the two 
 races blended into one, by mixture, when their descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Persian race proper. 
 
 604 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 GU'LEM, KEL-THE'DAT NUD KE-I-EL-Wl'THE, 
 
 OR 
 TURKEY, AFGHANISTAN AND BALUCfflSTAN. 
 
 TELTZIE XLVII. 
 
 Gu-'lem, was the first pre-historic name of the entire section 
 of country east and south-east of the now known Taurus Mts., 
 known as Turkey in Asia, so given by the mixed race of Gl-'zys 
 and Es'ge-nens, and so remained until it was changed at the 
 beginning of modern ancient time. 
 
 Subsequent to the formation of the now known Mediter- 
 ranean Sea, from fear of further submergence, a large colony of 
 the Rezendeth people migrated from the north highlands of 
 their ancestral home, into the extreme south-western section of 
 what is now known as Syria. 
 
 In subsequent time and at various intervals, their descend- 
 ants migrated along the waters of the Mediterranean Sea, north- 
 westward thrbugh the section now known as Syria, leaving rem- 
 nants at various points, until, ultimately, the last colony had 
 reached the southern boundary of the Taurus mountains, which 
 they termed Vac'kons, called themselves the Es'ge-nens in honor 
 of their leader, and therefore termed the country Es-ge-nen ex. 
 The mountains were termed Vackons, after an animal of that 
 name, that inhabited them, which they utilized for their princi- 
 pal food. 
 
 Subsequent to the time that the Esgenens became established 
 in Esgenenex, a colony of Cilzys established a migratory system 
 from their home in Siaza or Persia, northwestward, halting for 
 a time at various points, where they left remnants and estab- 
 lished new tribes of descendants, until the last tribe had arrived 
 in the same vicinity already occupied by the Esgenens. 
 
 The original Esgenens of Esgenenex were not as fine a race 
 of people as were the Cilzys. In regard to their physical condi- 
 tion, they were very similar to their ancestors, the Rezendeths. 
 They were very quarrelsome among themselves, would even kill 
 their own wives and children, or other females of the colony. 
 For weapons, they used clubs with stone heads, or axes. Being 
 the stronger of the two peoples physically, they outlived the Cil- 
 
 60s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 zys by race absorption ; but ultimately the descended tribes from 
 this mixture became in every way a finer race of people than 
 were their ancestors, the Esgenens, and their general appearance 
 was much more like that of the Cilzys. A strange fact was that 
 when the Cilzys and Esgenens intermarried, if the female was 
 of the former people, and the male of the latter, their offspring 
 were of a much finer type than when the condition was reversed. 
 This fact was caused by the males being the stronger physically. 
 
 The Esgenens, like most of the pre-historic peoples, lived to 
 advanced ages, that ranged from one hundred years upward. 
 They wore furred skins about their loins and thighs, and some- 
 times across their backs and breasts. 
 
 The original colony of Rezendeths who ultimately became the 
 Esgenens of Esgenenex, were thus established about 5500 years 
 before the Adomic period. Being of the pure original stock, 
 they retained the characteristics of their ancestors, as nearly as 
 was possible, by strict descendancy, during so many ages; a fact 
 due to their isolation from other peoples or nations, so far as 
 intermingling of races is concerned, up to the time of the inva- 
 sion of the Cilzys into Esgenenex, which latter-named people ul- 
 timately became lost, as a race, in that section, by intermarriage 
 with the Esgenens. The descendants of this amalgamated or 
 blended condition of the two peoples, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the ancient Cilicians, whose further descendants 
 became the Modem Ancient Turks proper. 
 
 The Cilicians, the Cappadocians, the Syrians and the Turks 
 proper, have their identity as descendants from the same orig- 
 inal stocks, viz., the Cilicians and the Turks from the Esgenens 
 of Esgenenex, which latter were descendants from the Rezen- 
 deths and the Cilzys, the latter being descendants from the 
 loxens of Siaza or Persia. The Cappadocians proper, from the 
 Esgenens and Rezendeths, and the Syrians proper, from the 
 remnant Rezendeths' who were migrating into Esgenenex, and 
 the mixed race of Esgenens and Cilzys who migrated into the 
 valleys south of Esgenenex, and east of the now known Cyprus 
 Island, who were left as remnants in Syria, at the time of the 
 establishment of the eastern portion of the now known Medi- 
 terranean Sea. 
 
 From the fact that the modern Turks and the Mongolian 
 races are similar to each other in regard to ethnographic and lin- 
 guistic conditions, and possess characteristics similar to each 
 other, a link is thus established that proves their indubitable af- 
 finity, which exists in the fact that the Turks are descendants 
 from the Rezendeths and loxens, and the Mongolians from the 
 
 606 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Rezendeths and Ackredeths, the Rezendeth influence being the 
 strongest. 
 
 Furthermore, minglings of the Hisocks, Ackredeths and 
 loxens, with the Rezendeths throughout Qureston, or Arabia, and 
 in the vicinity of Runderusand, or Laristan, also some of the 
 characteristics of the Hisocks, whose descendants ultimately- 
 peopled India, and migrated to the eastern Islands from thence, 
 as well as from the eastern coast of the Pacific, through the Laz'- 
 er-ends and the Ken'ter-sends, are found in the Turks and the 
 Mongolians. 
 
 The Cilzys of Esgenenex, while they had no adorational as- 
 semblies, erected no images or idols, and had no modes of war- 
 ship, yet, like the Indians who worship "The Great Spirit," sup- 
 posed that some great invisible being, like unto themselves, ruled 
 over them and all things visible in nature, and was also the 
 builder or creator, and therefore controller of the same. Being 
 of the cruder portion of the Cilzys of Siaza, who migrated to 
 Esgenenex, they did not hold to the full idea of their kindred of 
 Siaza. 
 
 The Esgenens of Esgenenex, originally, had no religious as- 
 pirations, but after the Cilzys had become absorbed or blended 
 into the former nation by mixture, the religious ideas of the lat- 
 ter had an influence upon the Esgenens and their descendants, a 
 condition that lasted for many generations after the Cilzys were 
 lost as a distinct nation. 
 
 MIGRATION OF THE ESGENENS. 
 
 In subsequent time, the descendants of the mixed race of 
 Cilzys and Esgenens separated into various tribes, who instituted 
 migrations into all parts of the country now known as Turkey in 
 Asia, excepting that portion now known as Bagdad. 
 
 Subsequent to the formation of the Island now known as 
 Cyprus, dissensions and wars broke out between the lower and 
 higher classes of the Esgenens in the southern section of Gu'lem, 
 or Turkey, when a small tribe of the lower class crossed to the 
 Island of Cyprus, by passing over the smaller islands that then 
 existed between the now known northern coast of Cyprus and 
 the main land of Gulem, that were remnants of the southern por- 
 tion of the now known Taurus mountains, subsequently sub- 
 merged, therefore now unknown. After a tinie, they termed the 
 Island Ter'se-rsend, and called themselves the Ter'sex. They 
 were a very peculiar people, of little civilization, but being quite 
 prolific, soon became a large colony. They were, in height, from 
 
 . 607 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 five to six feet; large-boned and muscular, and had dark skins. 
 Their heads were large; foreheads low; their cheek bones high; 
 eyes black or brown, and deeply set ; their hair and beards were 
 black or brown, straight and of medium length;, their lips were 
 thick; noses quite flat; ears large, and extending backward at 
 the top, and were characterized by considerable hair on the outer 
 rims of the lobes, and protruding from the inner part of the ear. 
 Their bodies, also, were heavily suited with hair, especially under 
 the arms and about the loins, it being long enough to take the 
 place of garments with which to shield the private parts of the 
 body ; their necks were short, and when walking they stood very 
 erect ; they were quick and active in movement ; very passionate ; 
 had no civilization, and spoke a very peculiar language. They 
 went nude at all times, and lived on nature's supplies, such as 
 fruits, nuts, fish and animal flesh. 
 
 The first mixture that occurred in their race was with a tribe 
 of Rezendeths, who came among them from Re-I-en'de (Candia 
 Island), which ultimately resulted in their further degeneration, 
 a condition that lasted until migrators came in from the nov 
 known country of Syria, at which time, through mixed descend- 
 ants, they began to rise again from their degenerate conditions. 
 A fact that is known to exist with peoples, as is the case with 
 the animal races, viz : through race mixture, the descendants will 
 at times, either advance or retrograde, generally speaking, in ac- 
 cord with the ruling circumstances and conditions. They had 
 very little religious conception, hence no manifestation of that 
 principle was carried out by them. 
 
 Subsequent to the submergence and formation of the section 
 modernly known as the eastern portion of the Mediterranean 
 Sea, a large tribe of Esgenens from Gulem, or Turkey, had mi- 
 grated to a large valley that then lay extent between the now 
 known section of Rut, Syria, and the Cyprus Island, which they 
 termed Se-de-zel'la, the term meaning Valley of Silence, and 
 retained their former name of Esgenens. 
 
 At the time of the submergence that established the eastern 
 portion of the Mediterranean Sea, a large renmant of the Esge- 
 nens of Sedezella were left upon the western coast of Rut, Syria, 
 who subsequently began a migration southward through the now 
 known section of Palestine, to the section now occupied by the 
 waters of the now known Dead Sea, which section they termed 
 Phi-ne'a, and called themselves the Phi-an-e'ci-ans, in honor of 
 their leader whose name was Phi-an-e'ci-a ; a term, however, that 
 sustained some change in its extension into Modem Ancient time, 
 but only in an orthographic sense, viz : to Phoenicia, and Phoe- 
 nicians. 
 
 608 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Red Sea, a large portion 
 of the Phianecians were lost by the convulsion and submergence; 
 though a small remnant was left in its eastern border, and a large 
 one on the western ; these ultimately became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the Phoenicians of modern ancient history. The Phi- 
 anecians of Phianecia were about six feet in height. They had 
 large frames, and were heavily built; their color was that of a 
 greenish yellow ; their heads were broad through the temples and 
 heavy through the back brain ; foreheads quite high ; hair a dark 
 brown, chestnut or black, and long and straight; their beards 
 were soft and silky ; eyes black, brown, dark blue, or hazel, and 
 large and expressive ; their noses were long thin and sharp, but 
 turned up some at the point ; their ears were normal ; feet quite 
 large and flat, and their toes long; their hands and fingers were 
 the same. They wore long, loose garments that extended down 
 from the neck, somewhat in the Grecian style, and were made 
 from a soft texture, wrought from hair and fibres. They 
 thought themselves to be the chosen people. They believed in a 
 great ruling force, which they termed I'the-ka, meaning Protect- 
 ing Spirit, from which origin has been re-embodied the idea of 
 a personal God of ancient and modern times. They erected an 
 idol or image to represent the Itheka principle, which was formed 
 by seven perpendicular, hexagonal shafts of wood, six of which 
 stood circling the seventh, or central one, which latter was the 
 taller, on the front of which was carved the image of a man in 
 full form, who thus symbolized the spirit of Itheka. The stated 
 times for their adorational exercise were not regular. They were 
 held by appointment as the occasion demanded. When the ex^ 
 ercises were held, they were opend by all the people bowing be- 
 fore the image of Itheka, each offering thanks for his or her pro- 
 tection and benefit, as the case demanded. This was then fol- 
 lowed by a great feast, after which they departed for their 
 homes. Small iiriages of Itheka, in likeness of the public ones, 
 were made and placed in the homes of the people for private use. 
 As a people, generally speaking, the Phianecians were highly civ- 
 ilized. They cultivated the fields, built their homes and public 
 structures out of stone and a sort of brick, where the former 
 was not of easy access, which they had learned to manufacture. 
 
 Prior to the time that the Esgenens, from whom the Adomic 
 races descended (see account of Gontheole), a colony of the Es- 
 genens from' Esgenenex migrated southeast, until they came to 
 the Euphrates river, when they continued their migration down 
 along its western shore until they reached the section about thir- 
 ty-two and a half degrees north latitude, and forty- four and a 
 
 609 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 half degrees longitude, east from Greenwich, where they settled, 
 termed the section Ji en, or that vicinity in which the now^ known 
 town of Hillah has place and called themselves the Him'ma-les. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of their descendants migrated further 
 up the Euphrates, to about thirty-four and a quarter degrees 
 north latitude, and forty-two and a quarter degrees longitude 
 east from Greenwich, or in the vicinity of the now known town 
 of Zibda, where they settled. They termed the section An-de- 
 la-to let, and called themselves the Ma-za-tfl'le-ans. 
 
 Another tribe of the Himmales, from Jien, migrated north- 
 east to the Tigris river, to about thirty-three and a half degrees 
 north latitude, and forty-four and a half degrees longitude, east 
 from Greenwich, or into the vicinity of the now known town of 
 Bagdad, which section they termed La-man'to, and retained their 
 former name of Himmales. 
 
 Another tribe of Himmales migrated southeast from Jien, 
 down the Euphrates river, to about thitry-one degrees north lat- 
 itude and forty-six degrees longitude, east from Greenwich, or 
 in the vicinity of the now known town of Abu Kuba, which sec- 
 tion they termed Zu-yi-the us and called themselves the Ze ues. 
 
 In establishing the links, and making the connections and ex- 
 tending the great ethnographic and ethnologic cycles of human 
 existence, from the pre-historic to the Adomic periods, and even 
 later, we do so between the events belonging to the Esgenens of 
 Esgenenex, in the region now known as south of the Taurus 
 mountains, and those of Gon'the-ole, one of their principal 
 descendants, his migrations and descendants, and their migrations 
 and descendants, as well as that of the same conditions of other 
 tribes and colonies who subsequently descended from the origi- 
 nal Esgenens, who migrated into other sections of the Continent. 
 
 In many of the Biblical narratives, or myths, the principal 
 events were founded upon facts, as is the case with novel writing 
 at the present time, but clothed in mythical and idealistic narra- 
 tion, and substituted nomenclature, especially in regard to the 
 individuals who figure in the narrative, such as were used in the 
 Biblical writings relative to the "Creation of the World," and 
 the destruction of its peoples by the "Deluge," etc. 
 
 Gontheole, whose migrations, and descendants were taken by 
 the Biblical narrator, as "Adam," the chief character of his 
 subject, as figuring with "Eve," in the "Garden of Eden," was a 
 real personage, and therefore was not a myth in that sense, though 
 parts of the narration were. He, as before stated, was a descend- 
 ant of the Esgenens of Esgenenex, south of the Taurus moun- 
 tains (near Pood). He was one of the principal leaders of those 
 
 6io 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 people, and at the time of their contentions and wars, he fled alone 
 from that section to save his life. He passed east until he came 
 to the now known Euphrates river, which he followed southeast, 
 to its junction with the Tigris river, where he tarried in a beauti- 
 ful valley which he termed Ce-li'te, meaning a beautiful valley 
 (and was really the Eden Land referr^-d to bv ihe Biblical narra- 
 tor), and took unto himself the name of Gontheole, meaning the 
 lone man. 
 
 At the age of one hundred years, he had met some of the 
 inhabitants of central Siaza or Persia, who were remnant descend- 
 ants from the Ackredeths and Rezendeths, who dwelt in the then 
 known section of Zev-er-en'des, where now the city of Yezd is 
 located, who extolled their country to him to such a degree that 
 he decided to go on a prospecting journey through that section 
 of country. He therefore passed eastward from the valley of 
 Celite, to Zeverendes, where he met an Ackredeth woman by the 
 name of Cly-e the, whom he married, and returned with her to 
 the valley of Celite, where they dwelt together for nearly six 
 hundred years. Gontheole survived Clyethe about two hundred 
 years, and at the age of nine hundred years, passed on to spirit 
 life. 
 
 To Gontheole and Clyethe, were born five children, three sons, 
 and two daughters, viz: Ka-non'zi-a, the first son, (or Cain, as 
 termed in the Biblical narrative) ; Dl-z6n'zu, the second son (or 
 Able) ; Zih'i-sese, the third son (or Seth) ; Ze-a-lin'tha, the first 
 daughter, and Ql-i-en'za, the second, the two daughters being the 
 youngest children. 
 
 Like most of the mythical parts of the Bible narrative of the 
 Creation, the killing of Dizonzu by his brother Kanonzia, was 
 among the rest. There was no murder committed. Gontheole, 
 when his two sons Kanonzia and Dizonzu became of mature age, 
 desired that they go hence and possess themselves with certain 
 sections of land as their own, and therefore sent them away for 
 that purpose, which they did. Kanonzia therefore, passed over 
 to the east side of the now known Tigris river, thence followed 
 its course for a time, northeast, until he came to a large valley 
 which he termed No'de-gent, meaning, the lone land, (which the 
 Biblical writer changed to Nod), that lay east about forty-five 
 degrees Longitude, east of Greenwich, and about thirty-six and 
 one-half degrees, North Latitude, where he located at the west- 
 ern foothills of the mountains. 
 
 After a sojourn for about ten years in that locality, he went 
 on a prospecting journey to see what he could discover on the 
 eastern side of the mountain range. While en route on the east- 
 
 6ii 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ern side of the mountains, he came into a settlement of Re-zen'- 
 deths, who during the migration of the main stock, had branched 
 off from them when they halted near the now known mountain 
 Damavend, Persia, which halting place they termed Si-am'ning, 
 where he remained for a time, and associated with the tribe 
 during his prospecting expedition. During his stay, he became 
 acquainted with a woman of the tribe of Rezendeths, whom he 
 married, and with her returned to his home in the Nodegent 
 valley, on the western side of the mountain range. On returning 
 however, he moved further northwest from his Nodegent home, 
 and called the new section Ma-mo'pa. 
 
 Subsequently, there were born to Ka-non-zi-a and Re-ez'deth, 
 two sons and one daughter. The-re'zy was the first son (or Enoch 
 of the Biblical narration) ; Al'te-zone the second, and He-6-di-a 
 the daughter, which latter was the second child by birth. 
 
 When Therezy came to maturity, as his father before him 
 had done, he migrated farther northeast, in order to possess him- 
 self with land, etc., until he came to a valley that lay extent west 
 of what is now known as Mount Ararat, which latter he termed 
 Hin'kel-ty and named the valley Es-ge-nen'ex, in memory of the 
 Esgenenex of his' ancestors, the home of the original Esgenens, 
 and therefore of his grand-sire Gontheole. After a time, he 
 returned to his own people, and from them' took to himself a wife 
 by the name of Ka-she'la, and returned to his valley of Esgenenex. 
 Therezy and Kashela were the paternal and maternal ances- 
 tors of one son by the name of Mar-re'za, who subsequently begat 
 a son by the name of Ge-lin'get, which latter was the pre-historic 
 personage represented in th'e Biblic narrative as Noah, who 
 figured in the great Deluge. 
 
 Dizonzu the second son of Gontheole, migrated into that 
 section of country now known as below the confluence of the 
 Euphrates and the Tigris rivers, east of the continuation of the 
 Euphrates, where he settled in a large valley which he termed 
 Mun-zo'muns, which name extended down to the time of the 
 Mussulmans. He followed the occupation of a shepherd, and 
 when he became well established in Munzomuns, he made a jour- 
 ney into Cen-re'sha (Ears), in order to meet his mother's people, 
 and while there, took a woman by the name of E-lith'e-us to be 
 his wife, who was a descendant from the Ackredeths of Cenresha, 
 as was also Clyethe, his mother, and returned with her to Munzo- 
 muns, his home valley. To them were born two sons and two 
 daughters, viz: Ze-rl'the, a daughter, who was the first bom; 
 Ge-r6n'z6, a son ,the second born; Me-het'ley, a daughter, the 
 third born ; and Zu'rum, a son, the fourth bom. 
 
 612 - 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Subsequently, straggling people began to settled in Munzomuns, 
 from east of the mountains of Cenreshaor Fars, and De-re-shu'- 
 shan (Luristan), of whom Dionzu became a leader. The Ackre- 
 deths and Rezendeths in the vicinity of Cenresha, became jealous 
 of the settlers in Munzomuns', on account of so many of their 
 people having migrated there, who had placed themselves under the 
 rule of leader-ship of Dionzu, which condition led to serious 
 contentions and wars between the two peoples. The Ackredeths 
 and Rezendeths fearing that the people under command of 
 Dionzu, would eventually seek to rule Cenresha, as well as Mun- 
 zomuns, decreed to destroy Dionzu's nation and power, by killing 
 all the infant male descendants. 
 
 An infant son of Zerithe, the eldest daughter of Dionzu, by 
 the name of Nl-u'tis, was secreted in order to prevent his pos- 
 sible fatality at the hands of the hostile nation, whose life was 
 therefore preserved, and when he came to the years of maturity, 
 was not known outside of his immediate family, to be the son of 
 Zerithe. At that time, there were a few people in the section of 
 Munzomuns, of the Rezendetb and Ackredeth immigrants, who 
 differed in their opinions, generally speaking, from their hostile 
 brethren, of Dereshushan and Senresha, who colonized them- 
 selves together, Niutis being among them and recognized as being 
 a very intellectual person, was chosen by them to be their leader. 
 This fact and person were used by the Biblical writer, for his 
 theme, when narrating the life of Moses. 
 
 The above named colony, under the leadership of Niutis, 
 finally instituted a long migration westward. En route from 
 Munzomuns, they crossed the Euphrates, and followed it toward 
 its source, until after long journies, and various, baitings they had 
 reached the section of country about forty degrees longitude east 
 from Greenwich, and thirty-five degrees north latitude in the 
 country now known as Syria, where they remained for a con- 
 siderable time. Later on, they passed! southwest, to the now 
 known Anti Lebanon rarvge, thence west through the great pass, 
 to the western side of what is now known as the Jebel Esh Sharki 
 mountains, thence southwest between the Jebel Esh Sharki and 
 the Jebel Libnan and the Lebanon mountains, thence down to, 
 and along the eastern shores of the now known Sea of Galilee, 
 thence along the river Jordan, to the section now known as the 
 Ford of Abarah, near Beisan, where, in the fordable season they 
 crossed the Jordan and went into what is now known as the Ghor, 
 or the valley of Jordan, where they settled, termed the valley Al- 
 le-bar'din, meaning. Land of Promise, and called themselves the 
 Shan-deoes, who in after time were known as the Israelites. 
 
 613 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 When Mareza, the son of Therezy and Kashela came to 
 maturity, as his ancestors had done, he sought to possess lands of 
 his own, and therefore moved from his parental home in the val- 
 ley of Esgenenex, and located in another valley northwest of 
 Hinkelty, or Mount Ararat, which he termed Jen-ti-ii'sen, 
 meaning a beautiful valley. He took to himself a wife by the 
 name of Mel-etish, and to them was born a son whose name was 
 Ge-lin'get, the ultimate life conditions of whomi, furnished the 
 theme for the Biblical myth, or narrative of Noah and the Flood. 
 When Gelinget arrived at maturity, he also followed the example 
 of his ancestors, and sought home possessions of his own. He 
 therefore migrated southeast of Mt. Ararat, into a valley 
 which he termed O-ka-len'tus (meaning a rich, fertile valley), 
 and later, took to himself a wife by the name of Zo-ril'i-thy. 
 
 While many of the pre-historic migrations were instituted by 
 virtue of tribal conditions ; seeking the source of the Sun ; over- 
 crowded sections and hamlets ; or a desire to search for new con- 
 ditions of livelihood, those instituted by Gontheole's descendants, 
 down to the time of Gelinget, were purely in search for homes 
 and land possessions. As was the case with parts of the ethno- 
 graphich myths, being founded on facts, so it was with that of 
 Noah and the Flood. 
 
 At the time that Kanoozia's descendants still occupied the 
 valley of Nodegent ; Dionzu's that of Munzomuns ; Therezy's that 
 of Esgenenex ; Marreza's that of Jentiusen ; and Gelinget's were 
 fully established in Okalentus, all that section of country now 
 known as extent from the Caucasian mountains, between the 
 Caspian and the Black Seas, south through Turkey, Persia, and 
 Syria, especially through the region of Palestine, was conditioned 
 with a general rain storm, that had no cessation during its period 
 of precipitation, which Alem Prolex informs us was about sixty 
 days and nights, a period of time, some twenty days longer than 
 given by the Biblical narrator. 
 
 As the valleys and lower lands gradually became inundated 
 by the water that was flowing down from the higher sections, and 
 mountains, and the valley courses overflowing their banks, the 
 families of the above named peoples, took their principal posses- 
 sions, especially their cattle, and moved to the uplands for safety. 
 So also, was it the case with the wild beasts and domestic animals 
 of the country. As the waters came higher and higher, the people 
 and animals were forced to ascend the mountain peaks for fur- 
 ther safety of life and possessions, a fact that accounts for their 
 transportation to those localities, instead of being carried there 
 in an "Ark," as stated by the Biblical narrator, hence, that part 
 of the narrative is myth. 
 
 614 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 After the storm ceased, and the waters began to recede, the 
 people followed their descent to the valleys, in order to look after 
 their land and home possessions. As they descended, they found 
 that the soil and sand that formerly had place on the mountain 
 sides were washed away in certain sections, thus leaving the rocky 
 condition that now characterize those sections of the mountains 
 of that region. 
 
 When finally they arrived in the vicinity of their hamlets and 
 homes in the valley,- they found that the sand and soil had been 
 transported to the valley below, by the great fluvial power and 
 force of the flood, and had therefore buried their homes out of 
 sight, and were it not for the process of decay, that destroys 
 such materials when they are buried beneath the earth's sur- 
 face, many of the possessions of those people could be found 
 to-day by means of excavation. 
 
 The above named flood was almost as disastrous as was that 
 wihch submerged Atlantis, the difference being only in the final 
 removal of the waters from the earth's surface in that section 
 at the time of the flood, and the non-occurrence of severe con- 
 vulsions beneath the earth's surface at the time of the flood. 
 The same condition of removal of sands from the mountain 
 sides took place throughout Palestine, and their deposits estab- 
 lished the now known deserts, south of Palestine, especially that of 
 El Tiah, which was not an inland sea formation. It is claimed 
 by the pre-historic spirits, who are assisting us in this revelation, 
 that the two above named cataclysms were the greatest and most 
 marvelous natural disasters of the world's unwritten history. 
 
 The now known Lake Van, bordering the section of Van, on 
 the northwest, Bitlis on the east and Erzerum on the south, be- 
 tween Armenia and Kurdistan, Turkey, and Lake Erivan, or 
 Cotcha, in Trans-Caucasia, Russia, are remnant water sections 
 of the prehistoric flood above referred to; but. Lake Urumiah 
 was subsequently established by a large convulsion that had place 
 in the now knoivn "Kashaga Dagh Mountains" soon after the 
 establishment of the Caspian Sea. 
 
 Kel-the'dat was the first pre-historic name of the entire por- 
 tion of country now known as Afghanistan , so given by the 
 descendant Hisocks of Can-lan-ju'na, their home in Kelthedat. 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Hisocks in Runderusand, 
 (Laristan), the main colony established a system of migrations, 
 when they passed into the section of Cenresha (Ears). Meeting 
 with opposition from the local tribes of Rezendeths and Ackre- 
 deths, they therefore continued their migration from that sec- 
 tion, which diverged from that of the migration of the Rezendeths 
 
 615 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and the Ackredeths. They passed eastward over the high-lands 
 that then separated the Gerest and the I-ce-len'te inland seas, 
 the area of which is now known as the Lut and the Great Salt 
 Deserts, into the section of country now known as Afghanistan, 
 east of lake Seistan or Zurrah, when they settled between the 
 Helmund and Khash rivers, termed the Helmund and also the 
 Lake I-rin'de-cruse and the section, Can-Ian- ju'na, where they 
 dwelt for many generations under the name of Hisocks, and be- 
 came a large nation, and in time had built a principal city which 
 they termed Has'sen, on the site where the town of Dooshack has 
 place, on the eastern coast of Lake Zurrah. 
 
 In stature, they averaged from five and one-half, to six and 
 one-half feet, they were large boned and muscularly built; had 
 dull black skins; abundant long, black, wavy hair, and their 
 bodies, like those of their ancestors, were characterized with 
 considerable. They had low receding foreheads; heavy eye- 
 brows and lashes; small, roundish and deep set eyes; broad feet 
 but shorter than those of their ancestors, which was also the case 
 with their hands. They were very indolent, went nude, sat about 
 on the ground in listless groups, with their feet folded under them. 
 They were very hostile among themselves, a condition caused by 
 their extreme selfishness. 
 
 Subsequently, some of their descended tribes migrated fur- 
 ther east along the Helmund river and its tributaries, until they 
 came to the western slopes of the Solymaun mountains, which 
 range they termed Haz'del, and settled in that section north of the 
 now known Gomal river, in the district of Dera Ismae Khan, 
 which section they termed Mel-tha-leon, and called themselves 
 the Ha-e'zels, and in time had built their principal city, which they 
 termed A-ki'do, which was located on the site of their first set- 
 tlement. They being descendants from the Hisocks of Canlan- 
 juna, physically speaking, were similar to their ancestors, with 
 such changes as would naturally come to them through the influ' 
 ence of climate and livelihood in that section, through their long 
 sojourn there, which was for many generations. During their 
 sojourn in Hazdel, some of the Tim'me-nons from Shaf'fi-6n, 
 their home on the western slopes of the Hindu Kush range, wan- 
 dered southeastward to the vicinity of Hazdel, and mixed races 
 with the Haezels, which fact established further physical changes 
 in the Haezel tribes, who carried the new characteristics into 
 Ge-run'di-us (the Punjab section), and later into Swan'so (Hin- 
 dustan). 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Ka-lac-ca-dives in 
 Ho'et (see their migration to the section between Irack Ajami 
 
 6i6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and Khorassan, Persia, descendant tribes of the Rezendeths and 
 the Ackredeths migrated further eastward into the section now 
 known as Afghanistan. En route, they passed along the southern 
 slopes of the now known Paropamisus mountains, or north of 
 the then known Ge-rest, or inland Sea, until they arrived in the 
 section now known as ancient Aria (Herat), where they halted 
 for a time in the vicinity of the now known town of Herat on 
 the Heri river. 
 
 Subsequently, the main portion of the two tribes continued 
 their migration eastward, but a portion of each remained in the 
 above named section, where in time, they mixed races, termed the 
 section Ku're-an'um, the river Wit'ze, and called themselves the 
 Ku-re-an'iims, and ultimately, they had built their principal city, 
 which they termed Ge'treth, and was located on the site where 
 now the city of Herat has place. 
 
 As the main portion of the Rezendeths and Ackredeths, or 
 the Kalaccadives, migrated farther eastward from the section of 
 Kureanum, they continued along the Paropamisus mountains, 
 to the vicinity of the now known Hindu Kush mountains, in 
 northeastern Afghanistan. 
 
 The Ackredeths settled south of the range, termed that sec- 
 tion Ry-ken-ston, and called themselves the A'glonsts. Physically 
 speaking, they being immediate descendants of the Ackredeths, 
 were similar to the latter, only in such changes as might occur 
 through climate and livelihood, etc. Subsequently, they had built 
 a principal city which they termed King'to-nese, which was lo- 
 cated on the site where the city of Cabool has place. 
 
 The Rezendeths settled north of the range, about fifty-nine 
 degrees longitude, east of Greenwich, which section they termed 
 Con'seg, and called themselves the Con-seg'ens. Their physical 
 conditions were very much like their ancestors, the Rezendeths 
 of Siaza, being in stature, about five feet. However, they were 
 more fleshy, and chubby in appearence. They had black skins; 
 black, curly and shaggy hair; black eyes, set closely together; 
 noses with scarcely any bridge, and quite flat at the nostrils; 
 broad mouths, and pouched lips ; and large heads. Many of them 
 practised nudity, but some followed the custom of their ances- 
 tors who wore skins of animals. 
 
 Subsequent to the arrival of their ancestors, the Rezendeths, 
 in the section of Hindu Kush mountains, and their change of 
 name to that of Consegens, and the establishment of the section 
 of Conseg, there was a division among the people, caused from 
 race difficulties. When they arrived in the section which they 
 afterwards named Conseg, they found a portion of it inhabited 
 
 617 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by a small, then aboriginal tribe, that bore no name and retained 
 no knowledge of their past history, ancestors or original home. 
 They had come from the north, and had occupied the district of 
 Conseg for many generations, a fact known traditionally to them, 
 where they had lived in a condition of degeneration, until they 
 were more like animals, than human beings. 
 
 After a time, some of the lower class of the Consigens mixed 
 races with the above named wild tribe, from which condition 
 there descended off-spring that further developed into a small 
 tribe or mixed race. The better class of the Consegens refused 
 to recognize them as belonging to their race, hence, contentions 
 arose which caused the mixed race to move into a section a little 
 further east from Conseg, along the Hindu Kush range, where 
 they were known by the people of that section as the Gre-i-il'tis, 
 so named by the Consegens, where they eventually became extinct. 
 They were a very peculiar people. In some respects, they bore 
 resemlblance to the Consegens. However, there were two strik- 
 ing differences, viz : in that their foreheads were very receding, 
 and their heads or skulls projected upward at the beck. Second, 
 a very strange feature was that a line of long hair extended up 
 and down, along their spines, much as does the mane along a 
 horse's neck. Some short hair extended from the line of long 
 hair around their sides, and over their breasts ; but, the remainder 
 of their bodies was comparatively free from hair, conditions 
 which came from the influence of race mixture between the 
 Consegens and the wild hairy tribe. In subsequent time, they 
 had built a principal hamlet, which they termed Tour-jac, located 
 on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 After several centuries, three distinct nations had descended 
 from the Aglonsts and the Consegens, viz: the Kentersends, the 
 Lazerends, and the Timmenons, the latter being a mixed race 
 that descended from the Aglonsts and the Consegens. 
 
 The Kentersends occupied the southern slopes of the Hindu 
 Kush range, in the section modernly known as the Tibetan 
 Plateau, which section they termed Thu-ri-is'tic, near Ry-ken- 
 ston, the home of the Aglonsts, their ancestors, and termed the 
 mountains In-de-gris'te. The Kentersends being immediate 
 descendants of the Aglonsts, physically speaking, were about the 
 same as their ancestors, the Ackredeths and the Aglonsts, the 
 only difference being such as came to them through livelihood 
 conditions. They practised nudity in the warm seasons, but in 
 the cold, they wore skins about their loins and over their shoul- 
 ders. In regard to religion, they in their home in Thuriistic, and 
 during their eastern migration, worshipped the stars as repre- 
 
 6r8 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 sentatives of the principle of continuous light, which they termed 
 G6-16'thra, meaning, one, two, three, and was symbolic of the 
 three wondrous lights of the heavens, viz: the Sun, the Moon 
 and the Stars. The Stars were chosen as the principal symbol, 
 because they shone at night, when no sunlight, or even moonlight 
 was visible; hence, considered a continuous condition of light, 
 that brightened the condition of night, which latter also symbol- 
 ized the benefit derived from dispelling evil, or darkened con- 
 ditions of life. 
 
 As the termi Golothra meant one, two, three, they instituted 
 an image, or symbol of the principle, for use in their shrines at 
 times of worship. They took the idea of it from the form of 
 their own: bodies. It consisted of three pieces of wood, one of 
 which they placed in a perpendicular position like unto their 
 bodies when erect, and the other two pieces they placed on the 
 top of the perpendicular piece, and at oblique angles with it like 
 the arms would appear from the shoulders, when they were par- 
 tially raised, from the body, and the apex of the oblique pieces 
 posed like the head of the body. On each of the three pieces of 
 wood, were three sets of stars, and three stars in each set. From 
 the base, on both sides of the perpendicular piece of wood, rose 
 three lesser pieces of wood each of which terminated with three 
 radiating points that were tipped with a star. 
 
 At the time of their stated assemblies for adorational worship, 
 which was four times a year (or at the first full moon of the in- 
 coming season) , they convened, for a day and night, in the open 
 air, at their public shrine of Golothra, which was located in a 
 public part of their hamlet grounds. The assembly began at the 
 rising of the sun the first day, and closed at its rising on the fol- 
 lowing day, thus making a session of one day and 
 night. The form of worship was as follows : — The 
 image was placed on the south side of the campus. 
 The people formed in semi-circles on the north side, 
 facing the image. The first gesture, was to point to the centre 
 of their breasts, from the fact that their breath issued from that 
 section of their bodies, and furthermore, that the sun stood in 
 the south when its light was the grandest. The second, was to 
 point to their left shoulders, because they considered the left 
 side the seat of life, and as they stood facing the south, that was 
 the eastern side, from whence the sun made its morning appear- 
 ance. The third, was to point up to the heavens, which they con- 
 sidered the source of all light, both day and night. With each 
 of their gestures, they pronounced one syllable of the term 
 
 . 619 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Golothra at a time, thus: "Go," "lo," "thra" (one, two three), 
 after which they disbanded for social details, and the preparation 
 of their general feast, which latter was partaken of only once 
 during the twenty-four hours' assembly, and that at the close of 
 the day. Their feast consisted principally of meats, which they 
 hung over fires until they were roasted very brown. They had 
 some fruits, and a sort of bread, or flat baked loaves of mixed, 
 pulverized fruits. 
 
 The Lazerends occupied the northern slopes of the same range, 
 or the section modernly known as Pamir Plateau, which section 
 they termed Sen'e-cutes, near Conseg, the home of their ances- 
 tors the Consegens. They being immediate descendants of the 
 Consegens, were physically about the same. They generally went 
 nude, excepting in the cold weather, when they wore skins about 
 their loins and shoulders. In regard to religion, notwithstanding 
 the original ideas of their ancestors the Aglonsts, Consegens and 
 Swansoans, by virtue of migratory and descendant conditions, 
 they lost that influence, and therefore manifested no religious 
 ideas, and established no form of adorational worship, yet the 
 Lazerends of this section, recognized the principles of strength, 
 force or power, and protection, as their ideal for adoration, which 
 principal, they termed Eu'tre-ze, like that of Golothra, as used 
 by the Kentersends, also translates, one, two, three, and referred 
 to the three above named principles. They erected images, or 
 idols as symbols of Eutreze, for use in their shrines, the principal 
 one having place in the central part of their settlement, where 
 they held their general adorational assemblies. It consisted of 
 three pillars, about six inches apart, and three feet in height. 
 They were formed from limbs of trees, from which the bark had 
 been removed, and were joined at the top and the bottom, by 
 pieces of limbs of the same kind as those that formed the pillars. 
 Back of the pillars, was represented the head and shoulders of 
 an animal then known as the Jem'i-ese, that resembled the modern 
 lion, that appeared to be gazing at the people from behind the 
 pillars. The idea conveyed by that representation was that they 
 as a people, had control over the animal, hence represented as 
 being placed behind the pillars. Thus they worshipped it in that 
 sense, and also as representing the condition of protection, such 
 as came from some unknown source, or greater being than them- 
 selves. 
 
 The shrine of the principal Eutreze, located in the central 
 part of the settlement, was constructed out of barks, which con- 
 stituted the roof, there being no sides to the structure, excepting 
 the posts that supported the roof, which latter was of gable form, 
 
 620 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 very slight pitch, and as before stated, thatched with bark, on top 
 of a rustic frame of Hmbs'. The idol was made portable, so they 
 might at any time, carry it with them from place to place, when 
 changing their abode. It was always placed in the centre of the 
 shrine. The stated time for the adorational exercises, or worship, 
 was once every day, generally at eventide, but whenever an indi- 
 vidual passed the shrine, he or she would make the usual obeis- 
 ance to it. The order of the exercise was to pass three times 
 around the idol, in a circle, each individual making obeisance to 
 the imprisoned Jemiese, as they passed its gazing eyes. As each 
 person passed around the third time, and made the third obeis- 
 ance to the idol, he or she withdrew from the circle, and departed 
 hence. Sometimes, however, parties would tarry for sports or 
 games, and, at times, even linger to settle contentions, which 
 often ultimated in a quarrel, being settled in favor of the hero 
 of the fight. In addition to the principal Eutreze, several smaller 
 ones were placed throughout the settlement, for general use by 
 the people, who recognized the God principles, as represented by 
 Jemiese, as they passed the stib-shrines on their daily missions. 
 
 The Timmenons occupied the western slope, which they term- 
 ed Shaf'fi-6n, in distinction from their Ancestors, the Aglonsts, 
 and the Consegens, as a mixed race- In stature, they averaged 
 from five to five and one-half feet, were slender in build, yet 
 their bodies were large ; they were quick, active, and stealthy in 
 motion, and were also very strong ; their hair was black, long and 
 straight; their skins dark; eyes quite large, some being black, 
 and some brown ; their noses were broad at the top, but were 
 drawn in at the nostrils ; their mouths were large, and their lips 
 thick; foreheads were low and somewhat receding; ears were 
 quite large, and their beards quite scant, but what they did have 
 was soft, silky or fuzzy ; their feet were quite large and broad ; 
 heads normal, but their fingers were long and tapering. 
 
 In regard to dress, they plaited barks and fibres into a sort 
 of fabric which they wore in the form of a narrow skirt, that 
 extended from the waist, half way down to the knees. Some of 
 the women would throw a fabric over their shoulders in addition 
 to their skirt The children always went nude. They recog- 
 nized the lunar light as their beneficial God Principle, and there- 
 fore worshipped the Moon in all its phases of light, objectively, 
 in assemblies in the open air, and continued the same theoreti- 
 cally, during the time of its dark phases, individually, at any 
 place where they chanced to be at the time. Their general assem- 
 blies for adorational worship always convened at the first ap- 
 pearance of the new Moon, which they termed Y-yoka-let, which 
 
 621 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 referred both to the God Principle and the phases of the Moon, 
 i. e., Ka meant dark, Let meant light, and the prefixes Y, and 
 Y6 referred to the greater light, or full moon, its return and de" 
 parture. They made no images of the God Principle, as nature, 
 by the moon and its phases, was adequate to the occasion. They 
 considered the moon superior to the stars, and capable of moving 
 to other regions for the purpose of giving light to other peoples, 
 during which time they only had the light of the stars as a substi- 
 tute for that of the moon- Their order of adorational exercises 
 was to form themselves into crescent lines, according to the num- 
 ber of people assembled, in which position they spent consider- 
 able time, repeating audibly their adorational invocations; then 
 they bowed low to the moon, and returned to their homes. As 
 before stated, the greatest assembly was on the night of the first 
 appearance of the full moon, yet the assemblies, ad libitum, 
 occurred each night during the light phase of the moon, or indi- 
 vidually at any place where the individual chanced to be. 
 
 The Hisocks of Canlanjuna, or ancient Drangiana (Seistan), 
 and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 now known Afghan clans proper, such as the Durranis, or orig- 
 inal Abdalis, who occupy the whole of the south and southwest 
 of the Afghan Plateau ; the strong and brave Ghilzais who occupy 
 the high Plateau north of Kandahar, and extend eastward to the 
 Sulimani mountains and north to the Kabul river, and down the 
 river to Jalalabad; the Yusufzais who occupy the hills and val- 
 leys north of Peshawar, including part of the Peshawar plain; 
 the Kakars who occupy the elevated country in the southeast of 
 Afghanistan, among the spurs of the Toba and Sulimani moun- 
 tains, etc. 
 
 The Ackredeths, one of the two tribes of Kalaccadives, of 
 Hoet, or ancient Aria (Herat), and their descendants, became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Hazara tribes, who principally 
 dwell in the wild mountainous country on the northwest of 
 Afghanistan proper, including the western extension of the 
 Hindu Kush, or Paropamisus mountains, and it is from their 
 ancestors, the Ackredeths, that they are endowed with the Mon* 
 gol type, dialects, and speech, as were the Mongols proper of 
 China, in later migrations and descendancy of the Ackredeths. 
 
 The Rezendeths, the other one of the two tribes of Kalacca- 
 dives, of Hoet, and their descendants of that vicinity, became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Eimak tribes, and also the Tajiks, 
 or Parsiwans, who dwelt principally in the western portion of 
 Afghanistan, and who also are intermingled with the Afghans 
 over the country, who have retained most of the physical charac- 
 
 622 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 teristics of their ancestors, the Rezendeths, except that in color 
 they have grown lighter, caused by subsequent race mixture and 
 climatic influences. 
 
 A mixed race of Haezels and Aglonsts and their descend- 
 ants, are the pre-historic ancestors of the Turis and Jajis tribes 
 of Kuran. 
 
 Ke-i-el-wi'the was the first pre-historic name of Baluchistan, so 
 given by thePo'ly-ans of P6-ly*n5-m-dy about the beginning of the 
 the Adomic period, and so remained until it was changed by the 
 descendants of the Polyans, about the close of the Adomic period, 
 to that of Baluchistan, at which time the people changed their 
 name to that of Bra-hoes; at the same time, the U-ste'me-6ns 
 changed their name to that of Ba-lu'ches, a derivative term from 
 the new section name. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Swan-s6 ans in Swan- 
 s6, or northwestern Hindustan, a large tribe of their descend- 
 ants migrated westwai*d into the section of country now known 
 as eastern Baluchistan, where they settled in a valley in the 
 Province of Gileh-Gundava, between the now known rivers of 
 Bolan and Moola, and the spurs of mountains that extend north- 
 east and southwest of the Bolan river, which sections they termed 
 Polynonidy, and called themselves the Polyans. Subsequently, 
 their principal hamlet, which they termed Poo'te-lim was located 
 on the site where the town of Gundava now has place. 
 
 After the establishment of the Polyans in Polynonidy, a small 
 tribe of Hisocks from their Calanjuna, or western Afghanistan, 
 migrated southward into the section of western Baluchistan, 
 where they settled in the now known Province of Mekran, in the 
 valley north of the eastern branch of the Dasti river, between it 
 and its junction with the northwestern branch, and the now 
 known Bushkerad mountains, which section they termed U-stS'- 
 me-6n, and called themselves the U-ste'me-6ns. 
 
 Still later the Ustemeons became mixed as a race with a por- 
 tion of the Polyans, which changed the characteristics of the new 
 race in some respects, but they still retained the name of Uste- 
 meons as a tribe, and Ustemeon as their section name, until it was 
 changed, as above stated- In time, they had built a principal 
 hamlet, which they termed Tel'en-sac, on the site of their first 
 settlement. 
 
 The Polyans proper, of Polynonidy, and their descendants, 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Baluches of 
 Baluchistan. 
 
 623 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 SHIN'DER-SHAN NUD U-ISH'TE-COS 
 
 OR 
 HINDUSTAN, INDIA _ AND DESERTS. 
 
 TELTZIE XLVIII. 
 
 Subsequent to the time when the Timmenons, or their de" 
 scendants, the Haezels, migrated to northwestern Hindustan, 
 which section they had named Swanso, and called themselves the 
 Swansoans (see below), there was a separation of the Swansoan 
 colony into two sects or factions, one the Hin'diis, and the other 
 the In'dra, thus named after the leader of each faction. 
 
 Hindus led his faction or tribe from Swanso proper, north- 
 east along the now known upper southern basin of the Ganges 
 river, which section they termed Hindustan, and called them- 
 selves the Hindus, in honor of their leader. They and their de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancstors of the Hindus people 
 who preserved the Hindo language as existing anciently and 
 modernly, north of the Vindhya Mountains, and more strictly 
 speaking, to the upper basin of the Ganges. Therefore, the term 
 Hindustan, as established by the pre-historic Hindus of the above 
 named section of country, has descended from that pre-historic 
 period to the modern, practically unchanged. 
 
 Indra led his faction, or tribe, from Swanso to the southeast, 
 into the section of country now known as eastern Ajmeer, Hin- 
 dustan, where they settled, but at first retained their former name 
 of Swansoans, and their section name of Swanso; but, about 
 three hundred years later, the descended Swansoans termed the 
 entire section of country now known as Hindustan, Shin'der- 
 shan. 
 
 Prior to the race mixture between the Del'ka Sa'dels and the 
 Swansoans, which established the Hin'tox race (see below), the 
 portion of Swansoans who became the Indra tribes, and who 
 greatly adored their leader Indra, during his mortal career, still 
 worshipped him after his disembodiment, as a spirit benefactor 
 of their people. This fact further influenced the Hintox and 
 their descendants to such an extent that they ultimately discarded 
 the Shindershan term, for that of Indra, originally belonging to 
 the Ajmeer district, which unlike that of Hindustan, sustained 
 
 624 
 
Link^ and Cycles 
 
 several changes du'rih^- various jieriods of time, viz : to Indrus, 
 liattr to Indus, and ultimately to India; hence, both the terms, 
 ffindust'ati and India, have found way into modern utility and 
 nomenclature, iii regard to the Periiristilat: 
 
 Subsl^qti^nV to tlie establishment of the HS-e'zels in Melnha- 
 leoh, of K^l-th^'dat (Afghanistan), a Idr^e triSe of their de- 
 sdeildaiits migrated eastward, via Wh^t is modernly kriown as' 
 Jalalabad, and the Kayber Pass, into the section now known as' 
 the Punjab, wherdthey settled at the junction of the now known 
 Jhelum'and the Chenaub rivers, termed the sectioii'and the rivers 
 Ge-riin'dl-us, but retained their former tribe name of Ha-e'ziels, 
 and there established a,. hamlet which they termed Dum-rii'shy, 
 dum jnta.mngi in their language, quiet, and rM-J^y meaning rapid.. 
 In its broadest sense the term, as a whole, referred to the swift 
 but quiet, cpnijitiojn of the waters that characterized the three 
 rivers of the Punjab. 
 
 In' silbfeequent time, a large tribe of their descendants Had^ 
 riiigfatie'S southfeast into the section' ridv/ known as southeast 
 RaJlJutaiia; India, vvh«lre they settled On the shores of' the nbw 
 known Chumbtll river, at a pbiMt sotith of the'' riOMv khov^ri' city 
 Of Karatili, or Cafjitm of ' the State of Karatili; wiiich' section they 
 t^rttied SWaHSO, and' called theniselyes thfe SWartSOans. There' 
 thejr established a Hamlet,' whidiultitnately becariie • their priilci- 
 plal" jjre'Historiti tbivW; Whidh they termed A-zSn-zii-eti'dS, mean- 
 ing d shelter aihdng' this iHoilntaikii; tiiaX' is, in its practltai'senSe. 
 AVefn w'afe their w'of'd'for sheltered; ' and Zd^^eri'da, for mountains.' 
 The haiiilet aild tiltirfJate city of Ai'enzyenda; w"as ' located ' in the 
 section now known as the ^atiye State of Karauli, or I^erowley, 
 in' R'ajfutan^l ^llidJa'; on tW site where nOw the city of Karauli, 
 tli'e' Capitbl bf'the jifeove-named State, haspjlace- 
 
 , The Swansoans^of Swartsc*, in- stature, were five and a half 
 to six and a' half: feet;' softie were slender, but generally they; 
 were pf an athletic form, being muscular, lirge-boned and., 
 jointed.- Their skins Wefe a; dull .black; 'th'eif heads, were nofmkl 
 in gizej'when co^npfared with their bodies, thdugh they wfcre flat- 
 tish oit topi, and, their iorfeheads were low, and prdjected over the, 
 eyesi considerably. Theii" hair was bla6k, some' being straight 
 and long, -and some Idng and wavy ; their beards were short, and' 
 grew principally u<idcr the chin and arcHin'd the neck, and 'their 
 bodies.werje also characterized with considerable hain Their eyes 
 were black, round in appearance, and far apart ; -their noses were 
 short and broad, their mouths broad, an^ their lips thick; their 
 fefet' were* thfn, flat, or flabby, ' ahd their toes were long ; ; their 
 h'aWtfs w6're' charkcteHzed the same as their fiet. They weife'^a 
 
 „ 625 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 selfish people, contentious with other tribes or peoples, but were 
 quite harmonious among themselves. AH the children, and some 
 of the adults, went nude, and both the men and women who were 
 clad at all, simply wore a short skin apron in front. In regard 
 to religion, from the influence they had received from their an- 
 cestors, the Hisocks of Canlanjuna, which latter people had de- 
 generated from the religious and adorational ideas of their an- 
 cestors, the Hisocks of Runderusand, had lost all adorational 
 ideas and forms of worship by the time they had become settled 
 in Swanso; hence they held to no religious ideas, and had no 
 forms of worship. 
 
 From Shaffion, the Timmenon descendants established a mi- 
 gratory system. The first migrating tribe, as did the Haezels, 
 entered the section of country now known as the Punjab region, 
 and passed northeast until they came to the now known Hima- 
 laya mountains. In subsequent time, various tribes, at various 
 periods of time, migrated along the southern boundary of the 
 Himalaya range, until they came to the region where the now 
 known Brahmaputra river flows through the range, whence they 
 followed its course westward; and then southward to the now 
 known Ganges river, from whence, in subsequent centuries, they 
 spread out into the section of country now known as Bengal, 
 which section they termed Ce're'ges, and called themselves the 
 Del'ka Sadels. In time, they had established their principal 
 city, which they termed U-rl-e'zel. It was located northwest of 
 the now known city of Calcutta, on the Tropic of Cancer, near 
 the now known town of Burdwan, west of the river Hugh. 
 
 The Delka Sadels of Cereges in stature, on an average were 
 about six feet ; they were slender, though quite muscular, and 
 had large bones and joints. The women, however, were more 
 fleshy than the men. They had dark skins, but not as dark as 
 their neighbors, the Swansoans of Swanso- Their hair was 
 short and frizzled, generally speaking, but some possessed that 
 which was curly. Their heads were flattish on top, but projected 
 at the back, and their foreheads were receding. Their noses 
 were thin and sharp. Their eyes were black ; the auricle of their 
 ears was very peculiar, being long at the top with scarcely any 
 lower lobe, and were smooth, or void of folds. Their mouths 
 were broad; lips short, thus exposing a very long and large set 
 of teeth. Their feet were thick and short; hands small, but 
 their fingers were well proportioned. 
 
 About five hundred years before the Adomic period, or at 
 the time the Delka Sadels had become settled in Cereges, they 
 
 626 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 had sustained but little change in their livelihood, but there was 
 no marked intellectual change in them. 
 
 By the time of the Adomic period, however, they had be- 
 come quite intellectual, and were then seeking for greater knowl- 
 edge, caring more for that than for their physical or national 
 advancements. At first they adhered to the style adopted by their 
 ancestors. Later, however, they learned the art of braiding and 
 twisting the long hair of what was then known as the Qii-zen'- 
 tox, for both the warp and woof of fabrics. The Quzentox was 
 the pre-historic ancestor of the animal of Thibet now known as 
 the Cashmere Goat. The downy wool or hair of the Quzentox 
 thus made into fabrics, was utilized as material from which to 
 form their garments, which latter consisted of two pieces, one 
 worn like a cape, and the other formed into a narrow skirt, that 
 came down just below the knees. They also wrapped their 
 ankles and legs up to the knee with the same material, and fas- 
 tened the wrappings at the top and the bottom with bark strings, 
 thus forming a sort of legging, that they called Qu'ist. Subse- 
 quently, they invented a sort of loom with which to aid them in 
 forming and weaving their fabrics. It was made by placing four 
 posts perpendicularly, thus forming a square. A cord was ex" 
 tended from the top of one to that of the other of the rear post, 
 to which the warp was fastened. In like manner was a cord 
 stretched from the tops of the front posts, over which the other 
 ends of the warp was drawn by several individuals, who thus 
 constantly held the warp threads in that position, while several 
 others, beginning at the rear ends of the warp, wove in the woof 
 by passing the , threads to each other, who in turn drew the 
 threads through, and beat them back into the warp, thus forming 
 the fabric- This was the first invention of the loom, and form 
 of weaving in that country, an idea that was re-conceived 
 through spirit influence, and brought out, re-embodied and devel- 
 oped, down to the present-time utilities and products belonging 
 to the textorial art. 
 
 In regard to religion, the Delka Sadels seemed to be the peo- 
 ple in whom lost ideas of a religious character could be revived ; 
 therefore, in their early existence in Cereges, they conceived the 
 idea of a great being, an invisible man, who had built all things 
 visible, and whom they termed U-ki'dish, which term, in their 
 language, meant Great Builder. Subsequently, other generations 
 of their descendants changed the name to A-gus'ta, the term 
 meaning All Force, or All Power, Again, about the time of the 
 Adomic period, the people of that generation changed the name 
 to A-ge'li, meaning The Unseen. These changes were made by 
 
 627 
 
Submerged Atlantis {Restored 
 
 virtue of the advanced ideas of the new lej^dersj and the influ- 
 ences brought to them by imniigration from other natipns, or 
 peoples, which ultimated in a progression of religious ideas. 
 
 The first form of adorational exercises was, to wit: they as' 
 sembled each month, on the date of the first appearance of thp 
 full moon, in the evening, or at the hour of its rising. The 
 place arranged, for their assemblies was at their Quintezon ; i. e., 
 a very crude structure in the form of an oblong square, with 
 open sides and. a thatched roof. |In the front center of the Quin- 
 tezon a platform was erected, on which was placed an idol, or 
 image of tJkidish, about three feet instatpre, wrought of wood.. 
 It was a crude, coarse, massive image of a man, represented ih 
 a standing posture, the hair being represented by a black staining 
 of the headj the cheeks by, red, and the forehead by white. As 
 the platform on which tjie Idol stood answered the purpose 
 of a. facade to the Quintezon, they usually held their adoratiopal 
 exercises on the exterior of the structure, or in the front of;the 
 Idol, especially in. fair weather, but when it was inclement, they 
 held-the^r e.xercises in t)ie interior. The order of' the exercises 
 was to form a circle in front of Ukidish, about which they 
 danced- for some time and mumbled a crude chant in honor of 
 the Great Builder. This was acpompanied by musicians who 
 stood between the circle of dancers and the Idol, and. who, 
 drummed on pieces of resonant wood, and played a crude instru- 
 ment composed of a square frame of;wopd, over wh,idi tywo 
 strings, one shorter than the other, were stretched, perpendicu- 
 larly, 'which they set into vibration by picking them with their 
 fingers. The musicians J9incd with the dancers. in mumbling ttie 
 chant. This was one of the first links, or rp-conceiyedjideas of 
 stringed' instruments, which they termedCQl'losh, and while the 
 fram^'was square, the one string was made shorter by an addi- 
 tional sti[ip of wood being, placed across the frame sufficiently 
 far enough dowp to obtain the length of the string required; to, 
 mafce the tone required. When the moon was fully a^sen,. the 
 exercises ceased, and the worshippers departed hence. A small' 
 imagp of Ukidish was placed in every home,- to which the oceu- 
 p£ints,m94e. their family obeisance, and requests for personal aid- 
 
 The second Quintezon was a, much finer structure than, t^jg. 
 first, and, A-gus't|; the Idol, though wrought from wood, was 
 more' artistic, in a sculptural sense, than thai of Ukidish in th^ 
 first Quintezon, and the third Quintezon was still finer than the 
 second, being built out of stone ; and the Idol Ageli, was sculp- 
 tured, or beautifully wrought from marble. During the time of 
 their worship of the gojl Ukidish, the DejkaSadels had migr?itgd, 
 
 628 
 
Links flhd CyiiX^s 
 
 '6t s'p'read out Westward abd southward, id the how known Briris'h 
 iMStrict of JiabJa)tf)ur, br Julibulpore, o'f the Ceht'ral P'rovihces, 
 'whei-e they established a hamlet /which in 'subsfeqileht 'tim^ be- 
 came thteir 'ptihtipkl ptfe-historic city, which they termed Al-tk- 
 s^u'iia t-^ha,^ in thfei'r toguage, meaning clittibihg,. and shuza, 
 tdc^, artd i^teit^d te thHr clihibihg to the rocky basin ih which 
 AltiaMiuiia ^fiis buflt), yh^ch was located on Vh'e site where nd^Pf 
 tbe to\Wi of ja'balpui-, the capitol of the 4bbVfe-'ilimed district noW 
 has place. They retained their former nahie of t)elka Sadels, 
 but tefmfed thfe s'eetioh B61-zran'do. 
 
 SubseqttenWy, the Swahso^hs of Sw^ri^ aiid the city of 
 Aiteriiuettdi, spread east'Virard biitil they had r'6ached that section 
 of Belzrahdo, afad the hamlet of Al'tashuzi, as dbbVe described, 
 when they taint attibfag the Delka Sadels. where the two ra'c'es 
 rfiingled, which gave risfe to a new nation, whd termed themselves 
 thfe ftlhtox, retained the riarrie ot Alta'shtiia for the city, and tifel- 
 itando for the sectioh. 
 
 iThe Hintox oif Belzrando, on an average, were abotit sixjfeet 
 in stature, theugh some were shorterj apd some even taller; They 
 were heavily built, having broad shoulders and decidedly round- 
 ish bodies, and were very muscular. They \yere of a lighter 
 complexion than their ancestors, the Delka Sadels, and th? ,Hae- 
 zels, though they hiight have been considered a dark-skinned 
 people. Their heads were normal^ in size, when compared w:ith 
 the condition of their bodies. Their foreheads! Iikewise|; but 
 wtrfc quite ftill through the upper portion. Their hair was blacic, 
 long and biishy, the latter condition caused more from want of 
 care than otherwise, 't'heir eyes were black or darjc browil, 
 large aiid full, and displayed a piercing exprfjs^ion. Theif eye- 
 htoWi w6re heavy, and their lashesi long. Their hoses had a 
 deep surikeh bridge at the upper jSoriion} but full and sbmeWhat 
 puggy at the loVer. Jhe mouths of som^E were largCi, and char- 
 adterized with thick lips, while others, ha^^ short lipS,- Which 
 caused them to reveal both sets of teeth; Th^ir.ears were pecli- 
 liar from the fact that the upper portion of the auricles were 
 Wg^ aM Jd^Jpfed fbt-ward. Soihe 5f therii had feet with ex* 
 ff^widy hi|^ i^'stepg arid lar^^ inkles that seenied to join very 
 cltjs^ly ohib the instep, WUith ^ave ib them a very peculiar ap- 
 fSitshce; ihd the pdrtiofi of the foot forward of the iiistep. wa^ 
 Mitt loiig, which fact made the foot look very peculiar, ijidee,d' 
 Th^ hatids, hoWeifer, vvfe're nbrriial ih size, if coihpared with the 
 l!i&4y. "tht tntti wore i Sort of trousers made from a texture 
 Which they'' wrought 6iit 6f fibred', mixed jivith .tli^ soft hair or 
 W€H§1 itdm ari animal th^fi;kiio\fr'h as the Ke-li-ux'try. It some- 
 
 ' 6ig 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 what resembled both the small deer, and the sheep of modern 
 times, the body being more like that of the sheep, but the legs 
 small horns, etc., were more like those of the deer. The head, 
 however, was some larger than either the deer or sheep. It has 
 been long since extinct, which fact was occasioned through h^; 
 brid conditions. The women wore long narrow skirts that ex- 
 tended to below their knees, and a sort of cape that they formed 
 by throwing a strip of the texture around their shoulders, with 
 the ends crossed over their breasts. 
 
 In subsequent time, contentions arose among the Hintox, 
 which caused them to separate, and to migrate in tribes from the 
 vicinity of Altashuza, and other portions of the section of Bel- 
 zrando. One division, however, remained in the section of Bel- 
 zrando, and the city of Altashuza. The first migrating division 
 passed southeast to the section now known as west of the East- 
 ern Ghats mountains, at a point about eighty degrees longitude 
 east from Greenwich, and about nineteen degrees north latitude, 
 or on the site where now the town of Sironcha has place, near 
 where the Penganga and the Indravati rivers flow into the Goda- 
 vari, between the Penganga and the Indravati, where they set- 
 tled, retained their former section and tribal names of Belzrando 
 and Hintox respectively, and established a hamlet that subse- 
 quently became their principal pre-historic city of Sentoese. The 
 second migrating division passed southwest, east of the now 
 known Western Ghats mountains, about seventy-five degrees lon- 
 gitude east from Greenwich, and about eighteen and a half de- 
 grees north latitude, where they settled, retained their former 
 section and tribe names, and established a hamlet, which later 
 became their principal city, Tiish-es-i-an'go. Physically and 
 idealistically speaking, they more particularly resembled their 
 Swansoan ancestors, than they did the Delka Sadels, hence they 
 followed more closely the modes of living and general ideas of 
 the former; but the Hintox of Sentoese, on the contrary, re- 
 sembled the Delka Sadels the most, and therefore followed more 
 closely their modes of livelihood and general ideas. 
 
 In subsequent time, a large colony of Hintox from the city of 
 Sentoese migrated southward along the foothills of the then 
 known Reendicon range, or now known Eastern Ghats moun- 
 tains, until they arrived at the now known sacred river Kistna, 
 when they entered into a contention as to whether they should 
 proceed farther southward, ot follow the river eastward, the ul- 
 timatum of which was that the smaller portion of the colony 
 followed the river course eastward, when they passed through 
 the Eastern Ghats, to their eastern side, out into the great allu- 
 
 630 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 vial plane, or valley lying between the mountains and the Bay of 
 Bengal, east of the now known town of Bezwara, where they set- 
 tled, retained their former section and tribal names, of Belzran- 
 do and Hintox, respectively, and established a hamlet which they 
 termed Sen'du-ze. The main portion of the colony crossed the 
 Kistna, foUovred the western side of the Reendicon mountains, 
 until they arrived in the now known section of the southeastern 
 Mysore, where they settled, and also retained their former sec- 
 tion and tribe names of Belzrando and Hintox, and established 
 a hamlet on the site where now the town of Bengalore has place, 
 which ultimately became their principal pre-historic city of San- 
 nan'zy. 
 
 After several generations, a tribe of the Hintox, of Tushesi- 
 ango, migrated southward to the vicinity of the city of San' 
 nanzy, where the two descended peoples of the Hintox nation 
 met again, but without knowledge of their ancestors having pre- 
 viously descended from the same nation, or the same people of 
 Altashuza, and by mingling races, or tribes, blended again into 
 one and the same race again, that more strongly resembled the 
 Hintox of Sannanzy, on acount of their having been the more 
 numerous, hence the stronger tribe. There were but a few of 
 the Tushesiangoes, who came into Sannanzy. 
 
 The Hintox of Sentoese and Sannanzy, in stature, were gen- 
 erally about six feet; were broad shouldered, large boned, and 
 had dingy black skins; heads nordmal with the size of the body; 
 black, long and curly hair; perpendicular foreheads, of normal 
 height, but wore their hair low ; eyes black, round and full ; noses 
 long and pointed; mouths large and lips full; ears roundish, not 
 large; chins somewhat receding; feet and hands large, and large 
 finger joints; large joints all over the body; and considerable hair 
 on the body. The men clad themselves in a low-necked, loose 
 garment, that extended down to their knees, and in some cases 
 even lower- The women wore a narrow skirt that extended down 
 to the knees, and in addition they threw a texture over their 
 shoulders, which they brought to one side, where they fastened 
 it. Their textures were made from a soft material. They used 
 no fibres, but only hair and wool from an animal then known as 
 the Celistin, that resembled the modern goat, but now extinct. 
 
 The leaders, as distinct from the people, wore two textures, 
 one thrown over the right shoulder and fastened on the left side, 
 and the other over the left shoulder and fastened to the right 
 side. On each side of their breast, extending down from the 
 shoulders to the front of the waist, was outlined the form of a 
 spear head, by means of three shells, one on each side, and one 
 
 631 
 
Submerjgi^d Atlantis Restored 
 
 at the point. Below the pojnt >vas a qircle in solid n;iass, .yy;rpugbt 
 with small white shells. Each side of ,tbe circle yvas suspended 
 two strings of a sort of be^ds, one of the Ippps being shorter 
 than the other, thus causing it to hang within the longer. Around 
 the neck and down in front, bung t\vo longer aqd larger strings, 
 or loops, one within the other, fonjied of teeth from an apipiai 
 then known as the Ne-i'clish, which much resembled the mpderh 
 dog, a sacred animal to the Hintpx. It bad fur however, instead 
 of hair, which was gray, or sort of a maltese color. Some vvei;e 
 striped, some nearly black, some wbJte, with iparks of the maltese 
 mixed. Though now extinct in the now known dog race of ani- 
 mals, it was far superior to them in every way. 
 
 In regard to religion, the Hintox of Sannanzy, ^.t first, retain- 
 ed the ideas of the original Delka Sadels, bi;t later, they estab- 
 lished an idol worship, or rather used an idol as the represent- 
 ative of a provident principle which they ternied Al-tra'gisb, Ithe 
 terip meaning, Helper, pr Guide. It was in the form of a jnan, 
 posed as sitting with his feet folded under bin). At bis feet, 
 crouched the form of an animal then known as the Neiclisb. 
 
 Their I"c6n'na (tem,ple), was forinpdl by a frame work of 
 sticks, placed together in the form of pan.^ls, alternating with 
 open spaces the same size as the latticed p?inels, pr in ptlier 
 words, pne panel woven with sticks, and the other an open space, 
 and the rppf was thatched with bows and rushes. 
 
 Neiclisb, the i^ol, was placed on the front of the Iconna, 
 above which also was designed a crude half circle that was* 
 intended as a representation of the forces that came down upon 
 Neiclish, and that he in turn was endoiyed with the forces that 
 came from within the circle of the heavens, as outlined by the 
 jjirculi^t horison, for further dispensation unto the ppople. Wjth- 
 in the semi-circle wgis the crude design of the stars, wbiph was 
 tp represent that Neidish also drew forces frpm them wthich he 
 utilized and further dispensed unto the people as beneficiary 
 endpwment?- 
 
 They held their adorational exercise twice a year, which was 
 at the Spring and Autumn periods of the year. 'Sometinies they 
 would hpld Special exercises, but never more than four times a 
 year, wTiich then were held, one at the beginning of each of the 
 four seasons, viz: Spi-ing, Summer, Autumn, and Winter. The 
 exercises would last for one day, or from sunrise in the inorning 
 uiitil midnight. A ^reat feast was served at sundown, when they 
 placed a barbecued animal on the center of a large table, about 
 which were placed fruits and vegetables, and as the sun went 
 down and the twilight came on, they ate and made merry. They 
 
 632 
 
Links and CyeUps 
 
 assembled at the rising of the san, took their positions iheiore 
 Neiclish, in the form of a semi-circle within semi-circles, until 
 gU ithe people yirere thu? a^sfsn^led. They tj^ew raised thejr open 
 hands (W^ oii^stretched arms, toyv^rd NeicUsh, and thep bowed 
 their h/e^d$ jij obeisance to Jiim. This jyas done Jjy the people 
 of pne circle at a tlp^e, bjegi^ijnjjjg with th9se of the one in front, 
 (extending back until all hp.d ^ade their pj)eisan(;:e to liileicji?^. 
 Th^ prder of obejsanc^ ^^s aecpmp^pjled siyjth crjijidf music, ren- 
 dered by musiciaps pjx in&trumepts forpied by JiqIJow pieces pf 
 )y.opd, j}?it}j squ;ar,e holes ^Jirougjj jfrora the surface to the central 
 hpllpiv, ^ifijil^r to thp modern" fj}i|^ or fifp, and the hands ajid 
 fingers' werg utilized to ppeii or close the hpjes in order to pro- 
 duce the pitch of tone Fpquire(|. This re-coijceived idea pf wind 
 instrupjents, wa^ the ^rst tljat ,e^me $o tjie pre-historic pepple of 
 tl^is section ^hrpyglj spirit influence, and jrj turn l.ed up tp the 
 farther flpvpTppmeiit of such in^trjimepts in subsequent tip^e. 
 The musicians also ren4ere(i a ch^nt iii harmony with the pl<iy- 
 ing of the instruments, during the adorational exercises, as they 
 sat beneiatli l^eiclish, or the idol, and the pepple. After the 
 obeisance exercise was completed, they disbandejl f rpm tlje semi" 
 circles, and spent ^he day preparing the feast for the evenings 
 and furijier social pleasures. 
 
 §^||sequent to |:he fstablishmeiit of t}]^ Kentersends itiThuri- 
 isti^, ^ large tritse of t^e vaq^t civilized ^nd intellectual portion 
 qf tl^e Kfnterf ends seceec|edi from the {naip colony ^nd instituted 
 a fqiff§tiqi} to the sp|jt)ieast, ^n 4ivergence to that of their 
 bre^hcen. In pqrsufinGiE pf their ij^igratigii, they pa,s?ed south- 
 ward from fhe now known ^ar^k^r^m n^ountain§, until they 
 cgme to the upper Indus riyer. when they fojlpvifed its upper 
 GpjiKc ipto the se^tipi} np\v knpvyin as Ljittle Tibet, where they 
 settled in tl)e v^jiey between the Indus, and the $h}!^pk. rivers, 
 which section ^Jiey terippd R|d'g-;zent, but Ff(t^ii\ed their fOHPer 
 ^ribe nstn'e pf Kf:.|itec$e|i4?. 'T^ey d^^elt in R^de^fnt f^ 9^beut 
 two hqndred y-ears^ wh^ thp entire descended polony continued 
 tl^f iiugfa,ti@n southeatSty^ard, ^long the ^pppr Gourse of the Indus, 
 to a^oiit ei^ty degrees longitude east frpni GrpenTyicht vifhen 
 t^?y. turned so;U|by^ard, grossed the mountain range lying p%v~ 
 3^e\ Mgj,\\i the ?nain Kar^ka?ViP mountains, into the valley between 
 th?. latter named mountains, and Ihe Himalayan range, thenc;^ 
 west, arpjund th(e vfs^tf rp extension oi the latter, into the section 
 now knpwn as the Ei}nj;abi, yiz : the risg imd course of the now 
 ioiown S.utley river, wM<ih they |pllo>Ked southeast for about 
 seventy-five p;f ^^s itua^re^*^ W^les, where they settled in the 
 valley lying extent bjetiyeen the river and the mountains, which 
 
 633 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 section they termed Yes-ti'a, and called themselves the Ka-lis'- 
 tons. 
 
 When the Swansoans of Swanso had waxed strong as a 
 nation, and began to spread out for new possessions, they invaded 
 Yestia, waged war against the Kalistons for possession of their 
 lands, and being the stronger nation, overpowered the Kalistons, 
 killed most of the males, took the remainder, and part of the 
 women as spoils of war, and left the remainder destitute of sup- 
 port, who therefore soon became extinct from exposure and 
 starvation. The few captives by virtue of race mingling, and 
 natural causes, became lost as a distinct race, in the blood of the 
 Swansoans; therefore, the Kalistons were known in subsequent 
 pre-historic time, as "THE LOST TRIBE." 
 
 Being descendants of the Kentersends, the Kalistons com- 
 pared favorably with their ancestors, and their style of dress, 
 and modes of living were similar, only being changed as their 
 advancement in civilization, and the climate would occasion. 
 They were a people who were superior in every way to their 
 ancestors, and to their oppressors as well, and but for their 
 untimely extinction, they would have developed into a great 
 nation. They worshipped the Sun as the Great Light, which 
 principle they termed Zan-to-zi'an, which term in their language 
 meant, The Great Light. They erected an image or symbol in 
 representation of the principle Zantozian, which was that of a 
 triangular shaft of light brown stone, which they termed Zi-ni'e, 
 meaning Monument. The shaft was three feet wide on each 
 triangular side, for about eight feet high, when it tapered to a 
 point at the apex, the taper being about one quarter the length 
 of the main shaft. On each corner of the shaft, where it began 
 to taper, was extended a small triangular piece of the same 
 material as the shaft, at an angle of about forty-five degrees, to 
 the height of the apex. Each piece tapered at the point in har- 
 mony with the apex of the shaft. On the three sides of the 
 shaft, between the point where it began to taper and the apex 
 of the shaft, was represnted, by means of mineral colorings, the 
 same tint as the sun, its full disc, and radiant light. They had 
 no special stated assemblies for invocational, or adorational exer- 
 cises. The principle of Light was looked upon as a source of 
 general benefit and aid in all matters pertaining to life, and when- 
 ever the individual had matters of importance come up, he or 
 ihe would go before the shrine, there kneel and ask protection 
 and help from Zantozian, relative to the specific case. Also, 
 whenever the people, individually or collectively, passed the 
 shrine, on their various missions or meanderings, they would 
 
 634 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 kneel before it in obeisance, thus showing their reverence for the 
 principle of which it was symbolic. 
 
 In regard to the U-ish'te-c6s (pre-historic Arabian term 
 for Deserts), we find that every U-ish'te (Desert), exists 
 as such, through a series of developing processes, such as the 
 inundation of divisions of land from subterrene and fluvial 
 sources, the origin of which was caused by convulsive, or natural 
 drainage, in, or to the sections they now occupy, thus first estab- 
 lishing Re-en'de-zone (pre-historic Arabian word for Inland 
 Seas), or Del-mer'sha (Marshes), as the pre-historic peoples of 
 that section termed them. 
 
 The Reendezone and Delmarsha were, subsequent to their 
 establishment as such, drained off by convulsive agencies, such as 
 rendered outlets for their waters. Then by further absorption 
 and evaporation, their districts were ultimately transformed into 
 the various uishtecos. 
 
 The reader has only to scan the geographic area of the East^ 
 ern and Western Continents, especially Africa and Asia, con- 
 templating the now known deserts, characterized with aridity of 
 soil; absence of running water; dryness of atmosphere; com- 
 parative absence of vegetable and animal life ; the general appear- 
 ance of a boundless sea of sand, whose arid coast lines are marked 
 with rocky fragments, and ranges of barren mountains, having 
 their non-aqueous bays, and commanding promontories; nave- 
 like mounds of sand; varied surfaces ; irregular reliefs that range 
 in altitudes from one hundred feet below, to from 5000 to 8000 
 feet above the sea level; sand dunes; oases, that contain rocky 
 plateaus ; vast tracts of loose stones and pebbles ; ranges of hills 
 of dissimilar types, and valleys through which abundance of 
 water once flowed, when such as the Great Sahara area was land ; 
 great frontiers, such as those of Soudan and Barbary in Africa, 
 and similar conditions in Asia, and the southwestern portion of 
 the United States of America, to be able to find the missing links 
 that will restore the aqiiatic epi-cycles of the past ages, thus prov- 
 ing their service in the establishment of the geographic changes 
 in the past, as their cogs have turned in the great cycles of time 
 on the deferent of the cycle of Life. 
 
 Furthermore, by considering all monumental evidences, such 
 as above mentioned, the reader may be able to also link con- 
 vulsive and aquatic changes of the past, into those of the pres" 
 ent, and still contemplate the future, for all nature repeats its- 
 self limitlessly, throughout the boundless ages of time. The 
 great system of inland waters that had place over the earth's 
 surface in the pre-historic, and more remote ages of the past, 
 
 635 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 their transformation into desert wastes, in pre-historic, antiqua- 
 ted periods of time ; the re-establishment of inland seas, by sub- 
 merging new sections of land, with the same waters that have 
 rolled on with the billows of time from the pre-jhistoric ages to 
 the present periods in which we recognize, not only the desert 
 monuments, wrought and erected by aquatic changes ; but a great 
 system of marshes ; lakes ; seas and oceans, facts similar, that 
 existed prior to the desert monuments, to be deduced from the 
 present monumental aspects, such as exist modernly on the sur- 
 face of the earth, that prove the force of convulsive and aquatic 
 epi-cycles, and the changes they have wrought, by their evolu- 
 tionary revolutions on the deferent of the great cycle of time, 
 thus linking the past, present and future aqueous and convul- 
 sive forces of nature into the supreme cycle of causation. There- 
 fore, as in the past, so it is in the present and will be in the 
 future, that the same causes, viz: the subterrene earthquakes 
 that never of themselves reach the earth's surface, but are con- 
 vulsive seeds as it were passing to and fro throughout the body 
 of the earth, opening up sources for greater eruptions, that 
 cause the surface to rise and fall, and further develop into power- 
 ful convulsions, which ultimately establish depressions; upheav- 
 als ; drainage ; submergence ; etc-, such as have and will continue 
 to misplace waters; re-establish lands, fertile and arid; moun- 
 tains ; lakes, and seas throughout the great cycle of time on which 
 the records of remote ages are kept by the spirit scribes con" 
 temporaneous with that division of time, and those of the mod- 
 ern ancient, the present and the future, by mortal scribes con- 
 temporaneous with these periods of time, on the pages of history, 
 and also reproduced by spirits on the eternal pages of the great 
 book of facts and truth. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Red Sea, the then known 
 Re-en'de (Inland Sea) of Teze, now known as. the Desert of 
 Judah, was partially drained off at the time of each of the con- 
 vulsions that established the Red Sea, and finally came to its 
 present arid condition, through continual evaporation and absorp- 
 tion. 
 
 Just previous to the time of the great flood in which the 
 Biblical narration pictures Noah as the principal character, that 
 portion of the country lying south, and southwest of Judea and 
 Idutnea, was a great low marshy section, then known as Ge-ron'- 
 de-ze (the term meaning uninhabited country). 
 
 At the time of the great flood that had place throughout what 
 is now known as the "Holy Land" (previously mentioned), great 
 changes came to the entire country, which caused many of the 
 
 63^ 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 fluvial: sources tpibecome extinct, and others to. be established, as 
 the- waters of the flooded sections, passed south, and, southwest 
 during the subsidenoe of. the [flood, and much, of the soil and sand 
 was washed down from between the ranges of. mountains, into 
 the country/ of, Gerondeze, , southeast . of Judea-, which, established 
 the, now teiown deserts of Beer Sheba, and ELTih, and atthe 
 same; time the ultimate drainage of : the country of Gerondeze,. 
 established the two rivers now known as Wady es Sunny, and 
 Wady, Khuberah,,ol the Desert El Tih. district; the Wady el' 
 Khulil and'its outlet into the Mediterranean Sea, though a part of 
 it existed before the flood, and was the boundary between Judea 
 and the country of Gerondeze. . All' the water courses between 
 Syria.and Egypt' were- changed to either larger or smaller dimen- 
 sions by the effects- of the flood. Even the. Nile was rendered 
 laTger at that time. 
 
 t'assing into the country of Arabia, we note the Syrian des- 
 ert'in. the northwest, and the Sandy, in .the southeast; The inland 
 sea that gave plape to the former, was pre^historically known as 
 the Kfirterzen Se'^ie; and the latter, .as the Al-atn^tha ic Se zie. 
 
 At the time the Wezinthes inhabited the now known Red Sea 
 area, the Kultezen and the AlarathaicSeas, practically speaking; 
 were one greatbody oi saline water, for the section of higb' l^dd' 
 between th'em, was very nearly inundated, therefore the body 
 of'water was known to* the Wezinthes as one Sea; .which they 
 had originally, termed' Ja-rel'la, but subsequently, the Wezinthe 
 descendants discovered ithat' the sea was :di'Jridfrd 'by a- section of . 
 land 'wthich they ultimately occupied inportions;. wlietitheygave 
 the:divisi6nal 'names, as above.; 
 
 W^- are further ihiormed'by Alem Pf'olex that the cause, 
 source and process, by which .the above named seas were estab- 
 lished are unobtaiftabl.^; not bteirig. known by the- spirit' intelli- 
 gw\ces contemporaneous with: that -time; but;' in remotfc ages, the 
 two' seas were • one; and so ; remained until ' convulsions " occurred l 
 that Tendered upheavals and'uprising^ of the, land'through'out^the 
 central portion of Arabia; thtiscausing the separation of the. 
 waters, of the JarelM Sezie iiito two bodies of water. Prior to 
 this separationj the higher portions of the. Qu-s6-zu'stSc, (moun- 
 tains) of 'central Arabia,, were Islandsin the great Inland Sea 
 of'JsireHa. 
 
 Atthfc time of thfe convulsion that est&bliished the now known 
 Persian Gulf, and the Straits of 'Oman, the Kviltezen Sezie was 
 drained off? into : that •■ division' of 'country', thus completing "the 
 establisblnent'of 'the Persian -Gulf,' and their further aquatic 
 blenditigs iwith thfe ' now khown Ai^abian Sea, thi-ough the Straits' 
 and thfeiGulf of Oman; 
 
 637> 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 At the time of the first of the five convulsions that established 
 the now known Arabian Sea, the waters of the Almathaic Sezie, 
 were partially drained off southward, and ultimately,^ were lost 
 in the Arabian Sea, as the latter became fully established, and 
 by further aquatic blendings with the now known Indian Ocean. 
 
 Passing into Persia, we note the two deserts, viz : The Great 
 Salt, and the Lut, in the section of country now known as Ker 
 man. These two deserts were established originally, as Reende- 
 zone, or great saline Delmarsha, by the force of three great con- 
 vulsions. 
 
 The first of the three had place in the section now known 
 as Fars, west of the now known Lake Bakhtegan, at the south- 
 east section of the Zagros mountains, or about fifty-two and one 
 half degrees longitude, east from Greenwich, and twenty-nine 
 degrees north latitude, which caused a slight inundation of the 
 section of country now known as the Lut, or Kermania Desert, 
 in southeastern Persia. The second of the three convulisons 
 occurred about fifty years after the first, and had place about 
 thirty-six degrees north latitude, and fifty-three degrees longitude 
 east from Greenwich, near the southern point of the Alburz 
 mountains, which caused the inundation of the section now known 
 as the Great Salt Desert, in northeastern Persia. The third of 
 the three convulsions occurred almost simultaneously with the 
 second, and had place east of the section of the Zagros chain of 
 mountains, at about thirty-seven degrees north latitude, and 
 forty-seven degrees longitude east from Greenwich, which inun- 
 dated portions of the section now known as Irak Ajemi, and 
 blended into the inundations of the second convulsion in the 
 section of Khorasan. As the ages passed by, evaporation had 
 reduced the inundations' to two sections, viz : the Khorasan, then 
 known as the Ge"rest' Re-en'de, or saline Dai-Mar, now known 
 as the Great Salt Desert ; and the Kerman, then known as the 
 I-ce-len'tic Re-en'd€, or saline Del Mar, and now, as the Lut, 
 or Kerman Desert. The Great Salt Desert was entirely estab- 
 lished by the disappearance of the saline water of that portion 
 of the Gerest Reende but the Icelentic was partially established 
 by draining off the saline waters of that portion of the Gerest 
 Reende, into the Gulf of Oman, at the time of the formation of' 
 the latter, and ultimately completed to its present condition by 
 evaporation and absorption as the ages went by. 
 
 Passing into Afghanistan, we note the Sandy Desert in the 
 southwestern section. About eighty-five years subsequent to the 
 first of the three convulsions that established the Lut of Persia, 
 there occurred two convulsions that established the Reende, or 
 
 638 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 fresh water Delmar, then known as the Thiir-i-en'des Re-en'de, 
 now known as the Sandy Desert, southeastern Afghanistan. The 
 first of the convulsions had place in the section now known as 
 the Zarah Hollow, or Lake Zurrah, in the tract of Seistan, on its 
 northeastern side, which in part, established the ancient "Hollow," 
 and inundated the land south, and southeast of it. About five 
 years later, the second convulsion occurred, and had place at the 
 same point where the first one occurred, which inundated the 
 section west, and northwest of it. Ages of natural evaporation 
 and absorption has left the now known rivers and the great de" 
 pression with its lake and several marshes, as connecting links 
 in evidence of the transformation that takes place between sub- 
 merged districts of the past, and the desert conditions of the 
 present. 
 
 Passing into China, we note the Great Gobi Desert, in the north- 
 eastern section, which was established as such, by two convul- 
 sions, that caused the partial drainage of a great natural Delmar, 
 then known as the Cas-cu-de-ren'ge. The first occurred about 
 ' twenty-five years after the first one that formed the Lut Desert 
 of Persia, and had place in the section north of the now known 
 Nan-Shan mountains, or about thirty-nine degrees north lati- 
 tude, and ninety-one degrees longitude east from Greenwich. 
 The force of the convulsion caused a partial drainage of the 
 southearn portion of the Cascuderenge Delmar, the waters of 
 which found dispersement over the low-lands of the country now 
 known as Tibet. The second of the two convulsions occurred 
 about sixty-three years after the first, and had place east of the 
 Kin-Gan mountains, about forty-five degrees north latitude, and 
 one hundred and nineteen longitude, east from Greenwich. The 
 force of the convulsion extended throughout that section of the 
 Kin-Gan mountains, especially to their southern boundary, which 
 opened a partial drainage for the waters of the northeast section 
 of the Cascuderenge Delmar, viz: the section of country lying 
 between the extremity of the Kin-Gan mountains and the east" 
 ern extremity of the Inshan, and thence to the now known Gulfs 
 of Lea-tong and Pe-chili, by the river courses of that region- 
 Ages of evaporation and absorption have ultimately reduced the 
 great Cascuderenge Delmar to the section now known as the 
 Great Gobi Desert. 
 
 Ages prior to the submergence of Atlantis, that portion of 
 country now known as the Great Sahara Desert district, Africa, 
 was somewhat mountainous. At that period of time, a great 
 convulsion occurred, that had place in the Ze'Iags (mountains) 
 then known as Sierra Antilla, about twenty-four degrees north 
 
 . 639 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 latitude, and five longi'tlide, east from Greenwich. The force of 
 the convulsion^ extended thi'ough those ranges of the Zelags, thus 
 sinking and submerging portions of them, an|d also leaving others, 
 which latter ultimately became Islands. Beneath the surface, 
 in the regiOil' of the convulsion, was a great subterrene lake. 
 When' the convulsion occurred and sank the land about it, its 
 waters burst forth to the surface, and in time, submerged that 
 portion now known as the Great Sa-ha'ra Desert, which body of 
 salinfe water then became known- to the Atlantians as the great 
 Ska'dash (inland sea or lake), df Ka-run't!c. 
 
 At the time of the various Atlantiah cotivulsiofts that occur- 
 red on the easterii side of the Ldntidri, the waters were partially 
 di-^wiioff, and at tHe time of the final' subniergeflde of Atlantis, 
 the Great Sahara Desert district was practically drained, which 
 after further absorptibn and evaporation, took on its present 
 condition as a' desert; At the time that the Horziethas were 
 migrating across, and' settling: in the regions of central Sfury 
 (Africa); they tertned the desert Sahara, which has been handed 
 ddWM' f r6m' that time, with' but^ little change, ^ i.e., only in the 
 pronunciation of the' vowels; the name having been' suggested- 
 to the people by the sound of a water-fall of a stream in the 
 mountainous section, near the subterrene lake, or Skadash above 
 referred to. The grteat cave that contained the waters of the 
 subterreYie Skadash still exists: It can be found extending from 
 abOtit t\venty-five ta thirty- degrees north latitude, and about 
 three longitude, west f rorii GreenvWch, to about seventy lotigi'' 
 ttlde, east' f rOm ■ Greeiiwich. The" formation in the- slibterene 
 district' still exists, • and if ever' explOrfed; will be found to be 
 of most wonderful, and beautifur formation, which was due to 
 a'-prbcess caused by the"; ihfusioft of steam through thefissares in 
 the; ro€;k.S' aWd earth, at-the time when the convulsion took place. 
 
 Prior to the' establishmerit " o f tHe Great Skadigh ' of' Karuritic, 
 a system of Zelaigs, th'eri known as the Sierra Antilla, a section of 
 which is now known as the' Ahaggar'or Hoggari extended east 
 arid southeast througli the central pOrtion of Africa, from the 
 now kriowri section of Barbafy and Soudan. Another Zelfig 
 raftge, then known as Prin kel-ty,' nOw as the' Atlas, extende'd 
 from Atlkhtis, through" the cOuntry now krib'wrt'.as Morocco- 
 About seventy-five years after the establishmenfofthe Karu'ntic 
 Skadashi; thefe beg&ft'a s^stfein-of th'ree peridOcal corivulstons in 
 the seetiori of country noiVkiiOwri as Egypt. The'fifst'had plate ■ 
 ini the' now known region of the mouth of -the Nile riveh TWe' 
 secowd 'occurred about twenty years after the first, and had place 
 about fifteen degreed north latitude, arid thirty degrees lOrij^itude 
 
 640 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 east from Greenwich, in- the section now known as Eg3rptian 
 Soudan. The third occurred about two years after the second, 
 and had place about twenty degrees north latitude, and thirty- 
 five longitude, east from Greenwich, in the now known country 
 of Nubia. 
 
 Prior to this convulsion, there existed an immense subterrene 
 thermal, saline Skadash, which in its extension, was like a great 
 system of caves beneath the Zelag ranges that followed the course 
 of the Ge-li'6t Sel'tash (Nile River), extending from the region 
 of the ancient lake of Mareotis, to that of the Birk-el Karn, or 
 Lake Eel-Karn, at the extremity of the Feyoon, or Oasis west 
 of the Geliot Seltash, to which an opening in the Zelags leads. At 
 the time of the first convulsion, the waters were forced out from 
 the subterrene Skadash, through a subterrene Seltash, that led 
 from the Skadash to the opening in the Zelags now known as 
 the lead to the Feyoon, which partly inundated that part of the 
 country west of the Zelags. The force of the second_convul- 
 sion, completed the submergence, thus f ortairig ' the Ya-ca-too* 
 Skadish, or inland sea, now the Syrian Desert. 
 
 The depressions that now exist between the Zelag ranges, 
 were caused by the Typhoon winds, which swept in through them 
 from the southeast to the northwest. Were this region to be sub' 
 terenely explored, the great caverns and caVes that constituted 
 the walls of the above named great -edme .Skadish, or Lake, 
 would yet be found to exist, thoughl:hfeyf"are filling up as the 
 ages go by. - '-^ — 
 
 Regarding the source of the waters that formed the great 
 Skadish, or inland sea, then known as ^he Cal-de-gis'tic, thait 
 gave place to the now known Nubian JD^^.ert.,:'Alem Prolex says 
 that the information given him by t|ie^spiriti contemporaneous 
 with the time of its formation, is so ccmtefing, that a definite 
 conclusion cannot be reached at this tiiiie;''a^ to the source of its 
 formation ; but, the general conclusion is that, as the convulsion 
 followed so close to the one that completed the formation of the 
 Yacatoo Skadash, west of it, that the force of the' convulsion 
 opened subterrene connections with the Yacatoo Skadash, from 
 which the Caldegistic Skadish was formed'. At the time of the 
 formation of the Red Sea, the waters of the Caldegistic Skadash 
 were practically drained off, and by further evaporation and 
 absorption, the Nubian Desert was formed. 
 
 The similarity existing between the sources of the waters 
 that established both the Sahara and the Libyan Deserts, viz: 
 by subterrene Skadashes, is due to the similarity of the existing 
 Zelag ranges, and their extension southeastward. Both have lef? 
 
 641 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 a small lake At their fextremityj one southeast of the section now 
 knb\^ as Mdro&Oj and the aJlcidftt lake Marfeotis of Egypt, from 
 which siibterrehe streartis flowed intb their respective siibtertene 
 Skadashes, and both the latter had subterrene outlets that termi- 
 nated in Oases at the southeastern extremity, viz: the section 
 of Aift or Asben of the Sahara^ and the Feyoon, or Lake Elkard, 
 of the Libyan. 
 
 The Skadash that gave place to what is now known as the 
 Desert Of Kalahari, South Africa, was first known as Ka-s6'ta. 
 At the tim^ of the convulsion that established the island of 
 Madagascar, and the Mozambique Channel, the force shot inland, 
 so as to jjartially establis;h the Kasota Skadasb» which ultimately 
 became fUlly established by inland subterene convulsions, which 
 let the watet in from the Indian Ocean, through subterrene fis- 
 sures in the earth. Lat^r convulsive forces in the same region, 
 cut down the eirlh so as to shut off the incoming waters from the 
 Indian Ocean, which left the KSsota Skadash in an evaporating 
 cohditioil, that in timfe rendered its area, or district that of a 
 desert, some parts of which, have never been explored. 
 
 The Kasota, as a Skadash, was impregnated with two princi- 
 pal substances, known to the Atlantians and the natives of 
 AfrieA, as B€'zer (salt) and I-in'ta (a crystal)) which latter 
 does not nOw exist in any other part of the World, but abounds 
 iri that vicinity, Stnd in a simple solution, is veiy poisonous, on 
 account of Which, it was much feared by the natives; and in- 
 variably shunned by the animals, and was very destructive to 
 vegetation when in its crystallized state, or in a simple solution ; 
 but when in a compound solution, with the Bezer, it became less 
 harmless, hence the tieposits, after evaporation of the water of 
 the Kasota, that sectkin feecame uninhabited and non-vegetabled. 
 
 The Arabs have long been in the habit oi tapping the sub- 
 terranean waters, by sinking wells, a copious supply being usually 
 obtainable at depths varying down to two hundred feet. The 
 water in many cases rises so rapidly often times when the aqueous 
 strata, or caverns are pierced in certain localities that the well 
 sinkers are sometimes drowned ere they reach the surface. 
 
 In the Algerian Sahara, the French have sunk a large number 
 of these wells, and the fact that plentiful waters can be 
 had from subterrene sources, by way of the spring outlets and ar- 
 tificial wells, goes to prove that the subterranean Skadashes, or 
 lakes still exist, whose outlets form the many Oases of the 
 Deserts from the western coast of Africa to central Asia, and 
 the great convulsive forces that opened large outlets to thetn, 
 were the means^ by which the pre-histofic Skadashes, or inland 
 seas were established. 
 
 642 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Prior tQ the eighth of thfe eleven great periodical cdnvuUion* 
 th&t had place ih thte now known Golden Gate regidni CaliforniJi, 
 6r in thfe beginning, the convulsive tonditionsthat ^ere making 
 the ehaft|;es alSiig the coast of California during the lood years 
 that intehre'ried between the seventh and the eighth of the elev^ft 
 gf-feat pgHddifeal convulsions abovfe referred to, the cdnvulsivfe 
 foS-efeSj as thdy radiated eafet, and southeast into the sections 
 Of fcotiififry how kttdwh as California, Nevada-, Utah and Ari- 
 zona, caused subterranean inlets from the Pacific Oceail, which 
 ultiftiatfely Established a great body of water througlrotil the 
 re|;ibftfr of those now known States, which in its uprising f hjm the 
 Sabterfdh^an inlsts, established, as before stateidi a great inlSind 
 Sia, Whifch ultiihately beeame known as th^ Sha-run-tre z6n Get 
 (Sea) by the tribes of SMn'tS-lons, whb Si-si migfated into the 
 SUffk Nevada rtibUntairi regioiis. The prihcipal convulsions thdt 
 caiisfed the" dfaiitiMg btf Bf thfe Waters 6f the Shartsntrezori Get^ 
 «rfei-fe two ih tiuitlibfer, Which live Will te^m the southern and the 
 ittjrtherfl. 
 
 PHdf to the festiblisMiifent 6f the Shafuiitrejiofi Get, a g;i-eat 
 Subterrene fltivikl ^iate!- iiburse extended f rdm the Rockies, west- 
 Wdr4 id the Pacific O'dean. Its cdui-se was f rdwi it's SdUrce iii 
 the Rockies of Colorado, tkenbd sbuthWestviraifd, td the ri6W 
 kridWii ndrthekstei'h pdrtidh of the Cdldra^lb River, tjr ^herg it 
 thl^rk the State 6f Afizbnd frifel ttiah, tkeifigg fdlldWed thfe 
 tdtirse oi thfe tbhtkixi ftlvfer thfoUgJi thfe hd^ khdWn r^lfiah of 
 thfe Gfahd CanyBH of thfe Cdldiradb td the sdUthWesterft eAtfeniity 
 bf thfe latigi^, When it Ifeft Wh^i is hdW kribwri as the sbuthef h cduf s? 
 ahd Mild of thfe txsibrado HVer.and p4s§ed sotithW^Stwafd 
 
 thfe gUbtefffe'nfe ^ysteiii bf the great riVfer aiid Its outlt, having heen 
 g^fdtjiishea at thfe tiiiife bf the establishmeiht of thfe Baif of SaA 
 
 ^tdtJliShed at thfe tiiiife bf the establishmeiht of thfe Baiji^ 
 
 , Hm th -^ ' ■ ' " 
 
 Ihgmttef. 
 
 8fega, thfe Chatirigi of iSt. fiarbary, and thfe Islands sotith of 
 
 The sbuthern of the two cottvulsiohs that cistaBlished the 
 drains^ of the great Shdi-untrezon Cetj dccurred abdtit two 
 htrnflred jreai-fe prior td the feighth of the elfeven df the great 
 peHedicai convulsions, dhd baid place beneath the watets df the 
 Sharuntrezon G-et) in the region 6f the now k6own §buthWfe&tern 
 portion of the Gt-and Gdiiyon of the Goloradd, arid extehded 
 aloilg the subterrene fluvidl sotitee, td the northeastern ejttfefiiity 
 of the Great Canyon, when it burst forth in mighty conVtilSive 
 force all along the source, thus establishing the greatest, grand- 
 est Canon on the face of the earth known to modern peoples. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 by throwing up the great walls of the Gorge that now exist for 
 three hundred miles along the now known Colorado River, whose 
 walls vary from 3000, to 6000 feet in height, which latter at 
 that time held the waters of the northern portion of the great 
 Sharuntrezon Cet, or those north of the now known Colorado 
 River, from receeding southward. In isujbsequent time, _ the 
 waters south of the now established Colorado River, were drained 
 off by subterrene sinks and fluvial conditions into the now 
 known Gulf of California. 
 
 The second, or northern convulsion occurred at the time of 
 the eighth of the eleven great convulsions above referred to, 
 and was caused by subterranean radiations from the latter, that 
 burst forth principally, beneath the waters of the remnant, or 
 northern portion of the Sharuntrezon Cet, in the region south of 
 the now known Humboldt mountains, the latter being raised at 
 the time, and further shattered the earth's surface throughout 
 the now known states of Nevada and Utah, thus leaving subter- 
 rene outlets southwest to the Pacific Ocean, which were headed 
 by depressions in the earth that are now known as the Walkers ; 
 Pyramid ; Carson ; Humboldt lakes or sinks, of Nevada ; those in 
 California; Southern Oregon; the Sevier; the Utah, and the 
 Great Salt Lake of Utah, which served as a system of drainage, 
 that reduced the remnant of the Sharuntrezon Cet, and parts 
 of its waters also found their way to the Pacific coast by fluvial 
 agencies southward into the now known Gulf of California, and 
 further, by evaporation and absorption, was the great Sharun- 
 trezon Cet reduced to the now known Great American Desert, 
 and the Great Salt Lake of Utah, which latter is the principal 
 remnant among the above named lakes of the Sharuntrezon Cet, 
 that existed in remote pre-historic ages. 
 
 During the ages that passed, as the waters of the Sharun- 
 trezon Cet were being drawn off and dispersed, there occurred 
 many smaller convulsions and earth-quakes that rendered changes 
 in the now known Great American Desert regions, which caused 
 lands to sink, and others to rise, thus establishing valleys and 
 whole individual mountain ranges, which fact not only assisted 
 in holding some of the waters of the great Sharuntrezon Cet, 
 thus establishing the lakes and sinks, but materially changed the 
 aspect of the land portions throughout those northwestern states. 
 
 All the thermal springs of those regions are off-springs from 
 the eruptive fires, or convulsive condition of that period, whose 
 primal mineral, and thermal qualities have arisen from the lava 
 deposits of those convulsions. 
 
 644 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 THE GREAT TISH'HANS OF A'ZAN AND GELV'THRIC, 
 AND TRU'DOX, OR FURTHER INDIA- 
 
 TELTZIE XLIX. 
 
 A'zan, was the pre-historic name of a great Tishhan (Hintox 
 term for valley), that extended) north and south between the 
 now western coast of British India, and! the eastern coast of 
 the Laccadive and Maldive Islands, (so termed by the Gu-ev'- 
 els). The southern portion of the Tishhan lay extent between 
 the then known Se-gris'tic, and the De-sanc'to ranges; and the 
 northern portion between the Desancto and the now known 
 Western Ghats. 
 
 About the time that the Hintox began their migration from 
 the city of Altashaza, and the northwestern section of Belzrando, 
 to the central and southern sections, or location of the cities of 
 Sentoese and Sannanzy, wars and contentions had also arisen 
 among the Swansoans of Swanso, which caused a large tribe of 
 them to migrate southwest from Swanso, when they passed over 
 what was then known as the Sed'wick system of mountains mod- 
 ernly known as the Vindhya ; thence westward, when they passed 
 through the great gorge between the Sedwick and the then known 
 Ska-g^'en range, modernly known as the Western Ghats ; thence 
 southward into the northern portion of the great Tishhan, now 
 submerged by the Indian Ocean, that then lay extent between the 
 Skagien and the then known De-sianc'to range, now submerged, 
 the remnants of which form the now known Laccadive and the 
 Maldive Islands, where they settled, retained their former sec- 
 tion name of Belzrando, and called themselves the Han-gro'tes. 
 They established their hamlet about fourteen degrees north lati- 
 tude and about seventytwo degrees longitude east from Green- 
 wich, or in the area now submerged by the Indian Ocean, west 
 of the modern towns of Honauwar and Coondapoor, southwest 
 India, which hamlet subsequently became their principal pre-his- 
 toric city, which they termed Wil-a-mede. 
 
 Subsequently, and long after the Hintox had migrated from 
 Tushesiango and Sentoese, to that portion of Belzrando where 
 they built their city of Sannanzy, a colony of their descendants 
 migrated from that section of Belzrando, and the city of San- 
 nanzy, over the Skagien and the then known Segristic ranges, 
 
 645 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 which latter extended southwest and south, from the now known 
 Malabar Coast, near Goa, India, parallel with the Desancto 
 range, into the southern portion of the great Tishhan, where the 
 Hahgrotes dwelt, in the now known submerged area of the In- 
 dian Ocean, or Nine Degree Channel, west of the city of Purcah, 
 India, where they settled, retained their former section name of 
 Belzrando, and called themselves the Win-gu'is, and there estab- 
 lished their principal city which they termed Ha-a-ezel. Ulti- 
 mately, the Hangrotes and the Winguis mixed races, which es- 
 tablished a new race of people, who finally termed the great 
 Tishhan, Azaq, and called themselves the pii-hey'els. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion that caused the submergence 
 of the great Tishhan of Azan, a large number of the Guhevels, 
 who. dwelt along the foothills of the Desancto range, and in the 
 southern portion of the Tishhan, were left as remnants on the 
 higher portions of the range, which now form what is known as 
 the Maldive Islands, southwest of India. Subsequently, they 
 became a large tribe, termed the islands Um'rez, and called 
 themselves thp Ma.g-6rlu'tes. In stature they were about five 
 feet, generally fleshy. They had very dark skin?; long, black, 
 disheveled or undressed hair, that extended its growth, not only 
 from the head, but all along the spine, and back, down as far as 
 to the hips, thence forward over the loins and abdomen, though 
 sliprter on the latterrnamed parts of the body. T^iat stratige 
 freak of nature niade it unnecessary to provide themselves with 
 raimept. Their heads were normal ; eyes blapk ; noses broad ^nd 
 $at ; and the upper part of the ear auricle was pointed more like 
 that of animals, and was charactenzed with considerable h^ir; 
 their foreheads were very low; eyebrows and lashes quite long 
 and heavy, t^iere being no parting or space between the brpws ; 
 their mouths were normal, but their lips M^ere thick; their feet 
 arid hands were broad, and their toes and fingers spread apj^rt; 
 they were quarrelsome among themselves, and would fighl; unto 
 dea.th in defense of what they thought to be their rights. They 
 practised cannibalism, byt never yiptimized an individual over 
 the age qf twelve years. T^eir conditions in every way were 
 degenerate vvhen compared with their ancestors, the Hintox and 
 the S\yan.§o^ns. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the Tishhan of Azan, the 
 Quheyels, dwelt along the northern portion of the section of the 
 Desapctp rjinge, which latter now forms the Laceadive Islands, 
 and which they subsequently termed Drex, and called themselves 
 the Z6n,'za-:|€s- They were short in stature, varying, from four 
 ta five f^tet, a,Jid, wer^ quite fleshy, a fact that made them appear 
 
 04^ 
 
L<tnks an4 Cy<cles 
 
 very odd; their glriiRS were very dark; heads l^rge, anpther odd 
 feature; their hair was |>l9ck, bushy, and the men possessed 
 beards of the same nature ; their eyes were black, penetrating, 
 and might be said to he very handsome. Their foreheads were 
 low ; noses not as flat and broad as those of the Magolutes ; their 
 mouths were large, lips thick, and rolled outwards, so as to dis- 
 play both sets of teeth; they had small ears ; short and thick feet 
 and hands, their toes and fingers the same. They were a very 
 low race of people, were scattered aqd few in number ; they went 
 entirely nude, which caused considerable hair ^o develop over 
 their bpdies, which was o{ a fuzzy ph^racter. They were peace" 
 able among themselves» but hpstile to intniders. 
 
 At the tiine of the second of the four convulsions of the sec- 
 ond division, or at the time of the establishment of the now 
 known island of Ceylon, southeast of India, a small remnant of 
 the Hintpx who had migrated to that section from Belzrando, or 
 the region of the city of Sannanzy, were left on the island, who 
 C£^ll«;d themselves the A-gps'tons. Being few in number, exists 
 ing under adverse circumstances as to climate, ill health, and non- 
 sustenance, they soon became extinct. 
 
 Subsequently, by maritimal migration, another tribe of Hin- 
 tox from the same section of Belzrando, entered and possessed 
 theijiselves of the Island, which they termed Te-ze'16n, and 
 called themselves the Has'drl-cons, and established a hamlet for 
 themselves, on the upper Mal-wat'ta oya (river), on the site 
 where the now known town of Anuradhapura has place, which 
 ultimately became their principal pre-historic town, which they 
 termed Il-lin'dri-tis. In stature, they were from fiv§ feet six 
 inches, tp six feet; stood erect, and were well formed bodily, 
 which latter was very plun\p ; they had dark skins ; long, straight, 
 black hair; scant beards, except under the chin, and about the 
 throat and neck; black or brown eyes, that were set back in the 
 head, ^nd spinewhat projecting foreheads ; sharp and well-formed 
 noses, and they held their chins back against tlieir necks, which 
 gave them an important appearance. Their faces were broad, 
 especially so across the cheek bones. The men were clad only 
 with a sort of diaper, and painted their arms and breasts in charr 
 acters of zig-zag lines and crossmarks. The women wore a sort 
 of cloth, made from the tissue of trees, thrown over their should 
 ders, crossed in front, one end hanging down the back, and one 
 down the fro^t, belted pt ti§d abput the waist, and the sides 
 down the UmbS; left ppeo, They lived spjelj on the products of 
 their hunting arid fishing, m^ the fruits pM nyts that the Island 
 naitUfaJiy afofded- They wer^ carflfpg, indolent, and quar^elr 
 
 ^47 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 some among themselves, probably on account of there being but 
 one race of people on the Island at that time, which caused jeal- 
 ousies to arise among themselves. 
 
 Gelv'thric was the prehistoric name of a great Tishhan (so 
 named by the Hintox) that extended southwest and northeast, 
 between the then known Musk-lon'go range, and the now known 
 eastern coast range of British India, and the Island of Ceylon, 
 and the western coast of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 
 
 After the Delka Sadels of Cereges, the Hintox of Sentoese, 
 and of Sannanzy, had become a numerous people, the Delka Sa- 
 dels spread out into the northern portion of the great Tishhan 
 of Gelvthric, that. section being a part of their Cereges, where 
 they had built a large city which they termed Kil'zerve, which 
 was located about seventeen degrees north latitude and eighty 
 degrees longitude east from Greenwich, now submerged by the 
 waters of the Set Bet' gal, or now known Bay of Bengal. 
 
 The northwest portion of the Tishhan was inhabited by Hin- 
 tox settlers, who had spread out from the city of Sentoese, and 
 that section of Belzrando- The entire southern portion of the 
 Tishhan was populated with Hintox from the city of Sannanzy, 
 and that section of Belzrando, where they built a large city which 
 they termed 0-ri-z6'cum, now submerged by the waters of the 
 Set Betgal, or Bay of Bengal. 
 
 Furthermore, the Hintox of the southern portion of the Tish- 
 han of Gelvthric spread farther out beyond the then known 
 Musklongo range, the remnants of which are now known as the 
 Andaman, Nicobar and Sumatra Islands, into the then known 
 Tishhan of Ka-is'ma, which extended north and south between 
 the Musklongo and the Sen-quis'tra ranges, the remnants of 
 which are now known as the Mergui Archipelago, where they 
 built a large town which they termed Cin'za, which was located 
 about ninety-five degrees longitude east from Greenwich, and di' 
 rectly east of the now known Great Andaman Island, now sub- 
 merged by the waters of the Set Betgal, or Bay of Bengal. 
 
 About 1 1, GOO years subsequent to the final submergence of 
 Atlantis, there began a great compound system of convulsions 
 that had place in different portions of the section now known as 
 the Bay of Bengal, and was the next greatest system of convul- 
 sions to that of Atlantis, excepting that of the Great Eastern 
 Archipelago, the world has ever known. 
 
 The above-named system of convulsions we will divide into 
 two sections, viz., the southern or primitive, and the northern, or 
 secondary, the southern being characterized by four sectional 
 convulsions^: and the northern by seven. At that time a range 
 
 648 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of mountains, then known as the Desancto, extended northwest, 
 and then curved a little northeast from about a hundred and 
 fifty-three degrees longitude east from Washington, to about 
 eighteen degrees north latitude, where it was connected with the 
 now known coast of India, and whose southern heights now form 
 the Maldive and the Laccadive Islands. Another range, then 
 known as the Segristic, extended a little south from the now 
 known Malabar Coast, near Goa, India, then south parallel with 
 the Desancto range, to near the region of the Equator, when it 
 diverged a little southwest to the boundary line of the now 
 Indian Ocean. 'Another range then called the Lukidish, which 
 was then an extension of the now known Western Ghats range, 
 extended a little southwest, to a close proximity with the Segris- 
 tic range, thence southward parallel with the latter, to the point 
 of its divergence southwest, where the former range diverged 
 southeast from the latter, to the boundary line of the Indian 
 Ocean. 
 
 The first of the southern section convulsions had place in the 
 section now known as between Cape Comorin, India, and the 
 Atollan Tilla, Kalay and Dou Matis Islands of the Maldive 
 group, in the then known Segristic range. The force of the con- 
 vulsion extended northwest along what is now known as a por- 
 tion of the Malabar Coast, India, and out into the Desancto 
 range, thus establishing the whole of the Maldive Islands, and 
 brought the waters of the Indian Ocean from their then coast 
 boundary, west of the Desancto range, to its present coast line of 
 southwestern India. 
 
 The second of the southern section convulsions occurred 
 about 1500 years subsequent to the first, and had place in the 
 section now known as Palk Straits, between Ceylon and south- 
 eastern India. The force of the convulsion cut Ceylon oflf from 
 the main land of India, established its southern coast line, that 
 part of its Coromandel coast, as far north as to about fifteen de- 
 grees north latitude, established the Island of Ceylon, and 
 brought the Indian Ocean coast boundary from the southern ex- 
 tremity of Ceylon, to that of India. 
 
 The third of the southern section convulsions occurred about 
 five hundred years subsequent to the second, and had place off 
 the northwestern coast of what is now known as the Island of 
 Sumatra, in the then known Musklongo range of mountains, 
 which extended from central Sumatra, with a southern branch 
 that extended from northwestern Sumatra to the now known 
 Ca,pe of Negrais of Farther India, embracing among its heights 
 the now known Nicobar and Andaman Islands. 
 
 649 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Another range of mountains, then known as the Sen-quis'tra, 
 extended north and south, west of what is now known as Lpw?r 
 Siam, and British Tenasserim, Farther India, that embraced what 
 is now known as the Margui Archipelago. The force of 
 the third convulsion extended east, established the northern por- 
 tion of "Sumatra," as far as to "Diamond Point;'' southT 
 east along the southern branch of the Musklongo range, thus es- 
 tablishing the southern coast of ''Sumatra," and the "Hog," "Pu- 
 lo Nias," "Baniak," and other islands south of "Sumatra ;" north- 
 west along the main Musklongo range, as far as to establish the 
 "Nicobar Islands;" and west to the central portion of the great 
 valley of Gelvthric, or to the line of the second convulsion oi the 
 southern section, thus establishing the "Indian Ocean" coast line 
 as far north as to about ten degrees north latitude. 
 
 The fourth of the southern sectional convulsions occurred 
 almost simultaneously with the third, and had place off the 
 southwestern coast of what is modernly known as "Lower Siam," 
 in the southern section of the then known Senquistra range. 
 
 The force of the convulsion established the northeast coast 
 line of "Sumatra," from "Diamond Point," and that of the 
 southwestern of "Malay," by forming the straits of ''Mfilacca," 
 thu^ leaving "Sumatra" an Island: The force further extended 
 northwest along the Senquistra range to the southern extremity 
 of the now known sectipn of "British Tenasserirn," thus estabr 
 lishijig the western coast of "Lower Sis^mi" and that portion ef 
 the now known "Mergui Archipelagp," as far as to the "Saiilt 
 Matthew Island." 
 
 The first of the northern section convulsions occurred about 
 prie hund^rd years after the first of the southern, and had place 
 in the section modernly known as "The Mouths of the Qanges," 
 SQUtheastern "Hindustan." The force of the convulsion estabr 
 lished the present condition of the inlet waters at:,the point of the 
 convulsion, formed the coJist line of "Hindustan" southwest as 
 far as "Point Palmyras," and of "Farther India," so\itheast as 
 far as to "Teknauf" of "Arakan," and southwest into the then 
 known valley of Gelvthric. 
 
 The seqond of the northern section convulsions pccurred 
 about three, hundred years after the first, and had plaee; on ^e 
 eastern coast of "India," northeast of th? town modernly known 
 as "Vizagapatam," the force pf the convulsion estjiblished th?it 
 portion of the eastern coast of "In^ia," northeast and southwest 
 from the point pf the convulsion that lies between "Point Pal- 
 myras," ^nd, the mo^th of the "Godav^ri" river, which Utter it 
 also established. Tli^ i^T(;t ft»!:ther' e:ftended southpa,st Jn^p the 
 great valley of Gelvthric. 
 
 650 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The third of the northern section convulsions occurred almost 
 simultaneously with the second, and had place on the southeast 
 coast of "India," between the rivers modemly known as "Kist- 
 nah," and "Pennair."' The fprpe of the conYulsipn established 
 the eastern coast of **India," from th^ lipf! of th? second conyujT 
 sion of the Southern Section, and southeast iptp the great valley 
 of Gelvthric, thus completing the establishment of the eastern 
 coast of "India," and "llindust9.n," and the submergence pi the 
 western half of the valley of Gelvthric. 
 
 The fourth of the northern section cpi^vulsions pecurrfid 
 about one thousand ye^rs subsequent to the third, and had place 
 in the northeast remnant of the Musklpngo range, between wbat 
 is modemly known as the "Preparis Island," and "Cape Ne- 
 grais." The force of the convulsion extended sputhwest in the 
 rftpge, a$ fg.! as to beyond the npw known "Great and Little Coco 
 J§lan4?i" thii? reducing that p^rt of the range to }ts npw island 
 conditions. Jhe fprcp fu;-ther esrtended spythw??* ?"tp the rem- 
 nant pf the valley of Gelvthric, to the submerged district, estab- 
 Iji^hed the mouth pf the river "Irrawaddy ;" the coast pi "Farther 
 India," from "Cape IJ^egrais" to the npw knpvirn tpwn pf "Yeh ;" 
 th^ "pnlf pf Ma.Hab^n," and its inlet waters, thus submergjlng 
 that section with inlet xyater^ from the western submerged secr 
 tipn of the Y?tiey of Gelvthfic. 
 
 ^he fifth pf the nPrthern spctipn cpnvulsions occurred almost 
 sim^ltanePV^sIy w^th the fourth, and had place with the then knpwn 
 Senquistra range, bet)veen yrjiat is^ modemly Ifnoiyn as "Tavpy 
 Ppint," and "King's island," of the Mergui Archipelago.'' The 
 fprcp of the convulsion established the western coast pf modern 
 "British Tena^serim," "Fptrther India," and ^11 the inlet wateiTS 
 frpiq the sputhem bpyndary line pf the fourth convulsion tp the 
 sa^tpern extremity o.{ "British Tenasserim," that portion of the 
 "]y[ergpi ^rchipelago," in th^t section, and also extended^ south- 
 west to the central portion of the then known valley of Kaizm^, 
 thus extending the submergence into th?it district, by inlet waters 
 f rc^ that of t^e fourtth. 
 
 The sixth of the northern convulsipns pceurred about fifty 
 years subsequent tP the fifth, and had place in the remnant pf 
 the Mu^l^ongO ^'ange, between wh^t are modemly known as the 
 "mttle Andaman island,^' qi the "Andaman'' group, and the 
 ''Cf r.-,J^ijsob.ar" of the "Nieohar" group. The force of the conr 
 vulsjoii e3$:.tended e^st to the boundary line of the third and fourth 
 <!^|i{u!;iipns of the southern section, and north ta the boundary 
 JtiQe ^1 i^ faurth of the northern section convulsion, thus estabr 
 iishing the group of "Andaman Islands, and further extending 
 
 6si 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the submergence of the valley of Gelvthric, to about fifteen de- 
 grees north latitude by the inlet waters from the "Indian Ocean." 
 
 The seventh of the northern section convulsions occurred 
 almost simultaneously with the sixth, and had place off the south- 
 western coast of what is modernly known as "Arakan," the 
 "British" division of "Burmah," in "Asia," between the islands 
 of "Cheduba," and "Ramee," and the now known town of 
 "Akyab." The force of the convulsion extended northwest to 
 the boundary line of the first northern section convulsion, and 
 southeast to "Cape Negrais," or the northern boundary line of 
 the fourth northern section convulsion, thus establishing the 
 silands and inlet waters of that coast section, and thus completing 
 the establishment of the great "Bay of Bengal," its coast lines, 
 inlet waters, and its junction with the "Indian ocean." 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the northeastern portion 
 of the Tishhan of Gelvthric, a remnant of the Delka-Sadels were 
 left on the borderland of the section of country now known as 
 Farther India. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the southern and central 
 portion of the Tishhan of Gelvthric, the Hintox of those sec- 
 tions, especially those who were near the foothills of the then 
 known Musklongo range fled to their peaks and summits, when 
 they saw the waters coming into the Tishhan. After a time they 
 established themselves as a tribe, on the remnant land, to which 
 they had fled, now known as the Andaman islands, which latter 
 they termed Chatleza, and called themselves the Chalts. After 
 several generations, physically speaking, they were about five 
 feet eight to five feet ten inches in stature. They had round, 
 plump bodies ; dark skins ; their heads were flattish on top, but 
 full and round above their ears ; they had black and slightly curly 
 hair ; thick lips ; long ears, small at the top, but the lower lobes 
 were large ; their eyes were mostly black or brown, though some 
 were gray ; they stood very erect ; their feet and hands were un- 
 usually large. As a people, they were more intelligent than were 
 the Wezenets of Ruencicon; they tilled the ground some, and 
 lived in huts which they constructed of sticks and covered with 
 mud. The men wore a sort of apron made out of animal skins, 
 and ornamented with a fringe of pendant hair, but the rest of 
 their body was nude. The women generally wore a short, loose 
 sort of trousers, made from animal skinS, that extended to just 
 below their knees, and some wore the same garment as the men, 
 but it was made from a texture they manufactured from grass 
 and fibres. Some of the men and women wore no clothing, but 
 were at all times nude. 
 
 652 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the Tishhan of Ka-iz'ma, 
 and the reduction of the Musklongo range, the Hintox who dwelt 
 along the eastern foothills of the range, escaped to its remnant 
 sections, which are now known as the Andaman and the Nicobar 
 Islands, and those on the eastern border of the Tishhan, and 
 along the western slopes of the Senquistra range, escaped to 
 their summits, which are now known as the Mergui Archipelago, 
 and thence into the section now known as British Tenasserim, of 
 Farther India, while some who were on the western side of the 
 Tishhan, escaped to the remnants of the Musklongo range, or 
 Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion that separated the now known 
 Island of Sumatra from the southeastern portion of the Musk- 
 longo range, some of the Hintox who dwelt along that section of 
 the range, and in that portion of the Tishhan of Gelvthric, fled 
 to the summits now known as the Nicobar Islands, which section 
 in time, they termed Ru-en'ci-c6n, and called themselves the 
 We-ze-nets. In stature they were about six feet ; they were tall, 
 angular, and long-limbed, and were a coarse, crude people; they 
 had long, heavy features; their hair and beards were black and 
 long, but they had very little hair on their bodies ; their eyes were 
 black or dark brown, and deeply set ; their heads were large, and 
 their foreheads low ; their feet were very large, broad and flat, 
 and their . hands were thick and broad ; their fingers thick, but 
 long. They were contentious among themselves, and were a 
 people of very little intelligence, or civilization. ,The men wore 
 diapers, but the women wore a narrow skirt that extended to 
 their knees, their bodies above their waists being nude. Both 
 the men and women painted their breasts and arms in waved 
 lines running in a circular form. From this practice of the Wez- 
 enets, the idea and custom of tattooing was carried out in 
 subsequent ages. The texture from which they made their gar- 
 ments was wrought out of grasses. 
 
 Tru'dox was the first pre-historic name of the entire country 
 now known as Farther India, so given by the Fes'ents. 
 
 After the Delka Sadels had escaped from the Tishhan of 
 Gelvthric, into the section now known as Farther India, and the 
 Hintox from the Tishhan of Kaisma, by way of Mergui Archipel- 
 ago into the section now known as British Tenasserim, Farther In- 
 dia, the two tribes met, mingled races and ultimately established a 
 new race of people, who in time termed the section Trudox, and 
 called themselves the Fesents. In stature they were about six 
 feet, on an average ; they were athletic in form, being very mus- 
 cular and having large joints. They were considered a very 
 
 6S3 
 
Siibmerg^ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 strong peoplCj but wifi're very lazy and inactive. Their skins were 
 a dull black ; heads quite large, their rear skulls projecting back 
 considerably; their foreheads were low and narrow; their hair 
 was black and medium longj some being straight and some curly, 
 the latter cohditioh mostly among the women ; their eyes were 
 black; small and deep set; their noses were flat and large, and 
 their lijps thick, and rolling outward; their ears were large, the 
 upper lobe was flabby and hung forward, and characterized with 
 considerable short hair; in fact there was ciSnsiderable hair on 
 parts of their bodies; their feet were flat with heels projecting 
 back considerably, and their toes were long, with big joints; 
 their hands were large and bony, fingers long and large jointed. 
 They were a fierce and hostile people when aroused by intruders, 
 or by contentions among themselves ; but, being naturally lazy, 
 they never tilled the soil, but lived on animal flesh, fish and fruits. 
 They went nude, excepting for the covering furnished by the 
 natural hair on their bodies, it being long under their arms and 
 about their loins. They had no religious ideas, or aspirations, 
 hence no modes of worship or adorational exercises; 
 
 In Biirmah, of Farther India, the I>elka Sadels, the Hintox 
 and their mixed race of Fesents and their descendants, became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Burmese, who have retained 
 some of the physical characteristics of their ancestors, such as 
 being stout arid vfrell-proportioned ; their hair, however^ though 
 retaining its black color, has grown coarser and more lank; their 
 beards more scanty, and their complexions lighter — facts diie to 
 the conditions attending their descent from mixed races. 
 Their migrating tribes northward have established the same 
 Mongoloid chiracteristics in their descendants, viz : the Tibetans, 
 and the tribes of the eastern Himalayas ; the iPaloungs, Toung- 
 thoos, Karens, and other tribes toward the east; the iCakhyens, 
 or Sihgphos on the northern frontier ; and along the mountam 
 ranges that traverse the upper regions, whose square faces, 
 strong jaws and oblique eyes, through descendant conditions, dis- 
 play a retention of mixed face characteristics. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Vack-a-re-ons oif 
 Toftg-King, China, to that of the "*faritaiam Islands,*' east of 
 "Lowei- Siam," remnant tribes from' the stopping points during 
 the migration along the ^'Mekong River," migrated westward into 
 the mountainous districts of the now known Siamese Shan 
 States." Siibsequeritly, their descended tribes migrated still 
 further north into what is now known as the "Independent Shan 
 States,*' whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors oiE 
 the pure shah stock, or Thainyai, "Great Thai," so called by the 
 Siamese who term thehiselves Thai-rioi, or "Little Thai.'* 
 
 654 
 
Links j^rid Cycles 
 
 Subsequfeiltlyj a tribe of F^S€nt§ ffotti Burma migrated into 
 the sfedibn now khbwii as thfe Siamese Shan Stdtes, where they 
 ittixed fides With the VaSMrebii^ of that section, whose descend- 
 ants bieeame the prfe-histdric aflfceStdf 6 &f the Siamese ; hence the 
 physical feifflibi'lty thai exists betvveeh the ShanS, and the Siam- 
 ese of riiod^t^h times; 
 
 During the southern migration of the VackareCinS, thrbtigh 
 th-e n9w kHSwH sgeliQft of liido Ghifla> reihnaht tribes al&tig the 
 ^ecKoii of the riow kttbWh Catribodla river, diverged eastward 
 frftiii the ihaih iflignltiilg tribe; into the sectibH now knowri as 
 Anami br dSchiH ChiHa, whtDSte dCsceftdants became the pte-his*^ 
 tbric ahfeestbrS bf the AflaifliteSi 
 
 Deisceridaiit coriditioiis chafactdrized thi^se tiatiVi^s with such 
 ill-'buiit fbrmfe as to cta^s them as the tiglifest of all the Ifldb Chi- 
 ilfese Wh6 befldflg tb the Mbhgoliail race. They are scardely df 
 ffliddle height, feirigf shdrter aftd less vigbrbtis than their hdgh- 
 bbrs I thdf toMiJlekions are U^hjr, darkier than the Chiiifelse, but 
 tfeaffer than thkt dl the Cambbidiahs; their skinS are thick; fdre- 
 heads IbW; th^if skulls slightly d€p^esSed at the tdp, biit V\rell dfe- 
 Veioijed at the sides; theii* fates are tiat, with highly pfdtftidiri|: 
 ehe^ek bbrife's, aiid A're foieng^^ShaiJed, of ^ufygnathrSUS td Stifeh 
 a d€|l-6g afe is hdwhef^ ejttetdfed ; thdt iidSes affe flattisH, ahd the 
 SJiialiefet afndnjg tt* Ihdb (jhiheid ; thei^ rhbuthS a^-e lafgS, atid 
 lips thick ; ihfeir necks afe ^hbft, ahd tHeif shbulcl^r^ slbjj^ ex- 
 tremely; their bodies are thick^sei^ large, all in dne piece^ as it 
 ifrfete, and wanting ih suppleness; the pelvis iS lal-ge, With a cdrt- 
 siderable se^afation df the tipper part df the fenidra, which 
 eauses them td possess a curibus swa^r tb their gaiti a eharae- 
 teristic that sttffiees td distinguish them as Anamese frdm all the 
 other Indd Chinese pedple Witheut exceptidn. 
 
 Andther peeuliaritj!' which esi^^tially distiingtiishes the Aha- 
 Hies6 ftdfti \M Iridd Chinese bi'aiich^Sy is a gi*at^f sepafatibii df 
 the big tde froth the other fdufy than is fduAS to b^ the (ease in 
 any of the peo|)ks whd Walk batsfbbted 1^ Is §aid td be "sb 
 gimefal, ahd well mafkM^ as to serve as ah ethiidgraphiig test, 
 and iddi^ates that the pea^i nf Anam an^ nat d'esteMaiits^ as 
 some authors haVe asisert^d, ffditn a mirlgUflg of indigefadijis saV- 
 agte' with the Chiiiese, but have rjcistedi as a distii!ct tAt€ fbr a 
 lorig tit6e." AcGdtdiflg to Father Le^aJid dg la Littiye (N&tSs 
 hil^orii}ues sur Iti naiim Anmmite Sxs^bift, i86s), this fciifiOUs 
 feature has s^i'ved td distinguish th^ ped^l^ df AHam siiici the 
 yeaf 2285 B. C. \ that is td say, sixty-thi-eg yeats after the Bib- 
 lical deluge." The Anamese are idlgj feiid of easie, and incapa- 
 ble ©f ertidtiOM. They fJbSSess gi'eat tovs &i theif fiative Soil afid 
 
 655 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 native village, and cannot remain long away from home. They 
 are mild, or rather apathetic, but have great aptitude for learn- 
 ing. They are slightly religious, some Buddhism among the 
 common people, but the learned hold to the Confucian doctrine. 
 They have great respect for the dead, and hold ceremonies in 
 honor of their ancestors, and inhumation is their mode of dispos- 
 ing of the body- 
 
 The Chams who dwell in the forests on the frontiers of Co- 
 chin China, are descendants of a tribe of Fesents who migrated 
 to that section from Burma. Their tall stature, war-like quali- 
 ties, love of fighting, gay, open character, and absence from 
 theft, are characteristics that have descended to them from their 
 ancestors, the Fesents, and not from the Arabians, as some au- 
 thors have thought, though the Arabians possess the same qual- 
 ities, or traits of character, which is easily accounted for. The 
 northern Arabs descended from a mixed race condition, through 
 the pre-historic Rezendeths, Ackredeths, Hisocks and loxens. 
 The Ackredeths and Rezendeths migrated into Asia, where 
 the descended Timmenons were endowed with some of the same 
 characteristics which they handed down to their descendants, the 
 Delka Sadels. The Hintox, likewise, brought some of the same 
 characteristics into Hindustan, which were farther extended 
 through the Hintox descendants, and which found a meeting and 
 renewal in the mixed race of Delka Sadels, or Fesents. 
 
 About the time the Vackareons halted in the section now 
 known as Cambodia, Indo China, or near the mouth of the Me- 
 kong, or Cambodia river, a remnant tribe of the Fesents, who 
 were migrating toward the now known section of Malay, di- 
 verged eastward, and also settled in the same section. 
 
 Ultimately, after the main portion of the migrating Vacka- 
 reons had established themselves irt the vicinity of the Tantalam 
 I., the remnant Fesents and Vackareons mixed and blended into 
 one race of people, the descendants of whom became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Khmer, or Cambojans proper, whose 
 further spreading out during subsequent time, established the 
 numerous wild, or degenerated tribes who now occupy the bor- 
 ders of the Cambojan plain. The Khmer still possess physical 
 characteristics of both the Fesents and the Vackareons, as they 
 are tall and straight of build, have less of the Mongoloid fea- 
 tures than the Indo Chinese races generally, characteristics that 
 descended from the Delka Sadels and the Hintox to them, 
 through the Fesents, their ancestors, while their good nature, 
 though qualified with an apathetic character, comes through the 
 influence of the Vackareon blood infusion. During the latter 
 
 656 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 part of the pre-histork, and during the Adomic period, they de- 
 veloped in civilization to a goodly degree, as is evidenced by their 
 Architectural Antiquities. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Fesents in Trudox, 
 as a nation, a tribe of their race migrated into the section of 
 country now known as Malay, which section they termed Ma- 
 lay 'gon, and called themselves the So-kath'rans. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Kenthricks from Tin-kl-do'ci-a, 
 also migrated to Malaygon, and there became a numerous people, 
 but they retained their former name of Kenthricks. They were 
 a hostile or contentious people, and the more hostile portions of 
 them remained exclusively to themselves, and in subsequent 
 ages they became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 Negritos, or Sakei aborigines of Malay. 
 
 Likewise, in subsequent ages, descendants from the Sokath- 
 rans, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 Semang aborigines of Malay, who, according to history, have 
 been divided, socially, into three distinct groups, viz: "the 
 Orang Benua," or "Men of the Soil," also called "Orang Gun- 
 ung," or "Hilanders," and sometimes, "Orang Utah," or "Wild 
 Men," who are uncivilized tribes, and constitute the aboriginal 
 Malay element. Being unaffected by immigrant influences, they 
 remain in small tribes, conditioned with a very low stage of cul- 
 ture, and are almost destitute of social organization, living ex- 
 clusively upon products of the chase. "The Orang-Laut," or 
 "Men of the Sea," who constitute the semi-civilized floating pop- 
 ulation, said anciently, to have been a vile people who dwelt prin- 
 cipally upon the sea, and obtained their livelihood by fishing and 
 robbing, who still occupy the same low social position as then, 
 excepting their piratic pursuits, which at the present time are 
 not tolerated in the Eastern waters. Their nomadic influence, 
 however, during past generations, spread out into the Bajau and 
 Milanau Islands of the Sulu Archipelago and neighboring sea 
 coast lands, whose inhabitants are still sea nomads; and "the 
 Orang Malayu," or "Malay Men," who constitute the civilized 
 Malays, who are the dominant indigenous aboriginal population, 
 who under immigrant influence have developed a national life 
 characterized with culture and religion, and possessed of a 
 literature, the influence of which has extended into the Archi- 
 pelago. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Fesents in Trudox, 
 Farther India, a tribe of Vackareons from their section of 
 Vackareon, in Swa-dis'kan, or China, and their city of Cuzerox, 
 in the now known Province of Kang-si, China, arrived in tl^ 
 
 • 657 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 vicinity now known as the Island of Tantalam, off the south- 
 eastern coast of Lower Siam. In pursuance of their migration, 
 they left Vackareon from their city of Cuzerox, from which they 
 passed southwestward through the now known section of 
 Kwang-si, into the central portion of the Province of Tung-king, 
 in Anam, or China, to about twenty-one degrees north latitude, 
 and about one hundred and six longitude east from Greenwich, 
 where they settled between the now known Tueduc, and Songka 
 rivers, where they dwelt for many generations, retained their 
 original section and tribe names of Vackareon and Vackareons, 
 and established a hamlet on the site of their settlement, which 
 in subsequent time became their principal pre-historic town, which 
 they termed D!s-6-l6're. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of their descendants took up the migra- 
 tion, when they passed southwest over the range of mountains 
 that characterized that geographical section, thence south, and 
 southeast through the eastern portion of the section now known 
 as Loas, to about fifteen degrees north latitude, where they came 
 to the now known river of Mekong, or Cambodia, which they 
 followed south and southeast through Cambodia, to about ten 
 degrees north latitude, or to the section east of the now known 
 mouth of the Cambodia river, when they turned their course 
 slightly southwest, to the section now known as the Tantalam 
 Island, off the southeastern coast of Lower Siam (that section 
 now known as the Gulf of Siam was not then submerged, hence, 
 their migration was not obstructed by water), which section 
 they termed Tin-kl-do'ci-a, and called themselves the Ken'- 
 thricks. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion that separated the now known 
 Island of Simiatra from Malaygon, or Malay, and established 
 the now known Straits of Malacca, and the then known south- 
 eastern section of the Tishhan of Gelvthric, and of Kaisma, there 
 were no people inhabiting the Island section. In subsequent time 
 however, there were two tribes, who by maritimal migration, 
 entered and established themselves on the Island. The first 
 tribe was from the Sokathrans of Malaygon, who settled in the 
 section now known as Atjeh, or Acheen, northeast of the Bukit 
 Barican mountain chain, between the Tawar Lake, and the Peslak 
 river, which section they termed Miit'zon, and which term later 
 on, became the name of the entire Island, termed "The Straits," 
 over which they passed to Gil'le-gath, the term meaning a water 
 road, and called themselves the Gu'rotes. Being of a nomadic 
 nature, they moved about from section to section, on their hunt- 
 ing and fishing expeditions, hence they built no principal hamlet, 
 or town. 
 
 658 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The second tribe was from the Kenthricks of Malaygon, who, 
 prior to that time had migrated into Malaygon from their sec- 
 tion of Tinkidocia. They settled in the section now known as 
 Acheen, or in the district of Labuan Batu, between the Pineh 
 and the Bila rivers. Finding the Island already occupied by the 
 Gurotes, and also named by them, the Kenthricks simply changed 
 their tribe name to that of Har-e'tons, and adopted the name of 
 Mut'zon for their section name. They, like the Gurotes, were of 
 a nomadic nature, hence they also built no principal hamlet or 
 town. 
 
 In subsequent ages, the descendants of the Gurotes became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Ballak race, who, 
 pre-historically, occupied the western half of the Island, a rem- 
 nant of which modernly occupied the section of the Island now 
 known as southwest of Aclim, where by further race absorption, 
 they will soon become extinct as a race. Likewise, descendants 
 of the Haretons became the pre-historic ancestors of the now 
 known Kubus race, a remnant of which still exists in the interior 
 of the Island, as a savage race. 
 
 The Gurotes, in stature, were quite tall. They averaged about 
 from five feet eight inches, to six feet- They had coarse feat- 
 ures, large frames, and yet some were quite slender in appear- 
 ance. They had quite dark skins ; large heads ; black, bushy hair 
 and beard ; black eyes ; low fore-heads ; and flat noses. The men 
 wore a sort of cloth about the loins, and some went entirely 
 nude. The women wore a garment that was twisted over the 
 body, and that hung down to the knees. They were a con- 
 tentious people among themselves, and were very much opposed 
 to the intrusion of the Haretons upon their premises. 
 
 The Haretons were also a large people, being about five feet 
 eight inches in stature, though they were of a medium weight. 
 Their skins were a bright brunette; their hair and beard were 
 both black and brown; their eyes were very large, and dark 
 gray; their features were more like people of modern times. 
 The men wore their hair short and in ringlets. The women wore 
 theirs in long curls. Both men and women wore their garments 
 loose, and carelessly thrown about them. They lived upon flesh 
 and fish, fruits and nuts, and did not cultivate the land. They 
 were a very indolent people, but generatively speaking, were very 
 prolific. Naturally, they were quite intelligent, but were uncivil- 
 ized. 
 
 6S9 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 GE-LIN'SIC, 
 
 OR 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 TELTZIE L. 
 
 Ge-lin'sic was the first pre-historic name of the country now 
 known as Europe, so given by the Sin'e-thons of Tin-din'ze-6n 
 (Germany), and at that time only embraced that immediate 
 portion of the Continent, but continued, until it was adopted by 
 the peoples of the eastern half of what is now known as Europe. 
 
 E-tre-the'6n was the second pre-historic name of Europe, so 
 changed by common consent of the peoples of the western por- 
 tion of the country, about the beginning of the Adomic period, 
 and so remained until the time of Roman and Grecian fame, 
 when a shorter term' was desired, and therefore was changed 
 again to that of Europe, the term meaning binding or bound 
 together- 
 
 About two hundred years subsequent to the final submerg- 
 ence of Atlantis, there began a system of seven periodical con- 
 vulsions that occurred in northwestern Europe. The first had 
 place at the northern head of the then known Dis-ki-len'z6 
 mountain range, which latter was at that time separated from the 
 southern head of the then known El'phar range, by a 
 deep, broad gorge-like Qu-taza (valley), then known as 
 the Kal'li-an Kli-dis'to, to the section modemly known 
 as the Irish Sea, the submerged area of which was then known 
 as the Qu-taza of Men-c6-non'dish. The force extended 
 southwest through a range of mountains then known as the 
 Ma-ze'16n, that extended northeast and southwest between Ire- 
 land and Wales, which completely cut Ireland off from the other 
 British Isles, by the formation of the now known North, and St. 
 George's Channels, and the Irish Sea, and further establishing 
 the zig-zag coast of Ireland, and its inlet waters, as well as those 
 of the western coast of Scotland, England and Wales. 
 
 The second occurred about one hundred years, subsequent to 
 the first, and had place centrally in the section of country now 
 known as the "Bristol Channel," northwest of "Devon," 
 "England." The force of the convulsion established the "Bris- 
 
 660 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tol," and the "English Channels," the latter, up to, but not in- 
 cluding, the "Straits of Dover," and the "Scilly," the "Ushant," 
 and the "Channel" Islands. The third, which was in two sec- 
 tions, occurred about four hundred years subsequent to the 
 second. The first section had place in that portion of the now 
 known "North Sea," at about fifty-four degrees north latitude, 
 and one degree east longitude from Greenwich. The second 
 section, occurred at the same time and had place at the point 
 modernly known as the "Mouth of the Humber River," south of 
 "Spurn Head." At that time, the then known Brodinzie moun- 
 tains, modernly known as the "Dover Fjord" of "Norway," 
 extended to the eastern coast of "England," in the region of the 
 inlet waters of the "North Sea," now known as "The Wash," 
 between the southeast section of "Lincoln County," and the 
 northwest section of "Norfolk." 
 
 The force of the convulsion in the first section, extended 
 northeast along the Brodinzie range, to the now known south- 
 west coast of "Norway," northwest to the now known "Kinnards 
 Head," "Scotland;" southeast to the now known mouth of the 
 "Scheldt River," in Belgium ;" northeast, thus forming the coast- 
 line of "Holland," and its "Zuider Zee ;" the coast line of "Den- 
 mark," and severing it from "Norway" on the north, and 
 "Sweden," on the northeast, by the establishment of the waters 
 modernly known as the "Cattegat," and the "Skager Rack," 
 not including those south of "Central Funnen" and the "Catte- 
 gat," however, they being the work o£ a smaller convulsion that 
 followed immediately after the above-named sectional convul- 
 sion, it having place between the point of "Denmai'k," now known 
 as "The Skaw," and the section of "Sweden," northeast of it. 
 
 The force of the convulsion in the second section, extended 
 northwest, southeast, and southwest, to the line of the first sec- 
 tion of the convulsion, thus establishing the eastern coast of Scot- 
 land, as far north as to the now known "Kinnard's Head;" the 
 entire eastern coast of "England," and the "Straits of Dover," 
 thus severing "France," and "Belgium" from "England." There- 
 fore, these convulsions established the "North Sea," as far north 
 as to "Kinnard's Head, Scotland," and the southwestern point 
 of "Norway," as well as that of the coast line conditions of all 
 the countries having their boundary along its waters. 
 
 The fourth occurred about five hundred years subsequent to 
 the third, and had place in a low mountain, between what is 
 modernly known as the "Faroe," and the "Shetland" islands. 
 At that time, a range of mountains then known as the Cor'a-letz, 
 extended in a zig-zag form from the southeastern coast of Ice- 
 
 . 66i 
 
Submerged Atfantis Restored 
 
 land, to the then known El'phas range, that embraced the peaks 
 now known as the Faroe and the Shetland islands, forming a 
 junction with the then known Gen-de-zomon range, at the Faroe 
 islands, and the Elphas range at the Shetland. The force of the 
 convulsion extended northwest along the Coraletz range, to, and 
 including the Faroe islands, which it established by the sinking, 
 and inundation of that section of the Coraletz range. Further 
 extending southeast, along the Coraletz range, it entered the 
 Elphas range, from which point it radiated northeast, and south- 
 west, thus establishing the Shetland and Hebrides islands, by 
 sinking and submerging the lower portion of the Elphas range, 
 and further established the northeast coast of Scotland, its islands 
 and inlet waters- Furthermore, the extension of the force north- 
 east along the Elphas range, sunk and submerged that section, 
 thus establishing the coast line of Norway from the line of the 
 first section of the third periodical convulsion in the south, to 
 about sixty-two degrees north latitude, and the open waters 
 between that section and the Faroe, the Shetland and the Orkney 
 islands, and the northeast section of Scotland, and their connec- 
 tions with the waters of the North Sea. 
 
 The fifth occurred about looo years subsequent to the fourth, 
 and had place northeast of the section modernly known as the 
 Bornholm islands, in the now known Baltic Sea, centrally be- 
 tween the southern extremity of the Oeland island and the point 
 of land now known as the Leba Section, west of the Gulf of 
 Danzig, on the northern coast of Prussia. 
 
 At that time a range of mountains then known as the E-cle- 
 len-ze o, extended from the now known Rugen island, on the 
 northwest coast of the section of Pomerania, in Prussia, to the 
 western portion of the section now known as Esthonia, Russia, 
 that embraced the section now known as the Rugan, the Oeland, 
 the Gothland, the Oesel and the Dago islands. Another range then 
 known as the VTth-leum, whose northeast extremity formed a 
 function with the then known Eclelenzeo range, west of the 
 . section of Esthonia, Russia, extended northwest and northeast, 
 near what is now known as the southwest, and western coast 
 of Finland, to the northeast extremity of the now known Gulf 
 of Bothnia. A spur, or small range extended from the junction 
 of the Vithleum and Eclelenzeo ranges, through the region of 
 land now submerged by the waters of the Gulf of Finland. The 
 force of the convulsion extended southwest and northeast 
 throughout the Eclelenzeo range, and thus established the above 
 named islands, the coast lines and inlet waters of northern Prus- 
 sia; the southeast half of Denmark, from the boundary line of 
 
 662 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the third periodical convulsion; southeast Sweden; and western 
 Russia, to the latitude of the northern extremity of the Gothland 
 island, and the northern extremity of the section of Courland, 
 Russia, and that portion of the Baltic Sea, to the above named 
 latitude. 
 
 The sixth occurred about one thousand two hundred years 
 subsequent to the fifth, and had place in the section of the Vith- 
 leum range, at the point now known as the Aland islands, which 
 latter were high points in the range. 
 
 The force of the convulsion, which was of a radiating char- 
 acter, extended east along the spur, or small range of mountains 
 that extended from the Eclelenzeo and the Vithleum ranges, 
 thus establishing the Gulf of Finland, its coast line conditions; 
 southeast, along the northeastern extremity of the Vithleum 
 range; then southeast and southwest, along the northeastern 
 remnant of the Eclelenzeo range, to the boundary line of the 
 fifth periodical convulsion, thus establishing the Dago, and the 
 Oesel islands ; the Gulf ol Riga, and by farther extension, the 
 waters of the Baltic Sea, to about sixty degrees north latitude. 
 The radiating force farther extended northeast, along the Vith- 
 leum range, thus establishing the Gulf of Bothnia, and the coast 
 line conditions of eastern Sweden, and western Finland, in its 
 section, and the Islands of Aland, that stand as monuments, 
 reared by nature, in commemoration of the event that united 
 the trinity waters of the Baltic Sea, the Gulf of Bothnia, and the 
 Gulf of Finland. 
 
 A few months subsequent to the sixth periodical convulsion, 
 two subterranean convulsions, that developed from the condi- 
 tions of the sixth, occurred northeast of the city now known as 
 St. Petersburg, which formed the lakes of Ladoga, and Onega, 
 and the inland waters northwest of the Gulf of Finland, and 
 the above named lakes. 
 
 The seventh occurred about fifty years subsequent to the 
 sixth, and had place in the section modernly known as the south- 
 east portion of the Bay of Biscay. 
 
 Prior to the second periodical convulsion, a range of moun- 
 tains then known as the Har-an'zac, extended circularly from 
 what is now known as Lands End, England, thus embracing the 
 Scilly Islands, west and southeast, through what is now known 
 as the Bay of Biscay, whence it formed a junction with what is 
 modernly known as the Pyrenees mountains, near the southwest 
 boundary of France, and its northwest junction with Spain. 
 Another range then termed Dis-ki-len'z6, extended from off 
 the northwest coast of the now known country of Ireland, along 
 
 663 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the coast of the latter, to the section now known as Cape Clear, 
 off its southwest coast, and further circled southeast, to the 
 vicinity of the now known Cape Ortegal, Spain, where it formed 
 a junction with the As-tii'ri-a.n mountains. The force of the 
 convulsion, being of the circular form, extended along the Har- 
 anzac range, to the border line of that of the second periodical 
 convulsion, thus establishing the coast lines of France, to the 
 now known Cape Finisterre, or the northwestern point of Spain, 
 thus establishing their coast lines, the inlet waters of that section, 
 and furthermore, formed the Bay of Biscay, by sinking that 
 portion of the Haranzac range, and submerging that area of land. 
 The Diskilenzo range, however, was submerged by the Atlantian 
 convulsions that had place in that section. 
 
 THE TRIPLE MIGRATION OF THE ZRIN'ETHS. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Teltzie We of Atlantis, there 
 began a mingling of races that brought quite a change ethno- 
 graphically, to the remnant descending races, viz: the Nin'ka- 
 zits of the southern portion of the Teltzie, had mixed to a cer- 
 tain extent with the Lel'ta-zats of the southeastern portion, when 
 the submergence took place in that section. At the time of the 
 submergence of that section, remnants of the mixed race of 
 Ninkazits and Leltazats together with a portion of the Cel'ex- 
 den-trys of the northeastern part, and also of the Cel-tre-zo'nas 
 of the eastern, were left as remnants on that section of the East- 
 ern Continent, now known as the British Islands. Ultimately, 
 the Celexdentrys and the Celtrezonas mixed races to a certain 
 extent. 
 
 After several ages, there was a general mix up by the des- 
 cendants of the four races above mentioned, a fact that resulted 
 in their blending into one general race of people, when they 
 termed the British island section Cu-cu'la, and called themselves 
 the Zrin'eths. By this time their physical characteristics had 
 undergone a considerable change. They became a people of fine 
 stature, with muscular bodies. The average height of both male 
 and female was fully six feet. They were also characterized with 
 long, straight, black hair, of which they took much care. Their 
 skins were of a dark brunette color; their eyes were black, and 
 brown, and were large and expressive; their fore-heads were 
 high and full, but quite narrow through the temples; their noses 
 were of the Roman style, and thin at the nostrils ; in youth, their 
 beards were soft or fuzzy, and not very heavy, but the more 
 aged persons were possessed with longer and heavier ones ; their 
 
 664 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 mouths were quite broad, but their lips were comparatively thin. 
 By nature they were a rather fierce people, very destructive, 
 especially when migrating, or when engaged in warfare with 
 other peoples. In regard to their dress, that of the women was 
 a narrow garment that hung loosely down from the neck to 
 below the knees. That of the men was an outer garment that 
 hung loosely down from the neck to the thighs, and also an 
 under garment of the pantalet order, that covered their legs down 
 to the ankles. In winter, they covered their feet with animal 
 skins. They manufactured a very pretty cloth, by weaving hair 
 and fibres into a combination, that when trimmed, resembled the 
 modern plushes, or Brussel fabrics, only of a cruder texture 
 of course- 
 In regard to religion, about the time that the four remnant 
 nations from Atlantis, above referred to, had become established 
 as the Zrineth nation, they recognized a Great Spirit as the rul- 
 ing force of creation, which they termed Te-rii'she, which meant 
 Great Spirit. They established a sort of an idolatrous worship, 
 however, or symbolic representation of that principle. Their 
 images were in the likenesses of a man, but their principal one 
 was further represented in an equestrian attitude, mounted on 
 the then known Eii-ki'det, an animal that was a cross between 
 the Atlantian Hit'tra-i-na (horse) and the Tex'ronz (camel). 
 The image was carved out of wood and placed in the center of 
 the tribal abode, where the people assembled twice a year for 
 adorational worship, the stated times being at mid-summer and 
 at raid-winter. The assembly for that purpose convened for 
 thirty-six hours, during which time there was no intermission. 
 The exercises consisted in dancing and all kinds of physical con- 
 tortions, or strange movements of the body. Only one meal was 
 partaken of during the thirty-six hours of worship, and that 
 was during the eighteenth hour, or middle of the session, when 
 they had a great feast, consisting of animal, vegetable, and fruit 
 viands. At the close of the thirty-six hours session, an appeal 
 was made unto Terushe, for their betterment in relation to men- 
 tal powers by kneeling en masse before the statue, or idol, when 
 they repeated an invocation to that effect. They then closed the 
 exercises with loud vocal chanting, which they accompanied with 
 crude musical instruments, and then departed to their various 
 abodes. 
 
 Aside from the occasion of the above named meetings, the 
 statue of Terushe was recognized by each individual when pass- 
 ing by, which he or she did by kneeling, and pronouncing audi- 
 bly the inscription it bore, which was simply "Terushe." Small 
 
 66s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 images of the Terushe, not mounted on the Eukidet however, 
 were used in the homes at morning and evening devotions, as 
 representing the gods of the people. 
 
 The Zrineths dwelt in Cucula for ages, during which time, 
 modern Ireland was not separated from England and Scotland 
 by the St. George's Channel, or those Islands from the Eastern 
 Continent by the now known North Sea, or English Channel. 
 Before the submergence that gave place to those waters, con- 
 tentions and wars among the Zrineths had caused three tribes 
 of them to migrate further into the continent, a condition which 
 was and ever has been the cause of nearly all migrations east- 
 ward on the continents, or from continents to islands, and vice- 
 versa. 
 
 The first colony of Zrineths to begin the triple migration 
 from Cucula, or the British Island region, passed into the north- 
 eastern section of the country now known as France, where they 
 retained their original tribe name of Zrineths,. but termed that 
 section of country Ba-sel'to, where during subsequent time, they 
 mixed races with the Fal'ka-lelts, or terminal remnant of the 
 main branch of the great Cin-e-to'i-en migration to France, from 
 which condition descended a fine, and more intellectual race of 
 people, who ultimately became a large nation, colonies from 
 which, advanced farther into the section of country now known 
 as Germany, where they in turn mixed races with the Sinethons, 
 the terminal remnant of the northeast branch of the great Cine- 
 toien migration to Germany, who were a small colony, and who 
 in subsequent time, were lost as a distinct race of people by 
 amalgamation with the Sinethons, a condition that in their des- 
 cendants, was the cause of the establishment of a new nation 
 of still higher development, who ultimately re-termed the section 
 In-thi-cle'6-ny, and called themselves the Be-tre'mens- 
 
 The second colony passed from the northeastern section of 
 Cucula, now known as Scotland, into that of Norway, where 
 they settled northwest of the mountains, now known as Dover 
 Fjord, which latter they termed Bro-din'zie, termed the section 
 Zo'tem, and called themselves the Zil-le'zes, which was the name 
 of their leader. They formed no new nations, but in their wan- 
 derings, spread out into the section now known as Norway, 
 Sweden, and Lapland, the northern section of which, collectively, 
 they termed Sab-man'tha, which meant, the land of snow. 
 
 The third colony passed from the eastern section of Cucula, 
 now known as England, into that section of country that was 
 subsequently submerged by the North Sea, where they settled, 
 termed the section (then land) Jen'di-zen, and called themselves 
 
 666 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the Con'cin-dins. At the time of the submergence of Jendizen, 
 the Concindins were nearly all lost. The few that remained on 
 the border-lands, in time, ceased to be a distinct race, through 
 mixture into others, and by other natural extinctions. 
 
 After the above named submergence that formed the now 
 known North Sea, it was termed Ad-les'trus, by the non-migrat- 
 ing Zrineths who remained on the Cucula Islands, which latter 
 section they termed Cut-ze-16n'ze, meaning severed lands. 
 
 THE EASTERN MIGRATION OF THE 
 KINTI-LU-CI-ANS. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Teltzie Et, or Atara o{ 
 Atlantis, remnants of the Kin'ti-lu-ci-ans, a sect who dwelt 
 in the eastern portion of that Teltzie, were left on the land which 
 ultimately became the now known Madeira and Canary Islands. 
 
 Prior to the submergence that formed the present coast line 
 of Spain, and that established the now known Straits of Gibral- 
 ter, there were high lands that then connected the above named 
 islands with Spain, of that portion of the Eastern Continent, 
 over which the Kintilucians passed into Spain, which they did 
 in search of a section of country where they could be exclusively 
 to themselves. 
 
 In Atlantis, they were known as possessing the peculiar 
 characteristic, of remaining absolutely secluded from all the 
 other Atlantian peoples, a fact that arose from their extreme 
 sensitiveness, which latter was caused by their being a highly 
 magnetic people, or electric by nature, either being productive 
 of sensitiveness, according to the degree possessed, which caused 
 them to shrink from all peoples aside from their own kindred, 
 which latter they expressed great affection for. 
 
 Among all the nations of the earth, generally speaking, who 
 have descended from the Atlantian people through the ages past, 
 none have ever been as seclusive, and retained their originality 
 so purely, and perfectly, as have the Kintilucians, whose descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Cau- 
 casians, of Caucasus, known to moderns. They have retained 
 nearly the same color of skin, hair and eyes, the same twitching, 
 or jerking of the latter, and activity of body, characteristics due 
 to their sensitiveness, aqted upon by the electric currents which 
 they are very receptive of, or that pass through their organism, 
 from nature's sources. 
 
 Subsequent to their arrival in Spain, the greater portion of 
 them migrated from that section, into that modernly known as 
 
 667 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 France. A few of the less sensitive ones remained in the Spain 
 region, and ultimately mingled with the Keselzas, who likewise 
 had entered the Spain region, from that of Portugal, or more 
 properly speaking, the Sederones of Sederone, which ultimately 
 established a mixed race, who became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the Spanish people proper now known to moderns. 
 
 In subsequent time, the original colony of Kintilucians migra- 
 ted from the France section, to that of Germany- Again, as was 
 the case when they migrated from the Spain region, a remnant 
 was left in that of France, who ultimately mingled races with 
 the mixed race of Sederones and Cinetoiens, which latter had 
 migrated into the France region from Cinetoia, or region of 
 Genoa, Italy, and mixed races with the Sederones prior to the 
 coming of the Kintilucians into the same section, which therefore, 
 established a new race of people, pre-historically known as the 
 Fal'ka-leits, whose descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the French people proper, as known to modems. 
 
 Again, the original Kintilucians took up their migration for 
 the purpose of further secluding themselves from the incoming 
 peoples, when they passed circularly, east and then south to the 
 section of country now known as Caucasus, Russia. 
 
 As on the former occasion, a remnant of the colony was 
 left in the Germany region, where, in time, they mingled races 
 with the Sinethons of the Germany section, which resulted in 
 the establishment of a new race of people, whose descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the German people proper, 
 as known to moderns. 
 
 Furthermore, that portion of the Sinethons who remained 
 as the pure stock of Ganhelemans, by non-mixture with the 
 Kintilucians, or with the mixed race of Ganhelemans and Kin- 
 tilucians, as they descended, became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the German Jews, whose further migrations established those 
 of Poland. 
 
 _ A descended tribe of the mixed race of Ganhelemans and 
 Kintilucians from the section of Tindinzeon, or Germany, migray 
 ted to the section now known as England. In subsequent time 
 they mingled races with the Zrineths of that section, which ulti- 
 mately estaWished a new race of people, from which descended 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the Anglo-Saxon race proper. 
 
 Subsequently, the Anglo-Saxon race again mixed races with 
 the Zrineth descendants in the Scotland, the Ireland, and the 
 Wales regions, which established a race of people, whose descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Celts, and ultimately 
 the now known Scotch, the Erse, and later the Irish, and the 
 Cymry, or Welsh peoples. 
 
 668 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 It was the mixed race of Ganhelemans and Kintilucians thalj 
 migrated to England, and there again mixing races with the 
 Zrineths, that has established the present physical conditions of 
 the Anglo-Saxon race, such as complexion, and the color of 
 hair and eyes now characteristic with the white race. 
 
 After leaving the section of Tindinzeon, the Kintilucians 
 circled east and south, through the now known southern portion 
 of Poland, northeast of Galicia, and the Carpathian mountains, 
 northeast of Moldavia, to the section in Russia, now known as 
 Kherson, near the waters of the Black Sea, where now is located 
 the town of Odessa, where they settled and dwelt for several 
 generations, when they became dissatisfied with the location, and 
 again resumed the migration of their ancestors, and pessed north- 
 east to a point beyond the now known Sea of Azof, or Azov, 
 into the section of Russia now known as Cis-Caucasus, north of 
 the now known Caucasian mountains, where they perminently 
 settled, termed the section Kintilucia, and retained the tribe 
 name of Kintilucians, and as before stated, are the only people 
 on the globe, who have preserved their true Atlantian type, or 
 physical characteristics, through non-mixture with other nations 
 during their ages of descendancy. 
 
 The term Kintilucia in the Atlantian language meant white, 
 hence, on account of their complexion, and the color of their 
 hair, the Kintilucians so named themselves, and their country as 
 well, the latter being prompted by the snow that characterized 
 the mountain peaks in summer time, and the country generally 
 in winter. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Kintilucians in their section 
 of Kintilucia, there was a small tribe of extremely crude, or so 
 to speak, animal like people who inhabited the western slopes of 
 what are now known as the Ural mountains, who at that time 
 were without section, or tribe names, and no knowledge of their 
 origin. After several generations, they had migrated along the 
 eastern side of the now known Ural river, to a point north of 
 the now known Caspian Sea, or about forty-nine degrees north 
 latitude where they re-established themselves, and were then 
 called the Sen'dix tribe, by the Kintilucians, the term meaning 
 from the snow land, so they still had no tribal name of their own. 
 
 The Sendix, were, as before stated, a very crude people. 
 In stature, they were about five feet, stood a little stooping, and 
 their bodies were shaped more like that of the Orang-Outang, 
 and were heavily clad with hair. Their hands and feet, how- 
 ever, were more like those of the human race. Their heads were 
 flattish on the sides, and their skulls projected in the back, and 
 
 . 669 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 also drooped downward somewhat, over which hung a long black 
 suit of hair- Their features were long and slender, and they 
 were visaged like the human. They carried their chins back 
 tightly against their throats. Their eyes generally were black, 
 but some were gray, and were placed very oblique in their heads. 
 Their noses were slightly flat, their lips thin, and their skins were 
 very dark, or chestnut color. 
 
 After several generations, some of the less reserved Kinti- 
 lucians wandered into their midst, and in time mixed races with 
 them, which fact caused a change in their physical characteristics 
 as a race. 
 
 MIGRATION OF THE SED'E-RONES. 
 
 Soon after the arrival of the Keselzas in Cojel, number one, 
 or in the region of Morocco, Africa, from the islands of Ze-las'- 
 si-6s, or Azores, a second colony of the same people, and from 
 the same Island, by maritimal, and partial land migration, had 
 reached the Eastern Continent, in the section of country now 
 known as Portugal, at a point near the now known town 
 of Lisbon, which section they termed Sederone, and called them- 
 selves the Sederones. After many years in this section, they grew 
 to be a numerous people. 
 
 These Keselzas, being of the same race as those who entered 
 Cojel, as above mentioned, possessed about the same physical 
 characteristics as the latter, the only difference being in some 
 of their life customs, that were occasioned by their location, as 
 the Keselzas who migrated to Cojel, were from that section of 
 the Zelassios Islands, now known as the Madeira and the Canary, 
 while those who entered Sederone, or Portugal, were from that 
 section of the Zelassios Islands now known as the Azores. At 
 that period of time, the above named group of islands were 
 accompanied by many smaller ones as well as narrow necks 
 of land that, during the ages that have intervened between the 
 migration and the present time, have been submerged, which made 
 it easier for the Keselzas to migrate from island to island, hence, 
 their existence upon the three known groups of islands, and 
 ultimate migration to the Eastern Continent. 
 
 The Sederones were a contentious people, forever at war 
 with themselves, and were very much degenerated, in compari- 
 son with their far removed ancestors, the Atlantians. In regard 
 to dress, they wore two garments that they made by braiding 
 and interlacing strips of soft bark into fabrics, which latter they 
 shaped into sort of a skirt that was fastened about the waist, 
 
 670 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 and that extended down to the ankles, and over gown that hung 
 down loosely, from the neck to the thighs. The only distinction 
 between the garments of the men and women, was that the 
 latter girted their overgown down to the waist. In regard to 
 religion, the Keselzas of Sederone, or Portugal, recognized some 
 great creative force as being beyond their comprehension; but, 
 they had no fixed ideas regarding it, or established forms of 
 recognition, in the sense of worship. 
 
 Subsequently, a large colony of the Sederones migrated into 
 the section now known as southwestern France, who, en route, 
 left a few straggling remnants throughout the section now known 
 as Spain, who ultimately became extinct through adversities, and 
 mixture of races with the Kintilucians. 
 
 After the Sederones had become settled and established in 
 the region of southern France, they were met by the Gudling- 
 stons, the advancing tribe of the main portion of the great Cin- 
 etoien migration, with whom they mingled races, and took issue, 
 in their migration to the section modernly known as northeastern 
 France- 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Keselzas, or Sede- 
 rones in the now known section of Portugal, there were several 
 principal migrations into various sections of the country of Sede- 
 rone ( Spain), as follows: One colony migrated southeast from 
 Sederone, into the now known section of Jaen, but retained their 
 former colony and section names of Sederones and Sederone. 
 One migrated to the northeastern portion of Sederone, and set- 
 tled near the junction of the now known Ebro and Segre rivers, 
 termed the section Del-cor'to, and called themselves the Ma-lin'- 
 goes. One migrated northeast, into the section now known as 
 Salamanca, which section they termed U-cede-a, and called them- 
 selves the U-cede-ans. One migrated into the section now known 
 as Albacete, which they termed Trii-sa, and called themselves 
 the E-sel'trix. From these sections there was a general spread- 
 ing out, to the establishment of the Spanish people generally, 
 who are a mixture of Kintilucians and Keselzas through the 
 ultimate race of Sederones. 
 
 About five hundred years prior to the submergence of Atlan- 
 tis, a great convulsion occurred in two sections, and had place 
 in the region between the now known islands of Iceland and 
 Spitzbergen. At that time a range of mountains then known as 
 the Shi-al'tic, extended in a circular form, northeast from Ice- 
 land, to the now known Jan Mayens Islands, including Iceland, 
 now a remnant of the range. Another range, then known as the 
 
 671 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Ka-si'en, extended in a zig-zag form from the Shannon Island 
 section, to, and embracing the island of Spitzbergen. 
 
 The first of the two sectional convulsions had place in a low 
 mountain in the Shialtic range, situated about half way between 
 Iceland and the Jan Mayens Island. The force of the convulsion 
 extended throughout the Shialtic range, sunk and submerged it, 
 except those portions now known as Iceland, the Jan Mayens, 
 and the Shannon islands, thus establishing them as such, as well 
 as the eastern coast line and inlet waters of Greenland, to the 
 region of the Shannon Island. 
 
 The second of the two sectional convulsions occurred about 
 one hundred years subsequent to the first, and had place in the 
 Kasien range, southwest of the section now known as South 
 Cape of the Spitzbergen Island. The force of the convulsion 
 extended throughout the Kasien range, which it sunk and sub- 
 merged, leaving Spitzbergen, its coast line and inlet waters as 
 a monumental remnant, to guard the now open waters of the 
 Arctic Ocean, thus blending them with those of the North Atlan- 
 tic, all of which, hold imprisoned beneath their aquatic briny 
 forms, lands and peoples of the past ages, now lost, and silent 
 beneath the waves, but who shall speak again from the lighted 
 etherial realms, giving utterance to truths, eternal as God 
 Himself. 
 
 CO'JEL, OR THE MEDITERRANEAN DISTRICT. 
 
 About five hundred years subsequent to the final submerg- 
 ence of Atlantis, there began a system of ten periodical con- 
 vulsions, that occurred throughout southern Europe, and the 
 great country of Cojel. At that time, a mountain range then 
 known as the San'za-man-za, that was a continuation of the 
 mountains modernly known as the Sierra de Lousas, Sierra de 
 Gata, and the Sierra de Estrella from Spain, through Portugal, 
 extending circularly, southwest, and southeast, from north of 
 the mouth of the now known Tagus river, to about thirty-three 
 degrees north latitude off the coast of Africa. Another range 
 then known as the San-grut'ze, a continuation of the now known 
 Sierra de Monchique, extended circularly southwest and south- 
 east in conformity with the Sanzamanza range, from the steep 
 cliffs of the now known Cape St. Vincent, to about thirty-five 
 degrees north latitude, off the coast of Africa. 
 
 The first of the ten periodical convulsions had place on the 
 western coast of what is now known as Portugal, immediately 
 southwest of the now known city of Lisbon. The force of the 
 
 672 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 convulsion extended throughout the Sanzamanza and the San- 
 grutze ranges, caused their submergence, established the inlet 
 waters from the North Atlantic Ocean, such as circle the south- 
 ern coast of Portugal, southwest Spain, and northwestern Africa, 
 in that section, and further separated Africa from Spain, leaving 
 a great channel, that later in the ages became the Straits of 
 Gibraltar. 
 
 The second occurred about three hundred years subsequent 
 to the first, and had place northwest of the section modernly 
 known as Sicily, midway between it and the southeast coast of 
 the now known Sardinia Island. At that time, the section now 
 known as the Mediterranean Sea, or that submerged district of 
 country, was possessed with several ranges of mountains and 
 plains, as follows: One known as the Yiis-ke-lin'go, then ex- 
 tended southwest from the now known Mt. Vesuvius district, 
 and the vicinity of the Bay of Naples, to the lake modernly known 
 as Benzart, in the northeast section of Africa. That range, for 
 some time prior to the convulsions that sunk and submerged it, 
 contained many inactive volcanoes and craters, but at the time of 
 the convulsion, they resumed activity. lAnother range then 
 known as Te ta, extended westward from the now known west- 
 ern coast of Sicily, until it formed a junction with the Yuske- 
 lingo range. Another range then known as the Jes'ta, extended 
 northeast from the section modernly known as Tunis, Africa, 
 until it formed a junction with the Yuskelingo and the Teta 
 ranges. 
 
 A large plain then known as Tim-i-cu'les, extended from the 
 north central portion of the Yuskelingo range, northwest to the 
 foothills of the then known VTn'ze-leit range, which are now 
 known as having place in the Sardinia and the Corsica Islands. 
 Another range of mountains, then known as the Trit-an'zes, ex- 
 tended from the section now known as the western coast of the 
 Sardinia Island, to the eastern central portion of the country now 
 known as Spain, whose high peaks formed the now known Ba- 
 learic group of Islands. 
 
 A large plain then known as the Ko-res'sa, extended west- 
 ward from the Sardinia and the Corsica Island regions, to that 
 of the Balearic Islands, and southward along the Tritanzes 
 range- Another plain then known as the Ge-li-ge'los, extended 
 south of the Tritanzes range, toward what is now known as 
 Algeria. 
 
 Another range then known as the Nim'ne, extended across 
 from the section of country now known as the Tuscan Archi- 
 pelago, to the northeastern portion of the now known Island of 
 Corsica. 
 
 673 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The Nimne range was a northeastern extension of the great 
 Basso (Jerethean word for mountains) range of the lofty and 
 rugged central range of mountains that extend north through 
 the now known northern peninsula of Corsica, whose further ex- 
 tension northeastward was by the then known Nimne Basso and 
 their spurs, from the regions of Cape Corse in the north, to the 
 northern portion of Lake Bigugli, to the northwest coast of the 
 now known province of Tuscany. The present condition of the 
 lofty peaks and the low valleys throughout the island of Corsica 
 is due to the tremendous action of the waters, at the time of the 
 convulsions that established the islands of that region, and that 
 portion of the Mediterranean Sea, which in their swoopings and 
 transporting force, misplaced the soil and carried it away into 
 the surging sea, for further distribution in the submerged sec- 
 tions. A large river then known as the Ham'mo, coiursed 
 through the southern boundary of the territory now submerged 
 by the waters of the Mediterranean Sea, which had its outlet into 
 the Atlantic Ocean, where now exists the Straits of Gibraltar, 
 and its rise in Africa, which southeastern portion, after the for- 
 mation of the Mediterranean Sea, became known as the Ge-li-ot, 
 and later, the Nile. 
 
 The force of the second periodical convulsion, originated at 
 the junction of the Yuskelingo, Teta, and Jesta ranges. It radi- 
 ated along them, thus causing depressions, and submergences of 
 portions of them, as well as the plains in their regions, thus es- 
 tablishing the Sardinia and Corsica islands, which are remnants 
 of the Vinzeleit range. It also submerged the Teta range to the 
 northwest of Sicily, and the Jesta range, to the section now 
 known as Tunis, Africa, and that section of the coast line and 
 inlet waters of the latter, from the now known Cape Serrat in 
 the west, to about thirty-six degrees north latitude, leaving Capes 
 Blanc and Bon, as the severed remnants of that secton of land. 
 When the Yuskelingo, the Teta and the Jesta ranges went down 
 into the sea, many portions of them were but slightly submerged, 
 which is the cause of the shallow water in the now known Medi- 
 terranean Sea. 
 
 The third occurred about one hundred years subsequent to 
 the second, and had place in the section modernly known as the 
 Lipari Islands, north of northeastern Sicily. At that time the 
 great Apennines system of mountains that now extends through- 
 out southern Italy and Sicily, was known as the A-ta-re-ca'to 
 system. The force of the convulsion being central in the section 
 now known as the Lipari Islands, that were then a high point in 
 the branch of the Atarecato system, being of circular form, sev- 
 
 674 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ered the now known Island of Sicily from Italy, by establishing 
 the straits lof Messina, and its entire coast line conditions ; ex- 
 tended to the northeast boundary of the now known Gulf of 
 Policastro, Italy, thus establishing that section of the southwest- 
 ern coast of Italy, and its inlet waters, as well as establishing 
 the Lipari Islands; extended west to the boundary line of the 
 second periodical convulsion ; left the Ustica Island, and extend- 
 ed as far south and west of Sicily as to establish the now known 
 Maltese group of islands, as well as those of Lampedusa, Linosa, 
 and Pondellaria, west of them. 
 
 The fourth and fifth convulsions were almost simultaneous 
 with the third convulsion. The fourth had place on the southwest 
 coast of Italy, in the section now known as the Bay of Naples, 
 and the fifth, in the section now known as the Gulf of Genoa, 
 Italy, south of the now known city of Genoa. The force of 
 those two convulsions established the coast of Italy from the 
 southeastern section of France, in the north, to the boundary 
 line of the third periodical convulsion in the southeast, or to the 
 Gulf of Policastro, all its inlet waters, the island west of Cam- 
 pania, and the Tuscan Archipelago, west of Tuscany, etc., and 
 the open water conditions west, to the eastern boundary line of 
 the second periodical convulsion. 
 
 The sixth occurred about seventy-five years subsequent to the 
 third, fourth, and fifth, and had place in the section of the then 
 known Tritanzes range, between the eastern coast of Spain, and 
 the now known Balearic Islands. The force of the convulsion 
 extended east to the boundary line of the second periodical con- 
 vulsion, thus establishing the now known Balearic Islands which 
 then were but two in number, viz: the then known Ce-lm'de-so 
 (now submerged) and the now known Ivica, the Majorca and 
 the Minorca islands (then in one) which latter three were thus 
 separated at the time of the convulsion that submerged the Ce- 
 lindeso Island, and in its varied circlings and radiations, estab- 
 lished the eastern coast lines of France, Spain, and northern 
 Africa, from the straits of Gibraltar to the western boundary 
 line of the second periodical convulsion, and by submergence of 
 the former established depression, through the Straits of Gibral- 
 tar, formed the open waters of the Mediterranean Sea, of that 
 section- As above stated, there was, at the time of the forma- 
 tion of the now known Belearic Islands, one more in the group, 
 or the two that then existed, and was known as the Celindeso 
 Island. It was located a little northeast of the now known Mi- 
 norca Island, and was very beautiful and attractive. About one 
 hundred years before the Adomic period, a great convulsion had 
 
 . 675 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 place in the Celindeso Island, when it, with all its inhabitants, 
 slowly sank into the sea, and was totally lost to modem knowl- 
 edge, and at which time its sister island was severed into the 
 three parts now known as the Ivinca, the Majorca and the Min- 
 orca Islands. 
 
 The seventh of the convulsions, which in reality was in three 
 sections, and was the most terrific of the ten, occurred about four 
 hundred years subsequent to the sixth, during a period of about 
 a hundred and twenty-five years from beginning to finish. At 
 that time, a great range of mountains then known as the Cal- 
 ceiis, extended from the section now known as the peninsula of 
 Istria, southwest Austria, along the coast of Dalmatia, Albania, 
 and western Greece, thus embracing all of the now known Islands 
 along the western coast of those countries; thence southeast to 
 and including the now known Candia and Cyprus Islands, to the 
 coast of the now known country of Syria- Another great sys- 
 tem of mountain ranges, then known as the C6r-de-c6n'g6, ex- 
 tended south, and southeast through the section now known as 
 Turkey in Europe and Greece, two distinct branches of which 
 then extended farther southeast from Greece to the western 
 coast of the now known section of Asia Minor. A branch of 
 the Calceus range extended from what is now known as the east- 
 ern coast of the Candia Island, to the coast of Asia Minor, 
 through the section now submerged by the waters of the Gulf of 
 Makry, thus establishing the Karapathos and the Rhodes Islands. 
 A branch of the same range extended from what is now known 
 as the northern coast of the Cyprus Island, through the section 
 now submerged by the waters of the Gulf of Adalia, to Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 The principal one of the three sectional convulsions had place 
 in the eastern section of the country now known as the south- 
 eastern portion of the peninsula that separated the Soronicus 
 Sinus, from the Argolicus, or modernly speaking, the .;Egean, 
 and the Nauplia Gulfs. The powerful force of the radiating 
 convulsion, extending as it did, in all directions, shattered th^ 
 entire country now known as Greece, established its coast line 
 conditions, and inlet waters; extended east to the partial estab- 
 lishment of the now known Cyclades, or Archipelago east of Pel- 
 oponnesus (which was completed by several smaller convulsions 
 in subsequent time), to the coast of Asia Minor, thus establish- 
 ing its western coast line, and inlet waters from the anciently 
 known Ceramicus Sinus, or the now known Gulf of Kos, to and 
 including the anciently known Propontis, or modem Sea of Mar- 
 mora. The northeastern extension of the force further de- 
 
 676 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 pressed and submerged the section of country now known as the 
 ^gean Sea, the coast line and inlet waters of southern Turkey 
 in Europe, from the section of northeastern Thessalia, Greece, to, 
 but not including, the now known Bosphorus, or Channel of Con- 
 stantinople; severed Turkey in Europe from Turkey in Asia by 
 the establishment of the depression of land, or channel that be- 
 came the Bosphorus Straits, or Channel of Constantinople, at the 
 time of the complete formation of the now known Black Sea, 
 when through it, the waters of the latter-named sea blended into 
 those of the Marmora, thus completing the establishment of the 
 Bosphorus Straits. 
 
 The second of the sectional convulsions occurred about fifty 
 years subsequent to the first, and had place between what is mod- 
 emly known as the Candia and the Cyprus Islands. The force 
 of the convulsion extended northeast along the Calceus range, 
 to the now known coast of Asia Minor, thus establishing the coast 
 line and inlet waters of that section from the southern extremity 
 of the anciently-known Craega's mountains, northwest to the line 
 of the first convulsion, and south to the northeastern section of 
 what is modemly known as Tripoli, Africa, thus establishing the 
 now known Rhodes, Karpathos, and Candia Islands, and further 
 extending the Mediterranean Sea eastward. 
 
 The third of the sectional convulsions occurred about twenty- 
 five years subsequent to the second, and had place in the section 
 modemly known as the northeastern coast of the Cyprus Island. 
 The force of the convulsion extended west along the Calceus 
 range, thus establishing the Cyprus Island, which latter stands as 
 evidence of its work. It further extended northwest along that 
 branch range, to its junction with the now known Lycian Taurus 
 mountains of Asia Minor, and northeast along the Calceus range 
 to their junction, with the southern branch of the now known 
 Cilician Taurus mountains of Turkey in Asia, thus establishing 
 the coast line of the latter, from the western coast of the now 
 known Gulf of Adalia, to and including the Gulf of Iskenderoon, 
 east to and including the coast line of the now known country of 
 Palestine, as far south as to the now known Cape Carmel, thus 
 establishing the coast line and inlet waters of Palestine, to that 
 section. The force further extended southwest to the now known 
 section of northern Egypt, and west to the eastern boundary line 
 of the second convulsion, thus establishing the now known coast 
 line of northern Egypt from the now known mouth of the Nile 
 river, west to Tripoli, Africa, thus completing the eastern exten- 
 sion of the Mediterranean Sea, excepting the southeastern cor- 
 ner, which was established by a subsequent convulsion, elsewhere 
 herein described. 
 
 677 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 During the one hundred and twenty-five years, there were 
 other smaller convulsions that occurred throughout what is now 
 known as Modern Greece, and along its western coast, that com- 
 pleted the now known Ionian Islands, and the Straits of Otranto. 
 Before the formation of the southern half of the Mediterranean 
 Sea, a large river then known as the Hammo, flowed westward 
 throughout the new southern section of the Mediterranean Sea 
 district, having its outlet into the North Atlantic, after the for- 
 mation of the latter, where now is the Straits of Gibraltar. The 
 river pre-historically known as Ge-li'6t, and historically as the 
 Nile, is the remnant source of the Hammo. Its course through 
 the Mediterranean district was from the now known mouths of 
 the Nile (which were established by radiations of the third peri- 
 odical convulsion, and by smaller ones that opened the land be- 
 tween the foothills of the mountains), northwest, in a. circu- 
 lar, but zig-zag form to the Calceus range of mountains, or at a 
 point near the southeastern coast of the Candia Island; thence 
 zig-zag southwest to about twenty degrees longitude east of 
 Greenwich, to near the northeast coast of Tripoli, Africa, when 
 it turned sharply northwest in a zig-zag course, passed between 
 what is now known as the Maltese Islands, and those of the Pan- 
 tellaria, Linosa, and Eanpedosa, and centrally between the now 
 section of Cape Bon, Africa, and the western cost of Sicily ; 
 thence it cut through the then known Yuskelingo and Jesta 
 ranges of mountains, and from thence westward in a zig-zag 
 form, to its outlet into the North Atlantic Ocean, as above stated, 
 in the section between the now known countries of Morocco, 
 Africa, and Spain, or through what is now known as the Straits 
 of Gibraltar. 
 
 The eighth of the ten periodical convulsions occurred about 
 four hundred and fifty years subsequent to the seventh, and had 
 place in the then known Calceus range, in the section of country 
 now known as off the southwestern coast of Dalmatia, and the 
 Islands now existing on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea- 
 The force of the convulsion extended northwest and northeast 
 along the Calceus range, thus establishing all the islands along 
 the eastern coast of the Adriatic Sea, from the Gulf of Trieste 
 in the north, to the border line of the seventh periodical convul- 
 sion on the western central coast of Greece, the Gulf of Taranto, 
 southeastern coast of Italy, the western coast line of the Adri- 
 atic Sea, and the open waters of the Mediterranean Sea, south of 
 the Straits of Otranto. 
 
 The ninth occurred about 2200 years subsequent to the 
 eighth, and had place in the section modernly known as between 
 
 678 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the peninsula of Kertch, on the eastern coast of the peninsula of 
 Corea, and the western section of the Den-kon'so-lete, or what is 
 now known as the western section of the Caucasian mountains. 
 At the time of the convulsion, the now known Sea of Azov was 
 the southeastern arm of an inland Sea, then known as Mera-c6- 
 on'dish, that then extended from it northeast to the now known 
 region of the Caspian Sea, that portion of it that was formerly 
 the pre-historic lake of Kint'no-ze. The force of the convulsion 
 severd the peninsula of Kertch, and established the Straits of 
 Enikale, through which the waters of the Meracoondish Sea 
 were let in, to inundate portions of land, now the Black Sea dis- 
 trict, which after the complete establishment of the latter, be- 
 came the southwest remnant of the Meracoondish Sea, or the Sea 
 of Azov, the Lake of Kintnoze being the northeastern remnant 
 of the northern basin of the Caspian Sea. The force of the con- 
 vulsion extended northwest and southwest, thus establishing the 
 now known coast of the Crimean Peninsula, and the eastern 
 coast of the Black Sea, which ultimated in the completion of the 
 latter, by blending its waters with those of the Mediterranean, 
 through the source of the Bosphorus straits, and submerging the 
 land now occupied by the southern half of the Black Sea. 
 
 The tenth occurred about looo years subsequent to the ninth, 
 and had place in the section now known as the eastern terminal 
 of the Caucasian mountains, southeast of Cape Apsheron. At 
 that time, the Caucasian mountains were known as the Denkon- 
 Folete range, and further extended southeast to the section now 
 known as the Balkhan Bay, on the eastern coast of the Caspian 
 Sea, where it diverged into two branches, one northeast and the 
 other southeast, which caused the establishment of the Balkhan 
 and the Adji Bojur Bays, and the extension of land that sepa- 
 rates them. Another branch of the Denkonsolete range extended 
 north from Cape Apsheron to the inlet waters on the eastern 
 coast of the Caspian Sea, now known as Kara Bochazx. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion, the now known Northern Ural 
 of the Caspian Sea was a fresh-water lake, then known as Kint- 
 noze, into which the Volga river flowed from the west, the Ural 
 from the north, and the Emba from the northeast, and the Kint- 
 noze had its outlet from the now known Mertvy Kultu Bay, by 
 a river then known as the Ki'del-mush, that flowed in a zig-zag 
 course, southward into the Kidelmush Lake. It was a small 
 body of water that had place on the northern side of the extrem- 
 ity of the branch from the Denkonsolete range, of that section, 
 now known as the northern section of the inlet waters, termed 
 Kara Bochaz. It had its outlet from its southeastern section, by 
 
 679 
 
Subinerg:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 a river that was also termed Kidelmush (then considered as a 
 continuation of the former) that flowed in a zig-zag form south, 
 southeast, north, and again southeast, along what is now known 
 as the section of Ust Urt, where it was met by the Kal'siis river, 
 the outlet of Lake Kalceus. 
 
 Lake Kalceus, the term meaning inland waters, was at that 
 time a body of fresh water, but is modernly known as the Aral 
 Sea, which became a body of salt water after the establishment 
 of the Caspian Sea, through subterrene drainage and mixture of 
 waters, and assumed its present dimension and condition, as for- 
 merly, it was much larger than now. 
 
 The Kalsus river flowed in a zig-zag course southward to its 
 junction with the Kidelmush river, from whence their conjunct 
 waters flowed eastward, and were lost in those of an inland sea 
 then known as the Delcranzo, which section having been later 
 drained off, is now known as the Kara Kun Desert. Thus was 
 the northeast half of the old course of the Ancient Oxus formed, 
 as far as to the section of the anciently known Gulf of Aboughir, 
 a southern extension of the Kalceus, or Aral Sea, now dried up. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Caspian Sea, the waters 
 of the Delcranzo Sea were drained off into the former, when what 
 is now supposed to be the southwest half of the old course of 
 the ancient Oxus, and its mouths, in the section of the Bays of 
 Balkhan and Adji Bojvir, were formed, which therefore was the 
 course of the last retreating waters of the Delcranzo Sea, into the 
 Caspian Sea, instead of, as has been supposed, the outlet course 
 of the ancient Oxus. 
 
 Furthermore, there was no connection between the Aral and 
 the Caspian Seas, through the old course of the ancient Oxus, as 
 modernly supposed, but there was a connection of the waters of 
 the Kalceus, and the Kintnoze Lakes, at the central point of the 
 old course of the ancient Oxus, where they formed a junction, 
 and flowed off to the Sea of Delcranzo- 
 
 The force of the convulsion extended east, along the Den- 
 konsolete range, and its terminal diverging branches, thus form- 
 ing the northern boundary of the Southern Basin of the Caspian 
 Sea, by sinking and submerging that portion of the range, and 
 further establishing the Bays of Balkhan and Adji Bojur, and the 
 Balkhan peninsula, that separate them. Its further extension 
 south from the point of the convulsion, to the base of the great 
 Eiburz range, established the southern marshy boundary of the 
 Southern Basin, and on the east, the Gulfs of Enzeli and Kizil 
 Agatch, and Cape Apsheron, as the western monuments contem- 
 poraneous structure with that of the Balkan peninsula, on the 
 
 680 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 east, that stand in memory of nature's force and power to change 
 land districts into seas, and vice versa. Further extension north- 
 east along the branch, in that section of the Delkonsolete range, 
 which formerly it sunk, took on the circular form in the region of 
 Lake Kidelmush, thus, by connecting its waters with those of the 
 Caspian Sea, established what is modemly known as the Kara Bo- 
 chaz inlet waters, north of the Balkhan peninsula. Again, the 
 force was resumed and extended along the eastern coast of the 
 Caspian Sea, to the extremity of the now known Mangishlak Lake 
 peninsula, whose high hills extended across to the western sec- 
 tion of the now Caspian district, through which the force further 
 extended, thus forming the Bay of Kuma on the west shore, 
 sinking the hills between it and the point now known as the 
 Mangishlak peninsula, the third monument in evidence of na- 
 ture's work in connecting waters for the purpose of submerging 
 lands. Whirling to the north, the force established the northern 
 coast of the Mangishlak peninsula and that of the western and 
 northern coast of Busatchi, which let the waters of Lake Kint- 
 noze into the marshy lands now known as the Central Basin of 
 the Caspian Sea, which completed the connection of the three 
 basins of the Caspian waters, thus fully establishing the Caspian 
 Sea, its coast lines and subterrene conditions. 
 
 MIGRATION OF THE JE-RE-THE'ANS. 
 
 As before stated, the Jeretheans were a great nation, who in 
 their first tribal radiations from Cojel number Two, had spread 
 out through that part of the then known district of country, now 
 submerged by the waters of the northwestern section of the Med- 
 iterranean Sea, and at the time of the submergence, remnant 
 tribes of them were left in the various localities along the west- 
 ern coast of Italy, on the Islands in the sea, and on the northeast- 
 ern coast of Africa. They, like the Kadios, were a large peo- 
 ple, who in stature averaged about seven feet, and were quite 
 fleshy. Their skins were black, their eyes small, some being 
 black and some brown; their hair, in the majority of cases, was 
 straight, some being curly, and was black. The males had no 
 beard to speak of, and little hair on their bodies; their lips 
 were thick and peculiar-looking, as one rolled upward and the 
 other downward; a condition that caused them to expose both 
 their upper and lower teeth, displaying very broad incisors and 
 canines that were remarkably long for a human mouth ; their 
 foreheads were low and narrow through the temples ; their cheeks 
 broad ; noses narrow through the nostrils, but broader at the 
 
 68i 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 upper portion ; their feet, hands, arms and legs were remarkably 
 large. 
 
 Their style or manner of dress varied somewhat. Some wore 
 short, narrow skirts; some wore strips of material that hung 
 down from their shoulders to their knees, and some wore only 
 a band around the waist, to which a pendant garment, or apron 
 extended from the waist down the thighs. They used various 
 materials for their raiment. Some garments were made from 
 furred skins, and some from fibrous texture, which they orna- 
 mented with fresh green leaves. They ornamented their ears with 
 white rings. As they never pierced their ears they hung the rings 
 over them. The leaders of the tribe wore a sort of cap which they 
 termed Zick, from which three white, pendant rings hung 
 down to the forehead, the larger of the three being in the center. 
 The Zick was further ornamented with green leaves. The peo- 
 ple lived in huts which they termed Ze'lashes, which at first were 
 constructed by sticks being driven perpendicularly into the 
 ground, and branches woven between them to form the wall, 
 which latter was plastered over with mud, thus completing the 
 Zelash in which they lived as families. The promiscuous dwell- 
 ers, however, occupied tents in the fields, which former they 
 termed Quishes, made from skins, and were very small and flat 
 on top. When they moved, they took the skins off the frames, 
 and left the latter behind. 
 
 As a rule, the people were peaceable among themselves, but 
 hostile to outside tribes, who sought to trespass on their pos- 
 sessions. In regard to religion, those who occupied Cojel, or the 
 southwestern Mediterranean section, recognized a being as supe- 
 rior to themselves, one in whom was embodied strength and pro- 
 tective force, which principle they termed U-tis e, which meant 
 Builder of Nature. That being, or force, was symbolized by the 
 image of the then known Terilen, an animal much in resemblance 
 to the modern Lion, the term meaning strength, as by nature, the 
 animal was a powerful beast; hence used as the symbol. The 
 images were made of wood, and decorated with skins of the ani- 
 mal; however, they only represented the head and forequarters 
 of the animal, thus displaying the heavy mane that hung down 
 over its shoulders. The eyes and teeth on the image were rep- 
 resented, or wrought, with staining materials, similar to modern 
 crayon work, only in a crude manner, however. 
 
 The principal image was always placed near the leader's Ze- 
 lash, and a smaller one on top of the latter, and the families had 
 small ones in representation of the same animal, in their homes. 
 They had no stated call to assemble for worship, or adorational 
 
 682 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 exercises in recognition of Utise, for the setting sun was always 
 the signal for the people to meet at the shrine of the image for 
 that purpose, and therefore was a daily occurrence. When as- 
 sembled, either at the public image or in the presence of the 
 images in the home shrines, they repeated an invocation for pro- 
 tection, which was embodied in the following audible language : 
 El dos sy, Kel ka na fisht, Cre fa si li fi ca, Kel fre en ta, Ka se 
 on sta. In this invocation they asked that they might be pro- 
 tected, guided, and helped in all things. "Onsta" was a word 
 used in the same sense that a modern, when closing his prayer, 
 or invocation, would say "Amen." 
 
 As the remnant Jeretheans, left on the northeastern coast of 
 Africa, viz., the Kin-man'zes of Kin-man'zes, who became the 
 ancestors of the Libyans, are accounted for in another section of 
 the work, we will pass on to note the migrations of the Jerethe- 
 ans eastward into Europe. , 
 
 Prior to the second of the ten great periodical convulsions 
 that established the Mediterranean Sea, a tribe of Jeretheans 
 from the plain of Timicules, east of the now known Sardinia 
 Island, and the then known city of Siit-re-nin'go (principal city 
 in the plain), migrated southeast, along the then known great 
 river Hammo, or Nile, to the section of country now known as 
 the mouth of the, Nile river, which section they termed Gas'bi-j, 
 and called themselves the Kasamanzes. 
 
 Prior to the third, fourth and fifth great periodical convul- 
 sions that formed that part of the Mediterranean Sea, west of 
 Italy, the great plain of Timicules, east of the now known Sar- 
 dinia Island, was occupied by a large settlement of Jeretheans, 
 whose principal city in the plain was termed by them, Sutreningo. 
 Likewise, the great Qu-ta-za (valley) of Ko-res'sa, that lay ex 
 tent west of the Sardinia Island, was also inhabited by a large 
 settlement of Jeretheans, whose principal city in the Qutaza they 
 termed Ku nox. At the time of the submergence of the plain of 
 Timicules and the Qutaza of Koressa, and that established the 
 Island of Sardinia, a large remnant of Jeretheans from both 
 plain and Qutaza, were left upon the Island, which after a time 
 they termed Ka-sin'ka, and called themselves the Kasinkas. 
 
 After several generations they became characterized as a 
 crude and peculiar race of people. They inhabited the then 
 known Zin-ze-le'it mo'untains, and lived principally in caves and 
 excavations in the mountain sides, where they huddled together 
 in harmonious families. In stature they were about five and one- 
 half feet, and of small physique; had dark-colored skins; dark, 
 straight, but disheveled hair and beards ; dark eyes ; long, pointed 
 
 683 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 noses ; wide mouths, and thick lips ; low foreheads ; ears with 
 long lower lobes; and their hands and feet were large, thick and 
 bony. 
 
 Prior to the formation of the northwestern section of the 
 Mediterranean Sea, or the submergence that established the now 
 known Balearic group of Islands, a mixed tribe of Sederones and 
 Kintilucians, who migrated from the now known eastern section 
 of Spain, inhabited the western and central sections of the now 
 known Ivica and the Majorca Islands, and a mixed tribe of Sed- 
 erones and Cinetoiens from southeastern France, likewise inhab- 
 ited the now submerged pre-historical Island of Celindeso. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion that separated the section into 
 two portions, and submerged the adjacent country, the remnant 
 left upon the central section, now known as the Balearic Islands, 
 termed the entire section Sel-le-6-6n'se, and called themselves 
 the In-ti-lex'to-ese. They eventually became partially mixed 
 with the Jeretheans, especially with those on the eastern portion 
 of the Island, which as before stated, was inhabited by immigrant 
 remnant Jeretheans from the great valley of Koressa; and in 
 their further migrations, reached southern France and eastern 
 Spain. Their ultimate descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the now known Iberians of that region. The 
 Intilextoese, in stature, were from five to six feet; they 
 had large frames, broad shoulders, and were stockily built ; their 
 color was a dark brown ; their heads were round, but flattish on 
 top ; foreheads low ; hair black, curly or bushy, and some of the 
 men had very slight beards ; their eyes were black generally, but 
 some were a dark brown, and were quite large and expressive, 
 being somewhat sad in expression ; their noses were broad, large 
 and flat ; mouths not broad, but their lips were thick and parted so 
 as to expose their teeth ; their ears were very large and prominent, 
 especially the upper lobe; their feet were thick and broad, toes 
 large, and nails long, which latter turned inward, or under ; their 
 hands and nails were conditioned the same. The peculiar char- 
 acteristic of the nails was a natural feature, intensified by lack 
 of care- They went nude, as a rule, but some wore skins about 
 their loins, with the fur turned next to the body. They were a 
 very indolent people. They recognized no religious principle, 
 and therefore had no adorational seasons, nor exercises. 
 
 The mixed tribe of Sederones and Cinetoiens, left as a rem- 
 nant on the now submerged island, termed it Celindeso, and 
 called themselves the Celindes. In stature they were, on an aver- 
 age from five, to six feet, the latter being in the majority. 
 They were tall and athletic; their color a dusky black; their 
 
 684 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 heads were high on stop, narrow through the sidesi; their 
 foreheads were low; their hair was black, straight, and medium 
 long; some of them had a thin, scant beard; their eyes were 
 black, large, piercing, or sharp, and deep set, and were peculiar, 
 from the fact that, like the modern Caucasians, there was a con- 
 tinuous twitching of the eye balls from side to side; their noses 
 were of aquiline shape, though very thin; their mouths were 
 broad, lips thick and rolled outward ; their ears were normal ; their 
 feet broad, thin and flat ; their hands were broad and their fingers 
 long. They were quite an energetic people, fond of fishing and 
 hunting. They mostly practised nudity, though some wore skins 
 about their loins. They had no religious aspirations, hence no 
 adorational assemblies, or exercises. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the northwestern portion of the 
 Mediterranean Sea, and the now known Sardinia and Corsica 
 Islands, a tribe of Jeretheans from both the Scan'de-ses (valley 
 or plain) of Timicules and Koressa, migrated northward, until 
 they arrived in a large Scandeses which they termed Re-ex'ti-c6n, 
 (now the submerged district of the Gulf of Genoa, Italy) , where 
 later they built their principal city which they termed Win-ge-let'. 
 The greater portion of the tribe from the Scandeses of Timicu- 
 les, however, passed over a range of Bas'so (mountains), which 
 they termed Nim'ne, and a part of the tribe dwelt along the north- 
 ern foothills of the range, and a part descended into the Scan- 
 deses, where they joined the tribe from the Scandeses of Koressa. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the Scandeses of Timi- 
 cules, and that of Koressa, a few remnants from the two, migrat- 
 ing tribes en-route to the Scandeses of Reexticon, who had set- 
 tled along the way, and a small remnant of those who dwelt 
 along the Nimne range, were left upon the now known Island of 
 Corsica. Subsequently, by maritimal migration, a tribe of the 
 Kasinkas from Kasinka, also inhabited the island, and ultimately 
 termed it Al-tu'zu, the term meaning a small land within the 
 waters, and called themselves the Al-tu-zuans. Being of the 
 same race as the remnant already on the island, they soon be- 
 came as one people, who bore out the same modes of livelihood, 
 or characteristics of life, during ages that followed, and were 
 the prehistoric ancestors of the Corsicans and the Sardinians, 
 akin to the Iberians, Basques', Ligurnians, Sikans, Sikels, etc., all 
 having descended from the Jeretheans. 
 
 Prior to the fourth of the ten great periodical convulsions 
 that had place in Southern Europe, which established that por- 
 tion of the western coast of Italy (the modern term Italy was 
 derived from Etzentuan, by changing the first syllable Et, to It, 
 
 . 685 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 and shortening the latter part of the word), bordering on the 
 Bay of Naples, a large tribe of Jeretheans inhabited that section 
 of country now submerged by the Bay of Naples, and its present 
 border lands, which section they termed Me-jm-an'tis, and their 
 principal hamlet, As-ta-pa'sa. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Bay of Naples, remnants 
 of that people were left on its border-lands in the vicinity of 
 what is now known as the city of Naples, who in subsequent 
 time became a large nation, when they termed that section of the 
 country Et-zen-tu'an, the term meaning, a hit of land extending 
 into the sea, termed the Sea Zel-za'tic, meaning, an unknown 
 body of water, but retained their original tribe name of Jere- 
 theans, in fact, they bore the name of Jeretheans until it was 
 changed in the time of Modern Ancient nomenclature. 
 
 Several generations after the first tribe of Cinetoiens started 
 on their great northern and western migration from Cinetoie, or 
 from Genoa, Italy, another tribe of the remnant Cinetoiens of 
 Cinetoie migrated northeast, into the section of country modernly 
 known as Austria, where in time they mixed races with the 
 Cm-gret', which latter were descendants of the Falkaleits, who 
 also had migrated from Falkaleit, through the northwestern 
 portion of the country now known as Prussia, to the vicinity of 
 Austria, where the above named Cinetoien migrators had settled. 
 At that time the section now known as Germany, Austria and 
 Turkey, in Europe, were all one section, and never were divided 
 as above until Modern Ancient time. 
 
 After many years, the descendants of the Jeretheans and the 
 Cingrets, in the vicinity of Austria, had so mingled races as to 
 become entirely a new nation, or race of people, who termed the 
 section Yem-sin'to, and called themselves the U-yo'sens- In 
 stature, they varied considerably in height, as they graded from 
 five to seven feet. The medium in height were quite fleshy, but 
 the taller and the shorter were quite slender, the latter being 
 characterised wihch very short necks. They were quite dark 
 skinned, much resembling the Egyptian people. Their hair was 
 black, and dark brown, some being short, and some long, and 
 generally was straight. Their eyes were black, and dark brown, 
 large and full; their heads were peculiar, being quite flat on 
 top ; their foreheads narrow through the temples ; their noses re- 
 sembled somewhat those of the Negro ; their features were slim ; 
 their cheek bones normal ; their mouths large, and lips thick, and 
 separated so that they disclosed their teeth, which displayed large 
 incisors, and long canines in both upper and lower sets; their 
 ears were quite round; their hands were in proportion with 
 their bodies. They were quite hostile to other nations, or peo- 
 
 686 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 pies, and remarkably quarrelsome among themselves. They 
 mostly practised nudity, but some wore skins, which they formed 
 into garments that were thrown loosely about their loins. They 
 had no special idea of a God principle, therefore had no estab- 
 lished adorational worship or exercises. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the eastern and southern por- 
 tions of the Mediterranean Sea, and the now known Island of 
 Sicily, a large tribe of Jeretheans occupied the section of country 
 now known as the Bay of Palermo, the Gulf of Caslel a Mare, 
 and the Island of Ustica. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of that section, and the estab- 
 lishment of the Island of Sicily, a large remnant of those people 
 were left on the western section of the island, who subsequently 
 became quite numerous, and spread out into the eastern and 
 southern sections of the island, termed it Quin'tex, and called 
 themselves the Lu'ce-rets. They never attempted a migration 
 from the island, to any extent, for they were a very indolent 
 people, and of a very low physical order. They were character- 
 ized with faces resembling those of the monkey tribe, more than 
 otherwise, which was caused by a degeneration in that southern 
 section of the country. In stature, they were about five feet; 
 were fleshy, but small boned; their skins were so covered with 
 thick short hair, that the color of their skin was not easily per- 
 ceived ; as above stated, they really were but a grade higher than 
 the monkey race. Their hands and feet were more like those of 
 the human race; their nature was quiet, and they carried their 
 bodies like the human ; their eyes were dazzling with brightness, 
 and were characterized with a grayish green hue; their ears 
 were short and roundish; their noses flat; mouths broad, and 
 lips thick. They wore no garments, lived on fruits, animal and 
 fish food, and all these, as a rule, uncooked. 
 
 Subsequently to the establishment of the Lucerets in Quintex 
 (Sicily), a large tribe of Jeretheans migrated down through the 
 section of country now known as southern Italy, and entered 
 the eastern portion of Quintex, drove out a portion of the 
 Lucerets of that section, and they established themselves under 
 the name of O-cen'te-zans. Ultimately, the few remaining 
 Lucerets of that section became absorbed by mixture with the 
 Ocentezans, hence were lost as a distinct people. After many 
 generations, the descendants of this mixed condition, or of these 
 Ocentezans, became the prehistoric ancestors of the now known 
 Sikels of Sicily. 
 
 About the same time that the Ocentezans became established 
 in Quintex, a tribe of Jeretheans had entered the western portion 
 
 687 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of the same country, from their section of Etzentuan (the dis- 
 trict now submerged by the Bay of Naples) via : an elevated neck 
 of land that extended southwest from the Bay of Naples, to a 
 then existing large island that lay extant about fourteen degrees 
 longitude east from Greenwich, and thirty-nine degrees north 
 latitude ; and thence over small islands that then existed between 
 the large island and the now known main land of Sicily, at the 
 point now known as Palermo (all subsequently submerged). 
 After they had entered Quintex, in that section, they there 
 established themselves under the name of Kel-soots, where in 
 time they waxed strong as a people, when they overpowered the 
 Lucerets in that portion of Quintex, who ultimately, through 
 continued fatality by the hostilities of the Kelsoots, and later 
 absorption with the lower classes of the latter, became lost as a 
 distinct race, and the descendants that followed in this mixed 
 condition, which ultimately impregnated the whole race of Kel- 
 soots, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Sikans 
 of Sicily. Therefore, the Sikans and the Sikels of Sicily, are of 
 the same race as the Iberians, the Basques, the Ligurians, the 
 Corsicans, and the Sardinians, etc. They all descended from the 
 Jeretheans, who were left as remnants on, or migrating to the 
 various districts of their abodes, from their great country of 
 Cojel, number Two, now submerged by the waters of the Medi- 
 terranean sea. 
 
 Prior to the eighth of the ten great convulsions in southern 
 Europe, a tribe of Jeretheans and Etzentuans had migrated east- 
 ward into the section of country now submerged by the waters 
 of the Adriatic Sea, who ultimately became a large colony, termed 
 the section The-6-le on, and called themselves the Theoleons. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Adriatic Sea, two prin- 
 cipal remnants were left on its eastern shores, one in the region 
 of the now known section of Trieste, and one in the section of 
 Dalmatia, which we will call the northern and the southern 
 families. 
 
 The northern remnant, in the section of Trieste, termed that 
 section Kje-li-z6-is'tan, and called themselves, or were so called 
 by other people, the Ke-16'zists. They and their descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Liburnian races north 
 of the Danube river, and their allies, the Lithuanians, and other 
 Slavonic tribes of the northern family. 
 
 The southern remnant in the southern section of Dalmatia, 
 termed^ that section Ic-thi-esiis, and called themselves the 
 Ic-thi-e ons. They and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the modern Ancient Illyrian races, south of the 
 Danube river. 
 
 688 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 At the time that the tribe of Icthieons started on their migra- 
 tion from Dalmatia, to northwestern Greece, a tribe of the same 
 people migrated farther east from their home in Icthieon, into 
 the section now known as Illyricum, where they settled, termed 
 the section E-u-re-the-a, and called themselves the E-G-re'the-ans. 
 They and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the Ancient Illyrians of that section, who, as above stated, spread 
 out south of the Danube river. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the now known Adriatic Sea, 
 a tribe of Theoleons of Theoleon migrated south and southeast 
 along the western foothills of the then known great Calceus range 
 of mountains, to the section of the country now known as the 
 submerged section, or then valley that lay extent east and west, 
 north of the now known Candia Island, or between it and the 
 now known Agean Archipelago. About the same time that they 
 started on their migration, a tribe of Icthieons from Icthieus, or 
 the now known section of Dalmatia, migrated south and south- 
 east along the foothills of the same range of mountains, to the 
 same section north of the Candia Islands. The two tribes 
 arrived in the above named section or valley on the same day, 
 the Theoleons, however, having preceded the Icthieons but a 
 few hours. When the Theoleons saw the Icthieons descending 
 into the valley, they were filled with amazement, and their leader 
 cried out with a loud voice to the descending tribe of Icthieons. 
 saying, "Ra-es-pat'sa," meaning, we seek for the unknown warm 
 country, to which, in the same manner, the leader of the Icthie- 
 ons replied, saying, "So-re'tis," which meant, on time, and also 
 implied in search for the same, which was the case, both tribes 
 having set out for that purpose. 
 
 The two tribes being of the same stock of people, soon joined 
 issues, intermarried, and therefore, subsequently became as one 
 tribe, when they termed that section, or valley, Ne'gle, meaning 
 home of the wanderers, and called themselves the So-le'tians, 
 meaning, united forces. In subsequent time they had established 
 their principal city, which they termed Sal-cu'sy, in that part of 
 the Negle valley east from what was anciently known as the 
 Taygetus Mountains, north of the now known Cape Malia, but 
 their orgiinal hamlet consisted of huts along the foothills of the 
 Taygetus range. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the valley of Negle, and 
 the establishment of the Candia Island, a large remnant of 
 Soletians were left on the island, which they eventualy termed 
 Re-i-en'de, and called themselves the Re-i-en'dens. In stature, 
 they were about five, to five feet and eight inches. The women 
 
 689 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 were smaller than the men, their average being not above five 
 feet. Their color was a pinkish red; their eyes dark brown, 
 and some were gray; their hair was very long, straight, and 
 some was dark brown and some was black. The men had beau- 
 tiful, straight, silky, full beards, but no superfluous hair on their 
 bodies. They took much pride in the care of their hair and 
 beards. Their heads were large ; noses broad and nostrils large ; 
 mouths, large, and their under lips were drawn back in con- 
 formity with their receding chins. Their feet were large and 
 extremely broad; their hands were broad, and their fingers and 
 toes resembled claws more than those of the human race, espe- 
 cialy those of the male sex. The men wore long loose robes 
 that extended down to their knees, but were brought to the form 
 of the waist by tying them with a sash. Beneath the robe they 
 wore sort of trousers, the legs of which were broad at the bottom. 
 The women wore robes gathered full about the neck and shoul- 
 ers, and sashed down to the waist, and that extended below their 
 knees. Both men and women, generally, wore a sort of sandal, 
 but some wore a kind of shoe, or a combination of sandals with 
 lacings about their ankles, and above them, the laces or strips 
 being of various colored material. The sandals were worn in 
 the home, and the laced shoes, when going out. They had no 
 religious ideas, or adorational exercises of any inportance. Their 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the ancient 
 Eteocrates, mentioned in the Odyssey of Homer, who ultimately 
 became lost in the blood of the ancient Cretans, and more modern 
 race of Crete, or Candia. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the now known Candia, 
 Scarpanto, and Rhodes Islands, a tribe of Soletians from Negle 
 had migrated norwestward along the mountain range, into that 
 section of country on the southeast coast of the section now 
 known as Asia Minor, now submerged by the waters of the deep 
 and sheltered bay of Marmarice, lying between the anciently 
 known mountains and rugged promontory of Cynossema (now 
 Cape Alupe), and the frontier of Lycia, where they settled, 
 termed the now submerged section Ple-an'ci, and called them- 
 selves the Ple-an-ci-6es. 
 
 Subsequently, and before the establishment of the now known 
 southwest coast of Asia Minor, a tribe of Pleancioes had migrated 
 as far northeast as into the now known section of southeastern 
 Caria, where they settled on the northwest side of the Calbis 
 river, between it and the range of Mountains which rise north- 
 west of it, or at about twenty-nine degrees longitude east from 
 Greenwich, and about thirty-seven degrees north latitude, when 
 
 690 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 they termed that section Qu-ll-en'do, and called themselves the 
 Qu'dix. In subsequent time, they built their principal city, which 
 they termed Mt-in'jiis, upon the site of their first settlement, as 
 above described. They and their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Carian race proper, while a mixture of 
 some of the Qudix people with some of the Chl-ebons from 
 Gu-zan-ti-an (who at the time of the formation of the AEgean 
 Archipelago were left on the main land of Caria) became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Zeybecks or X'ebeks, who migrated 
 to the interior mountain districts of Caria, where they in their 
 partial degenerate condition became possessed with certain 
 peculiarities differing somewhat from the Carians proper. 
 
 MIGRATION OF THE CIN-E-TO'I-ENS. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the northwestern section of 
 the Mediterranean Sea, a portion of the Jeretheans were left 
 as a remnant in the section now known as northwestern Italy, 
 near the point where now is located the city of Genoa, who re- 
 mained in that section for several hundred years before the 
 establishment of the great Cinetoien migration, who termed the 
 section Cinetoie, and called themselves the Cinetoiens. Sub- 
 sequently, a tribe of their descendants began the above-named 
 migration, or system of migrations, which, after years of pursu- 
 ance by tribes of their descendants, one of the latter reached the 
 vicinity now known as France. 
 
 During the ages that intervened between the establishment of 
 the above-named system of migrations, and the ultimate arrival 
 of the tribe in the region of France, as the descending tribes went 
 forth to each new location, remnants of the various departing 
 tribes were left in the local vicinities, thus to a certain extent 
 peopling the country. The migratory course taken was through 
 the following named sections of country. First, the Cinetoiens 
 from Cinetoie started over the Hl-a-dis'ka, ranges modernly 
 known as the Alps, which they termed Ma-du'ra, meaning in their 
 language, mountains of snow. 
 
 This migration, all things considered, was the most marvelous 
 attempt of all made mention of in this treatise. We were 
 informed by the spirit of Kil-don'zie, who was one of the tribe, 
 that but comparatively few of the tribe survived the terrible hard- 
 ships they had to encounter during the migration. 
 
 After a time, the survivors arrived in the southern section of 
 the country now known as Switzerland, where they and their 
 descendants dwelt for many years, under the name of Ma-du'ras. 
 
 691 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of their descendants continued the migra- 
 tion by way of a circular course through the southwestern sec- 
 tion of Switzerland, to the vicinity of the now known city of 
 Geneva, where they established themselves as a colony, termed 
 the section Tchet-trei'son, and called themselves the Gan-he-le 
 mans. 
 
 After many years, a tribe of descended Ganhelemans con- 
 tinued the migration into the section of country now known as 
 France, when they, followed what is now known as the upper 
 Rhone river, which they termed A-ze'lend, to its junction with 
 the now known Savon, where they left the water course in search 
 of a warmer climate, and began a circular course, crossed the 
 now known Cevennen range, in the vicinity of the section now 
 known as Rhone, which range they termed the Cas-cii'thons, 
 from whence they passed to the southwestern section of the 
 country now known as Lot et Garonne, which entire country they 
 termed Fel'te-ne-ze'tes, by way of a mountain pass in the sec- 
 tion of the now known Cantals, which they termed Gat-lon'gie, 
 meaning, gateway, followed the now known Lot river, which they 
 termed Tu-su'H-6n, to its junction with the now known Garonne, 
 where they established a colony, termed the section G6n-s6-e'ses, 
 and called themselves the Giid'ling-stons. 
 
 After many years, a tribe of the Gudlingstons restimed the 
 migration, but turned their course backward, circling westward, 
 and northward, they passed from the section of Charente, to 
 that of Vienne, via : the upper Charente river, between the 
 mountain ranges, to the upper Vienne river, which they followed 
 to its junction with the Loire, where they settled and established 
 a colony, which eventually spread out along the Loire, to, and 
 beyond its junction with the Indrie. They termed the Loire 
 river, Da-sanc'to, the section of country, Ko-lais, and called 
 themselves the Co-se-an'zes. 
 
 Many years later, a tribe of the Coseanzes descendants re- 
 sumed the migration, uhtil they arrived at the now known Sein 
 river, at a point between its junction with the now known Oise, 
 and Marn, where they settled, termed the Sein river Sad'wretch, 
 the section Fal'ka-leit (the term meaning a home resting place), 
 and called themselves the Fal'karleits. They there multiplied, 
 became very numerous, and spread out to, and far beyond the 
 junction of the Oise and the Marn. 
 
 Passing through various changes physically, mentally and 
 materially, such as had place during the migration of the Cineto- 
 iens, the Maduras, the Ganhelemans, the Gudlingstons, and the 
 Coseanzes, we find the descended Falkaleits possessing the sec- 
 
 692 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tion now known as France, about one hundred years before the 
 Adomic period. Alem Prolex informs' us that the Falkaleits 
 were the true pre-historic ancestors of the now known French 
 nation, though the latter have changed considerably in regard to 
 physical characteristics, owing to the various conditions that 
 attended their descent, during the ages intervening between the 
 time of the Falkaleits and the modern French people. At first 
 they were quite uncivilized, though later in the ages, they became 
 greatly advanced. In stature, they were on an average, from 
 six, to seven feet, and were slender built. They possessed quite 
 dark skins; long features; straight, black, but long hair; full 
 short, dark beards; black, brown, dark gray, small and deep set 
 eyes ; medium high foreheads, prominent, but narrow through the 
 temples ; medium high cheek bones ; narrow and sharp, but promi- 
 nent noses; peculiar ears, they being pointed at the top, instead 
 of rounding; long arms, but hands and feet in proportion with 
 their bodies. In regard to dress, they carried out, as far as pos- 
 sible, the styles of their Jerethean ancestors of Cojel, even to the 
 last migrating tribe. 
 
 While the various migrating tribes depended upon local ma- 
 terials with which to form the farbics from which they made 
 their raiment, the Falkaleits, upon entering Falkaleit, found an 
 animal, that corresponded very closely with the modern goat, 
 only larger, which they called Tap'se-gal, the hair of which they 
 wove into the fabrics, from which they made their raiment. They 
 at first, gave no thought to religious principles, or even had any 
 idea thereof. Later on however, as they developed in various 
 ways, there arose different opinions among them, regarding an 
 invisible force that had created the sun, the moon and the stars, 
 and especially the principle of light. They thought that some 
 hand greater than their own, had formed the luminaries of the 
 heavens, but they did not then recognize the God idea in its 
 fullest sense. The difference of opinion among them caused some 
 of them to choose the sun, some the moon, and some the stars, 
 as special objects for admiration. 
 
 After a few generations, they conceived the idea of a great 
 being, who was formed like unto themselves, as having formed 
 all visible creation. This idea was brought about by a band of 
 prospectors, who when exploring in the mountains, found at the 
 base of one of the principal peaks, an opening that led to a mar- 
 velous cave, which later on, when light could be obtained, they 
 explored completely. They imagined that the great being had 
 prepared the cave for a home for them, hence the mountain to 
 them, at once became sacred, to which they made their obeis- 
 ance. They then termed the supposed being Thii'ric, and termed 
 
 693 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the mountain, Thu-ri-is-tan. For many years, the people passed 
 to and fro from the settlement to the cave, which they adopted 
 as their public shrine, and before, and in which, they held their 
 adorational assemblies, or went individually, for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Subsequent to the migration of the Cinetoiens from Cine- 
 toie, a tribe from the remnant colony of Ganhelemans in Tchet- 
 treison, as their ancestors had done, established a branch migra- 
 tory system, which was' to the northeast, in a circular route. 
 After many years of spreading out by their subsequent genera- 
 tions, and about the time that the Falkaleits had established 
 themselves by the Sadwretch river, in Falkaleit, the last tribe of 
 these wandering Ganhelemans had arrived at the central por- 
 tion of the country now known a? Germany, which they termed 
 Tin-din'ze-6n, and called themselves the Sin-e'thons. They 
 averaged from five and one-half, to six and one-half feet in stat- 
 ure. Their color was a swarthy hue. The dark complexioned 
 were slim, and the light were fleshy. Some possessed black, 
 curly hair ; black eyes ; and noses that resembled the now known 
 German Jews; they had seemingly low forehads, but that was 
 more owing to the style of wearing the hair, and were rather nar- 
 row; their cheek bones were normal; their mouths somewhat 
 drawn down at the corners, and their lips were abovt the normal 
 in thickness ; their ears, hands and feet were also normal. Some 
 possessed straight, long, dark brown hair ; full dark brown eyes ; 
 high and broad foreheads ; normal cheek bones ; broad and square 
 cut mouths, and their lips were thin ; their ears, hands and feet 
 were normal. The dark complexioned Sinethons could be said 
 to resemble the German Jews. In fact, the German Jews are di- 
 rect descendants from the dark complexioned Sinethons. Like- 
 wise, the light complexioned Sinethons resembled the modern 
 Germans, for the same reason, they having descended from the 
 light complexioned Sinethons. As a nation, they were somewhat 
 quarrelsome among themselves, which was caused by jealousy 
 between the light and dark factions, and both were hostile to any- 
 one who chanced to trespass upon their possessions. 
 
 After the establishment of the Sinethons in their Tindinzeon 
 (Germany), a tribe of the Zrineths migrated from their home in 
 Cucula (British Isles) into Tindinzeon, where they ultimately 
 mixed races with a portion of the Sinethons, which established 
 a race of people whose descendants, with passing time, became 
 the ancestors of the ancient Gauls. The women wore a sort of 
 over-gown, and a short skirt beneath. The men wore clouts, prin- 
 cipally, but when cold weather came, both men and women used 
 
 694 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 skins, worn in the style of a blanket, and shoes made of the skins 
 of a short-furred animal. They manufactured the fabric from 
 which they made their raiment, the principal material being that 
 of the long black hair of an animal then known as the Schan- 
 wreit, and which became extinct from the great slaughter that 
 took place for the purpose above mentioned. The Schanwreit 
 was a mountain animal, as large as the modern Bison, the latter 
 in its almost extinct condition, being a comparison in that regard, 
 from the fact of its having been slaughtered for its skin for robes, 
 etc., with long black hair. 
 
 The Sinethons of Tindinzeon, or the region of Germany, had 
 great adoration for the sunlight, and for fire, both of which they 
 thought to be most wonderful. They conceived the idea that a 
 great being, who had created all things, dwelt in the sun, which 
 latter they termed Ben-an'dro-zen. They were really more at- 
 tracted, however, to the flame that was produced by the fire, 
 which latter they termed Ben-an'dro, than they were by the light, 
 or the heat that radiated from the flame. They expressed their 
 adoration of those two principles by a form of worship, as fol- 
 lows : As the sun began to disappear, they built their adoration 
 fire, to take the place of its suspended light, from its departure, 
 to its coming again. They built the fire in an open field. In 
 preparing it, each person, when assembling, brought one stick of 
 wood for that purpose. Beginning with the shortest sticks, they 
 built them into a cone-shaped pile, from the center out, thus 
 causing the cone to grow higher and higher, until all the material 
 was placed on. As the sun was going down, fire was placed in 
 the center base of the cone. The assembly then formed into a 
 semi-circle on the eastern side of the cone, so as to have it be- 
 tween them and the setting sun, sacredly observing the rule never 
 to pass between the burning cone and the sun, for they had cer- 
 tain superstitious ideas regarding the effect that would be pro- 
 duced upon their individual welfare, if they passed between the 
 two great principles of light from the sun and the fire. After 
 the fire was started, manifestations were made by individual 
 jumping, or crude dancing. This was kept up until the cone was 
 entirely consumed by the fire, nothing remaining but the hot em- 
 bers, when they would disperse to their homes. 
 
 69s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 ZAN-ZU-RE'TA AND CLE-AN-DE'CI-A, 
 
 OR 
 
 GREECE AND ASIA MINOR. 
 
 TELTZIE LI. 
 
 Zan-zu-re ta was the first pre-historic name of the entire coun- 
 try of Greece, as given by the Ce-dre'6ns of Le-6n-sed'ric, or 
 Hellas, and the Ce-rethans of Je-se-e'than, or Morea (who at 
 that time were practically under one government), in honor of 
 their Ket're-dad (ruler), whose name was Zanzureta. 
 
 He'lock was its second pre-historic name, as changed by the 
 same peoples in honor of Helock, the son of Zanzureta, who suc- 
 ceeded his father as Ketredad of the two nations. 
 
 Hel'las was its third pre-historic name, as changed by the same 
 peoples, in honor of Hellas, the son of Helock, who succeeded 
 his father as Ketredad of the two nations. The term Hellas, 
 however, was handed down, from time to time, by the descend- 
 ants of these nations, to ancient history. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Ic-thi-eons in Ic-thi- 
 e'sus, a tribe of their descendants migrated southeast, along the 
 range of mountains, that separates the sections of "Herzegovina" 
 and northern "Dalmatia," thence southward along the "Pindus" 
 range, which they termed Ci-len-du'sky, until the last tribe of 
 migrators had reached the region of now known "Acarnania," 
 and "Aetolia," western Greece, where they settled east of "Lake 
 Ambrakia," which they termed Jan-te zus, and termed the sec- 
 tion Ze-can'de-z6te, but retained their former tribal name of 
 Icthieons. El-tru'll was their principal city, which had place 
 east of the "Aspru" river, about ten miles north of "Lake Tri- 
 chonis. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of Icthieons from Zecandezote, migrated 
 northeast into the section of "Thessaly," southwest of the "Te- 
 hanarty river, which latter they termed Ka-zii'trus, where they 
 settled about half way between the now known cities of "Pala- 
 mas" and "Pharsala," which section they termed San'kriit, and 
 called themseves the San'kruts.* G6n'zi-ac was their principal 
 
 ♦The Sankruts of Sankrut were the originators of the Sepulchral 
 Mounds, or Tumulus Mounds, such as are found In Thrace, and on the 
 planes o'f Marathon, the Influence having been handed down to Attica, 
 by persons migrating southward, and into Thrace, by the Cinthons, who 
 were descendants from the Sankruts. 
 
 696 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 city, which was located south of the now known Salambia river, 
 and west of, or in the vicinity of the city of "Larissa." 
 
 About the time the first tribe of Icthieons started from Ze- 
 candezote, on their migration to Sankrut, another tribe of Icthi- 
 eons from Zecandezote migrated eastward to the section of coun- 
 try between "Phthiotis" and "Phocis," and "Attica" and "Boeo- 
 tia," northwest of Lake Topolias, which latter they termed Ick'- 
 e-truse, and also the section of country, but retained the tribal 
 name of Icthieons. Fel-con'ses was their principal city, which 
 was located about fifteen miles northwest of Lake Topolias. Still 
 later, their descendants spread out southward until they had 
 reached the sections now known as Attica and Boeotia, and eveti 
 to that of "Athens," in eastern Greece, but at that time they had 
 made no change in their tribe or section names. 
 
 Subsequently,, a tribe of Icthieons migrated southwest from 
 the Athens region, into that of "Argolis" and "Corinth," of 
 "Morea," west, of the now known city of Corinth, which section 
 they termed Kel-to-plasiis, and called themselves the Kel'to-plas. 
 0-ka-len'zy was their principal city, which had place northeast 
 of "Nauplia," about one-third of the way between the now known 
 cities of "Argos^' "and "Epidaurus." 
 
 About the time that these Icthieons migrated from the Athens 
 section, another tribe of Icthieons from Zecandezote migrated 
 eastward. When enroute, they circled round the eastern coast 
 of Lake Trichonis, and entered the northern part of the section 
 now known as "Achaia," of Morea, where they settled near the 
 now known city of "Patras," which section they termed Az-en- 
 trii'si-a, and called themselves the Az-en-trii'si-ans. Tel-muz'ie 
 was their principal city, which was located in the section now 
 known as Achaia and "Elis," north of Mt. Olonos, about half 
 way between it and the mountains that have place southeast of 
 the city of Patras. 
 
 After several generations, the two tribes of Icthieons, who 
 had migrated to northwestern and northeastern Morea, had 
 spread out, one from the district of Corinth, northwest, and one 
 from the district of Patras, southeast, until they met, and being 
 of the same race of people, soon blended into one nation, when 
 they termed the northern portion of what is known as Achai and 
 Elis, and "Argolis" anH "Corinth," Jeseethan, and called them- 
 selves the Ce-re'thans, in honor of their leader, whose name was 
 Cerethan. These migrations were prior to the convulsions that 
 shattered Greece into so many parts, and created so many inland 
 waters ; hence, the last-named migrators were not hindered from 
 
 697 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 reaching their destination, by the waters of either the Gulf of Pa- 
 tris, or Corinth. 
 
 About the beginning of the Adomic period, a large tribe of 
 the more intellectual portion of the Cerethans from Jeseethan 
 (Morea), migrated southward through the section of "Arcadia." 
 En-route, they passed still further southward, over the mountains 
 that now separate Arcadia from "Laconia," into the latter-named 
 section, by way of the pass that was formed by the course of the 
 now known "E'urotas" river, which pass they termed Pru-sel'sic 
 (a mountain pass), into the great valley that extends between 
 the two ranges of mountains, anciently known as the "Taygetus" 
 (the eastern chain), and "Paron" (the western), which they 
 termed Ka-u'zic (twin ranges), that then, in their southern ex- 
 tension, reached far out into the present sea area, thus forming 
 the two promontories of "Taenarus" and "Malea," or Capes 
 Malea and Matapan, which valley they also termed Pruselsic, 
 after the mountain pass, when they followed the Eurotas river 
 course on its eastern side, to the region east of the now known 
 city of "Sparta," where they settled, termed the river Zu-e'ta, the 
 section Eu-zel'zac, and called themselves the Eu-zel'zacs. Their 
 principal city, which they termed Ce-uti-len, was located 
 between the now known Iris river and the mountains anciently 
 known as "Taygetus," at a point southeast of the now known 
 city of "Sparta," and about five miles north of thirty-seven de- 
 grees north latitude. 
 
 Prior to the formation of the ^gean archipelago, a tribe of 
 Icthieons from Icketruse, migrated southeast (along the western 
 branch of the great Cordecongo range, that extended throughout 
 northern Greece, the ^gean archipelago region into Asia Minor), 
 into the section now known as between the "Antiparos" and "Si- 
 phenos Islands," in the "Cyclades" region of the Archipelago, 
 which section they termed Gu-zen'ti-Sn, and called themselves the 
 Chi-e'bons. Their principal city which they termed Cu-ri'zo, was 
 located in a valley that had place between the now known city of 
 "Hermopolis" and the island of "Zea," in the ^gean archipelago. 
 They spread out over the country now known as the .Sgean 
 archipelago, to the present coast lines of southeastern Greece. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Chiebons in Guzentian, 
 and the Euzelzacs in Euzelzac, a tribe of Chiebons from Guzen- 
 tian, migrated westward over the then known eastern chain of 
 the Kauzic range, into Euzelzac (Laconia). Finding the Euzel- 
 zacs a hostile people, they migrated still further west, over the 
 western chain of the Kauzic mountains, that extended south- 
 
 698 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ward, through "Messenia" to the sea, thus forming the Acritas 
 Promontory, which section they termed Or-pho ciis, and called 
 themselves the Me-zu'rics. Their principal city which they also 
 termed Mezuric, was located between the now known city of 
 "Soolima," or the ancient town of "Ira," and the southern shore 
 of the Neda river that 'flows westward, into the now known "Gulf 
 of Arcadia." 
 
 After the establishinent of the Icthieons in Zecandezote, a 
 tribe of their descendants migrated southwest, into a great valley 
 that extended north and south, east of the section of "Kepbai- 
 onia," of the "Ionian Islands," which latter are remnants of a 
 great range of mountains that extended from the now known 
 western portion of "Acarnania," south and southeast, to the 
 island of "Cerigo," southern Greece, which valley they termed 
 Skr6x-a-j6'la, the mountains Sen-triox, and called themselves 
 the Skroxajolas. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Ionian Islands, and 
 the open water between them and the main land of Greece, rem- 
 nants of the Skroxajolasi were left on the island's. Their prin- 
 cipal city which they termed Ru'dl-len, was located in the section 
 now known as Cephalonia, in the vicinity of the city of "Samo," 
 or "Dilinati." As the Skroxajolas of Skroxajola, the Chiebons of 
 Guzentian, and the Mezurirics of Orphocus, were all descendants 
 from the Icthieons (see above), and their descendants peopled 
 the now known sections of the .iEgean archipelago, and it main- 
 land coasts, and also in Messenia, and on the Ionian Islands ; 
 therefore, their ultimate descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the modem ancient "Leleges" race. 
 
 About the time of the Adomic period, the Icthieons of Icke- 
 truse, re-named that section Leonsedric, and called themselves 
 the Cedreons. They were more intellectual and civilized, in 
 every way, than their brethren, the Cerethans, the super-develop- 
 ment being largely due to the planetary conditions and solar light 
 of that latitude. The influence of the civilization of the de- 
 scended Cedreons of Leonsedric, through modern ancient 
 Athens, as it reached the Cerethans of Jeseethan, brolight to 
 them a higher civilization, and at the beginning, and throughout 
 the modern ancient periods, both the descended peoples from the 
 section of Leonsedric and Jeseethan, gradually became more in- 
 tellectual and more highly civilized, in every way. In fact, 
 nearly all the descendants of the pre-historic Jeretheans, through 
 their great migration from Cojel (as they settled in certain de- 
 grees of north latitude), usually advanced in their general ideas, 
 
 699 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 as is the case with such circumstances in modern times; while 
 those south of the line, became more crude as they mixed races, 
 and existed under those climatic influences, and are facts that 
 have established the race characteristics, belonging to the modern 
 Italians, Greeks and Romans, physically and intellectually. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the .^Egean archipelago, and 
 the cutting up of the sections of Leonsedric and Jeseethan, many 
 of the people were lost by the submergence that established those 
 sections. The greater portion of the survivors, however, being 
 in Jeseethan (Morea), as far as possible, held to their former 
 attainments, intellectually and physically, while those in the 
 Archipelago became more degenerate. 
 
 The Cedreons and the Cerethans practised nudity generally. 
 The only difference being that the latter were characterized with 
 more hair on their bodies, than the former. They had no idea 
 of a God principle, in its modern sense, hence, they had no ado- 
 rational exercises; but, the Cerethans adored the Sun, as the 
 source of their benefits. 
 
 The disorder of land, infusion of waters, destruction of cities 
 and records in Jeseethan, made it impossible for the people to 
 re-instate themselves, in the same degree of civilization that they 
 possessed prior to the convulsions and changes that they brought. 
 The same might be said of the section of Leonsedric, and the 
 Cedreons. 
 
 The Cerethans of Jeseethan, or southern Greece, and their 
 descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors of the Ionian race, 
 or Pelasgic peoples of ancient Greece. 
 
 The Cedreons of Leonsedric, or northern Greece, and their 
 descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors of the Dorian 
 race, or Hellenic peoples. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Sankruts in Sankrut, 
 a tribe of their descendants started on a migration northeastward, 
 when they followed the foothills of a range of mountains that 
 then extended from the section now known as southern "Thes- 
 saly," circling northeast to the southeastern coast of "Thrace," 
 which they termed E-mac'ka, and ultimately entered the section 
 now known as Thrace, which they termed Ce-cTn'thiis, and called 
 themselves the Cin'thons. Their principal city which they termed 
 Jel-ta-cruz, was located on the site where now the city of "Adri- 
 anople" has place. They and their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the ancient "Thracians." 
 
 When the Icthieons of Icthiesus were migrating southward, 
 through the now known section of "Albania," a tribe seceded 
 
 700 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 from the colony, when they halted for a time just north of what 
 is now known as "Lake Ochrida," from whence they passed over 
 the Pindus mountains, into the section of country now known as 
 "Macedonia," and settled about twenty-two degrees longitude, 
 east from Greenwich, and forty-one degrees north latitude to 
 west of the now known "Gulf of Salonika," which section they 
 termed Cil-cu'sic, and called themselves the Tal-cii'si-ans. Their 
 principal city which they termed Vel'te-sac, was located at the 
 place where they first settled. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Sankruts in Sankrut, 
 a tribe of their descendants migrated north into the section now 
 known as Macedonia, until they came to the settlement of the 
 Talcusians, where they also settled, and the two tribes soon be- 
 came mixed and blended into one people. Their descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the ancient Macedonians, 
 and not the settlers from Thrace, as is supposed to be the case, 
 by modern writers. The fact that the Thracians were migrators 
 from Sankrut, and a part of the Macedonian blood was from the 
 same nation, and the other part from an earlier tribe of the same 
 stock, through the Icthieons, the descendants would be near 
 enough alike to cause . the error ; therefore, the mixed race of 
 Talcucians and their descendants became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the Macedonians. 
 
 Cle-an-deTci-a was the first prehistoric name of the entire 
 section of country now known as Asia Minor, given by the 
 Den'cl-es of central and western, and the So-co'triims, of east- 
 ern Cappadocia, who met in convention at Deju, the capital of 
 prehistoric Cleandecia, for that purpose. Cle an, in their lan- 
 guage, was a term that meant climbing, and the term de-ci-a, 
 referred to height, and the compound word referred to the coun- 
 try generally, as being hard to traverse on account of its 
 numerous mountain elevations. The Cleandecia, therefore, was 
 used until about the time of the beginning of the Christian era, 
 as the region of Cleandecia, or the now known section of Asia 
 Minor, was little known by the peoples of Europe or Asia prior 
 to that time, and therefore the name sustained no change until 
 the time of the disembodiment of Attains III, when a portion of 
 Cleandecia was annexed to the Roman Dominions, under the 
 name of Asia, 130 B. C, which during the early part of the 
 Christian era, became more in use, until after the fifth century, 
 when Orosius introduced the term in his writings in this sense. 
 
 Prior to the migration of the Rezendeth tribe to the sec- 
 tion now known as Cilicia, which they termed Esgenenex, and 
 
 701 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 called themselves the Esgenens, another tribe of Rezendeths 
 migrated from the northern highlands of their ancestral home, 
 northeast of the now known Red Sea, into Southeastern Syria ; 
 thence along the western coast of the Inland Sea, now known as 
 the district or section of the Syrian Desert; thence west to the 
 Dead Sea. Later they passed northeast into the section now 
 known as the Province of Mesopotamia, until they came to the 
 western shores of the Euphrates river, at about thirty-five de- 
 grees north latitude, which they followed northwestward until 
 they had entered the section now known as Cilicia, in the 
 Province of "Cappadocia," where they settled between the 
 "Anti-Taurus" mountains and "Mount Argaeus," termed 
 the section E-den'cy-c6'lis, and called themselves the Den'cies. 
 Their principal city, which they termed De ju, was located on the 
 site where the ancient town of "Mazaca," or later known as 
 "Caesarae," has place. They and their descendants became the 
 prehistoric ancestors of the Cappadocians proper, or the "Leu- 
 cosyri" (white Syrians, so called by Herodotus, to distinguish 
 them from their darker neighbors, in south Cappadocia). 
 
 When the tribe of Rezendeths were enroute to Edencycolis, 
 or central Cappadocia, where they became the Dencies, a remnant 
 pi the main tribe were left in the section now known as 
 "Melitene," in the northeastern portion of the province of Cap- 
 padocia, north of the Melas river, who retained the name of 
 Rezendeths, but did not name the section. 
 
 Subsequently to the establishment of the Esgenens in 
 Esgenenex (western Cilicia, Asia Minor), and also subsequent 
 to the arrival of the Gonthementhans in Gonthementhe 
 (Tyanitis, a province in Cappadocia), a tribe of the Esgenens 
 migrated northeast, over the Taurus range, to about thirty-eight 
 degrees north latitude, and thirty-five degrees longitude, east 
 from Greenwich, or west of the Anti-Taurus mountains, which 
 section they termed Ri-an'tl-cus, and called themselves the 
 Kii-zelans. Their principal city, which they termed Kuzelan, 
 was located on the site of their first settlement. In subsequent 
 time, the Kuzetans and the Gonthementhans mixed races, when 
 the former were lost as a distinct tribe, by the mixture. They 
 and their descendants became the prehistoric ancestors of the 
 "Tyanitis," or southern people of Cappadocia. 
 
 Subsequent to the migration of the Kuzelans, a tribe of 
 the Esgenens, who dwelt in the eastern Esgenenex (Celicia), in 
 the vicinity of the now known "Pyramus" river, migrated into 
 Cappadocia, where they settled on the southern side of the Melas 
 
 702 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 river, in a large valley which they termed S6-c6'16m, and called 
 themselves the S6-cotriims. Their principal city, which they 
 termed So-ce la, was located on the cite of their first settlement. 
 In future time, the Socotrums mixed races with the tribe of 
 Rezendeths, in the section of Melitene, and became as one people, 
 and their descendants bcame the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 Cataonians and peoples of northeastern Cappadocia. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Dencies* in Edency- 
 colis, a tribe of their descendants! migrated westward into the 
 now known province of "Phrygia," to about thirty-one degrees 
 longitude east from Greenwich, and about thirty-nine degrees 
 north latitude^ in a valley northwest of the "Adoreus" mountains, 
 which section they termed El-ta-clu'ci-a, and called themselves 
 the El-ta-clu'ci-ans. Their principal city which they termed 
 Cu-re-can'um, was located in the valley, on the site of their first 
 settlement. 
 
 . Subsequent to the establishment of the Cinthons in Cecin- 
 thus (Thrace), a tribe of their descendants migrated southeast, 
 into the central portion of "Bithynia", where they halted for a 
 time, north of the "Olympus" mountains. Not being satisfied 
 with the location, they crossed over the mountain, and the now 
 known "Sangariusi" river, where the Eltaclucians also dwelt, and 
 where, in time, the two peoples mixed ; but their descendants re- 
 tained the tribe name of Eltaclucians, and Eltaclucia and Cure- 
 canum respectively, as their section and city names. The mixed 
 race of Eltaclucians and Cinthons, and their descendants, became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the ancient Phrygians. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Cinthons in Cecinthus, 
 a tribe of their descendants migrated southeast, along the moun- 
 tain range of southeastern Thrace, through the section of coun- 
 try, now the neck of land that, but for the Bosphorus, would con- 
 nect Thrace and Bithynia (which was the condition at that 
 time), when they passed into the section now known as central 
 Bithynia, where they settled in a valley between the mountains 
 east of lake "Ascania," or east of where the Callus flows into 
 the Sangarius, which valley they termed Et-ci'ne-us, and called 
 themselvesi the Et-ci'ne-6ns. Their principal city which they 
 termed Gle-is'ta, was located on the site of their first settlement. 
 They and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of 
 the ancient Bithyni, and ultimate Bithynians. 
 
 Still later, a tribe of the Etcineons from Etcineus, migrated 
 
 •It was through the Influence of the Dencies that the monuments of 
 grreat antiquity have place throughout Cappadocia, Lydia, Phrygia and 
 Lyconla, by migratory Influences. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 northeast into ancient Paphlagonia, where they settled in a great 
 Valley, in the central portion of that province, about thirty-four 
 degrees longitude east from Greenwich, on the east side of the 
 now known Amrias river, termed the section Jet-a-ren'ga, and 
 called themselves the Jet-a-ren'gas. Their principal city which 
 they termed En-gos'tie, was located on the site of their first set- 
 tlement. They and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the very ancient Paphlagonians, that appear in the 
 Homeric catalogue of the allies of Priam, during the Trajan 
 War. 
 
 About the time that the Cinthons started on their migration 
 to the Bithynian section, another large tribe of the same people 
 migrated southeast, into the section of country known as ancient 
 Mysia, where they located on the western side of Macestus river, 
 in the valley where the river bends east, north and then west, 
 below where the three upper tributaries flow into it, which sec- 
 tion they termed Hy-u-ra'tiis, and called themselves the Hy-u- 
 ra'tons. 
 
 About the time that the Hyuratons became settled in Hjmra- 
 tus, a large tribe of Ken'de-cus from Stil-can'di-iis (Lyconia) 
 migrated westward into the vicinity of the Hyuratons, where in 
 time the two tribes mixed, and their descendants retained the 
 terms Hyuratons and Hyuratus, as their tribal and section names 
 respectively. Their principal city, which they termed Cre-ce'na, 
 was on the site of their first settlement. The descendants of this 
 mixed race, became the pre-historic ancestors of the ancient 
 Mysians. 
 
 When the Hyuratons, enroute to the Mysian section, arrived 
 in the central portion of Phrygia, contentions arose among them 
 as to the course they should pursue, which resulted in a separa- 
 tion of the tribe, when a part diverged from the original course 
 of the route, and passed southwest, into the section of Lydia, 
 and thence, south of the Temnus mountains, when they followed 
 the Hyltus river to its confluence with the Hermus, where they 
 settled in a valley east of the latter, and north of that portion of 
 the former, which section they termed La ci-us, in honor of their 
 leader, whose name was Lacius, and called themselves the Laci- 
 ans. Their principal city they also termed Lacius, which was 
 located on the site of their first settlement. They and their de- 
 scendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the ancient "Mae- 
 onicians" of whom Homer wrote, or the "Meiones," who are re- 
 corded in the writings of Herodotus, and "Maeones," by other 
 writers. Their historical descendants were the "Maeones," who 
 
 704 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 inhabited the district of the upper "Hermus," where their town, 
 anciently called "Maeonia" (now Mennen) existed, according to 
 both Pliny and Hercules. 
 
 After the establishment of the Ple-an'ci-oes in the valley of 
 Ple-an'ci (now submerged by the Bay of Marmarice), remnants 
 were left on the frontier of Lycia, where they settled in the cen^ 
 tral portion, or section anciently known as "Milyas," in a large 
 marshy valley, north oi the "Chimaera" mountains, which sec- 
 tion they termed O-le-ce-en'to, and called themselves the O-le- 
 ce-en'toes. Subsequently, they became scattered as a colony, and 
 therefore as such, were practically lost; but a few were left, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the pecu- 
 liar ancient race, now known as the "Zeybecks," who occupy the 
 southern comer of the peninsula of Asia Minor, and also the 
 "Milyans" of whom Herodotus wrote, who occupied the rugged 
 mountain districts, in the northeast of Lycia. 
 
 After the s catterment bf the Oleceentoes, a tribe of Esgeneils 
 from western Esgenenex (Cilicia) migrated into the section bf 
 Lycia, when they settled along the northern foothills of that por- 
 tion of the Haurus mountain that has place in southern Lyda, 
 between the "Climax" and the "Massicytes" ranges, or a little 
 east of the thirtieth degree longitude east from Greenwich, which 
 section they termed Nonco-ti-a, and called themselves the N6-co'- 
 ti-ans. Their principal city which they termed Nocotia, was lo- 
 cated on the southwestern side of the Massicytes range, south of 
 their junction with the "Chimaera" mountains, or on the latitude, 
 about parallel with the now known towns of "Pinara" and "I-i- 
 myria," in southern Lycia, they having moved southward from 
 their first settlement, prior to the establishment of their city of 
 Nocotia. 'They and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors bf the ancient "Termilae," of whom Herodotus wrote, 
 or "Tremilae," as Hecataeus called them, and as the name also 
 appears in the native inscriptions, and known to the Greeks as 
 "Syrians." 
 
 When the migrating Pleancio£S were about entering the sec- 
 tion of "Caria," they differed as to the course they should pur- 
 sue in their further migration, which caused a separation of the 
 tribe, when a portion of them diverged from the original plan, 
 and passed eastward into the section of "Pisidia," where they set- 
 tled in the western central portion, near the "Mountain For- 
 tress," on "Crema," or in the anciently known Valley of "Ces- 
 trus," which section they termed Ic-the-o'sis, and called them- 
 selves the A-man'co-ches. Thfeir principal city which they 
 
 70s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 termed Ges-ti'linth, was located on the site of their first settle- 
 ment. They and their descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the ancient Pisidians. 
 
 After the establishment of the Amancoches in Ictheosis, a 
 tribe of their descendants migrated still farther eastward, into 
 the section of "Lycaonia," where they settled in the southwestern 
 portion, in the . vicinity of the ancient town of "Lystra," which 
 section they termed Nq-co tra, and called themselves the N6- 
 co'trans. Their principal city, which they also termed Nocotra, 
 was located on the site where the ancient town of Lystra subse- 
 quently had place. They and their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the ancient Lyconians. 
 
 After the establishment of the Nocotrans in Nocotra, a tribe 
 of their descendants migrated still farther eastward, and entered 
 the section of "Cappadocia," anciently known as "Tyanitis," 
 where they settled along the river, near the town anciently known 
 as "Tyana," which section they termed Gon-the-men'the, and 
 called themselves the Gon-the-men'thens. Their principal city, 
 which they termed Ce-6'sis, was located on the site where the 
 ancient city of Tyana had place. They and their descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the southern Cappadocians. 
 
 The original Gonthementhans became very much degenerated, 
 and in a low condition ; but as subsequent generations passed by, 
 they rose from the degenerate condition of their ancestors, and 
 therefore made considerable progress in many ways. In stat- 
 ure, they were from five to five and a half feet; were fleshy in 
 body, but had slender limbs. They were of a peculiar color, 
 their foreheads being dark, but their cheeks of a yellowish hue, 
 the latter growing more intense, or marked, all over tbeir bodies, 
 as the generation descended. [They had medium-sized heads, 
 very low, receding foreheads ; black, short, tightly-curled hair on 
 their heads, and bodies also, to a certain extent ; small, but sharp 
 and piercing eyes ; broad, monkey-like noses ; large mouths, with 
 thin lips ; small feet and hands, but their fingers and toes re- 
 sembled more the claws of animals, than those of the human. 
 They were entirely nude. Their only protection from cold was 
 the superfluous suit of hair on their bodies. At that time they 
 had no religious ideas, but later, they practised superstitious 
 rites, and adhered to the principle of sanctity, such as is known 
 to have existed with the ancient Cappadocians, and other peoples 
 of Asia Minor. 
 
 About the time of the Adomic period, a tribe of the Cinthons 
 from Cecinthus (Thrace), migrated southeastward into Asia 
 
 706 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Minor, when they settled in "Galatia," in the vicinity of the 
 ancient town of 'Pessmus," whish section they termed! Eth-ber- 
 gii'den, and called themselves the Eth-ber-gu'dens. Their prin- 
 cipal city which they termed Klin-ti-dn'za, was located on the 
 site where the ancient town of "Pessmus" now has place. They 
 and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 ancient tribe of "Tolistobogii," of western Galatia. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Ethberguden descendants mi- 
 grated southeast, into the central section of Galatia, where they 
 settled about thirty-four degrees longitude east from Greenwich 
 and forty degrees north latitude, east of the main central tribu- 
 tary to the Halys river, which section they termed Or-ti-lemiix, 
 and called themselves the Or-ti-le'mi-ans. Their principal city 
 which they termed Tet'u-es, was located on the site of their first 
 settlement. They and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Tectosages," tribes, who anciently dwelt in cen- 
 tral Gallatia. 
 
 About the time that the Chotians arrived in Neichotusi (see 
 below), a tribe of Gonthementhans from Gonthementhe (Cappa- 
 docia), migrated northeast into the eastern portion of Gallatia, 
 where they settled east of the mountains, in the section of 
 'Trocnii" (southeastern Gallatia), which sectHonthey termed 
 Ja-lu'ci-a, and called themselves the Ja-lti'ci-ans. Their princi- 
 pal city which they termed Jalucia, was located on the site of 
 their first settlement. They and their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the Trocmi tribes, who were known to 
 have dwelt in eastern Gallatia. 
 
 After the establishment of the Ortilemians in Ortilemux, a 
 tribe of their descendants migrated northeast, into "Pontis," 
 where they settled in the valley east of the "Iris" river, near the 
 point of its junction with the Lycus, which section they termed 
 Ne-i-cho'tiis, and called themselves the Cho'tl-ans. Their princi- 
 pal city which they termed Le-y'6x, was located on the site of 
 their first settlement. They and their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the "Chaldeans," or "Chalybes;" the 
 "Tibareni," the "Mosynoeci," and the "Marotones," of northeast- 
 ern "Pontis." 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of Chotians migrated south from Nei- 
 chotus, into Cappadocia, where they settled on the north side of 
 the Halys river, at about thirty-six degrees longitude east from 
 Greenwich, which section they termed Li-du-e tas. Their princi- 
 pal city which they termed Lidueta, was located on the site of 
 their first settlement. The Greeks termed this branch of Cappa- 
 
 707 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 docians "Leucosyri," or "white Syrians." This was on account 
 of the yellowish hue that characterized their ancestors, the Cho- 
 tians, which characteristic developed into a general or specific 
 complexion, that characterized the Cappadocians of that section. 
 
 After the establishment of the Dencies in Edencycolis (Cap- 
 padocia), a large tribe of their descendants migrated eastward, 
 to the foothills of the Anti-Taurus mountains, thence northeast, 
 through a mountain pass, and entered the section of "Armenia- 
 Minor," where they settled in a large valley, about thirty-eight 
 and one-half degrees longitude east from Greenwich, which sec- 
 tion they termed Choc'e-tal, and called themselves the Choc'e- 
 talsi. Their principal city which they termed Hi-e-mani-a, was 
 located on the site of their first settlement. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the descended Chocetals of Choce- 
 tal, migrated southeast, to lake "Van," or "Aghtamar," which 
 section they termed Ba-se-a-ran'er, and called themselves the 
 Bos'tras, and termed the lake Bos'tra. 
 
 After the establishment of the Bostras in Basearaner, a tribe 
 of Sokotras (who had become mixed with the remnant Rezen- 
 deths of Cappadocia, who were left in the section of Melitine) 
 migrated eastward, until they arrived in the section of Basea- 
 raner, already occupied by the Bostras, whose descendants re- 
 tained the tribe name of Bostras, and the section name of Ba- 
 searaner. Their principal city, which they termed Cre'za, had 
 place where the ancient city of "Van" is located. They and their 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the "Armeni- 
 ans" proper. 
 
 708 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 SWA-DIS'KAN AND E-NEN-DOR-NE'NE. 
 
 OR 
 
 CHINA AND SIBERIA. 
 
 TELTZIE LII. 
 
 Sua-disCkan (tlie promised land) was the first prehistoric 
 name of China, as given by the Ken'ter-sends of Zan-cus'te-zum. 
 The leaders of the migrating people promised them a final home, 
 which was to be the region of the "rising sun." When they 
 reached the Pacific waters, and could go no farther, toward the 
 rising Sun, they abandoned the idea, settled in that region, and 
 termed the entire country Swadiskan, a name it bore until about 
 five hundred years after the beginning of the Adomic period, 
 when it was changed to Sl-na'e, and still later to Se-res, which 
 latter remained in use until it was known as the Empire of 
 "Carhany." 
 
 After the establishment of the Kentersends in In-de-gris'te, 
 the Laz'er-ends in Sen'e-cutes, and the Tim'me-nons in Shaf'fi- 
 6n, their descendants established a system of migrations, viz : the 
 Kentersends and the Lazerends eastward into China, and the 
 Timmenons southward into "Hindustan." * 
 
 The Kentersends migrated first into "Little Tibet." Enroute, 
 they passed along the southern slopes of the "Hindu Kush" 
 mountains, over the great plateau of "Tibetan," by way of the 
 "Indus" river basin, along the Gorge of the western range of the 
 Himalay mountains, through which the river bursts, into the sec- 
 tion of Little Tibet, thence northeast to the "Kuen Lun" moun- 
 tains, or about thirty-five degrees north latitude and thirty-eight 
 degrees longitude east from Greenwich, to between the moun- 
 tains and the northern portion of the "Lingzi" plane, where they 
 settled, termed the mountains Gre-te-z6n, the section Mun-ku-du 
 sen, and retained the tribal name of Kentersends. After many 
 generations, they became a numerous people. 
 
 Subsequently, a large tribe of their descendants migrated 
 southward, form Munkudusen, to the region of the Himalay 
 mountains, which latter they termejl En-gus-te-nen'go, along 
 which subsequent descended tribes continued the migration, until 
 they had arrived in the section now known as the source of the 
 "Pechoa" river, at the southern cross section of the "Yingling" 
 
 709 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mountains. During this part of the migration, small remnants 
 from the main tribes were left in various sections along the 
 northern border of the Himalayas, from which, descended tribes 
 migrated northward, into southern and central Tibet, where they 
 settled in various localities. 
 
 When the main tribe of Kentersends had reached the Pechoa 
 river, they contended as to which course of migration they should 
 pursue, which resulted in a separation of the tribe into two di- 
 visions, which we will term the northern and the southern. The 
 northern passed northward, along the western slopes of the Yun- 
 ling mountains, until they arrived at the northern section of the 
 range, and the southeastern section of the "Siueh Shan" range, 
 between which they passed. They then continued northward, 
 along the eastern foothills of the Siueh Shan mountains ; thence 
 between the ranges lying to their northeast, and the "Peling" 
 mountains, which latter they followed northward, on their east- 
 ern side, to about a hundred and nine degrees longitude east from 
 Greenwich, where they settled for a time, termed the section 
 Ar-Tska-bi-las, and retained the tribe name of Kentersends. 
 
 Subsequently, the main portion of the colony continued the 
 migration, when they passed eastward along the bank of the 
 "Wei" river, to its confluence with the "Yellow" river, which lat- 
 ter they followed eastward on its south side, to about a hundred 
 and fifteen degrees longitude east from Greenwich, where the 
 river turns its course northeastward; where they left its course 
 and passed northeast, into "Shan-tung," China. There they set- 
 tled in the western central portion, on the "Ta-wan" river, be- 
 tween the "Yih" mountains and the now known "Grand Canal," 
 which section they termed I-u'ta-ny, the river Ge-lTs'ti-ses, and 
 called themselves the Oc-to-shans. Their principal city, which 
 they termed Am-ne'thus, was located on the site where the town 
 of "Tain-gan" has place. 
 
 After the main tribe of Kentersends left their section of Aris- 
 kabilas, the remnant people multiplied, until they became a large 
 colony, from which various tribes spread out into different sec- 
 tions of the now Tcnown provinces of "Shen-si" and 'Kan-suh." 
 
 The southern division of the main tribe, followed the now 
 known "Kin-sha-Keang," or "River of the Golden Sands," which 
 they termed Ce-lTs-I-cuse', to where the latter turns north, into 
 the province of "Sez-chuen," China, where they halted fcr a 
 short time. Contentions then arose among them as to the course 
 for their further migration, which resulted in a division of the 
 tribe. The main portion, however, followed the southern banks 
 of the "Yang Tse Kiang" river, which latter they termed U-el' 
 
 710 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ti-non, until they arrived at about a hundred and nine degrees 
 longitude east from Greenwich, in the southeastern portion of 
 the section of "Sez-chuen," where they settled, termed th sc- 
 tion Ar-pho dese, but retained their former tribe name of Kenter- 
 sends. 
 
 After several generations, the main portion of the colony con- 
 tinued the migration, when they passed along the southern shores 
 of the Ueltizon river, and finally arrived in the southeastern por- 
 tion of the now known city of "Nankin," which section they 
 termed Kechiick, but retained their former tribe name of Ken- 
 tersends. 
 
 Subsequent to the departure of the main tribe of Kentersends 
 from Arphodes, or northern Sze-chuen, the remnant portion re- 
 tained both tribe and section names, and their descendants ulti- 
 mately spread out into the now known province of Sze-chuen, 
 south, and southeast, into the province of "Kwei-chow." 
 
 When the southern division of the Kentersends separated at 
 the north bend of the Ueltizon river, the branch of the main tribe 
 passed southeast to the north side of the "Nanling" mountains, 
 where they settled for a time, along their northern slopes, termed 
 the mountains Lin-ta-shaza (a long winding range), the section 
 Con-su'en, but retained the tribe name of Kentersends. 
 
 Subsequently, the main portion of the descendants resumed 
 the migration, when they left the mountain range at the eastern 
 section of the province of "Kwang-se," and paSsed northward, 
 until they came to the upper eastern tributary of the "Yuen" 
 river, which latter they followed northeast, around the now 
 known lake "Tung-ting," to the Ueltizon river, which they fol- 
 lowed at different periods of time, until they arrived at the sec- 
 tino now known as "Kiang-su," or in the 'Nankin" vicinity, 
 where their descended brethren of the main southern division 
 had settled, but a short time prior to their arrival. 
 
 Ultimately, the two tribes joined issues, forgot the old con- 
 tentions of their ancestors, and waxed strong as a nation, when 
 they retained the section name of Kechuck, and the tribe name 
 of Kentersends. Their principal city they termed Tu-go'ry 
 (four tribes), which term referred to the blending of the four 
 tribes, viz. the Kentersends of Kuchuck and the Octoshans of 
 lutany, who were descendants from the Kentersends, and their 
 migrating remnants, Kentersends of Arphodese, into southeastern 
 China, of which Tugory was the capital. The name Tugory re- 
 mained in use until in the first part of the Adomic period, when 
 it was changed to Sin-i-cu'lese, and so remained until later, when 
 it was again changed to "King-ling," as originally known under 
 
 7" 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the Han dynasty about 206 B. C. At the time that the city was 
 named Tugory, the entire portion of China south of the now 
 known 'Great Wall of China," was termed Zen-ciis'te-zum, a 
 term in the Kentersend language, that meant "East, West, North 
 and South, as did the term Zin-ti-zan'tiim of the Lazerends, or 
 more particularly the four cardinal points toward which the four 
 above-named tribes had spread out, who ultimately blended into 
 one nation. 
 
 In the early part of the Adomic period, a tribe of the Oc- 
 toshans of luthaney, migrated north into the section now known 
 as the Province of Chih-li, where they settled north of the "Pei- 
 Ho" river, in the vicinity of the now known city of "Pekin," 
 which section they termed Ha-shu'shan, and called themselves 
 the Hashushans. Their principal city, which they termed Cal-ti- 
 shuas was located on the site where now the city of Pekin has 
 place. About the beginning of the Adomic period, the name was 
 changed to Ti-un'gl-Shan, which latter was retained until it was 
 changed to Peking, and later to Pekin. 
 
 The early Kentersends of the pre-historic city of Tugory, and 
 country of Zencustezum, were somewhat changed, physically, in 
 comparison with their ancestors, the Kentersends of the region 
 of Thuriistic. 
 
 In stature, they averaged about six feet, were slender, or an- 
 gularly built; though they possessed very large joints. Their 
 arms were long, hands normal, but their fingers were also long; 
 their feet were large and flat ; their skins very dark ; their hair 
 long and black, and they also had considerable on different parts 
 of the body, especially up and down their spines, a fact that 
 showed a development from the more animal, or low condition 
 physically that had characterized some of their ancestors, toward 
 the more human condition in that respect, that characterized the 
 peoples of subsequent time. They had large, deep set, slightly 
 angular, black eyes; receding foreheads, though they projected 
 above the eyes, and their ears were large. The males wore sim- 
 ply a clout, and the females wore loose trousers that covered 
 the hips and thighs. The garments were made from the furred 
 skins of a species of animal then known as the Ke dent (now 
 extinct) . It was an animal that inhabited the mountains princi- 
 pally, and was about the size of a modern hound ; had soft, dark 
 gray hair, about such as characterizes the modem maltese cat. 
 
 The early Kentersends of Zencustezum recognized light as a 
 great principle that came to guide them in all matters. There- 
 fore, they adored the sun, moon and stars as containing the prin- 
 
 yi2 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ciple of light, which latter they termed In'sha, meaning light, in 
 the Kentersend language, and to w^ich they erected an Idol, or 
 Image, under the same name. Their general belief was that the 
 planets had power over the earth and its people. They thought 
 the sun to be their guide, or leader, by day, and the moon and 
 star by night. When the sun was invisible during the day, and 
 the moon and stars at night, they thought their leaders were lost, 
 but that they would, in due time, return again. Strange as it 
 may seem, the first appearance of the crescent moon was to them 
 a sight more to be adored than was the glory of the rising sun ; 
 from the fact that they thought thei greater help came from 
 the light that led them at night. Therefore, the first appearance 
 of the crescent new moon was the stated time for their adora- 
 tional assemblies, worship, and feasting. 
 
 The idol worshipped as representing Insha, was constructed 
 as follows : A large block of wood about five feet in height was 
 erected on one of the commons of their settlement, on which was 
 stained a large circle. Within the circle, on its center, was rep- 
 resented the half arisen disc of the sun. Above it, on each side, 
 and beneath it, was represented sets of three stars. Below the 
 lower set of stars was represented the crescent moon as lying on 
 its back, and lastly, beneath the crescent moon was another set 
 of three stars. The assembly and feast were always held, 
 whether the moon appeared or not, as might be occasioned by 
 clear or cloudy weather; therefore, when cloudy, they simply as- 
 sembled and held their feast, from the fact that it was always 
 prepared beforehand, but they entered into no adorational exer- 
 cise. 
 
 The adorational and worshipful exercises consisted in gather- 
 ing about Insha, when they would, in concert, give utterance to 
 a sort of vocal chant, which was followed by dancing, when 
 each individual proceeded in the style of his own idea. This was 
 done as the moon was rising, after which they held their feast. 
 Their feast consisted of roasted fowls, fish, and a quantity of 
 various natural fruits. These were served upon a great table, 
 or block of stone, the top of which had been cut down to a flat 
 surface. After the feast was completed, they returned to their 
 several abodes. 
 
 By this time, the Kentersends of Munkudusen began to 
 change in regard to domestic life. Vegetables were added as 
 an accompaniment to their fruit and flesh food. Plaited fabric 
 garments took the place of a skin raiment, the former being made 
 from the leaf and stem skins of a plant then known as the Ke-u' 
 
 713 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 get, a. juicy plant, in resemblance to the modem Rhubarb. The 
 juice was made into a drink. The leaf and stem skins were made 
 into warp, and hair was twisted into strips for the woof. The 
 fabric was woven while the strips of skin from the Keuget were 
 fresh, so that in drying, the contraction of the skins would hold 
 the filling more tightly. 
 
 About two hundred years before the Adomic period, at the 
 close of the long line of migration (see above), the Kentersends 
 were confronted by the waters of the great Northern Pacific, and 
 could go no farther; hence, turned their attention to a location 
 and settlement, and to establish a hamlet, which at first consisted 
 of mere huts, constructed from limbs of trees and sod. 
 From this condition, a general development had place through 
 subsequent ages, and ultimately resulted in the city of "Tiungi- 
 Shan," and still later, the city of "Pekin." 
 
 The first morning after their arrival in the North Pacific re- 
 gion, worn and fatigued by their long migration in search of 
 their promised home, where the sun rose, on awakening, they 
 saw the sun rising, and as it appeared to them as coming from 
 out the water, they were filled with wonder and new life; a fact 
 which they iexpressed by shouting, "So-lis'tre, c6-lin'se, su-en'za" 
 (We are still nearer to thee). As they developed livelihood util- 
 ities, intellectuality and civilization advanced and physical changes 
 were brought about. They advanced in the idea of weaving, by 
 the use of the cotton from a plant then known as the Klu'ket 
 (which resembled the modern "milk weed"), in place of hair, 
 and the bark of a shrub, much like the modern "Moose Wood" 
 (then known as the Cil'ti-ze), in place of the skins of the Keu- 
 get. These fabrics were made into two garments. The upper 
 one was a sort of narrow blouse, and the lower one was a nar- 
 row skirt that extended to below the knees. iBoth the men and 
 the women wore the same style of garments. 
 
 Later, they developed the idea of better weaving, and finer 
 wrought fabrics. In the place of the cotton of the Kluket plant, 
 they used the hair from animals then known as the De-ki'she, 
 long since extinct. They were then very plentiful, both wild and 
 domestic, but harmless, and were about the size of a new bom 
 calf ; had long shaggy hair, of black, brown, and were also ash, 
 or dark gray colors ; long, slender legs, and beautiful, expressive 
 eyes. Their hair was annually cut from their bodies, similar to 
 that of the wool from the modern sheep. 
 
 The Lazerends, in pursuance of their migration, passed along 
 the northern side of the "Hindu Kush" mountains, over the great 
 
 714 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Plateau now known as "Pamir," to the section of country also 
 known as Pamir, from which they followed the watercourses, 
 down the eastern slopes to the valleys below ; thence to the south- 
 ern slopes of the now known "Thian Shan" mountains, where 
 they settled in the vicinity of the now known town of "Kutche," 
 between the mountains and the "Tarim" river, which former they 
 termed Chis-son'do, and the section E-u-riz el, but retained the 
 tribal name of Lazerends. Their principal city, which they 
 termed Bus-ke-let', was located on the site of their first settle- 
 ment. 
 
 The Lazerends and their descendants from Muckechan, 
 spread out into the entire section now known as "Mantchooria," 
 and ultimately became a large nation. They built their capital 
 city, which they termed Ku-lent'zi-6, northeast of their earlier 
 city of Buskelet, between the now known "Sikota" mountains, 
 their western parallel range, which mountains they termed Kle- 
 dis'ta (twin mountains). The site of the city was on the banks 
 of the now known "Usuri" river, or southern branch of the 
 "Amoor," which latter they termed Cli-is'ta, or on the site where 
 now the town of "Kimgoola" has place. 
 
 At the time of the departure of the Lazerends from Eurizel, 
 on their migration eastward, a remnant of the tribe was left, who 
 retained the original tribe and section names. Their principal 
 city which they termed Al'ber-shang, was located on the site 
 where now the town of "Kutche" has place. 
 
 After the establishment of the Lazerends in northeastern Chi- 
 nese Tartary, they termed all that portion of the Cihnese Em- 
 pire north of the now known Great Wall of China, Zin-tl-zan'- 
 tum, which term in the Lazerend language (as was the case with 
 Zencustezum of the Kestersends), referred to the four cardinal 
 points, viz., East, West, North and South, in which directions 
 the people of the cities of Buskelet and Kulentzio, and the sec- 
 tion of Muckechan had spread out, inhabitants of Zintizantum, 
 the region of the Amoor river, and further northeastward, along 
 its course, and into the region of the now known western portion 
 of the "Saghalien Island." 
 
 The section between the two cities represented the most civi- 
 lized portion of the inhabitants, who were the people who orig- 
 inally established the idea of a dividing line between themselves 
 and the Kentersends of the southern portion of the country, or 
 Zintizantum, which condition in subsequent time (or after the 
 breaking out of the Modern Chinese Wars) gave rise to the 
 building of the Great Chinese Wall, which is a re-conceived idea 
 
 715 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of separation between the northern and southern portions of the 
 country, and people, thus inspired and further influenced by spirit 
 intelligences, who were, in their earth life, contemporaneous 
 with the pre-historic idea as entertained, and to a certain degree, 
 carried out by the pre-historic Lazerends and Kentersends, who 
 are the pre-historic ancestors of the Chinese. The Lazerends of 
 Eurizel were about the same, physically, as those of Senecutes. 
 They had improved somewhat, in their modes of livelihood, and 
 preparation for the same. They clad themselves more com- 
 pletely, though still with furred skins. 
 
 In the city of Kulentzio, and its vicinity, they grew to be more 
 fleshy than muscular; a little lighter in color in some cases, and 
 in others remained about the same. Their heads were not so 
 large as those of their ancestors, the Rezendeths, but nearer the 
 normal size. Their hair had grown to be a little straighter and 
 longer. Their eyes, in some cases, had changed from black to a 
 dark brown color, though the majority were still black, all being 
 peculiar, from the fact that they had a squinty appearance, and 
 were small. Their mouths were broad; lips pouching; ears nor- 
 mal; chins quite receding, and characterized with very thin or 
 scanty beards. They had discarded the use of skin and fur rai- 
 ment, and made their garments by plaiting rushes into aprons, 
 using barks for the warp. Later on, they wore a skirt of the 
 same material. Still later, they used the same material for their 
 fabrics, excepting that in place of using bark for warp, the 
 women prepared hair by pulling it out into rolls, which they 
 twisted for that purpose, thus making the garments a little softer 
 to the skin than the bark was. The preparation of both kinds of 
 material was the work of the women; while hunting and fishing 
 were the duties of the men. 
 
 In this section they got their first idea of cereal food, and its 
 cultivation and utility as a food, in connection with that of flesh 
 and fruits. The discovery was made by four huntsmen, who 
 were digging in the earth for burrowed game. About them grew 
 a cereal plant then known as the Sii-en ez, that bore cereals about 
 the size of a small navy bean, that was oblong, or one side 
 curved, and the other right or left oblique form, which during the 
 ages of its descendance has appeared in modern time as the now 
 known "Buckwheat." As the huntsmen sat on the ground to 
 rest the while, an animal then known as the Cru'lix, was eating 
 of the Suenez. It was about the size of a modern sheep, and 
 characterized with long, curly white hair ; slender body, and 
 limbs ; long, bushy tail ; large head, but pointed nose, much like 
 
 716 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the modern wolf; and long since extinct. The animal arrested 
 the attention of the huntsmen who, seeing it eat of the cereals, 
 also tasted of them, and found them good for food. Henceforth 
 the people began the cultivation of the plant for that purpose. 
 
 The early Lazerends of the pre-historic cities of Buskelet 
 and Kulentzio, and the country of Zencustezum, like the early 
 Kentersends of Consuen and Zencustezum, had changed some- 
 what, physically, from the conditions that characterize their an- 
 cestors, of the region of Senecutes. In stature they were about 
 six feet; were generally fleshy, of the flabby order; their legs 
 from the knees down were massive, and the joints exceptionally 
 large ; their feet were large, short, broad and flat ; their arms and 
 hands were in harmony with their bodies ; their skins were very 
 dark ; their hair black, and of various styles, that of the males be- 
 ing straight, but that of the females was wavy, or slightly curly ; 
 some thin, scattering hair characterized their bodies; their eyes 
 were black, quite angular, and large, but had a squinted appear- 
 ance ; their foreheads were somewhat low, or perhaps medium ; 
 their heads flattish on top ; their ears quite round and of medium 
 size, and were characterized with a considerable growth of short 
 hair on them, in harmony with a heavy growth around the lower 
 part of the head, that partially covered them. They were a very 
 indolent people, lived on animal food principally, hence fleshy 
 and flabby in appearance. The raiment worn by both males and 
 females was alike. It was simply a strip of fabric which they 
 wove or plaited from fibers and hair, and was thrown carelessly 
 around the waist, the ends of which hung down to the knees. At 
 times, some of them went entirely nude, being clad or not, as 
 they chose. 
 
 The early Lazerends of Zintizantum, being very ignorant, 
 had no definite idea in regard to a God principle, and therefore 
 erected no idols, and held no stated adorational assemblies. 
 However, they felt that in the Sun, Moon and Stars, that shone 
 above them, there was something marvelous, and far beyond 
 their understanding, and therefore, individually, whenever they 
 caught the first glimpse of either the Sun, Moon, or Stars, they 
 would bow low to the ground, then proceed on their way. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the inhabitants in the 
 country of Zencustezum, two large tribes of Kentersends mi- 
 grated southward to the southern border of Zencustezum. One 
 from their section of Arphodese who, enroute, passed through the 
 western portion of the now known Province of "Hoo-pi," and 
 also of "Hoo-nan," to the eastern side of the northern bend of 
 
 717 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the now known Nanling mountains; thence southward into the 
 now known Province of "Kuang-se," to the valley between the 
 "Zwei-kiang," or "Cinnamon" river, and the "Se-keang," near 
 their junction, which section they termed Vack'a-re-6n, the river 
 Be-than'thiis, and called themselves the Vack-a-reons. After 
 many generations, they had spread out westward, and northward, 
 along the various tributaries of the "Ki-keang" river, and east- 
 ward into the western portion of the now known Province of 
 "Kwang-tung." Their principal large city, which they termed 
 Cuze-rox, was located on the site of their first settlement, and 
 ultimately became the capital city of Vackareon. 
 
 About the time that the above-named tribe started from their 
 section of Arphodese, the other of the two tribes of Kentersends 
 started on their migration southward, from their section of Ke'- 
 chuck, when they passed through the now southeastern portion 
 of the Province of "Gan-hwuy," and the western portion of the 
 Province of "Che-keang," and followd the eastern slopes of the 
 now known "Bohea Hills," into the northeastern portion of the 
 now known Province of "Kwang-tung," where they settled on the 
 western side of the now known "Tung-keang," or "east river," 
 east of the now known town of "Sienpring," which section they 
 termed Cel-len'the-con, and for a time retained their former tribe 
 name of Kentersends. Their principal city, which they also 
 termed Cellenthecon, was located upon the site of their first set- 
 tlement. After several generations, they had spread out west- 
 ward and southward, in the now known Province of "Kwang- 
 tung," at which time the two peoples, viz: themselves and the 
 Vackareons met, and being of the same race, soon become as one 
 people, when the Kentersends of the Cellenthecon section, 
 changed their name to that of Vackareons, and their section to 
 Vackareon. 
 
 They, being descendants of the Kentersends of the city of 
 Consuen, and the country of Zencustezum, in a physical sense, 
 were about the same as their ancestors, and so remained until 
 about the time when began Modern history. They were an ex- 
 tremely indolent people, who never labored when they could 
 avoid it, and therefore would lie around on the ground in groups, 
 like cattle of the fields in modern times. They subsisted upon 
 fruits, fish and animal food. They plaited, or wove by hand, a 
 fabric consisting of grasses and fibers which they utilized as rai- 
 ment. The women had two styles of dress. Some wore the 
 fabric drawn about them in the form of a blanket, while others 
 wore two garments ; the lower consisted of a narrow strip of the 
 
 718 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 fabric being hung from the waist like a very short skirt, while 
 the upper was another piece of the fabric thrown about the shoul- 
 ders. The men had one general style. They wore a narrow, 
 pendant strip of the fabric that hung down in front, from the 
 waist, as far as to the knees. The leaders of the people, how- 
 ever, were distinguished from the latter by a garment that con- 
 sisted of a long strip of the fabric, in which a hole was cut in 
 the center, through which they put their heads, thus forming a 
 pendant strip both in front and back of the body, extending as 
 far down as to the knees, and fastened at the waist. The front 
 strip was ornamented with stained stripes that extended from 
 the neck down to the waist. They, as well as the people, orna- 
 mented the nude parts of their bodies with the same staining, 
 which was in diagonal stripes. The stripes, however, on the 
 leaders' garments were perpendicular. 
 
 Though descendants from the Kentersends of Zencustezum, 
 they did not retain the full idea of the guiding principle of light, 
 as entertained by their ancestors. They recognized heat, or 
 wormth, as their principal benefactor, and yet they recognized 
 the light that came with the conditions of heat as being for their 
 good. They termed their two principles, viz : heat and light, Kl- 
 is'us, Ki'a, in their language, meant heat or warmth, and was 
 always used as such, when speaking of fire; and Ts'iis meant 
 light; but in the use of the compound term, the vowel "a" was 
 dropped. They had no stated place or time for adoration or 
 worship, and made no idols in representation of Kiisus. Indi- 
 vidually, they made obeisance to the natural Sun, as it rose above 
 the horizon, and when it was well up on the eastern sky, they 
 would stand facing it ; then with backs turned to it, as in the at- 
 titude of receiving its warmth, they remained for a time, and 
 then passed on. It was from this belief and custom of the Vack- 
 areons that the idea of Sun worship through the Adomic, and 
 later periods of time, was adopted and handed down from gen- 
 eration to generation. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the mixed race of Kinti- 
 lucians and the Sendix, in the home section of the latter, north 
 of the "Caspian Sea," a tribe of their descendants migrated from 
 the "Ural" river section, to that east of the "Volga" near its out- 
 let into the Caspian Sea, where they dwelt for about one hundred 
 and fifty years, during which time they became a large tribe. De- 
 siring to find a locality endowed with greater warmth, they as 
 an entire colony, established a migration, in pursuance of such, 
 when they passed eastward through the region that in subsequent 
 
 719 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 time became the northern shores of the Caspian sea, thence 
 southward through the section now known as between the Cas- 
 pian and the "Aral Sea," to the southern portion of the former, 
 when they turned their course eastward, passed through the sec- 
 tion now known as "Turkestan," crossed the now known Hima- 
 laya mountains north of the Hindu Kush range, and entered what 
 is now known as western "Mongolia," where they settled north 
 of the now known "Kuen Lun" mountains, at about forty degrees 
 north latitude and eighty degrees longitude east from Greenwich. 
 They gave the section no name, but called themselves the Je-re 
 bads. 
 
 In stature they were from five and a half to six and a half 
 feet. They possessed medium-sized bodies; their color varied 
 from a dark reddish brown to a yellow, which was the first ap- 
 pearance of the yellow tint in the eastern continent, which in 
 later generations changed to a copper color, thus caused by the 
 influence of the sun's rays in that latitude, together with further 
 mixture of races. Some of the people were even white. Their 
 hair generally was long, straight, and varied in color, from a dark 
 to a light brown ; their eyes retained the same angular condition 
 that characterized their ancestors, the Sendix, and were of black 
 or brown color. Their heads were rather flat on top, broad 
 through the forehead, which latter was low. Their eyelashes 
 were quite long; their noses slightly flat; their mouths wide; 
 their lips thin ; their ears normal ; their feet broad and long, and 
 their hands the same. Their bodies were characterized with con- 
 siderable hair, and they mostly went nude, though some wrapped 
 themselves in skins. 
 
 They dwelt for ages along the Kuen Lun mountains, until 
 finally they became lost as a distinct nation, by their minglings 
 with the Kentersends and Lazerends throughout the Chinese Em- 
 pire, and Chinese Tartary, which absorption of race has caused 
 the present characteristics in the Chinese races, such as color, 
 angular eyes, general visage peculiarities, etc., that are now pos- 
 sessed by the Chinese and Japanese people of modern time, only 
 that as the generations have passed by, the above-named charac- 
 teristics have grown less intense, and will continue so to grow in 
 subsequent time. 
 
 At that time, the Jerebad blood mixture with the Kentersends, 
 especially as it passed southward, in subsequent migrations, 
 brought more of a reddish hue to the skins of the people. Those 
 that descended from the mixture of blood with the Lazerends of 
 the North, were possessed of skin of a darker hue. Therefore, 
 
 720 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the Japanese who were descendants from the Lazerends, are of 
 a different shade from the Chinese and the Filipinos, which lat- 
 ter two are descendants from the Kentersends and, therefore, 
 possess the lighter hue. The changes that came to the Chinese 
 through the following generations, gave to them the copper hue, 
 and the angular eyes that characterize them in modern time. 
 Then as those influences spread out into the Great Eastern Arch- 
 ipelago, through degeneration, the black, the red, and various 
 shades of color presented themselves, as the conditions of climate 
 and livelihood influenced and further established them. 
 
 E-nen-dor-ne'de was the first pre-historic name of the section 
 of country now known as "Siberia," as given by the Shal-te-man'- 
 zes of Shal-te-man'go, the word being a compound term. The 
 syllables "e-nen," translate snow ; "dor," country ; and "ne," fur. 
 Enendor, therefore, in its compound sense, means additional fur, 
 and the entire compound term, conveyed to the Shaltemangoes, 
 the idea that in the snowy, or cold country of north Siberia (in 
 contrast with the southern portion), it was necessary to put on 
 additional furs, in order to obtain greater warmth. 
 
 Ka-sun'dix was the second pre-historic name of Siberia, as 
 given by the descendants of the Shaltemanzes and the Sucani- 
 ums, about the beginning of the Adomic period. The term Ka- 
 sundix is also compound. The syllables "ka-sun," signified cold 
 or frozen ; and "dix," land. Therefore, the compound term Ka- 
 sundix, was known by those peoples, to mean the frozen land. 
 
 About 4000 years subsequent to the submergence of Atlantis, 
 a powerful convulsion occurred, that had place in the section of 
 country now known as the central portion of the "Yenisei Bay," 
 south of "Nova-Zembla." At the time of that great convulsion, 
 all the section of country between northeast Cape, and Nova- 
 Zembla, and west, and southwest of the latter, was a land of 
 frozen ice and snow, which by the power of the convulsion, be- 
 came submerged by the now known "Arctic Ocean." A range of 
 snow-clad Shul'te-zones (mountains), then known as Kron'xot, 
 extended northeast from the southwestern section of the now 
 known "White Sea," to the southern coast of "Nova-Zembla," 
 which latter belonged to the range, and further extended east- 
 ward, in a circular form, to northeast Cape, Siberia. The force 
 of the convulsion extended southwest along the Kronxot range, 
 sinking and submerging portions of it, thus establishing the 
 White Sea, the Yenisei Bay, and the northern coast line, of 
 "Europe," in that section, and severed Nova-Zembla from Europe, 
 by establishing a water course between the Yenisei Bay, and 
 
 721 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the "Kara Sea," leaving the "Weigatz Island" as a severed link 
 that formerly bound Nova-Zembla to the European Continent. 
 The force of the convulsion further extended along the Kronxot 
 range of Shultezones, formed the coast line of Nova-Zembla 
 sank and submerged the section of land between Nova-Zembla 
 and Northeast Cape, Siberia, thus forming the sea of "Kara," 
 the zig-zag coast line of northeast Siberia, from "Cape North 
 East," to "North Cape" of Norway, including the islands, the 
 Gulf of "Obi," and all the inlet waters that accompanied the ex- 
 tension of land in that section, connected with the open waters 
 of the Arctic Ocean, to the coast of "Russia" and "Siberia," in 
 that section. 
 
 About two hundred years subsequent to the above named 
 convulsion, another great one occurred that had place on the 
 northern coast of Siberia, between "Cape Sviatoi," and the 
 "Liakov Islands," or in the immediate vicinity of the "Liakov 
 Island." At the time of the convulsion, there was a system of 
 three ranges of Shultezones, then known as the Kl6-zi-len6 
 system. One extended northeast from the section now known as 
 the mouths of the "Lena" R. ; one northwest from the section of 
 Cape Sviatoi ; and one northwest, parallel with the former, from 
 the vicinity of the "Kolinia Bay." The force of the convulsion 
 extended throughout the above named system, thus establishing 
 the islands north of Siberia, the coast line and the inlet-waters 
 of the latter, from North Cape in the west, to "Cape Chelakhskai" 
 in the east, thus letting the open waters of the Arctic Ocean, 
 south to the Siberian coast. 
 
 For many years subsequent to the coming of the Laz'er-ends 
 and the Ken'ter-siends into what is now known as central Asia, 
 the country of Siberia was only inhabited by wild animals. 
 Eventually, a colony of the Lazerends migrated northeast, into 
 that section of country now known as along the northern slopes 
 of the Altai mountains, but gradually degenerated into very low 
 conditions, on account of their surroundings, and subsisting, as 
 they did on animal food. The colony was termed Ge-set's, so 
 named by their brethren, the Lazerends, a term that, in the 
 Lazerend language, meant a frozen portion. They continued in 
 their degeneration, until about six hundred years before modern 
 ancient history, when they were lost entirely as a nation, through 
 their general physical degeneration. A few, however, wandered 
 into the southern section, or vicinity of Eii-riz el, but being in 
 such a low condition, did not associate with the Lazerends of 
 that section, and, therefore, also became extinct. 
 
 722 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the section of Zintizan- 
 tum, and the cities of Bus-ke-let' and Ku- lent'zi-6, a large tribe 
 of huntsmen, migrated north into the section of Siberia, in pur- 
 suit of game. En route, they passed over the great mountain 
 range now known as "Stanovoi," which they termed Gad-no'sis, 
 where they found a large va-aya (valley), which they termed 
 Shal-e-man'go, that lay extent east of the now known "Orulgan 
 range," which latter they termed Gre-si-il'tis, at a point about 
 sitxy degrees north latitude and one hundred degrees longitude 
 east from Greenwich, where they settled, and established a small 
 nation of their own, and called themselves the Shal-e-man'zes. 
 
 About two hundred years subsequent to the establishment of 
 the Shalemanzes nation in Shalemango, a tribe of their descend- 
 ants migrated east of what is now known as the "Tas Khaya- 
 khiak" range, and northwest of the now known "Koly Msldyo" 
 range, where they settled in a vaaya, which they termed Sii-can'- 
 i-iim, that had place at a point about sixty-six degrees north 
 latitude and one hundred and fifty degrees longitude east from 
 Greenwich, or west of the then known Gadnosis Shultezones, 
 and called themselves the Su-can'i-tims. 
 
 Descendants, both from the Shalemanzes and the Sucaniums, 
 from Shalemango and Sucanium, continued to occupy those 
 regions down to the Modern Ancient period of time, but from 
 various causes, became coarse and degenerated. 
 
 723 
 
Submersred Atlantis Restored 
 
 TUSH NO'LUS GAN-DE-CU'LO GIN-DI-TE-HISH'AN, 
 
 OR 
 THE GREAT EAST INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 
 
 TELTZIE LIII. 
 
 Gan-de-cu 16 (waters coming from below) , was the first pre- 
 historic name of the Great East Indian Archipelago, so termed 
 by the Gis'traz tribes of A-gon'thrus (Australia), about the begin- 
 ning of the Adomic period. It, the greatest Gin-dl-te-hishan 
 (Gistrad term for Archipelago, meaning many islands) in the 
 world, embracing what is modernly known as "Polynesia," "Aus- 
 tralasia," "Malaysia," thus exists through the force and result 
 of six great periodical convulsions, each of which was preceded 
 and followed by smaller developing convulsions, as the ages 
 passed by. 
 
 The first of the six occurred about three hundred years prior 
 to the final submergence of Atlantis, and had place in the south- 
 eastern section of Polynesia. The greatest force of this convul- 
 sion had place in the "Tahiti" archipelago, of Polynesia, or bet- 
 ter known as between the three islands, "Bora Bora," "Ulitea," 
 and "Huahine," of the "Society Islands," which caused the inun- 
 dation of land between them as well as that of the entire sec- 
 tion. 
 
 Prior to this convulsion, and the submergence of this south- 
 eastern section of Polynesia, a system of mountains, then termed 
 Lalengo, extended northeast and southeast, from the "Cook's" 
 or "Harvey's" islands, thus embracing the Society group, and 
 the "Low Archipelago." A branch also extended northwest, 
 embracing the "Marquesas" group, and another branch exten- 
 ded southwest, embracing the "Austral" group. 
 
 A vast section of country, then termed Kiira, characterized 
 with mountains, valleys, rivers, and lakes, extended from "South 
 America,'" "Central America," and "Mexico," west, and north- 
 west, to the eastern sections of the now Polynesian islands. The 
 powerful force of this convulsion extended along the Lalengo 
 system, northeast, and southeast to the border lines of the con- 
 vulsions that established the coast lines of South America, Cen- 
 
 724 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 tral America, and Mexico, thus establishing the open waters of 
 the Pacific Ocean, east of the Marquesas', and the Austral islands, 
 as well as all of the islands belonging to the Polyesian system, 
 east of the Cook's or Harvey's, the Society, and the Marquesas. 
 
 At the time of the first great periodical convulsion, that shat- 
 tered and submerged portions of the Lalengq range, and its 
 branches, thus establishing the southeastern portion of Polynesia, 
 as far northwest as to the Cook's, Society and Marquesas Islands, 
 remnants of the Kallutes were left upon the above named islands, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 "Sawaiori," or Malayo-Polynesian aborigines that inhabited the 
 Cook's islands; the "Tahitians" of the Society or Tahiti archi- 
 pelago; and the "Malayo-Pol)mesian" races of the Marquesas. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of that portion of the great country 
 then known as Kura, that lay extent east o£ the America and 
 Marquesas islands, in the northeast portion of the great Kel'te- 
 zec (valley) of Ac-clin'the, that then had place between the 
 Society, the Marquesas and America islands, was inhabited by 
 a tribe of people who on account of their having no tribal name, 
 Alem Prolex, has termed Gas'ticks, meaning animal like, who 
 had migrated there from the Chan-han goes settlement in Cha- 
 ha-ezel, now the section of the Gulf of California, abo;ut the 
 same time that the tribe of Chanhangoea migrated to the now 
 known "Sandwich" island district, where as generations passed 
 by, they degenerated into almost a state of animal existence. In 
 fact, they were more like the now known Chimpanzee Ape tribe, 
 excepting their lower limbs, which more closely resembled those 
 of the human race. Being covered with a suit of hair, they wore 
 no garments, lived a promiscuous life, having no idea of the 
 sacred rites of marriage. They in their low condition, had no 
 religious ideas, or adorational exercises. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of the great Keltezec, or country 
 that extended from New Zealant, east artd northeast, to the 
 "Harveys" and "Austral" islands of southeastern Poly'nesia, a 
 tribe of the In'dras race, or people of the then known sfection of 
 Yel-la-ku'det, or modem "Guiana," South America, who in 
 divergence to the original tribe's migration, passed southwestward 
 along the then known Ke-l6'd6sh range, as far as to the "Gala- 
 pagos" islands, thence through the great country of Kura, to the 
 then known La-len-go range, which they crossed, and passed 
 along their southern foot-hills, to the region of country now 
 known as the Pacific Ocean area, south of the Austral islands, 
 which they termed Ha-zen-re'no, and called themselves the Sek- 
 a-letiis. 
 
 725 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 At the time of the submergence of Hazenreno, by the Pacific 
 waters, remnants of the Sekaletus tribe were left on the islands 
 of that section. Physically, they were more like the human race, 
 than were the Gasticks who dwelt in the Keltezec of Acclinthe. 
 They had no superfluous hair on their bodies. They went entirely 
 nude. They were large, bony, and yet of an athletic build, and 
 had large feet and hands. Their foreheads were low; noses 
 broad; mouths wide, with thick or heavy lips. Their eyes were 
 dark and deeply set in their heads. Their hair was 
 shaggy, and some was curly. They did not live promiscuous 
 lives, as did the Gasticks. but having no form of marriage, they 
 simply mated like animals, but not for any given length of time, 
 which fact caused many quarrels, and contentions, especially so 
 among the men. They had no religious ideas, hence no adora- 
 tional gatherings or exercises. 
 
 The second periodical convulsion occurred about two hundred 
 and seventy-five years subsequent to the first, and had place 
 between the Fiji and the Navigators islands. Prior to^this con- 
 vulsion, a great mountain range, then termed Ge-sle-ren'zo, ex- 
 tended from New Zealand, northeast to the above named islands ; 
 thence forming a semi-circle northeast, and west, thus embrac- 
 ing the "America," islands. 
 
 Another range, then termed Ken-zeten, extended from the 
 "Navigators" islands, the locality of its junction with the Gese- 
 renzo range, northeast, and west, in conformity to the course of 
 the Geserenzo range, thus embracing the "Danger," "Bowditch," 
 "Sidney," and the "Enderby" islands. A great Keltezec (valley), 
 then known as the Stru-cle-zeon, extended northeast from be- 
 tween New Zealand and "Australia," to the now known section 
 of the Fiji, "Friendly," and Navigators islands, at which latter 
 point the great convulsion had place. Another, then known as the 
 Acclinthe, that branched off f rom^ the Struclezeon, extended from 
 north of the "Kermadec" islands, northeast from between the 
 "Cook's or "Harvey's" and the "Savage" islands, to beyond the 
 America and the Marquesas islands, into the country of Kura. 
 Still another, then known as the Se-gre'lin, lay extent between the 
 Kenzeten and the northern section of the Geserenzo ranges. And 
 yet another, then known as the Te-ze-le'6n, extended north from 
 the Navigators, and the Fiji districts, to that of the "St. Pedro" 
 island, where it branched off to the northeast, into the country 
 of Kura, and northwest to the section now known as the Smyth's 
 islands. 
 
 The greatest force of this convulsion had place in a low 
 
 726 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 mountain, centrally located between the Friendly, the Fiji, and 
 the Navigators islands, which caused the mountain, and the land 
 that joined it to the above-named islands, to sink, which subse- 
 quently established the water channels between them, by con- 
 necting the Struclezepn and the Acclinthe Keltezecus (valleys) 
 by the removal of the mountain, which formed their terminus 
 at that point. The force further extended throughout the Gese- 
 renzo and the Kenzeten ranges, southwest to, and including the 
 "Tonga" islands, northeast to about five degrees south of the 
 Sandwich islands, and as far east as thirty-four degrees longitude 
 west from' Greenwich, into the country of Kura, west to the 
 Keltezec of Tezeleon, and southeast to the Keltezec of Acclinthe, 
 thus establishing that section of Polynesia, from the Tonga 
 islands in the southwest, to and beyond the America islands in 
 the northeast. 
 
 At the time of the above named convulsion, which shattered 
 and submerged the northern half of the Geserenzo range and its 
 western neighbor, the Kenzeten, remnants of the Kallutes were 
 left on the Friendly and Navigators islands, whose descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Samoans of 
 Samoa, or the Navigators islands, and the Raratongas and other 
 Malayo-Polynesians of the Cook's islands. This condition left 
 the southwestern portion of the Geserenzo range, as far north 
 as to the Tropic of Capricorn undisturbed, and yet connected to 
 the main land of Australia, upon which was also left a small 
 remnant of the Kallutes, who during the looo years that inter- 
 vened the second and third periodical convulsions, had multi- 
 plied and migrated to the southern portion of the range, or now 
 known section of New Zealand. 
 
 Prior to the convulsion that established the central portion 
 of Polynesia, from northeast to southwest, the Kannanzes, had 
 spread out into the great Keltezec of Tezeleon, south of the 
 Sandwich islands, and were a numerous people. Tribes of the 
 inhabitants of the Keltezec, established migrations southwest- 
 ward along the Geserenzo range, and the Keltezec of Acclinthe, 
 to the region of the Navigators, Society, and Cook's islands, or 
 in the southwestern portion of the Keltezec, which they termed 
 Acclinthe, and called themselves the Kallutes. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Fiji islands or "Viti" 
 archipelago, the Friendly and the Navigators islands, some of 
 the Kallutes had migrated into the Viti archipelago section, where 
 they, after the formation of the islands, represented a Malayo- 
 Poljmesian race in opposition to the "Papuan" race of the Detre'- 
 
 727 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mens, who also migrated to the Viti archipelago section. Fur- 
 ther migrations westward, prior to the time of the fifth great 
 periodical convulsion, by descendants of the Kallutes from the 
 Friendly, the Navigators and the Fiji sections, ultimated in the 
 establishment of the now known "Malayo-Polynesian race, as 
 contemporaneous in existence with the Negrito-Polynesians, in 
 the archipelago, from New Guinea in the west, to the Fiji islands 
 in the east. 
 
 The third periodical convulsion occurred about looo years 
 subsequent to the second, and had place in that section of the 
 southern extremity of the Geserenzo range, now known as New 
 Zealand, the exact location of the convulsion being between the 
 "New-Ulster" and the "New-M'unster" islands, when the two 
 islands were severed, the portion of land between Cape "Fare- 
 well" and Cape "Egmont" was sunk, and the Cook's straits were 
 formed, leaving the circular waters that encroach upon the North 
 island, and form the "Golden" and "Tasman" bays of the South 
 island. The force of this convulsion further extended along the 
 Geserenzo range, northeast to the line of the second periodical 
 convulsion, east to that of the first, and west into the Keltezec 
 of Struclezeon, which established the New Zealand group of 
 islands, including the "Raoul," the "Kermadec," and the 
 "Macauley" islands. 
 
 At the time of the above named convulsion, remnants of the 
 Kallutes were left on the North, or New Ulster island, where 
 they settled in the northern section of the province of "Auck- 
 Inad," on the northern shores of the "Watemata Harbor" (an 
 inlet of the "Hauraki Gulf"), and retained both their tormer 
 tribe and section names. Their first pre-historic hamlet which 
 they termed Ray 'jab, was located on the site where now Auck- 
 land, capital city of the New Ulster island has place, it being 
 the location of their first settlement. In subsequent time, they 
 blended into a new race of people, by mixing with the Kon'norts 
 and the Kors, who had preceded them on the New Ulster island 
 (see migration under the head of Australia), whose descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Maori aborigines. 
 
 After the establishment of the Gistraz people in the prov- 
 ince of "Queens- Land," Australia, and prior to the separation of 
 New Zealand, from Australia, a tribe of their descendants mi- 
 grated southeast to the section of the New Ulster or North Island 
 of New Zealand, who in time termed that section Sor'zet, and 
 called themselves the Kon'norts. Subsequently, a tribe of the 
 Gistraz descendants from "New South Wales," Australia, also 
 
 728 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 migrated to the southern section of the New Ulster islands, 
 who adopted the section name of Sorzet, as given by the Kon- 
 norts, but called themselves the Kors. 
 
 In evidence of the above named line of descendants, it will 
 be observed by the reader that, the langiuage of the "Maoris" 
 is a dialect closely approaching that of the natives of the Sand- 
 wich islands, as well as that of the Navigators group, and the 
 "Raratonga" of the Cook's; so much so, that natives of these 
 mutually understand each other, a fact that proves their relation- 
 ship ethnographically, and as having migrated from the same 
 locality, and having descended from the same people, or ancestry. 
 
 Furthermore, the "Tahitians" of the Society; the "Marque- 
 sans" of the Marquesas; the "Raratongans" of the Cook's; and 
 the "Samoans" of the Navigators" islands, are typical Malayo 
 Polynesian races, closely connected physically, with the Maoris 
 of New Zealand in the south, and the Sandwich islanders in the 
 north, another set of links that hold together the ethnographic 
 cycle of the Kannanzes from Kannanze (Sandwich islands), to 
 Sorzet New Zealand 
 
 It was not until about the Adomic period that the now known 
 New Munster islands, or that section of New Zealand was in- 
 habited, which was first by migrators from both the Konnorts 
 and the Kors, or the mixed race of Konnorts, Kors and Kallutes. 
 
 The fourth periodical convulsion occurred about fifty years 
 subsequent to the third, and was in two sections, at periods 
 of about seventy-five years apart. The first section had place 
 southeast of the Clark's island, at about one hundred and seventy- 
 two degrees west longitude north of the Tropic of Cancer, in 
 what was then known as the En-te-j6'the-lic range. ^___^^ 
 
 Prior to this convulsion, the Entejothelic range extended from 
 west of the Sharundusac point (heretofore described), slightly 
 northwest to the "Rica de Plata" island, embracing the Sandwich, 
 the Clark's and the Whale islands. The country immediately 
 north of the Entejothelic range, was characterized with moun- 
 tain ;Spurs, undulated lands, rivers, and lakes, and was termed 
 Chis'tl-se, by the then inhabitants, who were not a distinct race of 
 people, but stragglers from the various adjacent countries. 
 
 A great Keltezec then known as the Den-ber-letus, extended 
 east and west (now beneath the open waters of the North 
 Pacific Ocean), and was the dividing section between Chistise 
 and the Entejothelic range, on its southern boundary, and the 
 Nox'I-nene range and the country of K6r-du-zu-lac on its north- 
 ern. Its southwestern section was a desert, and therefore non- 
 729 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 tillable. The west central section was deeply depressed, and 
 trough like. The eastern section, west of northern California, 
 and southern Oregon, was characterized with Dunes of various 
 heights, from five feet, to about one hundred and fifty. Origin- 
 ally it was an inland sea, that prior to the second periodical con- 
 vulsion, was known as Men-ta-le'sa. Almost simultaneous with 
 the second periodical convulsion, a powerful subterene convul- 
 sion occurred in the west central section of the sea of Mentdlesa, 
 which caused a subterranean outlet of its waters, which were 
 drawn off into the submerged sections of the first, and second 
 periodical convulsed districts, or into that part of! the south 
 Pacific Ocean, and thus left the Keltezec of Denberletus. An- 
 other great Keltezec extended northwest, and southeast, between 
 the Entejothelic, and the northeastern section of the Fringuze 
 triangular mountain system. 
 
 The force of the first section of the fourth periodical con- 
 vulsion, extended throughout the Entejothelic range, east to the 
 line of the convulsion that formed the present coast line of Cali- 
 fornia and Mexico, north to the Keltezec of Denbeletus, west to 
 the line of the convulsion that formed the "Japanese" islands, 
 south, and southwest, to the Keltezec of Ze-da ze, which further 
 extended the South Pacific waters northward, established the 
 open waters of the North Pacific Ocean, by the inundation of 
 the Keltezec of Denberletus, the "Rica de Plata," the "Whale," 
 the Clark's and the Sandwich islands, and the section of the North 
 Pacific Ocean, in which they stand. 
 
 The second section of the fourth periodical convulsion, occur- 
 red as' above stated, about seventy-five years subsequent to the 
 first section, and had place in the section of land between the 
 "Rica d'Oro," "Guadalupe," "Sebastian Labos," and "Grampus" 
 islands, in a small Keltezec then known as the Ya ta-ciis, that 
 extended northeast from the Grampus, and the Sebastian Lobos 
 islands, to beyond the Rica d'Oro. Prior to this convulsion, there 
 was a great system of Du-zi-end'liing (mountains), then termed 
 the Frin'gu-ze, of a triangular course, whose extension embraced 
 the now known "Magellans" archipelago, the "Ladrone" and the 
 "Caroline" islands in its western and southern ranges, and the 
 "Mulgrave," the "Anson's" archipelago, and the Rica d'Oro, 
 and Sebastian Lobos, in the eastern and southern ranges. A 
 large Keltezec, then known as the Ka-l6-zii'rlc, had place in the 
 center of the Fringuze system, and a large section of country 
 then known as Fe-c6-lun'te, lay extent southwest of the Frin- 
 guze range of Duziendlung, to the region of the Philippine is- 
 
 730 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 lands. Another large Keltezec then known as the Te-land'cest, 
 extended east and west, south of the southern range of the Frin- 
 guze system. 
 
 The force of the above named convulsion extended along the 
 eastern and western ranges of the Fringuze system (now the 
 Caroline and the Mulgrave islands), which established the re- 
 mainder of the western section of the North Pacific Ocean, as 
 far west as to about one hundred and thirty degrees longitude 
 east from Greenwich, south to the Caroline and the Mulgrave 
 islands, and northeast to the line of the first sectional convulsion, 
 and also established that section of the North Pacific Ocean, 
 from the Rica d'Oro in the north, to the southern coast of the 
 Caroline islands, and the Mulgrave archipelago, and northwest 
 to the line of the convulsion that formed the Japanese islands. 
 
 Prior to the formation of the northern and northeastern por- 
 tions of Polynesia a tribe of Chanhangoes who dwelt in the then 
 known section of Cha-ha-ezel, or the section now submerged 
 by the "Gulf of California," migrated northwest along the bor- 
 der, or foothills of the then known Entejothelic range until they 
 reached the section now known as the Sandwich islands, where 
 they settled, retained their former tribe name, but termed the 
 section Shi-te-c6n'g5. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the country then known 
 as Kor-dii-zti'lac, south of Alaska, and west of North America 
 (now submerged by the North Pacific Ocean), and the establish- 
 ment of the islands that formerly were high portions of the Ente- 
 jothelic range, remnants of the Kiroda nation, who dwelt in Kor- 
 duzulac, were left on them, especially so on those composing the 
 Sandwich group, who eventually became lost as a distinct race 
 of people, by mixing races with the Chanhangoes, who were the 
 most numerous of the two remnants, and who, as a mixed race, 
 continued to exist under the same section and tribe names, but 
 ultimately, they changed the section name to Kan-nan'zy, and 
 the tribe name to Kan-nan'zes. In stature, they were about six 
 feet, and some a little more. They had very heavy bodies, but 
 were well proportioned. They had dark skins; normal heads; 
 black hair, some being straight, but the majority was bushy, and 
 they had cansiderable on their bodies; black, full, sharp, or 
 piercing eyes ; broad, yet prominent noses that were quite thick 
 near the forehead ; large mouths ; coarse, thick or heavy lips, that 
 in parting, displayed their two sets of large teeth ; heavy beards 
 that grew high on their cheeks ; broad, flat feet and hands ; normal 
 ears, that were characterized with considerable hair that grew 
 
 731 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 out from the inner part of the auricle. They were a very quar- 
 relsome people, using crude weapons in battle. They were very 
 lazy, lived upon animal flesh, fish, fruits and roots. They went 
 entirely nude. They had no religious ideas, and therefore had 
 no adorational exercises, or forms of worship. They and their 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the aboriginal 
 Malayo Polynesian, or pure Hawaiian race of the Sandwich 
 islands, whose reddish brown skins, on tarnished copper tint, 
 came through the West Indies, and Mexican influences, viz: 
 through the blood of the Chanhangoes, whose ancestors descen- 
 ded from that region. Through the influence of the Kiordas, 
 Chanhangoes, and Kannanzes, with such additional changes as 
 come with descending conditions, they were characterized with 
 raven black hair, some straight, and some wavy; broad faces; 
 flat noses and thin lips being the most strongly retained character- 
 istics ; while their thin beards and tarnished copper colored skins 
 are modified characteristics, having arisen through the condi- 
 tions of mixed races, change of climate and livelihood. Likewise 
 with their stature, the bulk of the race had diminished to moder- 
 ate size, excepting the chiefs and the women of their families, 
 who had retained the remarkable stature of their remote ances- 
 tors, on account of the straight line of descendancy, yet the 
 Hawaiian race, generally speaking, is considered among the 
 finest races, physically, in the Pacific regions, bearing a strong 
 resemblance to the New Zealanders in stature, and their well- 
 developed, muscular limbs. 
 
 About the time that the Sin'di-6x had become established in 
 the Keltezec of Kalozuric, a tribe of Heckluces, who were de- 
 scendants from the Sokathrans, had migrated from southern Ex- 
 torn (the Philippine island district), to the section of the "La- 
 drone" or "Mariana" islands, which section they termed Che- 
 wa'des. 'At the time of the establishment of the Ladrone islands, 
 a small remnant of the Sindiox race, from the Keltezec of Kalo- 
 zuric, were also left on the island, who ultimately mixed races 
 with the Chewades, and as the latter were the greater in number, 
 the former were lost in the latter, by race mixture, thus leaving 
 but a small change in the general appearance of the descendants, 
 in regard to physical, or linguistic conditions. The Chewades 
 and their descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 "Chamorros" of the Ladrone islands, which latter became nearly 
 exterminated by the Spaniards, when in conflict with them in the 
 seventeenth century. The Chamorros of the Ladrone Islands 
 were closely allied to the Tagals of the Philippines, from the fact 
 
 732 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 that they were both descendants from the Sokathrans; i. e., the 
 Tagals of the Philippines descended from the Sokathrans through 
 the Heckluces, and the Chamorros from the Sokathrans through 
 the Heckluces, and the Chewades, with a slight infusion of Sin- 
 diox blood ; which latter accounts for the differences in these 
 characteristics, 
 
 About the time that the Vackareons were migrating south- 
 ward from Vackareon, a tribe of Jerebads were also migrating 
 southeast from their home north of the "Kuen Lun" mountains 
 of China, who, about the time that the Igentoses had established 
 themselves in the then known Keltezec of Kalveno, and the 
 Jerebads had also arrived there from the northwest, had settled 
 in the section of the "Hogoleu," or "Rug" group of islands, 
 which section they termed Ku lyb, and called themselves the 
 Kulybs. They and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Red Race," now known to occupy (in contra- 
 distinction to the "Black Race") portions of the Hogoleu group, 
 where they were left as a remnant when the Island was estab- 
 lished, as was also the case with the Igentoses, or black race 
 portion. 
 
 From the co-mixture, and further infusion of the Kintilu- 
 cian and Sendix blood, through the Kentersends, the Lazerends 
 and their descended migrating tribes, south and east, has come 
 to southern and eastern Asia, and still farther to the Indian, and 
 the Great Eastern archipelagoes, the characteristics of reddish, 
 yellowish, brown and copper colors, or hues of skin, and angu- 
 lar eyes, or those Malay and Mongol features, in all their varied 
 degrees of intensity, that now exist in the above-named sections. 
 
 From the attractive presence of the varied colors that have 
 characterized the skins of the descending races, the idea of far- 
 ther development of the idea led to the practice of tattooing the 
 body, both of which have not only served as an ornamentation 
 of the body, but as religious symbols, and to distinguish the rank 
 of the individuals, clans and tribes who practised the art. (See 
 Teltzie on Origin and Stigmatization.) Likewise, in the same 
 sense, all modern civilized nations have extended the idea by 
 adorning their wearing apparel with emblematic colors, and 
 wearing emblematic attachments co-relatively. 
 
 The fifth periodidal convulsion began its work about one 
 thousand years subsequent to the fourth, and was in six sec- 
 tions, three in the northern portion, and three in the southern. 
 The first had place southeast of the "Louisade" archipelago, or 
 southeast of New Guinea. At that time, all the section of coun- 
 
 733 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 try, from and including New Guinea, the Solomon, the New 
 Hebrides and the New Caledonia islands, was known to the in- 
 habitants as Det're-mes, and also all the section of country now 
 northeast and southeast of New Guinea, including the Solomon 
 and the New-Hebrides Islands, to the Keltezecus (valleys) be- 
 yond, was known as Detremes, so named by the Chief, or Leader 
 of the nation that then dwelt in that section, which latter, as a 
 nation, bore his name. A Keltezec lay extent, northeast and 
 southeast of the section of "New-Guinea," between it and a 
 range of mountains that then embraced the Solomon, New-He- 
 brides, and New-Caledonia islands. Both the valley and the 
 mountain range were termed Detremes, after the Chief or Leader 
 Detremes, above mentioned. The force of this convusion estab- 
 lished the Louisade archipelago, sunk the section of land be- 
 tween it and the New-Hebrides islands, and the southeastern 
 coast of New-Guinea, as far west as the longitude of Cape York, 
 in Australia, but not the "Torres Straits," and extended as far 
 southeast as to form the coast line of Australia, north of the 
 "Northumber" islands. 
 
 The second section of the fifth convulsion occurred about 
 five hundred years after the first, and had place southeast of the 
 "Island of Pines," in a Keltezec that extended northeast, between 
 the Hunters and the Isle of Pines to the New-Hebrides and Fiji 
 Islands. At that time a Du-zlend (mountain) range, then 
 known as the Gris-te-mi'e extended from the district of the "New 
 Caledonia" island, to that of the "South Cape" of Tasmania. At 
 the time of this, and the former convulsion, a great Keltezec 
 then known as Den-tro-no'sis, lay extent northeast of Australia. 
 The force of this convulsion extended north to the establishment 
 of the New-Hebrides Islands, east to the line of the second 
 periodical convulsion, and extended along the Gristemie range to 
 South Cape, established the Norfolk island, and those west of it, 
 and the coast line of Australia from and including the North- 
 umber island, to "Cape Otway," on the southeastern portion of 
 the section of Australia, known modernly as "Victoria." It cut 
 the great Island of "Tasmania" off from the mainland of Austra- 
 by the establishment of the "Bass Straits," leaving the "King," 
 and "Hunter" islands on its northwestern boundary, the "Flin- 
 ders" and the "Barren" on its northeastern. 
 
 The third section occurred but a few months later than the 
 second, and had place in the section of land now submerged by 
 the Gulf of "St. Vincent," which established the coast line, in- 
 let and inland waters of the above-named section, and the coast 
 
 734 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 islands, and inlet waters from Cape Otway, to Cape Leeuwin, on 
 the southwest portion of West Australia. 
 
 The fourth section occurred about one hundred years after 
 the third, and had place between the Radack and the Ralick 
 chains of the "Mulgrave" archipelago. The force of this con- 
 vulsion established the above-named krchipelago, by severing it 
 from the southern range of the Fringuze system of Dusiendlung, 
 and submerged the country northeast and southeast, to the lines 
 of the second and fourth periodical convulsions, and south to the 
 line of the first, and second sections of the fifth. 
 
 The fifth section occurred about eighty years after the fourth, 
 and had place just east of the Caroline Islands, in the "Torr 
 Hope" group, which then belonged to the southern range of the 
 Fringuze system. The force of this convulsion broke off that 
 section of the range, from the Mulgrave archipelago, or line of 
 the fourth sectional convulsion, to about a hundred and fifty de- 
 grees longitude east from Greenwich, extended north to the 
 Keltezec of Kalozuric, south and southeast, across the Teland- 
 cest Keltezec, and further completed the devastation of the first 
 sectional convulsion by the complete establishment of the "Solo- 
 mon islands." 
 
 The sixth section occurred about two hundred years after the 
 fifth, and had place in the western remnant of the southern rang? 
 of the Fringuze system of Duziendlung, between the "Yap" and 
 the "Egoy" islands. The force of this convulsion extended east 
 as faf as the line of the fifth sectional convulsion, and west to 
 beyond the "Pelew" and the "Andrews" islands, and south of 
 the Andrew islands, thus completing the establishment of the 
 triangular system of islands that originally were peaks in the 
 triangular Duziend of Fringuze, and further established the 
 North Pacific Ocean, north of the Equator, northeast of New- 
 Guinea, and northeast of the Philippine Islands. 
 
 About two years after the sixth and last section of the fifth 
 periodical convulsion, there occurred a powerful subterrene con- 
 vulsive condition that extended from the region of the sub- 
 merged section of the southern range of the Fringuze system, or 
 better known as the group of "Caroline islands," beneath the 
 submerged Keltezec, of Telandcest, and further sunk that section 
 of land that lay north of New-Guinea, further completing the 
 coast line of New-Guinea, its inlet waters, and established the 
 islands between the "Solomon" and the "New-Hebrides," the 
 Louisade archipelago, and completed the establishment of the 
 Solomon islands. 
 
 735 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Prior to the complete establishment of the Philippine Islands, 
 and the southwestern section of Polynesia, a portion of the Vack- 
 areons and Kenthricks, who were remnants on the Philippine 
 Islands, migrated eastward along the northern side of the range 
 of Duziendlung, which the Sintox termed Fringuze, to about a 
 hundred and fifty-eight degrees longitude east from Greenwich, 
 and twelve degrees north latitude, where they made their princi- 
 pal halting place and termed the section Kal-ve'no, and called 
 themselves the I-gen'to-ses. From this point they wandered back 
 and forth, east and west, for many generations, along the range 
 whose remnants are now the Carolina islands, and the Mulgrave 
 archipelago, until they became a mixed race of people. They 
 became quite ferocious. The men would fight with each other 
 for the possession of their wives, after making their choice, 
 which was their custom, in the place of a marriage ceremony. 
 After possession was gained, however, they were kind and lov- 
 ing to their wives. They were a people of medium size; had 
 dark skins, large dark eyes, large mouths and teeth, and their 
 lips were thick ; they had dark hair, that of the women being very 
 long, heavy and straight, but that of the men was shorter, and 
 they had considerable on their bodies. As a rule, they went 
 nude, though some wore pendant or apron-shaped skins about 
 their loins. 
 
 After many years' dwelling in the section of Kalveno, a tribe 
 of the Igentoses migrated north from Kalveno, into the great Kel- 
 tezec that lay extent between the triangular ranges of Duziend- 
 lung, of the Fringuze system (whose remnants now form the 
 Hegelian's, the Anson's, and the Mulgrave archipelagoes, and the 
 Caroline Islands), which Keltezec they termed Kalozuric, the tri- 
 angular Duziend system, Fringuze, and called themseves the 
 Sindiox, the latter term being derived from their word Sindi 
 (fire or heat), which particularly referred to the sun, and its 
 heat. 
 
 The Sindiox, in stature, were from five and a half to six feet. 
 They were very broad-shouldered and of an athletic build ; their 
 heads were broad; cheek bones high; their color a dull black; 
 hair black, short and straight; eyes black and round; noses thin 
 through the bridge, but nostrils broad ; mouths medium-sized and 
 lips thick and pouching; beards short, frizzled, and full face; 
 ears normal ; feet flat and broad across the ball, but narrow 
 through the instep, the heel also being broad and flat ; their hands 
 were normal. They were mostly nude; some wore a garment 
 about their loins. They simply adored the sun, which they 
 
 736 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 termed Sindi. They thought the warmth or heat was sent to 
 them through it, for their comfort, and therefore adored it as a 
 beneficent force. 
 
 The Igentoses and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Tarapon" race that inhabits the now known 
 Caroline, the Marshal, and the Gilbert islands. The Sindiox 
 race, who were also descendants from the Igentoses, who mi- 
 grated from their home in Kalveno, into the Keltezec of Kalo- 
 zuric, and their descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the Tarapon race that inhabits the "Ladrone Islands." 
 
 The present Tarapon race of the above-named sections have 
 retained many of the physical characteristics of their Asiatic an- 
 cestors, with such modifications as would naturally occur on ac- 
 count of their migration and conditions of livelihood. Those in 
 the Caroline section have grown lighter in color, but have re- 
 tained about the same stature as their ancestors, the Igentoses. 
 Those of the Gilbert Islands have degenerated in stature and size, 
 and have retained more of the dark color of their ancestors, the 
 Igentoses, due to the fact that they were farther south, and there- 
 fore conditioned differently. 
 
 The Tarapons of western Polyesia, bear more resemblance to 
 some of the Papua peoples of the Indian archipelago, because 
 the Vackareons and the Kenthrick blood has reached both peo- 
 ples through the migrations of the Vackareons, as hereinbefore 
 stated, which is the root and branch that has established both 
 races. The traditions of the Gilbert Islanders tell us that their 
 islands were peopled from the west and also from the east; that 
 those from the west were more numerous than those from the 
 east, and that those from the east were from "Samoa." There 
 are also traditions of the arrival of other strangers at some of 
 the islands. The facts in the case are that those from the west 
 were the migrating Igentoses who became the ancestors of the 
 pre-historic peoples of the Gilbert islands. Those from the east 
 were migrating Chan-han'goes from their home in Shitecogo, or 
 the Sandwich islands section, and the strangers, above referred 
 to, were a few Detremens from Detremes, or the Solomon 
 islands region. 
 
 At the time the now known "Pelew," or "Palu" islands were 
 separated from the central portion of the Caroline islands, a rem- 
 nant of the Igentoses of that section of Kalveno, and a remnant 
 of the migrating tribe of Degilets from the Wetlog or Borneo 
 section, were left on the Pelew islands, where ultimately they 
 mixed races, and thus established a new people, who termed the 
 
 737 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 island Ger-ze-en'ze, and called themselves the Ger-ze-en'zes, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the "Pe- 
 lewese," whose dark, copper color, said to give evidence of Ma- 
 lay and Papuan blood, arises from the mixture of the dark- 
 skinned Igentoses, and the red-skinned Degilets, with a further 
 modified condition arising from natural causes, through the ages 
 of descendance. Prior to the establishment of the Caroline is- 
 lands, a tribe of Degilets had migrated into Kalveno, from Wet- 
 log, or the "Borneo" region, as far as to the central section of 
 the Caroline Islands, or the "Hugoleu," or "Rug" group, where 
 ultimately they called themselves the De-v6'mans. lAt the time 
 of the formation of the Hugoleu, or Rug group, remnants of 
 both the Igentoses and the Devomans were left upon the Islands 
 where they became hostile to each other, having so remained 
 through all subsequent time, with very little mixture of races, 
 which fact has established two races of people, viz: the "Red," 
 whose pre-historic ancestors were the Devomans, and the 
 "Black," whose pre-historic ancestors were the Igentoses. 
 
 The sixth periodical convulsion occurred about one thousand 
 years after the fifth, and was in four sections. The first section 
 had place west of "Cape York," in the northeast section of the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria.' The force of this convulsion extended 
 south and northwest, through the southeastern spurs of the then 
 known great Duziendlung ranges of the Me-lie'c6n system. 
 By bursting through the eastern side of the now Gulf of Car- 
 pentaria, the "Torres Straits" were established. As the force 
 extended south and southwest, it formed the south section of the 
 above-named Gulf, and left Cape York on the eastern, and Cape 
 "Arnhem" on the west, the islands, inlet waters, and coast line 
 of those sections of the Gulf. As the force extended northwest, 
 it completed the separation of New-Guinea from Australia, and 
 submerged the southeastern section of the then known Meliecon 
 system of mountains, and established the zig-zag coast line of 
 Australia, as far west as to "Cape Londonderry," those of the 
 southwestern coast of New-Guinea, as well as all the coast is- 
 lands, inlet waters, etc., of that section of Australia, and New- 
 Gumea. 
 
 The second section occurred but a few months later than the 
 first, and had place in the section now known as the "Sunda" 
 Straits." The force of this convulsion extended north, along 
 the coast of Australia, to the line of the first sectional convul- 
 sion, which established the present coast line inlet, and inland 
 waters, as far southwest as to the "Exmouth Gulf." 
 
 738 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 The third section occurred but a few months after the second, 
 and had place in the section now known as "Shark Bay," on the 
 western coast of Australia. The force of this convulsion ex- 
 tended northeast to the line of the third section, and south to 
 Cape Leeuwin, or the line of the third section of the fifth period- 
 ical convulsion, which completed the coast line of Australia, and 
 all its inlet waters and coast islands. 
 
 The fourth section occurred about three hundred and fifty 
 years after the first, and had place in the center of the section 
 of country now submerged by the waters of the "Celebean Sea." 
 At that time, there was a great system of mountain ranges, then 
 known as the Meliecon, east and southeast of the island of "Bor- 
 neo," that extended southeast and south of New-Guinea, into 
 that section of Australia now submerged by the Gulf of "Car- 
 pentaria." Another great Duziend range was then known as the 
 Fel-c6-net, that extended in a circular form from the island of 
 "Timor," northwest, thus embracing those of "Java," and "Su- 
 matra," a branch of which extended northeast, through that sec- 
 tion of Borneo. The convulsion being one of the radiating and 
 circular forms combined, the forces shot out into all directions, 
 and circled here and there throughout the Meliecon system, and 
 thus formed the "Straits of Macassar," severed the Celebean 
 islands from Borneo, and established those east, as far as' New- 
 Guinea, and also the "Java Sea," whose waters submerged the 
 section of country then known as Front'le-gi, rendered the high- 
 est portions of the Fel-c6-net range, into the island of "Java," 
 which was then cut off from Sumatra, by the formation of the 
 "Straits of Sunda," and those eastward to, and including that 
 of "Timor," and westward, including Sumatra. 
 
 739 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 THE GREAT VALLEYS OF GON-TA-CU'LO AND 
 
 FRONT'LE-GI, 
 
 AND THE SEAS OF SE'LA-SAC AND CAN-I-EN'CES. 
 
 TELTZIE LIV. 
 
 G6n-ta-cu'l6 was the pre-historic name of a large Keltezec 
 that lay extent northeast of the section now known as the island 
 of Borneo, and north of the Celebes. 
 
 After the submergence of the Keltezec of Gontaculo, the body 
 of water that submerged its area was pre-historically known as 
 the Se la-sac Se-zie, and so remained until just about the be- 
 ginning of Modern Ancient time, when it was changed to the 
 "Celebean Sea." 
 
 Prior to the submergence of the Keltezec of Gontaculo, a 
 tribe of Sokathrans from the Keltezec of Jellatse and a tribe of 
 Vackareons from Vackareon, or the "Indo China" section, had 
 migrated to the Keltezec of Gontaculo, where they ultimately 
 mixed races, termed the valley Gontaculo, and called themselves 
 the Gontaculoes. 
 
 Prior to the time that the Celebes island was severed from 
 Wetlog (Borneo) some of the Degilets, who were a mixed race 
 of Sokathrans and Kenthricks, had migrated into the section of 
 the Celebes island, where they settled, and were left as a rem- 
 nant, at the time of the establishment of the island, when they 
 retained their former tribe and section names. 
 
 At the time of the submergence of the Keltezec of Gonta- 
 culo, remnants of the Gontaculoes were also left on the island 
 of Celebes, where in subsequent time they mixed races with the 
 Degilets, termed the island Kath'a-gem, and called themselves 
 the Kathagemens, whose descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Macassars" of Celebes, whose natural environ- 
 ments, reunion of ancestral blood, etc., has modified them physi- 
 cally, to some extent. While they have remained well built, and 
 muscular, their complexion has changed to that of a dark brown 
 hue; their eyes are black, sparkling and expressive; their fore- 
 heads high ; their noses flattish, with large nostrils ; their mouths 
 large; their hair black and soft, which they allow to fall down 
 over their shoulders. 
 
 740 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the more intellectual portion of the 
 descended Gontaculoes desiring, if possible, to find the source of 
 the rising sun, migrated southeast along the range of Duziend- 
 lung, whose remnants are now known as the Solomon islands, 
 until they arrived in the Keltezec now submerged, that lay north- 
 east of the section of New-Guinea at about forty-eight degrees 
 longitude, east from Greenwich, and about four degrees south 
 latitude, where they settled, termed the Keltezec Detremes, and 
 called themselves the Detremens. They dwelt in the valley of 
 Detremes for ages, until they had spread out southeast to the 
 mountains beyond, and along the foothills of the above-named 
 mountains, and some had even penetrated the section now known 
 as the southeast border of New-Guinea. They were a peculiar 
 people, and lived entirely to themselves. They were very peace- 
 able among themselves, more intelligent than most of the mi- 
 grators to the various island districts. In stature they were 
 about five and one-half to six feet. They were large-bodied, 
 being both fleshy and large-boned ; they were of a dark mulatto 
 color; had normal heads; bushy, black and brown hair; low 
 foreheads; shaggy, heavy beards; a good deal of hair on their 
 bodies; black, dark brown and gray eyes; straight, sharp noses^ 
 normal mouths; quite thick lips; normal ears; large, short, or 
 stubby feet, and short toes ; small hands and short fingers. They 
 tilled the soil to some extent ; were very cunning, shrewd or sharp 
 by nature. They lived in huts, principally, that were constructed 
 of mud and sticks, though some of them excavated the earth 
 from the sides of the mountains, thus forming holes in which 
 they dwelt. They wore long-haired skins about their loins, so 
 as to hang skirt-like. They adored all space as the mysterious 
 something from whence came all their benefits, or aids in life. 
 They therefore worshipped the entire heavens. The sun was 
 the principal object of adoration durihg^ the day, and the moon 
 and stars by night. Every planet to them, represented a won- 
 derful force, intended for their good. Their mode of the rec- 
 ognition of that force, was to kneel upon both knees, raise their 
 hands toward the heavens, and then utter a prayer, such as fitted 
 their individual, or specific needs; then bowing, they rose and 
 departed hence. 
 
 The Detremens of this section were controlled by means of 
 a revelation which they claimed to have had from nature. |As 
 the peaks of the range of mountains that bordered the valley, 
 were nearly always hidden by clouds and mists, phenomena, 
 such as attend the sunshine back of, and through the mists and 
 
 741 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 clouds in such regions, were not uncommon in that section. It 
 was claimed by the Detremens, that on a certain occasion, there 
 appeared amidst the mists and clouds, the following characters: 
 
 d Pf 9 ^ 
 
 These were formed by openings in the mists and among the 
 clouds, so as to reveal portions of the mountain's side, that were 
 illumined with a golden light that came from behind the mists, 
 so as to produce a gorgeous phenomenon in the form of the writ- 
 ten word of Detremes, plainly portrayed in characters of their 
 language, and was a parallel case, of Nature's writing upon the 
 mountain's peak, with that of the spirit handwriting on the wall 
 at Belshazzar's feast. 
 
 The word Detremes, therefore, became sacred to the people, 
 who adopted it as their national name, and was also borne by 
 the chief ruler individually. Therefore, he in turn termed the 
 country, the valley, and the mountain range, Detremes, whose 
 remnants are now known as the Solomon islands, and further 
 ordered that the people be called Detremens, as the name had 
 been handed down to them from Ka'dra, their god principle of 
 space, whom they adored as their benefactor. 
 
 The migrating Detremens, who dwelt in the section of the 
 New-Hebrides islands (before the fifth great periodical convul- 
 sion), further migrated into Polynesia, as far as to the section 
 that now forms the Fiji Islands, or more correctly, the Viti archi- 
 pelago, where they became degenerated, and whose descendants 
 ultimately became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 Fijians. 
 
 At the time that the island of Papua or New-Guinea was 
 severed from the section of Frontlegi, and from the then known 
 section of Detremes (Solomon Island region), remnants of the 
 Detremes were left on the eastern and northeastern sections of 
 the island, and scattered migrating tribes of the Gontaculoes 
 were left on the northern and northwestern, who became the an- 
 cestors of the pre-historic tribes, from whom have descended the 
 various Papuan, or Melanesian, and Negrito races of New- 
 Guinea, and from similar sources, those of the whole of Melan- 
 esia, in modified forms, as the term implies. 
 
 After a time, the original remnant descended Detremens 
 termed the island Lez-gra'te (Great Land), and called them- 
 , selves A'gonths ; but as the ages went by, the tribe names were 
 
 742 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 changed to suit the natural conditions surrounding them, and new 
 terms were adopted on the section, meaning Great Land, which 
 was a custom that continued to be handed down among the vari- 
 ous tribes to the present time; hence, preventing any real single 
 native name from being adopted for the island. 
 
 The various ethnographic differences arising in the dark Me- 
 lanesians, or Papuans, or the characteristics that distinguished 
 them from the Polynesians, arise from mixture of blood that de- 
 scended to them through the Detremens and the Gontaculoes, 
 whose ancestors, both remote and near, were the Fesents, Delka 
 Sadels, and the Hintox on one side, and the Vackareons on the 
 other, or an amalgamation of both Malay and Mongol blood, 
 through the long line of descendancy. Therefore, the Papuan 
 element that exists in the "Aura" islands, and in western New- 
 Guinea, is influenced more from the Gontaculoes, or their de- 
 scendants direct; while those of the Solomon Islands, the New- 
 Hebrides, and the Fiji, have been more influenced from the Det- 
 remens and their descendants, and the various conditional Pa- 
 puan grades of the tribes and peoples of New-Guinea proper, are 
 due to mixture in pre-historic time through the Detremens and 
 the Gontaculoes, still further modified by modern mixtures, in 
 connection with natural, and conditional influences. 
 , In the region of the Fiji Islands the Sawaiori, or brown Poly- 
 nesian element from the east, met that of the dark Papuan, or 
 Melanesian, when the former influence radiated into the latter, 
 thus causing a race modification by virtue of the infusion of 
 Polynesian blood into that of the Melanesian. 
 
 As the Malayo Polynesian element spread westward through 
 the descendants of the Kallutes, it brought mixed conditions into 
 Detremes, or the Solomon island section, and at the time of the 
 formation of the Solomon islands, remnants of both the Detre- 
 mens and the Kallutes were left on them, the latter having es- 
 tablished settlements in the section of the "Bellona" and the 
 "Rennell" islands of the south, and the "Ongting Java" in the 
 north, a descended migration from the former, whose further 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the Malay, or 
 pure Polynesian element in the Solomon Islands. 
 
 The Detremens who occupied the central portion (by degen- 
 eration, and race mixture with the tribes of Kallutes, who entered 
 their section), developed a new race of people in that section, 
 whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the now 
 known Melanesians, or Papuan races of the Solomon islands. 
 Owing to the influence brought to bear upon them by the infu- 
 
 743 
 
Submers:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 sion of the Kallutes blood, or that part of the mixed race in- 
 fluence, their skins vary from black, or brown, to a copperish 
 hue, the darker predominating. Their hair is dark, though often 
 dyed red or fawn color, and is crisp, and inclined to the woolly 
 condition; it hangs naturally in ringlets three to eight inches in 
 length, but when trained, it usually forms one smooth bush form, 
 the fashion for both sexes. Depilation is practised; little hair, as 
 a rule, grows on their faces, but hairy men are not rare. 
 
 In the New-Hebrides, the western migration of the Kallutes, 
 and the presence of the Detremens, and their race mixture, 
 established two race conditions in the islands, which present both 
 Papuan and Malay Polynesian characteristics. Where the in- 
 fusion of the Malayo Polynesian blood has been made into that 
 of the Negrito Polynesian, the descendants are the taller, fairer, 
 and less savage as a people. 
 
 In the Caledonia islands as in the Solomon, and the New- 
 Hebrides, there are two types of aboriginal people, viz: a Sub- 
 Papuan, and a Sub-Sawaiori race. The former are descendants 
 from their pre-historic ancestors, the Detremens, though in a 
 degenerate condition. The latter, or Sub-Swaiori type, are de- 
 scendants from a mixed race of Kallutes, who migrated to that 
 section from the Tonga and the Friendly Island sections, before 
 the establishment of the Caledonia islands and the Detremens, 
 and therefore possess all the features of the Sub-Papuans, though 
 modified by the infusion of Kallutes blood, which brought to 
 their descendants a physique superior to that of the Sub-Papu- 
 ans, and a lighter color, which gives them a close resemblance to 
 the Polynesians. The Sub-Sawaiori people inhabit the eastern 
 and southern portion of the island, principally, and represent 
 the upper class of aborigines ; but the two types mingle to some 
 extent all over the island. 
 
 At the time that Australia was severed from New-Guinea by 
 the establishment of the Torres Straits, a remnant of the 
 Agonths was left on the northeastern portion of the Australian 
 section. Subsequently, they termed the section A-gon'thriis, 
 after their ancestors, the Agonths, with a slight change in the 
 name, as above, and called themselves the Gis'traz. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Gistraz tribe in Agon- 
 thrus, a portion of the Hen'si-ocks passed from island to island, 
 east of the now known section of Java until they reached the 
 northern section of Agonthrus, where they settled and called 
 themselves the Regal-tys. 
 
 In subsequent time, a tribe of the Gistraz people had migrated 
 
 744 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 to the southeastern coast of the island, when they settled in the 
 section between the northern portion of the Clark mountains 
 and the sea coast, or between the now known Upstart Bay and 
 Port Denison, where they retained their former tribe and section 
 names. Their first pre-historic hamlet, which they termed Miin'- 
 jab, was located on the site where now the town of "Bowen" 
 has place, in the province of Queens-Land. 
 
 Prior to the separation of New Zealand from Australia, the 
 Gistraz people had spread out along the eastern coast of Aus- 
 tralia, or the section of Queens-Land, west of the Northumber- 
 land Islands, or from "Cape Upstart" in the north, to the south- 
 ern extremity of Broad Sound. Still later on, a tribe of the 
 Gistraz people from the above-named section migrated south- 
 ward into the now known province of New South Wales, when 
 they settled northwest of the city of Sidney, near the foothills 
 of the Blue mountains of that section, and still retained their 
 tribe and section names. Their first pre-historic hamlet, which 
 they termed E-nin'ge-sing, was located on the site where now 
 the town of "Richmond" has place. 
 
 The Gistraz, the Regaltys, and their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the now known Melanesians, or Aus- 
 tralian aborigines, from whom they inherited some of the Negrito 
 similarities. The Regaltys having descended from the Sokath- 
 rans and the Kenthricks of Malaygon, through the blood of the 
 Gurotes and Haretons of Mutzon (Sumatra); the Krehats and 
 the Hensiocks of Katza (Java) ; and ultimate mixed race of 
 Krehats and Hensiocks ; therefore, being descendants through 
 the same blood of pre-historic ancestors as that of the Gis- 
 traz, which latter pepole had descended from the Sokathrans, 
 Kenthricks, and Vackareons of Trudox (Farther India), and the 
 Indian archipelago regions; the Detremens of Detremes (Solo- 
 mon island region), who were migrators from the same people, 
 and finally through the Agonths of Papua or New Guinea, read- 
 ily re-united the ancestral race blood, when they met again in 
 Agonthrus or Australia. Physically speaking, by means of con- 
 ditional descendancy, they are somewhat changed. 
 
 Front'le-gi was the pre-historic name of the large Kel- 
 tezec that lay extent east and west between the section? of country 
 now known as the Islands of Java and Borneo. After its sub- 
 mergence the body of water that covered its area, was pre-his- 
 torically known as the Can-I-en'ces Se'zie, and so remained until 
 the Adomic period, when it was changed and has-been since 
 known as the Java Sea. 
 
 745 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Caniences Sezie, a large 
 tribe of Sokathrans, and a small one of the Kenthricks, migrated 
 to that section of country then known as Frontlegi, which em- 
 braced the now known Indian archipelago, or the great Keltezec 
 now submerged by the waters of the Java Sea, which Keltezec 
 they termed Sin-to-i'lic (the term meaning Warm Sun), and 
 called themselves the Mon'ge-lets. In time the two peoples 
 mixed races, which condition established a new race of people 
 in that section. At the time of the submergence, they were near- 
 ly all lost, but those who did escape, were left as a remnant on 
 the islands now known as Java and Madura. They were a higher 
 grade of people than those who migrated to the now known 
 Polynesian, and Australasian sections, from the fact that they 
 were of the more intelligent portion of the Sokathrans, and 
 Kenthricks, who inhabited the then known section of Malaygon 
 (Malay). They wore short furred skins about their loins dur- 
 ing the cold seasons, and at other times went nude. They had 
 some idea of worship, directed toward the Sun, at the time of 
 its rising and setting. When it was just appearing above the 
 horizon, they congregated, or stood individually, where they could 
 see it, and as it rose to full view, they waved their hands above 
 their heads as if to salute its coming, and at the same time would 
 shout the word Es-le'tish (He comes back). When the sun was 
 going down, they would again congregate, wave their hands as 
 before, and shout E-letish (He goes down). 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Kanhanze Sezie (Japan 
 Sea), when Java was severed from Sumatra, two remnant 
 peoples were left on the island, who had migrated there from Mut- 
 zon (Sumatra), viz: the Gurotes and the Haretons. The Gurotes 
 occupied the northern portion of the island, called themselves the 
 Krehats, but did not give the section a name. The Haretons, 
 occupied the southern section, which they termed Gath-o-se- 
 lon'ze, and called themselves the He-en'si-6cks. After a time, 
 the Heensiocks and Krehats mixed races, to a certain extent, from 
 which condition came a new race, who retained the name of lie- 
 ensiocks but re-named the entire island Kat'za, which so remained 
 until about the Adomic period, when it was changed to Jahava, 
 and later to Java. 
 
 The Heensiocks and their descendants, became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of the "Sundanese" of Java proper. The Javanese 
 proper, are an amalgamate race, so established by the infusion 
 of "Madurese" blood into that of the Sundanese, which has been 
 further influenced by that of the "Hindus." From natural en- 
 
 746 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 vironments, mixture of races, etc., the complexion of all three 
 races of Java, has developed into various shades of yellowish 
 brown, with a touch of olive green, the darker shades in the 
 Javanese being due to the mixture of races. The hair disap- 
 peared from their breasts and limbs, and their beard became 
 almost extinct. The hair of the head sustained but little change, 
 except that it became coarser, and more lank. In stature, there 
 has been some degeneration, as well as in their general physique, 
 the former being best retained by the Madurese and Javanese, 
 and the latter by the Sundanese and Madurese. There has been 
 but little change in the eyes, except that in some of the Sun- 
 danese, the oblique condition of the more remote Schirants of 
 Atlantis, through the Zanranzans of the Cape Verdi remnants, 
 the Horziethas of Africa, the Rezendeths and Ackredeths, and 
 ultimate Kentersends of China, has re-appeared. The noses of 
 the Madurese and Sundanese, show a return condition belonging 
 to their more remote ancestors, in being flat and small, with 
 wide nostrils, and in some of the Javanese the aquiline condi- 
 tion reappears. Their eyes and mouths have sustained but little 
 change from those of their immediate ancestors, excepting the 
 disappearance, of the thin lips that characterized some of the 
 Heensiocks and Mongelets. In the Madurese the cheek bones 
 are more strongly developed than in the Javanese and Sundanese, 
 which shows the change their features liave sustained through 
 the generations from their remote ancestors. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 THE GREAT VALLEYS OF JEL-LAT'SE AND 
 
 TE-LE-KA-TOO', AND THE SEAS OF TAG'A-LU 
 
 AND YU-LI-O'TEM. 
 
 TELTZIE LV. 
 
 Jel-lat'se was the pre-historic name of the great Keltezec 
 that lay extent southwest and northeast between the now known 
 section of Borneo and the Philippine islands, on the east, and 
 "Malay" and "Anam," or "Cochin China" on the west, or north- 
 east from the Malay and Borneo sections to the latitude of 
 "Hong Kong" China. 
 
 Prior to the final establishment of Gandeculo, or the Great 
 Eastern archipelago, and the seas that now have place along the 
 eastern coast of Asia, a great range of mountains then known as 
 the Heck'las, extended southwest from the section of 
 "Kamchatka," in the north, to the island of "Sumatra" in the 
 south, where it blended into the then known Felconit range, and 
 also the then known Meliecon system of Euzeendlung. 
 
 About four hundred years prior to the first periodical con- 
 vulsion, that established southeastern Polynesia, a large convul- 
 sion occurred that had place in the section of country now known 
 as the Natumas island, northeast of Malay. The force of this con- 
 vulsion separated Java, and Sumatra, formed the "Gulf of Siam," 
 and that portion of the "China Sea" northeast, to the southern 
 section of the "Palawan" island of the Philippines, and "Cape 
 Cambodia," of "Farther India." 
 
 About two hundred and fifty years subsequent to this convul- 
 sion, a second one occurred, and had place west of the western 
 central section of the Island of "Luzon,' of the Philippines. The 
 force of this convulsion established the northeast section of the 
 "China Sea," and extended further northeast, to the establish- 
 ment of the "Formosa Straits," and the "Formosa Island." A 
 few months later, a branch from the former convulsion, occurred, 
 and had place in a high range of mountains northeast of the 
 "Hainan islands," at a point just southwest of the "Straits of 
 Luichau." The force of this latter convulsion formed the 
 Straits of Luichau, severed the Hainan island from the peninsula 
 on the southwest section of "Kwangtung," "China," established 
 
 748 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the "Gulf of Tonquin," its coastline, inlet waters, and islands. 
 The force of the two above named convulsions, further com- 
 pleted the establishment of the "Philippine Islands," and all 
 those within, and along the coast of the "China Sea," the coast 
 lines, and inlet waters of that section, 
 water that covered its area, was pre-historicially known as the 
 
 After the submergence of the Keltezec of Jellatse, the body of 
 Tagula Sezie, and so remained until during the Adomic period, 
 when it was changed, and since known as the China Sea. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Tagalu Sezie, that portion of 
 the great Keltezec of Jellatse, north from "Cape Varela," on th^ 
 eastern coast of "Indo China," north to the coast of "China," 
 and east, including the northern half of the Philippine islands 
 (then a part of the great Hecklas range), was inhabited by Vack- 
 areons, who had migrated thence from both Vackareon in th^ 
 now known Province of "Kwang-se," China, and their Vack- 
 areon in the province of "Tung-King," Anam, and also by th^ 
 Kenthricks of Malaygon (Malay), who were of the same blood, 
 from the section of their Tinkidocia (Lower-Siam), who ulti- 
 mately mingled as one nation, and were all known under the 
 national name of Kenthricks. 
 
 All the southern section of Keltezec of Jellatse, from about 
 the location of "Cape Varela," of Indo China, east, including 
 the southern half of the Philippine islands, and south, including 
 the island of Borneo was inhabited by Sokathrans, who as a large 
 nation, had spread out into the above named section. 
 
 At the time that the now known island of Borneo was severed 
 from the main land of Indo China, a remnant of the Sokathrans 
 from Malaygon, who had spread out into the same section, were 
 left on the Island of Borneo, and in subsequent time, mingled 
 races to such an extent as to establish a new race, who termed 
 the island Wetlog, and called themselves the Degilets. In dispo- 
 sition, they varied. They were quite peaceable at times, and then 
 again they were quite contentious. They went mostly nude, but 
 at times, some of them wore skins about their loins. They had 
 no religious ideas, or conception of a God principle, hence no 
 adorational exercises, symbols, or idols. The Degilets, who were 
 a mixed race of Sokathrans from Malaygon, and the Kenthricks 
 from Tinkidocia, and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the five branches of Dyaks, Dayaks, or Dayakkers, 
 as classified by Kessel, and also of the brown, long haired Malay 
 race now known to occupy the Island of Borneo. 
 
 Contentions that arose among them in their early pre-historic 
 
 749 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 period, caused them to separate into two factions, the division 
 being made according to the diversity of ethnographic conditions 
 that arose through the descendancy from a mixed race, viz, the 
 Sokathrans and the Kenthricks ; hence the now known two races^ 
 viz : the Dyaka and the Malayan, who really belong to the same 
 stock, though the latter consider the former as aliens, and them- 
 selves as original people. In stature and physical form, they have 
 degenerated somewhat, from that of their ancestors, the Degi- 
 lets, but their reddish brown color, has grown somewhat purer, 
 and the women have taken on more of the Chinese color, which 
 is a link down from the Vackareon ancestors, which latter des- 
 cended from the Kentersends, who were also the ancestors of the 
 Chinese. Their high cheek Bones and retrousse noses bear out 
 characteristics having descended from the Degilets, and the non- 
 presence of a beard, a characteristic of most of the males, though 
 some have a slight growth, is but still further degeneration of 
 that characteristic, subsequent to the time of their ancestors, the 
 Degilets, who possessed beards only under their cWns and on 
 their necks. Their foreheads have changed from the retreat- 
 ing form, to the high order. Their hair and eyes have remained 
 nearly the same. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the "Gulf of Ton-quin 
 remnants of the Vackareons of their Vackareon in the section of 
 "Tung-King, Anam, who had spread out into the Tonquin section, 
 were left on the now known island of "Hainan," when they set- 
 tled o nthe northwest side of the "Li-mou Shan," or "Wu Tchi 
 Shan" mountains, when they termed the island W6g-no thre, and 
 called themselves the Wog'nose. The men generally wore loose 
 robes. Some of them only wore a garment about the loins, and 
 some even went nude. The women who clothed themselves, 
 wore a loose robe, a part of which was thrown back over each 
 shoulder, after being crossed on the breast. They were a great 
 people to gesticulate when holding conversation with each other, 
 and they were very harmonious as a people. They were at all 
 times in adoration of the Sun, which they supposed to be the 
 cause of all existence in creation. In reality, they worshipped the 
 whole heavens, or the planets, the constellations, and fixed stars 
 thereof. When they held their adorational services, they would 
 kneel, raise their right hand toward the heavens, then bow to th^ 
 earth, place their hands, palms downward, and then lay their 
 faces on top of them, after which, they would utter a prayer, 
 such as suited the occasion which usually was relative to their 
 needs individually. During this exercise, their leader (who was 
 always the tallest among them), stood in front of them, and when 
 
 750 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 they had done with the prayer, he raised his hand, which was the 
 signal for them to rise, which they did, and when standing erect, 
 they uttered exclamations in adoration of the Sun, which was 
 done in the form of a chant ; then the leader and people together 
 bowed three times, after which they dispersed. They and their 
 descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 civilized aborigines of the island of Hainan. They being descend- 
 ants from the Kentersends (from whom also descended the 
 Chinese), through the Vackareons, therefore brought the Mongo- 
 lian element into the island in its original state, the Chinese ele- 
 ment of the present time having come through subsequent immi- 
 grations; hence, the Shu-li, while being about the same stature, 
 as the Chinese, their skin is a more decided copper color; their 
 cheek bones higher ; and their features more angular. Their hair 
 is long, straight, and black, a characteristic retained from as 
 far back as to their remote ancestors, the Ackredeths and the 
 Aglonsts. Their beards, however, are very scant, if any, due 
 to a degeneration of that characteristic, that began to appear as 
 far back in the ancestary, as the time when the Kentersends be- 
 gan their migration from Thuriistic, and continued down the 
 line of descendants to the time of the establishment of the 
 Chinese and Hainan aborigines. 
 
 At the time that the Philippine islands were severed from 
 Wetlog, and the main land, remnants from the Kenthrick people 
 of Tinkidocia, and of the Vackareons from Vackareon in the 
 Tonquin section, were left on the northern portion of the islands, 
 or principally upon the island Oi Luzon, which they termed 
 Ex'torn, and called themselves Tra'fens. There was also a 
 remnant of the Sokathitins from the Keltezec of Jellatse, who 
 were left on the southern portion of the islands, who finally 
 adopted the name of Extorn as the section, originally given by 
 the Trafens, as above stated, but called themselves the Heck'lu- 
 ses. Subsequently, they mixed races with the Trafens, which 
 condition ultimately established a race of people whose descend- 
 ants became the pre-historic ancestors of the "Aeta" or "Negrito" 
 race, now known to exist sporadically throughout the Philippine 
 archipelago, and by virtue of their mixed blood, having descended 
 through seven races of people, viz : the Delka Sadels ; the Hintox ; 
 the Fesents; the Sokathrans, and the Kenthricks, which latter 
 had descended from the mixture of Kenthricks and Vackareons, 
 and being under the influence of degeneration, brought them 
 down to their present physical condition, viz : dwarfish in stature, 
 a full-grown man being but about four feet eight inches. 
 
 7SI 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Direct descendants from the Heckluces, and their descending 
 tribes, who brought the Malay element into the archipelago, be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the "Tagals," now known to 
 inhabit the "low-lands," in pile dwellings near the water, whose 
 well developed bodies, round heads, high cheek bones, flattish 
 noses, low brows, thick lips, large dark eyes, and strongly 
 marked Imes from the nose to the mouth, compare favorably 
 with the same conditions of their ancestors, though degenerated. 
 
 Direct descendants from the Trafens, and their descended 
 tribes, who brought the Mongol element into the archipelago, 
 like-wise, became the pre-historic ancestors of the "Visayas," 
 who are now known to inhabit all the lands south of Luzon, and 
 were termed Pintodos (i.e., painted people), by the Spaniards 
 in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. 
 
 The savage "Visaya" tribes who inhabit the mountains in the 
 interior of some of the "Visaya" islands, are also descendants 
 from the Trafens, whose lives, under migratory conditions, have 
 degenerated to their present state of existence. 
 
 At a later pre-historic period, when the more decided Mongol 
 characteristics had become established in the descendants of the 
 Kentersends of the section of Zencustezum, some of their tribes, 
 by maritimal migration, arrived on the island of Luzon, whose 
 descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known 
 "Igorrotes," or "Igolotes." 
 
 The absence of the oblique eyes in the Shu-li race, is due to 
 the fact that they are descendants from a tribe of Lazerends 
 who had migrated into that section about the time that the Vack- 
 areons arrived there. The oblique eye condition of the Chinese 
 comes through the Kentersend influence proper, and the slighter 
 oblique of the Japanese eyes, comes through the mixed influence 
 of Kentersend and Lazerend blood descendants. 
 
 At the time of the final establishment of the Hainan island, 
 a remnant of the Fesents, who had migrated from Trudox (Far- 
 ther India), into the Keltezec of Jellatse, were left as a remnant 
 on the southern portion of the island, who termed that section 
 of the island, Shrln'ner-zret, and called themselves the Ha-zi-e- 
 zans, whose descendants became the pre-historic ancestors of the 
 "Sheng-li," or the now known wild aborigines of the Hainan 
 island. 
 
 The Fesents who were a wild and hostile people, endowed 
 their descendants, the Shangli aborigines with the same character- 
 istics, for among themselves they still carry on deadly feuds, and 
 revenge is said to be an inherited duty, which they do not fail 
 
 752 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 to perform. One of the physical characteristics of the Sheng-li 
 race, is their drooping ears, which descended to them from their 
 ancestors, the Fesents, or mixed race of Delka Sadels and Hin- 
 tox, whose ears were characterized with flabby, or drooping 
 auricles, a feature that had likewise descended to the Fesents 
 from their ancestors the Delka Sadels, who had ears with droop- 
 ing upper portions of the auricles, and the Hintox who had long 
 auricles that also lopped forward at the top, so marked was the 
 feature with the Shang-li race that, iii, B.C., when "Lu-Pe-teh," 
 general to Emperor Wu-ti, first made the island of Hainan, 
 subject to Chinese, he divided it into the two prefectures, "Tan- 
 uhr," or "Drooping Ear," in the south, which was the original 
 section of the Haziezans (so called from the long ears of their 
 native King), and "Chu-yai," or "Pearl Shore," in the north. 
 The "Laos" of lower Siam, and the "Lolos" of China, being also 
 descendants from the Fesents, are therefore of the same stock. 
 Te-le-ka-too' was the pre-historic name of the great 
 Keltezec that lay extent southwest and northeast, from the now- 
 known island of "Formosa" in the southwest, and the Japanese 
 islands in the northeast, and branched north, and northwest be- 
 tween the now known sections of "Corea" and eastern "China" 
 and between the now known provinces of "Shan-tung" and 
 "Shing-King," China. 
 
 About one hundred and seventy-five years subsequent to the 
 previously mentioned second convulsion that had place west of 
 Luzon, another one occurred in the section of country now known 
 as that of the northwest coast of the "Kyushii" islands, Japan. 
 At the time of that convulsion, a large Keltezec then known as 
 Telekatoo extended northeast from the Formosa island, and 
 northwest from the "Loo Choo," and the "Madiicosima" islands, 
 and northwest, thus established the now known "Yellow Sea,'' 
 by the submergence of that section of the Telekatoo Keltezec, 
 and the coast line conditions of that section of China, as far as 
 to the eastern point of "Cape Macartney," and all the islands, 
 and inlet waters along that section of "Corea," China. About 
 thirty years after this convulsion, a sectional one occurred south- 
 west of "Charlottes Point," of the southern portion of the prov- 
 ince of Shing-king, and north of the town of "Tang-chau," China. 
 The force of this convulsion extended west into the southeastern 
 portion of the province of Chih-li, south into the province of 
 Shan-tung, and northeast into the province of Shing-king, when 
 it severed the provinces of Shing-King and Shan-tung, sunk that 
 portion of the great Keltezec of Telekatoo, and submerged it with 
 
 753 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 the waters of the now known "Yellow Sea," thus establishing the 
 "Gulfs of Pechili" and of "Liautung," and further connected them 
 with the Yellow Sea, at which time the principal portion of the 
 waters of the then known inland sea of Cas-cii-de-ren'ge, were 
 drained off into the Yellow Sea, and after many years of evapor- 
 ation and absorption of the remaining waters, the Cascuderenge 
 area became the now known great "Desert of Gobi," in central 
 Asia. 
 
 After the submergence of the Keltezec of Telekatoo, the body 
 of water that covered its area, was pre-historically known as the 
 Yii-ly-6'tem Se-zie, and so remained until near the latter part 
 of the Adomic period, when it was changed, and the main portion 
 since known as the Yellow Sea, and that portion between the 
 provinces of Shan-tung, Ghih-li, and Shing-king, as the Gulfs 
 of Pechili and Liautung. 
 
 At the time that the island of Formosa was severed from the 
 main land, by the establishment of the straits of Formosa, a 
 remnant of the Kentersends, who had spread out from their 
 hamlet and section of Cellenthecon, in the northeastern portion 
 of the province of "Kwang-tung," China, into the region of the 
 Formosa island, were left upon it, who settled on the southwest- 
 ern coast, in the vicinity where now the town of "Ghanghua," 
 has place, when they termed the island Gros'tine, and called them- 
 selves the Tre-lu'tes. 
 
 After several generations, another tribe of Kentersends from 
 the section of "Fuh-kien" (by maritimal migration), entered the 
 island and settled among their brethren, the Trelutes. After 
 they had thus dwelt together for several generations, contentions 
 arose among them, which ultimated in the establishment of two 
 conditional factions. This caused them to spread out, when one 
 faction went to the southern portion of the island, which they 
 termed Re-id'ish, and called themselves the E-ces'sets. The other 
 faction occupied the northern portion of the island, and retained 
 the name of Grostine for the section, and that of Trelutes for 
 their tribal name. Physically, they were about the same as 
 their ancestors, the Kentersends, there being at that time no 
 further mixture of races. They were Sun worshippers, and be- 
 lieved (as did their remote ancestors), that by migrating, they 
 ultimately, would arrive at the place of its rising, or find from 
 whence it came; hence, their various changes of location. 
 Whenever they beheld the Sun ascending from the horizon, they 
 (in adorational obeisance to its marvelous coming forth to view), 
 
 754 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 would throw up their hands and arms above their heads and 
 give utterance to lou3. exclamations of joy and gladness. 
 
 The Trelutes, and their descendants, became the prfi-historic 
 ancestors of the "Pe-pa-hwan," semi-civilized, or subjugated 
 aborigines of the island of Formosa. 
 
 The Ecessets, and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Chehwan," or wild aborigines; or as they are 
 sometimes called, the "green savages," who dwell in many tribes 
 or clans in the island of Formosa. 
 
 There was also a mixture of Sokathran blood with that of the 
 Ecessets, who at the time of the submergence of the Keltezec of 
 Jellatse, escaped to the southern portion of the island qf For- 
 mosa, which has left the Malay characteristic influence with 
 their descendants, the "Che-hwan" aborigines. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Yulyotem Sezie, that por- 
 tion of the Keltezec of Telekatoo south of the northeastern sec- 
 tion of the province of Shan-tung, China, including the southern 
 portion of the great Keltezec of Nintsrushan, and that portion 
 of the foothills of the Hecklas range, now known as th6 south- 
 ern section, or half of the island of "Niphon," Japan, was in- 
 habited by Kentersend migrators from Zencustezum, who termed 
 all that section of the country Ja-sa'de, and called themselves the 
 Ja-sa'des. 
 
 The northern portion of the Keltezec of Teleketoo, now sub- 
 merged by the waters of the Gulfs of Pechili and Liautung, and 
 the northern half of the great Keltezec of Nintsrushan, as far 
 north as to the southern section of the "Saghalien" island, includ- 
 ing the foot-hills of the Hecklas range of the section now known 
 as the northern half of the Niphon island, and the entire portion 
 of the "Yezo," was inhabited by the Lazerend migrators from 
 Zintizantum, who termed all that section Shadise, and called 
 themselves the Shad-i-ses. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Yulyotem Sezie, a 
 remnant of the Jasades from Jasade, and one of the Shadises 
 from Shadise, were left upon the peninsula of "Corea," or "Cho- 
 sen," so called by the natives. Shibsequently, the two rem- 
 nants mixed races whose descendants ultimately termed the 
 section or peninsula, In'gus (In the great waters'), and also 
 called themselves the In'gus, for the saime reason. The influ- 
 ence of the Jasades was the stronger of the two remnants, hence, 
 by their being direct descendants from the Kentersends, the mod- 
 ern Coreans, more closely resemble the modern Chinese people 
 who were also descendants from the Kentersends. 
 
 7SS 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 THE GREAT VALLEYS OF NINT-SRU'SHAN AND 
 
 JEL'DE-CO. AND THE SEAS OF KAN-HAN'ZE 
 
 AND OK-HOT'SK. 
 
 TELTZIE LVI. 
 
 Nint-sru'shan was the pre-historic name of the great 
 Keltezec that lay extent southwest and northeast between the 
 Japanese slands in the east, and Corea and Mantchooria on the 
 west. 
 
 About the time of the first periodical convulsion, that estab- 
 lished the southeastern section of Polynesia, there occurred two 
 principal convulsions, and several smaller ones, within the space 
 of two years time, that had place in the section of the "J^P^"" 
 islands. At that time, there was a large keltezec known as the 
 Nintsrushan, that extended northeast from southern Corea, and 
 the Niphon island, to west of the Yezo. 
 
 The first of the principal convulsions had place between the 
 Noto Cape (western central portion of the Niphon island, of 
 Japan), and the southwestern coast of the Sado island. The 
 force of this convulsion cut the Sado island from Cape Noto, 
 formed the Fuseno Bay; and extended west into the Keltezec 
 of Nintsrushan, sunk that portion of the northern section of the 
 Straits of Corea, thus forming the southwestern section of the 
 Sea of Japan, by submergence of' the stmken land, with the 
 adjacent sea waters, and further established the eastern coast of 
 Corea. 
 
 The second periodical convulsion had place south of the 
 Yezo island, between it and the northern boundary of the Niphon 
 island. The force of this convulsion, separated the two above 
 named islands, extended north, separated the Yezo island from 
 the Saghalien, by the establishment of "La Perouse Straits," and 
 extended west across the Keltezec of Nintsrushan, to the now 
 coast of Manchuria, and in co-operation with smaller sectional 
 convulsions, established the sea of Japan, as far north as to the 
 southern extremity of the Saghalien island, the coast line, inlet 
 waters, etc., of that section of eastern Asia. 
 
 After the submergence of the Keltezec of Nintsrushan, the 
 
 7S6 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 body of water that covered its area, was pre-historically known 
 as the Kanhanze Sezie, and so remained until the latter part of 
 the Adomic period, when it was changed, and since is known as 
 the Japan Sea. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Kanhanze Sezie, as before 
 stated, the northern half of the great Keltezec of Nintsrushan, 
 the southern section of the Saghalien island, including the foot- 
 hills of the great Hecklas range, the northern half of the Niphon 
 island, and the entire portion of the Yezo, were inhabited by the 
 Shadises. At the time of the formation of the Kanhanze Sezie, 
 a large remnant of the Shadises were left on the southern sec- 
 tion of the island of Niphon. 
 
 The Shadises left on the Yezo (who practically speaking, 
 remained the same race of people), retained the same sectional 
 and tribal names, and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Aino" tribes of the island of Yezo. 
 
 The Jasades, who were the most numerous, and the Shad- 
 ises who were left on the island of Niphon, in time, mixed races, 
 after which, their descendants, re-termed the islands Jap'a-kan, 
 and called themselves tTie Japa-kans, whose further descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Japanese proper. It 
 was during the latter part of the Adomic period that the descend- 
 ed Jasades changed the section and tribe names, from Japakan 
 to Japan, and Japakans to Japanese. The Japakans made no 
 further migrations eastward than the present known islands of 
 Japan, prior to their establishment as such. 
 
 Jel'de-co was the pre-historic name of the great Keltezec 
 ' that lay extent north and south between the Saghalien and the 
 Kurile islands (the southern half), and between the now known 
 section o'f Siberia and the Kamchatka peninsula (the north- 
 ern half). 
 
 About six hundred years prior to the first periodical convul- 
 sion that formed southeastern Polynesia, there occurred three 
 principal convulsions in the section of country now known as 
 the Sea of Okhotsk. 
 
 The first had place in the section extremity of Cape Patience, 
 on the eastern coast of the Saghalien island. At that time the 
 large Keltezec, of Jeldeco, also extended northwest from the now 
 known Kurile islands, to the foothills of the spurs of the then 
 known En-ta-sa-zen'z6 range, but modernly known as the Yab- 
 loni, and the Stanovoi mountains. The force of this convulsion 
 established the southern half of the Sea of Okhotsk, severed the 
 Saghalien island from the main land of Asia, completed the Gulf 
 
 757 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 or "Channel of Tartary," and left "Cape Patience" as the silent 
 witness of the convulsion and its results. 
 
 The second periodical convulsion occurred about fifty years 
 after the first, and had place in the foothills of the spurs of the 
 Entasazenzo range, south of the town of Okhotsk, in eastern 
 Siberia. The force of this convulsion established the northern 
 section of the "Sea of Okhotsk" (not including the Gijinsk Gulf, 
 which latter was the work of a subsequent smaller convulsion), 
 by submerging that section of the Keltezec of Entasazenzo, and 
 also established the northwestern coast of the Peninsula of Kam- 
 chatka, and the coast lines of the "Sea of Okhotsk," on the Rus- 
 sian and Kamchatka sides. 
 
 The third periodical convulsion occurred about sixty-five years 
 after the second, and had place between "Cape Lopatka" or the 
 southern extremity of the Peninsula of Kamchatka and Paramu- 
 shir of the "Kurile islands." At the time of this convulsion, a 
 range of Duziendlung, then termed En-se-menl-al, extended south- 
 west from the now backbone of Kamchatka and its southeastern 
 branch, to the region of the now known Yezo island, where it be- 
 came conjunct with the great Hecklas range, before described, the 
 highest peaks of which are now known as the Kurile islands. 
 The force of this convulsion extended along the Ensemenial 
 range, to the establishment of the Kurile islands, and completed 
 the work of the former convulsions by the final establishment of 
 the Peninsula of Kamchatka, and the present open waters of 
 the Sea of Okhotsk, and the southwestern section of the "Behring 
 Sea." 
 
 After the submergerice of the Keltezec of Jeldeco, the body of 
 water that covered its area was pre-historically known as the 
 Ok-hot'sk Sezie, and has so remained until modern times, the 
 name never having sustained a change, and therefore now known 
 as the Okhotsk Sea. Prior to its formation, that portion of the 
 great Keltezec of Nintsrushan, submerged by the waters of the 
 now known northern portion of the Gulf of Tartary; the south- 
 eastern half of the island of Saghalien, or more properly, the 
 island of Karaftu, or Karafuto ; the southeastern portion of the 
 then known Keltezec of Jeldeco, to about as far north as the 
 fiftieth degree north latitude, and east to the foothills of the Heck- 
 las range, on the Kurile islands, were inhabited by the Yu-Tn'zams 
 of GH-ti'zer. 
 
 The northwestern half of the Saghalien island, the central 
 and the northwestern portion of the Keltezec of Jelteco, as far 
 north as to about sixty degrees north latitude, and east to the 
 
 758 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 section of the foothills of the Hecklas range, or the Peninsula of 
 Kamchatka, were inhabited by Salemanzes migrators from Sal- 
 emango. At the time of the formation of the Saghalien island, 
 a remnant of the Salemanzes was left on the northern portion 
 of the island, who ultimately termed it Ju-ku'lix, and called 
 themselves the Tet'lybs, whose descendants became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of that branch of the "Tungus" race, now known 
 as the "Gilyaks," who occupy the northern portion of the island. 
 The Gilyaks, who still occuy the region of the "Amur river" 
 of Manchuria, and "Saghalian Oula" of southeastern Siberia, 
 are members of the same stock, having descended, as did the 
 Salemanzes, directly from the Lazerends of Zintizantum; those 
 from the Amur River region direct from Zintizantum, by migra- 
 tion to their Salemango home, northeast Siberia; thence to the 
 Saghalien island, where now, as then, they subsist by fishing and 
 hunting. About the same time that the "Ainoes" were settled 
 in Yezo, and the Kurile island section, a tribe of the Ingus race 
 from Ingus (Corea), from whence they wandered, while on a 
 Hunting expedition, finally became settled in the Amur basin; 
 from whence they farther migrated into the section of the Sag- 
 halien island, and at the time of the establishment of the island, 
 a very small tribe of them were left on it. 
 
 The descendants of the Ingus' people, who possessed both 
 Kentersend and Lazerend blood in their veins, and who slightly 
 differed from the Gilyaks, who were of the pure Lezerend stock, 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Oroks of the Saghalien 
 island, and the Orotchons of the Amur river section, who also 
 still live by fishing and hunting. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the Gulf of Tartary, and the 
 establishment of the southern portion of the Saghalien island, a 
 remnant of the Kuinzams of Giltizer (Klurile islands) was left 
 on that portion of the island, and another portion was left on 
 the southeastern coast of Siberia, whose descendants became the 
 descendants of the Ainoes of southern Saghalien, and the region 
 of the Amur river. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the Kurile islands, a rem- 
 nant of the Yuinzams were also left on them, whose descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the Ainoes that now inhabit 
 those islands, and who are a kindred race to the Ainoes of the 
 Yezo and the Saghalien islands, and also those of the Amur 
 river basin, descended from the Yuinzams of Giltizer, who were 
 descendants from the Salemanzes who had migrated from Sale- 
 mango (their home in eastern Russia), to the region of the Ku- 
 
 759 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 rile islands, where they took the name of Yuinzams, and called 
 the section Giltizer, and from whence they spread out westward, 
 across the southern portion of the Keltezec of Jeldeco, the south- 
 ern portion of the Saghalien island, and the northern extension 
 of the Nintsrushan Keltezec, now the Gulf of Tartary, to the 
 southern coast again. 
 
 The Ainoes of the Kurile islands, the Saghalien, and the 
 Amur river sections, differ from all other Mongolian races by 
 their luxuriance of hair and beard, a fact due to their having de- 
 scended from the Lazerends, through the blood of the Saleman- 
 zes of the cold climate of Siberia, thus bringing the condition 
 southward again to the Kurile and the Saghalien island sections, 
 through their descendants, the Yuinzams. 
 
 Migrating tribes of the Salemanzes and their descendants 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the "Lamuts" (Sea Peo- 
 ple), or the Tungus tribes on the western coast of Okhotsk Sea. 
 Also migrating tribes of Lazerends and their descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the "Yupitatze," or Tungus tribes 
 between the delta of the Amur river, and the Peninsula of Corea. 
 
 It is the infusion of the Kentersend and the Lazerend bloods, 
 combined in the main stock of the "Tungusese" races, by vari- 
 ous tribe mixtures, that has given rise to all the branches of the 
 Tunga stock. 
 
 Descendants of the Lazerends also became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the "Manchus," or "Manchu" people (the term 
 meaning pure), who inhabit Manchuria. They were of the bet- 
 ter class of the aborigines, and were a shifting population, with 
 no fixed location, but went in clans, named after their leaders, 
 as, under the "Chow" dynasty (1122-1225 B. C), they were 
 known as the "Sew-Shin," in subsequent periods, as the "Yih- 
 low," "Wuh-keih," "Moh-hoh," "Pohai," "Nuchin," "K'etan," 
 etc., and in the thirteenth century, "Manchu," after a ruler who 
 came to power at that time. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Sucaniums in Sucan- 
 ium, northeast Siberia, a tribe of their descendants migrated 
 eastward into the section now known as the western coast of 
 Kamchatka. At the time of the formation of the Okhotsk Se- 
 zie, a remnant of the tribe was left in the "Penzhinsk" district 
 of the "Kamchatka Peninsula," which latter they ultimately 
 termed Zema-triis (dark, or short days), and called them- 
 selves the Ram-a-sens. They and their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the "Kamchadales," or the "Itelm," as 
 they termed themselves., Thougk they have spread out into dif- 
 
 760 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ferent localities of the Peninsula and yet in the Penzhinsk dis- 
 trict (their native home), they to the present time have retained, 
 to a great extent, the purity of their original language, the sound 
 of which has been compared by Mr. Kennan to that of "water 
 running out of a narrow-mouthed jug." They have also retained 
 the characteristics of their ancestors, being a strong, hardy peo- 
 ple, inured to the severities of the climate, and are capable of 
 any amount of toil in the way of walking. They, as was the 
 case with their ancestors, are affectionate, and even submissive 
 to their women. 
 
 761 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 OUIL-SE'RA, MER'SUR, MIC-NU'LU, KISH RE-COD'NY, 
 
 OR 
 
 STIGMATIZATION, TATTOOING, FACE PAINTING, 
 AND FEATHER-WEARING. 
 
 TELTZIE LVII. 
 
 The origin of stigmatization, such as is so widely practised 
 in Australia, in the place of tattooing, dates back to the time that 
 the Gistraz tribe became settled in their section of Agonthrus, 
 now known as the southeastern portion of Australia, and is more 
 remote, pre-historically, than the practice of plain tattooing. 
 
 The facts leading up to the practice is as follows : On a cer- 
 tain occasion, as the evening star and the full moon made their 
 appearance above the horizon, Kal-sad'e-iis, the leader of the 
 tribe, was reclining in rest on the side of a mountain thus con- 
 templating the scene until the stars of the entire heavens had 
 become visible. Thus meditating upon the wonderful phenom- 
 ena, he conceived the idea that the Sun was the father planet, 
 the Moon the mother, and the stars their children. 
 
 Further thought upon the subject caused him to raise cica- 
 trices on his face in the form of circles, to represent the sun; 
 semi-circles, to represent the moon's phases ; dots, to represent 
 the stars, and lines by which he separated the various designs ; 
 all symbolic of the power of principle which he thought had 
 given them existence, and which he thought to be greater than 
 that possessed by himself, or his people. Later, his tribe and 
 their descendants adopted the same practice, for the same sym- 
 bolic purpose; but later, with the generations that followed, they 
 also used the practice for the purpose of tribal distinctions, when 
 they adopted the same forms of cicatrices as tribal badges. The 
 custom was handed down from the Gistraz tribes, to the Modern 
 Ancient aboriginal peoples of Australia, in connection with their 
 great reverence for the planets and the stars, the latter espe- 
 cially, from the innumerable number of them, such as were visi- 
 ble upon a clear night. Thus they conceived the idea that the 
 people on the earth plane, like the stars in the heavens, should be 
 
 762 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 numerous, which fact led them to seek a greater increase of 
 children. 
 
 The origin of the tattooing on the Eastern Continent and 
 Great Archipelago, dates back to before the time of the convul- 
 sion that established northwestern Polynesia, and had place 
 among the O-no-a-toas, who pre-historically inhabited the 
 islands of O-no-a-toa, group of the Gilbert islands, the name of 
 the islands never having been changed through pre-historic, or 
 Modern Ancient times, and so remains at the present time. They 
 were a tribe of Igentoses, who had wandered southeast from 
 their section of Kalveno, to the region of the now known Onoa- 
 toa group of islands, south of the Gilberts At the time of the 
 convulsion that established the islands, a remnant of those peo- 
 ple was left on them, when they termed them Onoatoa, and 
 called themselves the Onoatoas. 
 
 The circumstances leading up to the origin of tattooing in 
 this section was as follows : A member of the tribe, by chance 
 got a portion of the purple juice of a plant, then known as the 
 Qu'duke (now extinct), on his forearm, which, apparently, was 
 formed in the image of a snake. He finally discovered that the 
 stain was indelible, and therefore could not be washed off. The 
 people of the tribe, being superstitious, were possessed with fear, 
 for they thought it an evil omen. Finally, to see how it would 
 look on another individual, they took a member of the tribe, and 
 with a sharp instrument they scratched the skin in diagonal lines 
 across the arm, and then applied the j'uice of the Quduke, along 
 the scratches. When the wounds had healed, they found that it 
 had been a successful operation, and that by breaking the skin 
 before making the application of the juice, it became the more 
 indelible, for thus applied it never came out. Subsequently, 
 they began to make images of trees and animals on their bodies 
 by the same means. 
 
 Before the establishment of the Gilbert, the Marshall and 
 the Onoatoa islands, some of the tribe of the Igentoses, or ulti- 
 mate Onoatoas, (after they had established the practice of tat- 
 tooing), wandered back into that portion of Kalveno, known as 
 the Marshall islands, and therefore brought the idea of tattoo- 
 ing to the people of that region, who in turn, adopted the practice 
 and further developed it by adding to the coloring property of 
 the Quduke, that of mineral colorings ; and also that of the juice 
 from a native plant of their?, by the name of Kun'dit (now ex- 
 tinct) ; and also that of a fruit by the name of Ute (also extinct) 
 which was non-edible and was qualified by black skin and juice. 
 
 763 
 
Submer}>:ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 The compound thus made was of a very dark reddish color, thus 
 making the tattooing much more attractive. Thus, the descend- 
 ing tribes who remained as remnants on the now known Mar- 
 shall islands, improved the art of tattooing, both in designs and 
 colorings, until in 1529, they were discovered by Saavedra who 
 when observing the fine tattooing of the inhabitants called them 
 "Los Pintados," meaning the painted people. 
 
 Before the fifth and sixth great convulsions that established 
 western Polynesia, and Malaysia, some of the tattooed people of 
 the Marshall island section, when migrating westward through 
 the then known section of Kalveno, continued still furthex, until 
 they arrived in Wetlog (Borneo), from whom the Degilets of 
 Wetlog learned the art, and adopted it as a practice ; the custom 
 descended down to the period of time when Borneo was visited 
 by sailors, who also adopted and practised the art, by tattooing 
 their various ensigns and symbols on parts of their bodies, and 
 by their changing from one region to another through the great 
 watercourses, carried the knowledge of the art to other peoples. 
 
 The origin of the practice of tattooing in North America 
 dates back to the time when a remnant of the tribe of Izoletes, 
 who were migrating from their section of Izolete (Oregon), to 
 their Quintezelon home (Admiralty island section), settled in 
 the region of British Columia. The incidents leading up to the 
 origin of the practice were as follows : Sag-a-wai-an, a member 
 of the remnant tribe of Izoletes, when killing and dressing an 
 animal then known as the In'ki-gen (now extinct) received a 
 crescent-shaped wound on the back of his hand. Knowing that 
 the leaves from a tree then called the O-kadoo (now extinct) 
 were medicinal, he plucked one with which to remove the blood 
 from the wound. He then plucked some small leaves from a 
 shrub then known as the Ja-di'ka (now extinct), which he bound 
 on to the wound with one of the large leaves of the Okadoo tree, 
 causing the wound to turn a greenish color; and after it had 
 healed, the green color could not be removed. Seeing that such 
 a mark could be produced, the tribe, generally speaking, 
 adopted the practice of green tattooing, which at that time was 
 done purely for the purpose of ornamentation of the body. This 
 condition lasted for nearly three hundred years, when it was 
 discontinued in the British Columbian section proper. 
 
 Soon after the adoption of the green tattooing in the British 
 Columbian region, however, Sagawaian, with a small tribe of his 
 tattooed people, who looked upon him as a superior one among 
 them, and chose him as their Chief, migrated farther northwest, 
 
 764 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 into the region now known as Queen Charlotte's archipelago; 
 there they settled and called themselves the Sagawaiens. In 
 that locality they could not obtain the Okadoo, or the Jadika 
 leaves, but they discovered a pool on the side of one of the moun- 
 tains, the water of which was highly impregnated with a mineral 
 substance which they found to be almost indelible whenever they 
 got it on their skins. They, therefore, experimented as to its 
 use for the purpose of tattooing, in place of the green leaves 
 such as they had formerly used. Being successful, they ulti- 
 mately found other mineral waters of dififerent colors, that an- 
 swered the same purpose. 
 
 Therefore, the practice of tattooing on the North American 
 Continent originated with the Sagawaiens, by imitating Sagwa- 
 ian's accident, and it was continued by their descending tribes, 
 who became the pre-liistoric ancestors of the "Haida" Indians, 
 known to exist modernly upon the Queen Charlotte's islands, off 
 the coast of British Columbia, who had received the art from 
 their ancestors long ages ago, or since before the establishment 
 of the islands. The idea of ornamentation, as embodied in the 
 original Sagawaien practice, however, has sustained some 
 changes with the modern Haida Indians, who attach to the for- 
 mer the Totem markings. 
 
 The origin of the practice of tattooing in South America, is 
 far more ancient than that of North America, and the facts lead- 
 ing up to its establishment in that region of the Eastern Conti- 
 nent, are as follows: After the Onoatoas had brought the art 
 of tattooing into the section of Wetlog (Borneo), and it had also 
 become a practice among the Degilets of that section, a tribe of 
 tattooed people migrated from that section westward to the re- 
 gion of southern Hindustan ; thence along the then known Lii-ki'- 
 dish, and Wa-en'to-de ranges, to the region of southern Mada- 
 gascar, where they permanently settled and called themselves the 
 Wil-a-was'to-zes. Subsequently, a tribe of their descendants 
 migrated to the now known region of the "Cape of Good Hope," 
 South America, but retained their former tribe name. Still 
 later, a tribe of their descendants migrated to the region of the 
 Tristan d' Acuha islands, the southern extremity of the then 
 known Otessen range, who still retained their former tribal 
 name. Subsequently, a tribe of their descendants migrated to 
 the region of the St. Helena island, who also retained their for- 
 mer name of Wilawastozes. Ultimately, a tribe of their de- 
 scendants migrated westward into the section of "Brazil," South 
 America, who after many years, or at the end of the migration 
 
 76s 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 (through the descendants of the Onoatoas and the Wilawasto- 
 zes), brought the influence or practice of tattooing into South 
 America ; hence, no modern ancient person, or tribe, can lay 
 claim to the origination of the art, either on the Eastern or the 
 Western Continents. 
 
 The origin of body, or face painting, such as is now practised 
 in Java, the Nicobar islands, etc., or on the Eastern Continent, 
 dates back to that period of time when the Vackareons were es- 
 tablished in the region now known as the mouth of the Cambo- 
 dia river, Farther India. The facts leading up to the origin of 
 the practice are as follows : Shu'dock, a member of the tribe of 
 Vackareons of that section, while sitting at night on the bank of 
 the then known Vin-zick'e-ash, or Cambodia river, contemplated 
 the image of the Moon and the Stars, which he saw reflected in 
 the water. Being therefore impressed with the strange phe- 
 nomenon, which he thought came from an unknown force greater 
 than that which he possessed, sought to show reverence to it by 
 imitating, or reproducing the scene, which he did by painting, or 
 staining it on little blocks of wood, and later, by placing it in the 
 same manner on his face. This attracted the attention of Kei- 
 re diiz the then leader of the tribe, who when learning the cause 
 of Vinzickeash's strange appearance, adopted the practice on his 
 own person, for the same purpose, which was soon followed by 
 other members of the tribe, and ultimately adopted as a tribe 
 distinction. 
 
 Body painting or staining was first done by means of black 
 and white clays, which the natives termed Ze-re'tor, and which 
 they first reduced to a solution. With it they represented scenes 
 of the Moon and Stars. Later they added images in representa- 
 tion of birds ; then serpents ; and finally those of various animals. 
 The birds were adopted first after the representation of the Moon 
 and the Stars, on account of their ability to soar away toward 
 the region of the Moon and the Stars; and therefore became 
 symbolic of the unseen and unknown force that they recognized 
 as being higher than themselves. In fact, everything they paint- 
 ed on their bodies was for some symbolic purpose; but in sub- 
 sequent time, was endowed with a religious meaning. Next, 
 they adopted the serpent, which, by the people, was the most 
 reverenced, for to them it was an object to be feared. Hiding, 
 and crawling upon the ground, as is its nature, they would come 
 suddenly upon it, which at all times gave them a sudden shock. 
 These facts they attributed to the cunning, or wisdom of the 
 snake, which principle they reverenced with great sacredness, as 
 
 766 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 "being one far above their possession, and belonged to the myste- 
 ries of the unknown and the unseen. Hence it is that the image 
 of the serpent and serpentine painting are favorites among all 
 the superstitious peoples of the world, the idea having been 
 handed down from generation to generation, and from peoples 
 to peoples from remote pre-historic, to modern times. 
 
 The practice of body painting was among the Vackareons, the 
 most ancient of all pre-historic peoples. It became quite artistic 
 (being well wrought) before the time of the formation of the 
 "Gulf of Siam," but at the time of that submergence, most of 
 the people were lost, and therefore the better knowledge of the 
 art. That which was preserved was in a cruder state, as prac- 
 tised among the islanders who survived the submergence. 
 
 In subsequent time, small tribes of the remnant Vackareons 
 of that section migrated southwest, and also southeast, some into 
 the section of the Nicobar islands who brought the influence of 
 body painting among the Wezenets of that section. Some of 
 the tribes passed into the section of Java, and likewise brought 
 the influence to the He-en'si-6cks of that region, who also 
 adopted it ; but improved the art by using the juice of the berries 
 from a small shrub then known as the Ce lid, which was of a 
 rich crushed strawberry color, in addition to the white and black 
 Zeretor, as originally used by the Vackareons. Therefore, the 
 Vackareons, by their influence upon the pre-historic Wezenets 
 of Ruencicon or the Nicobar islands, and the Heensiocks of 
 Gathoselonze (Java), established the art of face or body painting 
 known in modern times, as existing on the Eastern Continent, 
 and its adjacent islands. 
 
 The practice of body or face painting among the North- 
 American Indians had its origin in two ways and in two differ^ 
 ent sections on the Western Continent. First, in the Western 
 States, and in Mexico. The incidents leading up to the origin 
 in that region, are as follows : A tall> slender Chief by the name 
 of Big Span-za'lii (big palm tree) and his tribe of Lm'zoes, had 
 settled in a beautiful valley near the western coast of Mexico. 
 Soon after they had possessed themselves of that home, another 
 tribe of the same race, under the leadership of a Chief by the 
 name of Che-I-ca z6, came into and sought to possess the valley 
 for their home, by driving Big Spanzalu and his tribe out of it. 
 A great battle ensued, when Big Spanzalu and his tribe were vic- 
 torious in holding the valley as their possession, but Big Span- 
 zalu was badly wounded about the head during the battle. As 
 the blood issued from his wounds, it flowed down his face, which 
 
 767 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 caused it to be stained in red streaks and spots. Thus marked 
 with his own Hfe blood, he wore the stains for a time, in honor 
 of his victory over Cheicazo and his tribe. As the stains were 
 disappearing from Big Spanzalu's face, he replaced them by 
 means of the juices from berries, and weeds, and it was from this 
 fact that he received the idea of staining his face to further com- 
 memorate events having place among his people, who from that 
 time on, stained their faces in representation of his blood-stained 
 face, which representation he had continued in memory of their 
 ancestors' victory over Cheicazo. The practice was further 
 handed down among the descending tribes of Mexico, from gen- 
 eration to generation, and also those of the northwestern states 
 and Alaska, such as is now known to exist in those regions. 
 
 Secondly, the practice of body and face painting had a simi- 
 lar origin in the eastern States and Canada. The incidents lead- 
 ing up to the Eastern origin are as follows : A large, heavy-set 
 Chief, of commanding appearance, by the name of Och-a-che'ta, 
 and his tribe of Kin'chocks (who had settled in the region now 
 known as the Chesapeake Bay area) in order to make himself 
 look braver and fiercer (thus to command greater respect from 
 his tribe, and to be the more feared by other Chiefs and their 
 tribes), painted his face (see description of the Kinchocks for 
 the style). This was really an idea reconceived from Ochacheta, 
 which he had received from the influence of departed spirits of 
 more ancient time, who in their earth life had practised the art. 
 And the same might be said of Big Spanzalu, for though he was 
 possessed with physical wounds that aided in the conception of 
 the idea of face painting, that was the means used by the spirit 
 impressors who sought to establish the art among the western 
 tribes, as they in their earth life had done on the Eastern Conti- 
 nent. After a time, the children of the descending tribes, when 
 at play, would paint their faces to look like that of Chief Ocha- 
 cheta from which fact it became a custom of the tribes to paint 
 their faces, as did Ochacheta, for the purpose of making them- 
 selves look braver and fiercer. Therefore, from the influence of 
 face painting, as practised by the Kinchocks, the Owaschetoes, 
 and the Succeleons, of pre-historic time, who intensified their 
 natural reddish-brown skins by further coloring, or staining their 
 faces, the art was handed down to all the modern, clans who dwelt 
 in the eastern States and Canada. 
 
 Feather adornment is more ancient than that of body or face 
 painting, such as was and is practised by the North-American 
 Indians. It dates back to the time when the Meltrezens were in 
 
 768 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 possession of the eastern and northern portions of the area now 
 known as the Gulf of Mexico, and Cuban regions; and the es- 
 tablishment of the Shazas in their section of Anteshaza, or the 
 now known section of the mouth of the Mississippi river. The 
 circumstances leading up to the origin of the practice are as fol- 
 lows : As a chief^ by the name of Kel-lu-an'ne, and his tribe of 
 Shazas were migrating through the area now submerged by the 
 Gulf of Mexico, to their section of Anteshaza, they were op- 
 posed by Win-ke-lu'shon, a leader of one of the tribes of Mel- 
 trezens of that section, when a battle ensued. Through the brave 
 leadership of Kelluanne, the Shazas were victorious. After they 
 had become settled in Anteshaza, the tribe coronated Kelluanne 
 with feathers, in honor of his bravery and the victory won, and 
 furthermore, in order that other tribes seeing him thus decorated, 
 would recognize him as their leader, and fear him the more. 
 
 Subsequently, the descending tribes adopted the plan of wear- 
 ing feathers in their hair when going to battle, thus to distinguish 
 them from the opposing tribes, as Kelluanne and his tribes had 
 done before them; but in addition the leaders were known and 
 recognized both by having feather coronets and wearing a 
 string of feathers down their spines, and one on the outside of 
 each leg that extended from the hip down to the foot. There- 
 fore the custom of feather wearing was handed down to modern 
 ancient, and modern time as well, but worn more from the fact 
 of recording and commemorating some achievement, than other- 
 wise. 
 
 The ornaments worn by the Shazas in their ears and noses, 
 originally had no specific signification aside from that of orna- 
 mentation, but after the tribes began to wear feathers, they added 
 to the number of quills, or stones on the strings, one at a time, 
 as they would accomplish something out of the ordinary, such as 
 killing a bear, in contrast with the act of killing some little, or 
 inferior animal, etc. Subsequently, or just prior to the modern 
 ancient period, leaders of the Islanders conceived the idea of 
 nose and neck ornamentation, in order to distinguish themselves 
 from the under members of the tribes, which like that of feather- 
 wearing, was also worn to some extent by members of the tribes 
 in commemoration of some achievement. 
 
 769 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 GU-I-O-I'TA AND SEN'LINS, 
 
 OR 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 TELTZIE LVII. 
 
 The continent of "North America," as a whole, was not named 
 until about the beginning of the Christian Era, when it was 
 divided into two sections, viz: the Southern and the Northern. 
 
 Gii-i-6-i'ta (sun land) was the first pre-historic name of the 
 southern division, as given by the Lin'zoes, whose descendants 
 peopled that portion of North America. 
 
 Sen'lins (little warmth) was the first pre-historic name of 
 the northern division, as given by the descendants of the Shazas, 
 who peopled the northwestern portion of North America. 
 
 Thousands of years prior to the submergence of Atlantis, 
 the continent of North America, was entirely submerged. This 
 was caused by a series of convulsions and eruptions that began 
 in the region of Labrador, Newfoundland and eastern Canada, 
 and worked northwest through the region of British America, 
 thence south through the same region and through the section of 
 the Western United States, and further southwest from the New- 
 foundland region into the eastern United States, which caused a 
 complete inundation of the Western Continent, or North America. 
 The convulsive condition that spread over so wide a territory, 
 was caused by under ground streams of moulten lava that then 
 radiated throughout those regions, having their convulsive forces 
 collected at various points along their radiating sources, thus 
 making the great continental convulsive occurrence, that caused 
 the great submergence. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Atlantis, great subterrene con- 
 vulsions throughout the submerged continent of North America, 
 caused the land to rise and fall to a marvelous degree, in all 
 parts of the continent, which in turn, caused the waters to 
 divide, change position, and ultimately to run of? into the South- 
 ern Pacific Ocean region which left the Continent of North 
 America still connected to the Eastern Continent, the connecting 
 land being that of Atlantis, on the East ; and to that of Asia, by 
 the land that now forms the Great Eastern Archipelago, and 
 
 770 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 otherwise submerged by the great convulsions, upheavals arid 
 depressions. For proof of this revealed fact of inundation, the 
 reader has only to contemplate the fact that, in all regions of the 
 North American continent, even to the top of the highest moun- 
 tains, great deposits of shells, sand, pebbles, sedimentary layers 
 of rock, fossiliferous deposits etc. etc., exist, many of which are 
 of far greater age than is supposed by modern geologists. 
 
 The fifth of the eleven great periodical convulsions (previ- 
 ously referred to), occurred about fifty years subsequent to the 
 fourth, and had place in the section known as the state of Guer- 
 rero, Mexico, or where the inlet waters of Acapulco now have 
 place. The force of the convulsion extended as far southeast as 
 to the inlet waters near the town of Tutatepec, on the coast of 
 the state of Oaxaca, into which the river Verde flows, and as far 
 northwest, as to the inlet waters on the coast of the state of Co- 
 lima, into which the river America flows. 
 
 Prior to the time of these convulsions, a Con'ze (mountain) 
 range, then known as the Det-tlelon, extended from the then 
 known Gle-tu'de-zel Conze range, northeast from the Guadalupe 
 island, to the vicinity of "Point Conception," with adjacent 
 spurs accompanying it. 
 
 The sixth convulsion occurred about one hundred years after 
 the fifth, in the region of the "Revillagigedo" islands. These 
 islands were the terminal of the Conze range (then known as 
 the Sha-run'du-sac) that extended northwestward from them, to 
 the most northern portion of Mexico. The point of land, that 
 terminated at the islands, was also termed Sharundusac. It 
 extended northeast from the islands, to "Cape Corrientes," 
 Mexico, and northwest from the islands, to "Cape St. Lucas," 
 Lower California, thus connecting Lower California to the main 
 land of Mexico. Prior to the time of the sixth convulsion (see 
 later), there was no "Gulf of California." 
 
 The force of the convulsion extended from the Sharundusac 
 point, along a branch of the range that extended from it to the 
 inlet waters of "San Bias," into which the waters of the then 
 known re-u'ter (river) of Jel'ti-zes (now the Santiago) flowed, 
 and embraced the "Los Tres Marias" islands; also another conze 
 range, that extended from the Sharundusac Point, to Cape St. 
 Lucas, or south of the eastern section of the peninsula of Cali- 
 fornia. The force of the 'convulsion continued its extension 
 northwest, until it had formed that portion of the Gulf of Cali- 
 fornia, as far northeast as to the island of "Carmin," on the 
 western coast of Lower California, and the inlet waters, into 
 
 771 
 
Submerg^ed Atlantis Restored 
 
 which those of the river "Estfella" flow, on the southeastern 
 coast of the state of "Sonora," Mexico. 
 
 Subsequent to this convulsion, at periods sometimes but a few 
 months apart, there occurred three smaller convulsions through- 
 out the section of country now occupied by the waters of the 
 Gulf of California, that completed the formation of the latter. 
 The first Of the three, had place on the southeastern coast of the 
 state of Sonora, Mexico, where the inlet waters now are, into 
 which the river "Mayo" flows. The force of the convulsion ex- 
 tended southeast to the ultimate line of the sixth periodical con- 
 vulsion, and southwest to the inlet waters into which the river 
 "Yagui" flows, thus further establishing the Gulf of California, 
 to that section of country. 
 
 The second of the smaller convulsions had place near the 
 southwestern point of the island of "Tiburon." off the eastern 
 coast of the state of Sonora, Mexico. The force of the convul- 
 sion extended southeast to the terminal of the first, formed the 
 island of Tiburon and those in its vicinity, and further extended 
 northwest to the north of the "Angeles" island, which latter, as 
 well as the Gulf of California, it also established. 
 
 The third of the smaller convulsions had place in the section 
 of country now occupied by the "St. Lais Bay," in the northeast- 
 ern portion of the state of Oreoa in Lower California. The 
 force of the convulsion extended southeast to the northwestern 
 ultimatum of the second; and northeast to the establishment of 
 the "George" islands, and further northwest to the present ex- 
 tremity of the Gulf of California, into which the famous "Colo- 
 rado" river flows, 
 
 The seventh periodical convulsion occurred about five hun- 
 dred years subsequent to the sixth, and had place about six 
 degrees west of the "Guadalupe" island, on a conze range then 
 known as the Gle-tu'de-zel that extended from it, to the Cedros 
 island, and further connected to the main land of Lower Cali- 
 fornia, where the Bay of St. Sebastian Vizcaino, and Point 
 Eugenia have place. The force of the convulsion extended into 
 the main land, along the Gletudezel Conze, established the Guad- 
 alupe and Cedros islands, and the southwest coast line, to and 
 including the point northwest of the "Magdalena" Bay, having 
 been formed by the force of the sixth periodical convulsion, 
 which latter extended northwest to the establishment of that 
 portion of the southwestern coast line of Lower California, to 
 the point of land northwest of the Bay of Magdalena, which lat- 
 ter it formed at the time that the southern section of the Gulf 
 of California was formed. The force of the seventh periodical 
 
 772 
 
Link$ «nd Cycles 
 
 convulsion alsQ established the coast line, islands, and the jnlet 
 waters of the northwest coast of Lower California, and C^i" 
 fornia proper, as far northwest as to "Point Conception. The 
 terminal force of the convulsion took on a circular form, south 
 of the County of Santa Barbara*, California, which established 
 the "Santa Barbara Channel," and the islands of "San Miguel," 
 "Santa Rosa," and "Santa Cruz." As the force was extending 
 along the Dettlelon range, it also took on a circular force south 
 of "Point Fermin," which forme dthe island of "Santa Catalina." 
 
 Prior to the occurrence of the seventh periodical con-wulsion.lhe 
 entire coast of Lower California, California, Oregon, and Wash- 
 ington, extended much farther out into the Pacific Ocean, in con- 
 formity with the present general coast line, and was a mountain- 
 ous section. During about looo years subsequent to the seventh 
 periodical convulsion, smaller ones occurred in the section west 
 of the present coast line of the above-named states, which caused 
 various changes in the aspect of the then coast line, as well as 
 that of the interior land, now submerged. 
 
 The eighth periodical convulsion occurred about i,ooo years 
 subsequent to the seventh, or at the ultimatum of the small con- 
 vulsions above referred to, which had place in the section known 
 modernly as "Golden Gate," in the vicinty of "San Fran- 
 cisco," California, or more definitely speaking, beneath the head 
 of "Richardson's Bay," within the body of a high mountain be- 
 longing to a Conze range, then called Ka-kis-kid'ro in which also, 
 the Angel island was then a prominent point. The convulsion 
 was caused by a combination of radiating, and circular forces, 
 which completed the work begun by the smaller convulsions, 
 above mentioned, shot down and out from the southeastern sec- 
 tion of Marin County, thus forming Richardson's Bay, as it sunk 
 and submerged the portion of the Kakiskidro range there 
 located. It further established the Raccoon Straits, and the 
 Angel island, radiated southwestward and burst asunder the rocks 
 and earth, thus forming the famous Golden Gate, that now gives 
 a passage from the San Francisco Bay, to the Pacific Ocean. 
 Radiations extended northwest, that severed Contra Costa and 
 Marin Counties, and left the Brooks, the Molate, and the Marin 
 islands. Also northeast, leaving Points San Pedro and San 
 Pablo. The force took on a circular form that established the 
 San Pablo Bay, and inlet waters connected tp it, which latter 
 were formed by radiations of the circular force that reached their 
 locality, through subt^rrene fissures, in the rocks, of older con- 
 
 *Alein Prolex informs us that the time is not fa> distant, when an- 
 other extensive convulsion will take place near "Pbint Salmas," on the 
 southern coast of the County of "Santa Barbara," California. 
 
 773 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 vulsive origin, that led to their region. Likewise the force 
 radiated southeast from Angel island, severed the Counties of 
 Alameda, and San Mateo, leaving the Yerba island, tnen took 
 on the circular form which established the southeastern center of 
 the Bay of San Francisco, and further radiations from which lost 
 their force in the establishment of the inlet waters that submerged 
 the extremity of their devastations. The force further extended 
 northeast, to the southwestern point of the County of Mendocino, 
 California. By its extension out into the Pacific Ocean, and north 
 to the terminal of the small convulsions that had formed the now 
 coast line northwest from the line of the seventh convulsion, and 
 northwest to the above named point, it formed the present coast 
 line, inlet waters, and islands, to the region of the County of 
 Mendocino. 
 
 The ninth periodical convulsion occurred about 1200 years 
 subsequent to the eighth, and had place southeast of the "Van- 
 couver island," centrally, where now the waters submerge the 
 land between the "Whidbey" and the "Sland" islands. The force 
 of this wonderful radiating convulsion, extended southward, 
 thus establishing all the zig-zag system of inland waters' to the 
 northern section of the County of "Thurston," in the state of 
 Washington. The force also extended to the northern section 
 of "Birch Bay," which established the latter, and all the zig-zag 
 system of waters in the region north of the Whidbey and the 
 Sland islands, at the same time forming the latter named islands, 
 as well as those of "San Juan." 
 
 The tenth periodical convulsion occurred about five hundred 
 years subsequent to the ninth, and had place on the southeast 
 point of "Cape St. James," or the lower extremity of the "Queen 
 Charlotte" islands, the latter being high points in the Conze range 
 then known as Et-tel'e, that extended from "Prince William 
 Sound," southeastern Alaska, along the now coast of Alaska, and 
 British America, including the Vancouver island. The force of 
 this convulsion extended southwest then southeast on a curve, 
 along a Conze range then known as the Se-te'16nz, which sunk 
 and submerged the land southwest of the southern one of the 
 Queen Charlotte islands, and severed the latter from the main 
 land, which left the point that subsequently became the northern 
 Queen Charlotte; and formed the body of waters between the 
 two islands and the main land east and south of them, to the 
 northwest section of the "Vancouver" island. It also established 
 the inlet waters of British America, in that section; and further 
 extended northeast, until it had completed the establishment of 
 the Vancouver island, Queen Charlotte straits, and Archipelago, 
 
 774 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the Gulf of Georgia, and all the inland waters and islands north 
 and west of the San Juan, and the straits of Juan d"e Fuca, which 
 latter completed the separation of the Vancouver island, from the 
 state of Washington. 
 
 The eleventh periodical convulsion occurred about one hun- 
 dred years subsequent to the tenth, and had place between the 
 islands of "Tchitchagoff," and "Baranoff," of the King George 
 Archipelago, west of British America. The force of this convul- 
 sion extended circularly, northwest and south, along a Conze 
 range then known as Kal-zo-elo, which sank and submerged the 
 land west, and south of it, far out into what is now that section 
 of the Northern Pacific Ocean, and established the Tchitchagoff, 
 and Baranoff islands, and the inland waters northeast of them. 
 
 The eleventh periodical convulsion was followed by three 
 successive convulsions, within a few months of each other, that 
 completed the present coast line conditions. The first of the 
 three successive convulsions, had place between the northwestern 
 point of the northern Queen Charlotte island, and the coast of 
 British America. The force of this convulsion severed the north 
 Queen Charlotte island from Alaska and British America, and 
 formed the waters northwest, and east of it. 
 
 The second successive convulsion had place between the 
 "Prince of Wales," the "Baranoff," and the "Kaptianoff" islands. 
 The force of this convulsion established the Prince of Wales 
 and the Kaptianoff islands, and the inlet waters, and islands, 
 east and southeast of them, to the line of the successive con- 
 vulsion. 
 
 The third successive convulsion had place in the "Cross 
 Sound" area, northwest of the Tchitchagoff island. The force 
 of this, the greatest of the three successive convulsions extended 
 northwest and southward, in a circular form along a Conze range, 
 then known as Sen-.so-bi't6 ; and also northwest along the Et-tel'e 
 range, to the southwestern boundary of "Prince William Sound," 
 Alaska, when it submerged that section of land far out into the 
 now North Pacific Ocean; established the "Middleton" island 
 and all the inland waters from and including the Prince William 
 Sound, to and including the Cross Sound, along the coast line of 
 that section of Alaska. 
 
 About I, ICO years after the eleventh periodical convulsion, 
 there began another system of five, that occurred during the sub- 
 sequent six hundred years. The first had place in a Conze range, 
 then known as Ki-6r'da, that was a spur of the then known great 
 Sang-man'gtis, the remnants of which are now known as the 
 chain of Aleutian islands. The Kiorda range extended from the 
 
 775 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 central section of the Kenay Peninsula, southwest to the Kuka- 
 mak Trinity group of islands ; thence curved southeast into the 
 section then known as K6r-dii-zu lac, now submerged by the 
 waters of the North Pacific Ocean. The exact location of the 
 convulsion was in the now known North Strait, between the south- 
 western section of the Alnonak, and the northeastern section of 
 the Kadiak island. The force of the convulsion extended out along 
 the Kiorda range, and established the islands of Alnonak, Kadiak, 
 and those to their southwest; submerged the great country of 
 Kordusulac south and east of them, to the border line of the 
 eleventh periodical convulsion, before named; the Kenay Pen- 
 insula ; the southern coast of Alaska Peninsula ; the open and in- 
 let waters southeast of the Alaska Peninsula, and their islands, 
 as far southwest as to Point Kupreanof ; and the western coast 
 of the Shumagin islands. 
 
 The second occurred about two hundred years subsequent 
 to the first, and had place about half way between "Prybilov" 
 islands, and the Bay of "Bristol," in the "Behring" Sea. At the 
 time of the convulsion there was a Conze range then known as 
 Ak-ren'tie, that extended from the "Akoutan Pass," circled to the 
 northeast, to about one hundred and sixty-five degrees longitude 
 west from Greenwich, and the same latitude, as that of the St. 
 Paul island, of the Prybilov group, which was the point of the 
 convulsion ; thence it curved northwest, to the island of Nounivak, 
 off the southwestern coast of Alaska. The force of the convul- 
 sion extended south, along the Akrentie range, to that section of 
 the Aleutian islands now known as the Fox group, and south into 
 the country of Korduzulac, to the then known coast of the North 
 Pacific Ocean, and north to Cape Vancouver; and northeast of 
 the Nounivak island ; sunk and submerged the greater portion of 
 the range, excepting a few Conze peaks, that thus existed for a 
 time pre-historically ; but finally, by the force of smaller con- 
 vulsions, were also submerged, one by one, until none excepting 
 the Nounivak are left as remnants of the range. The force of 
 the convulsion spread further eastward, to the ultimate establish- 
 ment of the southeastern section of the Behring Sea, or submerg- 
 ence of the district of land from the then known Akrentie range, 
 to Aliaska Peninsula on the southeast, and Alaska, on the east, 
 as far north as Cape Vancouver, thus establishing the Bays of 
 "Kuskokwim," "Kulwkak," and "Bristol," Capes "Newenham," 
 and "Constantine," and all the islands and inlet waters along that 
 section of western Alaska. 
 
 The third occurred about one hundred years subsequent to 
 the second, and had place in the section of country that then 
 
 776 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 lay between the now known "St. Paul," and the "St. George" 
 islands of the Prybilov group. Aat the time of the convulsion^ 
 a Conze range, then known as the Gii-hu'lem, extended from 
 Mt. Kovovin, on the eastern section of the island of "Aticha" 
 (in the "Andreanowsky" group, of the Aleutian islands), which 
 curved eastward to the Prybilov islands; thence continued its 
 course northwestward, to the "Hall," St. "Matthew," and Pin- 
 nacle islands west of the "Nounivak" island. The force of the 
 convulsion extended southwest along the Guhulem range to the 
 vicinity of Mt. Kovovin, submerged the then known district of 
 Par-cSl'te-us, east to the border line of the second periodical 
 convulsion, and established that section of the Andreanowsky 
 group east of Mt. Kovovin, to the border line of the second con- 
 vulsion; and further south into the country of Korduzulac, to 
 the then known coast line of the North Pacific Ocean. On its 
 northeastern course, along the Guhulem range, it established the 
 Pribylov group of islands, and submerged the district of Par- 
 celteus northward as far as west of the island of Nounivak, and 
 eastward to the border line of the second periodical convulsion. 
 
 The fourth occurred about one hundred years subsequent to 
 the third, and had place west of the Prybilov group, at a point 
 about one hundred and seventy-eight degrees longitude west from 
 Greenwich, and about fifty-eight degrees north latitude. This 
 powerful convulsion occurred in the middle of a Conze range 
 then known as the San-man' dra-han, that extended in a zig-zag 
 course from the island of Agattau, in the "Blijnie," or "Rat" 
 group of the Aleutian island system, in a northeastern direction, 
 to the St. Matthew island, west of Cape "Romanzof," Alaska, 
 where it formed a junction with the Guhulem range. The force 
 of this convulsion extended southeast, along the Sanmandrahan 
 range, to the western extremity of the Blijnie, or Rat group 
 which latter named group it established, and submerged that 
 section of the country of Korduzulac that lay extent south of 
 them, to the then known coast line of the Northern Pacific Ocean. 
 On its northeastern extension, it established the Hall, and the 
 St. Matthew islands; and further extended the Behring Sea as 
 far northwest, and northeast, as to the Bay of "St. Gabriel," of 
 Russia, and Cape "Romanzof" or southwestern Alaska. 
 
 The fifth occurred about twe hundred years subsequent to 
 the fourth, and had place near the southeastern coast of what 
 is now known as the Lawrence island. At the time of this great 
 convulsion, there was a CoHze range, then known as the KSn-ger- 
 lus'ten, that extended northeast from the now known Lawrence 
 island, in a line with the Behring straits, to, and beyond Cape 
 
 777 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Lisburne, of northwestern Alaska. Another Conze range then 
 known as the Kel-e-le'zon, (thus named after its central highest 
 peak, which bore that name, but now known as the St. Lawrence 
 island), extended northwest, and southeast, to the northwestern 
 section of the "Gulf of Anadir," of Russia, and to the eastern 
 central section of "North Sound" in western Alaska. The force 
 of this powerful convulsion extended in the form of a cross, 
 along the Kelelezon, and the Kengerlusten ranges, which estab- 
 lished the open sea, south, southeast and southwest of the Law- 
 rence island; the North, and Kotzebue Sounds, on the western 
 coast of Alaska; the Gulf of Anadir; the Behring Straits; and 
 all the islands, and inlet waters of their coasts, by tearing asun- 
 der the land, leaving the Cape "Prince of Wales," of Alaska, 
 and the "Tchuktches" peninsula of Russia, as the severed link 
 that formerly connected that section of the Eastern and Western 
 continents. 
 
 About S,ooo years subsequent to the submergence of Atlan- 
 tis, a great system of four periodical convulsions occurred, and 
 had place in the northern and eastern sections of British Ameri- 
 ca. The first had place at the eastern point of "McClure 
 straits," at its junction with "Perry Sound,' which formed all 
 the islands and the inlet waters west of the point of the convul- 
 sion, to the Arctic Ocean; south to the Arctic Circle; and east 
 to about ninety-five degrees longitude west from Greenwich, or 
 the western coast line of "Boothia;" "North Somerset;" "North 
 Devon," etc. 
 
 The second occurred about five hundred years subsequent to 
 the first, and had place in the section of "Lancaster Sound,", 
 between the southeast section of "Devon," and the islands to 
 the southeast, which established the islands, and inlet waters-, 
 west to the eastern and northern extremity of the first convulsion ; 
 south to the extremity of "Boothia Gulf;" thence northeast, 
 forming the channels north of the "Melville Peninsula," the 
 "Murray Maxwell ;" and "Scott inlets," and the portion of "Baf- 
 fin's Bay," northeast of the latter inlets. 
 
 The third occurred about four hundred years after the second, 
 and had place beteen "Cape Kater," and the northern extremity 
 of "Cumberland," in the section of country now submerged by 
 the waters of "Home Bay," this convulsion was the most exten- 
 sive of the four, and completed the formation of "Baffin's Bay;" 
 "Davis Straits ;" and the entire inundation to the western coast 
 of ''Greenland;" the "Cumberland islands;" "Hudson straits;" 
 "South Ampton island ;" "Fox Channel ;" "Hudson Bay," and all 
 the islands and inlet waters of that section. The fourth occurred 
 
 778 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 about fifty years after the third, and had place in the section 
 now known as the "Gulf of St. Lawrence" off the southwest coast 
 of "Newfoundland," which latter it established, with all its inlet 
 waters ; extended southwest and established the "Bay of Fundy ;" 
 thus leaving "Nova Scotia" and the "Cape Breton island" prac- 
 tically in the sea; and further established the "Prince Edward, 
 the "Magdalen," and the "Anticosta" islands; as well as the 
 broad delta of the famous "St. Lawrence," with its "Thousand 
 islands." 
 
 About i,ooo years before the Adomic period, a system of 
 nine great periodical convulsions began their operation in the 
 eastern central portion of the North American Continent. The 
 first had place in the section of country now known as "Prince 
 Edward," in the province of "Ontario," northeast of "Picton," 
 which established the now zig-zag coast conditions and the inlet 
 waters of that section of country, and also those in the extension 
 eastward along the present southwestern half of the St. Law- 
 rence river ; the present outlet of Lake "Ontario ;" and that por- 
 tion of the St. Lawrence to, and including the region of the 
 Thousand islands. *Gi-al-li'te, who gave the above inforamtion, 
 also stated that at that period of time there were high Conzes 
 (mountains) in that region, that were known to the Gi-al-li'tes 
 (his nation), as the San-te-gran'ge range, which extended from 
 the point of the convulsion, northeast, through the trail of country 
 now occupied by the waters of the St. Lawrence river. The 
 convulsive force sunk the range. and gave place to the inlet waters 
 from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Previous convulsions had 
 established the eastern half of the St. Lawrence river. 
 
 Furthermore, he also informed us that, a system of rocky 
 hills, known to him and his people, as the Ku-a-liix'ton range, 
 extended in a zig-zag course southwest from the region of the 
 convulsion, to that of the present outlet of the Niagara waters 
 into Lake Ontario. The force of the above named convulsion 
 having extended along the Santegrange, and the Kualuxton 
 ranges, completed the establishment of the St. Lawrence river, 
 which the Giallites termed Cel-lan-ti'so (many islands in the big 
 
 •Glallite represented himself as the Chief of a great tribe of North 
 American Indians, who went by the name of the Glalites (after having: 
 seceded from the Owaschetoes, who dwelt then in the St. Lawrence 
 region) long since extinct through natural causes, and therefore never 
 known, as a real nation, to the Indians of the present period of time. 
 
 Bedng fond of wandering In search of Nature's wonders, Gialllte 
 left his tribe, as a Chief, and traveled over the whole section of country 
 now known as the Upper Lake regions. 
 
 In his course of conversation regarding the great Upper L,akes of 
 North America,, he said, "much gill, (gold) much giest, (silver) In the 
 western Big Lake region, If pale face hunt much, he can find." 
 
 779 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 waters), and Lake Ontario, which they termed Ke-di'to** (big 
 water trail), thus referring to the Cellantiso whose waters now 
 have their outlet into the St. Lawrence river. 
 
 The second convulsion occurred about two hundred years 
 subsequent to the first, and had place in the section of country 
 now submerged by the waters of the western portion of Quinte 
 Bay, between the Hubb island and the main land south of the 
 town of Bellville. The force of this convulsion extended east 
 to the Unger's and Forester's islands, which made connection 
 with the already submerged section between Picton and Deser- 
 onto, which latter section had been submerged by the force of 
 the first periodical convulsion; hence, the northern and southern 
 course of that portion of the Quinte Bay. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Quinte Bay, all that portion 
 of Ontario was inhabited by a large nation, separated into vari- 
 ous tribes, who dwelt at various points throughout that area ; but 
 were under the rule of one great Chief by the name of A-po-c6- 
 ga wa, the section and nation being of the same name, given by 
 the Chief in honor of himself as such. 
 
 After the submergence, remnants of various tribes of the 
 Apocogawaens were left along the borders of the bay. After 
 many generations, they became a strong nation, and dwelt in 
 various districts under the rule of a great descended Chief by 
 the name of Quin-te-gawa. The last two syllables of the term 
 were added by the Chief himself, his original name having been 
 Quin'te. This he did from the traditional knowledge he had of 
 the great chief Apocogawa. He also termed the nation, and the 
 body of water (which had submerged the section formerly 
 occupied by the Apocogawaens) Quintegawa. The present term, 
 by which the bay is known, had its origin by traditional descent, 
 from the term Quintegawa, with the last two syllables dropped. 
 
 Originally, the islands and ancient towns were all named with 
 Apocogawaen and Quintegawaen terms, they having descended 
 with these nations, as was also the case with the term "Quinte." 
 All have been changed anciently and modernly, except one, viz: 
 that of the island of "Waupoose," southwest of "Point Pleasant," 
 or the " Upper Gap." 
 
 The third convulsion occurred about three hundred years 
 after the second, and had place in the region of "Rondeau Har- 
 bor," Ontario, off "Point aux Pins." Its force extended north- 
 
 "Gialllte further Informed us that, the Eedlto, when first formed, 
 ■was an Inlet of salt water from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and was a 
 much lower body of water then, than since the waters of the upper lakes 
 have forced their way out Into the Atlantic Ocean, throash the St Law- 
 rence River. 
 
 780 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 east to the region of Buffalo, New York; southwest to Toledo, 
 Ohio; and established the coast line and inlet waters of Lake 
 Erie (which body of water was first termed Shal-ti'za), not 
 including the Detroit river, or the Niagara outlet of Lake Erie. 
 This latter was formed about fifty years later by a smaller con- 
 vulsion that had place in the vicinity of Grand island, which 
 latter was first termed De lash. 
 
 About five years later, a more severe convulsion occurred in 
 the section now known as the Whirl-pool Rapids, in the Niagara 
 river, which rapids subsequently were termed Naka-thren, 
 (whirling waters), the river Ka-de'ta, the falls, Mag'let (let the 
 waters out), i. e., for the Canadian side, but the American side 
 was called Se-de'ge. 
 
 The powerful force of this convulsion extended down to the 
 fegion of the mysterious Whirlpool, first termed Sak-we-masha 
 (another whirling waters), where it spent its force in a circular 
 form. The force and action of the convulsion, met by that of 
 incoming waters, in co-operation with a great suction of air, 
 established this marvelous condition, that still has place in the 
 Niagara river. Likewise, the force extended in the opposite 
 direction through the southern portion of the Niagara region, 
 to the point of the former convulsion, or in the region of the 
 rapids above the present location of the Falls, which established 
 subterraneous and subaqueous conditions yet unknown to mod- 
 erns who visit this famous section of country. 
 
 But a few months later than the last named convulsion, a 
 smaller one occurred on the northeast border of the Whirlpool, 
 mid-river, between the two points where now the angle of the 
 river turns from the Whirlpool, On its course to Lake Ontario, 
 which are guafded from the Canadian side, by the famous natural 
 rock statue known as "The Demon of the Gorge." The force 
 of this convulsion extended down what is now the river course, 
 to a point below "The Giant Rock," which then received its 
 present placement, and opened the new channel that now extends 
 from the Whirlpool, to the Giant Rock, and further established 
 what is known as "Devil's Hole Rapids." 
 
 The remnant of the river, to its outlet into Lake Ontario, has 
 its existence through natural erosive and fluvial conditions 
 operating in that section of the river during the ages past. 
 
 The fourth convulsion occurred about one hundred and fifty 
 years subsequent to the third, and had place in the section of 
 country now centrally located in "Lake Huron," east of "Thunder 
 Bay." At the point of the convulsion, there was a high section 
 of land, extensions of which reached southwest from it toward 
 
 781 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 "Saginaw Bay," and northeast to the present islands between 
 "Huron peninsula," and the "Great Manitoulin island." The 
 force of this convulsion formed the coast lines and inlet waters 
 of Lake Huron, which was subsequently called Ka-soii'lit, (Big 
 Spirit bring big waters), south of Huron peninsula and the east- 
 ern coast of the County of Presque Isle, Michigan, not includ- 
 ing the "St. Clair," or "Detroit" rivers' or the "St. Clair Lake." 
 
 The fifth convulsion occurred about seventy-five years sub- 
 sequent to the fourth, and had place in the section of land that 
 then connected Huron peninsula to the Great Manitoulin island. 
 At that time, a high ridge of land extended from "Cape Hurd" 
 to the northeast point of Michigan, that then included the "Owen," 
 and the "Manitou islands," along which the force of the convul- 
 sion extended, which completed the northern, and western coast 
 lines of Lake Huron to the eastern center of the "Straits of 
 Mackinac," and the northwestern secton of "Hammond's Bay," 
 and formed the coast line and inlet waters of the "Georgian," 
 and the "Manitoulin Bays," and also the course of the "St. 
 Mary's" river, as far northwest as to the "Falls of St. Mary." 
 
 About twenty-five "big moons*" later a small convulsion 
 occurred, between the points known as "Mt. Clemens," and the 
 "Waupole island," or locality of the northern inlet waters from 
 Lake St. Clair, which established the lake, and its inlet, and out- 
 let waters, viz : the Detroit and St. Clair rivers, the latter as far 
 as to the St. Mary's Falls. 
 
 The sixth periodical convulsion occurred about four hundred 
 and fifty years subsequent to the fifth, and had place west of 
 "Little Traverse Bay," between it and the "North," and "South" 
 "Fox islands." At that time a range of mountains, called Se-te- 
 lonz, extended from the Manitou islands, northwest of the County 
 of Leelanau, Michigan; circularly northeast, to those of the 
 Great Manitoulin, along which the force of the convulsion exten- 
 ded, which established "Green Bay," and the coast lines and inlet 
 waters of "Lake Michigan," (called Sinzelanzic, meaning, big 
 lake), as far south as the central section of the County of 
 "Muskegon," and northeast to the complete establishment of the 
 Straits of Mackinac, and the ultimate junction of Lakes Michi- 
 gan, and Huron. 
 
 The seventh convulsion occurred about fifty years subse- 
 quent to the sixth, and had place in the section of land east of 
 the state lines of Wisconsin, and Illinois, at a point now centrally 
 located in the southern section of Lake Michigan. At the time 
 
 •Glalllte, in giving the above information, used the term "big moons" 
 to denote years, hence 25 big moons, meant 25 years. 
 
 782 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the convulsion, there was a high rocky section at the point of 
 its occurrence. The force of the convulsion caused the land and 
 rocks to sink, and thus further established the coast line and inlet 
 waters of Lake Michigan to its southern boundaries. 
 
 The eighth convulsion occurred about seven hundred and fifty 
 years subsequent to the seventh, and had place west of Canada, 
 between the islands of "Michipicoten" and Caribou." At that 
 time, high lands extended from "Keweenaw," northeast to the 
 now coast of Canada, that embraced the Michipicoten, and 
 Caribou islands. Another section of high lands extended from 
 the same point, circularly to the now coast of "British America," 
 or to the islands in the "Nepigon Bay." The force of the con- 
 vulsion followed the course of these high lands, and established 
 the coast lines and inlet waters of "Lake Superior," (called 
 Mal-ta-ri'est, cold icy lake, no good), east of "Eagle river," or 
 the northwestern section of "Keweenaw," Michigan, and the 
 western coast of "Nepigon Bay," British America ; and centrally, 
 east of the "Isle Royale," off northeast point of Minnesota, and 
 the St. Mary's river, or outlet of Lake Superior, as far southeast 
 as to the Falls of St. Mary, where it met the extremity of the 
 fourth convulsion's power, which had formed the southeast sec- 
 tion of the St. Mary's river ; established the Falls of St. Mary ; 
 and ultimate outline of the Lake Superior waters, into Lake 
 Huron. 
 
 The ninth periodical convulsion occurred about eight hundred 
 and seventy-five years after the eighth, and had place south of the 
 Isle Royale. At the time of the convulsion, a high portion of 
 land extended northeast from the "Apostles" islands, to the sec- 
 tion of land west of the Nepigon Bay, to British America, and 
 embraced the Isle Royale in the northern section, and the 
 Apostles islands in the southwest section. The force of this con- 
 vulsion established the southwest section of Lake Superior, its 
 islands, coast lines and inlet waters, and were the last convul- 
 sive, and submerging links that connected up the waters of the 
 Great Lakes of North America, and gave them fluvial power, 
 to reach the Great Atlantic Ocean, through the St. Lawrence 
 river, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of Teltzie Zret, of Atlantis, a 
 tribe of Kintilucians had migrated from the eastern portion of 
 Teltzie Et, to the southern portion of Teltzie Zret, where in time, 
 a portion of them had mixed races with the Gurenzes of that 
 portion of the Teltzie. At the time of the convulsion that formed 
 the now known Bermuda islands, the only remnant of Teltzie 
 Zret, a portion of the Kintilucians and Gurenzes, and also a 
 
 783 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 mijied race of the two peoples were left upon them, where in 
 subsequent time, for want of proper means of subsistence, they 
 degenerated into the state of wild tribes, who ultimately became 
 extinct from want and disease. 
 
 About the time that the Kintilucians had arrived in Teltzie 
 Zret, tribes of Meltrezens and Gurenzes had migrated farther 
 southwest into the region now known as the West Indies islands. 
 
 At the time of the formation of the West Indies islands, 
 remnants of the Meltrezens were left in the section of those 
 islands now known as the Bahamas, and a remnant of the Guren- 
 zes were left in the section now known as the northern portion 
 of Hayti. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the mixed race of Gurenzes and 
 Kintilucians, also migrated to the section of Hayti, then occupied 
 by the Gurenzes proper, where they accepted the section name 
 of Guselsic, as given by the Gurenzes, but called themselves the 
 Y-nan'does. At that time there was a chain of Islands, rem- 
 nants of the range, that extended southward through Teltzie 
 Zret, or from the now known section of the Bermudas, to the 
 Hayti, over which they passed. In subsequent time, however, 
 those remnant islands all went down by convulsive power, which 
 also cut off considerable of the northeast portion of Hayti and 
 Cuba, in evidence of which, let the reader note the fact that the 
 range that existed and extended from the then known section, 
 in Teltzie Zret, of the now known Bermuda, to the Hayti islands, 
 it can be readily seen that the above named range of mountains 
 extended in conformity with the ranges of North America, all 
 the latter either extending south, southeast or southwest; hence, 
 a geographical proof of the islands over which the mixed tribe 
 of Gurenzes and Kintilucians passed to Hayti. The open water 
 between Cuba and Florida was not fully established until about 
 the period of between six, to eight thousand years B. C. In sub- 
 sequent time, the Ynandoes and the Gurenzes of Guselsic, 
 blended into one nation, or race of people, and retained the name 
 of Gurenzes. 
 
 Prior to the convulsion and submergence that established the 
 West Indies islands, and after many generations in that section, 
 the Meltrezens had spread oUt into the region of the now known 
 section of Cuba, principally in the section of San Juan, which 
 section they termed Tu-yan-ang' {the unknown country), which 
 term became the name of the entire section of Cuba, as the Mel- 
 trezens spread out over its area. Subsequently, a large colony 
 of the Meltrezens from the western section of Tuyanang 
 migrated southwest, into Yucatan and the country surrounding 
 
 784 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 it, which section they termed Shal-te-c6n'g6, and called themselves 
 the Con-goes, while other tribes of the same people had spread 
 out into what is now known as the submerged northwestern por- 
 tion of the Caribbean Sea. 
 
 About the same time that the Meltrezens migrated from west- 
 ern Tuyanang, another tribe of Meltrezens migrated from central 
 Tuyanang (San Juan, Cuba), to the southern portion of the 
 State of Florida, U. S. A., which section they termed Che-re- 
 es'tes, and called themselves the En-gre-ne'mens, where they dwelt 
 for many generations, until they had spread out northward 
 through the states of Florida, Georgia, and the Carolinas; and 
 further east of the Allegheny mountains to and including Vir- 
 ginia, leaving small remnant tribes in various sections, who held 
 to their former tribal and sectional names as adopted by their 
 ancestors during their course of migration. 
 
 At the time of the establishment of the island of Hayti, as 
 before stated, a tribe of the Gurenzes were left on the northern 
 half of the island, where they dwelt for many generations, from 
 whence in subsequent time they spread out into the central sec- 
 tion of the country now submerged by the waters of the Carib- 
 bean Sea. Finally, a tribe of Gurenzes, who were migrating 
 still further south than Guselsic, arrived at the northern coast 
 of the United States of Columbia, South America, which section 
 they termed Shii'shack, and called themselves the Shu'shacks. 
 
 About the time that the Shushacks had settled in Shushack, 
 a tribe of Gurenzes from the Carribbean Sea district, in diverg- 
 ence to the course taken by the Shushacks, migrated westward, 
 into Yucatan, where in time they mixed races with the Congoes, 
 which latter condition gave origin to the red, or light tawny hues 
 that characterized the skins of their descendants, the Linzoes of 
 Quintelinzo, from which latter people that reddish hue has de- 
 scended to all the North American Indians, and also through 
 their seceded tribe, the Chanhaqgoes of Chahaezel, to the eastern 
 portion of the Great Eastern Archipelago, through their ultimate 
 descendants, the Sandwich Islanders. 
 
 At the time of the complete establishment of the now known 
 Caribbean Sea, peoples of that section were left as remnants, 
 in various parts of the section now known as Central America. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Congoes in Shalte- 
 congo, their descendants had spread out along the Conze ranges, 
 and into the Ce-i'les-es (valleys), of the central and southern 
 half of the district now known as the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 Ultimately, a tribe of pure Congoes from Shaltecongo, 
 migrated north from that section, along the then known Genze- 
 
 785 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 rest Aelkede range (the Gulf of Mexico not then being in exist- 
 ence. See article on Mexico), to the section of country now 
 known as southern Louisiana, west of the now known mouth of 
 the Mississippi river, which section they termed An-te-shaza, 
 and called themselves the Sha'zas. 
 
 Subsequently, the Shazas from Anteshaza, followed the great 
 river of Nan-ze-li-e'tus (Mississippi), and its eastern source, 
 the Tel-se-oo'diic (Ohio), in various tribes, to various sections 
 throughout the middle states' as far north as Ohio, Indiana, Illi- 
 nois, and Iowa, west to Nebraska, Kansas, and Indian Territory. 
 
 The descended tribes of the Shazas, and the Engrenemens 
 passed westward from the Nan-ze-li-e'tiis source and the Great 
 De'la-cas (lake) regions; and those of the Shm'to-lons, and the 
 I-z6-le'tes westward by way of the Ce-cel-Iu'she-6n (Colorado), 
 and the Km'tra-sha (Columbia) rivers and their sources; and 
 the Conze ranges. Their meeting and mingling races established 
 the pre-historic Indian inhabitants from Arizona and New 
 Mexico in the south, to Washington, Montana, Dakota, and 
 Minnesota in the north, and from the Nanzelietus on the east, 
 to the Pacific coast on the west ; east to Alabama, Tennessee and 
 Kentucky ; south to Texas, Louisiana and Alabama. 
 
 About the same time that the Shazas migrated to Anteshaza, 
 another tribe of the Congoes migrated southwestward from Shal- 
 tecongo, across the country now submerged by the Bay of Cam- 
 peachy, to the now known section of Vera Cruz, and near that 
 portion now occupied by the city of Vera Cruz, which section 
 they termed Quin-te-lin'zo, and called themselves the LTn'zoes. 
 
 The Engrenemens of Chereestes, and the Shazas of Ante- 
 shaza, both being descendants from the Meltrezens, were of a 
 dark mulatto color; but, the blended reddish hue that character- 
 ized the eastern tribes of the North American Indians had arisen 
 from their pre-historic blendings with the western, or from the 
 migrating and race mixing influences of the Linzoes, as they 
 passed north and west, with those of the Shazas and the Engre- 
 nemens, as they passed north and east, the intensities of the 
 hue being established by further influence of the sun's rays in 
 the different degrees of latitude. 
 
 During subsequent ages, all the southern and western sections 
 of Mexico, were peopled by tribes of the Linzoes, who spread 
 out from their ''section of Quintelinzo, who went by the same 
 tribal and sectional names, excepting the Chan-han'goes of Cha- 
 ha-e'zel, who by nature, being contentious and hostile, sought to 
 distinguish themselves from their brethren, the Linzoes, by tak- 
 ing new tribal and sectional names; therefore, called themselves 
 
 786 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 the Chanhangoes, and termed the section Chahaezel, the latter 
 being the now known district submerged by the waters of the 
 Gulf of California, and also that of Lower California. 
 
 In subsequent time, a large tribe of Linzoes migrated from 
 the section of Northwest Mexico, to the section now submerged 
 by the Waters of the San Diego Bay, which section they termed 
 Shin'to-lon, and called themselves the Shin'to-lons. They dwelt 
 in that section for many ages, from whence their descendants 
 spread out into the Sierra Nevada mountain regions. 
 
 Subsequently, a large tribe of the Shintolons from Shintolon, 
 migrated along the Pacific coast region, to the section of Men- 
 docino, which they termed I-z6-le tes, and called themselves the 
 I-z6-le tes. They dwelt in that section for many generations, 
 and their descendants spread out eastward into the section of 
 Oregon, and Utah. 
 
 Subsequehtly, a tribe of the Izoletes migrated northwest into 
 the section of British America, now known as east of the Ad- 
 miralty island, which section they termed Quin-te-ze'16n (snow 
 land), and called themselves the Te-ze'lons. 
 
 In subsequent time, a descended tribe of Tezelons, who had 
 mixed races with the remnant Kiordas of that section migrated 
 northeast, from Quintezelon, to the section of Yukon, between 
 the Rocky Mountains and Mt. St. Elias of Alaska, which section 
 they termed Gan-go-min'go, and called themselves the Gan-go- 
 min'goes. 
 
 About the time that the Gangomingoes had settled in Gango- 
 mingo, a tribe of descended Shahaiens from the Cucokin migra- 
 tions, settled in the section about one hundred and thirty-three 
 degrees longitude west from Greenwich, and about sixty-four 
 degrees north latitude, or south of the Mackenzie river. 
 
 In subsequent' time, a tribe from the Gangomingoes of Gango- 
 mingo, migrated southwest, when they settled in the section about 
 half way between the Mt. St. Elias, and the mouth of the Atna, 
 or Copper river, where subsequent to the submergence of the 
 then known country of Kor-dii-zu'lac, remnants of the Ki-6r'das 
 mixed races with them, but the mixed race still held to the sec- 
 tion and tribe names of Gangomingo and Gangomingoes. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Engrenemens in Che- 
 reestis, or Florida, a tribe of their descendants migrated east- 
 ward, until they arrived in the section of the Chesapeake Bay, 
 which they termed Kin'choc, and called themselves the Kin'chocs. 
 After several generations, they had spread out northwest into 
 the section of Pennsylvania; western New York, and the Lake 
 Erie regions. 
 
 787 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Kinchocs migrated into the sec- 
 tion of Massachusetts, in that portion just west of the city of 
 Boston, which they termed Siic-cl-le'6n, and called themselves 
 the Siic-ci-leons, who in time, had spread out into New Hamp- 
 shire ; Vermont, eastern New York, and the Lake Ontario region. 
 
 In time, the Shazas from Anteshaza, who migrated north 
 through the Central States, arrived in the great We-ute' (lake) 
 regions; and the Kinchocs, the Succileons, and the Shazas 
 mingled races through New York, northern Ohio, Michigan, 
 Indiana, Illinois, and eastern Wisconsin and their descendants 
 ultimately became the peoples of the great lake regions. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Succileons migrated into that 
 section now known as the Gulf of St. Lawrence, which they term- 
 ed O-was-chee-to, and called themselves the O-was-chee-toes. 
 
 At the time of the convulsion that separated Greenland from 
 British America, remnants of the Kasmancees of the northern 
 portion of Teltzie Ket, of Atlantis, who had migrated and set- 
 tled in that district of country now submerged by the waters of 
 the North Atlantic Ocean, south of Greenland, and east of Labra- 
 dor, were left on both southern Greenland, and eastern Labrador. 
 The remnant left on the British American side, occupied the 
 eastern coast of Labrador, which section they termed U-6'ming, 
 and called themselves the U-6'mings. 
 
 Subsequently, they had spread out westward, and the Owas- 
 cheetoes northwestward, until the two tribes met in that section 
 of the Dominion of Canada, now submerged by the waters of the 
 Hudson Bay, where they mingled races, which resulted in the 
 establishment of a new race of people, who termed the section 
 Cu-c6'kin, and called themselves the Sha-ha-i ens. In subsequent 
 time, they had spread out further westward, into the Dominion 
 of Canada, and the Tezelons from Quintezelon; the Gangomin- 
 goes from Gangomingo ; and their descended tribes had migrated 
 eastward over the Rocky mountains, where they met and min- 
 glied races, whose subsequent descendants further migrated into 
 the section of the Dominion of Canada. 
 
 Prior to the convulsion that established the North Pacific 
 Ocean (or that portion that now borders the southern, and the 
 southeastern coast of Alaska), as far south as to about fifty 
 degrees north latitude, and from north of the Vancouver island 
 on the east, to the Aleutian islands on the west, was a great 
 country occupied by a large nation of people, who termed the 
 section K6r-du-zii'lac, and called themselves the Ki-6r-das. 
 
 As before stated the Kiordas were a great nation, or numer- 
 ous people who had spread out south from the now known south- 
 
 788 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ern coast of Alaska as far south as to the Vancouver island, west 
 of British America, to, and including the Aliaska peninsula, and 
 southern portion of the Alaska. At the time of the submerg- 
 ence of their country, as a nation, they were principally lost. 
 However, remnants escaped to the borders of the sections of 
 Alaska, British America, and the then known Shi-te-c6n'g6 sec- 
 tion, some of whom were further lost by cold and starvation, and 
 mixture with incoming races. 
 
 Pre-historically, all that section now occupied by the waters 
 of the central, or northeastern portion of the Behring Sea, or 
 the inland sea, pre-historically known as the Kren'dah Se'zie, was 
 known as Par-cel'te-us, so termed by the Par-cel'tics, who first 
 settled in that district. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the Gangomingoes, in 
 Gangomingo, and the Shahaiens in Tinicules, a tribe of the Gan- 
 gomingoes migrated northeast over the O-liim'be-quash Conze 
 (Rocky mountains), and settled in Tinicules near the Shaha- 
 iens, where in time they mixed races. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the mixed race of Gangomingoes and 
 Shahaiens, migrated westward into the section of Alaska, at a 
 point about one hundred and forty-eight degrees longitude east 
 from Greenwich, on the line of the Arctic Circle, north of the Yu- 
 kon river, which section they termed El-ti-sha za, and called them- 
 selves the El-ti-shazas. Subsequently, they followed the Yukon 
 river southwestward, to about sixty-five degrees north latitude 
 west of the southwest extremity of the Yukon Hills, at the point 
 where the Kouiak river flows into the Yukon, where they dwelt 
 for a period of about one hundred and fifty years, where they 
 retained their original tribe and section names. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Eltishazas migrated westward, 
 north of the Yukon river, into a large Ce-i'les (valley) , now sub- 
 merged by the waters of North Sound, which valley they termed 
 Par-cel'te-iis and called themselves the Par-cel'tics. 
 
 Later, a tribe of Parceltics migrated northwest, to the dis- 
 trict of the Behring Straits, between Cape Kre-gugin and Nigchi- 
 gan Point, where at the time of the establishment of the Behring 
 Straits, they were principally lost. Another large tribe of Par- 
 celtics migrated southwest to the valley that then lay extent 
 between the then known Guhulem and Akrentie Conze ranges, 
 at a point about one hundred and sixty-eight degrees longitude 
 west from Greenwich, and about fifty-eight degrees north lati- 
 tude, or centrally in an imaginary triangle that would embrace 
 the Ptybilov, St. Matthew, and Nounivak islands, where they 
 dwelt for many generations, imder the same tribal and sectional 
 
 789 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 names. During that time, a tribe of Kiordas had also occupied 
 the valleys that then lay extent between the Akrentie range ; the 
 southwestern coast of Alaska ; the Alaska peninsula, in the south, 
 at a point east of the Prybilov islands, and the Bristol Bay. 
 
 Subsequently, a tribe of the Kiordas had migrated southwest, 
 over the Akrentie range, into the valley that lay extent between 
 tht, and the Guhulem range, at a point between the Prybilov 
 islands, and Mt. Shishaldin, of the Aleutian islands, to which 
 section a tribe of the last named Parceltics also migrated. Still 
 later there was a mixture of races between those Parceltics, and 
 Kiordas, but the Kiordas being in the majority, both in number 
 and physical strength, the descended race held to the section and 
 tribe names of their ancestors, the Kiordas. 
 
 From the Kiordas. of the former named section, and the 
 mixed race of Kiordas and Parceltics, remnants were left upon 
 the peninsula, and its extension into the Aleutian islands, at the 
 time of the convulsion that established that portion of the Beh- 
 ring Sea, and remnants of the Parceltics were left on the St. 
 Matthew, the Nounivak, and the Lawrence islands. 
 
 THE MEL'TRE-ZENS AND THEIR EASTERN 
 MIGRATION. 
 
 Returning to Tuyanang (San Juan, Cuba), and the Meltre- 
 zens of that section, we pass with a tribe of their descendants 
 from their Tuyanang, on their migration northwestward to the 
 southern portion of the state of Florida, here established, under 
 the name of Engrenemens, in their section of Chereestes. 
 
 The Engrenemens and their descendants, became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the now classified Appalachian Races, who 
 occupied the southeastern districts of the United States of Amer- 
 ica, westward to Arkansas and Louisiana; northward to Ten- 
 nessee and South Carolina, all inclusive. 
 
 The linguistic condition of the ancient Timucuas of South 
 Carolina and Georgia, arose from the fact that, prior to the sub- 
 mergence of the land that then connected Teltzie Ket and Zret 
 of Atlantis, to the now known eastern portion of the United 
 States of AmericEi, a large tribe of Gurenzes had migrated from 
 the southern portion of Teltzie Zret, into the Tyngerze (valleys) 
 that then had place in the district of country east of the states 
 of Georgia and Florida, and a small tribe of Nothosis from the 
 southern portion of Teltzie Ket, likewise had migrated into the 
 Tyngerze east of the Carolina states. 
 
 790 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 At the time of the submergence, some of the Nothosis, and 
 a large number of the Gurenzes were left as remnants on the 
 remnant islands along the coast (now submerged), and on the 
 mainland now the states of Florida, Georgia and South Carolina. 
 In subsequent time, these remnant Gurenzes and Nothosis be- 
 came mixed as a race, when they called themselves the Zen'da- 
 con-da-cends, and termed the region along the coast from Florida 
 to South Carolina, Zen-da'con, and the language spoken was At- 
 lantian, such as was in use by the Gurenzes of Teltzie Zret, with 
 a dialect that grew out of the amalgamation of it and the lan- 
 guage spoken by the Nothosis of Teltzie Ket. The Gurenze 
 remnant being larger than that of the Nothosis therefore caused 
 the amalgamate descendants to continue the language of the for- 
 mer, modified by the dialect condition that had arisen from the 
 mixed race linguistic influence. Therefore the extinct Timucua 
 language, formerly current along the eastern coast of Georgia, 
 Florida, and as far south as to Cape Canaveral, is a linguistic 
 link, hving its origin in Atlantis, and therefore is a stock lan- 
 guage. 
 
 The principal dwelling center of the Zendacondacends was in 
 Georgia (along the Altamaha river), which they termed the 
 On-ge-go-las'se. 
 
 As the descendants of the Engrenemens migrated eastward, 
 and the Shazas branched out westward along the then known 
 Telseooduc (Ohio), river region, they blended races, and their 
 descendants spread out into the regions of the states of Ohio, 
 Indiana, Illinois and Kentucky, and were a blend between the 
 Appalachian and the Dakota, or Sioux family. 
 
 Passing with the descended migrating tribe of Engrenemens, 
 northeastward from the section of Chereestes (Florida), we 
 find them established in the district now known as the Chesa- 
 peake Bay, Virginia and Maryland, under the name of Kinchocs, 
 in their section of Kinchoc. 
 
 The Kinchocs and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the now classified southern branch of the Algonquin 
 Family. 
 
 Passing with the descended migrating tribe of Kinchocs fur- 
 ther northeast from Kinchoc (Virginia and Maryland), we find 
 them established in the section of the state of Massachussetts, 
 or in the vicinity of the City of Boston, under the name of 
 Succileons, in their section of Succileon. 
 
 The Succileons and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the now known Classified Eastern Branch of the 
 Algonqtdn Family. 
 
 791 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 Passing with the descendants of the Shazas who migrated 
 north from their Anteshaza, those of the Kinchocs from Kin- 
 choc, who migrated northwestward; and the Succileons who 
 migrated southwestward ; we find the three branches as having 
 mingled races from which condition we find the tribes establish- 
 ed in the Great Lake Regions, whose descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the now known classified Western Branch 
 of the Algonquin Family. 
 
 Passing with the descended tribe of Succileons further north- 
 east from Succileon (Boston vicinity), we find them established 
 in the then known district of country, now submerged by the 
 Gulf of St. Lawrence, under the name of Owascheetoes, in their 
 section of Owascheeto. 
 
 The Owascheetoes and their descendants became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the now known classified Northern Branch 
 Algonquin Family. 
 
 Passing with the descended migrating tribe of Owascheetoes 
 from Owascheeto (Gulf of St. Lawrence district), northwest- 
 ward, we find them in the district now submerged by the Hudson 
 Bay. 
 
 Passing with a descended migrating tribe of the remnant Kas- 
 mancees from Teltzie Ket of Atlantis, or U-6'mings, from their 
 section of U-6'mTng (eastern Labrador) westward, we find them 
 also in the district now submerged by the Hudson Bay. 
 
 Subsequently, we find the Owascheetoes and the Uomings of 
 the Hudson Bay district amalgamated into one race, under the 
 name of Sha-ha-iens, in their section of Cii-co'km. 
 
 The Shahaiens and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the now known classified Athabascan, or Tin- 
 ney Family, known to be the most widespread ethnical and 
 linguistic group in North America, comprising most of Alaska 
 and the Canadian Dominion, from the Eskimo domain to the 
 Churchill river north and south, and from the Rocky mountains 
 to the Hudson Bay west and east, besides isolated enclaves in 
 Oregon, Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado, and North Mexico. 
 
 Passing with the migrating tribes of Uomings, who did not 
 mingle with the Owascheetoes, throughout what is now known 
 as northeastern and northern British America, we find them es- 
 tablished throughout the now known Eskimo Domain, under the 
 name of Hyc'te-sez, in their section of Siil'-le-trSme, the latter 
 being the section of country now known as about seventy degrees 
 north latitude and a hundred and eight degrees longitude west 
 from Greenwich, between what is now known as Wollaston Land 
 and Victoria Land, that portion of country south, east, and west 
 
 792 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 of the two above-named sections not then being shattered, and 
 submerged, as is now the case. 
 
 The Hyctesez and their descendants, or one of the third de- 
 veloping branches of Kasmancees of Atlantis, through the Uo- 
 mings, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now known Es- 
 kimo, or Innuits, of the Labrador region, and that of British 
 America southwest of Greenland, whose close alliance with the 
 Hyperborean Races of Alaska and British America, can be traced 
 or easily accounted for through the migrations of their allies, the 
 Shahaiens from their section of Cucokin, to northwestern British 
 America, where they mixed races with the Gangomingoes, and 
 passed into Alaska as the Eltishazas, from whom descended the 
 Eskimo of northeast British America and north, and northeast- 
 ern Alaska, and still further into Siberia and northeastern Asia. 
 
 THE CON'GOES AND THEIR NORTHERN 
 MIGRATION. 
 
 Returning to the district now known as the submerged cen- 
 tral and southern half of the Gulf of Mexico, and the pure Con- 
 goes from their section of Shaltecongo, we pass with a tribe of 
 their descendants on their migration along the then known Gen- 
 ze-rest mountains, to the district of southern Louisiana, west of 
 the Mississippi river, where we find them established under the 
 name of Shazas, in their section of Anteshaza. 
 
 The Shazas and their descendants became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the now known classified Dakota or Sioux 
 Family, whose proper domain is the western Prairies between 
 the Mississippi river and the Rocky mountains, east and west, 
 and stretching from the Saskatchawan, British America, south- 
 ward to the Red River of Texas. 
 
 Prior to the establishment of the Bahama Islands, a small 
 tribe of Gurenzes and a larger tribe of Meltrezens had migrated 
 from the southern portion of Teltzie Zret, of Atlantis, into the 
 region of the Great Bahama Island, where the two tribes amal- 
 gamated into one race, who on account of the Meltrezen influ- 
 ence being the stronger, favored that type physically, and contin- 
 ued the Meltrezen language with some dialect influence from that 
 of the Gurenzes. 
 
 Prior to the submergence of the district of land between the 
 Bahamas and the now known states of Georgia and Florida, the 
 mixed race had again migrated northwest into that portion of 
 the state of Georgia where now the town of Brunswick has place. 
 
 793 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 When that portion of the country was inhabited by the Engre- 
 nemens, who were the stronger tribe of the two, they forced the 
 mixed tribe, above referred to, to leave that portion of the coun- 
 try, and to migrate further westward. When they arrived on 
 the banks of the Mississippi, they halted there for a time. Soon 
 the Shazas, likewise, forced them to move still further westward. 
 Taking up the line of migration again, they passed into the south- 
 eastern section of the state of Texas, where they settled along 
 the Brazos river, in the district of Washington, termed the sec- 
 tion El-gre-na'da, and called themselves the O-ja'zenes. 
 
 The Ojazenes of Elgrenada and their descendants became the 
 pre-historic ancestors of the .Pawnee Family, as classified 
 with the Shoshones ethnically, but linguistically different from all 
 other tribes, which latter fact is due to their having continued 
 the Meltrezen language with its Gurenzes dialect influence, while 
 the Shintolons, from whom the Shoshones descended, retained the 
 ethnical type, but not the same linguistic conditions. 
 
 The Ojazenes ultimately spread out into the now known 
 states of Texas, and Kansas, and now have a reserve in Indian 
 Territory. 
 
 Passing (prior to the establishment of the now known Lake 
 Superior) with a migrating tribe of Shazas from the region now 
 known as south of the Minni Wakam or Devil's Lake, or along 
 the upper course of the Tchan Sansan river, eastward, we find 
 them established under the name of O-ka-lu'ci-ans, in their sec- 
 tion of Bed-a-ra zes. 
 
 The Okalucians and their descendants became the pre-his- 
 toric ancestors of the now known classified Wyandot-Iro- 
 quois Family. That the Wyandot-Iroquois are ethnically 
 allied to the Algonquin Family, is due to the fact that they are 
 both descendants from the original Meltrezens of the Caribbean 
 region. That they are linguistically allied to the Dakotas or 
 Sioux Famiy, is due to the fact that they descended through the 
 migratory conditions of the Congoes and Shazas, as they passed 
 north-westward through the United States, thence eastward; 
 while the Algonquin Family descended through the migratory 
 conditions of the Engrenemens, Kinchocs, Succileons and Owas- 
 cheetoes, as they passed north-eastward through the United 
 States, along the Atlantic regions. 
 
 Passing with the migrating tribe of Congoes, north-westward 
 from the northwestern central portion of the district of country 
 now submerged by the Gulf of Mexico, through the State of 
 Texas; with the Shazas from the region of Arkansas, westward 
 through the southern portion of Indian Territory and northwest- 
 
 794 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 ern Texas ; one of Ojazenes from Texas, northwest through that 
 state ; one of Izoletes south-eastward through Nevada and Utah, 
 with other straggling tribes from North Mexico and South Colo- 
 rado, into various valley districts of the state of New Mexico, 
 who during subsequent ages, amalgamated into one ethnical race, 
 we find the origin of the race of people whose descendants be- 
 came the pre-historic ancestors of the now classified New Mex- 
 ico Pueblos. 
 
 Passing with a tribe of descended migrating Shintolons from 
 their section of Shintolon (San Diego Bay section) to the west- 
 ern side of the lower Colorado river, or near its junction with 
 the Rio Gila; and a tribe of Congoes, who likewise migrated 
 (from the district now known as the western central portion of 
 the Gulf of Mexico), northwest through Texas, New Mexico, 
 and Arizona, to the eastern side of the lower Colorado river, and 
 its junction with the Gila, where in subsequent time they mixed 
 races, and blended into one family, whose descendants became 
 the pre-historic ancestors of the family now classified as the 
 Yuma Stotk. 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 O-CE-A-LAN'GUS. 
 
 OR 
 
 CENTRAL AMERICA AND MEXICO. 
 
 TELTZIE LVIII. 
 
 O-ce-a-lan'gus was the first pre-historic name of the sections 
 of country now known as Central America, and Mexico, as given 
 by the Congoes of that region, about the time of the beginning 
 of the Adomic period. About looo years subsequent to the sub- 
 mergence of Atlantis, a great system of nine periodical convul- 
 sions occurred, and had place in the region of the West Indies 
 islands. Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Sea, that occurred 
 throughout a period of about 4500 years. 
 
 Prior to these convulsions, a mountain range known to the 
 people of that period as the Meztrie range, extended from the 
 section of "Trinidad," north of the coast of South America, em- 
 bracing the Caribbee Islands, Porto Rico, Dominican Republic, 
 Republic of Hayti, and Cuba, to the Bay of Honduras including 
 the islands, reefs and bays on the eastern coast of Yucatan and 
 Balize, and the Bay islands, on the coast of Honduras. 
 
 Another system of mountains, pre-historically known as the 
 Mutize, embraced two principal ranges, viz : the eastern and the 
 western. The eastern extended from the western and southern 
 coasts of Hayti, circling westward and southward, which em- 
 brace the Quinto Seno Sand Banks, the Serrana Reef, Old Prov- 
 idence, and Andrew's islands. The western branch extended 
 west and south, in circular form, from the southern central sec- 
 tion of Puerto Principe, Cuba, to the northeastern coast; thus 
 embracing the now known Gayman and Swan Islands and the 
 protruding remnants now known as the Moaquito Banks, east of 
 Honduras and Nicaragua, of Central America. 
 
 Another range then known as the Zede-a, extended to the 
 Tobago Island, northeast of Trinidad ; thus embracing the Tor- 
 tuga and the Margarita Islands. Still another range then known 
 as the C6r-dl-zu'lac, extended eastward from the section now 
 known as Gallinas Point, west of the Gulf of Maracaibo, to the 
 region of the Tobago Island, where it terminated in a junction 
 with the Zedea range, thus embracing the Oruba, the Curacao, 
 the Buen Ayre, and the Los Roguez Islands. 
 
 796 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 A large valley then known as the Fuger, lay extent between 
 the Meztrie range, and the western branch of the Mutize, in the 
 northeast area of the Caribbean Sea. Another then known as 
 the Wan-ze-rick, lay extent between the eastern and western 
 branches of the Mutize system, in the same section of the Carib- 
 bean Sea district. Still another, then known as the Me di-a Ple'- 
 a-celt (great valley), extended north and east from the Isthmus 
 of Panama, to the region of the Leeward, and Windward, of the 
 Caribbean islands, now submerged by the waters of the central, 
 and the eastern sections of the Caribbean Sea. 
 
 A range then known as the Gen-ze-rest' extended a little 
 northeast from the northeastern coast of the Tabasco, and the 
 western coast of Campeche, Central America; to the southeast- 
 ern coast of Louisiana, and the southwestern coast of Missis- 
 sippi, U. S. A., the central extension being from Laralaria Bay, 
 on the southeastern coast of Louisiana. A large valley then 
 known as the Lex-6'phis lay extent east of the Genzerest range, 
 centrally in the section now known as the eastern half of the 
 Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 The then known river of Nan-zeli-e'tus (long and immense), 
 flowed in a zig-zag course southeast through the Meztrie range, 
 near the center of the Channel of Yucatan, between the latter 
 and Cuba; thence circling eastward, it cut through the Mutize 
 range, centrally between Southern Jamaica, and the Serrana 
 Reef, east of Nicaragua; thence circling southeast, to about thir- 
 teen degrees north latitude, north of the Magdalena River, South 
 America; thence coursing northeast about one degree north of 
 the Gulf of Maracaibo or Venezuela; thence circling southeast 
 and northeast to about twelve degrees north latitude and twelve 
 degrees longitude east from Washington; when it turned on a 
 course southeast and passed out into the North Atlantic Ocean, 
 near the northeast coast of the Trinidad island, or between it and 
 the Tobago Island. 
 
 The first of the nine periodical convulsions had place in the 
 northwestern branch of the Meztrie range, in the section of the 
 "Exuma Island," now one of the "Bahama" group. The force of 
 the convulsion extended northwest to the southeast coast of 
 "Florida," which severed the range from that section, established 
 the "Straits of Florida," south, and southeast to the coast of 
 "Cuba," and "Hayti ;" sunk and submerged portions of the range, 
 which thus established the "Bahamas." 
 
 The second in two sections, occurred about five hundred years 
 after the first and had place, in the section of the "St. Vincent 
 island," one of the "Windwards" in the "Lesser Antilles" group. 
 
 797 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 The force of the convulsion extended circtxlarly, northwest to 
 the eastern coast of "Porto Rico;" circularly southwest to, and 
 along the coast of "Venezuela," thus establishing the entire 
 group of "Caribbee islands," those off the coast of "Venezuela ;" 
 the "Gulf of Maracaibo;" and the coast line and other inlet 
 waters of "South America," from "Gallinas Point" in the west, 
 to that forming the northwest coast of the "Gulf of Paria" in 
 the east. 
 
 The second section of the convulsion occurred almost simul- 
 taneously with the first, and had place on the eastern coast of the 
 "Trinidad island." The force of the convulsion severed "Trini- 
 dad" from the main land; established the "Gulf of Paria;" the 
 "Mouth of the Orinoco;" the "Serpents Mouth," the principal 
 outlet of the "Orinoco;" and its accompanying islands; and 
 established the northeast coast line of "South America," as far 
 southeast, as to "Cape North." 
 
 The third periodical convulsion occurred about six hundred 
 and fifty years subsequent to the second, and had place in the 
 section now known as the northeast coast of the "Mona island," 
 between "Porto Rico and "Hayti." The force of the convul- 
 sion severed the latter two named portions of land and estab- 
 lished the "Mona island ;" the "Mona Passage ;" and the further 
 extension of the force eastward, established the northern and 
 southern coasts of "Porto Rico," and its separation from the 
 "Virgin islands;" which latter were established partially by the 
 second periodical convulsion, and partly by the third. The 
 westward course of the force established the northern and south- 
 ern coast lines of "Hayti," its inlet waters, accompanying islands, 
 and severed it from "Cuba," and "Jamaica," to the line of the 
 ninth periodical convulsion; and established the "Windward Pas- 
 sage" between "Cuba," and "Hayti." 
 
 The fourth convulsion occurred about five hundred years 
 after the third, and had place in the northwest portion of "Vera 
 Cruz," "Mexico;" between the main land and "Cape Roxo." 
 The force of the convulsion established the entire western half 
 of the "Gulf of Mexico," as far east as the then known Gen- 
 zeret range, or to the "St. Vincent island," off the coast of 
 "Louisiana ;" and "Lake Terminos," and its islands, in the south ; 
 and in north, eastern "Tabasco," in "Mexico." At the time of 
 the convulsion, a low mountain then known as Monzikolos, stood 
 near the central portion of the then known valley of Quaindrel, 
 which at the time of the convulsion, sank below the now level of 
 the waters. It had been very slowly sinking during the ages that 
 passed after the convulsion, a fact that rightly accounts for the 
 
 798 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 great depth of the water in that section at the present time; as 
 well as that of the gradual receding of the waters, which latter 
 is a well known fact to moderns, and were it not for the con- 
 stant inflow of water from tributary streams, along the coast, 
 the submerged banks that exist in different sections of the Gulf, 
 would now be above the water. The time will come when the 
 moving downward of the submerged Mt. Monzikolos, will bring 
 to view the banks above mentioned. 
 
 The fifth periodical convulsion occurred about nine hundred 
 years subsequent to the fourth, and had place in the southern 
 section of the Genzerest range, near the northwestern coast of 
 "Campeachy," "Central America." The force of the convulsion 
 extended northeast along the Genzerest range, to the southeast 
 coast of "Louisiana," which sunk and submerged the range, 
 leaving as its remnants, the islands in the lake of "Terminos," 
 between "Tabasco," and "Campeachy," "Las Areas," west of 
 "Yucajan ;" also the "Sunday island," northwest, and the "Great 
 Campeachy Bank," north of "Yucatan." Further extension of 
 the force eastward, established the coast line and inlet waters 
 of western "Campeachy;" northern and eastern "Yucatan," as 
 far south as to "Espiritu Santo Bay;" severed "Cuba" from 
 "Yucatan," by sinking and submerging the land of that region; 
 leaving the islands and banks on the cosat of "Yucatan;" and 
 establishing the "Channel of Yucatan." 
 
 Simultaneous with this convulsion, at the southern section of 
 the Genzerest range, there were three sectional convulsions in 
 the northern region, viz: One in the section known as "Lara- 
 laria Bay;" one in the "Timbalier Bay;" and one in the "South 
 West Pass" of the Delta of the Mississippi." The force of the 
 three convulsions established the coast line, inlet waters and 
 islands, from "Gaillou Bay," southern coast of "Louisiana," to 
 "Apalachee Bay," "Florida;" and south to the line of the fifth 
 periodical convulsion thus extending the open waters of the 
 "Gulf of Mexico," to the line northeast from the western point 
 of "Cuba," and to the western border of the "Apalachee Bay;" 
 and therefore, established the present terminal of the Great 
 Manzelietus, or Mississippi river, the mysterious Delta of which, 
 with the five Passes, and five Bays remain as monumental evi- 
 dence of the convulsive forces that shot in through the ravines, 
 leaving the higher land, thus establishing the present radiating 
 outlet of the Mississippi waters. 
 
 The sixth convulsion occurred about seven hundred years 
 after the fifth, and had place in the section of the "Bay island," 
 off the northern coast of "Honduras." The force of the con- 
 
 799 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 vulsion formed the Bay islands ; the Bay of Honduras ; and the 
 inlet waters, the banks, reefs, and islands on the eastern coast 
 of Balize; as far north as to the southern boundary line of the 
 fifth periodical convulsion; and northeast to the center of the 
 Channel of Yucatan ; and east to Cape Cameron, Honduras. 
 
 The seventh convulsion occurred about six hundred years 
 after the sixth, and had place in the southern portion of the 
 eastern branch of the Mutize range, in "Old Providence island," 
 east of the coast of Nicaragua, Central America. The force of 
 the convulsion extended throughout the branch northward to 
 near the southwest coast of Jamaica; and southward to Costa 
 Rica, and Panama; thus establishing the protrudings, islands, 
 and reefs from Serrana Reef, to the Albuquerque Keys; the 
 northeast coast line of Costa Rica, its inlet waters and islands, 
 and the northern coast line, inlet waters and islands of Yucatan ; 
 the Gulf of Darien ; and the South American coast, northeast to 
 the Magdalena river. It further extended westward, following 
 the western branch of the Mutize range, to the point between the 
 Great Gayman, and the Swan islands; thus establishing all the 
 islands and sand banks from the Swan island, in the north, to 
 the eastern extremity of Costa Rica, which are remnants of the 
 western branch of the Mutize range, and thus establishing the 
 southern and southeastern portion of the Caribbean Sea as far 
 north as to about sixty degrees north latitude, the southwestern 
 portion having been formed by the sixth periodical convulsion, 
 which linked its waters, into those of the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 The eighth periodical convulsion occurred about three hundred 
 years after the seventh, and had place in the section now known 
 as amid the islands off the north central coast of Cardenas, Cuba. 
 The force of the convulsion extended west, to the extremity of 
 Cuba, east to the boundary line of the western department of 
 Cuba, or the Yama Bay, to the boundary line of the first periodi- 
 cal convulsion, thus completing the establishment of the north- 
 ern coast of Cuba, the inlet waters and islands. Further exten- 
 sion of the force north and northeast, to the Great peninsula of 
 Florida, established all the islands and reefs from the Tortugas, 
 to the main land of Florida, all the inlet waters, and islands on 
 the western coast of Florida, to the Apalachee Bay, or eastern 
 line of the fifth periodical convulsion ; thus completing the Gulf 
 of Mexico, and linking its waters with those of the North 
 Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 The ninth periodical convulsion occurred about one hundred 
 years subsequent to the eighth, and had place in the northern sec- 
 tion of the western branch of the Mutize range, or in the section 
 
 800 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 now known as off the southern coast of Santa Cruz, Cuba. The 
 force of the convulsion formed the entire southern coast line 
 of Cuba, its inlet waters, the Isle of Pines, and other coast islands ; 
 extended east to the boundary line of the third periodical con- 
 vulsion ; west to the boundary line of the fifth, and sixth ; south 
 and southeast to the seventh, which completed the sinking and 
 submergence of the northern section of the two branches of the 
 Mutize range ; thus establishing the Jamaica island, its coast line, 
 and inlet water canditions; the two Cayman islands; and com- 
 pleting the establishment of the Carribbean Sea, by linking the 
 northwestern section to the portions already formed by the force 
 of the sixth and seventh periodical convulsions. 
 
 THE PRE-HISTORIC OR ABORIGINAL AMERICANS. 
 
 Returning to the region of the great West Indies Archi- 
 pelago; the district of the Caribbean Sea; the Gulf of Mexico; 
 and the Meltrezen; the Yunandoes, or mixed race of Gurenzes 
 and Kintilucians ; and the ultimate Gurenzes who were a total 
 blend by mixture with the Yunandoes, as the peoples who in- 
 habited those sections pre-historically, and their further migra- 
 tions into South America, Central America, Mexico, and North 
 America, we have the root from which has sprung up and spread 
 out the great tree of Aboriginal American or American Indian 
 races whose first disbursement is represented by the numerous 
 families, and tribes now existing throughout North America, 
 Mexico, Central America and South America, and their adja- 
 cent islands. 
 
 Passing with the tribe of Meltrezens from the western por- 
 tion of their Tuyanang (Cuba), into Yucatan, we find them 
 established under the name of Congoes, in their section of Shal- 
 tecongo, whose migratory remnants of very small tribes inhabited 
 the district through which they passed, now submerged by the 
 northwestern portion of the Carribbean Sea; and further devel- 
 opment of the main branch in the Shaltecongo section, extended 
 out into the district now submerged by the Gulf of Mexico, hence, 
 those now aquatic districts were pre-historically non-submerged 
 and inhabited. 
 
 Passing with a tribe of seceded Gurenzes who dwelt in the 
 Caribbean district, into Yucatan, we find them in an amalgamate 
 condition with the Congoes of Shaltecongo, which condition 
 brought a race change to the descendants. 
 
 Passing with other tribes, or remnants of the Meltrezen and 
 Gurenzes of the Caribbean Sea district, at the time of the 
 
 8oi 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 submergence that established it, we find remnants of the above 
 named inhabitants who were near the main land of Central 
 America, in various parts of the latter named country, whose 
 evolved race conditions were also under the influence of amalga- 
 mation. 
 
 Passing with a descended migrating tribe of pure Gurenzes 
 from Guselsic, southwestward through the district now sub- 
 merged by the Caribbean Sea, to the now known section of 
 Costa Rica, we find them established in the vicinity of Point 
 Blanco, under the name of Teabaskans, in their section of Tub- 
 deana. They as a mixed race of Gurenzes and Kintilucians, or 
 Ynandoes, and ultimate amalgamation into the Gurenzes stock, 
 spread out into the section now known as Nicaragua and the 
 Peninsula of Panama, where they became the pre-historic ances- 
 tors of the now known classified Central American Races. 
 
 Passing with another tribe of Congoes from their Shaltecongo, 
 (Yucatan), we find them established in the section now known 
 as Vera Cruz, Mexico, as one of the first developed branches of 
 the race, under the name of Linzoes, in their section of Quin- 
 telinzo. They and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the Mexican Race of the Modern Ancient period 
 of time. 
 
 The mixed race of Gurenzes from the Caribbean district, 
 with the Congoes of Shaltecongo (Yucatan), became the pre- 
 historic ancestors of the Maya Quiche, of Yucatan and Guate- 
 mala, and their outlying branch in Vera Cruz and Tamaulipas. 
 
 Passing with a tribe of descended Linzoes from Quintelinzo, 
 after the main tribe had branched out and inhabited various por- 
 tions of the now known section of Mexico, and had established 
 migrations from the northwestern portion of the latter, named 
 country, we find them established in the district now submerged 
 by the San Diego Bay, as one of the second developed branches 
 of the race, under the name of Shintolons, in their section of 
 Shintolon. They and their descendants, became the pre-historic 
 ancestors of the now classified California Races of American 
 Indians. 
 
 Subsequent to the establishment of the drainage of the Great 
 Sharuntrezon Cet (Inland Sea), and the establishment of that 
 district into the now known Great American Desert, descendants 
 from the Linzoes from their section of Quintelinzo (southwest- 
 ern California) and the Shintolons from their section of Shin- 
 tolon (southern and northwestern California), instituted small 
 descended tribe migrations, eastward into the states of Oregon, 
 Utah, Idaho, Nevada, Arizona, south, and southwest California, 
 
 802 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 north Texas, New Mexico and north Mexico, whose descendants 
 ultimately became the pre"historic ancestors of the now classified 
 Shoshone or Snake Family. 
 
 Passing with the descended tribe of Shintolons from their 
 Shintolon, on their migration northward, we find them estab- 
 lished in the section now known as the County of Mendocino, 
 California, under the name of Izoletes, in their section of Izo- 
 letes. They and their descendants, became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the now classified Columbian Races. 
 
 Passing with the descended migrating tribe of Izoletes, from 
 their Izoletes, into British America, or the region of the Admir- 
 alty islands, we find them established under the name of Teze- 
 lons, in their section of Tezelon. They and their descendants, 
 became the pre-historic ancestors of the now classified TKnket, 
 or Tlinketantukwan Race. 
 
 Passing with the descended tribe of Tezelons from their 
 Q'uintezelon, on their migration into the Yukon section, between 
 the Rocky mountains and Mt. St. Elias of Alaska, we find them 
 slightly amalgamated with the Kiordas of that section, under 
 the name of Gangomingoes, in their section of Gangomingo. 
 They and their descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors 
 of the now classified Eskimo peoples of that section of country. 
 ' Passing with the descended migrating tribe of the mixed 
 race of Gangomingoes and Shahaiens from their Tinicules into 
 Alaska, north of the Yukon river, we find them under the name 
 of Eltishazas, in their section of Eltishaza. They and their 
 descendants, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now classi" 
 fied Hyperborean Races. 
 
 Passing with two descended migrating tribes of Gangomin- 
 goes from their Gangomingo, we find one established in the 
 vicinity of the Shahaiens, south of the Mackenzie river, who 
 became lost in the blood of the Shahaiens; and one on their 
 migration southwestward,into southeastern Alaska, between Mt. 
 St. Elias and the mouth of the Atna, or Copper river, we find 
 them as an amalgamated race, who had mixed blood with the 
 remnant Kiordas of that section of Korduzulac, under their 
 former name of Gangomingoes. This branch of the Gangomin- 
 goes, as they descended and migrated into the Aleutian island 
 districts, became the pre-historic ancestors of the now classified, 
 or two families of Aleuts, collectively known as the Ungungun, 
 comprising the Unalashkans, who call themselves the Kagataya 
 Kung'n ("Men of the East"). 
 
 That the Ungungun family differ so greatly in linguistic and 
 ethnic conditions, and to some extent physically, from the Eskimo 
 
 803 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 of those regions, is due to the fact that, the former are amalga- 
 mate descendants' from the Gangomingoes and Kiordas branches, 
 and the Eskimo proper, are amalgamate descendants from the 
 mixed races of Gangomingoes and Shahaiens. 
 
 Note. Owing to the great extent of this work, we have been obliged 
 to leave out the general portion of the Teltzie on South America. In fu- 
 ture editions however, we propose to amplify some sections already given, 
 insert the Teltzie on South America, and publish the work in two vol- 
 umes. 
 
 That the Ethnographic links may be not entirely severed at this point 
 of the earth, we will give the pre-Mstoric peoples, their locations and his- 
 toric descendants, which are as follows. 
 
 A migrating tribe of Kacedricks in Dimtimzeon (Venezuela), became 
 the Zimeons;o ne of Schanandarits into Geuselsic (Maracaibo Gulf sec- 
 tion), became the Selsics; oneof Zimeonsinto Indris (Guiana), becamethe 
 Indris; one of Gurenzes into their Shushock (United States of Columbia), 
 became the Shushocks; one of Indris into Quetese (southern Venezuela), 
 became the Queteses ; one of the Selsics into their Sanchon (United States 
 of (Zolumbia), became the Sanchons; tribes of Sanchons into Equador, 
 and into Exkuien (Peru), became the Exkuiens; one of the Exkuiens 
 into Getresan (southern Bolivia), became the Getresans; one of the Get- 
 resans into Zelgoliot (southern Chili), became the Zelgoliots; one of the 
 Zelgoliots into Concoseshan (Tierra del Fuego), became the Concoses- 
 hans ; a mixed race of Atlantians and Schirants into Tierra del Fuego, 
 became a branch of the Chazahaens ; a mixed race of the Sanchons and 
 the Mellenthaes of Romarareya (north of Amazon), became the Triostes; 
 a mixed race of the Sanchons and Mellenthaes of Wapeana (in the Minas 
 Geraes region) , became the Wapeanas ; a tribe of Zanranzans into Lenite- 
 mo (section between the Sierra de Mar and the Sierra Monlequeira 
 ranges), became the Haendeces. 
 
 The Concoseshans and their descendants became the pre-historic an- 
 cestors of the tribes that exist south of, and in Patagonia. The Selsics, 
 of the Waraus, that of the Coast region. The Zimeons, that of the Ara- 
 wacks of the Coast region. A mixed race of Schanandarits and Kace- 
 dricks, that of the Barre Family. The Shushocks and the Sancons, that 
 of the now classified New Granada and Guiana Races of the United States 
 of Columbia. The Sancons, that of the New Granada and Guiana Races 
 in Brazilian Guiana, embracing the Carib Family. The Indris, that of the 
 New Granada and Guiana Races, embracing the unclassified aborigines of 
 the interior of the British, Dutch and German Guianas. A tribe of 
 Queteses, that of the classified New Granada and Guiana Races, embrac- 
 ing the Wapeanas in the Savannah region. A tribe of Sancons of Equa- 
 dor, that of the classified Peruvian and Bolivian Races, embracing the 
 primitive Cura tribes (now extinct.) A tribe of Shushacks of Equador, 
 that of the classified Peruvian and Bolivian Races, embracing the primi- 
 tive Puruha, of Equador ; the Jivaros of Pastassa ; and the Zaparos of the 
 Upper Napo. The Exkuioes, that of the classified and Peruvian and Boli- 
 vian Races, embracing the Peruvians of the aboriginal Quichua Races, 
 and the five nations, who collectively, are termed Antisians. The de- 
 scended Getresans, that of the Classified Peruvian and Bolivian Races, 
 embracing the civilized Quinchua and the Ayamara, or Inac Indians of the 
 
 804 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 western highlands; the half civilized Indians of Molos and Chiquitos; 
 the Samucus, Curaves, Tapiis and Corabaccas, originally in the south; the 
 Saravccas, Otukes, Curmuminacas, etc., in the southeast ; the Paiconecas in 
 the northwest, etc. The Zelgoliots, that of the classified Austral Races, 
 embracing the Auca of Chili and Patagonia ; the Mouche or highlanders ; 
 the Lavquenche or coast people ; the Huilliche or southerners. The Helte- 
 zas, that of the now classified Austral Races, embracing the Patagonians, 
 Tchuelche, etc. The Concoseshans, that of the classified Austral Races, 
 embracing the Alacaluf group of Fuegians. The Chazahaens, that of the 
 classified Austral Races, embracing the Yahgans and Fuegians of Tierra 
 del Feugo. A tribe of Wapeanas, that of the now classified Brazilian 
 Races embracing the southern division of the Guariana Family. The 
 Triostes, that of the classified Brazilian Races, embracing the Tupi Family. 
 The Haendeces, that of the classified Brazilian Races, embracing the Non- 
 Guarani element in Brazil, collectively known to the Tupis as Tapuyas 
 The mixed race of Atlantians and Schirants, or branch of Chazahaens, 
 that of the primitive Bushamen,-or historic Bushmen. 
 
 80s 
 
Links and Cycles 
 
 E-UN'DU. 
 
 I, E-iin'du, like Re-me'na, always was, am now and forever 
 shall be; 
 
 For the cycles of evolution cease not to turn throughout Eter- 
 nity. 
 
 What seemeth to be the end is only the process of Spirit and 
 Matter, returning 
 
 To the condition of development which made visible their state 
 of individual being — 
 
 Or generative periods, where cycles give forth their excess, by 
 offspring. 
 
 As a part of themselves, and never the image of some other cre- 
 ated thing. 
 
 Though conditions may touch and mingle in the aura of cycles 
 as they meet, 
 
 And the influence of each cause the diverse development to be 
 replete ; 
 
 Yet the hybrid cycle will re-embody the co-united parent 
 individualities. 
 
 As an offspring of combined forces, a part of each, and lasting 
 as Eternity. 
 
 The material cycle is ever turning, in the great zone of atomic 
 matter. 
 
 Throwing off particles which assume individual form, as off- 
 spring epi-cycles later ; 
 
 Gathering them in again, when by natural process they ulti- 
 mately disintegrate, 
 
 A wonderful law that supplies nature with conditions from which 
 it re-creates. 
 
 The spiritual cycle, in the great zone of universal spirit, ever 
 turns the same way, 
 
 But finally carries the individualized spirit and soul farther and 
 farther away. 
 
 Where the senses of the soul gather knowledge, that develops the 
 spirit intelligence. 
 
 And lights the path of progress, through which they move and 
 have existence ; 
 
 It further extends its excess forces, new epi-cycles of life to 
 create. 
 
 Into zones where the material cycles furnish them with an indi- 
 vidual, material, form-mate. 
 
 806 
 
Submerged Atlantis Restored 
 
 A divine law of nature is this, that all existence may move in 
 
 cycles perpetually; 
 The material cycle over its disintegrated form, and other stores 
 
 of excess. 
 Into new ones, through which newly-created individual souls and 
 
 spirits express. 
 The spirit cycle, thus co-united with the material, in the process 
 
 of extension, 
 Makes all individual life endless, and therefore lasting, in regard 
 
 to duration. 
 While bodies and other form creations only last individually as 
 
 epi-cycles material and mortal, 
 The spirit and 'soul creations move on and out, as individualized 
 
 epi-cycles of God Eternal. 
 So material epi-cycles are created, disintegrated, re-blended, and 
 
 re-constructed. 
 And those of the spiritual, individualized and continued, as they 
 
 are naturally conducted — 
 On the deferent of the great Over Soul and Over Spirit cycles 
 
 of creation. 
 Each moved and governed by the principles of Animation, Exten- 
 sion and Duration. 
 Hence it is, that Re-mena and E-un'du, the conditions of begin- 
 ning and ending, 
 Weld together the cycles of all created existence, while they are 
 
 meeting and blending. 
 Therefore, we conclude with the fact that E-un'du is also Re- 
 
 me'na, or a beginning. 
 And Re-me'na, likewise, is E-iin'du, which also establishes it as 
 
 an ending. 
 And as the two conditions in all life cycles, infinitely meet and 
 
 blend. 
 The process is logical proof, that the end is beginning, and the 
 
 beginning is end. 
 
 J. BEN. LESLIE. 
 
 807 
 
:i 
 
 ■I